UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

FORM 40-F

[Check one]

 

 

REGISTRATION STATEMENT PURSUANT TO SECTION 12 OF THE

      

SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

OR

 

 

ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13(a) OR 15(d) OF THE

      

SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

 

For the fiscal year ended October 31, 2019

 

Commission File Number 1-14446

THE TORONTO-DOMINION BANK

 

(Exact name of Registrant as specified in its charter)

Canada

 

(Province or other jurisdiction of incorporation or organization)

6029

 

(Primary Standard Industrial Classification Code Number (if applicable))

13-5640479

 

(I.R.S. Employer Identification Number (if applicable))

c/o General Counsel’s Office

P.O. Box 1

Toronto-Dominion Centre

Toronto, Ontario M5K 1A2

(416) 308-6963

 

(Address and telephone number of Registrant’s principal executive offices)

Glenn Gibson, The Toronto-Dominion Bank

31 West 52nd Street

New York, NY

10019-6101

(212) 827-7000

 

(Name, address (including zip code) and telephone number (including area code)

of agent for service in the United States)

 

Securities registered or to be registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act.

 

Title of each class  

Trading

Symbol(s)

   Name of each exchange on which registered
Common Shares   TD    New York Stock Exchange

Securities registered or to be registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act.

Not Applicable

 

(Title of Class)

Securities for which there is a reporting obligation pursuant to Section 15(d) of the Act.

Not Applicable

 

(Title of Class)


For annual reports, indicate by check mark the information filed with this form:

 

        ☒

  

Annual information form

  

  

Audited annual financial statements

Indicate the number of outstanding shares of each of the issuer’s classes of capital or common stock as of the close of the period covered by the annual report.

 

Common Shares

     1,812,486,824  

Non-Cumulative 5-Year Rate Reset Preferred Shares, Series 1

(Non-Viability Contingent Capital)

     20,000,000  

Non-Cumulative 5-Year Rate Reset Preferred Shares, Series 3

(Non-Viability Contingent Capital)

     20,000,000  

Non-Cumulative 5-Year Rate Reset Preferred Shares, Series 5

(Non-Viability Contingent Capital)

     20,000,000  

Non-Cumulative 5-Year Rate Reset Preferred Shares, Series 7

(Non-Viability Contingent Capital)

     14,000,000  

Non-Cumulative 5-Year Rate Reset Preferred Shares, Series 9

(Non-Viability Contingent Capital)

     8,000,000  

Non-Cumulative Fixed Rate Class A First Preferred Shares, Series 11

(Non-Viability Contingent Capital)

     6,000,000  

Non-Cumulative 5-Year Rate Reset Preferred Shares, Series 12

(Non-Viability Contingent Capital)

     28,000,000  

Non-Cumulative 5-Year Rate Reset Preferred Shares, Series 14

(Non-Viability Contingent Capital)

     40,000,000  

Non-Cumulative 5-Year Rate Reset Preferred Shares, Series 16

(Non-Viability Contingent Capital)

     14,000,000  

Non-Cumulative 5-Year Rate Reset Preferred Shares, Series 18

(Non-Viability Contingent Capital)

     14,000,000  

Non-Cumulative 5-Year Rate Reset Preferred Shares, Series 20

(Non-Viability Contingent Capital)

     16,000,000  

Non-Cumulative 5-Year Rate Reset Preferred Shares, Series 22

(Non-Viability Contingent Capital)

     14,000,000  

Non-Cumulative 5-Year Rate Reset Preferred Shares, Series 24

(Non-Viability Contingent Capital)

     18,000,000  

Indicate by check mark whether the Registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the Registrant was required to file such reports) and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.

 

Yes    ☒      No  ☐                                   

Indicate by check mark whether the Registrant has submitted electronically every Interactive Data File required to be submitted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (§232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the Registrant was required to submit such files).

 

Yes    ☒      No  ☐                                   

Indicate by check mark whether the Registrant is an emerging growth company, as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.

Emerging growth company  ☐            

If an emerging growth company that prepares its financial statements in accordance with U.S. GAAP, indicate by check mark if the registrant has elected not to use the extended transition period for complying with any new or revised financial accounting standards† provided pursuant to Section 13(a) of the Exchange Act.

☐            

† The term “new or revised financial accounting standard” refers to any update issued by the Financial Accounting Standards Board to its Accounting Standards Codification after April 5, 2012.


Disclosure Controls and Procedures

The disclosure provided under the heading Accounting Standards and Policies – Controls and Procedures – Disclosure Controls and Procedures included in Exhibit 99.2: Management’s Discussion and Analysis is incorporated by reference herein.

Management’s Annual Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting

The disclosure provided under the heading Accounting Standards and Policies – Controls and Procedures – Management’s Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting included in Exhibit 99.2: Management’s Discussion and Analysis is incorporated by reference herein.

Attestation Report of the Registered Public Accounting Firm

The disclosure provided under the heading Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm To the Shareholders and Directors of The Toronto-Dominion Bank – Opinion on Internal Control over Financial Reporting included in Exhibit 99.3: 2019 Annual Financial Statements is incorporated by reference herein.

Changes in Internal Control Over Financial Reporting

The disclosure provided under the heading Accounting Standards and Policies – Controls and Procedures – Changes in Internal Control Over Financial Reporting included in Exhibit 99.2: Management’s Discussion and Analysis is incorporated by reference herein.

Audit Committee Financial Expert

The disclosure provided under the heading Directors and Executive Officers – Audit Committee included in Exhibit 99.1: Annual Information Form dated December 4, 2019 is incorporated by reference herein.

Code of Ethics

The Registrant has adopted the Code of Conduct and Ethics for Employees and Directors (the “Code”) as its code of ethics applicable to all its employees and directors, including the Registrant’s Group President and Chief Executive Officer, Group Head and Chief Financial Officer, and Senior Vice President, Controller & Chief Accountant. The Registrant posts the Code on its website at www.td.com and also undertakes to provide a copy of its code of ethics to any person without charge upon request. Such request may be made by mail, telephone or e-mail to:

The Toronto-Dominion Bank

TD Shareholder Relations

P.O. Box 1, Toronto-Dominion Centre

Toronto, Ontario, Canada M5K 1A2

Telephone: 1-866-756-8936

E-mail:

tdshinfo@td.com

On February 1, 2019, an amended version of the Code was filed with the SEC on Form 6-K and made available on the Registrant’s website.

The key amendments made to the Code at that time included: a) Introduction and Summary – Applying the Code – for clarity, defined the terms “Board” and “Director” for the Registrant’s Board of Directors and members thereof; b) Section 2B) Gifts and Entertainment – expressly clarified that gifts given or received from related individuals or organizations is captured by this section; c) Section 2C – Alcohol and Substance Use – removed language confirming we must not possess, consume, or distribute illegal substances, or serve alcohol to a minor, as such conduct is covered by the overarching obligation to respect the law; d) Section 2D – Human Rights, Accessibility, Diversity, Inclusion and Preventing Violence in the Workplace – added reference to “accessibility” in response to upcoming legislative change and the Registrant’s enterprise-wide commitment to the concept; added more robust prevention and anti-reprisal language about violence and harassment in response to regulator guidance and upcoming legislative change; e) Section 2F – Irregular Business Conduct – introductory paragraph amended to include “we should be familiar with the TD Conduct Risk Management Policy to mitigate and manage conduct risks” to help promote and support the Conduct Risk program; defined “grease payments” in the “Bribery and Corruption” paragraph; made a


change to the “Sales Practice Misconduct” paragraph, to include a statement that we must provide customers with all relevant information about the product/services they are considering to enable them to make an informed decision; f) Section 3F) Bequests, Executorships, Agencies, and Powers of Attorney – strengthened language to emphasize the default position that we must not assume authority over a customer’s financial affairs (including acting as agent, executor, power of attorney, etc.). In addition to these changes, certain other editorial, technical, organizational, administrative and non-substantive amendments were made to the Code.

No waivers from the provisions of the Code were granted in the fiscal year ended October 31, 2019 to the Registrant’s Group President and Chief Executive Officer, Group Head and Chief Financial Officer, and Senior Vice President, Controller & Chief Accountant.

Principal Accountant Fees and Services

The disclosure regarding Audit Fees, Audit-Related Fees, Tax Fees and All Other Fees provided under the heading Directors and Executive Officers – Pre-Approval Policies and Shareholders’ Auditor Service Fees included in Exhibit 99.1: Annual Information Form dated December 4, 2019 is incorporated by reference herein.

Pre-Approval Policy for Audit and Non-Audit Services

The disclosure provided under the heading Directors and Executive Officers – Pre-Approval Policies and Shareholders’ Auditor Service Fees included in Exhibit 99.1: Annual Information Form dated December 4, 2019 is incorporated by reference herein.

During the fiscal year ended October 31, 2019, the waiver of pre-approval provisions set forth in the applicable rules of the SEC were not utilized for any services related to Audit-Related Fees, Tax Fees or All Other Fees and the Audit Committee did not approve any such fees subject to the waiver of pre-approval provisions.

Hours Expended on Audit Attributed to Persons Other than the Principal Accountant’s Employees

Not Applicable

Off-balance Sheet Arrangements

The disclosure provided under the heading Group Financial Condition – Securitization and Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements included in Exhibit 99.2: Management’s Discussion and Analysis is incorporated by reference herein.

Tabular Disclosure of Contractual Obligations

The disclosure provided in Exhibit 99.5 Contractual Obligations by Remaining Maturity is incorporated by reference herein.

Identification of the Audit Committee

The disclosure provided under the heading Directors and Executive Officers – Audit Committee included in Exhibit 99.1: Annual Information Form dated December 4, 2019 identifying the Registrant’s Audit Committee is incorporated by reference herein.

Mine Safety Disclosure

Not Applicable

Undertaking

Registrant undertakes to make available, in person or by telephone, representatives to respond to inquiries made by the Commission staff, and to furnish promptly, when requested to do so by the Commission staff, information relating to: the securities registered pursuant to Form 40-F; the securities in relation to which the obligation to file an annual report on Form 40-F arises; or transactions in said securities.


Comparison of New York Stock Exchange Corporate Governance Rules

A comparison of NYSE Corporate Governance Rules required to be followed by U.S. Domestic Issuers under the NYSE’s listing standards and the Corporate Governance practices of The Toronto-Dominion Bank (disclosure required by section 303A.11 of the NYSE Listed Company Manual) is available on the Corporate Governance section of the Registrant’s website at www.td.com/governance.


Signatures

Pursuant to the requirements of the Exchange Act, the Registrant certifies that it meets all of the requirements for filing on Form 40-F and has duly caused this annual report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereto duly authorized.

 

Registrant:

  

THE TORONTO-DOMINION BANK

  

By:

  

/s/ Ellen Patterson

  

Name:

  

Ellen Patterson

  

Title:

  

Group Head, General Counsel

  

Date:

  

December 5, 2019

  


UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

 

 

FORM 40-F

ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO

SECTION 13(a) or 15(d) OF

THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

 

 

THE TORONTO-DOMINION BANK

 

 

EXHIBITS

 

 

INDEX TO EXHIBITS

 

No.        

 

Exhibits

99.1     Annual Information Form dated December 4, 2019
99.2     Management’s Discussion and Analysis
99.3     2019 Annual Financial Statements
99.4     Industry Guide 3 – Return on Assets, Dividend Payouts, and Equity to Assets Ratios
99.5     Contractual Obligations by Remaining Maturity
99.6     Code of Ethics
99.7     Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
99.8     Certification Pursuant to Section 302 of the U.S. Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002
99.9     Certification Pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350 as Adopted Pursuant to Section 906 of the U.S. Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002
101     The following financial information from The Toronto-Dominion Bank’s Annual Report on Form 40-F for the year ended October 31, 2019 formatted in XBRL: (i) Consolidated Balance Sheet as at October 31, 2019 and 2018; (ii) Consolidated Statements of Income, Comprehensive Income, Changes in Equity, and Cash Flows for each of the years in the three-year period ended October 31, 2019; and (iii) Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

Exhibit 99.1

 

LOGO

The Toronto-Dominion Bank

ANNUAL INFORMATION FORM

December 4, 2019


Documents Incorporated by Reference

Portions of this Annual Information Form ("AIF") are disclosed in the annual consolidated financial statements (the "Annual Financial Statements") and management's discussion and analysis of the Bank (as defined below) for the year ended October 31, 2019 (the "2019 MD&A") and are incorporated by reference into this AIF.

 

    

Page

Reference

    

Page / Incorporated

by Reference From

 
    

Annual

Information

Form

     Annual
Financial
Statements
    

2019

MD&A

 

CORPORATE STRUCTURE

            

Name, Address and Incorporation

     4          

Intercorporate Relationships

     4          
            

GENERAL DEVELOPMENT OF THE BUSINESS

            

Three Year History

     4             6, 13-26  
            

DESCRIPTION OF THE BUSINESS

            

Review of Business, including Foreign Operations

          10-14        3, 13-26  

Investment in TD Ameritrade

     6        65-66        6, 22, 51, 89-90  

Competition

               55  

Intangible Properties

          24, 29, 67-68     

Average Number of Employees

     6             3  

Lending

               31-41, 62-67  

Social and Environmental Policies

     6             89  

Risk Factors

     6             52-90  
            

DIVIDENDS

            

Dividends per Share for the Bank (October 31st year-end)

     7          

Dividends for TD Ameritrade (September 30th year-end)

     7          

Dividend Policy and Restrictions for The Toronto-Dominion Bank

          74        44  
            

CAPITAL STRUCTURE

            

Common Shares

     8        73-74     

Preferred Shares

     8        73-74     

Constraints

     9          

Ratings

     9             77, 81  
            

MARKET FOR SECURITIES OF THE BANK

            

Market Listings

     14          

Trading Price and Volume

     14          

Prior Sales

     15        71-72     
            

ESCROWED SECURITIES AND SECURITIES SUBJECT TO CONTRACTUAL RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFER

     15        66     
            

DIRECTORS AND EXECUTIVE OFFICERS

            

Directors and Board Committees of the Bank

     16          

Audit Committee

     20          

Additional Information Regarding the Audit Committee and Shareholders' Auditor

     21          

Executive Officers of the Bank

     22          

Shareholdings of Directors and Executive Officers

     23          

Additional Disclosure for Directors and Executive Officers

     23          

Pre-Approval Policies and Shareholders' Auditor Service Fees

     24          
            

LEGAL PROCEEDINGS AND REGULATORY ACTIONS

            

Legal Proceedings

     25        86-87     

Regulatory Actions

     25          
            

INTEREST OF MANAGEMENT AND OTHERS IN MATERIAL TRANSACTIONS

     26          
            

TRANSFER AGENTS AND REGISTRARS

            

Transfer Agent

     26          

Co-transfer Agent and Registrar

     26          
            

INTERESTS OF EXPERTS

     26          
            

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

     26          

APPENDIX "A" – Intercorporate Relationships

APPENDIX "B" – Audit Committee Charter

Unless otherwise specified, this AIF presents information as at October 31, 2019.

 

- 2 -


Caution Regarding Forward-Looking Statements

From time to time, the Bank (as defined in this document) makes written and/or oral forward-looking statements, including in this document, in other filings with Canadian regulators or the United States (U.S.) Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC), and in other communications. In addition, representatives of the Bank may make forward-looking statements orally to analysts, investors, the media and others. All such statements are made pursuant to the "safe harbour" provisions of, and are intended to be forward-looking statements under, applicable Canadian and U.S. securities legislation, including the U.S. Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995. Forward-looking statements include, but are not limited to, statements made in this document, the Management's Discussion and Analysis ("2019 MD&A") in the Bank's 2019 Annual Report under the heading "Economic Summary and Outlook", for the Canadian Retail, U.S. Retail, and Wholesale Banking segments under headings "Business Outlook and Focus for 2020", and for the Corporate segment, "Focus for 2020", and in other statements regarding the Bank's objectives and priorities for 2020 and beyond and strategies to achieve them, the regulatory environment in which the Bank operates, and the Bank's anticipated financial performance. Forward-looking statements are typically identified by words such as "will", "would", "should", "believe", "expect", "anticipate", "intend", "estimate", "plan", "goal", "target", "may", and "could".

By their very nature, these forward-looking statements require the Bank to make assumptions and are subject to inherent risks and uncertainties, general and specific. Especially in light of the uncertainty related to the physical, financial, economic, political, and regulatory environments, such risks and uncertainties – many of which are beyond the Bank's control and the effects of which can be difficult to predict – may cause actual results to differ materially from the expectations expressed in the forward-looking statements. Risk factors that could cause, individually or in the aggregate, such differences include: credit, market (including equity, commodity, foreign exchange, interest rate, and credit spreads), liquidity, operational (including technology and infrastructure), model, reputational, insurance, strategic, regulatory, legal, environmental, capital adequacy, and other risks. Examples of such risk factors include the general business and economic conditions in the regions in which the Bank operates; geopolitical risk; the ability of the Bank to execute on long-term strategies and shorter-term key strategic priorities, including the successful completion of acquisitions and dispositions, business retention plans, and strategic plans; the ability of the Bank to attract, develop, and retain key executives; disruptions in or attacks (including cyber-attacks) on the Bank's information technology, internet, network access or other voice or data communications systems or services; fraud or other criminal activity to which the Bank is exposed; the failure of third parties to comply with their obligations to the Bank or its affiliates, including relating to the care and control of information; the impact of new and changes to, or application of, current laws and regulations, including without limitation tax laws, capital guidelines and liquidity regulatory guidance and the bank recapitalization "bail-in" regime; exposure related to significant litigation and regulatory matters; increased competition from incumbents and non-traditional competitors, including Fintech and big technology competitors; changes to the Bank's credit ratings; changes in currency and interest rates (including the possibility of negative interest rates); increased funding costs and market volatility due to market illiquidity and competition for funding; Interbank Offered Rate (IBOR) transition risk; critical accounting estimates and changes to accounting standards, policies, and methods used by the Bank; existing and potential international debt crises; environmental and social risk; and the occurrence of natural and unnatural catastrophic events and claims resulting from such events. The Bank cautions that the preceding list is not exhaustive of all possible risk factors and other factors could also adversely affect the Bank's results. For more detailed information, please refer to the "Risk Factors and Management" section of the 2019 MD&A, as may be updated in subsequently filed quarterly reports to shareholders and news releases (as applicable) related to any events or transactions discussed under the headings "Significant and Subsequent Events, and Pending Transactions" in the relevant MD&A, which applicable releases may be found on www.td.com. All such factors should be considered carefully, as well as other uncertainties and potential events, and the inherent uncertainty of forward-looking statements, when making decisions with respect to the Bank and the Bank cautions readers not to place undue reliance on the Bank's forward-looking statements.

Material economic assumptions underlying the forward-looking statements contained in this document are set out in the 2019 MD&A under the headings "Economic Summary and Outlook", for the Canadian

 

- 3 -


Retail, U.S. Retail, and Wholesale Banking segments, "Business Outlook and Focus for 2020", and for the Corporate segment, "Focus for 2020", each as may be updated in subsequently filed quarterly reports to shareholders.

Any forward-looking statements contained in this document represent the views of management only as of the date hereof and are presented for the purpose of assisting the Bank's shareholders and analysts in understanding the Bank's financial position, objectives and priorities and anticipated financial performance as at and for the periods ended on the dates presented, and may not be appropriate for other purposes. The Bank does not undertake to update any forward-looking statements, whether written or oral, that may be made from time to time by or on its behalf, except as required under applicable securities legislation.

CORPORATE STRUCTURE

Name, Address and Incorporation

The Toronto-Dominion Bank (the "Bank" or "TD") and its subsidiaries are collectively known as "TD Bank Group". The Bank, a Schedule 1 chartered bank subject to the provisions of the Bank Act (Canada) (the "Bank Act"), was formed on February 1, 1955 through the amalgamation of The Bank of Toronto (chartered in 1855) and The Dominion Bank (chartered in 1869). The Bank's head office is located at Toronto-Dominion Centre, King Street West and Bay Street, Toronto, Ontario, M5K 1A2.

Intercorporate Relationships

Information about the intercorporate relationships among the Bank and its principal subsidiaries is provided in Appendix "A" to this AIF.

GENERAL DEVELOPMENT OF THE BUSINESS

Three Year History

As at October 31, 2019, TD was the second largest Canadian bank in terms of market capitalization. TD Bank Group is the fifth largest bank in North America by branches and serves over 26 million customers in three key businesses operating in a number of locations in financial centres around the globe: Canadian Retail, including TD Canada Trust, TD Auto Finance Canada, TD Wealth (Canada), TD Direct Investing, and TD Insurance; U.S. Retail, including TD Bank, America's Most Convenient Bank®, TD Auto Finance U.S., TD Wealth (U.S.), and an investment in TD Ameritrade; and Wholesale Banking, including TD Securities. TD also ranks among the world's leading online financial services firms, with more than 13 million active online and mobile customers. TD had CDN$1.4 trillion in assets on October 31, 2019. The Toronto-Dominion Bank trades under the symbol "TD" on the Toronto and New York Stock Exchanges.

TD Bank, N.A., operating under the brand name TD Bank, America's Most Convenient Bank®, is one of the 10 largest banks in the U.S. and provides customers with a full range of financial products and services at more than 1,200 convenient locations located from Maine to Florida. TD Bank, N.A. is a wholly owned subsidiary of the Bank.

For additional information on TD's businesses, see the descriptions provided below and on pages 13 to 26 of the 2019 MD&A.

On January 3, 2017, TD Securities U.S. completed its acquisition of Albert Fried & Company, an established New York-based broker-dealer.

On June 2, 2017, the Bank completed the sale of its European direct investing business, though the sale of shares of TD Wealth Holdings (UK) Limited and TD Bank International S.A. (Luxembourg) to Interactive Investor plc.

The Bank completed the final phase of its internal reorganization to comply with the rule adopted by the U.S. Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System requiring large foreign banking organizations

 

- 4 -


with U.S. subsidiaries to organize their U.S. subsidiaries under a single U.S. intermediate holding company. Effective July 1, 2017, all of the Bank's ownership interests in its U.S. subsidiaries (subject to limited exceptions and exclusions), including its investment in TD Ameritrade Holding Corporation ("TD Ameritrade"), were held by TD Group US Holdings LLC, the Bank's U.S. intermediate holding company.

On September 18, 2017, TD Bank, N.A. completed its acquisition of Scottrade Bank, a federal savings bank wholly owned by Scottrade Financial Services, Inc. ("Scottrade"), for cash consideration equal to approximately US$1.4 billion. Scottrade Bank merged with TD Bank, N.A. On the same day, TD Ameritrade acquired Scottrade for cash and TD Ameritrade shares. Concurrently with the closing of the TD Ameritrade / Scottrade transaction, the Bank purchased, pursuant to its pre-emptive rights, approximately US$400 million in new common equity (approximately 11.1 million shares) from TD Ameritrade.

On January 8, 2018, the Bank completed its acquisition of Layer 6 Inc., a world-renowned artificial intelligence company based in Toronto, Ontario.

On November 1, 2018, the Bank completed its acquisition of Greystone Capital Management Inc., the parent company of Greystone Managed Investments Inc., a Canadian institutional asset manager based in Regina, Saskatchewan.

On January 10, 2019, the Bank entered into a long-term loyalty program agreement (the "Loyalty Agreement") with Air Canada. Under the terms of the Loyalty Agreement, the Bank will be the primary credit card issuer for Air Canada's new loyalty program when it launches in 2020 through to 2030. The Loyalty Agreement was entered into in conjunction with Air Canada's acquisition of Aimia Canada Inc., which previously operated the Aeroplan loyalty business, for an aggregate purchase price of $450 million in cash and the assumption of approximately $1.9 billion of Aeroplan Miles liability.

On November 25, 2019, the Bank announced its support for the acquisition of TD Ameritrade, of which the Bank is a major shareholder, by The Charles Schwab Corporation ("Schwab") through a definitive agreement announced by those companies (the "Transaction"). Under the terms of the Transaction, all TD Ameritrade shareholders, including the Bank, will exchange each TD Ameritrade share they own for 1.0837 shares of Schwab. As a result, the Bank will exchange its approximate 43% ownership in TD Ameritrade for an approximate 13.4% stake in Schwab, consisting of up to 9.9% voting common shares and the remainder in non-voting common shares, convertible upon transfer to a third party.

The Transaction is subject to certain closing conditions, including majority approval by the shareholders of each of TD Ameritrade and Schwab, and majority approval of TD Ameritrade's shareholders other than TD and certain other shareholders of TD Ameritrade that have entered into voting agreements. In addition, the Transaction is subject to receipt of regulatory approvals. The Transaction is expected to close in the second half of calendar 2020, subject to all applicable closing conditions having been satisfied.

The Bank and Schwab have entered into a new Stockholders' Agreement that will become effective upon closing of the Transaction, under which the Bank will have two seats on Schwab's Board of Directors, subject to the Bank meeting certain conditions. Under the new Stockholders' Agreement, the Bank will be subject to customary standstill and lockup restrictions. The Bank and Schwab have also entered into a revised and extended long-term Insured Deposit Account ("IDA") Agreement that will become effective upon closing of the Transaction and extends to 2031. Starting on July 1, 2021, IDA deposits, which were $142 billion (US$108 billion) as at October 31, 2019, can be reduced at Schwab's option by up to US$10 billion a year, with a floor of US$50 billion. The servicing fee under the revised IDA Agreement will be set at 15 bps upon closing.

 

- 5 -


DESCRIPTION OF THE BUSINESS

Descriptions of TD's significant business segments and related information are provided on pages 3 and 13 to 26 of the 2019 MD&A.

Investment in TD Ameritrade

The Bank has an investment in TD Ameritrade, a leading provider of securities brokerage services and related technology-based financial services to retail clients and independent registered investment advisors ("RIAs"). TD Ameritrade provides its services to individual retail investors and traders, and RIAs predominantly through the Internet, a national branch network and relationships with RIAs. TD Ameritrade is a U.S. publicly-traded company and its common shares are listed on the Nasdaq Global Select Market. As of October 31, 2019, the Bank owned approximately 43.19% of the outstanding voting securities of TD Ameritrade. Additional information concerning TD Ameritrade may be found on the SEC's EDGAR system ("EDGAR") at www.sec.gov. The Bank's investment in TD Ameritrade is subject to a Stockholders Agreement that contains provisions relating to governance, board composition, stock ownership, transfers of shares, voting and other matters.

On November 25, 2019, the Bank announced its support for the acquisition of TD Ameritrade by Schwab. See "General Development of the Business" above for additional information regarding the proposed acquisition.

Average Number of Employees

TD had an average of 89,031 full-time equivalent employees for fiscal 2019.

Social and Environmental Policies

Additional information about our social and environmental policies can be found under "Environmental Risks" on page 89 of the 2019 MD&A and in our 2018 Environmental, Social and Governance (ESG) Report, which is available on the Bank's website.

Risk Factors

The Bank considers it critical to regularly assess its operating environment and highlight top and emerging risks, which are risks with a potential to have a material effect on the Bank and where the attention of senior leaders is focused due to the potential magnitude or immediacy of their impact. An explanation of the types of risks facing the Bank and its businesses and the ways in which the Bank manages them can be found under the heading "Risk Factors and Management" on pages 52 to 90 of the 2019 MD&A, which is incorporated by reference.

 

- 6 -


DIVIDENDS

Dividends per Share for the Bank (October 31st year-end)

 

  Type of Shares    2019        2018      2017  

  Common Shares

   $ 2.89        $ 2.61      $ 2.35  
   

  Preferred Shares

          
   

Series S1

     –          $ 0.63      $ 0.84  
   

Series T2

     –          $ 0.50      $ 0.54  
   

Series Y3

     –          $ 0.89      $ 0.89  
   

Series Z4

     –          $ 0.69      $ 0.56  
   

Series 15

   $ 0.98        $ 0.98      $ 0.98  
   

Series 35

   $ 0.94        $ 0.95      $ 0.95  
   

Series 55

   $ 0.94        $ 0.94      $ 0.94  
   

Series 75

   $ 0.90        $ 0.90      $ 0.90  
   

Series 95

   $ 0.93        $ 0.93      $ 0.93  
   

Series 115

   $ 1.23        $ 1.23      $ 1.23  
   

Series 125

   $ 1.38        $ 1.38      $ 1.38  
   

Series 145

   $ 1.21        $ 1.21      $ 1.21  
   

Series 165

   $ 1.13        $ 1.13      $ 0.34  
   

Series 185

   $ 1.18        $ 0.74        –    
   

Series 205

   $ 1.35          –          –    
   

Series 225,6

   $ 0.98          –          –    
   

Series 245,7

   $ 0.52          –          –    
   

Notes:

  1

On July 31, 2018, the Bank redeemed all of its 5,387,491 outstanding Non-Cumulative Class A First Preferred Shares, Series S.

  2

On July 31, 2018, the Bank redeemed all of its 4,612,509 outstanding Non-Cumulative Class A First Preferred Shares, Series T.

  3

On October 31, 2018, the Bank redeemed all of its 5,481,853 outstanding Non-Cumulative Class A First Preferred Shares, Series Y.

  4

On October 31, 2018, the Bank redeemed all of its 4,518,147 outstanding Non-Cumulative Class A First Preferred Shares, Series Z.

  5

Non-viability contingent capital (NVCC).

  6

On January 28, 2019, the Bank issued 14 million Non-Cumulative 5-Year Rate Reset Preferred Shares, Series 22.

  7

On June 4, 2019, the Bank issued 18 million Non-Cumulative 5-Year Rate Reset Preferred Shares, Series 24.

Dividends for TD Ameritrade (September 30th year-end)

TD Ameritrade declared a US$0.30 per share quarterly cash dividend on its common stock during each quarter of its 2019 fiscal year. On October 21, 2019, TD Ameritrade declared a US$0.31 per share quarterly cash dividend on its common stock for the first quarter of its 2020 fiscal year, payable on November 19, 2019 to all holders of record of TD Ameritrade common stock as of November 5, 2019. The payment of any future dividends will be at the discretion of TD Ameritrade's board of directors and will depend upon a number of factors that its board of directors deems relevant, including future earnings, the success of TD Ameritrade's business activities, capital requirements, the general financial condition and future prospects of its business, and general business conditions.

 

- 7 -


CAPITAL STRUCTURE

The following summary of the Bank's share capital is qualified in its entirety by the Bank's by-laws and the actual terms and conditions of such shares.

In accordance with capital adequacy requirements adopted by the Office of the Superintendent of Financial Institutions (Canada) ("OSFI"), in order to qualify as Tier 1 or Tier 2 Capital under Basel III, non-common capital instruments issued by the Bank after January 1, 2013, including Preferred Shares and Subordinated Debentures (Medium Term Notes with NVCC Provisions, defined below), must include a non-viability contingent capital feature (the "NVCC Provisions"), under which they could be converted into a variable number of common shares of the Bank if OSFI announces that the Bank has ceased, or is about to cease, to be viable or if the Bank has accepted or agreed to accept a capital injection or equivalent support from a federal or provincial government in Canada (each, a "trigger event").

Common Shares

The authorized common share capital of the Bank consists of an unlimited number of common shares without nominal or par value. Subject to the restrictions set out under "Constraints" below, holders of common shares are entitled to vote at all meetings of the shareholders of the Bank, except meetings at which only holders of a specified class or series of shares are entitled to vote. The holders of common shares are entitled to receive dividends as and when declared by the Board of Directors of the Bank, subject to the preference of the holders of the preferred shares of the Bank. After payment to the holders of the preferred shares of the Bank of the amount or amounts to which they may be entitled, and after payment of all outstanding debts, the holders of common shares shall be entitled to receive the remaining property of the Bank upon the liquidation, dissolution or winding-up thereof.

Preferred Shares

The Class A First Preferred Shares (the "Preferred Shares") of the Bank may be issued from time to time, in one or more series, with such rights, privileges, restrictions and conditions as the Board of Directors of the Bank may determine.

The Preferred Shares of each series rank on a parity with every other series of Preferred Shares, and all Preferred Shares rank prior to the common shares and to any other shares of the Bank ranking junior to the Preferred Shares with respect to the payment of dividends and the distribution of assets in the event of the liquidation, dissolution or winding-up of the Bank, provided that a trigger event has not occurred as contemplated under the NVCC Provisions applicable to a series of Preferred Shares. In the event of a trigger event occurring under the NVCC Provisions, the existing priority of the Preferred Shares of the affected series will not be relevant as all Preferred Shares of such series will be converted into common shares of the Bank and, upon conversion, will rank on a parity with all other common shares of the Bank.

There are no voting rights attaching to the Preferred Shares except to the extent provided in any series or by the Bank Act. The Bank may not, without the prior approval of the holders of the Preferred Shares, create or issue (i) any shares ranking in priority to or on a parity with the Preferred Shares, or (ii) any additional series of Preferred Shares, unless at the date of such creation or issuance all cumulative dividends and any declared and unpaid non-cumulative dividends shall have been paid or set apart for payment in respect of each series of Preferred Shares then issued and outstanding.

Approval of amendments to the provisions of the Preferred Shares as a class may be given in writing by the holders of all the outstanding Preferred Shares or by a resolution carried by an affirmative vote of at least two-thirds of the votes cast at a meeting at which the holders of a majority of the then outstanding Preferred Shares are present or represented by proxy or, if no quorum is present at such meeting, at an adjourned meeting at which the shareholders then present or represented by proxy may transact the business for which the meeting was originally called.

In the event of the liquidation, dissolution or winding-up of the Bank, provided that a trigger event has not occurred as contemplated under the NVCC Provisions applicable to a series of Preferred Shares, before

 

- 8 -


any amounts shall be paid to or any assets distributed among the holders of the common shares or shares of any other class of the Bank ranking junior to the Preferred Shares, the holder of a Preferred Share of a series shall be entitled to receive, to the extent provided for with respect to such Preferred Shares by the conditions attaching to such series: (i) an amount equal to the amount paid up thereon; (ii) such premium, if any, as has been provided for with respect to the Preferred Shares of such series; and (iii) all unpaid cumulative dividends, if any, on such Preferred Shares and, in the case of non-cumulative Preferred Shares, all declared and unpaid non-cumulative dividends. After payment to the holders of the Preferred Shares of the amounts so payable to them, they shall not be entitled to share in any further distribution of the property or assets of the Bank.

Constraints

There are no constraints imposed on the ownership of securities of the Bank to ensure that the Bank has a required level of Canadian ownership. However, the Bank Act contains restrictions on the issue, transfer, acquisition, beneficial ownership and voting of all shares of a chartered bank. For example, no person shall be a major shareholder of a bank if the bank has equity of $12 billion or more. A person is a major shareholder of a bank where: (i) the aggregate of shares of any class of voting shares beneficially owned by that person, by entities controlled by that person and by any person associated or acting jointly or in concert with that person is more than 20% of that class of voting shares; or (ii) the aggregate of shares of any class of non-voting shares beneficially owned by that person, by entities controlled by that person and by any person associated or acting jointly or in concert with that person is more than 30% of that class of non-voting shares. No person shall have a significant interest in any class of shares of a bank, including the Bank, unless the person first receives the approval of the Minister of Finance (Canada). For purposes of the Bank Act, a person has a significant interest in a class of shares of a Canadian chartered bank where the aggregate of any shares of the class beneficially owned by that person, by entities controlled by that person and by any person associated or acting jointly or in concert with that person exceeds 10% of all of the outstanding shares of that class of shares of such bank.

The Bank Act also prohibits the registration of a transfer or issue of any share of the Bank to, and the exercise in person or by proxy of any voting rights attached to any share of the Bank that is beneficially owned by, Her Majesty in right of Canada or of a province or any agent or agency of Her Majesty, in either of those rights, or to the government of a foreign country or any political subdivision thereof, or any agent or agency of a foreign government. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Minister of Finance of Canada may approve the issue of shares of a bank, including the Bank, to an agent that is an "eligible agent", which is defined as an agent or agency of Her Majesty in right of Canada or of a province or an agent or agency of a government of a foreign country or any political subdivision of a foreign country: (i) whose mandate is publicly available; (ii) that controls the assets of an investment fund in a manner intended to maximize long-term risk-adjusted returns and Her Majesty in right of Canada or of a province or an agent or agency of a government of a foreign country or any political subdivision of a foreign country contributes to the fund or the fund is established to provide compensation, hospitalization, medical care, annuities, pensions or similar benefits to natural persons; and (iii) whose decisions with respect to the assets of the fund referred to in (ii) above are not influenced in any significant way by Her Majesty in right of Canada or of the province or the government of the foreign country or the political subdivision. The application for this approval would be made jointly by the Bank and the eligible agent.

Ratings

Credit ratings are important to the Bank's borrowing costs and ability to raise funds. Rating downgrades could potentially result in higher financing costs and increased collateral pledging requirements for the Bank and reduced access to capital markets. Rating downgrades may also affect the Bank's ability to enter into normal course derivative transactions. The Bank regularly reviews the level of increased collateral that would be required in the event of rating downgrades and holds liquid assets to cover additional collateral required in the event of certain downgrades in the Bank's senior long-term credit ratings. Additional information relating to credit ratings is provided under the heading "Liquidity Risk" in the "Managing Risk" section starting on page 77 of the 2019 MD&A.

 

- 9 -


As at October 31, 2019

 

  DBRS Moody's
Investors
Service
S&P  Global
Ratings

Legacy Senior Debt1

AA (high) Aa1 AA-

Senior Debt2

AA Aa3 A

Short Term Debt

R-1 (high) P-1 A-1+

Subordinated Debt

AA (low) A2 A

NVCC Subordinated Debt

A A2 (hyb) A-

NVCC Preferred Shares

Pfd-2 (high) Baa1 (hyb) BBB

Outlook

Stable Stable Stable

Notes:

  1

Includes: (a) Senior debt issued prior to September 23, 2018; and (b) Senior debt issued on or after September 23, 2018 which is excluded from the bank recapitalization "bail-in" regime, including debt with an original term to maturity of less than 400 days and most structured notes.

  2

Subject to conversion under the bank recapitalization "bail-in" regime.

Credit ratings are not recommendations to purchase, sell or hold a financial obligation inasmuch as they do not comment on market price or suitability for a particular investor. Ratings are subject to revision or withdrawal at any time by the rating agency. Credit ratings and outlooks provided by the rating agencies reflect their views and are subject to change from time to time, based on a number of factors, including the Bank's financial strength, competitive position and liquidity as well as factors not entirely within the Bank's control, including the methodologies used by the rating agencies and conditions affecting the financial services industry generally.

As is common practice, the Bank has made payments in the ordinary course to the rating agencies listed above in connection with the assignment of ratings on the securities of the Bank. In addition, the Bank has made customary payments in respect of certain other services provided to the Bank by the applicable rating agencies during the last two years.

We note that the following descriptions of the ratings categories prepared by the respective rating agencies are provided solely in order to satisfy requirements of Canadian law and do not constitute an endorsement by the Bank of the ratings categories or of the application by the respective rating agencies of their criteria and analyses. A description of the rating categories of each of the rating agencies, obtained from the respective rating agency's public website, is set out below.

 

- 10 -


 

Description of ratings, as disclosed by DBRS on its public website

 

 

The DBRS® long-term rating scale provides an opinion on the risk of default. That is, the risk that an issuer will fail to satisfy its financial obligations in accordance with the terms under which an obligation has been issued. Ratings are based on quantitative and qualitative considerations relevant to the issuer, and the relative ranking of claims. All rating categories other than AAA and D also contain subcategories "(high)" and "(low)". The absence of either a "(high)" or "(low)" designation indicates the rating is in the middle of the category. AA: Superior credit quality. The capacity for the payment of financial obligations is considered high. Credit quality differs from AAA only to a small degree. Unlikely to be significantly vulnerable to future events. A: Good credit quality. The capacity for the payment of financial obligations is substantial, but of lesser credit quality than AA. May be vulnerable to future events, but qualifying negative factors are considered manageable.

 

The DBRS® short-term debt rating scale provides an opinion on the risk that an issuer will not meet its short-term financial obligations in a timely manner. Ratings are based on quantitative and qualitative considerations relevant to the issuer and the relative ranking of claims. The R-1 and R-2 rating categories are further denoted by the subcategories "(high)", "(middle)", and "(low)". R-1 (high): Highest credit quality. The capacity for the payment of short-term financial obligations as they fall due is exceptionally high. Unlikely to be adversely affected by future events. The DBRS® preferred share rating scale is used in the Canadian securities market and is meant to give an indication of the risk that a borrower will not fulfill its full obligations in a timely manner, with respect to both dividend and principal commitments. Every DBRS rating is based on quantitative and qualitative considerations relevant to the borrowing entity. This scale may also apply to certain hybrid securities, in which case references to dividends throughout will reflect interest commitments of the hybrid security. Preferred shares rated Pfd-2 are of satisfactory credit quality. Protection of dividends and principal is still substantial, but earnings, the balance sheet and coverage ratios are not as strong as Pfd-1 rated companies. Generally, Pfd-2 ratings correspond with companies whose senior bonds are rated in the A category.

 

 

Description of ratings, as disclosed by Moody's Investors Service on its public website

 

 

Ratings assigned on Moody's global long-term and short-term rating scales are forward-looking opinions of the relative credit risks of financial obligations issued by non-financial corporates, financial institutions, structured finance vehicles, project finance vehicles, and public sector entities. Moody's defines credit risk as the risk that an entity may not meet its contractual financial obligations as they come due and any estimated financial loss in the event of default or impairment. The contractual financial obligations addressed by Moody's ratings are those that call for, without regard to enforceability, the payment of an ascertainable amount, which may vary based upon standard sources of variation (e.g., floating interest rates), by an ascertainable date. Moody's rating addresses the issuer's ability to obtain cash sufficient to service the obligation, and its willingness to pay. Moody's ratings do not address nonstandard sources of variation in the amount of the principal obligation (e.g., equity indexed), absent an express statement to the contrary in a press release accompanying an initial rating. Long-term ratings are assigned to issuers or obligations with an original maturity of one year or more and reflect both on the likelihood of a default or impairment on contractual financial obligations and the expected financial loss suffered in the event of default or impairment. Short-term ratings are assigned to obligations with an original maturity of thirteen months or less and reflect both on the likelihood of a default or impairment on contractual financial obligations and the expected financial loss suffered in the event of default or impairment. Moody's issues ratings at the issuer level and instrument level on both the long-term scale and the short-term scale. Typically, ratings are made publicly available although private and unpublished ratings may also be assigned. Moody's differentiates structured finance ratings from fundamental ratings (i.e., ratings on nonfinancial corporates, financial institutions, and public sector entities) on the global long-term scale by adding (sf) to all structured finance ratings. The addition of (sf) to structured finance ratings should eliminate any presumption that such ratings and fundamental ratings at the same letter grade level will behave the same. The (sf) indicator for structured finance security ratings indicates that otherwise similarly rated structured finance and fundamental securities may have different risk characteristics.

 

 

 

 

- 11 -


 

Through its current methodologies, however, Moody's aspires to achieve broad expected equivalence in structured finance and fundamental rating performance when measured over a long period of time.

 

Moody's assigns ratings to long-term and short-term financial obligations. Long-term ratings are assigned to issuers or obligations with an original maturity of one year or more and reflect both on the likelihood of a default on contractually promised payments and the expected financial loss suffered in the event of default. Short-term ratings are assigned to obligations with an original maturity of thirteen months or less and reflect both on the likelihood of a default on contractually promised payments and the expected financial loss suffered in the event of default. Moody's appends numerical modifiers 1, 2, and 3 to each generic rating classification from Aa through Caa. The modifier 1 indicates that the obligation ranks in the higher end of its generic rating category; the modifier 2 indicates a mid-range ranking; and the modifier 3 indicates a ranking in the lower end of that generic rating category. Additionally, a "(hyb)" indicator is appended to all ratings of hybrid securities issued by banks, insurers, finance companies, and securities firms.

 

Moody's assigns provisional ratings to medium-term note (MTN) programs and definitive ratings to the individual debt securities issued from them (referred to as drawdowns or notes). MTN program ratings are intended to reflect the ratings likely to be assigned to drawdowns issued from the program with the specified priority of claim (e.g. senior or subordinated). To capture the contingent nature of a program rating, Moody's assigns provisional ratings to MTN programs.

 

A Moody's rating outlook is an opinion regarding the likely rating direction over the medium term. Rating outlooks fall into four categories: Positive (POS), Negative (NEG), Stable (STA), and Developing (DEV). Outlooks may be assigned at the issuer level or at the rating level. Where there is an outlook at the issuer level and the issuer has multiple ratings with differing outlooks, an "(m)" modifier to indicate multiple ratings will be displayed and Moody's press releases will describe and provide the rationale for these differences. A designation of RUR (Rating(s) Under Review) indicates that an issuer has one or more ratings under review, which overrides the outlook designation. A designation of RWR (Rating(s) Withdrawn) indicates that an issuer has no active ratings to which an outlook is applicable. Rating outlooks are not assigned to all rated entities. In some cases, this will be indicated by the display NOO (No Outlook). A stable outlook indicates a low likelihood of a rating change over the medium term.

 

 
Description of ratings, as disclosed by S&P Global Ratings on its public website

 

An S&P Global Ratings issue credit rating is a forward-looking opinion about the creditworthiness of an obligor with respect to a specific financial obligation, a specific class of financial obligations, or a specific financial program (including ratings on MTN programs and commercial paper programs). It takes into consideration the creditworthiness of guarantors, insurers, or other forms of credit enhancement on the obligation and takes into account the currency in which the obligation is denominated. The opinion reflects S&P Global Ratings' view of the obligor's capacity and willingness to meet its financial commitments as they come due, and this opinion may assess terms, such as collateral security and subordination, which could affect ultimate payment in the event of default.

 

Issue credit ratings can be either long-term or short-term. Short-term issue credit ratings are generally assigned to those obligations considered short-term in the relevant market. Short-term issue credit ratings are also used to indicate the creditworthiness of an obligor with respect to put features on long-term obligations. MTNs are assigned long-term ratings.

 

Issue credit ratings are based, in varying degrees, on S&P Global Ratings' analysis of the following considerations:

 

•  The likelihood of payment--the capacity and willingness of the obligor to meet its financial commitments on an obligation in accordance with the terms of the obligation;

 

•  The nature and provisions of the financial obligation, and the promise we impute; and

 

•  The protection afforded by, and relative position of, the financial obligation in the event of

 

- 12 -


 

a bankruptcy, reorganization, or other arrangement under the laws of bankruptcy and other laws affecting creditors' rights.

 

An issue rating is an assessment of default risk but may incorporate an assessment of relative seniority or ultimate recovery in the event of default. Junior obligations are typically rated lower than senior obligations, to reflect lower priority in bankruptcy, as noted above. (Such differentiation may apply when an entity has both senior and subordinated obligations, secured and unsecured obligations, or operating company and holding company obligations.)

 

A long-term obligation rated 'AA' differs from the highest-rated obligations only to a small degree. The obligor's capacity to meet its financial commitments on the obligation is very strong. A long-term obligation rated 'A' is somewhat more susceptible to the adverse effects of changes in circumstances and economic conditions than obligations in higher-rated categories. However, the obligor's capacity to meet its financial commitments on the obligation is still strong. A long-term obligation rated 'BBB' exhibits adequate protection parameters. However, adverse economic conditions or changing circumstances are more likely to weaken the obligor's capacity to meet its financial commitments on the obligation. The ratings from 'AA' to 'CCC' may be modified by the addition of a plus (+) or minus (-) sign to show relative standing within the major rating categories.

 

A short-term obligation rated 'A-1' has strong capacity to meet its financial commitments. It is rated in the highest category by S&P Global Ratings. Within this category, certain obligors are designated with a plus sign (+). This indicates that the obligor's capacity to meet its financial commitments is extremely strong.

 

The S&P Global Ratings Canadian preferred share rating scale serves issuers, investors, and intermediaries in the Canadian financial markets by expressing preferred share ratings (determined in accordance with global rating criteria) in terms of rating symbols that have been actively used in the Canadian market over a number of years. An S&P Global Ratings preferred share rating on the Canadian scale is a forward-looking opinion about the creditworthiness of an obligor with respect to a specific preferred share obligation issued in the Canadian market relative to preferred shares issued by other issuers in the Canadian market. There is a direct correspondence between the specific ratings assigned on the Canadian preferred share scale and the various rating levels on the global debt rating scale of S&P Global Ratings. The Canadian scale rating is fully determined by the applicable global scale rating, and there are no additional analytical criteria associated with the determination of ratings on the Canadian scale. S&P Global Ratings' practice is to present ratings on an issuer's preferred shares on both the global rating scale and on the Canadian national scale when listing the ratings for a particular issuer. A Canadian preferred share rating of P--2 corresponds to global scale preferred share rating of BBB.

 

- 13 -


MARKET FOR SECURITIES OF THE BANK

Market Listings

The Bank's common shares are listed on the Toronto Stock Exchange and the New York Stock Exchange. The Bank's preferred shares are listed on the Toronto Stock Exchange.

Trading Price and Volume

Trading price and volume of the Bank's securities on the Toronto Stock Exchange in the past year is set out in the tables below:

 

                         
     

Nov.
2018

 

  

Dec.
2018

 

  

Jan.
2019

 

  

Feb.
2019

 

  

March
2019

 

  

April
2019

 

  

May
2019

 

  

June
2019

 

  

July
2019

 

  

Aug.
2019

 

  

Sept.
2019

 

  

Oct.
2019

 

 

COMMON SHARES

 

                         

High ($)

   74.26    74.40    74.08    77.40    76.40    76.42    76.73    77.58    77.96    77.33    77.45    76.99

Low ($)

   70.32    65.56    67.12    73.72    72.49    72.80    73.17    73.47    76.25    71.22    71.32    72.16

Vol.('000)

   62,809    89,169    84,167    60,840    96,621    75,616    57,786    58,353    71,552    64,118    73,497    87,683

 

                         
     

Nov.
2018

 

  

Dec.
2018

 

  

Jan.
2019

 

  

Feb.
2019

 

  

March
2019

 

  

April
2019

 

  

May
2019

 

  

June
2019

 

  

July
2019

 

  

Aug.
2019

 

  

Sept.
2019

 

  

Oct.
2019

 

 

PREFERRED SHARES

 

                         

Series 11

High ($)

Low ($)

Vol.('000)

   23.02  

20.17

248

   21.23  

17.76

527

   20.63  

18.70

318

   20.10  

18.86

592

   19.64  

18.43

350

   19.41  

18.41

163

   18.65  

16.93

451

   17.50  

16.70

317

   18.42  

17.58

320

   17.95  

15.64

397

   17.85  

16.31

185

   17.58  

16.56

267

                         

Series 31

High ($)

Low ($)

Vol.('000)

   23.02

20.15

232

   21.13

17.75

380

   20.59

18.70

224

   20.01

18.89

281

   19.59

18.40

261

   19.25

18.40

138

   18.63

17.15

559

   17.78

16.90

302

   18.36

17.65

388

   18.15

16.25

426

   17.84

16.81

469

   17.55

16.58

306

                         

Series 51

High ($)

Low ($)

Vol.('000)

   22.76

19.81

248

   21.00

17.66

523

   20.48

18.35

252

   20.01

18.66

314

   19.58

18.49

368

   19.39

17.96

464

   18.62

16.95

246

   17.53

16.64

296

   18.37

17.60

262

   17.95

15.50

676

   17.45

15.94

427

   17.30

16.20

350

                         

Series 71

High ($)

Low ($)

Vol.('000)

   24.35

21.45

86

   22.47

19.98

279

   22.34

20.54

364

   22.34

20.90

136

   22.13

20.32

155

   21.50

20.66

125

   21.25

19.89

122

   20.54

19.25

177

   20.95

19.81

175

   20.65

17.76

143

   19.83

18.09

143

   19.70

18.56

123

                         

Series 91

High ($)

Low ($)

Vol.('000)

   24.42

21.97

206

   22.86

20.20

99

   23.04

21.17

308

   22.60

21.10

52

   22.53

21.05

66

   22.07

21.35

151

   21.87

20.11

168

   20.54

19.58

99

   21.26

19.88

132

   20.99

18.00

129

   20.12

18.43

200

   19.81

18.85

108

                         

Series 111

High ($)

Low ($)

Vol.('000)

   24.24

23.35

100

   24.43

23.40

75

   24.41

23.62

70

   24.06

23.66

108

   24.55

23.76

170

   24.64

24.00

84

   24.19

24.00

105

   24.44

23.85

74

   24.50

24.02

60

   24.33

23.85

161

   24.52

24.15

40

   24.85

24.30

91

                         

Series 121

High ($)

Low ($)

Vol.('000)

   26.15

25.63

830

   26.16

25.45

290

   26.08

25.55

331

   26.00

25.76

490

   26.33

25.91

342

   26.44

25.87

360

   26.16

25.88

236

   26.07

25.70

114

   26.16

25.75

1,025

   26.01

25.40

247

   26.10

25.56

80

   26.12

25.53

242

                         

Series 141

High ($)

Low ($)

Vol.('000)

   25.75

25.25

1,413

   25.65

25.15

512

   25.64

25.05

1,184

   25.69

25.4

342

   25.98

25.49

426

   26.12

25.50

482

   25.80

25.30

349

   25.72

25.15

445

   25.79

25.26

656

   25.48

24.25

498

   25.68

24.54

381

   25.60

25.12

298

 

- 14 -


                         
     

Nov.
2018

 

  

Dec.
2018

 

  

Jan.
2019

 

  

Feb.
2019

 

  

March
2019

 

  

April
2019

 

  

May
2019

 

  

June
2019

 

  

July
2019

 

  

Aug.
2019

 

  

Sept.
2019

 

  

Oct.
2019

 

                         

Series 161

High ($)

Low ($)

Vol.('000)

   25.10  

23.05

278

   24.05  

21.10

293

   23.65  

21.83

359

   24.35  

22.62

375

   24.10  

22.87

250

   23.30  

22.53

144

   23.25  

21.42

304

   22.14  

21.02

96

   22.82  

21.72

162

   22.48  

19.89

181

   21.61  

20.29

206

   21.46  

20.75

213

                         

Series 181

High ($)

Low ($)

Vol.('000)

   25.18

22.49

163

   22.90

20.05

659

   23.54

21.42

330

   22.88

21.50

206

   23.27

22.02

140

   23.00

21.38

117

   22.12

20.10

332

   20.99

19.90

408

   21.81

20.29

259

   21.19

18.85

407

   20.81

19.96

334

   20.30

19.12

311

                         

Series 201

High ($)

Low ($)

Vol.('000)

   24.99

22.23

329

   23.25

19.90

780

   23.40

20.65

337

   22.56

21.52

355

   22.89

21.59

254

   22.12

21.15

190

   21.74

19.95

246

   20.58

19.85

271

   21.28

20.30

573

   20.60

18.87

415

   20.50

19.20

240

   20.05

18.77

462

                         

Series 221,2

High ($)

Low ($)

Vol.('000)

   --

 

   --

 

   25.09

24.75

1,447

   25.36

24.90

924

   25.60

25.20

315

   25.85

25.30

711

   25.65

24.65

544

   24.95

24.10

505

   25.17

24.66

284

   24.86

23.17

447

   24.49

23.40

168

   24.45

23.90

230

                         

Series 241,3

High ($)

Low ($)

Vol.('000)

   --

 

   --

 

   --

 

   --

 

   --

 

   --

 

   --

 

   24.78

24.31

1,612

   25.10

24.67

1,305

   25.08

23.60

715

   24.89

24.15

307

   24.81

24.22

687

Notes:

1

Non-viability contingent capital (NVCC).

2

On January 28, 2019, the Bank issued 14 million Non-Cumulative 5-Year Rate Reset Preferred Shares, Series 22.

3

On June 4, 2019, the Bank issued 18 million Non-Cumulative 5-year Rate Reset Preferred Shares, Series 24.

Prior Sales

In the most recently completed financial year, the Bank did not issue any shares that are not listed or quoted on a marketplace. For more information on the Bank's subordinated debentures, please see Note 19 of the Annual Financial Statements for the year ended October 31, 2019, which note is incorporated by reference in this AIF.

ESCROWED SECURITIES AND SECURITIES SUBJECT TO CONTRACTUAL RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFER

 

Designation of class   Number of securities held in escrow or
that are subject to a contractual
restriction on transfer
  Percentage of class
Common Shares1  

3,705,140

 

0.20

 

 

1 On November 1, 2018, the Bank acquired 100% of the outstanding equity of Greystone Capital Management Inc. (GCMI), the parent company of Greystone Managed Investments Inc. (Greystone). In connection therewith, TD common shares were issued to employee shareholders to satisfy a portion of the purchase price and to replace share-based awards. A portion of the common shares of each employee shareholder will be held in escrow for two years following the acquisition date, subject to the continued employment of such employee shareholder. AST Trust Company (Canada) is acting as Escrow Agent.

 

- 15 -


DIRECTORS AND EXECUTIVE OFFICERS

Directors and Board Committees of the Bank

The following table sets forth, as at December 4, 2019, the directors of the Bank, their present principal occupation and business, municipality of residence and the date each became a director of the Bank.

 

Director Name

Principal Occupation & Municipality of Residence

   Director Since    

William E. Bennett

Corporate Director, and former President and Chief Executive Officer,

Draper & Kramer, Inc.

Chicago, Illinois, U.S.A.

   May 2004    
 

Amy W. Brinkley

Consultant, AWB Consulting, LLC

Charlotte, North Carolina, U.S.A.

   September 2010    
 

Brian C. Ferguson

Corporate Director, and former President & Chief Executive Officer,

Cenovus Energy Inc.

Calgary, Alberta, Canada

   March 2015    
 

Colleen A. Goggins

Corporate Director, and retired Worldwide Chairman,

Consumer Group, Johnson & Johnson

Princeton, New Jersey, U.S.A.

   March 2012    
 

Mary Jo Haddad

Corporate Director, and retired President and Chief Executive Officer

The Hospital for Sick Children

Oakville, Ontario, Canada

   December 2014    
 

Jean-René Halde

Corporate Director, and retired President and Chief Executive Officer

Business Development Bank of Canada

Saint-Laurent, Quebec, Canada

   December 2015    
 

David E. Kepler

Corporate Director, and retired Executive Vice President,

The Dow Chemical Company

Sanford, Michigan, U.S.A.

   December 2013    
 

Brian M. Levitt

Chair of the Board, The Toronto-Dominion Bank

Kingston, Ontario, Canada

   December 2008    
 

Alan N. MacGibbon

Corporate Director, retired Managing Partner and Chief Executive of

Deloitte LLP (Canada)

Oakville, Ontario, Canada

   April 2014    

 

- 16 -


Director Name

Principal Occupation & Municipality of Residence

   Director Since    

Karen E. Maidment

Corporate Director, and former Chief Financial and

Administrative Officer, BMO Financial Group

Cambridge, Ontario, Canada

   September 2011    
 

Bharat B. Masrani

Group President and Chief Executive Officer,

TD Bank Group

Toronto, Ontario, Canada

   April 2014    
 

Irene R. Miller

Chief Executive Officer, Akim, Inc.

New York, New York, U.S.A.

   May 2006    
 

Nadir H. Mohamed

Corporate Director, and former President and Chief Executive Officer,

Rogers Communications Inc.

Toronto, Ontario, Canada

   April 2008    
 

Claude Mongeau

Corporate Director, and former President and Chief Executive Officer,

Canadian National Railway Company

Montreal, Quebec, Canada

   March 2015    

Except as disclosed below, all directors have had the same principal occupation for the past five years.

Mr. Ferguson was President & Chief Executive Officer of Cenovus Energy Inc. prior to November 3, 2017. Mr. Halde was President and Chief Executive Officer of the Business Development Bank of Canada prior to July 2015. Mr. Kepler was Executive Vice President at The Dow Chemical Company from March 2008 to January 2015 and as an Executive Vice President, had responsibility for Business Services, and was Chief Sustainability Officer and Chief Information Officer. Mr. Levitt served in various executive and non-executive leadership positions at Osler, Hoskin & Harcourt LLP prior to December 2015. Mr. Mongeau was President and Chief Executive Officer of Canadian National Railway Company prior to July 2016.

Each director will hold office until the next annual meeting of shareholders of the Bank, which is scheduled for April 2, 2020. Information concerning the nominees proposed for election as directors at the meeting will be contained in the management proxy circular of the Bank in respect of the meeting.

 

- 17 -


The following table sets forth the Committees of the Bank's Board, the members of each Committee as at December 4, 2019 and each Committee's key responsibilities.

 

Committee    Members    Key Responsibilities
Corporate Governance Committee   

Brian M. Levitt (Chair)

William E. Bennett

Karen E. Maidment

Alan N. MacGibbon

  

Responsibility for corporate governance of the Bank:

 

•  Identify individuals qualified to become Board members and recommend to the Board the director nominees for the next annual meeting of shareholders and recommend candidates to fill vacancies on the Board that occur between meetings of the shareholders;

•  Develop and recommend to the Board a set of corporate governance principles, including a code of conduct and ethics, aimed at fostering a healthy governance culture at the Bank;

•  Satisfy itself that the Bank communicates effectively, both proactively and responsively, with its shareholders, other interested parties and the public;

•  Oversee the Bank's strategy and reporting on corporate responsibility for environmental and social matters;

•  Act as conduct review committee for the Bank and certain of its Canadian subsidiaries that are federally-regulated financial institutions, including providing oversight of conduct risk; and

•  Oversee the evaluation of the Board and Committees.

     
Human Resources Committee   

Karen E. Maidment (Chair)

Amy W. Brinkley

Mary Jo Haddad

Brian M. Levitt

Nadir H. Mohamed

  

Responsibility for management's performance evaluation, compensation and succession planning:

 

•  Discharge, and assist the Board in discharging, the responsibility of the Board relating to leadership, human resource planning and compensation as set out in this Committee's charter;

•  Set performance objectives for the CEO, which encourage the Bank's long-term financial success and regularly measure the CEO's performance against these objectives;

•  Recommend compensation for the CEO to the Board for approval, and review and approve compensation for certain senior officers;

•  Monitor the Bank's compensation strategy, plans, policies and practices for alignment to the Financial Stability Board Principles for Sound Compensation Practices and Implementation Standards, including the appropriate consideration of risk;

•  Oversee a robust talent planning and development process, including review and approval of the succession plans for the senior officer positions and heads of control functions;

•  Review and recommend the CEO succession plan to the Board of Directors for approval;

•  Produce a report on compensation which is published

 

- 18 -


Committee    Members    Key Responsibilities
     

in the Bank's annual proxy circular, and review, as appropriate, any other related major public disclosures concerning compensation; and

•  Oversee the strategy, design and management of the Bank's employee pension, retirement savings and benefits plans.

     
Risk Committee   

William E. Bennett (Chair)

Amy W. Brinkley

Colleen A. Goggins

David E. Kepler

Alan N. MacGibbon

Karen E. Maidment

  

Supervising the management of risk of the Bank:

 

•  Approve the Enterprise Risk Framework and related risk category frameworks and policies that establish the appropriate approval levels for decisions and other measures to manage risk to which the Bank is exposed;

•  Review and recommend the Bank's Enterprise Risk Appetite Statement for approval by the Board and oversee the Bank's major risks as set out in the Enterprise Risk Framework;

•  Review the Bank's risk profile against Risk Appetite of the Bank; and

•  Provide a forum for "big-picture" analysis of an enterprise view of risk including considering trends and current and emerging risks.

     
Audit Committee   

Alan N. MacGibbon* (Chair)

William E. Bennett*

Brian C. Ferguson*

Jean-René Halde

Irene R. Miller*

Claude Mongeau*

  

Supervising the quality and integrity of the Bank's financial reporting and compliance requirements:

 

•  Oversee reliable, accurate and clear financial reporting to shareholders;

•  Oversee effectiveness of internal controls, including internal controls over financial reporting;

•  Directly responsible for the selection, compensation, retention and oversight of the work of the shareholders' auditor – the shareholders' auditor reports directly to the Committee;

•  Receive reports from the shareholders' auditor, chief financial officer, chief auditor, chief compliance officer, global chief anti-money laundering officer, and evaluate the effectiveness and independence of each;

•  Oversee the establishment and maintenance of policies and programs reasonably designed to achieve and maintain the Bank's compliance with the laws and regulations that apply to it; and

•  Act as the Audit Committee for certain subsidiaries of the Bank that are federally-regulated financial institutions.

 

*

Designated Audit Committee Financial Expert

 

- 19 -


Audit Committee

The Audit Committee of the Board of Directors of the Bank operates under a written charter that sets out its responsibilities and composition requirements. A copy of the charter is attached to this AIF as Appendix "B". The Committee charter requires all members to be financially literate or be willing and able to acquire the necessary knowledge quickly. "Financially literate" means the ability to read and understand financial statements that present a breadth and level of complexity of accounting issues that are generally comparable to the breadth and complexity of the issues that can reasonably be expected to be raised by the Bank's financial statements.

In addition, the Committee charter contains independence requirements applicable to each member and each member currently meets those requirements. Specifically, the charter provides that no member of the Committee may be an officer or retired officer of the Bank and every member shall be independent of the Bank within the meaning of all applicable laws, rules and regulations, including those particularly applicable to Audit Committee members and any other relevant consideration as determined by the Board of Directors, including the Bank's Director Independence Policy (a copy of which is available on the Bank's website at www.td.com).

As indicated in the table above, the members of the Committee are: Alan N. MacGibbon (chair), William E. Bennett, Brian C. Ferguson, Jean-René Halde, Irene R. Miller and Claude Mongeau. The members of the Bank's Audit Committee bring significant skill and experience to their responsibilities, including academic and professional experience in accounting, business and finance. The Board has determined that each of Messrs. Bennett, Ferguson, MacGibbon and Mongeau and Ms. Miller has the attributes of an Audit Committee financial expert as defined in the U.S. Sarbanes-Oxley Act; all committee members are financially literate and independent under the applicable listing standards of the New York Stock Exchange, the Committee charter, the Bank's Director Independence Policy and the corporate governance guidelines of the Canadian Securities Administrators.

The following sets out the education and experience of each director relevant to the performance of his or her duties as a member of the Committee:

William E. Bennett is a Corporate Director. He is the former President and Chief Executive Officer of Draper & Kramer, Inc., a Chicago-based financial services and real estate company. He also previously served as Executive Vice President and Chief Credit Officer of First Chicago Corp. and its principal subsidiary, the First National Bank of Chicago. Mr. Bennett previously served as chair of the audit committee of each of the Bank, TD Bank US Holding Company (the holding company of TD Bank, N.A. and TD Bank USA, N.A.), Capital Power Corporation, and Nuveen Investments Bond and Mutual Funds. He holds an undergraduate degree in economics from Kenyon College and a master's degree in business administration from the University of Chicago. Mr. Bennett is one of the Bank's Audit Committee financial experts.

Brian C. Ferguson is a Corporate Director. He is the former President & Chief Executive Officer of Cenovus Energy Inc. Prior to leading Cenovus Energy Inc., Mr. Ferguson was the Executive Vice-President and Chief Financial Officer of Encana Corporation. Mr. Ferguson holds a Bachelor of Commerce degree from the University of Alberta and is a Fellow of Chartered Professional Accountants Alberta. Mr. Ferguson serves as the chair of the audit committee of Trans Mountain Corporation. Mr. Ferguson is one of the Bank's Audit Committee financial experts.

Jean-René Halde is a Corporate Director. He was the President and Chief Executive Officer of the Business Development Bank of Canada from June 2005 to June 2015. Prior to June 2005, Mr. Halde held Chief Executive Officer positions at several leading companies, including Metro-Richelieu Inc., Culinar Inc., and Livingston Group Inc. Mr. Halde holds a master's degree in Economics from the University of Western Ontario and a master's degree in business administration from the Harvard Business School. Mr. Halde is a member of the audit committee of D-Box Technologies Inc.

 

- 20 -


Alan N. MacGibbon is Chair of the Bank's Audit Committee. Mr. MacGibbon is a Corporate Director. He was Managing Partner and Chief Executive of Deloitte LLP (Canada) from 2004 to June 2012 and also served as Global Managing Director, Quality, Strategy and Communications of Deloitte Touche Tohmatsu Limited from June 2011 to September 2013 and Senior Counsel to Deloitte LLP (Canada) from June 2012 to December 2013. Mr. MacGibbon currently serves as chair of the audit committee of each of TD Bank US Holding Company (the holding company of TD Bank, N.A. and TD Bank USA, N.A.), and CAE, Inc. Mr. MacGibbon holds an undergraduate degree in business administration and an honorary doctorate degree from the University of New Brunswick. He is a Chartered Professional Accountant, a Chartered Accountant, and a Fellow of the Chartered Professional Accountants Ontario. Mr. MacGibbon is one of the Bank's Audit Committee financial experts.

Irene R. Miller is the Chief Executive Officer of Akim, Inc. Until June 1997, Ms. Miller was Vice Chairman and Chief Financial Officer of Barnes & Noble, Inc. Prior to joining Barnes & Noble, Inc. in 1991, she held senior investment banking and corporate finance positions with Morgan Stanley & Co. and Rothschild Inc., respectively. Ms. Miller is a member of the audit committee of TD Ameritrade and previously served as chair of the audit committee of the boards of Inditex, S.A., Coach, Inc., Oakley, Inc., The Body Shop International plc, and Benckiser N.V. Ms. Miller holds an undergraduate degree in science from the University of Toronto and a Master of Science degree in chemistry and chemical engineering from Cornell University. Ms. Miller is one of the Bank's Audit Committee financial experts.

Claude Mongeau is a Corporate Director. He is the former President and Chief Executive Officer of Canadian National Railway Company. Prior to leading Canadian National Railway Company, Mr. Mongeau was the company's Executive Vice-President and Chief Financial Officer. Mr. Mongeau serves as the chair of the audit committee of Cenovus Energy Inc., and is a member of the finance and risk management committee of Norfolk Southern Corporation. Mr. Mongeau holds an undergraduate degree in psychology from the Université du Québec à Montréal and a master's degree in business administration from McGill University. Mr. Mongeau is one of the Bank's Audit Committee financial experts.

Additional Information Regarding the Audit Committee and Shareholders' Auditor

The Audit Committee oversees the financial reporting process at the Bank, including the work of the shareholder's independent external auditor, currently Ernst & Young LLP ("EY"). EY is responsible for planning and carrying out, in accordance with professional standards, an audit of the Bank's annual financial statements and reviews of the Bank's quarterly financial statements.

The Audit Committee is responsible for the annual recommendation of the appointment and oversight of the shareholders' independent external auditor. The Audit Committee assesses the performance and qualification of the shareholders' auditor and submits its recommendation for appointment, or reappointment, to the Board of Directors for recommendation to the shareholders. The shareholders' auditor is then appointed by the shareholders, who vote on this matter at the Annual General Meeting.

At least annually, the Audit Committee evaluates the performance, qualifications, skills, resources (amount and type), and independence of the shareholders' auditor, including the lead partner, in order to support the Board of Directors in reaching its recommendation to appoint the shareholders' auditor. This annual evaluation includes an assessment of audit quality and service considerations such as: auditor independence, objectivity and professional skepticism; quality of the engagement team; monitoring of the partner rotation timing; and, quality of the communication and service provided by the shareholders' auditor. In the evaluation, the Audit Committee considers the nature and extent of communications received from the shareholders' auditor during the year, the responses from management and the Audit Committee to an annual questionnaire regarding the performance of, and interactions with, the shareholders' auditor.

 

- 21 -


EY was appointed as the shareholders' independent external auditor for the year ended October 31, 2019, in accordance with the Bank Act and the recommendation by the Audit Committee and has been the Bank's sole independent external auditor beginning with the year ended October 31, 2006. Prior to 2006, EY acted as joint auditors of the Bank.

Executive Officers of the Bank

The following individuals are executive officers of the Bank:

 

  Executive Officer   Principal Occupation  

Municipality of

Residence

  Riaz Ahmed

  Group Head and Chief Financial Officer, TD Bank Group  

Oakville, Ontario,

Canada

  Ajai K. Bambawale

  Group Head and Chief Risk Officer, TD Bank Group  

Toronto, Ontario,

Canada

  Greg Braca

  Group Head, U.S. Retail, TD Bank Group and President and Chief Executive Officer, TD Bank, America's Most Convenient Bank®  

Orangeburg, New York,

U.S.A.

  Norie C. Campbell

  Group Head, Customer and Colleague Experience, TD Bank Group  

Toronto, Ontario,

Canada

  Theresa L. Currie

  Group Head, Canadian Personal Banking, TD Bank Group  

Toronto, Ontario,

Canada

  Robert E. Dorrance        

  Group Head, Wholesale Banking, TD Bank Group and Chairman, CEO and President, TD Securities  

Toronto, Ontario,

Canada

  Paul C. Douglas

  Group Head, Canadian Business Banking, TD Bank Group  

Burlington, Ontario,

Canada

  Bharat B. Masrani

  Group President and Chief Executive Officer, TD Bank Group  

Toronto, Ontario,

Canada

  Frank J. McKenna

  Deputy Chair, TD Bank Group  

Toronto, Ontario,

Canada

  Ellen R. Patterson

  Group Head, General Counsel, TD Bank Group  

Haddonfield, NJ,

U.S.A.

  Michael G. Rhodes

  Group Head, Innovation, Technology and Shared Services, TD Bank Group  

Wilmington, Delaware,

U.S.A.

  Leovigildo Salom

  Group Head, Wealth Management and TD Insurance, TD Bank Group  

Toronto, Ontario,

Canada

Except as disclosed below, all executive officers have had the same principal occupation for the past five years.

Prior to commencing his current Group Head role on January 2, 2016, Mr. Ahmed was Group Head, Insurance, Credit Cards, and Enterprise Strategy, TD Bank Group from July 1, 2013 to January 2, 2016.

Prior to commencing his current role as Group Head and Chief Risk Officer, TD Bank Group on February 1, 2018, Mr. Bambawale was Executive Vice President, TD Bank Group, and Chief Risk Officer, TD Bank, America's Most Convenient Bank® from September 18, 2014 to January 31, 2018.

Prior to commencing his current role as Group Head, U.S. Retail, TD Bank Group and President and Chief Executive Officer, TD Bank, America's Most Convenient Bank® on November 1, 2017, Mr. Braca was Executive Vice President, TD Bank Group and President and Chief Executive Officer, TD Bank, America's Most Convenient Bank® from June 1, 2017 to October 31, 2017, Executive Vice President, TD Bank Group and Chief Operating Officer, TD Bank, America's Most Convenient Bank® from November 1,

 

- 22 -


2016 to May 31, 2017, and Executive Vice President, TD Bank Group and Head of Corporate and Specialty Banking, TD Bank, America's Most Convenient Bank® from October 25, 2012 to October 31, 2016.

Prior to commencing her current role as Group Head, Customer and Colleague Experience, TD Bank Group on November 1, 2017, Ms. Campbell was Group Head and Chief General Counsel, TD Bank Group from December 12, 2016 to October 31, 2017, Group Head and General Counsel (formerly known as Group Head Legal, Compliance, Anti-Money Laundering, Financial Crimes and Fraud Management, Enterprise Projects and General Counsel, TD Bank Group) from November 1, 2014 to December 11, 2016, and Group Head, Legal, Compliance and Anti-Money Laundering, and General Counsel, TD Bank Group from April 15, 2013 to October 31, 2014.

Prior to commencing her current Group Head role on January 2, 2016, Ms. Currie was Group Head, Direct Channels, Technology, Marketing and People Strategies, TD Bank Group from November 1, 2014 to January 1, 2016, and Group Head, Direct Channels, Marketing, Corporate Shared Services and People Strategies, TD Bank Group from April 15, 2013 to October 31, 2014.

Prior to commencing his current role as Group President and Chief Executive Officer of the Bank on November 1, 2014, Mr. Masrani was Chief Operating Officer of the Bank from July 1, 2013 to October 31, 2014.

Prior to commencing her current role as Group Head, General Counsel, TD Bank Group on November 1, 2017, Ms. Patterson was Executive Vice President and General Counsel, TD Bank Group from December 12, 2016 to October 31, 2017, and Senior Vice President, TD Bank Group and Head of Legal, Compliance, AML and General Counsel, TD Bank, America's Most Convenient Bank® from December 20, 2013 to December 11, 2016.

Prior to commencing his current role as Group Head, Innovation, Technology and Shared Services, TD Bank Group on November 1, 2017, Mr. Rhodes was Executive Vice President, TD Bank Group and Head of Consumer Banking, TD Bank, America's Most Convenient Bank® from July 6, 2015 to October 31, 2017 and Executive Vice President, North American Cards and Merchant Services, TD Bank Group from October 3, 2011 to July 5, 2015.

Prior to commencing his current role as Group Head, Wealth Management and TD Insurance, TD Bank Group on November 1, 2017, Mr. Salom was Executive Vice President, Wealth Management, TD Bank Group from August 2, 2011 to October 31, 2017.

Shareholdings of Directors and Executive Officers

To the knowledge of the Bank, as at October 31, 2019, the directors and executive officers of the Bank as a group beneficially owned, directly or indirectly, or exercised control or direction over an aggregate of 1,830,517 of the Bank's common shares, representing approximately 0.10% of the Bank's issued and outstanding common shares on that date.

Additional Disclosure for Directors and Executive Officers

To the best of our knowledge, having made due inquiry, the Bank confirms that, as at December 4, 2019, except as set out below:

 

(i)

no director or executive officer of the Bank is, or was within the last ten years, a director or officer of a company (including the Bank) that:

 

  (a)

was subject to an order (including a cease trade order or an order similar to a cease trade or an order that denied the relevant company access to any exemption under securities legislation for a period of more than 30 consecutive days), that was issued while the director or executive officer was acting in the capacity as director, chief executive officer or chief financial officer;

 

- 23 -


  (b)

was subject to an order that was issued after the director or executive officer ceased to be a director, chief executive officer or chief financial officer and which resulted from an event that occurred while that person was acting in the capacity as director, chief executive officer or chief financial officer; or

 

  (c)

within a year of the person ceasing to act in that capacity, became bankrupt, made a proposal under any legislation relating to bankruptcy or insolvency or was subject to or instituted any proceedings, arrangement or compromise with creditors or had a receiver, receiver manager or trustee appointed to hold its assets.

 

(ii)

in the last ten years, no director or executive officer of the Bank has become bankrupt, made a proposal under any legislation relating to bankruptcy or insolvency, or become subject to or instituted any proceedings, arrangement or compromise with creditors, or had a receiver, receiver manager or trustee appointed to hold the assets of the director or executive officer; and

 

(iii)

no director or executive officer of the Bank has been subject to any penalties or sanctions imposed by a court relating to securities legislation or by a securities regulatory authority or has entered into a settlement agreement with a securities regulatory authority or has been subject to any other penalties or sanctions imposed by a court or regulatory body that would likely be considered important to a reasonable investor in making an investment decision.

Ms. Goggins was, prior to June 14, 2016, a director of Valeant Pharmaceuticals International, Inc. ("Valeant"). Management cease trade orders were issued for directors and officers of Valeant by the Autorité des marchés financiers (Quebec) while Ms. Goggins was a director of Valeant. These orders were effective from March 31, 2016 to April 29, 2016, and from May 17, 2016 to June 8, 2016.

Pre-Approval Policies and Shareholders' Auditor Service Fees

The Bank's Audit Committee has implemented a policy restricting the services that may be performed by the shareholders' independent external auditor. The policy provides detailed guidance to management as to the specific services that are eligible for Audit Committee pre-approval. By law, the shareholders' auditor may not provide certain services to the Bank or its subsidiaries.

The types of services to be performed by the shareholders' auditor, together with the maximum amount of fees that may be paid for such services, must be annually pre-approved by the Audit Committee pursuant to the policy. The policy also provides that the Audit Committee will, on a quarterly basis, receive a year-to-date report of fees paid or payable to the shareholders' auditor for services performed, as well as details of any proposed engagements for consideration and, if necessary pre-approval, by the Audit Committee. In making its determination regarding the services to be performed by the shareholders' auditor, the Audit Committee considers compliance with applicable legal and regulatory requirements and guidance, and with the policy, as well as whether the provision of the services could negatively impact auditor independence. This includes considering whether the provision of the services would place the auditor in a position to audit its own work, place the auditor in an advocacy role on behalf of the Bank, or result in the auditor acting in the role of the Bank's management.

 

- 24 -


Fees paid to EY, the Bank's current shareholders' independent external auditor, by category of fee for services provided during the three most recently completed fiscal years are detailed in the table below.

 

        Fees paid to Ernst & Young LLP  

(thousands of Canadian dollars)

       2019          2018          2017  

Audit fees1

     $ 26,395        $ 26,452        $ 24,203  

Audit-related fees2

       1,477          1,387          1,622  

Tax fees3

       1,794          2,679          2,438  

All other fees4

       512          1,799          2,033  

Total

     $ 30,178        $ 32,317        $ 30,296  

Notes:

1.

Audit fees are fees for the professional services in connection with the audit of the Bank's financial statements including the audit of internal control over financial reporting, the audit of its subsidiaries, and other services that are normally provided by the shareholders' auditor in connection with statutory and regulatory filings or engagements.

2.

Audit-related fees are fees for assurance and related services that are performed by the shareholders' auditor. These services include: employee benefit plan audits; audit of charitable organizations; audit services for certain special purpose entities administered by the Bank; accounting and tax consultation in connection with mergers, acquisitions, divestitures and restructurings; application and general controls reviews; interpretation of accounting, tax and reporting standards; attest services that are not required by statute or regulation; translation of financial statements and reports in connection with the audit or review; and information technology advisory services.

3.

Tax fees comprise: general tax planning and advice related to mergers and acquisitions and financing structures; electronic and paper-based tax knowledge publications; income and commodity tax compliance and advisory services; and transfer pricing services and customs and duties issues.

4.

All other fees include fees for insolvency and viability matters, limited to cases in which the Bank is a minority syndicate participant and not in a position to influence or select the external audit firm to use. In these instances, the shareholders' auditor is retained to provide assistance on operational business reviews, lender negotiations, business plan assessments, debt restructuring and asset recovery. Also included in this category are fees for: reports on control procedures at a service organization; audit and tax services for SEC-registered funds, subject to the SEC investment company complexes rules as well as other funds and related management entities; benchmark studies; regulatory advisory services; and performance and process improvement services.

LEGAL PROCEEDINGS AND REGULATORY ACTIONS

Legal Proceedings

A description of certain legal proceedings to which the Bank is a party is set out under the heading "Litigation" in Note 27 of the Annual Financial Statements for the year ended October 31, 2019, which note is incorporated by reference in this AIF.

Regulatory Actions

From time to time, in the ordinary course of business, the Bank and its subsidiaries are assessed fees or fines by securities regulatory authorities in relation to administrative matters, including late filings or reporting, which may be considered penalties or sanctions pursuant to Canadian securities regulations, but which are not, individually or in the aggregate, material to the Bank.2 In addition, the Bank and its subsidiaries are subject to numerous regulatory authorities around the world, and fees, administrative penalties, settlement agreements and sanctions may be categorized differently by each regulator. During the past financial year, TD Waterhouse Private Investment Counsel Inc. paid administrative filing fees relating to late filings to the Ontario Securities Commission ("OSC") in the aggregate amount of $5,000.00. The Toronto-Dominion Bank entered into a settlement agreement with, and made a voluntary payment of $9,300,900 (and $800,000 towards costs) to, the OSC in connection with the Bank's previous compliance practices in its foreign exchange trading businesses.

 

2 

National Instrument 14-101 Definitions limits the meaning of "securities legislation" to Canadian provincial and territorial legislation and "securities regulatory authority" to Canadian provincial and territorial securities regulatory authorities.

 

- 25 -


INTEREST OF MANAGEMENT AND OTHERS IN MATERIAL TRANSACTIONS

To the best of our knowledge, the Bank confirms that, as at December 4, 2019, there were no directors or executive officers of the Bank, nor any associate or affiliate of a director or executive officer of the Bank, with a material interest in any transaction within the three most recently completed financial years or during the current financial year that has materially affected or is reasonably expected to materially affect the Bank.

TRANSFER AGENTS AND REGISTRARS

Transfer Agent

AST Trust Company (Canada)

P.O. Box 700, Station B

Montreal, Quebec H3B 3K3

Telephone: 416-682-3860 or toll-free at 1-800-387-0825 (Canada and U.S. only)

Fax: 1-888-249-6189

Email: inquiries@astfinancial.com

Website: www.astfinancial.com/ca-en

Co-transfer Agent and Registrar

Computershare

P.O. Box 505000

Louisville, KY 40233

or

462 South 4th Street, Suite 1600

Louisville, KY 40202

Telephone: 1-866-233-4836

TDD for hearing impaired: 1-800-231-5469

Shareholders outside of U.S.: 201-680-6578

TDD shareholders outside of U.S.: 201-680-6610

Website: www.computershare.com/investor

INTERESTS OF EXPERTS

The Consolidated Financial Statements of the Bank for the year ended October 31, 2019 filed under National Instrument 51-102 – Continuous Disclosure Obligations, portions of which are incorporated by reference in this AIF, have been audited by EY, Chartered Professional Accountants, Licensed Public Accountants, Toronto, Ontario. EY is the external auditor who prepared the Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm – Opinion on the Consolidated Financial Statements, and Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm – Opinion on Internal Control over Financial Reporting. EY is independent with respect to the Bank within the context of the CPA Code of Professional Conduct of the Chartered Professional Accountants of Ontario. EY is also independent with respect to the Bank within the meaning of the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations thereunder adopted by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission and the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board.

 

 

- 26 -


ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

Additional information concerning the Bank may be found on SEDAR at www.sedar.com and on EDGAR at www.sec.gov.

Additional information, including directors' and officers' remuneration and indebtedness, principal holders of the Bank's securities and options to purchase securities, in each case if applicable, is contained in the Bank's management proxy circular for its most recent annual meeting of shareholders that involved the election of directors. Additional financial information is provided in the Bank's comparative financial statements and management's discussion and analysis for its most recently completed financial year, which at the date hereof was the year ended October 31, 2019.

Under certain Canadian bank resolution powers that came into effect on September 23, 2018 (the "bail-in regime"), the Canada Deposit Insurance Corporation ("CDIC") may, in circumstances where the Bank has ceased, or is about to cease, to be viable, assume temporary control or ownership of the Bank and may be granted broad powers by one or more orders of the Governor in Council (Canada), including the power to sell or dispose of all or a part of the assets of the Bank, and the power to carry out or cause the Bank to carry out a transaction or a series of transactions the purpose of which is to restructure the business of the Bank. The expressed objectives of the bail-in regime include reducing government and taxpayer exposure in the unlikely event of a failure of a bank designated by OSFI as a domestic systemically important bank ("D-SIB"), reducing the likelihood of such a failure by increasing market discipline and reinforcing that bank shareholders and creditors are responsible for the D-SIBs' risks and not taxpayers, and preserving financial stability by empowering the CDIC to quickly restore a failed D-SIB to viability and allow it to remain open and operating, even where the D-SIB has experienced severe losses. For a description of Canadian bank resolution powers and the consequent risk factors attaching to certain liabilities of the Bank, reference is made to https://www.td.com/investor-relations/ir-homepage/regulatory-disclosures/main-features-
of-capital-instruments/main-features-of-capital-instruments.jsp
.

 

 

- 27 -


Appendix "A"

Intercorporate Relationships

The following is a list of the directly or indirectly held significant subsidiaries.

 

SIGNIFICANT SUBSIDIARIES1                  
(millions of Canadian dollars)             As at October 31, 2019  
North America   Address of Head or
Principal Office2 
  Description  

Carrying value of shares

owned by the Bank3 

 

Greystone Capital Management Inc.

  Regina, Saskatchewan   Holding Company   $             714  

Greystone Managed Investments Inc.

  Regina, Saskatchewan   Securities Dealer  

GMI Serving Inc.

  Regina, Saskatchewan   Mortgage Servicing Entity        

Meloche Monnex Inc.

  Montreal, Québec   Holding Company     1,595  

Security National Insurance Company

  Montreal, Québec   Insurance Company  

Primmum Insurance Company

  Toronto, Ontario   Insurance Company  

TD Direct Insurance Inc.

  Toronto, Ontario   Insurance Company  

TD General Insurance Company

  Toronto, Ontario   Insurance Company  

TD Home and Auto Insurance Company

  Toronto, Ontario   Insurance Company        

TD Asset Management Inc.

  Toronto, Ontario   Investment Counselling and Portfolio Management     365  

TD Waterhouse Private Investment Counsel Inc.

  Toronto, Ontario   Investment Counselling and Portfolio Management        

TD Auto Finance (Canada) Inc.

  Toronto, Ontario   Automotive Finance Entity     2,619  

TD Auto Finance Services Inc.

  Toronto, Ontario   Automotive Finance Entity     1,370  

TD Group US Holdings LLC

  Wilmington, Delaware   Holding Company     67,117  

Toronto Dominion Holdings (U.S.A.), Inc.

  New York, New York   Holding Company  

TD Prime Services LLC

  New York, New York   Securities Dealer  

TD Securities (USA) LLC

  New York, New York   Securities Dealer  

Toronto Dominion (Texas) LLC

  New York, New York   Financial Services Entity  

Toronto Dominion (New York) LLC

  New York, New York   Financial Services Entity  

Toronto Dominion Capital (U.S.A.), Inc.

  New York, New York   Small Business Investment Company  

Toronto Dominion Investments, Inc.

  New York, New York   Merchant Banking and Investments  

TD Bank US Holding Company

  Cherry Hill, New Jersey   Holding Company  

Epoch Investment Partners, Inc.

  New York, New York   Investment Counselling and Portfolio Management  

TDAM USA Inc.

  New York, New York   Investment Counselling and Portfolio Management  

TD Bank USA, National Association

  Cherry Hill, New Jersey   U.S. National Bank  

TD Bank, National Association

  Cherry Hill, New Jersey   U.S. National Bank  

TD Auto Finance LLC

  Farmington Hills, Michigan   Automotive Finance Entity  

TD Equipment Finance, Inc.

  Cherry Hill, New Jersey   Financial Services Entity  

TD Private Client Wealth LLC

  New York, New York   Broker-dealer and Registered Investment Advisor  

TD Wealth Management Services Inc.

  Cherry Hill, New Jersey   Insurance Agency  

TD Luxembourg International Holdings

  Luxembourg, Luxembourg   Holding Company  

TD Ameritrade Holding Corporation4 

  Omaha, Nebraska   Securities Dealer        

TD Investment Services Inc.

  Toronto, Ontario   Mutual Fund Dealer     52  

TD Life Insurance Company

  Toronto, Ontario   Insurance Company     85  

TD Mortgage Corporation

  Toronto, Ontario   Deposit-Taking Entity     9,775  

TD Pacific Mortgage Corporation

  Vancouver, British Columbia   Deposit-Taking Entity  

The Canada Trust Company

  Toronto, Ontario   Trust, Loans, and Deposit-Taking Entity        

TD Securities Inc.

  Toronto, Ontario   Investment Dealer and Broker     2,231  

TD Vermillion Holdings Limited

  Toronto, Ontario   Holding Company     26,880  

TD Financial International Ltd.

  Hamilton, Bermuda   Holding Company  

TD Reinsurance (Barbados) Inc.

  St. James, Barbados   Reinsurance Company        

TD Waterhouse Canada Inc.

  Toronto, Ontario   Investment Dealer     2,442  

International

               

TD Bank N.V.

  Amsterdam, The Netherlands   Dutch Bank     632  

TD Ireland Unlimited Company

  Dublin, Ireland   Holding Company     894  

TD Global Finance Unlimited Company

  Dublin, Ireland   Securities Dealer        

TD Securities (Japan) Co. Ltd.

  Tokyo, Japan   Securities Dealer     12  

Toronto Dominion Australia Limited

  Sydney, Australia   Securities Dealer     97  

Toronto Dominion Investments B.V.

  London, England   Holding Company     1,114  

TD Bank Europe Limited

  London, England   UK Bank  

Toronto Dominion Holdings (U.K.) Limited

  London, England   Holding Company  

TD Securities Limited

  London, England   Securities Dealer        

Toronto Dominion (South East Asia) Limited

  Singapore, Singapore   Financial Institution     931  
1 

Unless otherwise noted, The Toronto-Dominion Bank, either directly or through its subsidiaries, owns 100% of the entity and/or 100% of any issued and outstanding voting securities and non-voting securities of the entities listed.

2 

Each subsidiary is incorporated or organized in the country in which its head or principal office is located, with the exception of Toronto Dominion Investments B.V., a company incorporated in The Netherlands, but with its principal office in the United Kingdom.

3 

Carrying amounts are prepared for purposes of meeting the disclosure requirements of Section 308 (3)(a)(ii) of the Bank Act. Intercompany transactions may be included herein which are eliminated for consolidated financial reporting purposes. Certain amounts have been adjusted to conform with the presentation adopted in the current period.

4 

As at October 31, 2019, the Bank's reported investment in TD Ameritrade Holding Corporation was 43.19% (October 31, 2018 – 41.61%) of the outstanding shares of TD Ameritrade Holding Corporation. TD Luxembourg International Holdings and its ownership of TD Ameritrade Holding Corporation is included given the significance of the Bank's investment in TD Ameritrade Holding Corporation.


Appendix "B"

AUDIT COMMITTEE

OF THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS

OF THE TORONTO-DOMINION BANK

CHARTER

~ ~ Supervising the Quality and Integrity of the Bank's Financial Reporting

and Compliance Requirements ~ ~

 

  Main Responsibilities:

 

   

overseeing reliable, accurate and clear financial reporting to shareholders

 

   

overseeing the effectiveness of internal controls, including internal controls over financial reporting

 

   

directly responsible for the selection, compensation, retention and oversight of the work of the shareholders' auditor – the shareholders' auditor reports directly to the Committee

 

   

receiving reports from the shareholders' auditor, chief financial officer, chief auditor, chief compliance officer, global chief anti-money laundering officer, and evaluating the effectiveness and independence of each

 

   

overseeing the establishment and maintenance of policies and programs reasonably designed to achieve and maintain the Bank's compliance with the laws and regulations that apply to it

 

   

acting as the audit committee for certain subsidiaries of the Bank that are federally-regulated financial institutions

 

  Independence is Key:

 

   

the Committee is composed entirely of independent directors

 

   

the Committee meets regularly without management present

 

   

the Committee has the authority to engage independent advisors, paid for by the Bank, to help it make the best possible decisions on the financial reporting, accounting policies and practices, disclosure practices, compliance and internal controls of the Bank

Composition and Independence, Financial Literacy and Authority

The Committee shall be composed of members of the Board of Directors in such number as is determined by the Board with regard to the by-laws of the Bank, applicable laws, rules and regulations and any other relevant consideration, subject to a minimum requirement of three directors.

In this Charter, "Bank" means The Toronto-Dominion Bank on a consolidated basis. No member of the Committee may be an officer or retired officer of the Bank. Every member of the Committee shall be independent of the Bank within the meaning of all applicable laws, rules and regulations including those particularly applicable to audit committee members and any other relevant consideration as determined by the Board of Directors, including the Bank's Director Independence Policy. No member of the Committee may serve on more than three public company audit committees without the consent of the Corporate Governance Committee and the Board.

The members of the Committee shall be appointed by the Board and each shall serve until his or her successor is duly appointed, unless the member resigns, is removed, or ceases to be a director. A Chair will be appointed by the Board upon recommendation of the Corporate Governance Committee, failing


which the members of the Committee may designate a Chair by majority vote. The Committee may from time to time delegate to its Chair certain powers or responsibilities that the Committee itself may have hereunder.

In addition to the qualities set out in the Position Description for Directors, all members of the Committee should be financially literate or be willing and able to acquire the necessary knowledge quickly. Financially literate means the ability to read and understand financial statements that present a breadth and level of complexity of accounting issues that are generally comparable to the breadth and complexity of the issues that can reasonably be expected to be raised by the Bank's financial statements. At least one member of the Committee shall have a background in accounting or related financial management experience which would include any experience or background which results in the individual's financial sophistication, including being or having been an auditor, a chief executive officer, chief financial officer or other senior officer with financial oversight responsibilities. In fulfilling the responsibilities set out in this Charter, the Committee has the authority to conduct any investigation it deems appropriate to, and access any officer, employee or agent of the Bank for the purpose of fulfilling its responsibilities, including the shareholders' auditor. The Audit Committee may obtain advice and assistance from outside legal, accounting or other advisors as the Committee deems necessary to carry out its duties, and may retain and determine the compensation to be paid by the Bank for such independent counsel or outside advisor in its sole discretion without seeking Board approval.

Committee members will enhance their familiarity with financial, accounting and other areas relevant to their responsibilities by participating in educational sessions or other opportunities for development.

Meetings

The Committee shall meet at least four times annually, or more frequently as circumstances dictate. The Committee shall meet with the shareholders' auditor and management quarterly to review the Bank's financial statements consistent with the section entitled "Financial Reporting" below. The Committee shall dedicate a portion of each of its regularly scheduled quarterly meetings to meeting separately with each of the Chief Executive Officer, the Chief Financial Officer, the General Counsel, the Chief Auditor, the Chief Compliance Officer, the Global Chief Anti-Money Laundering Officer and the shareholders' auditor and to meeting on its own without members of management or the shareholders' auditor. Any member of the Committee may make a request to the Chair for a Committee meeting or any part thereof to be held without management present. The Committee shall also meet with the Office of the Superintendent of Financial Institutions Canada ("OSFI") to review and discuss the results of OSFI's annual supervisory examination of the Bank in the event OSFI directs that it meet with the Committee instead of the full Board.

To facilitate open communication between this Committee and the Risk Committee, and where the Chair of the Risk Committee is not a member of this Committee, he or she shall receive notice of and attend by invitation of this Committee, as a non-voting observer, each meeting of this Committee and receive the materials for each such meeting. In addition, this Committee shall meet with the Risk Committee at least two times annually to discuss topics relevant to both Committees.

The Committee may invite to its meetings any director, member of management of the Bank or such other persons as it deems appropriate in order to carry out its responsibilities. The Committee may also exclude from its meetings any persons it deems appropriate in order to carry out its responsibilities.

Specific Duties and Responsibilities

Financial Reporting

The Committee shall be responsible for the oversight of reliable, accurate and clear financial reporting to shareholders, including reviewing and discussing the Bank's annual and interim financial statements and management's discussion and analysis ("MD&A") and reviewing the shareholders' auditor opinion on the annual financial statements and on the Bank's internal controls over financial reporting, prior to approval


by the Board and release to the public, and reviewing, as appropriate, releases to the public of significant material non-public financial information of the Bank. Such review of the financial reports of the Bank shall include, when appropriate but at least annually, discussion with management, the internal audit division and the shareholders' auditor of significant issues regarding accounting principles, practices, financial statement and MD&A disclosures, including adjustments to GAAP measures (i.e. Items of Note) and significant management estimates and judgments.

The Committee shall review earnings news releases and satisfy itself that adequate procedures are in place for the review of the Bank's public disclosure of financial information extracted or derived from the Bank's financial statements, other than the public disclosure in the Bank's annual and interim financial statements and MD&A, and must periodically assess the adequacy of those procedures.

Financial Reporting Process

The Committee shall support the Board in its oversight of the financial reporting process of the Bank including:

 

   

working with management, the shareholders' auditor and the internal audit division to review the integrity of the Bank's financial reporting processes;

 

   

reviewing the process relating to and the certifications of the Chief Executive Officer and the Chief Financial Officer on the integrity of the Bank's quarterly and annual consolidated financial statements and other disclosure documents as required;

 

   

considering the key accounting policies of the Bank and reviewing in appropriate detail the basis for significant estimates and judgments including but not limited to actuarial reserves, allowances for loan losses and other valuation allowances and discussing such matters with management and/or the shareholders' auditor;

 

   

keeping abreast of trends and best practices in financial reporting including considering, as they arise, topical issues and their application to the Bank;

 

   

reviewing with management and the shareholders' auditor significant accounting principles and policies and all critical accounting policies and practices used and any significant audit adjustments made;

 

   

considering and approving, if appropriate, substantive changes to the Bank's accounting and financial reporting policies as suggested by management, the shareholders' auditor, or the internal audit division;

 

   

establishing regular systems of reporting to the Committee by each of management, the shareholders' auditor and the internal audit division regarding any significant judgments made in management's preparation of the financial statements and any significant difficulties encountered during the course of the review or audit, including any restrictions on the scope of work or access to required information; and

 

   

reviewing tax and tax planning matters that are material to the financial statements.

The Audit Committee's Role in the Financial Reporting Process

The shareholders' auditor is responsible for planning and carrying out, in accordance with professional standards, an audit of the Bank's annual financial statements and reviews of the Bank's quarterly financial information. Management of the Bank is responsible for the Bank's financial reporting process which includes the preparation, presentation and integrity of the Bank's financial statements and maintenance of appropriate accounting and financial reporting principles and policies and internal controls and procedures designed to ensure compliance with accounting standards and applicable laws and regulations. The Audit Committee oversees the financial reporting process at the Bank and receives quarterly reporting regarding the process undertaken by management and the results of the review by the


shareholders' auditor. It is not the duty of the Audit Committee to plan or conduct audits, or to determine that the Bank's financial statements are complete, accurate and in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards.

Internal Controls

The Committee shall be responsible for overseeing the establishment of the internal control framework and monitoring its effectiveness including:

 

   

reviewing management's reports related to the establishment and maintenance of an adequate and effective internal control system and processes (including controls related to the prevention, identification and detection of fraud) that are designed to provide assurance in areas including reporting (financial, operational, risk), efficiency and effectiveness of operations and safeguarding assets, monitoring compliance with laws, regulations and guidance, and internal policies, including compliance with section 404 of the U.S. Sarbanes-Oxley Act and similar rules of the Canadian Securities Administrators;

 

   

meeting with management, the Chief Auditor and the shareholders' auditor to assess the adequacy and effectiveness of the Bank's internal controls, including controls related to the prevention, identification and detection of fraud;

 

   

overseeing that there are adequate governance structures and control processes for all financial instruments that are measured at fair value for financial reporting purposes;

 

   

receiving reports from the Risk Committee as considered necessary or desirable with respect to any issues relating to internal control procedures considered by that Committee in the course of undertaking its responsibilities; and

 

   

reviewing reporting by the Bank to its shareholders regarding internal control over financial reporting.

Internal Audit Division

The Committee shall oversee the internal audit division of the Bank and any aspects of the internal audit function that are outsourced to a third party. The Committee shall satisfy itself that the internal audit division is sufficiently independent to perform its responsibilities. In addition, the Committee shall:

 

   

review and approve the annual audit plan (including the risk assessment methodology), and any significant changes thereto and satisfy itself that the plan is appropriate, risk-based and addresses all the relevant activities and significant risks over a measurable cycle;

 

   

review and approve the annual financial budget and resource plan and review significant updates;

 

   

review and approve at least annually the Chief Auditor's mandate and Independence Attestation, and the mandate of the internal audit division;

 

   

confirm the appointment and dismissal of the Chief Auditor;

 

   

annually convey its view of the performance of the Chief Auditor to the Chief Executive Officer as input into the compensation approval process;

 

   

at least annually assess the effectiveness and operational adequacy of the internal audit division;

 

   

review the results of the independent quality assurance review report on the internal audit division conducted on a five-year cycle, including information on the qualifications and independence of the assessor(s) and any potential conflict of interest;

 

   

review and discuss regular reports prepared by the Chief Auditor, including all information outlined in regulatory guidance, together with management's response and follow-up on outstanding issues, and proactively consider thematic issues across the Bank;


   

provide a forum for the Chief Auditor to have unfettered access to the Committee to raise any internal audit, organizational or industry issues or issues with respect to the relationship and interaction between the internal audit division, management, the shareholders' auditor and/or regulators; and

 

   

review reports of deficiencies identified by supervisory authorities related to the internal audit division, including information to demonstrate progress of necessary correction action and remediation, by management, within an appropriate time frame.

Oversight of Shareholders' Auditor

The Committee shall annually review and evaluate the performance, qualifications, skills, resources (amount and type) and independence of the shareholders' auditor and recommend to the Board for recommendation to the shareholders, the appointment of the shareholders' auditor. The Committee shall be responsible for approving the auditor's remuneration and shall satisfy itself that the level of audit fees is commensurate with the scope of work to ensure a quality audit. The Committee shall also make recommendations to the Board for approval regarding, if appropriate, termination of the shareholders' auditor. The shareholders' auditor shall be accountable to the Committee and the entire Board, as representatives of the shareholders, for its review of the financial statements and controls of the Bank. In addition, the Committee shall:

 

   

review and approve the annual audit plans and engagement letters of the shareholders' auditor and satisfy itself that the plans are appropriate, risk-based and address all the relevant activities over a measurable cycle;

 

   

at least annually, review the shareholders' auditor's processes for assuring the quality of their audit services including ensuring their independence and any other matters that may affect the audit firm's ability to serve as shareholders' auditor;

 

   

discuss those matters that are required to be communicated by the shareholders' auditor to the Committee in accordance with the standards established by the Chartered Professional Accountants of Canada and the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board and the requirements of the Bank Act (Canada) and of the Bank's regulators, including its primary regulator OSFI, as such matters are applicable to the Bank from time to time;

 

   

review with the shareholders' auditor any issues that may be brought forward by it, including any audit problems or difficulties, such as restrictions on its audit activities or access to requested information, and management's responses;

 

   

request management to take the necessary corrective actions to address any findings and recommendations of the shareholders' auditor in a timely manner;

 

   

review with the shareholders' auditor concerns, if any, about the quality, not just acceptability, of the Bank's accounting principles and policies as applied in its financial reporting;

 

   

provide a forum for management and the internal and/or shareholders' auditor to raise issues regarding their relationship and interaction. To the extent disagreements regarding financial reporting are not resolved, be responsible for the resolution of such disagreements between management and the internal and/or shareholders' auditor;

 

   

at least annually, review and evaluate the qualifications, performance and independence of the lead partner of the shareholders' auditor, monitor the rotation timing, and as required upon rotation of the lead partner, assess the qualifications of the shareholders' auditor's proposed new lead partner and, obtain confirmation from the shareholders' auditor that he or she is in compliance with the requirements for the qualifications for auditors pursuant to the Bank Act (Canada);


   

at least every five years, conduct a periodic comprehensive review of the shareholders' auditor; and

 

   

annually review and discuss the Canadian Public Accountability Board's (CPAB) public report with the shareholders' auditor, and as necessary discuss any CPAB findings specific to the inspection of the Bank's audit.

Independence of Shareholders' Auditor

The Committee shall monitor and assess the independence of the shareholders' auditor through various mechanisms, including:

 

   

reviewing and approving (or recommending to the Board for approval) the audit engagement terms and fees and other legally permissible services to be performed by the shareholders' auditor for the Bank, with such approval to be given either specifically or pursuant to pre-approval procedures adopted by the Committee;

 

   

receiving from the shareholders' auditor, at least annually, a formal written statement confirming independence and delineating all relationships between the shareholders' auditor and the Bank consistent with the rules of professional conduct of the Canadian provincial chartered accountants institutes or other regulatory bodies, as applicable;

 

   

reviewing and discussing with the Board, annually and otherwise as necessary, and the shareholders' auditor, any relationships or services between the shareholders' auditor and the Bank or any factors that may impact the objectivity and independence of the shareholders' auditor;

 

   

reviewing, approving and monitoring policies and procedures for the employment of past or present partners, or employees of the shareholders' auditor as required by applicable laws; and

 

   

reviewing, approving and monitoring other policies and procedures put in place to facilitate auditor independence, such as the criteria for tendering the shareholders' auditor contract and the rotation of members of the audit engagement team, as applicable.

Finance Department

The Committee shall oversee the Finance Department of the Bank, including:

 

   

reviewing and approving the mandate of the Finance Department and the mandate of the Chief Financial Officer at least annually;

 

   

reviewing and approving, at least annually, the Finance Department budget and resource plan, including receiving reports from management on resource adequacy;

 

   

annually assessing the effectiveness of the Finance Department;

 

   

reviewing the results of an independent assessment of the Finance Department effectiveness conducted periodically;

 

   

periodically reviewing the results of a benchmarking of the Finance Department conducted with the assistance of an independent third party;

 

   

annually conveying its view of the performance of the Chief Financial Officer to the Chief Executive Officer as input into the compensation approval process;

 

   

confirming the appointment and dismissal of the Chief Financial Officer; and

 

   

providing a forum for the Chief Financial Officer to have unfettered access to the Committee to raise any financial reporting issues or issues with respect to the relationship and interaction among the Finance Department, management, the shareholders' auditor and/or regulators.


Compliance

The Committee shall oversee the establishment and maintenance of policies and programs reasonably designed to achieve and maintain the Bank's compliance with the laws and regulations that apply to it, including:

 

   

establishing and maintaining procedures in accordance with regulatory requirements for the receipt, retention, and treatment of confidential, anonymous submissions of concerns regarding questionable accounting, internal accounting controls or auditing matters, and receiving reports on such complaints and submissions as required under the applicable policy;

 

   

reviewing professional pronouncements and changes to key regulatory requirements relating to accounting rules to the extent they apply to the financial reporting process of the Bank; and

 

   

acting as the Board's compliance oversight committee in respect of the Volcker Rule within the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act (U.S.), including receiving reports, at least annually, from senior management and control functions on the effectiveness of and compliance with matters relating to the TDBG Enterprise Written Volcker Compliance Program.

Compliance Department

The Committee shall oversee the Compliance Department of the Bank and the execution of its mandate, and shall satisfy itself that the Compliance Department is sufficiently independent to perform its responsibilities. In addition, the Committee shall:

 

   

review and approve its annual plan, including its budget and resources, and any significant changes to the annual plan and/or methodology;

 

   

annually review and approve the mandate of the Compliance Department and the mandate of the Chief Compliance Officer;

 

   

at least annually assess the effectiveness of the Compliance Department;

 

   

review the results of an independent assessment of the Compliance Department conducted periodically;

 

   

periodically review the results of a benchmarking of the Compliance Department conducted with the assistance of an independent third party;

 

   

confirm the appointment and dismissal of the Chief Compliance Officer;

 

   

annually convey its view of the performance of the Chief Compliance Officer to the Chief Executive Officer as input into the compensation approval process;

 

   

review with management the Bank's compliance with applicable regulatory requirements and the Regulatory Compliance Management ("RCM") Program;

 

   

semi-annually receive reports from the Compliance Department on Compliance with Canadian Consumer Protection Requirements as Supervised by the Financial Consumer Agency of Canada ("FCAC");

 

   

regularly review and discuss reports prepared by the Chief Compliance Officer for the Audit Committee, including with regard to reports by regulators and supervisory authorities related to the Compliance Department, the Bank's RCM program or the Bank's compliance or non-compliance with applicable laws and regulations and follow-up on any outstanding issues including proactive consideration of whether deficiencies in one area may be present in other areas;


   

at least annually review the assessment by the Chief Compliance Officer on the adequacy of, adherence to and effectiveness of the Bank's day-to-day RCM controls, as well as the Opinion of the Chief Compliance Officer as to whether the RCM Program and controls are sufficiently robust to achieve compliance with the applicable regulatory requirements enterprise-wide; and

 

   

provide a forum for the Chief Compliance Officer to have unfettered access to the Committee to raise any compliance issues or concerns with respect to the relationship and interaction among the Compliance Department, management and/or regulators.

Anti-Money Laundering ("AML" / Anti-Terrorist Financing ("ATF")

The Committee shall oversee and monitor the establishment, maintenance and ongoing effectiveness of the Anti-Money Laundering / Anti-Terrorist Financing / Economic Sanctions / Anti-Bribery and Anti-Corruption ("AML Program") that is designed to ensure the Bank is in compliance with the laws and regulations that apply to it as well as its own policies, including:

 

   

reviewing with management the Bank's compliance with applicable regulatory requirements;

 

   

reviewing an annual report from the Global Chief Anti-Money Laundering Officer regarding the assessment of the effectiveness of the AML Program, and following up with management on the status of recommendations and suggestions, as appropriate; and

 

   

reviewing the opinion of the Chief Auditor on the effectiveness of the AML Program every two years, and following up with management on the status of recommendations and suggestions, as appropriate.

Global Anti-Money Laundering Department

The Committee shall oversee the Global Anti-Money Laundering Department of the Bank and the execution of its mandate, and shall satisfy itself that the Global AML Department is sufficiently independent to perform its responsibilities. The oversight and monitoring will be provided in the following manner:

 

   

review and approve the Global AML Department's annual plan, including its budget and resources, and any significant changes to the annual plan;

 

   

consider and approve the AML Program, its design and any significant AML/ATF policies, including the TD Global Sanctions Policy;

 

   

at least annually assess the effectiveness of the AML/ATF function;

 

   

review the results of an independent assessment of the AML Program conducted periodically;

 

   

periodically review the results of a benchmarking of the AML Department conducted with the assistance of an independent third party;

 

   

annually review and approve the mandate of the Global AML Department and the mandate of the Global Chief Anti-Money Laundering Officer;

 

   

confirm the appointment and dismissal of the Global Chief Anti-Money Laundering Officer;

 

   

annually convey its view of the performance of the Global Chief Anti-Money Laundering Officer to the Chief Executive Officer as input into the compensation approval process;

 

   

regularly review and discuss reports prepared by the Global Chief Anti-Money Laundering Officer for the Audit Committee, including with regard to reports by supervisory authorities related to the AML Program, and on the design and operation of the AML Program, the adequacy of resources (people, systems, budget), and any recommendations thereto, and follow-up on any outstanding issues including proactive consideration of whether deficiencies in one area may be present in other areas; and


   

provide a forum for the Global Chief Anti-Money Laundering Officer to have unfettered access to the Committee to raise any compliance issues or issues with respect to the relationship and interaction among the Global AML Department, management and/or regulators.

General

The Committee shall have the following additional general duties and responsibilities:

 

   

acting as the audit committee for certain Canadian subsidiaries of the Bank that are federally-regulated financial institutions, including meeting on an annual basis, without management present, with the appointed actuaries of the subsidiaries of the Bank that are federally-regulated financial institutions;

 

   

reviewing with the Bank's general counsel any legal matter arising from litigation, asserted claims or regulatory non-compliance that could have a material impact on the Bank's financial condition and provide a forum for the General Counsel to have unfettered access to the Committee to raise any legal issues;

 

   

performing such other functions and tasks as may be mandated by regulatory requirements applicable to audit committees or delegated by the Board;

 

   

conducting an annual evaluation of the Committee to assess its contribution and effectiveness in fulfilling its mandate;

 

   

review and assess the adequacy of this Charter at least annually and submit this Charter to the Corporate Governance Committee for review and recommendation to the Board for approval; noting that changes considered administrative by the Chair of the Audit Committee and the Chairman of the Board can be reviewed and approved by the Corporate Governance Committee throughout the year and aggregated once per year for review and concurrence by the Board;

 

   

maintaining minutes or other records of meetings and activities of the Committee; and

 

   

reporting to the Board on material matters arising at Audit Committee meetings following each meeting of the Committee and reporting as required to the Risk Committee on issues of relevance to it.

Exhibit 99.2

MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS

This Management's Discussion and Analysis (MD&A) is presented to enable readers to assess material changes in the financial condition and operating results of TD Bank Group ("TD" or the "Bank") for the year ended October 31, 2019, compared with the corresponding period in the prior years. This MD&A should be read in conjunction with the audited Consolidated Financial Statements and related Notes for the year ended October 31, 2019. This MD&A is dated December 4, 2019. Unless otherwise indicated, all amounts are expressed in Canadian dollars and have been primarily derived from the Bank's annual Consolidated Financial Statements prepared in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS) as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board (IASB). Note that certain comparative amounts have been revised to conform with the presentation adopted in the current period.

 

CAUTION REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

     1  

FINANCIAL RESULTS OVERVIEW

  

Net Income

     7  

Revenue

     8  

Provision for Credit Losses

     9  

Expenses

     10  

Taxes

     11  

Quarterly Financial Information

     11  

BUSINESS SEGMENT ANALYSIS

  

Business Focus

     13  

Canadian Retail

     15  

U.S. Retail

     19  

Wholesale Banking

     23  

Corporate

     26  

2018 FINANCIAL RESULTS OVERVIEW

  

Summary of 2018 Performance

     27  

2018 Financial Performance by Business Line

     28  

GROUP FINANCIAL CONDITION

  

Balance Sheet Review

     30  

Credit Portfolio Quality

     31  

Capital Position

     42  

Securitization and Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

     49  

Related-Party Transactions

     51  

Financial Instruments

     52  

RISK FACTORS AND MANAGEMENT

  

Risk Factors that May Affect Future Results

     52  

Managing Risk

     57  

ACCOUNTING STANDARDS AND POLICIES

  

Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates

     90  

Current and Future Changes in Accounting Policies

     94  

Controls and Procedures

     95  

ADDITIONAL FINANCIAL INFORMATION

     96  
 

 

Additional information relating to the Bank, including the Bank's Annual Information Form, is available on the Bank's website at http://www.td.com, on SEDAR at http://www.sedar.com, and on the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission's website at http://www.sec.gov (EDGAR filers section).

 

Caution Regarding Forward-Looking Statements

From time to time, the Bank (as defined in this document) makes written and/or oral forward-looking statements, including in this document, in other filings with Canadian regulators or the United States (U.S.) Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC), and in other communications. In addition, representatives of the Bank may make forward-looking statements orally to analysts, investors, the media and others. All such statements are made pursuant to the "safe harbour" provisions of, and are intended to be forward-looking statements under, applicable Canadian and U.S. securities legislation, including the U.S. Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995. Forward-looking statements include, but are not limited to, statements made in this document, the Management's Discussion and Analysis ("2019 MD&A") in the Bank's 2019 Annual Report under the heading "Economic Summary and Outlook", for the Canadian Retail, U.S. Retail, and Wholesale Banking segments under headings "Business Outlook and Focus for 2020", and for the Corporate segment, "Focus for 2020", and in other statements regarding the Bank's objectives and priorities for 2020 and beyond and strategies to achieve them, the regulatory environment in which the Bank operates, and the Bank's anticipated financial performance. Forward-looking statements are typically identified by words such as "will", "would", "should", "believe", "expect", "anticipate", "intend", "estimate", "plan", "goal", "target", "may", and "could".

By their very nature, these forward-looking statements require the Bank to make assumptions and are subject to inherent risks and uncertainties, general and specific. Especially in light of the uncertainty related to the physical, financial, economic, political, and regulatory environments, such risks and uncertainties – many of which are beyond the Bank's control and the effects of which can be difficult to predict – may cause actual results to differ materially from the expectations expressed in the forward-looking statements. Risk factors that could cause, individually or in the aggregate, such differences include: credit, market (including equity, commodity, foreign exchange, interest rate, and credit spreads), liquidity, operational (including technology and infrastructure), model, reputational, insurance, strategic, regulatory, legal, environmental, capital adequacy, and other risks. Examples of such risk factors include the general business and economic conditions in the regions in which the Bank operates; geopolitical risk; the ability of the Bank to execute on long-term strategies and shorter-term key strategic priorities, including the successful completion of acquisitions and dispositions, business retention plans, and strategic plans; the ability of the Bank to attract, develop, and retain key executives; disruptions in or attacks (including cyber-attacks) on the Bank's information technology, internet, network access or other voice or data communications systems or services; fraud or other criminal activity to which the Bank is exposed; the failure of third parties to comply with their obligations to the Bank or its affiliates, including relating to the care and control of information; the impact of new and changes to, or application of, current laws and regulations, including without limitation tax laws, capital guidelines and liquidity regulatory guidance and the bank recapitalization "bail-in" regime; exposure related to significant litigation and regulatory matters; increased competition from incumbents and non-traditional competitors, including Fintech and big technology competitors; changes to the Bank's credit ratings; changes in currency and interest rates (including the possibility of negative interest rates); increased funding costs and market volatility due to market illiquidity and competition for funding; Interbank Offered Rate (IBOR) transition risk; critical accounting estimates and changes to accounting standards, policies, and methods used by the Bank; existing and potential international debt crises; environmental and social risk; and the occurrence of natural and unnatural catastrophic events and claims resulting from such events. The Bank cautions that the preceding list is not exhaustive of all possible risk factors and other factors could also adversely affect the Bank's results. For more detailed information, please refer to the "Risk Factors and Management" section of the 2019 MD&A, as may be updated in subsequently filed quarterly reports to shareholders and news releases (as applicable) related to any events or transactions discussed under the headings "Significant and Subsequent Events, and Pending Transactions" in the relevant MD&A, which applicable releases may be found on www.td.com. All such factors should be considered carefully, as well as other uncertainties and potential events, and the inherent uncertainty of forward-looking statements, when making decisions with respect to the Bank and the Bank cautions readers not to place undue reliance on the Bank's forward-looking statements.

Material economic assumptions underlying the forward-looking statements contained in this document are set out in the 2019 MD&A under the headings "Economic Summary and Outlook", for the Canadian Retail, U.S. Retail, and Wholesale Banking segments, "Business Outlook and Focus for 2020", and for the Corporate segment, "Focus for 2020", each as may be updated in subsequently filed quarterly reports to shareholders.

Any forward-looking statements contained in this document represent the views of management only as of the date hereof and are presented for the purpose of assisting the Bank's shareholders and analysts in understanding the Bank's financial position, objectives and priorities and anticipated financial performance as at and for the periods ended on the dates presented, and may not be appropriate for other purposes. The Bank does not undertake to update any forward-looking statements, whether written or oral, that may be made from time to time by or on its behalf, except as required under applicable securities legislation.

 

TD BANK GROUP 2019 ANNUAL REPORT MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION & ANALYSIS     Page 1  


TABLE 1:  FINANCIAL HIGHLIGHTS1 

 

(millions of Canadian dollars, except where noted)

     2019     2018     2017

Results of operations

      

Total revenues – reported

   $ 41,065   $ 38,892   $ 36,202

Total revenues – adjusted2 

     41,065     38,981     35,999

Provision for credit losses3 

     3,029     2,480     2,216

Insurance claims and related expenses

     2,787     2,444     2,246

Non-interest expenses – reported

     22,020     20,195     19,419

Non-interest expenses – adjusted2 

     21,085     19,943     19,145

Net income – reported

     11,686     11,334     10,517

Net income – adjusted2 

     12,503     12,183     10,587

Financial positions (billions of Canadian dollars)

      

Total loans net of allowance for loan losses

   $ 684.6   $ 646.4   $ 612.6

Total assets

         1,415.3         1,334.9         1,279.0

Total deposits

     887.0     851.4     832.8

Total equity

     87.7     80.0     75.2

Total Common Equity Tier 1 Capital risk-weighted assets4 

     456.0     435.6     435.8

Financial ratios

      

Return on common equity – reported

     14.5  %      15.7  %      14.9  % 

Return on common equity – adjusted2,5

     15.6     16.9     15.0

Return on tangible common equity2,5

     20.5     22.7     21.9

Return on tangible common equity – adjusted2,5

     21.5     23.9     21.6

Efficiency ratio – reported

     53.6     51.9     53.6

Efficiency ratio – adjusted2 

     51.3     51.2     53.2

Provision for credit losses as a % of net average loans and acceptances6 

     0.45     0.39     0.37

Common share information – reported (Canadian dollars)

      

Per share earnings

      

Basic

   $ 6.26   $ 6.02   $ 5.51

Diluted

     6.25     6.01     5.50

Dividends per common share

     2.89     2.61     2.35

Book value per share

     45.20     40.50     37.76

Closing share price7 

     75.21     73.03     73.34

Shares outstanding (millions)

      

Average basic

     1,824.2     1,835.4     1,850.6

Average diluted

     1,827.3     1,839.5     1,854.8

End of period

     1,811.9     1,828.3     1,839.6

Market capitalization (billions of Canadian dollars)

   $ 136.3   $ 133.5   $ 134.9

Dividend yield8 

     3.9  %      3.5  %      3.6  % 

Dividend payout ratio

     46.1     43.3     42.6

Price-earnings ratio

     12.0     12.2     13.3

Total shareholder return (1-year)9 

     7.1     3.1     24.8

Common share information – adjusted (Canadian dollars)2 

      

Per share earnings

      

Basic

   $ 6.71   $ 6.48   $ 5.55

Diluted

     6.69     6.47     5.54

Dividend payout ratio

     43.0  %      40.2  %      42.3  % 

Price-earnings ratio

     11.2     11.3     13.2

Capital ratios

      

Common Equity Tier 1 Capital ratio4 

     12.1  %      12.0  %      10.7  % 

Tier 1 Capital ratio4 

     13.5     13.7     12.3

Total Capital ratio4 

     16.3     16.2     14.9

Leverage ratio

     4.0     4.2     3.9

 

1

Certain comparative amounts have been recast to conform with the presentation adopted in the current period.

2

The Toronto-Dominion Bank ("TD" or the "Bank") prepares its Consolidated Financial Statements in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS), the current Generally Accepted Accounting Principles (GAAP), and refers to results prepared in accordance with IFRS as the "reported" results. The Bank also utilizes non-GAAP financial measures to arrive at "adjusted" results to assess each of its businesses and to measure overall Bank performance. To arrive at adjusted results, the Bank removes "items of note", from reported results. Refer to the "Financial Results Overview" in 2019 Management's Discussion and Analysis (MD&A) for further explanation, a list of the items of note, and a reconciliation of non-GAAP financial measures.

3

Effective November 1, 2017, amounts were prepared in accordance with IFRS 9, Financial Instruments (IFRS 9). Prior period comparatives were prepared in accordance with IAS 39, Financial Instruments: Recognition and Measurement (IAS 39) and have not been restated.

4

Each capital ratio has its own risk-weighted assets (RWA) measure due to the Office of the Superintendent of Financial Institutions Canada (OSFI) prescribed scalar for inclusion of the Credit Valuation Adjustment (CVA). For fiscal 2019, the scalars for inclusion of CVA for Common Equity Tier 1 (CET1), Tier 1, and Total Capital RWA are all 100%. For fiscal 2018, the scalars were 80%, 83%, and 86%, respectively. For fiscal 2017, the scalars were 72%, 77%, and 81%, respectively. Prior to fiscal 2018, as the Bank was constrained by the Basel I regulatory floor, the RWA as it relates to the regulatory floor was calculated based on the Basel I risk weights which were the same for all capital ratios.

5

Metrics are non-GAAP financial measures. Refer to the "Return on Common Equity" and "Return on Tangible Common Equity" sections of this document for an explanation.

6

Excludes acquired credit-impaired (ACI) loans, debt securities classified as loans (DSCL) under IAS 39, debt securities at amortized cost (DSAC), and debt securities at fair value through other comprehensive income (DSOCI) under IFRS 9.

7

Toronto Stock Exchange (TSX) closing market price.

8

Dividend yield is calculated as the dividend per common share paid during the year divided by the daily average closing stock price during the year.

9

Total shareholder return is calculated based on share price movement and dividends reinvested over a trailing one-year period.

 

TD BANK GROUP 2019 ANNUAL REPORT MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION & ANALYSIS     Page 2  


 

FINANCIAL RESULTS OVERVIEW

CORPORATE OVERVIEW

The Toronto-Dominion Bank and its subsidiaries are collectively known as TD Bank Group ("TD" or the "Bank"). TD is the fifth largest bank in North America by branches and serves over 26 million customers in three key businesses operating in a number of locations in financial centres around the globe: Canadian Retail, which includes the results of the Canadian personal and commercial banking, wealth and insurance businesses; U.S. Retail, which includes the results of the U.S. personal and business banking operations, wealth management services, and the Bank's investment in TD Ameritrade; and Wholesale Banking. TD also ranks among the world's leading online financial services firms, with more than 13 million active online and mobile customers. TD had $1.4 trillion in assets on October 31, 2019, and 89,031 average full-time equivalent employees in fiscal 2019. The Toronto-Dominion Bank trades under the symbol "TD" on the Toronto and New York Stock Exchanges.

HOW THE BANK REPORTS

The Bank prepares its Consolidated Financial Statements in accordance with IFRS, the current GAAP, and refers to results prepared in accordance with IFRS as "reported" results. The Bank also utilizes non-GAAP financial measures referred to as "adjusted" results to assess each of its businesses and to measure the Bank's overall performance. To arrive at adjusted results, the Bank removes "items of note", from reported results. The items of note relate to items which management does not believe are indicative of underlying business performance. The Bank believes that adjusted results provide the reader with a better understanding of how management views the Bank's performance. The items of note are disclosed in Table 3. As explained, adjusted results differ from reported results determined in accordance with IFRS. Adjusted results, items of note, and related terms used in this document are not defined terms under IFRS and, therefore, may not be comparable to similar terms used by other issuers.

The Bank's U.S. strategic cards portfolio is comprised of agreements with certain U.S. retailers pursuant to which TD is the U.S. issuer of private label and co-branded consumer credit cards to their U.S. customers. Under the terms of the individual agreements, the Bank and the retailers share in the profits generated by the relevant portfolios after credit losses. Under IFRS, TD is required to present the gross amount of revenue and provisions for credit losses related to these portfolios in the Bank's Consolidated Statement of Income. At the segment level, the retailer program partners' share of revenues and credit losses is presented in the Corporate segment, with an offsetting amount (representing the partners' net share) recorded in Non-interest expenses, resulting in no impact to Corporate's reported Net income (loss). The Net income (loss) included in the U.S. Retail segment includes only the portion of revenue and credit losses attributable to TD under the agreements.

Effective November 1, 2017, the Bank adopted IFRS 9, which replaced the guidance in IAS 39. Refer to Note 2 of the 2019 Consolidated Financial Statements for a summary of the Bank's accounting policies as it relates to IFRS 9. Under IFRS 9, the current period provision for credit losses (PCL) for performing (Stage 1 and Stage 2) and impaired (Stage 3) financial assets, loan commitments, and financial guarantees is recorded within the respective segment. Under IAS 39 and prior to November 1, 2017, the PCL related to the collectively assessed allowance for incurred but not identified credit losses that related to the Canadian Retail and Wholesale Banking segments was recorded in the Corporate segment. Prior period results have not been restated. PCL on impaired financial assets includes Stage 3 PCL under IFRS 9 and counterparty-specific and individually insignificant PCL under IAS 39. PCL on performing financial assets, loan commitments, and financial guarantees include Stage 1 and Stage 2 PCL under IFRS 9 and incurred but not identified losses under IAS 39.

IFRS 9 does not require restatement of comparative period financial statements except in limited circumstances related to aspects of hedge accounting. Entities are permitted to restate comparatives as long as hindsight is not applied. The Bank had made the decision not to restate comparative period financial information and had recognized any measurement differences between the previous carrying amount and the new carrying amount on November 1, 2017 through an adjustment to opening retained earnings. As such, fiscal 2019 and 2018 results reflect the adoption of IFRS 9, while fiscal 2017 reflects results under IAS 39.

U.S. Tax Reform

On December 22, 2017, the U.S. government enacted comprehensive tax legislation commonly referred to as the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act (the "U.S. Tax Act") which made broad and complex changes to the U.S. tax code.

The reduction of the U.S. federal corporate tax rate enacted by the U.S. Tax Act resulted in an adjustment during 2018 to the Bank's U.S. deferred tax assets and liabilities to the lower base rate of 21% as well as an adjustment to the Bank's carrying balances of certain tax credit-related investments and its investment in TD Ameritrade. The Bank finalized its assessment of the implications of the U.S. Tax Act during 2018 and recorded a net charge to earnings of $392 million (US$319 million) for the year ended October 31, 2018.

The lower corporate tax rate had and continues to have a positive effect on TD's current year and future earnings. The amount of the benefit may vary due to, among other things, changes in interpretations and assumptions the Bank has made and guidance that may be issued by applicable regulatory authorities.

The following table provides the operating results on a reported basis for the Bank.

 

TABLE 2:  OPERATING RESULTS – Reported1 

 

(millions of Canadian dollars)

     2019      2018      2017

Net interest income

   $     23,931    $     22,239    $     20,847

Non-interest income

     17,134      16,653      15,355

Total revenue

     41,065      38,892      36,202

Provision for credit losses

     3,029      2,480      2,216

Insurance claims and related expenses

     2,787      2,444      2,246

Non-interest expenses

     22,020      20,195      19,419

Income before income taxes and equity in net income of an investment in TD Ameritrade

     13,229      13,773      12,321

Provision for income taxes

     2,735      3,182      2,253

Equity in net income of an investment in TD Ameritrade

     1,192      743      449

Net income – reported

     11,686      11,334      10,517

Preferred dividends

     252      214      193

Net income available to common shareholders and non-controlling interests in subsidiaries

   $ 11,434    $ 11,120    $ 10,324

Attributable to:

        

Common shareholders

   $ 11,416    $ 11,048    $ 10,203

Non-controlling interests

     18      72      121

 

1

Certain comparative amounts have been recast to conform with the presentation adopted in the current period.

 

TD BANK GROUP 2019 ANNUAL REPORT MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION & ANALYSIS     Page 3  


TABLE 3:  NON-GAAP FINANCIAL MEASURES – Reconciliation of Adjusted to Reported Net Income1 

 

(millions of Canadian dollars)

     2019     2018     2017   

Operating results – adjusted

      

Net interest income

   $     23,931   $     22,239   $     20,847   

Non-interest income2 

     17,134     16,742     15,152   

Total revenue

     41,065     38,981     35,999   

Provision for credit losses

     3,029     2,480     2,216   

Insurance claims and related expenses

     2,787     2,444     2,246   

Non-interest expenses3 

     21,085     19,943     19,145   

Income before income taxes and equity in net income of an investment in TD Ameritrade

     14,164     14,114     12,392   

Provision for (recovery of) income taxes

     2,949     2,898     2,336   

Equity in net income of an investment in TD Ameritrade4 

     1,288     967     531   

Net income – adjusted

     12,503     12,183     10,587   

Preferred dividends

     252     214     193   

Net income available to common shareholders and non-controlling interests in subsidiaries – adjusted

     12,251     11,969     10,394   

Attributable to:

      

Non-controlling interests in subsidiaries, net of income taxes

     18     72     121   

Net income available to common shareholders – adjusted

     12,233     11,897     10,273   

Pre-tax adjustments of items of note

      

Amortization of intangibles5 

     (307     (324     (310 )  

Charges related to the long-term loyalty agreement with Air Canada6 

     (607            

Charges associated with the acquisition of Greystone7 

     (117            

Charges associated with the Scottrade transaction8 

           (193     (46 )  

Impact from U.S. tax reform9 

           (48      

Dilution gain on the Scottrade transaction10 

                 204   

Loss on sale of the Direct Investing business in Europe11 

                 (42 )  

Fair value of derivatives hedging the reclassified available-for-sale securities portfolio12 

                 41   

Provision for (recovery of) income taxes for items of note

      

Amortization of intangibles5,13

     (48     (55     (78 )  

Charges related to the long-term loyalty agreement with Air Canada6 

     (161            

Charges associated with the acquisition of Greystone7 

     (5            

Charges associated with the Scottrade transaction8 

           (5     (10 )  

Impact from U.S. tax reform9 

           344      

Dilution gain on the Scottrade transaction10 

                  

Loss on sale of the Direct Investing business in Europe11 

                 (2 )  

Fair value of derivatives hedging the reclassified available-for-sale securities portfolio12 

                 7   

Total adjustments for items of note

     (817     (849     (70 )  

Net income available to common shareholders – reported

   $ 11,416   $ 11,048   $ 10,203   

 

1 

Certain comparative amounts have been recast to conform with the presentation adopted in the current period.

2

Adjusted non-interest income excludes the following items of note: Adjustment to the carrying balances of certain tax credit-related investments as explained in footnote 9 – 2018 – $(89) million. Dilution gain on the Scottrade transaction, as explained in footnote 10 – 2017 – $204 million. Loss on sale of the Direct Investing business in Europe, as explained in footnote 11 – 2017 – $42 million. Gain on fair value of derivatives hedging the reclassified available-for-sale (AFS) securities portfolio, as explained in footnote 12 – 2017 – $41 million. These amounts were reported in the Corporate segment.

3

Adjusted non-interest expenses exclude the following items of note: Amortization of intangibles, as explained in footnote 5 – 2019 – $211 million, 2018 – $231 million, 2017 – $248 million, reported in the Corporate segment. Charges related to the long-term loyalty agreement with Air Canada, as explained in footnote 6 – 2019 – $607 million; this amount was reported in the Canadian Retail segment. Charges associated with the acquisition of Greystone, as explained in footnote 7 – 2019 – $117 million; this amount was reported in the Canadian Retail segment. Charges associated with the Bank's acquisition of Scottrade Bank, as explained in footnote 8 – 2018 – $21 million and 2017 – $26 million, reported in the U.S. Retail segment.

4

Adjusted equity in net income of an investment in TD Ameritrade excludes the following items of note: Amortization of intangibles as explained in footnote 5 – 2019 – $96 million, 2018 – $93 million, 2017 – $62 million; and the Bank's share of TD Ameritrade's deferred tax balances adjustment, as explained in footnote 9 – 2018 – $(41) million. The earnings impact of both of these items was reported in the Corporate segment. The Bank's share of charges associated with TD Ameritrade's acquisition of Scottrade Financial Services Inc. (Scottrade), as explained in footnote 8 – 2018 – $172 million and 2017 – $20 million. This item was reported in the U.S. Retail segment.

5

Amortization of intangibles relates to intangibles acquired as a result of asset acquisitions and business combinations, including the after-tax amounts for amortization of intangibles relating to the Equity in net income of the investment in TD Ameritrade. Although the amortization of software and asset servicing rights are recorded in amortization of intangibles, they are not included for purposes of the items of note.

6

On January 10, 2019, the Bank's long-term loyalty program agreement with Air Canada became effective in conjunction with Air Canada completing its acquisition of Aimia Canada Inc., which operates the Aeroplan loyalty business (the "Transaction"). In connection with the Transaction, the Bank recognized an expense of $607 million ($446 million after-tax) in the Canadian Retail segment.

7

On November 1, 2018, the Bank acquired Greystone Capital Management Inc., the parent company of Greystone Managed Investments Inc. ("Greystone"). The Bank incurred acquisition related charges including compensation to employee shareholders issued in common shares in respect of the purchase price, direct transaction costs, and certain other acquisition related costs. These amounts have been recorded as an adjustment to net income and were reported in the Canadian Retail segment.

8 

On September 18, 2017, the Bank acquired Scottrade Bank and TD Ameritrade acquired Scottrade, together with the Bank's purchase of TD Ameritrade shares issued in connection with TD Ameritrade's acquisition of Scottrade (the "Scottrade transaction"). Scottrade Bank merged with TD Bank, N.A. The Bank and TD Ameritrade incurred acquisition related charges including employee severance, contract termination fees, direct transaction costs, and other one-time charges. These amounts have been recorded as an adjustment to net income and include charges associated with the Bank's acquisition of Scottrade Bank and the after-tax amounts for the Bank's share of charges associated with TD Ameritrade's acquisition of Scottrade. These amounts were reported in the U.S. Retail segment.

9 

The reduction of the U.S. federal corporate tax rate enacted by the U.S. Tax Act resulted in a net charge to earnings during 2018 of $392 million, comprising a net $48 million pre-tax charge related to the write-down of certain tax credit-related investments, partially offset by the favourable impact of the Bank's share of TD Ameritrade's remeasurement of its deferred income tax balances, and a net $344 million income tax expense resulting from the remeasurement of the Bank's deferred tax assets and liabilities to the lower base rate of 21% and other related tax adjustments. The earnings impact was reported in the Corporate segment.

10 

In connection with TD Ameritrade's acquisition of Scottrade on September 18, 2017, TD Ameritrade issued 38.8 million shares, of which the Bank purchased 11.1 million pursuant to its pre-emptive rights. As a result of the share issuances, the Bank's common stock ownership percentage in TD Ameritrade decreased and the Bank realized a dilution gain of $204 million reported in the Corporate segment.

11

On June 2, 2017, the Bank completed the sale of its Direct Investing business in Europe to Interactive Investor PLC. A loss of $40 million after tax was recorded in the Corporate segment in other income (loss). The loss is not considered to be in the normal course of business for the Bank.

12

The Bank changed its trading strategy with respect to certain trading debt securities and reclassified these securities from trading to AFS under IAS 39 (classified as fair value through other comprehensive income (FVOCI) under IFRS 9) effective August 1, 2008. These debt securities are economically hedged, primarily with credit default swap (CDS) and interest rate swap contracts which are recorded on a fair value basis with changes in fair value recorded in the period's earnings. As a result, the derivatives were accounted for on an accrual basis in Wholesale Banking and the gains and losses related to the derivatives in excess of the accrued amounts were reported in the Corporate segment. Adjusted results of the Bank in prior periods exclude the gains and losses of the derivatives in excess of the accrued amount. Effective February 1, 2017, the total gains and losses as a result of changes in fair value of these derivatives are recorded in Wholesale Banking.

13

The amount reported in 2018 excludes $31 million relating to the one-time adjustment of associated deferred tax liability balances as a result of the U.S. Tax Act. The impact of this adjustment is included in the Impact from U.S. tax reform item of note.

 

TD BANK GROUP 2019 ANNUAL REPORT MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION & ANALYSIS     Page 4  


TABLE 4:  RECONCILIATION OF REPORTED TO ADJUSTED EARNINGS PER SHARE (EPS)1 

 

(Canadian dollars)

     2019         2018      2017

Basic earnings per share – reported

   $     6.26       $     6.02    $     5.51

Adjustments for items of note2 

     0.45         0.46      0.04

Basic earnings per share – adjusted

   $ 6.71       $ 6.48    $ 5.55
        

Diluted earnings per share – reported

   $ 6.25       $ 6.01    $ 5.50

Adjustments for items of note2 

     0.44         0.46      0.04

Diluted earnings per share – adjusted

   $ 6.69       $ 6.47    $ 5.54

 

1 

EPS is computed by dividing net income available to common shareholders by the weighted-average number of shares outstanding during the period.

2

For explanations of items of note, refer to the "Non-GAAP Financial Measures – Reconciliation of Adjusted to Reported Net Income" table in the "Financial Results Overview" section of this document.

 

TABLE 5: AMORTIZATION OF INTANGIBLES, NET OF INCOME TAXES1,2

 

(millions of Canadian dollars)

     2019      2018      2017

TD Bank, National Association (TD Bank, N.A.)

   $ 76    $ 87    $ 91

TD Ameritrade Holding Corporation (TD Ameritrade)3 

     96      93      62

MBNA Canada

     40      49      42

Aeroplan

     17      17      17

Other

     30      23      20
     259      269      232

Software and asset servicing rights

     469      464      351

Amortization of intangibles, net of income taxes

   $     728    $     733    $     583

 

1

The amount reported in 2018 excludes $31 million relating to the one-time adjustment of associated deferred tax liability balances as a result of the U.S. Tax Act. The impact of this adjustment is included in the Impact from U.S. tax reform item of note.

2 

Amortization of intangibles, with the exception of software and asset servicing rights, are included as items of note. For explanations of items of note, refer to the "Non-GAAP Financial Measures – Reconciliation of Adjusted to Reported Net Income" table in the "Financial Results Overview" section of this document.

3 

Included in equity in net income of an investment in TD Ameritrade.

RETURN ON COMMON EQUITY

The Bank's methodology for allocating capital to its business segments is aligned with the common equity capital requirements under Basel III. For fiscal 2019, the capital allocated to the business segments is based on 10% CET1 Capital. Capital allocated to the business segments was based on 9% for fiscal 2018 and 2017.

Adjusted return on common equity (ROE) is adjusted net income available to common shareholders as a percentage of average common equity.

Adjusted ROE is a non-GAAP financial measure and is not a defined term under IFRS. Readers are cautioned that earnings and other measures adjusted to a basis other than IFRS do not have standardized meanings under IFRS and, therefore, may not be comparable to similar terms used by other issuers.

 

TABLE 6:  RETURN ON COMMON EQUITY

 

(millions of Canadian dollars, except as noted)

     2019        2018        2017

Average common equity

   $     78,638      $     70,499      $     68,349

Net income available to common shareholders – reported

     11,416        11,048        10,203

Items of note, net of income taxes1 

     817        849        70

Net income available to common shareholders – adjusted

   $ 12,233      $ 11,897      $ 10,273

Return on common equity – reported

     14.5  %       15.7  %       14.9  % 

Return on common equity – adjusted

     15.6        16.9        15.0

 

1 

For explanations of items of note, refer to the "Non-GAAP Financial Measures – Reconciliation of Adjusted to Reported Net Income" table in the "Financial Results Overview" section of this document.

RETURN ON TANGIBLE COMMON EQUITY

Tangible common equity (TCE) is calculated as common shareholders' equity less goodwill, imputed goodwill and intangibles on an investment in TD Ameritrade and other acquired intangible assets, net of related deferred tax liabilities. Return on tangible common equity (ROTCE) is calculated as reported net income available to common shareholders after adjusting for the after-tax amortization of acquired intangibles, which are treated as an item of note, as a percentage of average TCE. Adjusted ROTCE is calculated using reported net income available to common shareholders, adjusted for items of note, as a percentage of average TCE. Adjusted ROTCE provides a useful measure of the performance of the Bank's income producing assets, independent of whether or not they were acquired or developed internally. TCE, ROTCE, and adjusted ROTCE are each non-GAAP financial measures and are not defined terms under IFRS. Readers are cautioned that earnings and other measures adjusted to a basis other than IFRS do not have standardized meanings under IFRS and, therefore, may not be comparable to similar terms used by other issuers.

 

TD BANK GROUP 2019 ANNUAL REPORT MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION & ANALYSIS     Page 5  


TABLE 7:  RETURN ON TANGIBLE COMMON EQUITY

 

(millions of Canadian dollars, except as noted)

     2019       2018       2017

Average common equity

   $     78,638     $     70,499     $     68,349

Average goodwill

     17,070       16,197       16,335

Average imputed goodwill and intangibles on an investment in TD Ameritrade

     4,146       4,100       3,899

Average other acquired intangibles1 

     662       676       917

Average related deferred tax liabilities

     (260     (240     (343

Average tangible common equity

     57,020       49,766       47,541

Net income available to common shareholders – reported

     11,416       11,048       10,203

Amortization of acquired intangibles, net of income taxes2 

     259       269       232

Net income available to common shareholders after adjusting for after-tax amortization of acquired intangibles

     11,675       11,317       10,435

Other items of note, net of income taxes2 

     558       580       (162

Net income available to common shareholders – adjusted

   $ 12,233     $ 11,897     $ 10,273

Return on tangible common equity

     20.5  %       22.7  %       21.9  % 

Return on tangible common equity – adjusted

     21.5       23.9       21.6

 

1

Excludes intangibles relating to software and asset servicing rights.

2

For explanations of items of note, refer to the "Non-GAAP Financial Measures – Reconciliation of Adjusted to Reported Net Income" table in the "Financial Results Overview" section of this document.

SIGNIFICANT AND SUBSEQUENT EVENTS, AND PENDING TRANSACTIONS

Bank Supports Acquisition of TD Ameritrade Holding Corporation by The Charles Schwab Corporation

On November 25, 2019, the Bank announced its support for the acquisition of TD Ameritrade Holding Corporation (TD Ameritrade), of which the Bank is a major shareholder, by The Charles Schwab Corporation (Schwab), through a definitive agreement announced by those companies. Under the terms of the transaction, all TD Ameritrade shareholders, including the Bank, would exchange each TD Ameritrade share they own for 1.0837 shares of Schwab. As a result, the Bank will exchange its approximate 43% in TD Ameritrade for an approximate 13.4% stake in Schwab, consisting of up to 9.9% voting common shares and the remainder in non-voting common shares, convertible upon transfer to a third party. TD expects to record a revaluation gain at closing.

The transaction is subject to certain closing conditions, including majority approval by the shareholders of each of TD Ameritrade and Schwab, and majority approval of TD Ameritrade's shareholders other than TD and certain other shareholders of TD Ameritrade that have entered into voting agreements. In addition, the transaction is subject to receipt of regulatory approvals. The transaction is expected to close in the second half of calendar 2020, subject to all applicable closing conditions having been satisfied.

If the transaction closes, it is expected to have minimal capital impact on the Bank, and the Bank expects to account for its investment in Schwab using the equity method of accounting. The Bank and Schwab have entered into a new Stockholders' Agreement that will become effective upon closing, under which the Bank will have two seats on Schwab's Board of Directors, subject to the Bank meeting certain conditions. Under the agreement, the Bank will be subject to customary standstill and lockup restrictions. The Bank and Schwab have also entered into a revised and extended long-term Insured Deposit Account (IDA) agreement that will become effective upon closing and extends to 2031. Starting on July 1, 2021, IDA deposits, which were $142 billion (US$108 billion) as at October 31, 2019, can be reduced at Schwab's option by up to US$10 billion a year, with a floor of US$50 billion. The servicing fee under the revised IDA agreement will be set at 15 basis points (bps) upon closing.

Agreement for Air Canada Credit Card Loyalty Program

On January 10, 2019, the Bank's long-term loyalty program agreement (the "Loyalty Agreement") with Air Canada became effective in conjunction with Air Canada completing its acquisition of Aimia Canada Inc., which operates the Aeroplan loyalty business (the "Transaction"). Under the terms of the Loyalty Agreement, the Bank will become the primary credit card issuer for Air Canada's new loyalty program when it launches in 2020 through to 2030. TD Aeroplan cardholders will become members of Air Canada's new loyalty program and their miles will be transitioned when Air Canada's new loyalty program launches in 2020.

In connection with the Transaction, the Bank paid $622 million plus applicable sales tax to Air Canada, of which $547 million ($446 million after sales and income taxes) was recognized in non-interest expenses – other in the Canadian Retail segment, and $75 million was recognized as an intangible asset which will be amortized over the Loyalty Agreement term. In addition, the Bank prepaid $308 million plus applicable sales tax for the future purchase of loyalty points over a ten-year period. The Bank also expects to incur additional pre-tax costs of approximately $100 million over two years to build the functionality required to facilitate the new program. The Transaction reduced the Bank's CET1 ratio by approximately 13 bps.

Acquisition of Greystone

On November 1, 2018, the Bank acquired 100% of the outstanding equity of Greystone for consideration of $821 million, of which $479 million was paid in cash and $342 million was paid in the Bank's common shares. The value of 4.7 million common shares issued as consideration was based on the volume weighted-average market price of the Bank's common shares over the 10 trading day period immediately preceding the fifth business day prior to the acquisition date and was recorded based on market price at close. Common shares of $167 million issued to employee shareholders in respect of the purchase price are being held in escrow for two years post-acquisition, subject to their continued employment, and are being recorded as a compensation expense over the two-year escrow period.

The acquisition was accounted for as a business combination under the purchase method. As at November 1, 2018, the acquisition contributed $165 million of assets and $46 million of liabilities. The excess of accounting consideration over the fair value of the identifiable net assets has been allocated to customer relationship intangibles of $140 million, deferred tax liability of $37 million, and goodwill of $432 million. Goodwill is not deductible for tax purposes. The results of the acquisition have been consolidated from the acquisition date and reported in the Canadian Retail segment.

 

TD BANK GROUP 2019 ANNUAL REPORT MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION & ANALYSIS     Page 6  


 

FINANCIAL RESULTS OVERVIEW

Net Income

 

Reported net income for the year was $11,686 million, an increase of $352 million, or 3%, compared with last year. The increase reflects higher revenue, a higher contribution from TD Ameritrade, and the impact from U.S. tax reform in the prior year, partially offset by higher non-interest expenses, including charges related to the agreement with Air Canada, higher provisions for credit losses (PCL), and higher insurance claims. The reported ROE for the year was 14.5%, compared with 15.7% last year. Adjusted net income of $12,503 million increased $320 million, or 3%, compared with last year.

By segment, the increase in reported net income was due to an increase in U.S. Retail of $793 million, or 19%, a lower net loss in the Corporate segment of $325 million, or 30%, partially offset by a decrease in Wholesale Banking of $446 million, or 42%, and a decrease in Canadian Retail of $320 million, or 4%.

Reported diluted EPS for the year was $6.25, an increase of 4%, compared with $6.01 last year. Adjusted diluted EPS for the year was $6.69, a 3% increase, compared with $6.47 last year, below the low end of the 7% to 10% medium-term adjusted EPS range previously communicated for fiscal 2019. After a challenging first quarter for the Wholesale Banking segment, we had strong adjusted EPS growth of 8% in each of the second and third quarters. However, fourth quarter adjusted EPS declined 2% from the prior year reflecting restructuring charges, derivative valuation charges, and lower contribution from Treasury and other.

Impact of Foreign Exchange Rate on U.S. Retail Segment Translated Earnings

The following table reflects the estimated impact of foreign currency translation on key U.S. Retail segment income statement items.

LOGO

 

 

TABLE 8:  IMPACT OF FOREIGN CURRENCY TRANSLATION ON U.S. RETAIL SEGMENT EARNINGS

 

(millions of Canadian dollars, except as noted)

  

2019 vs. 2018

Increase (Decrease)

    

2018 vs. 2017

Increase (Decrease)

 

U.S. Retail Bank

     

Total revenue

   $     369    $     (173

Non-interest expenses – reported

     199      (94

Non-interest expenses – adjusted

     199      (93

Net income – reported, after tax

     120      (57

Net income – adjusted, after tax

     120      (58

Equity in net income of an investment in TD Ameritrade – reported1 

     37      (12

Equity in net income of an investment in TD Ameritrade – adjusted1 

     37      (10

U.S. Retail segment net income – reported, after tax

     158      (68

U.S. Retail segment net income – adjusted, after tax

     158      (68

Earnings per share (Canadian dollars)

     

Basic – reported

   $      0.09    $ (0.04

Basic – adjusted

     0.09      (0.04

Diluted – reported

     0.09      (0.04

Diluted – adjusted

     0.09      (0.04

 

1

Equity in net income of an investment in TD Ameritrade and the foreign exchange impact are reported with a one-month lag.

 

                                                              

Average foreign exchange rate (equivalent of CAD $1.00)

    2019     2018     2017
     

U.S. dollar

    1.329     1.287     1.308
 

 

1 

Amounts exclude Corporate segment.

 

TD BANK GROUP 2019 ANNUAL REPORT MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION & ANALYSIS     Page 7  


 

FINANCIAL RESULTS OVERVIEW

Revenue

 

Reported revenue was $41,065 million, an increase of $2,173 million, or 6%, compared with last year.

Adjusted revenue was $41,065 million, an increase of $2,084 million, or 5%, compared with last year.

 

NET INTEREST INCOME

Net interest income for the year was $23,931 million, an increase of $1,692 million, or 8%, compared with last year. The increase reflects loan and deposit volume growth and higher margins in the Canadian and U.S. Retail segments, and the impact of foreign currency translation, partially offset by lower revenue in Wholesale Banking reflecting challenging market conditions in the first quarter of this year.

By segment, the increase in reported net interest income was due to an increase in U.S. Retail of $775 million, or 9%, an increase in Canadian Retail of $773 million, or 7%, and an increase in the Corporate segment of $383 million, or 29%, partially offset by a decrease in Wholesale Banking of $239 million, or 21%.

 

NET INTEREST MARGIN

Net interest margin increased by 1 basis point during the year to 1.96%, compared with 1.95% last year, primarily due to modest increases in the Canadian and U.S. Retail segments, offset by changes in non-retail product mix.

 

NON-INTEREST INCOME

Reported non-interest income for the year was $17,134 million, an increase of $481 million, or 3%, compared with last year. The increase reflects higher fee-based revenue in the wealth and banking businesses, higher revenue from the insurance business including changes in the fair value of investments supporting claims liabilities, which resulted in a similar increase to insurance claims, and the impact of foreign currency translation. The increase is partially offset by lower revenue from treasury and balance sheet management activities in the Corporate segment, and lower revenue in Wholesale Banking.

       LOGO  

By segment, the increase in reported non-interest income was due to an increase in Canadian Retail of $740 million, or 7%, and an increase in U.S. Retail of $72 million, or 3%, partially offset by a decrease in Corporate of $284 million, or 75%, and a decrease in Wholesale Banking of $47 million, or 2%.

 

TABLE 9:  NON-INTEREST INCOME1 

 

(millions of Canadian dollars, except as noted)

     2019 vs. 2018
       2019      2018      2017      % change

Investment and securities services

           

Broker dealer fees and commissions

   $ 637    $ 577    $ 493      10

Full-service brokerage and other securities services

     1,191      1,099      1,013      8

Underwriting and advisory

     520      566      589      (8

Investment management fees

     629      546      534      15

Mutual fund management

     1,768      1,790      1,738      (1

Trust fees

     127      136      145      (7

Total investment and securities services

     4,872      4,714      4,512      3

Credit fees

     1,289      1,210      1,130      7

Net securities gains (losses)

     78      111      128      (30

Trading income (losses)

     1,047      1,052      303       

Service charges

     2,885      2,716      2,648      6

Card services

     2,465      2,376      2,388      4

Insurance revenue

     4,282      4,045      3,760      6

Other income (loss)

     216      429      486      (50

Total

   $ 17,134    $ 16,653    $ 15,355      3

 

1

Certain comparative amounts have been recast to conform with the presentation adopted in the current period.

TRADING-RELATED INCOME

Trading-related income is the total of net interest income on trading positions, trading income (loss), and income from financial instruments designated at fair value through profit or loss that are managed within a trading portfolio. Net interest income arises from interest and dividends related to trading assets and liabilities and is reported net of interest expense and income associated with funding these assets and liabilities in the following table. Trading income (loss) includes realized and unrealized gains and losses on trading assets and liabilities. Trading-related income excludes underwriting fees and commissions on securities transactions. Management believes that the total trading-related income is the appropriate measure of trading performance.

Trading-related income by product line depicts trading income for each major trading category.

 

TD BANK GROUP 2019 ANNUAL REPORT MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION & ANALYSIS     Page 8  


TABLE 10:  TRADING-RELATED INCOME1

 

(millions of Canadian dollars)

     For the years ended October 31
       2019     2018      2017

Net interest income (loss)2 

   $ 293     $ 495    $ 770

Trading income (loss)

     1,047       1,052      303

Income (Loss) from financial instruments designated at fair value through profit or loss3 

     (10     10      11

Total

   $ 1,330     $ 1,557    $ 1,084

By product

       

Interest rate and credit

   $ 413     $ 545    $ 679

Foreign exchange

     677       680        673

Equity and other2 

     240       332      (268

Total

   $ 1,330     $ 1,557    $ 1,084
1 

Certain comparative amounts have been reclassified to conform with the presentation adopted in the current period.

2 

Excludes taxable equivalent basis (TEB).

3 

Excludes amounts related to securities designated at fair value through profit or loss that are not managed within a trading portfolio, but which have been combined with derivatives to form economic hedging relationships.

 

 

FINANCIAL RESULTS OVERVIEW

Provision for Credit Losses

 

PCL for the year was $3,029 million, an increase of $549 million, or 22%, compared with the same period last year. PCL – impaired was $2,630 million, an increase of $464 million, or 21%, reflecting higher provisions in the consumer and commercial lending portfolios and volume growth. PCL – performing was $399 million, an increase of $85 million, or 27%, reflecting credit migration in the Canadian Retail and Wholesale Banking segments, and volume growth, partially offset by lower provisions in the U.S. strategic cards portfolio. Total PCL as a percentage of credit volume was 0.45%.

By segment, the increase in PCL was due to an increase in Canadian Retail of $308 million, or 31%, an increase in U.S. Retail of $165 million, or 18%, an increase in Wholesale Banking of $41 million, and an increase in the Corporate segment of $35 million, or 6%.

                    LOGO  

 

TD BANK GROUP 2019 ANNUAL REPORT MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION & ANALYSIS     Page 9  


 

FINANCIAL RESULTS OVERVIEW

Expenses

 

NON-INTEREST EXPENSES

Reported non-interest expenses for the year were $22,020 million, which included $154 million2 of restructuring charges. Non-interest expenses increased $1,825 million, or 9%, compared with last year, primarily reflecting charges related to the agreement with Air Canada and the acquisition of Greystone, higher employee related costs, additional employees supporting business growth, investments in strategic initiatives, volume growth, restructuring charges, and the impact of foreign currency translation, partially offset by productivity savings.

By segment, the increase in non-interest expenses was due to an increase in Canadian Retail of $1,262 million, or 13%, an increase in U.S. Retail of $311 million, or 5%, an increase in Wholesale Banking of $268 million, or 13%, partially offset by a decrease in the Corporate segment of $16 million, or 1%.

Adjusted non-interest expenses were $21,085 million, an increase of $1,142 million, or 6%, compared with last year.

             LOGO   

INSURANCE CLAIMS AND RELATED EXPENSES

Insurance claims and related expenses were $2,787 million, an increase of $343 million, or 14%, compared with last year. The increase reflects changes in the fair value of investments supporting claims liabilities which resulted in a similar increase to non-interest income, higher current year claims reflecting business growth, and less favourable prior years' claims development, partially offset by fewer severe weather-related events.

EFFICIENCY RATIO

The efficiency ratio measures operating efficiency and is calculated by taking the non-interest expenses as a percentage of total revenue. A lower ratio indicates a more efficient business operation.

The reported efficiency ratio was 53.6%, compared with 51.9% last year. The adjusted efficiency ratio was 51.3%, compared with 51.2% last year.

 

TABLE 11:  NON-INTEREST EXPENSES AND EFFICIENCY RATIO1 

 

(millions of Canadian dollars, except as noted)

     2019 vs. 2018        
       2019     2018     2017     % change        

Salaries and employee benefits

          

Salaries

   $ 6,879   $ 6,162   $ 5,839     12  

Incentive compensation

     2,724     2,592     2,454     5  

Pension and other employee benefits

     1,641     1,623     1,725     1        

Total salaries and employee benefits

     11,244     10,377     10,018     8        

Occupancy

          

Rent

     944     913     917     3  

Depreciation and impairment losses

     405     371     402     9  

Other

     486     481     475     1        

Total occupancy

     1,835     1,765     1,794     4        

Equipment

          

Rent

     245     207     184     18  

Depreciation and impairment losses

     200     205     201     (2  

Other

     720     661     607     9        

Total equipment

     1,165     1,073     992     9        

Amortization of other intangibles

     800     815     704     (2  

Marketing and business development

     769     803     726     (4  

Restructuring charges

     175     73     2     140  

Brokerage-related fees

     336     359     360     (6  

Professional and advisory services

     1,322     1,194     1,119     11  

Other expenses

     4,374     3,736     3,704     17        

Total expenses

   $     22,020   $     20,195   $     19,419     9        

Efficiency ratio – reported

     53.6   %      51.9   %      53.6   %      170     bps  

Efficiency ratio – adjusted2 

    
51.3

   
51.2

   
53.2

   
10

       

 

1

Certain comparative amounts have been recast to conform with the presentation adopted in the current period.

2

For explanations of items of note, refer to the "Non-GAAP Financial Measures – Reconciliation of Adjusted to Reported Net Income" table in the "Financial Results Overview" section of this document.

 

 

2 

By segment, the restructuring charges in the fourth quarter of this year are as follows: $68 million in U.S. Retail, $51 million in Corporate, $23 million in Wholesale Banking, and $12 million in Canadian Retail.

 

TD BANK GROUP 2019 ANNUAL REPORT MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION & ANALYSIS     Page 10  


 

FINANCIAL RESULTS OVERVIEW

Taxes

Reported total income and other taxes decreased by $181 million, or 3.9%, compared with last year, reflecting a decrease in income tax expense of $447 million, or 14.0%, and an increase in other taxes of $266 million, or 18.9%. Adjusted total income and other taxes were up $317 million from last year, or 7.4%, reflecting an increase in income tax expense of $51 million.

The Bank's reported effective tax rate was 20.7% for 2019, compared with 23.1% last year. The year-over-year decrease was largely due to the impact of US tax reform in 2018, partially offset by business mix. For a reconciliation of the Bank's effective income tax rate with the Canadian statutory income tax rate, refer to Note 25 of the 2019 Consolidated Financial Statements.

The Bank's adjusted effective income tax rate for 2019 was 20.8%, compared with 20.5% last year. The year-over-year increase was largely due to business mix.

The Bank reports its investment in TD Ameritrade using the equity method of accounting. TD Ameritrade's tax expense of $389 million in 2019, compared with $206 million last year, was not part of the Bank's effective tax rate.

 

TABLE 12:  NON-GAAP FINANCIAL MEASURES – Reconciliation of Reported to Adjusted Provision for Income Taxes

(millions of Canadian dollars, except as noted)

     2019     2018     2017   

Provision for income taxes – reported

   $     2,735   $     3,182   $     2,253   

Total adjustments for items of note1,2

     214     (284     83   

Provision for income taxes – adjusted

     2,949     2,898     2,336   

Other taxes

      

Payroll

     587     538     517   

Capital and premium

     168     148     136   

GST, HST, and provincial sales3 

     678     487     462   

Municipal and business

     243     237     202   

Total other taxes

     1,676     1,410     1,317   

Total taxes – adjusted

   $ 4,625   $ 4,308   $ 3,653   

Effective income tax rate – reported

     20.7  %      23.1  %      18.3  %  

Effective income tax rate – adjusted4 

     20.8     20.5     18.9   

 

1

For explanations of items of note, refer to the "Non-GAAP Financial Measures – Reconciliation of Adjusted to Reported Net Income" table in the "Financial Results Overview" section of this document.

2

The tax effect for each item of note is calculated using the statutory income tax rate of the applicable legal entity.

3

Goods and services tax (GST) and Harmonized sales tax (HST).

4

Adjusted effective income tax rate is the adjusted provision for income taxes before other taxes as a percentage of adjusted net income before taxes.

 

 

FINANCIAL RESULTS OVERVIEW

Quarterly Financial Information

FOURTH QUARTER 2019 PERFORMANCE SUMMARY

Reported net income for the quarter was $2,856 million, a decrease of $104 million, or 4%, compared with fourth quarter last year. The decrease reflects higher PCL, and higher non-interest expenses, including restructuring charges, partially offset by higher revenue, and a higher contribution from TD Ameritrade. Adjusted net income for the quarter was $2,946 million, a decrease of $102 million, or 3%, compared with the fourth quarter last year. Reported diluted EPS for the quarter was $1.54, a decrease of 3%, compared with $1.58 in the fourth quarter of last year. Adjusted diluted EPS for the quarter was $1.59, a decrease of 2%, compared with $1.63 in the fourth quarter of last year.

Reported revenue for the quarter was $10,340 million, an increase of $204 million, or 2%, compared with the fourth quarter last year.

Net interest income for the quarter was $6,175 million, an increase of $419 million, or 7%, primarily due to loan and deposit volume growth, partially offset by lower margins in the U.S. Retail segment. By segment, the increase in reported net interest income was due to an increase in the Corporate segment of $176 million, or 56%, an increase in Canadian Retail of $151 million, or 5%, an increase in U.S. Retail of $87 million, or 4%, and an increase in Wholesale Banking of $5 million, or 2%. Adjusted net interest income for the quarter was $6,175 million, an increase of $419 million, or 7%, compared with the fourth quarter last year.

Non-interest income for the quarter was $4,165 million, a decrease of $215 million, or 5%, reflecting lower revenue from treasury and balance sheet management activities in the Corporate segment, and derivative valuation charges, partially offset by an increase in revenues from the insurance business and higher fee-based revenues in the wealth business. By segment, the decrease in reported non-interest income was due to a decrease in the Corporate segment of $261 million, or 146%, a decrease in Wholesale Banking of $88 million, or 13%, partially offset by an increase in Canadian Retail of $130 million, or 5%, and an increase in U.S. Retail of $4 million, or 1%. Adjusted net interest income for the quarter was $4,165 million, a decrease of $215 million, or 5%, compared with the fourth quarter last year.

PCL for the quarter was $891 million, an increase of $221 million, or 33%, compared with the fourth quarter last year. PCL – impaired for the quarter was $739 million, an increase of $180 million, or 32%, reflecting higher provisions in the commercial portfolios, seasoning in the U.S. auto and credit card portfolios, and volume growth. PCL – performing for the quarter was $152 million, an increase of $41 million or 37%, primarily reflecting credit migration in the Canadian Retail and Wholesale Banking segments, partially offset by lower provisions in the U.S. strategic cards portfolio, largely recognized in the Corporate segment. Total PCL for the quarter as an annualized percentage of credit volume was 0.51%.

By segment, the increase in PCL was due to an increase in Canadian Retail of $137 million, or 52%, an increase in U.S. Retail of $51 million, or 21%, and an increase in Wholesale Banking of $33 million.

Insurance claims and related expenses for the quarter were $705 million, an increase of $21 million, or 3%, compared with the fourth quarter last year, reflecting higher current year claims related to business growth, partially offset by more favourable prior years' claims development, and less severe weather-related events.

 

TD BANK GROUP 2019 ANNUAL REPORT MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION & ANALYSIS     Page 11  


Reported non-interest expenses for the quarter were $5,543 million, which included $154 million3 of restructuring charges. Non-interest expenses increased $177 million, or 3%, compared with the fourth quarter last year, primarily reflecting higher employee related costs, additional employees supporting business growth, and charges related to the acquisition of Greystone, partially offset by lower spend related to strategic initiatives and productivity savings. By segment, the increase in reported non-interest expenses was due to an increase in Canadian Retail of $107 million, or 4%, an increase in Wholesale Banking of $49 million, or 9%, and an increase in U.S. Retail of $32 million, or 2%, partially offset by a decrease in the Corporate segment of $11 million, or 2%. Adjusted non-interest expenses for the quarter were $5,463 million, an increase of $150 million, or 3%, compared with the fourth quarter last year.

The Bank's reported effective tax rate was 20.2% for the quarter, consistent with 20.2% in the same quarter last year. The Bank's adjusted effective tax rate was 20.1% for the quarter, compared with 20.3% in the same quarter last year. The decrease was largely due to lower income before taxes and business mix.

QUARTERLY TREND ANALYSIS

Subject to the impact of seasonal trends, items of note, and restructuring charges, the Bank has increased reported earnings over the past eight quarters reflecting a consistent strategy, revenue growth, expense discipline, and investments to support future growth. The Bank's earnings reflect increasing revenue from loan and deposit volumes in the Canadian and U.S. Retail segments, a higher contribution from TD Ameritrade and asset growth in the wealth business, partially offset by moderate expense growth. Wholesale Banking's contribution to earnings declined in 2019 mainly due to challenging market conditions in the first quarter of 2019. The Bank's quarterly earnings are impacted by seasonality, the number of days in a quarter, the economic environment in Canada and the U.S., and foreign currency translation.

 

TABLE 13:  QUARTERLY RESULTS1 

 

(millions of Canadian dollars, except as noted)    For the three months ended  
     2019     2018  
      Oct. 31     Jul. 31     Apr. 30     Jan. 31     Oct. 31     Jul. 31     Apr. 30     Jan. 31  

Net interest income

   $ 6,175   $ 6,024   $ 5,872   $ 5,860   $ 5,756   $ 5,655   $ 5,398   $ 5,430

Non-interest income

     4,165     4,475     4,356     4,138     4,380     4,244     4,084     3,945

Total revenue

         10,340         10,499         10,228         9,998         10,136         9,899         9,482         9,375

Provision for credit losses

     891     655     633     850     670     561     556     693

Insurance claims and related expenses

     705     712     668     702     684     627     558     575

Non-interest expenses

     5,543     5,374     5,248     5,855     5,366     5,131     4,837     4,861

Provision for (recovery of) income taxes

     646     813     773     503     691     705     746     1,040

Equity in net income of an investment in TD Ameritrade

     301     303     266     322     235     230     131     147

Net income – reported

     2,856     3,248     3,172     2,410     2,960     3,105     2,916     2,353

Pre-tax adjustments for items of note2 

                

Amortization of intangibles

     74     75     78     80     76     77     86     85

Charges related to the long-term loyalty agreement with Air Canada

                       607                        

Charges associated with the acquisition of Greystone

     30     26     30     31                        

Charges associated with the Scottrade transaction

                             25     18     77     73

Impact from U.S. tax reform

                                               48

Total pre-tax adjustments for items of note

     104     101     108     718     101     95     163     206

Provision for (recovery of) income taxes items of note

     14     11     14     175     13     73     17     (387

Net income – adjusted

     2,946     3,338     3,266     2,953     3,048     3,127     3,062     2,946

Preferred dividends

     68     62     62     60     51     59     52     52

Net income available to common shareholders and non-controlling interests in subsidiaries – adjusted

   $ 2,878   $ 3,276   $ 3,204   $ 2,893   $ 2,997   $ 3,068   $ 3,010   $ 2,894

Attributable to:

                

Common shareholders – adjusted

   $ 2,878   $ 3,276   $ 3,204   $ 2,875   $ 2,979   $ 3,050   $ 2,992   $ 2,876

Non-controlling interests – adjusted

                       18     18     18     18     18
(Canadian dollars, except as noted)                                                         

Basic earnings per share

                

Reported

   $ 1.54   $ 1.75   $ 1.70   $ 1.27   $ 1.58   $ 1.65   $ 1.54   $ 1.24

Adjusted

     1.59     1.79     1.75     1.57     1.63     1.67     1.62     1.56

Diluted earnings per share

                

Reported

     1.54     1.74     1.70     1.27     1.58     1.65     1.54     1.24

Adjusted

     1.59     1.79     1.75     1.57     1.63     1.66     1.62     1.56

Return on common equity – reported

     13.6  %      15.8  %      16.5  %      12.2  %      15.8  %      16.9  %      16.8  %      13.2  % 

Return on common equity – adjusted

     14.0     16.2     17.0     15.0     16.3     17.1     17.6     16.6
(billions of Canadian dollars, except as noted)                                                         

Average earning assets

   $ 1,264   $ 1,240   $ 1,191   $ 1,200   $ 1,183   $ 1,152   $ 1,124   $ 1,116

Net interest margin as a percentage

     1.94  %      1.93  %      2.02  %      1.94  %      1.93  %      1.95  %      1.97  %      1.93  % 

 

1 

Certain comparative amounts have been recast to conform with the presentation adopted in the current period.

2 

For explanations of items of note, refer to the "Non-GAAP Financial Measures – Reconciliation of Adjusted to Reported Net Income" table in the "Financial Results Overview" section of this document.

 

 

3 

By segment, the restructuring charges are comprised of $68 million in U.S. Retail, $51 million in Corporate, $23 million in Wholesale Banking, and $12 million in Canadian Retail.

 

TD BANK GROUP 2019 ANNUAL REPORT MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION & ANALYSIS     Page 12  


 

BUSINESS SEGMENT ANALYSIS

Business Focus

For management reporting purposes, the Bank's operations and activities are organized around the following three key business segments: Canadian Retail, U.S. Retail, and Wholesale Banking. The Bank's other activities are grouped into the Corporate segment.

Canadian Retail serves nearly 16 million customers in the Canadian personal and commercial banking, wealth, and insurance businesses. Personal Banking provides financial products and advice through its network of 1,091 branches, 3,509 automated teller machines (ATM), telephone, digital and mobile banking. The credit cards business provides a comprehensive line-up of credit cards including proprietary, co-branded, and affinity credit card programs. Auto Finance provides flexible financing options to customers at point of sale for automotive and recreational vehicle purchases. Business Banking offers customized products and advice to help business owners meet their financing, investment, cash management, international trade, and day-to-day banking needs. Merchant Solutions provides point-of-sale payment solutions for large and small businesses. The wealth business offers wealth and asset management products and advice to retail and institutional clients in Canada through the direct investing, advice-based, and asset management businesses. The insurance business offers property and casualty insurance, as well as life and health insurance products to customers across Canada.

U.S. Retail comprises the Bank's personal and business banking operations under the brand TD Bank, America's Most Convenient Bank®, and wealth management in the U.S. Personal banking provides a full range of financial products and services to over 9 million retail customers through multiple delivery channels, including a network of 1,241 stores located along the east coast from Maine to Florida, mobile and internet banking, ATM, and telephone. Business banking serves the needs of businesses, through a diversified range of products and services to meet their financing, investment, cash management, international trade, and day-to-day banking needs. Wealth management offers a range of wealth products and services to retail and institutional clients. U.S. Retail works with TD Ameritrade to refer mass affluent clients to TD Ameritrade for their direct investing needs. The results of the Bank's equity investment in TD Ameritrade are included in U.S. Retail and reported as equity in net income of an investment in TD Ameritrade.

Wholesale Banking offers a wide range of capital markets and corporate and investment banking services, including underwriting and distribution of new debt and equity issues, providing advice on strategic acquisitions and divestitures, and meeting the daily trading, funding, and investment needs of our clients. Operating under the TD Securities brand, our clients include highly-rated corporates, governments, and institutions in key financial markets around the world. Wholesale Banking is an integrated part of TD's strategy, providing market access to TD's wealth and retail operations, and providing wholesale banking solutions to our partners and their customers.

The Bank's other business activities are not considered reportable segments and are, therefore, grouped in the Corporate segment. Corporate segment is comprised of a number of service and control groups such as technology solutions, shared services, treasury and balance sheet management, marketing, human resources, finance, risk management, compliance, legal, anti-money laundering, and others. Certain costs relating to these functions are allocated to operating business segments. The basis of allocation and methodologies are reviewed periodically to align with management's evaluation of the Bank's business segments.

Results of each business segment reflect revenue, expenses, assets, and liabilities generated by the businesses in that segment. Where applicable, the Bank measures and evaluates the performance of each segment based on adjusted results and ROE, and for those segments the Bank indicates that the measure is adjusted. Net income for the operating business segments is presented before any items of note not attributed to the operating segments. For further details, refer to the "How the Bank Reports" section of this document and Note 29 of the 2019 Consolidated Financial Statements. For information concerning the Bank's measure of ROE, which is a non-GAAP financial measure, refer to the "Return on Common Equity" section.

Effective November 1, 2017, upon adoption of IFRS 9, the current period PCL related to performing (Stage 1 and Stage 2) and impaired (Stage 3) financial assets, loan commitments, and financial guarantees is recorded within the respective segment. Under IAS 39 and prior to November 1, 2017, the PCL related to the collectively assessed allowance for incurred but not identified credit losses that related to Canadian Retail and Wholesale Banking segments was recorded in the Corporate segment. Prior period results were not restated. PCL on impaired financial assets includes Stage 3 PCL under IFRS 9 and counterparty-specific and individually insignificant PCL under IAS 39. PCL on performing financial assets, loan commitments, and financial guarantees include Stage 1 and Stage 2 PCL under IFRS 9 and incurred but not identified credit losses under IAS 39.

The reduction of the U.S. federal corporate tax rate enacted by the U.S. Tax Act resulted in an adjustment during 2018 to the Bank's U.S. deferred tax assets and liabilities to the lower base rate of 21% as well as an adjustment to the Bank's carrying balances of certain tax credit-related investments and its investment in TD Ameritrade. The earnings impact of these adjustments was reported in the Corporate segment. The lower corporate tax rate had, and continues to have, a positive effect on TD's current and future earnings, which are and will be reflected in the results of the affected segments. The amount of the benefit may vary due to, among other things, changes in interpretations and assumptions the Bank has made and guidance that may be issued by applicable regulatory authorities. For additional details, refer to "How the Bank Reports" and "Non-GAAP Financial Measures – Reconciliation of Adjusted to Reported Net Income" table in the "Financial Results Overview" section of this document.

Net interest income within Wholesale Banking is calculated on a TEB, which means that the value of non-taxable or tax-exempt income, including dividends, is adjusted to its equivalent before-tax value. Using TEB allows the Bank to measure income from all securities and loans consistently and makes for a more meaningful comparison of net interest income with similar institutions. The TEB increase to net interest income and provision for income taxes reflected in Wholesale Banking results is reversed in the Corporate segment. The TEB adjustment for the year was $127 million, compared with $176 million last year.

The "Business Outlook and Focus for 2019" section for each business segment, provided on the following pages, is based on the Bank's views and the assumptions set out in the "Economic Summary and Outlook" section and the actual outcome may be materially different. For more information, refer to the "Caution Regarding Forward-Looking Statements" section and the "Risk Factors That May Affect Future Results" section.

 

TD BANK GROUP 2019 ANNUAL REPORT MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION & ANALYSIS     Page 13  


TABLE 14:  RESULTS BY SEGMENT1,2

 

(millions of Canadian dollars)

   

Canadian

Retail

 

    U.S. Retail    

Wholesale

Banking3 

 

 

    Corporate3        Total
      2019     2018     2019     2018     2019     2018        2019     2018        2019     2018

Net interest income (loss)

  $ 12,349   $ 11,576   $ 8,951   $ 8,176   $ 911   $ 1,150      $ 1,720   $ 1,337      $ 23,931   $ 22,239

Non-interest income (loss)

    11,877     11,137     2,840     2,768     2,320     2,367        97     381        17,134     16,653

Total revenue

    24,226     22,713     11,791     10,944     3,231     3,517        1,817     1,718        41,065     38,892

Provision for (recovery of) credit losses – impaired

    1,126     927     936     776     20     (8 )       548     471        2,630     2,166

Provision for (recovery of) credit losses – performing

    180     71     146     141     24     11        49     91        399     314

Total provision for (recovery of) credit losses

    1,306     998     1,082     917     44     3        597     562        3,029     2,480

Insurance claims and related expenses

    2,787     2,444                                         2,787     2,444

Non-interest expenses

    10,735     9,473     6,411     6,100     2,393     2,125        2,481     2,497        22,020     20,195

Income (loss) before income taxes

    9,398     9,798     4,298     3,927     794     1,389        (1,261     (1,341 )       13,229     13,773

Provision for (recovery of) income taxes

    2,535     2,615     471     432     186     335        (457     (200 )       2,735     3,182

Equity in net income of an investment in TD Ameritrade

                1,154     693                 38     50        1,192     743

Net income (loss) – reported

    6,863     7,183     4,981     4,188     608     1,054        (766     (1,091 )       11,686     11,334

Pre-tax adjustments for items of note4 

                   

Amortization of intangibles

                                        307     324        307     324

Charges related to the long-term loyalty agreement with Air Canada

    607                                               607      

Charges associated with the acquisition of Greystone

    117                                               117      

Charges associated with the Scottrade transaction

                      193                                   193

Impact from U.S. tax reform

                                              48              48

Total pre-tax adjustments for items of note

    724                 193                 307     372        1,031     565

Provision for (recovery of) income taxes for items of note

    166                 5                 48     (289 )       214     (284

Net income (loss) – adjusted

  $ 7,421   $ 7,183   $ 4,981   $ 4,376   $ 608   $ 1,054      $ (507   $ (430 )     $ 12,503   $ 12,183
                                                                                 

Average common equity

  $ 17,776   $ 15,018   $ 39,464   $ 34,260   $ 7,320   $ 5,954      $ 14,078   $ 15,267      $ 78,638   $ 70,499

CET1 Capital risk-weighted assets5 

        118,374         108,526         248,406         243,655         71,972         70,104            17,225         13,347            455,977         435,632

 

1

Certain comparative amounts have been recast to conform with the presentation adopted in the current period.

2

The retailer program partners' share of revenues and credit losses is presented in the Corporate segment, with an offsetting amount (representing the partners' net share) recorded in Non-interest expenses, resulting in no impact to Corporate reported Net income (loss). The Net income (loss) included in the U.S. Retail segment includes only the portion of revenue and credit losses attributable to the Bank under the agreements.

3 

Net interest income within Wholesale Banking is calculated on a TEB. The TEB adjustment reflected in Wholesale Banking is reversed in the Corporate segment.

4 

For explanations of items of note, refer to the "Non-GAAP Financial Measures - Reconciliation of Adjusted to Reported Net Income" table in the "Financial Results Overview" section of this document.

5 

Each capital ratio has its own RWA measure due to OSFI-prescribed scalar for inclusion of the CVA. For fiscal 2019 the scalars for inclusion of CVA for CET1, Tier 1 and Total Capital RWA are all 100%. For fiscal 2018, the scalars were 80%, 83%, and 86%, respectively.

Economic Summary and Outlook

For calendar year 2019, global economic growth is on track to record the slowest pace in a decade at 2.8%, down from 3.7% in the 2018 calendar year. This below-trend pace has been largely due to a cyclical downturn across advanced and emerging market economies, as well as a more persistent moderation in China's expansion. U.S. tariffs and heightened policy uncertainty have exacerbated the slowdown in global activity. Advanced economies continue to produce only modest growth, with the euro area representing a notable weak spot. Central banks have responded with additional monetary easing, while some governments have also been motivated to undertake stimulus spending. These actions are expected to stabilize global growth and underpin a modest acceleration in calendar years 2020 and 2021.

The U.S. economy continues to perform well relative to its peers, but growth has been decelerating. The U.S. Bureau of Economic Analysis reported a 1.9% annualized gain in real gross domestic product (GDP) over the July-September 2019 period. Resilient consumer spending (+2.9%) was again the main contributor. Other drivers included government spending and residential investment, with the latter breaking a six-quarter streak of contraction. However, non-residential investment remained weak, contracting in the July-September period. In the near term, forward-looking indicators suggest that this sector will remain soft.

The October 2019 meeting of the Federal Reserve Open Market Committee saw members vote to reduce the key U.S. policy rate to a range of 1.50% to 1.75%. The statement accompanying the decision removed language around "act[ing] as appropriate to sustain the expansion", providing a signal that no further downward adjustment in rates will be forthcoming in the absence of events that cause a material reassessment of the Committee's outlook. TD Economics forecasts U.S. economic growth to ease to around 1.8% per year in calendar years 2020 and 2021, slightly below the economy's estimated trend rate. Any significant reduction in trade and business climate uncertainty would likely generate some upside to this view.

In Canada, net trade contributed to an impressive but unsustainable 3.7% (annualized) rebound in activity in the April-June 2019 period. Several one-time factors contributed to this outcome, and subsequent economic indicators point to a return to a more modest pace of growth of around 1% annualized in the third calendar quarter. TD Economics is projecting a real GDP gain of around 1.5% for calendar year 2019.

Despite modest output trends, Canadian labour markets remain strong outside of the Prairie provinces, as evidenced by rising employment and accelerating wage gains. Within major housing markets, activity has been gaining momentum since the summer. These trends, however, have not translated into strong consumer spending, which remains subdued relative to its fundamentals. This likely reflects high levels of household indebtedness, a low household savings rate, and a lack of pent-up demand for big-ticket items such as motor vehicles. Like the U.S., Canadian exports and non-residential business investment remain challenged in the face of elevated global uncertainty and soft commodity demand. These structural factors are likely to limit Canada's growth potential over the medium term. TD Economics forecasts real economic growth to average 1.6% per year over calendar years 2020 and 2021.

At its October 2019 rate decision, the Bank of Canada struck a more cautious tone. The central bank is concerned that the drag on activity from global uncertainty will spill into areas beyond investment and trade. The Bank of Canada will be closely monitoring housing markets and consumption in assessing whether monetary easing is warranted. Another consideration is the potential for fiscal stimulus from the federal government, which may mitigate the need for the central bank to act. Given the economic risks, TD Economics has not ruled out the possibility of precautionary cuts to the policy rate in calendar year 2020. However, recent Bank of Canada communications focused on Canadian household debt levels create the risk that the current 1.75% level will be maintained for some time. The Canadian dollar is expected to trade within the US76-79 cents range.

The balance of risks has improved slightly in recent months, but not sufficiently to alter the overall global outlook. Some recent progress in U.S.-China trade talks needs to be assessed in the context of whether it is sufficient to improve businesses' outlook, particularly when it comes to investment. The potential for re-escalation in the trade conflict between the two countries or with others remains a consideration, and past tariffs remain largely in place. Beyond the U.S.-China

 

TD BANK GROUP 2019 ANNUAL REPORT MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION & ANALYSIS     Page 14  


situation, the possibility of trade conflicts between the U.S. and Europe, India, Vietnam, or others cannot be dismissed. In all instances, the potential exists for the further disruption of globally integrated supply chains. Although a no-deal outcome on Brexit appears to have been avoided, the future state of the United Kingdom (U.K.) economic relationship with the European Union is still unclear. This outcome is now delayed as the U.K. is preparing for a general election on December 12, 2019. Lastly, ongoing tensions in the Middle East and the Korean Peninsula, as well as populist threats to political and economic systems all remain potential downside risks. These all keep global uncertainty elevated and may drive periods of financial market volatility.

 

 

BUSINESS SEGMENT ANALYSIS

Canadian Retail

Canadian Retail offers a full range of financial products and services to nearly 16 million customers in the Canadian personal and commercial banking, wealth, and insurance businesses.

 

LOGO

TABLE 15:  REVENUE

(millions of Canadian dollars)    2019      2018      2017  

Personal banking

   $     12,076    $     11,463    $     10,706

Business banking

     3,184      2,990      2,702

Wealth

     4,432      4,185      3,838

Insurance

     4,534      4,075      3,816

Total

   $ 24,226    $ 22,713    $ 21,062

BUSINESS HIGHLIGHTS

 

Continued to invest in our omni-channel, customer-centric model, evolving our advisory focus as we continued to progress our Future Ready strategy and enhance the value proposition of our products, including our mortgage concierge service which connects customers with mobile mortgage specialists who are nearby and available.

 

Maintained our focus on shaping the future of retail banking by introducing new digital capabilities, including a new online money transfer service allowing customers to quickly and easily send money around the world from their TD personal accounts, an industry-leading digital mortgage application in the real estate secured lending business and first-in-Canada card controls for TD credit cardholders.

 

Recognized as a leader in customer service, including:

 

The award winner among the Big 5 Canadian Retail Banks4 for "Customer Service Excellence"5, "Value for Money"6, "Values my Business"7, "Recommend to Friends & Family"8, "Branch Service"9, "ATM Banking"10, and "Automated Telephone Banking"11 by the 2019 Ipsos Customer Service Index (CSI) study12.

 

4 

Big 5 Canadian Retail Banks consist of Bank of Montreal, Canadian Imperial Bank of Commerce, Royal Bank of Canada, Scotiabank, and The Toronto-Dominion Bank.

5 

TD Canada Trust has shared in the award for Customer Service Excellence in the syndicated Ipsos 2019 Customer Service Index Study (2019 Ipsos Study).

6 

TD Canada Trust has shared in the award for Value for Money in the 2019 Ipsos Study.

7 

TD Canada Trust has shared in the award for Values my Business in the 2019 Ipsos Study.

8 

TD Canada Trust has shared in the award for Recommend to Friends & Family in the 2019 Ipsos Study.

9 

TD Canada Trust has shared in the award for the Branch Service Excellence in the 2019 Ipsos Study.

10 

TD Canada Trust has shared in the ATM Banking Excellence award in the 2019 Ipsos Study.

11 

TD Canada Trust has shared in the Automated Telephone Banking Excellence award in the 2019 Ipsos Study.

12 

Ipsos 2019 Financial Service Excellence Awards are based on continuous fielding Customer Service Index (CSI) survey results. Sample size for the total 2019 CSI program year ended with the September 2019 survey which yielded 47,746 financial institution ratings nationally. Leadership is defined as either a statistically significant lead over the other Big 5 Canadian Retail Banks (at a 95% confidence interval) or a statistically equal tie with one or more of the Big 5 Canadian Retail Banks.

 

TD BANK GROUP 2019 ANNUAL REPORT MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION & ANALYSIS     Page 15  


 

The highest customer satisfaction among the Big Five Retail Banks by J.D. Power13.

 

Acknowledged for our forward focus in digital banking by multiple independent providers of industry market data including:

 

#1 in consumer demand, customer engagement, and customer sentiment among top retail banking apps in Canada according to mobile data and analytics firm App Annie14;

 

#1 in Canadian digital banking with the highest number of digital unique visitors and the most digital engagement according to comScore15; and

 

#1 average digital reach of any bank in Canada and amongst the leaders for average domestic digital reach when compared to the leading banks in other major developed markets, according to comScore15.

 

Continued to win the trust of new and existing customers as evidenced by strong volume growth across key businesses:

 

Strong retention rate across the portfolio, using newly developed tools to engage and retain our customers;

 

Personal chequing and savings deposit volume growth of 4%;

 

Strong growth in credit cards with retail sales exceeding $104 billion;

 

Strong Business Banking loan volume growth of 9%; and

 

Record accumulation of assets across our wealth businesses including record assets under management in TD Asset Management (TDAM) and record assets under administration in TD Direct Investing and Advice businesses.

 

Advanced our proven business model maintaining strong market share16 positions across all businesses including:

 

#1 market share in personal deposits, credit cards, and Direct Investing;

 

#2 market share in real estate secured lending, personal loans, mutual funds, and Business Banking deposits and loans;

 

Largest direct distribution insurer17 and leader in the affinity market17 in Canadian insurance; and

 

Largest money manager in Canada (including TD Greystone Asset Management)18.

CHALLENGES IN 2019

 

Competitive pressures and an inverted yield curve contributed to lower margins on lending products.

 

Households remained cautious to spend, partly reflecting high debt levels and elevated uncertainty in the macro environment.

 

Strong competition for new and existing customers from the major Canadian banks and non-bank competitors.

 

Ongoing normalization of credit losses from prior year low levels.

 

Increased investment across all businesses to respond to evolving customer needs, heightened regulatory expectations, and intense competition.

INDUSTRY PROFILE

The personal and business banking environment in Canada comprises large chartered banks with sizeable regional banks and a number of niche competitors providing strong competition in specific products and markets. Continued success depends upon delivering a full suite of competitively priced products, outstanding customer service and convenience, maintaining disciplined risk management practices, and prudent expense management. The Canadian wealth management industry includes banks, insurance companies, independent mutual fund companies, brokers, and independent asset management companies. Market share growth in the wealth management industry lies in the ability to differentiate by providing an integrated wealth solution and keeping pace with technological changes and the regulatory environment. This includes providing the right products, and legendary and consistent relationship-focused client experiences to serve the evolving needs and goals of our client base. The property and casualty industry in Canada is fragmented and competitive, consisting of personal and commercial line writers, whereas the life and health insurance industry is comprised of several large competitors. Success in the insurance business depends on offering a range of products that provide protection at competitive prices that properly reflect the level of risk assumed. The above industries also include non-traditional competitors ranging from start-ups to established non-financial companies expanding into financial services.

OVERALL BUSINESS STRATEGY

The strategy for Canadian Retail is to:

 

Provide trusted advice to help our customers feel confident about their financial future.

 

Consistently deliver legendary, personal, and connected customer experiences across all channels.

 

Deepen customer relationships by delivering One TD and growing in underrepresented products and markets.

 

Execute with speed and impact, taking only those risks we can understand and manage.

 

Innovate with purpose for our customers and colleagues, simplifying to make it easier to get things done.

 

Be recognized as an extraordinary place to work where diversity and inclusiveness are valued.

 

Contribute to the well-being of our communities.

 

13 

J.D. Power 2019 Canada Retail Banking Customer Satisfaction Survey.

14 

TD ranked first according to 2019 App Annie report, which measured smartphone monthly active users, downloads, average sessions per user, average review score, and time spent for last 12-month period ending September 2019.

15 

Source: from comScore Mobile Metrix®, Financial Services – Banking (Mobile Apps), Total Audience, 12-month average ending September 2019, Canada, from comScore MMX® Multi-Platform, Financial Services – Banking, Total audience, 3-month average ending September 2019, Canada, United States, Spain, U.K., and France.

16 

Market share ranking is based on most current data available from OSFI for personal deposits and loans as at August 2019, from The Nilson Report for credit cards as at March 2019, from the Canadian Bankers Association for Real Estate Secured Lending as at May 2019, from the Canadian Bankers Association for business deposits and loans as at December 2018, from Strategic Insight for Direct Investing asset, trades, and revenue metrics as at June 2019, and from Investment Funds Institute of Canada for mutual funds when compared to the Big 6 Banks as at September 2019. The Big 6 Banks consist of Bank of Montreal, Canadian Imperial Bank of Canada, National Bank of Canada, Royal Bank of Canada, Scotiabank, and The Toronto-Dominion Bank.

17 

Based on Gross Written Premiums for Property and Casualty business. Ranks based on data available from OSFI, insurers, Insurance Bureau of Canada, and provincial regulators as at December 31, 2018.

18 

Strategic Insight Managed Money Advisory Service – Canada (Spring 2019 report, AUM effective December 2018), Benefits Canada 2019 Top 40 Money Managers report (May 2019 report, AUM effective December 2018); AUM as of October 31, 2019 for Greystone.

 

TD BANK GROUP 2019 ANNUAL REPORT MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION & ANALYSIS     Page 16  


TABLE 16:  CANADIAN RETAIL

(millions of Canadian dollars, except as noted)    2019     2018     2017  

Net interest income

   $     12,349   $     11,576   $     10,611

Non-interest income

     11,877     11,137     10,451

Total revenue

     24,226     22,713     21,062

Provision for credit losses – impaired1 

     1,126     927     986

Provision for credit losses – performing2 

     180     71      

Total provision for credit losses3 

     1,306     998     986

Insurance claims and related expenses

     2,787     2,444     2,246

Non-interest expenses – reported

     10,735     9,473     8,934

Non-interest expenses – adjusted4 

     10,011     9,473     8,934

Provision for (recovery of) income taxes – reported

     2,535     2,615     2,371

Provision for (recovery of) income taxes – adjusted4 

     2,701     2,615     2,371

Net income – reported

     6,863     7,183     6,525

Net income – adjusted4 

   $ 7,421   $ 7,183   $ 6,525

Selected volumes and ratios

      

Return on common equity – reported5 

     38.6   %      47.8   %      45.2   % 

Return on common equity – adjusted4,5

     41.7     47.8     45.2

Net interest margin (including on securitized assets)

     2.96     2.91     2.83

Efficiency ratio – reported

     44.3     41.7     42.4

Efficiency ratio – adjusted4 

     41.3     41.7     42.4

Assets under administration (billions of Canadian dollars)

   $ 422   $ 389   $ 387

Assets under management (billions of Canadian dollars)

     353     289     283

Number of Canadian retail branches

     1,091     1,098     1,128

Average number of full-time equivalent staff

     40,936     38,560     38,880

 

1

PCL – impaired represents Stage 3 PCL under IFRS 9 and counterparty-specific and individually insignificant PCL under IAS 39 on financial assets.

2 

PCL – performing represents Stage 1 and Stage 2 PCL under IFRS 9 and incurred but not identified PCL under IAS 39 on financial assets, loan commitments, and financial guarantees.

3

Effective November 1, 2017, the PCL related to the allowances for credit losses for all three stages are recorded within the respective segment. Under IAS 39 and prior to November 1, 2017, the PCL related to the incurred but not identified allowance for credit losses related to products in the Canadian Retail segment was recorded in the Corporate segment.

4

Adjusted non-interest expenses exclude the following items of note: Charges related to the long-term loyalty agreement with Air Canada in 2019 – $607 million ($446 million after tax); and charges associated with the acquisition of Greystone in 2019 – $117 million ($112 million after tax). For explanations of items of note, refer to the "Non-GAAP Financial Measures – Reconciliation of Adjusted to Reported Net Income" table in the "How We Performed" section of this document.

5

Capital allocated to the business segment was based on 10% CET1 Capital in fiscal 2019, and 9% in fiscal 2018 and 2017.

REVIEW OF FINANCIAL PERFORMANCE

Canadian Retail reported net income for the year was $6,863 million, a decrease of $320 million, or 4%, compared with last year. The decrease in earnings reflects charges related to the agreement with Air Canada and the acquisition of Greystone, higher non-interest expenses, insurance claims, and PCL, partially offset by revenue growth. On an adjusted basis, net income for the year was $7,421 million, an increase of $238 million, or 3%. The reported and adjusted annualized ROE for the year was 38.6% and 41.7%, respectively, compared with 47.8% last year.

Canadian Retail revenue is derived from Canadian personal and commercial banking, wealth, and insurance businesses. Revenue for the year was $24,226 million, an increase of $1,513 million, or 7%, compared with last year.

Net interest income increased $773 million, or 7%, reflecting volume growth and higher margins. Average loan volumes increased $21 billion, or 5%, reflecting 5% growth in personal loans and 9% growth in business loans. Average deposit volumes increased $11 billion, or 3%, reflecting 4% growth in personal deposits and 2% growth in business deposits. Net interest margin was 2.96%, or an increase of 5 bps, reflecting higher interest rates, partially offset by competitive pricing in loans.

Non-interest income increased $740 million, or 7%, reflecting higher revenue from the insurance business, the acquisition of Greystone, higher asset levels in the wealth management business, and higher fee-based revenue in the banking businesses. An increase in the fair value of investments supporting claims liabilities, which resulted in a similar increase to insurance claims, increased non-interest income by $171 million.

Assets under administration (AUA) were $422 billion as at October 31, 2019, an increase of $33 billion, or 8%, compared with last year, reflecting new asset growth and increases in market value. Assets under management (AUM) were $353 billion as at October 31, 2019, an increase of $64 billion, or 22%, compared with last year, reflecting the acquisition of Greystone and increases in market value.

PCL for the year was $1,306 million, an increase of $308 million, compared with last year. PCL – impaired was $1,126 million, an increase of $199 million, or 21%, reflecting low prior period provisions in the commercial portfolio, higher losses in the other personal and auto portfolios, and volume growth across all portfolios. PCL – performing was $180 million, an increase of $109 million, reflecting credit migration in the consumer lending and commercial portfolios and volume growth. Annualized PCL as a percentage of credit volume was 0.31%, an increase of 6 bps.

Insurance claims and related expenses were $2,787 million, an increase of $343 million, or 14%, compared with last year. The increase reflects changes in the fair value of investments supporting claims liabilities, higher current year claims reflecting business growth and less favourable prior years' claims development, partially offset by fewer severe weather-related events.

Reported non-interest expenses for the year were $10,735 million, an increase of $1,262 million, or 13%, compared with last year. The increase reflects charges related to the agreement with Air Canada and the acquisition of Greystone, higher spend supporting business growth including employee-related expenses, and investment in strategic initiatives, partially offset by higher restructuring and promotion costs last year. On an adjusted basis, non-interest expenses were $10,011 million, an increase of $538 million, or 6%.

The reported and adjusted efficiency ratio for the quarter was 44.3% and 41.3%, respectively, compared with 41.7% last year.

KEY PRODUCT GROUPS

Personal Banking

 

Personal Deposits – offers a comprehensive line-up of chequing, savings, and investment products to retail clients.

 

Consumer Lending – offers a diverse range of unsecured financing products to suit the needs of retail clients.

 

Real Estate Secured Lending – offers homeowners a wide range of lending products secured by residential properties.

 

Credit Cards and Merchant Solutions – offers a variety of credit card products including proprietary, co-branded, and affinity credit card programs, as well as point-of-sale technology and payment solutions for large and small businesses.

 

Auto Finance – offers retail automotive and recreational vehicle financing including promotional rate loans offered in cooperation with large automotive manufacturers.

 

TD BANK GROUP 2019 ANNUAL REPORT MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION & ANALYSIS     Page 17  


Business Banking

 

Commercial Banking – serves the borrowing, deposit and cash management needs of businesses across a wide range of industries including real estate, agriculture, automotive, and commercial mortgages.

 

Small Business Banking – offers a wide range of financial products and services to small businesses.

Wealth

 

Direct Investing – offers resources to self-directed retail investors to facilitate research, investment management and trading in a range of investment products through online, phone and mobile channels.

 

Wealth Advice – provides wealth management advice and financial planning solutions to retail clients. The Wealth Advice business is integrated with the personal and business banking businesses.

 

Asset Management – provides investment management and structuring services to retail and institutional clients. TD Mutual Funds provides a diversified range of mutual funds and professionally managed portfolios.

Insurance

 

Property and Casualty – offers home and auto insurance through direct channels and to members of affinity groups such as professional associations, universities and employer groups.

 

Life and Health – offers credit protection to TD Canada Trust borrowing customers. Other simple life and health insurance products, credit card balance protection, and travel insurance products, are distributed through direct channels.

BUSINESS OUTLOOK AND FOCUS FOR 2020

The pace of economic expansion in Canada is expected to remain consistent with 2019, with the recent moderate upward momentum in housing market activity expected to continue. However, growth in 2020 could be impacted by the outcome of geopolitical events. While many factors affect margins and they will fluctuate from quarter-to-quarter, we expect to see downward pressure on margins. We expect continued changes in the regulatory environment, which combined with changing customer expectations and the high level of competition, including from market disruptors, will require continued investment in our products, channels, and infrastructure. We will maintain our disciplined approach to risk management, but credit losses may be impacted by volume growth and ongoing normalization of credit conditions. Overall, we expect to deliver solid results in 2020.

Our key priorities for 2020 are as follows:

 

Enhance end-to-end omni-channel capabilities to support key customer journeys, enabling a seamless, intuitive and legendary customer experience;

 

Grow our market share by providing best-in-class products and services, when and where our customers need them, with an emphasis on underrepresented products and markets;

 

Expand our advisory capabilities and leverage our deep understanding of our customers to help them better understand their financial needs and feel confident about their financial future;

 

Accelerate growth and distribution capabilities in the Wealth Advice channels, enrich the client offering in the Direct Investing business, and innovate for leadership in Asset Management;

 

Continue to invest in our insurance products and services, ensuring that they are competitive, easy to understand, and provide the protection our clients need;

 

Invest in our business and infrastructure to keep pace with evolving customer expectations, regulatory requirements, and cyber risks;

 

Enhance application of artificial intelligence, data and advanced analytics to deliver best-in-class customer experiences and drive high levels of engagement; and

 

Continue to evolve our brand as an employer of choice, where colleagues achieve their full potential and where diversity and inclusiveness are valued.

 

TD BANK GROUP 2019 ANNUAL REPORT MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION & ANALYSIS     Page 18  


 

BUSINESS SEGMENT ANALYSIS

U.S. Retail

Operating under the brand name, TD Bank, America's Most Convenient Bank®, the U.S. Retail Bank offers a full range of financial products and services to over 9 million customers in the Bank's U.S. personal and business banking operations, including wealth management. U.S. Retail includes an equity investment in TD Ameritrade.

 

LOGO

 

TABLE 17: REVENUE – Reported1 

 

(millions of dollars)

     Canadian dollars      U.S. dollars
       2019      2018      2017      2019      2018      2017

Personal Banking

   $ 6,894    $ 6,140    $ 5,599    $ 5,189    $ 4,769    $ 4,283

Business Banking

     3,786      3,527      3,399      2,850      2,740      2,600

Wealth

     496      511      504      373      397      386

Other2 

     615      766      719      464      595      549

Total

   $     11,791    $     10,944    $     10,221    $     8,876    $     8,501    $     7,818

 

1

Excludes equity in net income of an investment in TD Ameritrade.

2

Other revenue consists primarily of revenue from investing activities and an IDA agreement with TD Ameritrade.

BUSINESS HIGHLIGHTS

 

Record performance in:

 

Reported earnings of US$3,750 million, an increase of 15%, compared with last year;

 

Reported efficiency ratio of 54.4%, an improvement of 130 bps, compared with last year; and

 

Reported contribution from TD Ameritrade of US$869 million, an increase of 62% compared to last year.

 

Continued to provide legendary customer service and convenience:

 

"Rated #1 in Customer Satisfaction for Retail Banking in the Southeast by J.D. Power"19;

 

"Ranked Highest in Customer Satisfaction with Small Business Banking in the South Region by J.D. Power"20; and

 

Launched "Unexpectedly Human" brand campaign, showcasing the Bank's customer-centric approach and commitment to make an impact in local communities.

 

Recognized as an extraordinary and inclusive place to work:

 

Recognized as one of Philly.com's 2019 Top Workplaces; and

 

Recognized on DiversityInc.'s Top 50 List, with notable mention towards the inclusive culture we continue to build.

 

Continued to focus on enhancements to our core capabilities and infrastructure, as well as building out digital capabilities:

 

Converted Small Business customers to digital Next-Generation Platform;

 

Launched new eSignature capability, enabling retail and wealth customers to open accounts digitally across multiple products; and

 

Launched new digital mortgage offering, to create a simpler, faster, and easier mortgage application process.

 

19 

TD Bank received the highest score in the Southeast region of the J.D. Power 2019 U.S. Retail Banking Satisfaction Study of customers' satisfaction with their own retail bank. Visit jdpower.com.

20 

J.D. Power Small Business Satisfaction Study ranking results based off of responses from 2,554 small business owners or financial decision makers in the South.

 

TD BANK GROUP 2019 ANNUAL REPORT MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION & ANALYSIS     Page 19  


CHALLENGES IN 2019

 

Declining interest rate environment during the second half of 2019.

 

Continuing industry trend of assets under management moving from active to passive investment strategies.

 

Increased competition from U.S. banks and non-bank competitors.

INDUSTRY PROFILE

The U.S. personal and business banking industry is highly competitive and includes several very large financial institutions as well as regional banks, small community and savings banks, finance companies, credit unions, and other providers of financial services. The wealth management industry includes national and regional banks, insurance companies, independent mutual fund companies, brokers, and independent asset management companies. The personal and business banking and wealth management industries also include non-traditional competitors ranging from start-ups to established non-financial companies expanding into financial services.

These industries serve individuals, businesses, and governments. Products include deposit, lending, cash management, financial advice, and asset management. These products may be distributed through a single channel or an array of distribution channels such as physical locations, digital, phone, and ATMs. Certain businesses also serve customers through indirect channels.

Traditional competitors are embracing new technologies and strengthening their focus on the customer experience. Non-traditional competitors (such as Fintech) have continued to gain momentum and are increasingly collaborating with banks to evolve customer products and experience. The keys to profitability continue to be attracting and retaining customer relationships with legendary service and convenience, offering products and services through an array of distribution channels that meet customers' evolving needs, making strategic investments while maintaining disciplined expense management over operating costs, and prudent risk management.

OVERALL BUSINESS STRATEGY

The strategy for U.S. Retail is to:

 

Deliver legendary omni-channel service and convenience.

 

Grow and deepen customer relationships.

 

Leverage our differentiated brand as the "human" bank.

 

Innovate with purpose to simplify processes and execute with speed and excellence.

 

Be a premier destination for top talent.

 

Maintain prudent risk management.

 

Actively support the communities where we operate.

 

TD BANK GROUP 2019 ANNUAL REPORT MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION & ANALYSIS     Page 20  


TABLE 18: U.S. RETAIL

(millions of dollars, except as noted)

  

Canadian Dollars

     2019     2018     2017

Net interest income

   $     8,951   $     8,176   $     7,486

Non-interest income1 

     2,840     2,768     2,735

Total revenue – reported

     11,791     10,944     10,221

Provisions for credit losses – impaired2 

     936     776     648

Provisions for credit losses – performing3 

     146     141     144

Total provisions for credit losses

     1,082     917     792

Non-interest expenses – reported

     6,411     6,100     5,878

Non-interest expenses – adjusted4 

     6,411     6,079     5,852

Provisions for (recovery of) income taxes – reported1 

     471     432     671

Provisions for (recovery of) income taxes – adjusted1,4

     471     437     681

U.S. Retail Bank net income – reported

     3,827     3,495     2,880

U.S. Retail Bank net income – adjusted4 

     3,827     3,511     2,896

Equity in net income of an investment in TD Ameritrade – reported1,5

     1,154     693     442

Equity in net income of an investment in TD Ameritrade – adjusted1,6

     1,154     865     462

Net income – reported

     4,981     4,188     3,322

Net income – adjusted

   $ 4,981   $ 4,376   $ 3,358

 

U.S. Dollars

                        

Net interest income

   $ 6,737   $ 6,350   $ 5,727

Non-interest income1 

     2,139     2,151     2,091

Total revenue – reported

     8,876     8,501     7,818

Provision for credit losses – impaired2 

     705     605     498

Provision for credit losses – performing3 

     109     108     109

Total provision for credit losses

     814     713     607

Non-interest expenses – reported

     4,826     4,739     4,500

Non-interest expenses – adjusted4 

     4,826     4,722     4,479

Provisions for (recovery of) income taxes – reported1 

     355     334     511

Provisions for (recovery of) income taxes – adjusted1,4

     355     338     519

U.S. Retail Bank net income – reported

     2,881     2,715     2,200

U.S. Retail Bank net income – adjusted4 

     2,881     2,728     2,213

Equity in net income of an investment in TD Ameritrade – reported1,5

     869     538     336

Equity in net income of an investment in TD Ameritrade – adjusted1,6

     869     673     352

Net income – reported

     3,750     3,253     2,536

Net income – adjusted

   $ 3,750   $ 3,401   $ 2,565

 

Selected volumes and ratios

      

Return on common equity – reported7 

     12.6   %      12.2   %      9.7   % 

Return on common equity – adjusted4,6,7

     12.6     12.8     9.8

Net interest margin8 

     3.31     3.29     3.11

Efficiency ratio – reported

     54.4     55.7     57.6

Efficiency ratio – adjusted4 

     54.4     55.5     57.3

Assets under administration (billions of U.S. dollars)

   $ 21   $ 19   $ 18

Assets under management (billions of U.S. dollars)

     44     52     63

Number of U.S. retail stores

     1,241     1,257     1,270

Average number of full-time equivalent staff

     26,675     26,594     25,923

 

1

The reduction of the U.S. federal corporate tax rate enacted by the U.S. Tax Act resulted in an adjustment during 2018 to the Bank's U.S. deferred tax assets and liabilities to the lower base rate of 21% as well as an adjustment to the Bank's carrying balances of certain tax credit-related investments and its investment in TD Ameritrade. This earnings impact was reported in the Corporate segment. For additional details, refer to the "Non-GAAP Financial Measures – Reconciliation of Adjusted to Reported Net Income" table in the "Financial Results Overview" section of this document.

2

PCL – impaired represents Stage 3 PCL under IFRS 9 and counterparty-specific and individually insignificant PCL under IAS 39 on financial assets.

3 

PCL – performing represents Stage 1 and Stage 2 PCL under IFRS 9 and incurred but not identified PCL under IAS 39 on financial assets, loan commitments, and financial guarantees.

4

Adjusted non-interest expense excludes the following items of note: Charges associated with the Bank's acquisition of Scottrade Bank in 2018 – $21 million ($16 million after tax) or US$17 million (US$13 million after tax), 2017 – $26 million ($16 million after tax) or US$21 million (US$13 million after tax). For explanations of items of note, refer to the "Non-GAAP Financial Measures – Reconciliation of Adjusted to Reported Net Income" table in the "Financial Results Overview" section of this document.

5

The after-tax amounts for amortization of intangibles relating to the Equity in net income of the investment in TD Ameritrade is recorded in the Corporate segment with other acquired intangibles.

6

Adjusted equity in net income of an investment in TD Ameritrade excludes the following item of note: The Bank's share of charges associated with TD Ameritrade's acquisition of Scottrade in 2018 – $172 million or US$135 million after tax, 2017 – $20 million or US$16 million after tax. For explanations of items of note, refer to the "Non-GAAP Financial Measures – Reconciliation of Adjusted to Reported Net Income" table in the "Financial Results Overview" section of this document.

7

Capital allocated to the business segments was based on 10% CET1 Capital in fiscal 2019, and 9% in fiscal 2018 and 2017.

8

Net interest margin excludes the impact related to the TD Ameritrade IDA and the impact of intercompany deposits and cash collateral. In addition, the value of tax-exempt interest income is adjusted to its equivalent before-tax value.

REVIEW OF FINANCIAL PERFORMANCE

U.S. Retail reported net income for the year was $4,981 million (US$3,750 million), an increase of $793 million (US$497 million), or 19% (15% in U.S. dollars), compared with last year. On an adjusted basis, net income for the year increased $605 million (US$349 million), or 14% (10% in U.S. dollars). The reported and adjusted ROE for the year was 12.6%, compared with 12.2%, and 12.8%, respectively, in the prior year.

U.S. Retail net income includes contributions from the U.S. Retail Bank and the Bank's investment in TD Ameritrade. Net income for the year from the U.S. Retail Bank and the Bank's investment in TD Ameritrade were $3,827 million (US$2,881 million) and $1,154 million (US$869 million), respectively.

The reported contribution from TD Ameritrade of US$869 million increased US$331 million, or 62%, compared with last year, primarily due to higher asset-based revenue and charges associated with the Scottrade transaction in the prior year. On an adjusted basis, the contribution from TD Ameritrade increased US$196 million, or 29%.

U.S. Retail Bank reported net income for the year was US$2,881 million, an increase of US$166 million, or 6%, compared with last year, primarily due to higher revenue, partially offset by higher expenses and PCL. U.S. Retail Bank adjusted net income increased US$153 million, or 6%.

 

TD BANK GROUP 2019 ANNUAL REPORT MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION & ANALYSIS     Page 21  


U.S. Retail Bank revenue is derived from personal and business banking, and wealth management. Revenue for the year was US$8,876 million, an increase of US$375 million, or 4%, compared with last year. Net interest income increased US$387 million, or 6%, reflecting growth in loan and deposit volumes as well as higher deposit margins. Net interest margin was 3.31%, a 2 bps increase primarily due to higher deposit margins, partially offset by balance sheet mix. Non-interest income decreased US$12 million, or 1%, as lower wealth management fees and investment income were partially offset by growth in personal banking fees.

Average loan volumes increased US$8 billion, or 5%, compared with last year, due to growth in personal and business loans of 4% and 6%, respectively. Average deposit volumes increased US$4 billion, or 2%, compared with last year, due to growth in personal and business deposit volumes of 4% and 5%, respectively, partially offset by a 3% decrease in sweep deposit volume from TD Ameritrade.

AUA were US$21 billion as at October 31, 2019, relatively flat compared with the prior year. AUM were US$44 billion as at October 31, 2019, a decrease of US$8 billion, or 16%, reflecting net fund outflows including the impact of the strategic disposition of U.S. money market funds in the first quarter of this year.

PCL for the year was US$814 million, an increase of US$101 million, or 14%, compared with last year. PCL – impaired was US$705 million, an increase of US$100 million, or 17%, primarily reflecting higher provisions for commercial and auto portfolios. PCL – performing was US$109 million, an increase of US$1 million, or 1%. U.S. Retail PCL including only the Bank's contractual portion of credit losses in the U.S. strategic cards portfolio, as an annualized percentage of credit volume was 0.52%, or an increase of 4 bps.

Reported non-interest expenses for the year were US$4,826 million, which included US$52 million of restructuring charges. Non-interest expense increased US$87 million, or 2%, compared with last year, primarily reflecting higher investments in business initiatives and volume growth, higher employee-related costs, and restructuring charges, partially offset by productivity savings, the elimination of the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (FDIC) deposit insurance surcharge, and recovery of a legal provision. On an adjusted basis, non-interest expenses for the year increased US$104 million, or 2%.

The reported and adjusted efficiency ratios for the year were 54.4%, compared with 55.7% and 55.5%, respectively, in the prior year.

KEY PRODUCT GROUPS

Personal Banking

 

Personal Deposits – offers a full suite of chequing and savings products to retail customers through multiple delivery channels.

 

Consumer Lending – offers a diverse range of financing products to suit the needs of retail customers.

 

Credit Cards Services – offers TD-branded credit cards for retail and small business franchise customers. TD also offers private label and co-brand credit cards through nationwide, retail partnerships to provide credit card products to their U.S. customers.

 

Auto Finance – offers indirect retail financing through a network of auto dealers, along with floorplan financing to automotive dealerships throughout the U.S.

Business Banking

 

Small Business Banking – offers a range of financial products and services to small businesses.

 

Commercial Banking – serves the needs of U.S. businesses and governments across a wide range of industries.

Wealth

 

Advice-based Business – provides private banking, investment advisory, and trust services to retail and institutional clients. The advice-based business is integrated with the U.S. personal and commercial banking businesses.

 

Asset Management – the U.S. asset management business is comprised of Epoch Investment Partners Inc. and the U.S. arm of TDAM's investment business.

BUSINESS OUTLOOK AND FOCUS FOR 2020

We anticipate the operating environment to remain relatively stable in 2020, characterized by moderate economic growth, fierce competition and lower average interest rates. As a result, we expect modest loan and deposit growth, with declining net interest margins on a full year basis. Volume growth, consumer credit conditions, and economic uncertainties may contribute to an increase in credit losses in 2020. We expect to maintain a disciplined expense management approach, while continuing to make strategic business investments. We expect our contribution from TD Ameritrade to be lower following the elimination of commissions for its online exchange-listed stock, exchange-traded funds (ETF) (U.S. and Canadian), and option trades.

Our key priorities for 2020 are as follows:

 

Deliver consistency and excellence in sales and service to drive more meaningful interactions and better serve the needs of our customers;

 

Deepen customer engagement through delivering a personalized and connected experience across all channels;

 

Continue to invest in data and technology;

 

Leverage our infrastructure and capabilities to simplify and enhance the customer and employee experience;

 

Grow our market share by deepening customer relationships and expanding into attractive markets;

 

Prudently manage risk and meet regulatory expectations;

 

Continue to make progress on our talent strategy with a focus on diversity and inclusion; and

 

Continue to build capabilities to be digitally enabled.

TD AMERITRADE HOLDING CORPORATION

Refer to Note 12 of the 2019 Consolidated Financial Statements for further information on TD Ameritrade.

 

TD BANK GROUP 2019 ANNUAL REPORT MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION & ANALYSIS     Page 22  


 

BUSINESS SEGMENT ANALYSIS

Wholesale Banking

Operating under the brand name TD Securities, Wholesale Banking offers a wide range of capital markets and corporate and investment banking services to corporate, government, and institutional clients in key global financial centres.

 

LOGO

 

TABLE 19: REVENUE1 

 

(millions of Canadian dollars)

     2019      2018      2017

Global markets

   $ 2,251    $ 2,440    $ 2,413

Corporate and investment banking

     990      996      860

Other

     (10      81      51

Total

   $     3,231    $     3,517    $     3,324

 

 

1

Certain comparative amounts have been recast to conform with the presentation adopted in the current period.

BUSINESS HIGHLIGHTS

 

Earnings of $608 million and a ROE of 8.3%.

 

Lower revenue, reflecting challenging market conditions, reduced client activity and trading volatility in the first quarter of this year and the effects of a significant upgrade to the derivative valuation system and related methodologies in the fourth quarter of this year, partially offset by growth in the U.S.

 

Notable deals in the year:

 

Advised on two of the largest Canadian mergers and acquisitions (M&A) transactions of 2019 including; lead financial advisor to Goldcorp (US$12.5 billion) on its US$32 billion merger with Newmont (US$19.5 billion) to create the world's leading gold company, and financial advisor for the $5.2 billion re-capitalization of Garda World Security, the largest ever completed for a privately-owned Canadian company;

 

Active in the environmental, social and corporate governance space (ESG) by participating in over 30 green and sustainable bond transactions, including Landesbank Baden-Württemberg's (LBBW) US$750 million bond, which was the first-ever U.S. dollar covered green bond, and African Development Bank's US$100 million bond, which was the first Secured Overnight Financing Rate (SOFR)-linked green bond; and

 

Delivered on key mandates for both Canadian and U.S. clients which demonstrated our capabilities and expertise in U.S. markets. We onboarded over 60 new corporate clients and 9 new TD Prime Services clients, executed 13 new securitization programs, actively led 72 U.S. Investment Grade Corporate bonds, up 29% year-over-year, and were joint book-runners on over 20 asset-backed securities (ABS) transactions, more than double the number in the prior year. We were also an M&A advisor to Brookfield Business Partners and Caisse de dépôt et placement du Québec (CDPQ) on their acquisition of Johnson Controls' Power Solutions and co-led the long-term debt financings.

 

Focused investments supporting the global expansion of Wholesale Banking's U.S. dollar strategy, including adding senior leaders to support our Technology, Power and Utilities and Sponsor clients. In addition, we have invested in and are building an efficient and agile infrastructure including a new global foreign exchange system as well as a new derivative valuation system both of which enhance our pricing, capacity and risk management capabilities.

 

Top-two dealer status in Canada (for the ten-month period ended October 31, 2019)21:

 

21 

Rankings reflect TD Securities' position among Canadian peers in Canadian product markets. Equity options block trading: block trades by number of contracts on the Montreal Stock Exchange, Source: Montreal Exchange. Syndicated loans: deal volume awarded equally between the book-runners, Source: Bloomberg. M&A announced and completed: Canadian targets, Source: Thomson Reuters. Government and corporate debt underwriting: excludes self-led domestic bank deals and credit card deals, bonus credit to lead, Source: Bloomberg.

 

TD BANK GROUP 2019 ANNUAL REPORT MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION & ANALYSIS     Page 23  


 

#2 in equity options block trading;

 

#1 in syndicated loans (on a rolling twelve-month basis);

 

#1 in M&A announced (on a rolling twelve-month basis);

 

#1 in M&A completed (on a rolling twelve-month basis);

 

#1 in government debt underwriting; and

 

#2 in corporate debt underwriting.

 

TD Securities was recognized for demonstrating our expertise and execution capabilities within Capital Markets:

 

For the second year in a row, TD Securities tied for #1 in Overall Canadian Fixed Income as Greenwich Share Leader and Greenwich Quality Leader;

 

TD Securities Equity Research was awarded the most StarMine Analyst Awards from Refinitiv of any Canadian Broker, the fifth time within the last six years. These awards celebrate the world's top individual sell-side analysts and sell-side firms;

 

Recognized as the 2019 GlobalCapital Award winner for "Canada Derivatives House of the Year" for the second year in a row, as well as "Coming Force in SSA Bonds"; and

 

Winner for "Precious Metals House of the Year" in the 2019 Energy Risk Awards.

CHALLENGES IN 2019

 

Market volatility in the rates, credit and equity markets resulted in a difficult trading environment, particularly in the first quarter.

 

Significantly reduced equity underwriting activity in Canada and lower activity in energy sector.

 

Geo-political environment, trade uncertainties, weak economic growth, and changes to interest rate outlook contributed to market uncertainty and reduced client activity.

 

Continued structural changes to traditional order flow trading from electronification and increased competition impacting margins.

 

Investments and capital required to meet continued regulatory changes. Increasing cost structure for the industry overall.

INDUSTRY PROFILE

The wholesale banking sector is a mature, highly competitive market with competition arising from banks, large global investment firms, and independent niche dealers. Wholesale Banking provides services to corporate, government, and institutional clients. Products include capital markets and corporate and investment banking services. Regulatory requirements for wholesale banking businesses have continued to evolve, impacting strategy and returns for the sector. Overall, wholesale banks have continued to shift their focus to client-driven trading revenue and fee income to reduce risk and to preserve capital. Competition is expected to remain intense for transactions with high-quality counterparties, as securities firms focus on prudent risk and capital management. Longer term, wholesale banks that have a diversified client-focused business model, offer a wide range of products and services, and exhibit effective cost and capital management will be well-positioned to achieve attractive returns for shareholders.

OVERALL BUSINESS STRATEGY

Continue to build an integrated North American dealer franchise with global execution capabilities.

 

In Canada, we will be the top-ranked investment dealer

 

In the U.S., we will grow client relationships by consistently delivering value and trusted advice in sectors where we are competitively positioned.

 

We will continue to grow with and support our TD partners.

Invest in an efficient and agile infrastructure, innovation and data capabilities, and adapt to industry and regulatory changes.

Be an extraordinary and inclusive place to work by attracting, developing, and retaining the best talent.

 

TABLE 20:  WHOLESALE BANKING1 

 

(millions of Canadian dollars, except as noted)

     2019     2018     2017

Net interest income (TEB)

   $ 911   $ 1,150   $ 1,804

Non-interest income2,3

         2,320         2,367         1,520

Total revenue

     3,231     3,517     3,324

Provision for (recovery of) credit losses – impaired3,4

     20     (8     (28

Provision for (recovery of) credit losses – performing5 

     24     11      

Total provision for (recovery of) credit losses6 

     44     3     (28

Non-interest expenses

     2,393     2,125     1,982

Provision for (recovery of) income taxes (TEB)7 

     186     335     331

Net income

   $ 608   $ 1,054   $ 1,039

 

Selected volumes and ratios

      

Trading-related revenue (TEB)

   $ 1,573   $ 1,749   $ 1,714

Gross drawn (billions of Canadian dollars)8 

     24.1     23.9     20.3

Return on common equity9 

     8.3  %      17.7  %      17.4  % 

Efficiency ratio

     74.1     60.4     59.6

Average number of full-time equivalent staff

     4,536     4,187     3,989

 

1

Certain comparative amounts have been recast to conform with the presentation adopted in the current period.

2

Effective February 1, 2017, the total gains and losses on derivatives hedging the reclassified securities portfolio (classified as FVOCI under IFRS 9 and AFS portfolio under IAS 39) are recorded in Wholesale Banking, previously reported in the Corporate segment and treated as an item of note. Refer to the "Non-GAAP Financial Measures – Reconciliation of Adjusted to Reported Net Income" table in the "Financial Results Overview" section of this document.

3

Effective November 1, 2017, the accrual costs related to CDS used to manage Wholesale Banking's corporate lending exposure are recorded in non-interest income, previously reported as a component of PCL. The change in market value of the CDS, in excess of the accrual cost, continues to be reported in the Corporate segment.

4

PCL – impaired represents Stage 3 PCL under IFRS 9 and counterparty-specific and individually insignificant PCL under IAS 39 on financial assets.

5 

PCL – performing represents Stage 1 and Stage 2 PCL under IFRS 9 and incurred but not identified PCL under IAS 39 on financial assets, loan commitments, and financial guarantees.

6 

Effective November 1, 2017, the PCL related to the allowances for credit losses for all three stages are recorded within the respective segment. Under IAS 39 and prior to November 1, 2017, the PCL related to the incurred but not identified allowance for credit losses related to products in Wholesale Banking was recorded in the Corporate segment.

7

The reduction of the U.S. federal corporate tax rate enacted by the U.S. Tax Act resulted in a one-time adjustment during 2018 to Wholesale Banking's U.S. deferred tax assets and liabilities to the lower base rate of 21%. The earnings impact was reported in the Corporate segment. For additional details, refer to the "Non-GAAP Financial Measures – Reconciliation of Adjusted to Reported Net Income" table in the "Financial Results Overview" section of this document.

8 

Includes gross loans and bankers' acceptances, excluding letters of credit, cash collateral, CDS, and reserves for the corporate lending business.

9 

Capital allocated to the business segments was based on 10% CET1 Capital in fiscal 2019, and 9% in fiscal 2018 and 2017.

 

TD BANK GROUP 2019 ANNUAL REPORT MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION & ANALYSIS     Page 24  


REVIEW OF FINANCIAL PERFORMANCE

Wholesale Banking net income for the year was $608 million, a decrease of $446 million, or 42%, compared with the prior year reflecting lower revenue, higher non-interest expenses, and higher PCL.

Revenue for the year was $3,231 million, a decrease of $286 million, or 8%, compared with the prior year reflecting challenging market conditions in the first quarter of this year and derivative valuation charges of $96 million in the fourth quarter of this year.

PCL for the year was $44 million, compared to $3 million in the prior year. PCL – impaired was $20 million reflecting credit migration. PCL – performing was $24 million reflecting credit migration.

Non-interest expenses were $2,393 million, an increase of $268 million, or 13%, compared with the prior year. The increase reflects restructuring charges of $23 million, a favourable revaluation of certain liabilities for post-retirement benefits recognized in the prior year, continued investments supporting the global expansion of Wholesale Banking's U.S. dollar strategy, higher initiative spend, and the impact of foreign exchange translation, partially offset by lower variable compensation.

LINES OF BUSINESS

 

Global Markets includes sales, trading and research, debt and equity underwriting, client securitization, trade finance, cash management, prime brokerage, and trade execution services22.

 

Corporate and Investment Banking includes corporate lending and syndications, debt and equity underwriting, and advisory services22.

 

Other includes the investment portfolio and other accounting adjustments.

BUSINESS OUTLOOK AND FOCUS FOR 2020

We expect Wholesale Banking earnings to improve in 2020, as we recover from a weak first quarter in 2019 and as our U.S. dollar businesses continue to mature. However, we remain alert to market sentiment as a combination of global geo-political and trade uncertainties, increased competition, and evolving capital and regulatory requirements may continue to impact industry activity and our business. While these factors may affect corporate and investor sentiment in the near-term, we expect that our increasingly diversified, well-integrated, and client-focused business model will deliver solid results and support future growth.

Our key priorities for 2020 are as follows:

 

Maintain top market share in our Canadian Franchise.

 

Grow our U.S. dollar business, adding new clients and deepening our relationship value by maturing our product and advice offerings.

 

Increase wallet share with real money, prime services and government clients globally.

 

Drive innovation and build data and analytical capabilities to improve end-to-end process efficiency and enhance client value.

 

Permanently lower our cost structure to reflect the reduced margins and volumes in parts of our business.

 

Maintain our focus on managing risk, capital, balance sheet, and liquidity.

 

Continue to be an extraordinary place to work with a focus on inclusion and diversity.

 

22 

Revenue is shared between Global Markets and Corporate and Investment Banking lines of business in accordance with an established agreement.

 

TD BANK GROUP 2019 ANNUAL REPORT MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION & ANALYSIS     Page 25  


 

BUSINESS SEGMENT ANALYSIS

Corporate

Corporate segment is comprised of a number of service and control groups. Certain costs relating to these functions are allocated to operating business segments. The basis of allocation and methodologies are reviewed periodically to align with management's evaluation of the Bank's business segments.

 

TABLE 21:  CORPORATE

 

(millions of Canadian dollars)    2019     2018     2017  

Net income (loss) – reported1,2,3

   $ (766   $ (1,091   $ (369

Pre-tax adjustments for items of note4 

      

Amortization of intangibles

     307     324     310

Impact from U.S. tax reform1 

           48      

Dilution gain on the Scottrade transaction

                 (204

Loss on sale of the Direct Investing business in Europe

                 42

Fair value of derivatives hedging the reclassified available-for-sale securities portfolio2 

                 (41

Total pre-tax adjustments for items of note

     307     372     107

Provision for (recovery of) income taxes for items of note1 

     48     (289     73

Net income (loss) – adjusted

   $ (507   $ (430   $ (335

Decomposition of items included in net income (loss) – adjusted

      

Net corporate expenses

   $ (715   $ (822   $ (767

Other

     190     320     311

Non-controlling interests

     18     72     121

Net income (loss) – adjusted

   $       (507   $       (430   $       (335

 

Selected volumes

      

Average number of full-time equivalent staff

     16,884     15,042     14,368

 

1

The reduction of the U.S. federal corporate tax rate enacted by the U.S. Tax Act resulted in a net charge to earnings during 2018 of $392 million, comprising a net $48 million pre-tax charge related to the write-down of certain tax credit-related investments, partially offset by the favourable impact of the Bank's share of TD Ameritrade's remeasurement of its deferred income tax balances and a net $344 million income tax expense resulting from the remeasurement of the Bank's deferred tax assets and liabilities to the lower base rate of 21% and other related tax adjustments.

2 

Effective February 1, 2017, the total gains and losses on derivatives hedging the reclassified AFS securities portfolio (classified as FVOCI under IFRS 9 and AFS under IAS 39) are recorded in Wholesale Banking, previously reported in the Corporate segment and treated as an item of note. Refer to the "Non-GAAP Financial Measures – Reconciliation of Adjusted to Reported Net Income" table in the "How We Performed" section of this document.

3

Effective November 1, 2017, the PCL related to the allowances for credit losses for all three stages are recorded within the respective segment. Under IAS 39 and prior to November 1, 2017, the PCL related to the incurred but not identified allowance for credit losses related to products in the Canadian Retail and Wholesale Banking segments were recorded in the Corporate segment.

4

For explanations of items of note, refer to the "Non-GAAP Financial Measures – Reconciliation of Adjusted to Reported Net Income" table in the "Financial Results Overview" section of this document.

Corporate segment includes expenses related to a number of service and control functions, the impact of treasury and balance sheet management activities, tax items at an enterprise level, and intercompany adjustments such as elimination of TEB and the retailer program partners' share relating to the U.S. strategic cards portfolio.

The Corporate segment reported net loss for the year was $766 million, compared with a reported net loss of $1,091 million last year. The year-over-year decrease in reported net loss was attributable to the impact from U.S. tax reform last year and lower net corporate expenses in the current year, partially offset by lower contribution from other items and non-controlling interests. Other items decreased reflecting lower revenue from treasury and balance sheet management activities and the impact of legal provisions in the current year. Net corporate expenses decreased primarily reflecting lower net pension expenses in the current year, partially offset by restructuring charges of $51 million. The adjusted net loss for the year was $507 million, compared with an adjusted net loss of $430 million last year.

FOCUS FOR 2020

In 2020, service and control groups within the Corporate segment will continue supporting our Business segments as well as executing enterprise and regulatory initiatives and managing the Bank's balance sheet and funding activities. We will continue to proactively address the complexities and challenges from changing demands and expectations of our customers, communities, colleagues, governments and regulators. We will maintain focus on the design, development, and implementation of processes, systems, technologies, enterprise and regulatory controls and initiatives to enable the Bank's key businesses to operate efficiently, effectively, and to be in compliance with all applicable regulatory requirements.

 

TD BANK GROUP 2019 ANNUAL REPORT MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION & ANALYSIS     Page 26  


 

2018 FINANCIAL RESULTS OVERVIEW

Summary of 2018 Performance

 

TABLE 22:  REVIEW OF 2018 FINANCIAL PERFORMANCE1 

 

(millions of Canadian dollars)    Canadian
Retail
     U.S.
Retail
     Wholesale
Banking
    Corporate     Total  

Net interest income

   $     11,576    $     8,176    $     1,150   $     1,337   $     22,239

Non-interest income

     11,137      2,768      2,367     381     16,653

Total revenue

     22,713      10,944      3,517     1,718     38,892

Provision for (recovery of) credit losses – impaired

     927      776      (8     471     2,166

Provision for (recovery of) credit losses – performing

     71      141      11     91     314

Total provision for (recovery of) credit losses

     998      917      3     562     2,480

Insurance claims and related expenses

     2,444                         2,444

Non-interest expenses

     9,473      6,100      2,125     2,497     20,195

Net income (loss) before provision for income taxes

     9,798      3,927      1,389     (1,341     13,773

Provision for (recovery of) income taxes

     2,615      432      335     (200     3,182

Equity in net income of an investment in TD Ameritrade

            693            50     743

Net income (loss) – reported

     7,183      4,188      1,054     (1,091     11,334

Adjustments for items of note, net of income taxes

            188            661     849

Net income (loss) – adjusted

   $ 7,183    $ 4,376    $ 1,054   $ (430   $ 12,183

 

1

Certain comparative amounts have been recast to conform with the presentation adopted in the current period.

NET INCOME

Reported net income for the year was $11,334 million, an increase of $817 million, or 8%, compared with the prior year. The increase reflects revenue growth and a higher contribution from TD Ameritrade, partially offset by a higher PCL, reflecting the Bank's adoption of IFRS 9, an increase in non-interest expenses, and a higher effective tax rate. Reported diluted EPS for the year was $6.01, an increase of 9%, compared with $5.50 in the prior year. Adjusted diluted EPS for the year was $6.47, a 17% increase, compared with $5.54 in the prior year.

Reported revenue was $38,892 million, an increase of $2,690 million, or 7%, compared with the prior year. Adjusted revenue was $38,981 million, an increase of $2,982 million, or 8%, compared with in the prior year.

NET INTEREST INCOME

Net interest income for the year was $22,239 million, an increase of $1,392 million, or 7%, compared with the prior year. The increase reflects loan and deposit volume growth and higher margins in the Canadian and U.S. Retail segments, and the benefit of the Scottrade transaction, partially offset by the impact of foreign currency translation.

By segment, the increase in reported net interest income was due to an increase in Canadian Retail of $965 million, or 9%, an increase in U.S. Retail of $690 million, or 9%, and an increase in the Corporate segment of $391 million, or 41%, partially offset by a decrease in Wholesale Banking of $654 million, or 36%.

NON-INTEREST INCOME

Reported non-interest income for the year was $16,653 million, an increase of $1,298 million, or 8%, compared with the prior year. The increase reflects higher non-interest income in Wholesale Banking, fee-based income in the Canadian and U.S. Retail segments, wealth asset growth, an increase in revenues for the insurance business, and higher trading volumes in the direct investing business in the Canadian Retail segment. The increase was partially offset by the dilution gain on the Scottrade transaction in the prior year and losses on certain tax credit-related investments in the year. Adjusted non-interest income for the year was $16,742 million, an increase of $1,590 million, or 10%, compared with the prior year.

By segment, the increase in reported non-interest income was due to an increase in Wholesale Banking of $847 million, or 56%, an increase in Canadian Retail of $686 million, or 7%, and an increase in U.S. Retail of $33 million, or 1%, partially offset by a decrease in Corporate of $268 million, or 41%.

PROVISION FOR CREDIT LOSSES

PCL for the year was $2,480 million, an increase of $264 million, or 12%, compared with in the prior year. PCL – impaired was $2,166 million, an increase of $176 million, or 9%, primarily reflecting U.S. credit card and U.S. auto portfolio volume growth, seasoning and mix, partially offset by strong credit performance in Canadian Retail. PCL – performing was $314 million, an increase of $88 million, or 39%, primarily reflecting the impact of methodology changes related to the adoption of IFRS 9 including where Stage 2 loans were measured based on a lifetime expected credit loss (ECL). Total PCL year to date as an annualized percentage of credit volume was 0.39%.

By segment, the increase in PCL was due to an increase in U.S. Retail of $125 million, or 16%, an increase in the Corporate segment of $96 million, or 21% (largely reflecting PCL for the U.S. strategic cards portfolio, which is offset in Corporate segment non-interest expenses), an increase in Wholesale Banking of $31 million, and an increase in Canadian Retail of $12 million, or 1%.

INSURANCE CLAIMS AND RELATED EXPENSES

Insurance claims and related expenses were $2,444 million, an increase of $198 million, or 9%, compared with in the prior year, reflecting an increase in reinsurance liabilities assumed, more severe weather-related events, higher current year claims, and changes in the fair value of investments supporting claims liabilities which resulted in a similar increase to non-interest income, partially offset by more favourable prior years' claims development, and the impact of changes to forward-looking actuarial assumptions.

NON-INTEREST EXPENSES

Reported non-interest expenses for the year were $20,195 million, an increase of $776 million, or 4%, compared with in the prior year. The increase was primarily due to an increase in employee-related expenses including revenue-based variable compensation expenses, business and volume growth, and higher spend related to strategic initiatives, partially offset by productivity savings.

 

TD BANK GROUP 2019 ANNUAL REPORT MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION & ANALYSIS     Page 27  


By segment, the increase in non-interest expenses was due to an increase in Canadian Retail of $539 million, or 6%, an increase in U.S. Retail of $222 million, or 4%, an increase in Wholesale Banking of $143 million, or 7%, partially offset by a decrease in the Corporate segment of $128 million, or 5%.

PROVISION FOR INCOME TAXES

Reported total income and other taxes increased $1,022 million, or 28.6%, compared with last year, reflecting an increase in income tax expense of $929 million, or 41.2%, and an increase in other taxes of $93 million, or 7.1%. Adjusted total income and other taxes were up $655 million from last year, or 17.9%, reflecting an increase in income tax expense of $562 million.

The Bank's reported effective tax rate was 23.1% for 2018, compared with 18.3% last year. The year-over-year increase was largely due to higher income before taxes, lower tax-exempt dividend income, the impact of U.S. tax reform on U.S. deferred tax assets and liabilities and a prior year non-taxable dilution gain on the Scottrade transaction, partially offset by the lower U.S. federal tax rate associated with U.S. tax reform. For a reconciliation of the Bank's effective income tax rate with the Canadian statutory income tax rate, refer to Note 25 of the 2018 Consolidated Financial Statements.

The Bank's adjusted effective income tax rate for 2018 was 20.5%, compared with 18.9% last year. The year-over-year increase was largely due to higher income before taxes and lower tax-exempt dividend income, partially offset by the lower U.S. federal tax rate associated with U.S. tax reform.

The Bank reports its investment in TD Ameritrade using the equity method of accounting. TD Ameritrade's tax expense of $206 million in 2018, compared with $268 million last year, was not part of the Bank's effective tax rate.

BALANCE SHEET

Total assets were $1,335 billion as at October 31, 2018, an increase of $56 billion, or 4%, from November 1, 2017. The increase was primarily due to loans, net of allowance for loan losses of $43 billion, debt securities at amortized cost, net of allowance for credit losses of $31 billion, trading loans, securities, and other of $24 billion, and derivatives of $1 billion. The increase was partially offset by decreases in cash and interest-bearing deposits with banks of $20 billion, financial assets at FVOCI of $13 billion, securities purchased under reverse repurchase agreements of $7 billion, and non-trading financial assets at fair value through profit and loss of $5 billion. The foreign currency translation impact on total assets, primarily in the U.S. Retail segment, was an increase of approximately $10 billion, or 1%.

Total liabilities were $1,255 billion as at October 31, 2018, an increase of $51 billion, or 4%, from November 1, 2017. The increase was primarily due to trading deposits of $35 billion, deposits of $19 billion, and obligations related to securities sold under repurchase agreements of $5 billion. The increase was partially offset by decreases in derivatives of $3 billion, subordinated notes and debentures of $1 billion, and other liabilities of $4 billion. The foreign currency translation impact on total liabilities, primarily in the U.S. Retail segment, was an increase of approximately $10 billion, or 1%.

Equity was $80 billion as at October 31, 2018, an increase of $5 billion, or 6%, from November 1, 2017. The increase was primarily due to higher retained earnings, partially offset by a decrease in other comprehensive income due to losses on cash flow hedges.

 

 

2018 FINANCIAL RESULTS OVERVIEW

2018 Financial Performance by Business Line

Canadian Retail net income for the year was $7,183 million, an increase of $658 million, or 10%, compared with last year. The increase in earnings reflects revenue growth, partially offset by higher non-interest expenses, insurance claims, and PCL. The ROE for the year was 47.8%, compared with 45.2% last year.

Canadian Retail revenue is derived from Canadian personal and commercial banking, wealth, and insurance businesses. Revenue for the year was $22,713 million, an increase of $1,651 million, or 8%, compared with last year.

Net interest income increased $965 million, or 9%, reflecting volume growth and higher margins. Average loan volumes increased $23 billion, or 6%, reflecting 5% growth in personal loans and 10% growth in business loans. Average deposit volumes increased $15 billion, or 5%, reflecting 4% growth in personal deposits and 8% growth in business deposits. Net interest margin was 2.91%, or an increase of 8 bps, reflecting rising interest rates, partially offset by competitive pricing in loans.

Non-interest income increased $686 million, or 7%, reflecting wealth asset growth, an increase in revenues from the insurance business, higher fee-based revenue in the personal banking business, and higher trading volumes in the direct investing business. An increase in the fair value of investments supporting claims liabilities, which resulted in a similar increase to insurance claims, increased non-interest income by $41 million.

AUA were $389 billion as at October 31, 2018, an increase of $2 billion, or 1%, compared with last year, reflecting new asset growth, partially offset by decreases in market value. AUM were $289 billion as at October 31, 2018, an increase of $6 billion, or 2%, compared with last year, reflecting new asset growth.

PCL for the twelve months ended October 31, 2018 was $998 million, an increase of $12 million, or 1% compared with last year. PCL – impaired was $927 million, a decrease of $59 million, or 6%, reflecting strong credit performance across all business lines. PCL – performing (recorded in the Corporate segment last year as incurred but not identified credit losses under IAS 39) was $71 million primarily reflecting the adoption of IFRS 9 including where Stage 2 loans are measured on a lifetime ECL. Full year PCL as a percentage of credit volume was 0.25%, a decrease of 1 basis point. Net impaired loans were $664 million, an increase of $109 million, or 20%. Net impaired loans as a percentage of total loans were 0.16%, compared with 0.15%, as at October 31, 2017.

Insurance claims and related expenses for the year were $2,444 million, an increase of $198 million, or 9%, compared with last year, reflecting an increase in reinsurance liabilities assumed, more severe weather-related events, higher current year claims, and an increase in the fair value of investments supporting claims liabilities which resulted in a similar increase to non-interest income, partially offset by more favourable prior years' claims development, and the impact of changes to forward-looking actuarial assumptions.

Non-interest expenses for the year were $9,473 million, an increase of $539 million, or 6%, compared with last year, reflecting increased employee-related expenses including revenue-based variable compensation expenses in the wealth business, increased marketing and promotion costs, increased spend related to strategic initiatives, and restructuring costs across a number of businesses.

The efficiency ratio was 41.7%, compared with 42.4% last year.

 

TD BANK GROUP 2019 ANNUAL REPORT MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION & ANALYSIS     Page 28  


U.S. Retail reported net income for the year was $4,188 million (US$3,253 million), an increase of $866 million (US$717 million), or 26% (28% in U.S. dollars), compared with last year. On an adjusted basis, net income for the year was $4,376 million (US$3,401 million), an increase of $1,018 million (US$836 million), or 30% (33% in U.S. dollars). The reported and adjusted ROE for the year was 12.2% and 12.8%, respectively, compared with 9.7%, and 9.8%, respectively, in the prior year.

U.S. Retail net income includes contributions from the U.S. Retail Bank and the Bank's investment in TD Ameritrade. Reported net income for the year from the U.S. Retail Bank and the Bank's investment in TD Ameritrade were $3,495 million (US$2,715 million) and $693 million (US$538 million), respectively. On an adjusted basis for the year, the U.S. Retail Bank and the Bank's investment in TD Ameritrade contributed net income of $3,511 million (US$2,728 million) and $865 million (US$673 million), respectively.

The reported contribution from TD Ameritrade of US$538 million increased US$202 million, or 60%, compared with last year, primarily due to the benefit of the Scottrade transaction, higher interest rates, increased trading volumes, and a lower corporate tax rate, partially offset by higher operating expenses and charges associated with the Scottrade transaction. On an adjusted basis, the contribution from TD Ameritrade increased US$321 million, or 91%.

U.S. Retail Bank reported net income for the year was US$2,715 million, an increase of US$515 million, or 23%, compared with last year, primarily due to higher loan and deposit volumes, higher deposit margins, fee income growth, the benefit of the Scottrade transaction, and a lower corporate tax rate, partially offset by higher expenses and PCL. U.S. Retail Bank adjusted net income increased US$515 million, or 23%.

U.S. Retail Bank revenue is derived from personal and business banking, and wealth management. Revenue for the year was US$8,501 million, an increase of US$683 million, or 9%, compared with last year. Net interest income increased US$623 million, or 11%, primarily due to a more favourable interest rate environment, growth in loan and deposit volumes, and the benefit of the Scottrade transaction. Net interest margin was 3.29%, an 18 bps increase primarily due to higher deposit margins and balance sheet mix. Non-interest income increased US$60 million, or 3%, reflecting fee income growth in personal and commercial banking, partially offset by losses on certain tax credit-related investments.

Average loan volumes increased US$6 billion, or 4%, compared with last year, due to growth in personal and business loans of 6% and 3%, respectively. Average deposit volumes increased US$19 billion, or 8%, reflecting 1% growth in business deposit volumes, 4% growth in personal deposit volumes and a 15% increase in sweep deposit volume primarily due to the Scottrade transaction.

AUA were US$19 billion as at October 31, 2018, relatively flat compared with the prior year. AUM were US$52 billion as at October 31, 2018, a decrease of 17%, reflecting net fund outflows.

PCL was US$713 million, an increase of US$106 million, or 17%, compared with last year. PCL – impaired was US$605 million, an increase of US$107 million, or 21%, primarily reflecting volume growth, seasoning, and mix in the credit card and auto portfolios. PCL – performing was US$108 million, relatively flat compared to last year, primarily reflecting lower provisions for the commercial portfolios, offset by the impact of methodology changes related to the adoption of IFRS 9 where Stage 2 loans are now measured based on a lifetime ECL. U.S. Retail PCL including only the Bank's contractual portion of credit losses in the U.S. strategic cards portfolio, as an annualized percentage of credit volume was 0.48%, or an increase of 6 bps. Net impaired loans, excluding ACI loans, were US$1.4 billion, a decrease of US$45 million, or 3%. Excluding ACI loans, net impaired loans as a percentage of total loans were 1% as at October 31, 2018.

Reported non-interest expenses for the year were US$4,739 million, an increase of US$239 million, or 5%, compared with last year, reflecting higher investments in business initiatives, business and volume growth, and employee-related costs, partially offset by productivity savings. On an adjusted basis, non-interest expenses for the year were US$4,722 million, an increase of US$243 million, or 5%.

The reported and adjusted efficiency ratios for the year were 55.7% and 55.5%, respectively, compared with 57.6% and 57.3%, respectively, last year.

Wholesale Banking net income for the year was $1,054 million, an increase of $15 million, or 1%, compared with the prior year reflecting higher revenue, partially offset by higher non-interest expenses and PCL for the year compared to a net recovery of PCL in the prior year. The ROE for the year was 17.7%, compared with 17.4% in the prior year.

Revenue for the year was $3,517 million, an increase of $193 million, or 6%, compared with the prior year reflecting increased corporate lending, advisory fees, and trading-related revenue.

PCL for the year was $3 million, compared with a net recovery of $28 million in the prior year. PCL – impaired was a net recovery of $8 million, compared with a net recovery of $28 million in the prior year, reflecting a lower recovery of provisions in the oil and gas sector. PCL – performing (recorded in the Corporate segment last year as incurred but not identified credit losses under IAS 39) for the year was $11 million primarily reflecting the adoption of IFRS 9 including where Stage 2 loans are measured on a lifetime ECL.

Non-interest expenses were $2,125 million, an increase of $143 million, or 7%, compared with the prior year reflecting continued investments in employees supporting the global expansion of Wholesale Banking's U.S. dollar strategy, higher initiative spend to enhance new product capabilities and higher variable compensation commensurate with increased revenue, partially offset by the revaluation of certain liabilities for post-retirement benefits.

Corporate segment reported net loss for the year was $1,091 million, compared with a reported net loss of $369 million last year. The year-over-year increase in reported net loss was attributable to the impact from U.S. tax reform this year, the dilution gain on the Scottrade transaction last year, increased net corporate expenses and decreased non-controlling interests this year and the gain on fair value of derivatives hedging the reclassified AFS securities portfolio last year. Net corporate expenses increased primarily due to the positive impact of tax adjustments last year, the impact of the reduction of the U.S. corporate tax rate on current year expenses and investments in advanced analytic and artificial intelligence capabilities in the current year. The adjusted net loss for the year was $430 million, compared with an adjusted net loss of $335 million last year.

 

TD BANK GROUP 2019 ANNUAL REPORT MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION & ANALYSIS     Page 29  


 

GROUP FINANCIAL CONDITION

Balance Sheet Review

AT A GLANCE OVERVIEW

Total assets were $1,415 billion as at October 31, 2019, an increase of $80 billion, or 6%, compared with October 31, 2018.

 

TABLE 23:  CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEET ITEMS1 

 

(millions of Canadian dollars)

              As at   
       October 31, 2019      October 31, 2018   

Assets

     

Cash and Interest-bearing deposits with banks

   $ 30,446    $ 35,455   

Trading loans, securities, and other

     146,000      127,897   

Non-trading financial assets at fair value through profit or loss

     6,503      4,015   

Derivatives

     48,894      56,996   

Financial assets designated at fair value through profit or loss

     4,040      3,618   

Financial assets at fair value through other comprehensive income

     111,104      130,600   

Debt securities at amortized cost, net of allowance for credit losses

     130,497      107,171   

Securities purchased under reverse repurchase agreements

     165,935      127,379   

Loans, net of allowance for loan losses

     684,608      646,393   

Other

     87,263      95,379   

Total assets

   $ 1,415,290    $ 1,334,903   

Liabilities

     

Trading deposits

   $ 26,885    $ 114,704   

Derivatives

     50,051      48,270   

Financial liabilities designated at fair value through profit or loss

     105,131      16   

Deposits

     886,977      851,439   

Obligations related to securities sold under repurchase agreements

     125,856      93,389   

Subordinated notes and debentures

     10,725      8,740   

Other

     121,964      138,305   

Total liabilities

     1,327,589      1,254,863   

Total equity

     87,701      80,040   

Total liabilities and equity

   $     1,415,290    $     1,334,903   

 

1

Certain comparative amounts have been reclassified to conform with the presentation adopted in the current period.

Total assets were $1,415 billion as at October 31, 2019, an increase of $80 billion, or 6%, from October 31, 2018. The increase reflects securities purchased under reverse repurchase agreements of $39 billion, loans, net of allowance for loan losses of $38 billion, debt securities at amortized cost, net of allowance for credit losses of $23 billion, trading loans, securities, and other of $18 billion, and non-trading financial assets at fair value through profit or loss of $2 billion. The increase was partially offset by decreases in financial assets at fair value through other comprehensive income of $19 billion, derivatives of $8 billion, cash and interest-bearing deposits with banks of $5 billion, and other assets of $8 billion.

Cash and interest-bearing deposits with banks decreased $5 billion reflecting cash management activities.

Trading loans, securities, and other increased by $18 billion reflecting an increase in trading volume.

Non-trading financial assets at fair value through profit or loss increased $2 billion reflecting new investments.

Derivatives decreased $8 billion reflecting the impact of netting positions, partially offset by higher mark-to-market values on interest rate swaps.

Financial assets at fair value through other comprehensive income decreased $19 billion reflecting maturities and sales, partially offset by new investments.

Debt securities at amortized cost, net of allowance for credit losses increased $23 billion reflecting new investments, partially offset by maturities.

Securities purchased under reverse repurchase agreements increased $39 billion reflecting an increase in trading volume and financing activities.

Loans, net of allowance for loan losses increased $38 billion reflecting growth in business and government loans, residential mortgages, and other personal loans.

Other assets decreased $8 billion reflecting amounts receivable from brokers, dealers and clients due to unsettled and pending trades.

Total liabilities were $1,328 billion as at October 31, 2019, an increase of $72 billion, or 6%, from October 31, 2018. The increase reflects financial liabilities designated at fair value through profit or loss of $105 billion, deposits of $35 billion, obligations related to securities sold under repurchase agreements of $32 billion, derivatives of $2 billion, and subordinated notes and debentures of $2 billion. The increase was partially offset by decreases in trading deposits of $88 billion, and other liabilities of $16 billion.

Trading deposits decreased $88 billion reflecting maturing deposits, partially offset by issuances of financial liabilities designated at fair value through profit or loss.

Derivatives increased $2 billion reflecting higher mark-to-market values on interest rate swaps, partially offset by the impact of netting positions.

 

TD BANK GROUP 2019 ANNUAL REPORT MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION & ANALYSIS     Page 30  


Financial liabilities designated at fair value through profit or loss increased $105 billion reflecting new issuances of funding instruments.

Deposits increased $35 billion reflecting an increase in personal deposits, and business and government deposits.

Obligations related to securities sold under repurchase agreements increased $32 billion reflecting an increase in trading volume and financing activities.

Subordinated notes and debentures increased $2 billion reflecting the issuance of non-viability contingent capital (NVCC) subordinated debentures.

Other liabilities decreased $16 billion reflecting amounts payable to brokers, dealers, and clients due to unsettled and pending trades, and obligations related to securities sold short.

Equity was $88 billion as at October 31, 2019, an increase of $8 billion, or 10%, from October 31, 2018. The increase reflects other comprehensive income from gains on cash flow hedges, retained earnings, the issuance of Non-Cumulative 5-year Rate Reset Preferred Shares, Series 22 and 24, and the issuance of common shares due to the acquisition of Greystone, partially offset by the redemption of the TD Capital Trust III securities.

 

 

GROUP FINANCIAL CONDITION

Credit Portfolio Quality

AT A GLANCE OVERVIEW

 

Loans and acceptances net of allowance for loan losses were $700 billion, an increase of $34 billion compared with last year.

 

Impaired loans net of Stage 3 allowances were $2,298 million, a decrease of $170 million compared with last year.

 

Provision for credit losses was $3,029 million, compared with $2,480 million last year.

 

Total allowance for credit losses including off-balance sheet positions increased by $378 million to $5,036 million.

Effective November 1, 2017, the Bank adopted IFRS 9, which replaces the guidance in IAS 39. The Bank periodically reviews the methodology for assessing significant increase in credit risk and ECLs. Refer to Notes 2 and 3 of the 2019 Consolidated Financial Statements for a summary of the Bank's accounting policies and significant accounting judgments, estimates, and assumptions. Forward-looking information is incorporated as appropriate where macroeconomic scenarios and associated probability weights are updated quarterly and incorporated to determine the probability-weighted ECLs. As part of periodic review and updates, certain revisions may be made to reflect updates in statistically derived loss estimates for the Bank's recent loss experience of its credit portfolios and forward-looking views, which may cause a change to the allowance for ECLs. During the year, ordinary course updates were made to the forward-looking estimates used to determine the Bank's probability-weighted ECLs. Certain refinements were made to the methodology, the cumulative effect of which was not material and included in the change during 2019. Allowance for credit losses are further described in Note 8 of the 2019 Consolidated Financial Statements.

LOAN PORTFOLIO

The Bank increased its credit portfolio net of allowance for loan losses by $34 billion, or 5%, from the prior year, largely due to volume growth in the business and government, residential mortgages and consumer instalment and other personal portfolios.

While the majority of the credit risk exposure is related to loans and acceptances, the Bank also engaged in activities that have off-balance sheet credit risk. These include credit instruments and derivative financial instruments, as explained in Note 31 of the 2019 Consolidated Financial Statements.

CONCENTRATION OF CREDIT RISK

The Bank's loan portfolio continued to be concentrated in Canadian and U.S. residential mortgages, consumer instalment and other personal loans, and credit card loans, representing 64% of total loans net of Stage 3 allowances, stable from 2018. During the year, these portfolios increased by $20 billion, or 5%, and totalled $452 billion at year end. Residential mortgages represented 33% of the total loans net of Stage 3 allowances in 2019, down 1% from 2018. Consumer instalment and other personal loans, and credit card loans were 31% of total loans net of Stage 3 allowances in 2019, consistent with 2018.

The Bank's business and government credit exposure was 36% of total loans net of Stage 3 allowances, up 1% from 2018. The largest business and government sector concentrations in Canada were the Real estate and Financial sectors, which comprised 5% and 3%, of net loans respectively. Real estate, Government, public sector entities and education, and health and social services were the largest U.S. sector concentrations in 2019 representing 5%, 2%, and 2% of net loans, respectively.

Geographically, the credit portfolio remained concentrated in Canada. In 2019, the percentage of loans net of Stage 3 allowances held in Canada was 67%, consistent with 2018. The largest Canadian regional exposure was in Ontario, which represented 39% of total loans net of Stage 3 allowances for 2019, compared with 41% in the prior year.

The balance of the credit portfolio was predominantly in the U.S., which represented 33% of loans net of Stage 3 allowances, up 1% from 2018. Exposures to ACI loans, and other geographic regions were relatively small. The largest U.S. regional exposures were in New England, New York, and New Jersey which represented 6%, 6%, and 5% of total loans net of Stage 3 allowances, respectively, compared with 6%, 5% and 5%, respectively, in the prior year.

Under IFRS 9, the Bank now calculates allowances for expected credit losses on debt securities measured at amortized cost and FVOCI. The Bank has $237,638 million in such debt securities of which $237,638 million are performing securities (Stage 1 and 2) and none are impaired. The allowance for credit losses on debt securities at amortized cost and debt securities at FVOCI was $1 million and $3 million, respectively.

 

TD BANK GROUP 2019 ANNUAL REPORT MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION & ANALYSIS     Page 31  


TABLE 24:  LOANS AND ACCEPTANCES, NET OF STAGE 3 ALLOWANCE FOR LOAN LOSSES (NET OF COUNTERPARTY-SPECIFIC AND INDIVIDUALLY INSIGNIFICANT ALLOWANCES UNDER IAS 39) BY INDUSTRY SECTOR1,2

(millions of Canadian dollars, except as noted)                                 As at     Percentage of total   
           

October 31

2019

    October 31
2018
    October 31
2017
    October 31
2019
    October 31
2018
   

October 31

2017 

 
     

Gross

loans

    Stage 3
allowances for
loan losses
impaired
    

Net

loans

   

Net

loans

   

Net

loans

                      

Canada

                 

Residential mortgages

   $ 200,952   $ 27    $ 200,925   $ 193,811   $ 190,308     28.5  %      28.9  %      30.1  % 

Consumer instalment and other personal

                 

HELOC3 

     91,053     13      91,040     86,147     74,931     12.9     12.8     11.8   

Indirect Auto

     25,697     53      25,644     24,170     22,245     3.6     3.6     3.5   

Other

     18,455     42      18,413     18,540     17,326     2.6     2.8     2.8   

Credit card

     18,428     70      18,358     17,969     17,935     2.6     2.7     2.8   

Total personal

         354,585         205          354,380         340,637         322,745     50.2     50.8     51.0   

Real estate

                 

Residential

     19,818     6      19,812     18,358     17,974     2.8     2.7     2.8   

Non-residential

     15,932            15,932     13,633     12,830     2.3     2.0     2.0   

Total real estate

     35,750     6      35,744     31,991     30,804     5.1     4.7     4.8   

Agriculture

     8,191     2      8,189     7,459     6,674     1.2     1.1     1.1   

Automotive

     6,709     6      6,703     6,918     6,657     1.0     1.0     1.1   

Financial

     19,836            19,836     19,313     13,102     2.8     2.9     2.1   

Food, beverage, and tobacco

     2,540     1      2,539     2,330     1,968     0.4     0.3     0.3   

Forestry

     668            668     544     500     0.1     0.1     0.1   

Government, public sector entities, and education

     5,531            5,531     4,177     4,251     0.8     0.6     0.7   

Health and social services

     7,142     8      7,134     6,664     5,837     1.0     1.0     0.9   

Industrial construction and trade contractors

     3,539     39      3,500     3,170     2,931     0.5     0.5     0.5   

Metals and mining

     1,713     10      1,703     1,740     1,400     0.2     0.3     0.2   

Pipelines, oil, and gas

     4,672     18      4,654     3,901     3,975     0.7     0.6     0.6   

Power and utilities

     1,971            1,971     2,897     2,010     0.3     0.4     0.3   

Professional and other services

     4,685     11      4,674     4,474     3,865     0.7     0.7     0.6   

Retail sector

     3,598     6      3,592     3,200     2,782     0.5     0.5     0.4   

Sundry manufacturing and wholesale

     2,865     16      2,849     2,925     2,742     0.4     0.4     0.4   

Telecommunications, cable, and media

     2,971     6      2,965     3,134     1,966     0.4     0.5     0.3   

Transportation

     2,350     6      2,344     1,860     1,671     0.3     0.3     0.3   

Other

     4,302     6      4,296     4,371     3,805     0.6     0.7     0.6   

Total business and government

     119,033     141      118,892     111,068     96,940     17.0     16.6     15.3   

Total Canada

     473,618     346      473,272     451,705     419,685     67.2     67.4     66.3   

United States

                 

Residential mortgages

     34,501     26      34,475     31,099     31,435     4.9     4.6     5.0   

Consumer instalment and other personal

                 

HELOC

     11,526     37      11,489     12,275     12,382     1.6     1.8     2.0   

Indirect Auto

     32,454     26      32,428     29,845     29,162     4.7     4.5     4.6   

Other

     1,113     2      1,111     872     843     0.2     0.1     0.1   

Credit card

     18,129     252      17,877     16,700     14,730     2.5     2.5     2.3   

Total personal

     97,723     343      97,380     90,791     88,552     13.9     13.5     14.0   

Real estate

                 

Residential

     8,863     5      8,858     8,045     7,309     1.3     1.2     1.2   

Non-residential

     24,150     6      24,144     22,419     22,153     3.4     3.3     3.5   

Total real estate

     33,013     11      33,002     30,464     29,462     4.7     4.5     4.7   

Agriculture

     673            673     705     710     0.1     0.1     0.1   

Automotive

     6,696            6,696     5,750     7,332     1.0     0.9     1.2   

Financial

     5,688            5,688     7,698     7,130     0.8     1.2     1.1   

Food, beverage, and tobacco

     3,591     1      3,590     3,415     3,189     0.5     0.5     0.5   

Forestry

     688            688     637     567     0.1     0.1     0.1   

Government, public sector entities, and education

     12,449     2      12,447     12,451     12,428     1.8     1.9     2.0   

Health and social services

     13,177     2      13,175     12,422     11,408     1.9     1.9     1.8   

Industrial construction and trade contractors

     2,217     6      2,211     2,058     1,846     0.3     0.3     0.3   

Metals and mining

     1,877            1,877     1,922     1,674     0.3     0.3     0.3   

Pipelines, oil, and gas

     4,543            4,543     2,663     2,070     0.6     0.4     0.3   

Power and utilities

     3,046            3,046     2,833     3,221     0.4     0.4     0.5   

Professional and other services

     11,730     7      11,723     10,920     10,384     1.7     1.6     1.6   

Retail sector

     5,872     6      5,866     5,374     4,909     0.8     0.8     0.8   

Sundry manufacturing and wholesale

     8,733     2      8,731     7,713     7,019     1.2     1.2     1.1   

Telecommunications, cable, and media

     4,755     1      4,754     4,896     3,799     0.7     0.7     0.6   

Transportation

     10,031     1      10,030     9,976     9,995     1.4     1.5     1.6   

Other

     2,439     6      2,433     2,150     2,137     0.3     0.3     0.3   

Total business and government

     131,218     45      131,173     124,047     119,280     18.6     18.6     18.9   

Total United States

     228,941     388      228,553     214,838     207,832     32.5     32.1     32.9   

International

                 

Personal

     12            12     14     14                  

Business and government

     1,789            1,789     2,258     1,579     0.3     0.4     0.2   

Total international

     1,801            1,801     2,272     1,593     0.3     0.4     0.2   

Total excluding other loans

     704,360     734      703,626     668,815     629,110     100.0       99.9     99.4   

Other loans

                 

Debt securities classified as loans

     n/a 4      n/a        n/a       n/a     3,083                 0.5   

Acquired credit-impaired loans5 

     313     12      301     435     630           0.1     0.1   

Total other loans

     313     12      301     435     3,713           0.1     0.6   

Total

   $ 704,673   $ 746    $ 703,927   $ 669,250   $ 632,823     100.0  %      100.0  %      100.0  % 

Stage 1 and Stage 2 allowance for loan losses – performing (incurred but not identified allowance under IAS 39)

                 

Personal, business and government6

          3,701     2,845     2,915      

Debt securities classified as loans

                      n/a       n/a     20      

Total Stage 1 and Stage 2 allowance for loan losses – performing (incurred but not identified allowance under IAS 39)6

                      3,701     2,845     2,935      

Total, net of allowance6

                    $ 700,226   $ 666,405   $ 629,888      

Percentage change over previous year – loans and acceptances, net of Stage 3 allowance for loan losses (impaired) (counterparty-specific and individually insignificant under IAS 39)

 

     5.2  %      5.8  %      4.7  %       

Percentage change over previous year – loans and acceptances, net of allowance

 

     5.1     5.8     4.7      

 

1

Primarily based on the geographic location of the customer's address.

2

Includes loans that are measured at FVOCI.

3

Home Equity Line of Credit.

4

Not applicable.

5 

Includes all FDIC covered loans and other ACI loans.

6 

In the fourth quarter of 2019, the Bank revised its allocation methodology for the reporting of Allowance for Credit Losses for off-balance sheet instruments for certain retail portfolios.

 

TD BANK GROUP 2019 ANNUAL REPORT MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION & ANALYSIS     Page 32  


TABLE 25:  LOANS AND ACCEPTANCES, NET OF STAGE 3 ALLOWANCE FOR LOAN LOSSES (NET OF COUNTERPARTY-SPECIFIC AND INDIVIDUALLY INSIGNIFICANT ALLOWANCES UNDER IAS 39) BY GEOGRAPHY1,2

 

(millions of Canadian dollars, except as noted)

                                       As at     Percentage of total   
                      
October 31
2019
 
   

October 31

2018

 

   

October 31

2017

 

   

October 31

2019

 

   

October 31

2018

 

   

October 31

2017

 

      Gross loans      Stage 3
allowances for
loan losses
impaired
     Net loans     Net loans     Net loans                       

Canada

                  

Atlantic provinces

   $ 12,735    $ 13    $ 12,722   $ 11,741   $ 11,378     1.8  %      1.8  %      1.8  %  

British Columbia3 

     67,446      31      67,415     63,345     57,924     9.6     9.5     9.2   

Ontario3 

     277,859      204      277,655     272,694     249,508     39.4     40.6     39.4   

Prairies3 

     76,007      75      75,932     70,258     68,879     10.8     10.5     10.9   

Québec

     39,571      23      39,548     33,667     31,996     5.6     5.0     5.0   

Total Canada

         473,618          346          473,272         451,705     419,685     67.2     67.4     66.3   

United States

                  

Carolinas (North and South)

     12,703      15      12,688     11,511     10,813     1.8     1.7     1.7   

Florida

     18,190      27      18,163     17,552     15,806     2.6     2.6     2.5   

New England4 

     42,482      48      42,434     41,471     38,564     6.0     6.2     6.1   

New Jersey

     31,488      32      31,456     33,330     34,024     4.5     5.0     5.4   

New York

     39,602      47      39,555     36,340     35,118     5.6     5.4     5.6   

Pennsylvania

     13,015      18      12,997     11,884     11,594     1.9     1.8     1.8   

Other

     71,461      201      71,260     62,750     61,913     10.1     9.4     9.8   

Total United States

     228,941      388      228,553     214,838     207,832     32.5     32.1     32.9   

International

                  

Europe

     1,022             1,022     1,059     678     0.2     0.2     0.1   

Other

     779             779     1,213     915     0.1     0.2     0.1   

Total international

     1,801             1,801     2,272     1,593     0.3     0.4     0.2   

Total excluding other loans

     704,360      734      703,626     668,815     629,110     100.0     99.9     99.4   

Other loans

     313      12      301     435     3,713           0.1     0.6   

Total

   $ 704,673    $ 746    $ 703,927   $ 669,250   $     632,823     100.0  %      100.0  %      100.0  %  

Stage 1 and Stage 2 allowances (incurred but not identified allowance under IAS 39)5

                       3,701     2,845     2,935      

Total, net of allowance5

                     $ 700,226   $ 666,405   $ 629,888      
                  

Percentage change over previous year – loans and acceptances, net of Stage 3 allowances for loan losses (impaired) (counterparty-specific and individually insignificant

 

            

    under IAS 39)

                       2019     2018     2017      

Canada

           4.8  %      7.6  %      4.8  %       

United States

           6.4     3.4     3.9      

International

           (20.7     42.6     4.2      

Other loans

                       (30.8 )     (88.3     56.0      

Total

                       5.1  %      5.8  %      4.7  %       

 

1 

Primarily based on the geographic location of the customer's address.

2 

Includes loans that are measured at FVOCI.

3 

The territories are included as follows: Yukon is included in British Columbia; Nunavut is included in Ontario; and Northwest Territories is included in the Prairies region.

4 

The states included in New England are as follows: Connecticut, Maine, Massachusetts, New Hampshire, and Vermont.

5 

In the fourth quarter of 2019, the Bank revised its allocation methodology for the reporting of Allowance for Credit Losses for off-balance sheet instruments for certain retail portfolios.

REAL ESTATE SECURED LENDING

Retail real estate secured lending includes mortgages and lines of credit to North American consumers to satisfy financing needs including home purchases and refinancing. While the Bank retains first lien on the majority of properties held as security, there is a small portion of loans with second liens, but most of these are behind a TD mortgage that is in first position. In Canada, credit policies are designed so that the combined exposure of all uninsured facilities on one property does not exceed 80% of the collateral value at origination. Lending at a higher loan-to-value ratio is permitted by legislation but requires default insurance. This insurance is contractual coverage for the life of eligible facilities and protects the Bank's real estate secured lending portfolio against potential losses caused by borrowers' default. The Bank also purchases default insurance on lower loan-to-value ratio loans. The insurance is provided by either government-backed entities or approved private mortgage insurers. In the U.S., for residential mortgage originations, mortgage insurance is usually obtained from either government-backed entities or approved private mortgage insurers when the loan-to-value exceeds 80% of the collateral value at origination.

The Bank regularly performs stress tests on its real estate lending portfolio as part of its overall stress testing program. This is done with a view to determine the extent to which the portfolio would be vulnerable to a severe downturn in economic conditions. The effect of severe changes in house prices, interest rates, and unemployment levels are among the factors considered when assessing the impact on credit losses and the Bank's overall profitability. A variety of portfolio segments, including dwelling type and geographical regions, are examined during the exercise to determine whether specific vulnerabilities exist. Based on the Bank's most recent reviews, potential losses on all real estate secured lending exposures are considered manageable.

 

TD BANK GROUP 2019 ANNUAL REPORT MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION & ANALYSIS     Page 33  


TABLE 26:  CANADIAN REAL ESTATE SECURED LENDING1 

(millions of Canadian dollars)

                                         As at  
     Amortizing        Non-amortizing       
Total real estate
secured lending
 
 
    
Residential
Mortgages
 
 
    

Home equity
lines of

credit

 
 

 

    
Total amortizing real
estate secured lending
 
 
    
Home equity
lines of credit
 
 
        
                                           October 31, 2019  

Total

   $ 200,952    $ 56,503       $ 257,455    $ 34,550    $ 292,005
                                           October 31, 2018  

Total

   $ 193,829    $ 50,554       $ 244,383    $ 35,605    $ 279,988

 

1

Excludes loans classified as trading as the Bank intends to sell the loans immediately or in the near term, and loans designated at fair value through profit or loss for which no allowance is recorded.

 

TABLE 27: REAL ESTATE SECURED LENDING1,2,3

(millions of Canadian dollars, except as noted)

 

                                                                                      As at  
     Residential mortgages     Home equity lines of credit     Total  
     Insured4      Uninsured     Insured4      Uninsured     Insured4      Uninsured  
                                                                  October 31, 2019  

Canada

                              

Atlantic provinces

   $ 3,340      1.7  %    $ 2,861         1.4  %    $ 363      0.4  %    $ 1,297      1.4  %    $ 3,703      1.3  %    $ 4,158      1.4  % 

British Columbia5 

     10,944      5.4        26,395         13.1     1,872      2.1        15,302      16.8     12,816      4.4        41,697      14.3

Ontario5 

     31,299      15.6        69,399         34.5     6,650      7.3        43,970      48.3     37,949      13.0        113,369      38.8

Prairies5 

     22,283      11.1        16,062         8.0     3,008      3.3        11,125      12.2     25,291      8.7        27,187      9.3

Québec

     8,823      4.4        9,546         4.8     1,149      1.3        6,317      6.9     9,972      3.4        15,863      5.4

Total Canada

     76,689      38.2  %      124,263         61.8  %      13,042      14.4  %      78,011      85.6  %      89,731      30.8  %      202,274      69.2  % 

United States

     938              33,750                                11,549              938              45,299         

Total

   $     77,627            $     158,013               $     13,042            $     89,560            $     90,669            $     247,573         
                                                                          October 31,
2018
 

Canada

                              

Atlantic provinces

   $ 3,492      1.8  %    $ 2,544         1.3  %    $ 424      0.5  %    $ 1,312      1.5  %    $ 3,916      1.4  %    $ 3,856      1.4  % 

British Columbia5 

     12,389      6.4        23,460         12.1     1,981      2.3        14,221      16.5     14,370      5.1        37,681      13.5

Ontario5 

     35,355      18.2        60,308         31.2     7,052      8.2        40,163      46.6     42,407      15.1        100,471      35.9

Prairies5 

     23,561      12.2        14,998         7.7     3,408      4.0        10,963      12.7     26,969      9.6        25,961      9.3

Québec

     9,350      4.8        8,372         4.3     1,105      1.3        5,530      6.4     10,455      3.7        13,902      5.0

Total Canada

     84,147      43.4  %      109,682         56.6  %      13,970      16.3  %      72,189      83.7  %      98,117      34.9  %      181,871      65.1  % 

United States

     900              30,462                 1              12,367              901              42,829         

Total

   $ 85,047            $ 140,144               $ 13,971            $ 84,556            $ 99,018            $ 224,700         

 

1

Certain comparative amounts have been restated to conform with the presentation adopted in the current period.

2

Geographic location is based on the address of the property mortgaged.

3

Excludes loans classified as trading as the Bank intends to sell the loans immediately or in the near term, and loans designated at fair value through profit or loss for which no allowance is recorded.

4

Default insurance is contractual coverage for the life of eligible facilities whereby the Bank's exposure to real estate secured lending, all or in part, is protected against potential losses caused by borrower default. It is provided by either government-backed entities or other approved private mortgage insurers.

5

The territories are included as follows: Yukon is included in British Columbia; Nunavut is included in Ontario; and the Northwest Territories is included in the Prairies region.

The following table provides a summary of the Bank's residential mortgages by remaining amortization period. All figures are calculated based on current customer payment behaviour in order to properly reflect the propensity to prepay by borrowers. The current customer payment basis accounts for any accelerated payments made to-date and projects remaining amortization based on existing balance outstanding and current payment terms.

 

TABLE 28:  RESIDENTIAL MORTGAGES BY REMAINING AMORTIZATION1,2

                                                                     As at
    
<5
years
 
   
5– <10
years
 
   
10– <15
years
 
   
15– <20
years
 
 
   
20– <25
years
 
   
25– <30
years
 
   
30– <35
years
 
   
>=35
years
 
 
    Total
                                                       October 31, 2019

Canada

     1.0  %      3.6  %      6.5  %      16.2  %      44.2  %      27.8  %      0.7  %       %      100.0  % 

United States

     4.8     6.3     4.8     6.1       25.8     49.9     2.0     0.3       100.0

Total

     1.6  %      4.0  %      6.3  %      14.7  %      41.4  %      31.1  %      0.9  %       %      100.0  % 
                 October 31, 2018

Canada

     1.0  %      3.8  %      6.7  %      15.1  %      42.7  %      30.1  %      0.6  %       %      100.0  % 

United States

     4.8     8.2     4.8     5.2       29.4     46.3     1.0     0.3       100.0

Total

     1.6  %      4.4  %      6.5  %      13.7  %      40.8  %      32.4  %      0.6  %       %      100.0  % 
1

Excludes loans classified as trading as the Bank intends to sell the loans immediately or in the near term, and loans designated at fair value through profit or loss for which no allowance is recorded.

2

Percentage based on outstanding balance.

 

TD BANK GROUP 2019 ANNUAL REPORT MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION & ANALYSIS     Page 34  


TABLE 29:  UNINSURED AVERAGE LOAN-TO-VALUE – Newly Originated and Newly Acquired1,2,3

 

            For the 12 months ended  
     October 31, 2019     October 31, 2018  
      Residential
mortgages
    Home equity
lines of credit4,5
    Total     Residential
mortgages
    Home equity
lines of credit4,5
    Total  

Canada

            

Atlantic provinces

     73  %      69  %      72  %      74  %      70  %      73  % 

British Columbia6 

     66     62        65     66     62        64

Ontario6 

     68     65        67     67     65        67

Prairies6 

     73     70        72     73     71        72

Québec

     73     72        73     73     73        73

Total Canada

     69     66        68     68     66        67

United States

     70     62        68     69     61        65

Total

     69  %      65  %      68  %      68  %      65  %      67  % 

 

1

Geographic location is based on the address of the property mortgaged.

2

Excludes loans classified as trading as the Bank intends to sell the loans immediately or in the near term, and loans designated at fair value through profit or loss for which no allowance is recorded.

3

Based on house price at origination.

4

HELOC loan-to-value includes first position collateral mortgage if applicable.

5

HELOC fixed rate advantage option is included in loan-to-value calculation.

6

The territories are included as follows: Yukon is included in British Columbia; Nunavut is included in Ontario; and the Northwest Territories is included in the Prairies region.

IMPAIRED LOANS

A loan is considered impaired and migrates to Stage 3 when it is 90 days or more past due for retail exposures, rated BRR 9 for non-retail exposures, or when there is objective evidence that there has been a deterioration of credit quality to the extent that the Bank no longer has reasonable assurance as to the timely collection of the full amount of principal and interest. Gross impaired loans excluding FDIC covered loans and other ACI loans decreased $122 million, or 4%, compared with the prior year.

In Canada, impaired loans net of Stage 3 allowances increased by $92 million, or 14% in 2019. Residential mortgages, consumer instalment and other personal loans, and credit cards, had net impaired loans of $491 million, an increase of $37 million, or 8%, compared with the prior year, with contribution from all of the consumer lending portfolios. Business and government loans net of Stage 3 allowances were $253 million, an increase of $55 million, or 28%, compared with the prior year, largely due to new formations in the Canadian Commercial portfolio.

In the U.S., net impaired loans decreased by $262 million, or 14% in 2019. Residential mortgages, consumer instalment and other personal loans, and credit cards, had net impaired loans of $1,200 million, a decrease of $274 million, or 19%, compared with the prior year largely reflecting resolutions outpacing formations in the U.S. HELOC portfolio, including a reclassification to performing for certain clients current with their payments. Business and government net impaired loans were $354 million, an increase of $12 million, or 4%, compared with the prior year.

Geographically, 32% of total net impaired loans were located in Canada and 68% in the U.S. The largest regional concentration of net impaired loans in Canada was in Ontario, increasing to 17% of total net impaired loans, compared with 13% in the prior year. The largest regional concentration of net impaired loans in the U.S. was in New England representing 16% of total net impaired loans, down 2% from the prior year.

 

TABLE 30:  CHANGES IN GROSS IMPAIRED LOANS AND ACCEPTANCES1,2,3

 

(millions of Canadian dollars)    2019     2018     2017  

Personal, Business and Government Loans

      

Impaired loans as at beginning of period

   $ 3,154   $ 3,085   $ 3,509

Classified as impaired during the period4 

     6,037     5,012     4,724

Transferred to not impaired during the period

     (1,272     (864     (966

Net repayments

     (1,492     (1,360     (1,556

Disposals of loans

     (292     (21      

Amounts written off

     (3,175     (2,748     (2,538

Recoveries of loans and advances previously written off

                  

Exchange and other movements

     72     50     (88

Impaired loans as at end of year

   $     3,032   $     3,154   $     3,085

 

1 

Includes customers' liability under acceptances.

2 

Excludes ACI loans, DSCL under IAS 39, and DSAC and DSOCI under IFRS 9.

3 

Includes loans that are measured at FVOCI.

4 

Under IFRS 9, loans are considered impaired and migrate to Stage 3 when they are 90 days or more past due for retail exposures (including Canadian government-insured real estate personal loans), rated BRR 9 for non-retail exposures, or when there is objective evidence that there has been a deterioration of credit quality to the extent the Bank no longer has reasonable assurance as to the timely collection of the full amount of principal and interest.

 

TD BANK GROUP 2019 ANNUAL REPORT MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION & ANALYSIS     Page 35  


TABLE 31:  IMPAIRED LOANS NET OF STAGE 3 ALLOWANCE FOR LOAN LOSSES (NET OF COUNTERPARTY-SPECIFIC AND INDIVIDUALLY INSIGNIFICANT ALLOWANCES UNDER IAS 39) BY INDUSTRY SECTOR1,2,3,4

 

(millions of Canadian dollars, except as noted)

                                    As at     Percentage of total   
            

Oct. 31

2019

    Oct. 31
2018
    Oct. 31
2017
    Oct. 31
2016
    Oct. 31
2015
    Oct. 31
2019
    Oct. 31
2018
    Oct. 31
2017
    Oct. 31
2016
    Oct. 31
2015 
 
      Gross
impaired
loans
     Stage 3
allowances for
loan losses
impaired
     Net
impaired
loans
    Net
impaired
loans
    Net
impaired
loans
    Net
impaired
loans
    Net
impaired
loans
                                    

Canada

                          

Residential mortgages

   $ 280    $ 27    $ 253   $ 246   $ 279   $ 385   $ 378     11.0  %      10.0  %      11.6  %      13.9  %      14.2  % 

Consumer instalment and other personal

                          

HELOC

     147      13      134     118     102     140     166     5.8     4.8     4.3     5.0     6.2   

Indirect Auto

     82      53      29     23     11     9     17     1.3     0.9     0.5     0.3     0.7   

Other

     51      42      9     12     19     20     19     0.4     0.5     0.8     0.7     0.7   

Credit card5 

     136      70      66     55     51     46     45     2.9     2.2     2.1     1.7     1.7   

Total personal

     696      205      491     454     462     600     625     21.4     18.4     19.3     21.6     23.5   

Real estate

                          

Residential

     8      6      2     3     3     3     6     0.1     0.1     0.1     0.1     0.2   

Non-residential

     2             2     2     3     7     7     0.1     0.1     0.1     0.3     0.3   

Total real estate

     10      6      4     5     6     10     13     0.2     0.2     0.2     0.4     0.5   

Agriculture

     15      2      13     4     5     9     3     0.6     0.2     0.2     0.3     0.1   

Automotive

     31      6      25     9     2     1     1     1.1     0.4     0.1            

Financial

     1             1     2           2     1           0.1           0.1      

Food, beverage, and tobacco

     3      1      2     1     1     2     1     0.1                 0.1      

Forestry

                         1                                                

Government, public sector entities, and education

                                           1                              

Health and social services

     12      8      4     4     11     11     3     0.2     0.2     0.5     0.4     0.1   

Industrial construction and trade contractors

     181      39      142     136     2     11     2     6.2     5.5     0.1     0.4     0.1   

Metals and mining

     16      10      6     7     15     18     6     0.2     0.3     0.7     0.7     0.2   

Pipelines, oil, and gas

     37      18      19     9     22     51     68     0.8     0.4     0.9     1.8     2.6   

Power and utilities

                                                                          

Professional and other services

     24      11      13     5     6     4     4     0.6     0.2     0.2     0.1     0.2   

Retail sector

     17      6      11     5     8     11     9     0.5     0.2     0.3     0.4     0.3   

Sundry manufacturing and wholesale

     16      16            6     7     3     2           0.2     0.3     0.1     0.1   

Telecommunications, cable, and media

     12      6      6     1                 2     0.2                       0.1   

Transportation

     10      6      4     2     5           2     0.2     0.1     0.2           0.1   

Other

     9      6      3     1     2     4     3     0.1           0.1     0.1     0.1   

Total business and government

     394      141      253     198     92     137     121     11.0     8.0     3.8     4.9     4.5   

Total Canada

     1,090      346      744     652     554     737     746     32.4     26.4     23.1     26.5     28.0   

United States

                          

Residential mortgages

     444      26      418     416     429     418     361     18.2     16.9     17.9     15.0     13.6   

Consumer instalment and other personal

                          

HELOC

     492      37      455     796     795     863     780     19.8     32.3     33.1     31.0     29.3   

Indirect Auto

     258      26      232     198     234     190     155     10.1     8.0     9.8     6.8     5.8   

Other

     7      2      5     6     4     4     5     0.2     0.2     0.2     0.1     0.2   

Credit card5 

     342      252      90     58     38     38     44     3.9     2.4     1.6     1.4     1.7   

Total personal

     1,543      343      1,200     1,474     1,500     1,513     1,345     52.2     59.8     62.6     54.3     50.6   

Real estate

                          

Residential

     25      5      20     24     27     54     68     0.9     1.0     1.1     1.9     2.6   

Non-residential

     72      6      66     97     73     87     133     2.9     3.9     3.1     3.1     5.0   

Total real estate

     97      11      86     121     100     141     201     3.8     4.9     4.2     5.0     7.6   

Agriculture

     1             1     2     2     1     1           0.1     0.1            

Automotive

     5             5     8     12     14     11     0.2     0.3     0.5     0.5     0.4   

Financial

     15             15     28     39     24     26     0.7     1.1     1.6     0.9     1.0   

Food, beverage, and tobacco

     9      1      8     10     9     4     7     0.3     0.4     0.4     0.1     0.3   

Forestry

                         1     1     12                             0.4      

Government, public sector entities, and education

     11      2      9     7     9     8     8     0.4     0.3     0.4     0.3     0.3   

Health and social services

     34      2      32     11     11     29     38     1.4     0.5     0.5     1.1     1.4   

Industrial construction and trade contractors

     30      6      24     19     20     22     30     1.0     0.8     0.8     0.8     1.1   

Metals and mining

     4             4     3     4     4     13     0.2     0.1     0.2     0.1     0.5   

Pipelines, oil, and gas

                         11     17     77     6           0.5     0.7     2.8     0.2   

Power and utilities

     1             1     1     1                                          

Professional and other services

     75      7      68     44     46     75     74     2.9     1.8     1.9     2.7     2.8   

Retail sector

     44      6      38     37     37     43     65     1.7     1.5     1.6     1.6     2.4   

Sundry manufacturing and wholesale

     15      2      13     15     26     41     40     0.6     0.6     1.1     1.5     1.5   

Telecommunications, cable, and media

     5      1      4     3     1     9     13     0.2     0.1           0.3     0.5   

Transportation

     27      1      26     15     6     25     31     1.1     0.6     0.2     0.9     1.2   

Other

     26      6      20     6     3     6     5     0.9     0.2     0.1     0.2     0.2   

Total business and government

     399      45      354     342     344     535     569     15.4     13.8     14.3     19.2     21.4   

Total United States

     1,942      388      1,554     1,816     1,844     2,048     1,914     67.6     73.6     76.9     73.5     72.0   

International

                                                                          

Total

   $     3,032    $     734    $     2,298   $     2,468   $     2,398   $     2,785   $     2,660     100.0  %      100.0  %      100.0  %      100.0  %      100.0  % 

Net impaired loans as a % of common equity

                       2.81  %      3.33  %      3.45  %      4.09  %      4.24  %           

 

1

Includes customers' liability under acceptances.

2

Primarily based on the geographic location of the customer's address.

3 

Includes loans that are measured at FVOCI.

4 

Excludes ACI loans, DSCL under IAS 39, and DSAC and DSOCI under IFRS 9.

5 

Credit cards are considered impaired when they are 90 days past due and written off at 180 days past due.

 

TD BANK GROUP 2019 ANNUAL REPORT MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION & ANALYSIS     Page 36  


TABLE 32:  IMPAIRED LOANS NET OF STAGE 3 ALLOWANCE FOR LOAN LOSSES (NET OF COUNTERPARTY-SPECIFIC AND INDIVIDUALLY INSIGNIFICANT ALLOWANCES UNDER IAS 39) BY GEOGRAPHY1,2,3,4,5

 

(millions of Canadian dollars, except as noted)

                                       As at       Percentage of total  
                      
October 31
2019
 
 
   
October 31
2018
 
 
   
October 31
2017
 
 
   
October 31
2019
 
 
   
October 31
2018
 
 
   
October 31
2017
 
 
      Gross
impaired
loans
     Stage 3
allowances for
loan losses
impaired
    

Net

impaired
loans

   

Net

impaired
loans

    Net
impaired
loans
                      

Canada

                  

Atlantic provinces

   $ 37    $ 13    $ 24   $ 30   $ 29     1.1  %      1.2  %      1.2  %  

British Columbia6 

     102      31      71     52     57     3.1     2.1     2.4  

Ontario6 

     586      204      382     315     196     16.6     12.8     8.2  

Prairies6 

     286      75      211     177     191     9.2     7.2     7.9  

Québec

     79      23      56     78     81     2.4     3.1     3.4  

Total Canada

     1,090      346      744     652     554     32.4     26.4     23.1  

United States

                  

Carolinas (North and South)

     119      15      104     108     97     4.5     4.4     4.0  

Florida

     168      27      141     156     148     6.1     6.3     6.2  

New England7 

     415      48      367     442     441     16.0     17.9     18.4  

New Jersey

     251      32      219     333     336     9.5     13.5     14.0  

New York

     371      47      324     354     366     14.1     14.3     15.3  

Pennsylvania

     102      18      84     113     126     3.7     4.6     5.2  

Other

     516      201      315     310     330     13.7     12.6     13.8  

Total United States

     1,942      388      1,554     1,816     1,844     67.6     73.6     76.9  

Total

   $     3,032    $     734    $     2,298   $     2,468   $     2,398     100.0  %      100.0  %      100.0  %  

Net impaired loans as a % of net loans

                       0.33  %      0.37  %      0.38  %       

 

1 

Includes customers' liability under acceptances.

2 

Primarily based on the geographic location of the customer's address.

3 

Includes loans that are measured at FVOCI.

4 

Excludes ACI loans, DSCL under IAS 39, and DSAC and DSOCI under IFRS 9.

5

Credit cards are considered impaired when they are 90 days past due and written off at 180 days past due.

6 

The territories are included as follows: Yukon is included in British Columbia; Nunavut is included in Ontario; and the Northwest Territories is included in the Prairies region.

7 

The states included in New England are as follows: Connecticut, Maine, Massachusetts, New Hampshire, and Vermont.

ALLOWANCE FOR CREDIT LOSSES

The allowance for credit losses including off-balance sheet positions of $5,036 million as at October 31, 2019, was comprised of Stage 3 allowance for impaired loans of $761 million, Stage 2 allowance of $1,856 million, and Stage 1 allowance of $2,415 million collectively for performing loans and off-balance sheet positions and allowance for debt securities of $4 million.

Stage 3 allowances (impaired)

The impaired allowance for loan losses increased $55 million, or 8%, compared with last year, primarily reflecting credit migration in the Canadian Retail and Wholesale segments.

Stage 1 and Stage 2 allowances (performing)

As at October 31, 2019, the performing allowance was $4,271 million, up from $3,872 million as at October 31, 2018. The increase was primarily due to volume growth and credit migration.

The allowance for debt securities decreased by $76 million, or 95% compared with last year primarily reflecting the sale of certain debt securities.

PROVISION FOR CREDIT LOSSES

The PCL is the amount charged to income to bring the total allowance for credit losses, including both Stage 1 and 2 allowances (performing) and Stage 3 allowance (impaired), to a level that management considers adequate to absorb expected and incurred credit-related losses in the Bank's loan portfolio. Provisions are reduced by any recoveries in the year.

In Canada, PCL – impaired related to residential mortgages, consumer instalment and other personal loans, and credit card loans was $991 million, an increase of $111 million, or 13%, compared to 2018 reflecting volume growth and credit migration. PCL – impaired related to business and government loans was $148 million, an increase of $103 million, compared with last year, primarily reflecting credit migration.

In the U.S., PCL – impaired related to residential mortgages, consumer instalment and other personal loans, and credit card loans was $1,390 million, an increase of $130 million, or 10%, compared to 2018, primarily reflecting volume growth, seasoning, and mix in the credit card and auto portfolios. PCL – impaired related to business and government loans was $120 million, an increase of $113 million compared to 2018, primarily reflecting higher provisions in the commercial portfolios.

Geographically, 38% of PCL – impaired were attributed to Canada and 49% to the U.S. including recoveries in the ACI loan portfolios. The largest regional concentration of PCL – impaired in Canada was in Ontario, which represented 16% of total PCL – impaired, up from 15% in 2018. The largest regional concentration of PCL – impaired in the U.S. was in New York, representing 6% of total PCL – impaired, remaining stable from the prior year.

 

TD BANK GROUP 2019 ANNUAL REPORT MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION & ANALYSIS     Page 37  


The following table provides a summary of provisions charged to the Consolidated Statement of Income.

 

TABLE 33:  PROVISION FOR CREDIT LOSSES UNDER IFRS 9

 

(millions of Canadian dollars)    2019      2018  

Provision for credit losses – Stage 3 (impaired)

     

Canadian Retail

   $ 1,126    $ 927

U.S. Retail

     936      776

Wholesale Banking

     20      (8

Corporate1 

     548      471

Total provision for credit losses – Stage 3

     2,630      2,166

Provision for credit losses – Stage 1 and Stage 2 (performing)2 

     

Canadian Retail

     180      71

U.S. Retail

     146      141

Wholesale Banking

     24      11

Corporate1 

     49      91

Total provision for credit losses – Stage 1 and 2

     399      314

Provision for credit losses

   $     3,029    $     2,480

 

1 

Includes PCL on the retailer program partners' share of the U.S. strategic cards portfolio.

2 

Includes financial asset, loan commitments, and financial guarantees.

 

TABLE 34:  PROVISION FOR CREDIT LOSSES UNDER IAS 39

 

(millions of Canadian dollars)    2017  

Provision for credit losses – counterparty-specific and individually insignificant

  

Counterparty-specific

   $ 40

Individually insignificant

     2,575

Recoveries

     (625

Total provision for credit losses for counterparty-specific and individually insignificant

     1,990

Provision for credit losses – incurred but not identified

  

Canadian Retail and Wholesale Banking1 

      

U.S. Retail

     144

Corporate2 

     82

Total provision for credit losses – incurred but not identified

     226

Provision for credit losses

   $     2,216

 

1 

The incurred but not identified PCL is included in the Corporate segment results for management reporting.

2 

The retailer program partners' share of the U.S. strategic cards portfolio.

 

TD BANK GROUP 2019 ANNUAL REPORT MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION & ANALYSIS     Page 38  


TABLE 35:  PROVISION FOR CREDIT LOSSES BY INDUSTRY SECTOR1,2

(millions of Canadian dollars, except as noted)

     For the years ended        Percentage of total
      October 31
2019
    October 31
2018
    October 31
2017 
    October 31
2019
    October 31
2018
    October 31
2017
 

Stage 3 provision for credit losses (impaired) (Counterparty-specific and individually insignificant provision under IAS 39)

            

Canada

            

Residential mortgages

   $ 26   $ 15   $ 22        1.0  %      0.7  %      1.1  % 

Consumer instalment and other personal

            

HELOC

     11     11     7        0.4     0.5     0.4

Indirect auto

     238     205     245        9.1     9.5     12.3

Other

     227     178     172        8.6     8.2     8.6

Credit card

     489     471     485        18.6     21.7     24.4

Total personal

     991     880     931        37.7     40.6     46.8

Real estate

            

Residential

     1     (2                 (0.1      

Non-residential

     1     3     1              0.1     0.1

Total real estate

     2     1     1                    0.1

Agriculture

     2     1                        

Automotive

     8     3           0.3     0.1      

Financial

                                    

Food, beverage, and tobacco

     3                 0.1            

Forestry

                 1                    0.1

Government, public sector entities, and education

                                    

Health and social services

     7     3     4        0.3     0.1     0.2

Industrial construction and trade contractors

     48     2     9        1.9     0.1     0.4

Metals and mining

     9     4     5        0.3     0.2     0.2

Pipelines, oil, and gas

     8     (2     (11 )       0.3     (0.1     (0.5

Power and utilities

                                    

Professional and other services

     15     4     6        0.6     0.2     0.3

Retail sector

     15     14     11        0.6     0.7     0.5

Sundry manufacturing and wholesale

     5     (2     1        0.2     (0.1     0.1

Telecommunications, cable, and media

     7     2     1        0.3     0.1     0.1

Transportation

     8     2     2        0.3     0.1     0.1

Other

     11     13     5        0.4     0.7     0.2

Total business and government

     148     45     35        5.6     2.1     1.8

Total Canada

     1,139     925     966        43.3     42.7     48.6

United States

            

Residential mortgages

     10     13     7        0.4     0.7     0.4

Consumer instalment and other personal

            

HELOC

     (12     15     7        (0.4     0.7     0.4

Indirect auto

     318     272     229        12.1     12.5     11.5

Other

     180     155     128        6.8     7.2     6.4

Credit card

     894     805     688        34.0     37.1     34.5

Total personal

     1,390     1,260     1,059        52.9     58.2     53.2

Real estate

            

Residential

     3     (2     1        0.1     (0.1     0.1

Non-residential

     4     (4     (3 )       0.2     (0.2     (0.2

Total real estate

     7     (6     (2 )       0.3     (0.3     (0.1

Agriculture

                                    

Automotive

     1     1     (1 )                   (0.1

Financial

     2     7     19              0.3     1.0

Food, beverage, and tobacco

           (1     1                    0.1

Forestry

                 (7 )                   (0.4

Government, public sector entities, and education

     1           (2 )                   (0.1

Health and social services

     7           (6 )       0.3           (0.3

Industrial construction and trade contractors

     15     1     7        0.6           0.4

Metals and mining

     (1     2     (1 )             0.1     (0.1

Pipelines, oil, and gas

           (7     (15 )             (0.3     (0.8

Power and utilities

     18           (1 )       0.7           (0.1

Professional and other services

     27     (1     3        1.1           0.2

Retail sector

     8                 0.3            

Sundry manufacturing and wholesale

     2     1     (6 )                   (0.3

Telecommunications, cable, and media

     2     1     (1 )                   (0.1

Transportation

     16     (4     1        0.6     (0.2     0.1

Other

     15     13     16        0.6     0.7     0.8

Total business and government

     120     7     5        4.5     0.3     0.2

Total United States

     1,510     1,267     1,064        57.4     58.5     53.4

Total excluding other loans

     2,649     2,192     2,030        100.7     101.2     102.0

Other loans

            

Debt securities classified as loans

     n/a       n/a       (2 )       n/a       n/a       (0.1

Debt securities at amortized cost and FVOCI

                 n/a                   n/a  

Acquired credit-impaired loans3 

     (19     (26     (38 )       (0.7     (1.2     (1.9

Total other loans

     (19     (26     (40 )       (0.7     (1.2     (2.0

Total Stage 3 provision for credit losses (impaired) (Counterparty-specific and individually insignificant provision under IAS 39)

   $ 2,630   $ 2,166   $ 1,990        100.0  %      100.0  %      100.0  % 

Stage 1 and 2 provision for credit losses (Incurred but not identified provision under IAS 39)

            

Personal, business, and government

   $ 400   $ 306   $ 237         

Debt securities classified as loans

     n/a       n/a       (11 )        

Debt securities at amortized cost and FVOCI

     (1     8       n/a        

Total Stage 1 and 2 provision for credit losses (Incurred but not identified provision under IAS 39)

     399     314       226         

Total provision for credit losses

   $ 3,029   $ 2,480   $ 2,216         
1

Primarily based on the geographic location of the customer's address.

2

Includes loans that are measured at FVOCI.

3 

Includes all FDIC covered loans and other ACI loans.

 

TD BANK GROUP 2019 ANNUAL REPORT MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION & ANALYSIS     Page 39  


TABLE 36:  PROVISION FOR CREDIT LOSSES BY GEOGRAPHY1,2,3

(millions of Canadian dollars, except as noted)

     For the years ended     Percentage of total
      October 31
2019
    October 31
2018
    October 31
2017
    October 31
2019
    October 31
2018
    October 31
2017
 

Canada

            

Atlantic provinces

   $ 80   $ 74   $ 75       2.6  %      3.0  %      3.4  % 

British Columbia4 

     120     106     109       4.0     4.3     4.9

Ontario4 

     490     361     374       16.2     14.5     16.9

Prairies4 

     302     262     258       10.0     10.6     11.6

Québec

     147     122     150       4.8     4.9     6.8

Total Canada

     1,139     925     966       37.6     37.3     43.6

United States

            

Carolinas (North and South)

     63     54     42       2.1     2.2     1.9

Florida

     112     93     77       3.7     3.7     3.5

New England5 

     161     148     112       5.3     6.0     5.1

New Jersey

     128     107     95       4.2     4.3     4.3

New York

     174     142     143       5.7     5.7     6.4

Pennsylvania

     61     51     52       2.0     2.1     2.3

Other6 

     811     672     543       26.8     27.1     24.5

Total United States

     1,510     1,267     1,064       49.8     51.1     48.0

Total excluding other loans

     2,649     2,192     2,030       87.4     88.4     91.6

Other loans7 

     (19     (26     (40     (0.6 )     (1.1     (1.8

Total Stage 3 provision for credit losses (impaired) (Counterparty- specific and individually insignificant provision under IAS 39)

     2,630     2,166     1,990       86.8     87.3     89.8

Stage 1 and 2 provision for credit losses (incurred but not identified provision under IAS 39)

     399     314     226       13.2     12.7     10.2

Total provision for credit losses

   $ 3,029   $ 2,480   $ 2,216       100.0  %      100.0  %      100.0  % 
Provision for credit losses as a % of average net loans and acceptances6     October 31
2019
    October 31
2018
    October 31
2017
                      

Canada

            

Residential mortgages

     0.01  %      0.01  %      0.01  %       

Credit card, consumer instalment and other personal

     0.65     0.63     0.73        

Business and government

     0.13     0.04     0.04        

Total Canada

     0.25     0.21     0.24        

United States

            

Residential mortgages

     0.03     0.04     0.03        

Credit card, consumer instalment and other personal

     2.28     2.18     1.92        

Business and government

     0.10     0.01            

Total United States

     0.69     0.63     0.55        

International

                        

Total excluding other loans

     0.39     0.34     0.34        

Other loans

     (5.29     (4.97     (1.47      

Total Stage 3 provision for credit losses (impaired) counterparty- specific and individually insignificant provision (under IAS 39)

     0.39     0.34     0.33        

Stage 1 and 2 provision for credit losses (Incurred but not identified provision under IAS 39)

     0.06     0.05     0.04        

Total provision for credit losses as a % of average net loans and acceptances

     0.44  %      0.39  %      0.36  %       

 

1 

Primarily based on the geographic location of the customer's address.

2 

Includes loans that are measured at FVOCI.

3 

Includes customers' liability under acceptances.

4 

The territories are included as follows: Yukon is included in British Columbia; Nunavut is included in Ontario; and Northwest Territories is included in the Prairies region.

5 

The states included in New England are as follows: Connecticut, Maine, Massachusetts, New Hampshire, and Vermont.

6 

Other includes PCL attributable to other states/regions including those outside TD's core U.S. geographic footprint.

7 

Other loans include DSCL, DSAC and FVOCI, and ACI.

 

TD BANK GROUP 2019 ANNUAL REPORT MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION & ANALYSIS     Page 40  


SOVEREIGN RISK

The following table provides a summary of the Bank's credit exposure to certain European countries, including Greece, Italy, Ireland, Portugal, and Spain (GIIPS).

 

TABLE 37:  EXPOSURE TO EUROPE – Total Net Exposure by Country and Counterparty1

 

(millions of Canadian dollars)

 

 

                        As at   
    Loans and commitments2       Derivatives, repos, and securities lending3       Trading and investment portfolio4,5       Total   
      Corporate       Sovereign       Financial       Total       Corporate       Sovereign       Financial       Total       Corporate       Sovereign       Financial       Total        Exposure6   

Country

                                                                                    October 31, 2019   

GIIPS

                                                                                                       

Greece

  $     $     $     $     $     $     $     $     $     $     $     $     $  

Italy

                1     1                   4     4       13             6     19       24   

Ireland

                296       296       14           247     261                   1       1       558  

Portugal

                                  56       1       57       2                 2        59  

Spain

          36     63     99                   125       125       25     588     56       669       893  

Total GIIPS

          36       360       396       14     56       377     447       40     588     63     691       1,534   

Rest of Europe

                                                                                                       

Belgium

    263           165       428       803       12       511       1,326       10     82       5     97       1,851   

Finland

          93       16       109             49       141     190              940       22       962       1,261   

France

    576       1,163       197     1,936       23       505       1,118     1,646       162     3,508       184     3,854       7,436   

Germany

    1,301     628       50       1,979       683       832     1,163       2,678        256     8,525       139       8,920        13,577   

Netherlands

    485       477     111     1,073       412       477       687       1,576        65       2,945       274     3,284       5,933  

Norway

          410       3     413       1       307       38       346        3       563       678     1,244        2,003  

Sweden

          12       13       25             193       109       302        20       1,420     638     2,078        2,405   

Switzerland

    664       58     56       778       363           981       1,344       19           90       109       2,231  

United Kingdom

    3,218       1,919     53       5,190       1,457     693       7,880       10,030        155     864     1,627       2,646       17,866   

Other7 

          92     120       212       15     226       787       1,028       7       1,167       59       1,233       2,473  

Total Rest of Europe 

    6,507     4,852       784       12,143       3,757       3,294     13,415     20,466        697       20,014     3,716       24,427        57,036  

Total Europe

  $     6,507   $     4,888   $     1,144   $     12,539     $     3,771   $     3,350   $     13,792   $     20,913      $     737   $     20,602   $     3,779   $     25,118      $     58,570   

Country

                                                                                    October 31, 2018   

GIIPS

                                                                                                       

Greece

  $     $     $     $     $     $     $     $     $     $     $     $     $  

Italy

          178     1     179                    3     3        26     22       5     53       235   

Ireland

                197     197        17           268     285                                482   

Portugal

                                  139       56     195        1                 1        196  

Spain

          30       56       86                    61       61       23     522           545       692  

Total GIIPS

          208     254     462       17     139       388     544       50       544       5     599       1,605  

Rest of Europe 

                                                                                                       

Belgium

    263           225       488        140     34       486     660        40     94     2       136        1,284  

Finland

        141         141              36       110     146              1,071           1,071        1,358   

France

    579       514       133     1,226        77       621     1,822     2,520       122       5,613     176     5,911        9,657  

Germany

    1,106     354       210       1,670        443     805       933     2,181        240     7,779     63       8,082       11,933   

Netherlands

    509     706       194       1,409        273       506       362     1,141        44       3,717       265       4,026        6,576   

Norway

    121       33       5       159       20     288       54       362        24     426     630       1,080       1,601   

Sweden

          67       95       162             287       235     522       15     1,548     644       2,207       2,891   

Switzerland

    997     58     89       1,144        37           2,127       2,164       39             25     64        3,372  

United Kingdom

    2,872     1,082       19     3,973       1,558       559     9,262     11,379        336     857       2,429       3,622       18,974   

Other7 

          5     106       111        39     210     773       1,022       3       1,403       66       1,472       2,605  

Total Rest of Europe 

    6,447     2,960       1,076       10,483        2,587       3,346     16,164     22,097        863       22,508     4,300       27,671        60,251  

Total Europe

  $ 6,447   $ 3,168   $ 1,330   $ 10,945      $ 2,604   $ 3,485   $ 16,552   $ 22,641      $ 913   $ 23,052   $ 4,305   $ 28,270      $ 61,856   
1

Certain comparative amounts have been reclassified to conform with the presentation adopted in the current period.

2

Exposures include interest-bearing deposits with banks and are presented net of impairment charges where applicable. There were no impairment charges for European exposures as at October 31, 2019, or October 31, 2018.

3

Exposures are calculated on a fair value basis and are net of collateral. Total market value of pledged collateral is $1.1 billion (October 31, 2018 – $0.4 billion) for GIIPS and $84.5 billion for the rest of Europe (October 31, 2018 – $66 billion). Derivatives are presented as net exposures where there is an International Swaps and Derivatives Association master netting agreement.

4

Trading and investment portfolio includes deposits. Trading exposures are net of eligible short positions.

5

The fair values of the GIIPS exposures in Level 3 in the trading and investment portfolio were not significant as at October 31, 2019 and October 31, 2018.

6 

The reported exposures do not include $26 million of protection the Bank purchased through CDS (October 31, 2018 – $186 million).

7 

Other European exposure is distributed across 10 countries (October 31, 2018 – 11 countries), each of which has a net exposure including loans and commitments, derivatives, repos and securities lending, and trading and investment portfolio below $1 billion as at October 31, 2019.

Of the Bank's European exposure, approximately 96% (October 31, 2018 – 96%) is to counterparties in countries rated either Aa3 or better by Moody's Investor Services (Moody's) or AA or better by Standard & Poor's (S&P), with the majority of this exposure to the sovereigns themselves or to well rated, systemically important banks in these countries. Derivatives and securities repurchase transactions are completed on a collateralized basis. The vast majority of derivatives exposure is offset by cash collateral while the repurchase transactions are backed largely by government securities rated AA or better, and cash. The Bank also takes a limited amount of exposure to well rated corporate issuers in Europe where the Bank also does business with their related entities in North America. In addition to the European exposure identified above, the Bank also has $14 billion (October 31, 2018 – $11.2 billion) of exposure to supranational entities with European sponsorship and $2.9 billion (October 31, 2018 – $1 billion) of indirect exposure to European collateral from non-European counterparties related to repurchase and securities lending transactions that are margined daily.

As part of the Bank's usual credit risk and exposure monitoring processes, all exposures are reviewed on a regular basis. European exposures are reviewed monthly or more frequently as circumstances dictate and are periodically stress tested to identify and understand any potential vulnerabilities. Based on the most recent reviews, all European exposures are considered manageable.

 

TD BANK GROUP 2019 ANNUAL REPORT MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION & ANALYSIS     Page 41  


 

GROUP FINANCIAL CONDITION

Capital Position

 

TABLE 38: CAPITAL STRUCTURE AND RATIOS – Basel III

 

(millions of Canadian dollars, except as noted)

     2019        2018   

Common Equity Tier 1 Capital

    

Common shares plus related contributed surplus

   $ 21,828      $ 21,267   

Retained earnings

     49,497        46,145   

Accumulated other comprehensive income

     10,581       6,639  

Common Equity Tier 1 Capital before regulatory adjustments

     81,906       74,051  
    

Common Equity Tier 1 Capital regulatory adjustments

    

Goodwill (net of related tax liability)

     (19,712 )       (19,285 )  

Intangibles (net of related tax liability)

     (2,389 )       (2,236 )  

Deferred tax assets excluding those arising from temporary differences

     (245 )       (317 )  

Cash flow hedge reserve

     (1,389     2,568  

Shortfall of provisions to expected losses

     (1,148 )       (953 )  

Gains and losses due to changes in own credit risk on fair valued liabilities

     (132 )       (115 )  

Defined benefit pension fund net assets (net of related tax liability)

     (13 )       (113 )  

Investment in own shares

     (22 )       (123 )  

Significant investments in the common stock of banking, financial, and insurance entities that are outside the scope of regulatory consolidation, net of eligible short positions (amount above 10% threshold)

     (1,814 )       (1,088 )  

Total regulatory adjustments to Common Equity Tier 1 Capital

     (26,864 )       (21,662 )  

Common Equity Tier 1 Capital

     55,042       52,389  
    

Additional Tier 1 Capital instruments

    

Directly issued qualifying Additional Tier 1 instruments plus stock surplus

     5,795       4,996   

Directly issued capital instruments subject to phase out from Additional Tier 1

     1,196       2,455  

Additional Tier 1 instruments issued by subsidiaries and held by third parties subject to phase out

           245  

Additional Tier 1 Capital instruments before regulatory adjustments

     6,991        7,696   
    

Additional Tier 1 Capital instruments regulatory adjustments

    

Significant investments in the capital of banking, financial, and insurance entities that are outside the scope of regulatory consolidation, net of eligible short positions

     (350 )       (350 )  

Total regulatory adjustments to Additional Tier 1 Capital

     (350 )       (350 )  

Additional Tier 1 Capital

     6,641       7,346   

Tier 1 Capital

     61,683       59,735   
    

Tier 2 Capital instruments and provisions

    

Directly issued qualifying Tier 2 instruments plus related stock surplus

     10,527       8,927  

Directly issued capital instruments subject to phase out from Tier 2

     198        198   

Collective allowances

     1,874        1,734   

Tier 2 Capital before regulatory adjustments

     12,599        10,859  
    

Tier 2 regulatory adjustments

    

Significant investments in the capital of banking, financial, and insurance entities that are outside consolidation, net of eligible short positions

     (160 )       (160 )  

Total regulatory adjustments to Tier 2 Capital

     (160 )       (160 )  

Tier 2 Capital

     12,439       10,699   

Total Capital

   $ 74,122     $ 70,434   
    

Risk-weighted assets1

    

Common Equity Tier 1 Capital

   $     455,977     $     435,632   

Tier 1 Capital

     455,977       435,780   

Total Capital

     455,977       435,927   

Capital Ratios and Multiples

    

Common Equity Tier 1 Capital (as percentage of CET1 Capital risk-weighted assets)

     12.1  %       12.0  %  

Tier 1 Capital (as percentage of Tier 1 Capital risk-weighted assets)

     13.5       13.7   

Total Capital (as percentage of Total Capital risk-weighted assets)

     16.3       16.2   

Leverage ratio2 

     4.0        4.2  

 

1

Each capital ratio has its own RWA measure due to the OSFI-prescribed scalar for inclusion of the CVA. For fiscal 2019, the scalars for inclusion of CVA for CET1, Tier 1, and Total Capital RWA are all 100%. For fiscal 2018, the scalars were 80%, 83%, and 86%, respectively.

2

The leverage ratio is calculated as Tier 1 Capital divided by leverage exposure, as defined.

THE BANK'S CAPITAL MANAGEMENT OBJECTIVES

The Bank's capital management objectives are:

 

To be an appropriately capitalized financial institution as determined by:

 

the Bank's Risk Appetite Statement (RAS);

 

capital requirements defined by relevant regulatory authorities; and

 

the Bank's internal assessment of capital requirements consistent with the Bank's risk profile and risk tolerance levels.

 

To have the most economically achievable weighted-average cost of capital, consistent with preserving the appropriate mix of capital elements to meet targeted capitalization levels.

 

To ensure ready access to sources of appropriate capital, at reasonable cost, in order to:

 

insulate the Bank from unexpected events; and

 

TD BANK GROUP 2019 ANNUAL REPORT MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION & ANALYSIS     Page 42  


 

support and facilitate business growth and/or acquisitions consistent with the Bank's strategy and risk appetite.

 

To support strong external debt ratings, in order to manage the Bank's overall cost of funds and to maintain accessibility to required funding.

These objectives are applied in a manner consistent with the Bank's overall objective of providing a satisfactory return on shareholders' equity.

CAPITAL SOURCES

The Bank's capital is primarily derived from common shareholders and retained earnings. Other sources of capital include the Bank's preferred shareholders and holders of the Bank's subordinated debt.

CAPITAL MANAGEMENT

The Treasury and Balance Sheet Management (TBSM) group manages capital for the Bank and is responsible for forecasting and monitoring compliance with capital targets. The Board of Directors (the "Board") oversees capital adequacy risk management.

The Bank continues to hold sufficient capital levels to ensure that flexibility is maintained to grow operations, both organically and through strategic acquisitions. The strong capital ratios are the result of the Bank's internal capital generation, management of the balance sheet, and periodic issuance of capital securities.

ECONOMIC CAPITAL

Economic capital is the Bank's internal measure of capital requirements and is one of the key components in the Bank's assessment of internal capital adequacy. Economic capital is comprised of both risk-based capital required to fund losses that could occur under extremely adverse economic or operational conditions and investment capital utilized to fund acquisitions or investments to support future earnings growth.

The Bank uses internal models to determine the amount of risk-based capital required to support the risks resulting from the Bank's business operations. Characteristics of these models are described in the "Managing Risk" section of this document. The objective of the Bank's economic capital framework is to hold risk-based capital to cover unexpected losses in a manner consistent with the Bank's capital management objectives.

The Bank operates its capital regime under the Basel Capital Framework. Consequently, in addition to addressing Pillar 1 risks covering credit risk, market risk, and operational risk, the Bank's economic capital framework captures other material Pillar 2 risks including non-trading market risk for the retail portfolio (interest rate risk in the banking book), additional credit risk due to concentration (commercial and wholesale portfolios) and risks classified as "Other", namely business risk, insurance risk, and risks associated with the Bank's significant investments. The framework also captures diversification benefits across risk types and business segments.

Please refer to the "Economic Capital and Risk-Weighted Assets by Segment" section for a business segment breakdown of the Bank's economic capital.

REGULATORY CAPITAL

Capital requirements of the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision (BCBS) are commonly referred to as Basel III. Under Basel III, Total Capital consists of three components, namely CET1, Additional Tier 1, and Tier 2 Capital. Risk sensitive regulatory capital ratios are calculated by dividing CET1, Tier 1, and Total Capital by their respective RWA, inclusive of any minimum requirements outlined under the regulatory floor. In 2015, Basel III implemented a non-risk sensitive leverage ratio to act as a supplementary measure to the risk-sensitive capital requirements. The objective of the leverage ratio is to constrain the build-up of excess leverage in the banking sector. The leverage ratio is calculated by dividing Tier 1 Capital by leverage exposure which is primarily comprised of on-balance sheet assets with adjustments made to derivative and securities financing transaction exposures, and credit equivalent amounts of off-balance sheet exposures.

OSFI's Capital Requirements under Basel III

OSFI's Capital Adequacy Requirements (CAR) guideline details how the Basel III capital rules apply to Canadian banks.

From fiscal 2014 to 2018, the CVA capital charge was phased-in based on a scalar approach. For fiscal 2018, the scalars inclusion of CVA for CET1, Tier 1, and Total Capital RWA were 80%, 83%, and 86%, respectively. For fiscal 2019, the CVA has been fully phased-in.

Effective January 1, 2013, all newly issued non-common Tier 1 and Tier 2 Capital instruments must include NVCC provisions to qualify as regulatory capital. NVCC provisions require the conversion of non-common capital instruments into a variable number of common shares of the Bank upon the occurrence of a trigger event as defined in the guidance. Existing non-common Tier 1 and Tier 2 capital instruments which do not include NVCC provisions are non-qualifying capital instruments and are subject to a phase-out period which began in 2013 and ends in 2022.

The CAR guideline contains two methodologies for capital ratio calculation: (1) the "transitional" method; and (2) the "all-in" method. The minimum CET1, Tier 1, and Total Capital ratios, based on the "all-in" method, are 4.5%, 6%, and 8%, respectively. OSFI expects Canadian banks to include an additional capital conservation buffer of 2.5%, effectively raising the CET1, Tier 1 Capital, and Total Capital ratio minimum requirements to 7%, 8.5%, and 10.5%, respectively.

In March 2013, OSFI designated the six major Canadian banks as domestic systemically important banks (D-SIBs), for which a 1% common equity capital surcharge is in effect from January 1, 2016. As a result, the six Canadian banks designated as D-SIBs, including TD, are required to meet an "all-in" Pillar 1 target CET1, Tier 1, and Total Capital ratios of 8%, 9.5%, and 11.5%, respectively. On November 22, 2019, the Bank was designated as a Global Systemically Important Bank (G-SIB) by the Financial Stability Board (FSB). As a result of the designation, the Bank would be subject to an additional loss absorbency requirement (CET1 as a percentage of RWA) of 1% under applicable FSB member authority requirements; however, in accordance with OSFI's CAR guideline, for Canadian banks designated as a G-SIB, the higher of the D-SIB and G-SIB surcharges will apply. As the D-SIB surcharge is currently equivalent to the 1% G-SIB common equity ratio requirement, the Bank's G-SIB designation has no additional impact on the Bank's minimum CET1 regulatory requirements. For further detail please refer to the Global Systemically Important Bank's Designation and Disclosure section.

At the discretion of OSFI, a common equity countercyclical capital buffer (CCB) within a range of 0% to 2.5% may be imposed. The primary objective of the CCB is to protect the banking sector against future potential losses resulting from periods of excess aggregate credit growth that have often been associated with the build-up of system-wide risk. The CCB is an extension of the capital conservation buffer and must be met with CET1 capital. The CCB is calculated using the weighted-average of the buffers deployed in Canada and across BCBS member jurisdictions and selected non-member jurisdictions to which the bank has private sector credit exposures.

Effective November 1, 2017, OSFI required D-SIBs and foreign bank subsidiaries in Canada to comply with the CCB regime, phased-in according to the transitional arrangements. As a result, the maximum countercyclical buffer relating to foreign private sector credit exposures was capped at 1.25% of total RWA in the first quarter of 2017 and increases each subsequent year by an additional 0.625%, to reach its final maximum of 2.5% of total RWA in the first quarter of 2019. As at October 31, 2019, the CCB is only applicable to private sector credit exposures located in France, Hong Kong, Sweden, Norway, and the United Kingdom. Based on the allocation of exposures and buffers currently in place in France, Hong Kong, Sweden, Norway, and the United Kingdom, the Bank's countercyclical buffer requirement is 0% as at October 31, 2019.

 

TD BANK GROUP 2019 ANNUAL REPORT MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION & ANALYSIS     Page 43  


On June 25, 2018, OSFI provided greater transparency related to previously undisclosed Pillar 2 CET1 capital buffer through the introduction of the public Domestic Stability Buffer (DSB). The DSB is held by D-SIBs against Pillar 2 risks associated with systemic vulnerabilities including, but not limited to: i) Canadian consumer indebtedness; ii) asset imbalances in the Canadian market; and iii) Canadian institutional indebtedness. The level of the buffer ranges between 0% and 2.5% of total RWA and must be met with CET1 Capital. At a minimum, OSFI will review the buffer semi-annually and any changes will be made public. The buffer was originally set at 1.5%. In December 2018, OSFI announced that the DSB would be increased to 1.75% as of April 30, 2019. In June 2019, OSFI announced the DSB would be further increased by 25 bps to 2% as of October 31, 2019, effectively raising the CET1 target to 10%, inclusive of the DSB. A breach of the buffer will not automatically constrain capital distributions; however, OSFI will require a remediation plan.

Effective in the second quarter of 2018, OSFI implemented a revised methodology for calculating the regulatory capital floor. The revised floor is based on the Basel II standardized approach, with the floor factor transitioned in over three quarters. The floor was fully transitioned, to a factor of 75%, in the fourth quarter of fiscal 2018. The Bank is not constrained by the capital floor.

In the first quarter of 2019, the Bank implemented the revised CAR guidelines related to the domestic implementation of the standardized approach for measuring counterparty credit risk (SA-CCR), capital requirements for bank exposures to central counterparties, as well as revisions to the securitization framework.

The leverage ratio is calculated as per OSFI's Leverage Requirements guideline and has a regulatory minimum requirement of 3%.

The Canadian Bail-in regime, including OSFI's Total Loss Absorbing Capacity (TLAC) guideline, came into effect on September 23, 2018. Under this guideline, the Bank is required to meet target TLAC requirements by November 1, 2021. The Bank is currently subject to a target risk-based TLAC ratio of 23.50% of RWA and a TLAC leverage ratio of 6.75%. There is no impact to the supervisory target risk-based TLAC ratio or TLAC leverage ratio requirements as a result of the Bank's G-SIB designation.

Capital Position and Capital Ratios

The Basel framework allows qualifying banks to determine capital levels consistent with the way they measure, manage, and mitigate risks. It specifies methodologies for the measurement of credit, trading market, and operational risks. The Bank uses the advanced approaches for the majority of its portfolios. In the U.S. Retail segment, the Bank calculates the majority of the retail portfolio's, and certain other portfolio's, credit RWA using the Advanced Internal Ratings-Based (AIRB) approach. The remaining assets in the U.S. Retail segment continue to use the standardized approach for credit risk.

For accounting purposes, IFRS is followed for consolidation of subsidiaries and joint ventures. For regulatory capital purposes, insurance subsidiaries are deconsolidated and reported as a deduction from capital. Insurance subsidiaries are subject to their own capital adequacy reporting, such as OSFI's Life Insurance Capital Adequacy Test. Currently, for regulatory capital purposes, all the entities of the Bank are either consolidated or deducted from capital and there are no entities from which surplus capital is recognized.

Some of the Bank's subsidiaries are individually regulated by either OSFI or other regulators. Many of these entities have minimum capital requirements which they must maintain and which may limit the Bank's ability to extract capital or funds for other uses.

As at October 31, 2019, the Bank's CET1, Tier 1, and Total Capital ratios were 12.1%, 13.5%, and 16.3%, respectively. Compared with the Bank's CET1 Capital ratio of 12.0% at October 31, 2018, the CET1 Capital ratio, as at October 31, 2019, increased due to organic capital growth, partially offset by common shares repurchased, actuarial losses on employee benefit plans, the loyalty agreement with Air Canada, and the acquisition of Greystone.

As at October 31, 2019, the Bank's leverage ratio was 4.0%. Compared with the Bank's leverage ratio of 4.2% at October 31, 2018, the leverage ratio, as at October 31, 2019, decreased due to common shares repurchased, actuarial losses on employee benefit plans, an increase in exposure resulting from the implementation of the SA-CCR in the first quarter of 2019, and business growth in all segments, partially offset by organic capital growth.

Common Equity Tier 1 Capital

CET1 Capital was $55 billion as at October 31, 2019. Earnings growth contributed the majority of CET1 Capital growth in the year. Capital management funding activities during the year included the common share issuance of $482 million under the dividend reinvestment plan and from stock option exercises.

Tier 1 and Tier 2 Capital

Tier 1 Capital was $62 billion as at October 31, 2019, consisting of CET1 Capital and Additional Tier 1 Capital of $55 billion and $7 billion, respectively. Tier 1 Capital management activities during the year consisted of the issuance of $350 million non-cumulative Rate Reset Preferred Shares, Series 22 and $450 million non-cumulative Rate Reset Preferred Shares, Series 24, both of which included NVCC Provisions to ensure loss absorbency at the point of non-viability. On December 31, 2018, TD Capital Trust III, a subsidiary of the Bank, redeemed all of the outstanding TD Capital Trust III Securities – Series 2008 at a price of $1 billion plus the unpaid distribution payable on the redemption date. On June 30, 2019, TD Capital Trust IV redeemed all of the outstanding $550 million TD Capital Trust IV Notes – Series 1 at a redemption price of 100% of the principal amount plus any accrued and unpaid interest payable on the date of redemption.

Tier 2 Capital was $12 billion as at October 31, 2019. Tier 2 Capital management activities during the year consisted of the issuance of $1.75 billion 3.06% subordinated debentures due January 26, 2032, which included NVCC Provisions to ensure loss absorbency at the point of non-viability.

INTERNAL CAPITAL ADEQUACY ASSESSMENT PROCESS

The Bank's Internal Capital Adequacy Assessment Process (ICAAP) is an integrated enterprise-wide process that encompasses the governance, management, and control of risk and capital functions within the Bank. It provides a framework for relating risks to capital requirements through the Bank's capital modelling and stress testing practices which help inform the Bank's overall CAR.

The ICAAP is led by TBSM and is supported by numerous functional areas who together help assess the Bank's internal capital adequacy. This assessment ultimately represents the capacity to bear risk in congruence with the Bank's risk profile and RAS. TBSM assesses and monitors the overall adequacy of the Bank's available capital in relation to both internal and regulatory capital requirements under normal and stressed conditions.

DIVIDENDS

At October 31, 2019, the quarterly dividend was $0.74 per share, consistent with the Bank's current target payout range of 40% to 50% of adjusted earnings. Cash dividends declared and paid during the year totalled $2.89 per share (2018 – $2.61). For cash dividends payable on the Bank's preferred shares, refer to Note 21 of the 2019 Consolidated Financial Statements. As at October 31, 2019, 1,812 million common shares were outstanding (2018 – 1,828 million). The Bank's ability to pay dividends is subject to the requirements of the Bank Act and OSFI. Refer to Note 21 of the 2019 Consolidated Financial Statements for further information on dividend restrictions.

 

TD BANK GROUP 2019 ANNUAL REPORT MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION & ANALYSIS     Page 44  


NORMAL COURSE ISSUER BID

On October 24, 2019, the Bank announced that, subject to the approval of OSFI and the Toronto Stock Exchange (TSX), it intends to terminate its current normal course issuer bid (Current NCIB) and launch a new normal course issuer bid (New NCIB) to repurchase for cancellation up to 30 million of its common shares. The Current NCIB to repurchase up to 20 million common shares commenced on June 18, 2019 and is scheduled to terminate on June 17, 2020 unless terminated earlier in accordance with its terms. The Bank has repurchased all 20 million of its common shares under the Current NCIB, at an average price of $75.35 per share for a total amount of $1.5 billion.

During the year ended October 31, 2019, the Bank repurchased an aggregate of 30 million common shares under the Current NCIB and a prior NCIB, at an average price of $74.48 per share, for a total amount of $2.2 billion.

During the year ended October 31, 2018, the Bank repurchased 20 million common shares under its then current NCIB at an average price of $75.07 per share for a total amount of $1.5 billion.

RISK-WEIGHTED ASSETS

Based on Basel III, RWA are calculated for each of credit risk, market risk, and operational risk. Details of the Bank's RWA are included in the following table.

 

TABLE 39:  COMMON EQUITY TIER 1 CAPITAL RISK-WEIGHTED ASSETS1 

 

(millions of Canadian dollars)

        As at
       October 31, 2019      October 31, 2018

Credit risk

                 

Retail

     

Residential secured

   $ 33,397    $ 31,280

Qualifying revolving retail

     35,693      29,276

Other retail

     44,885      44,564

Non-retail

     

Corporate

     191,753      182,685

Sovereign

     8,997      8,370

Bank

     8,540      9,001

Securitization exposures

     11,533      13,142

Equity exposures

     4,775      1,173

Exposures subject to standardized or Internal Ratings-Based (IRB) approaches

     339,573      319,491

Adjustment to IRB RWA for scaling factor

     11,062      10,189

Other assets not included in standardized or IRB approaches

     37,536      40,364

Total credit risk

     388,171      370,044

Market risk

     12,200      13,213

Operational risk

     55,606      52,375

Total

   $ 455,977    $ 435,632

 

1 

Each capital ratio has its own RWA measure due to the OSFI-prescribed scalar for inclusion of the CVA. For fiscal 2019, the scalars for inclusion of CVA for CET1, Tier 1 and Total Capital RWA are all 100%. For fiscal 2018, the scalars were 80%, 83%, and 86%, respectively.

 

TD BANK GROUP 2019 ANNUAL REPORT MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION & ANALYSIS     Page 45  


ECONOMIC CAPITAL AND RISK-WEIGHTED ASSETS BY SEGMENT

The following chart provides a breakdown of the Bank's RWA and economic capital as at October 31, 2019. RWA reflects capital requirements assessed based on regulatory prescribed rules for credit risk, trading market risk, and operational risk. Economic capital reflects the Bank's internal view of capital requirements for these risks as well as risks not captured within the assessment of RWA as described in the "Economic Capital" section of this document. The results shown in the chart do not reflect attribution of goodwill and intangibles. For additional information on the risks highlighted below, refer to the "Managing Risk" section of this document.

 

LOGO

 

TD BANK GROUP 2019 ANNUAL REPORT MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION & ANALYSIS     Page 46  


TABLE 40:  EQUITY AND OTHER SECURITIES1 

 

(millions of shares/units, except as noted)

       As at   
     October 31, 2019     October 31, 2018   
      
Number of
shares/units
 
   
Number of
shares/units
 

Common shares outstanding

     1,812.5     1,830.4   

Treasury shares – common

     (0.6     (2.1 )  

Total common shares

     1,811.9     1,828.3   

Stock options

    

Vested

     4.7     4.7   

Non-vested

     8.1     8.4   

Preferred shares – Class A

    

Series 12 

     20.0     20.0   

Series 33 

     20.0     20.0   

Series 5

     20.0     20.0   

Series 7

     14.0     14.0   

Series 9

     8.0     8.0   

Series 11

     6.0     6.0   

Series 12

     28.0     28.0   

Series 14

     40.0     40.0   

Series 16

     14.0     14.0   

Series 18

     14.0     14.0   

Series 20

     16.0     16.0   

Series 224 

     14.0      

Series 245 

     18.0      

Total preferred shares – equity

     232.0     200.0   

Treasury shares – preferred

     (0.3     (0.3 )  

Total preferred shares

     231.7     199.7   

Capital Trust Securities (thousands of shares)

    

Trust units issued by TD Capital Trust III:

    

TD Capital Trust III Securities – Series 20086 

           1,000.0   

Debt issued by TD Capital Trust IV:

    

TD Capital Trust IV Notes – Series 17 

           550.0   

TD Capital Trust IV Notes – Series 2

     450.0     450.0   

TD Capital Trust IV Notes – Series 3

     750.0     750.0   

 

1 

For further details, including the principal amount, conversion and exchange features, and distributions, refer to Note 21 of the 2019 Consolidated Financial Statements.

2 

On October 16, 2019, the Bank announced that none of its 20 million Non-Cumulative 5-Year Rate Reset Preferred Shares NVCC, Series 1 (the "Series 1 Shares") would be converted on October 31, 2019, into Non-Cumulative Floating Rate Preferred Shares NVCC, Series 2. As previously announced on October 1, 2019, the dividend rate for the Series 1 Shares for the 5-year period from and including October 31, 2019, but excluding October 31, 2024, will be 3.662%.

3 

On July 18, 2019, the Bank announced that none of its 20 million Non-Cumulative 5-Year Rate Reset Preferred Shares NVCC, Series 3 (the "Series 3 Shares") would be converted on July 31, 2019, into Non-Cumulative Floating Rate Preferred Shares NVCC, Series 4. As previously announced on July 2, 2019, the dividend rate for the Series 3 Shares for the 5-year period from and including July 31, 2019, but excluding July 31, 2024, will be 3.681%.

4

Non-Cumulative 5-Year Rate Reset Preferred Shares (NVCC), Series 22 (the "Series 22 Shares") issued by the Bank on January 28, 2019, at a price of $25 per share, with quarterly non-cumulative cash dividends on these shares, if declared, payable at a per annum rate of 5.20% for the initial period ending April 30, 2024. Thereafter, the dividend rate will reset every five years equal to the then five-year Government of Canada bond yield plus 3.27%. Holders of these shares will have the right to convert their shares into non-cumulative NVCC Floating Rate Preferred Shares, Series 23, subject to certain conditions, on April 30, 2024, and on April 30 every five years thereafter. Holders of the Series 23 Shares will be entitled to receive quarterly floating rate dividends, if declared, at a rate equal to the three-month Government of Canada Treasury Bill yield plus 3.27%. The Series 22 Shares are redeemable by the Bank, subject to regulatory consent, at $25 per share on April 30, 2024, and on April 30 every five years thereafter.

5

Non-Cumulative 5-Year Rate Reset Preferred Shares (NVCC), Series 24 (the "Series 24 Shares") issued by the Bank on June 4, 2019, at a price of $25 per share, with quarterly non-cumulative cash dividends on these shares, if declared, payable at a per annum rate of 5.10% for the initial period ending July 31, 2024. Thereafter, the dividend rate will reset every five years equal to the then five-year Government of Canada bond yield plus 3.56%. Holders of these shares will have the right to convert their shares into non-cumulative NVCC Floating Rate Preferred Shares, Series 25, subject to certain conditions, on July 31, 2024, and on July 31 every five years thereafter. Holders of the Series 25 Shares will be entitled to receive quarterly floating rate dividends, if declared, at a rate equal to the three-month Government of Canada Treasury Bill yield plus 3.56%. The Series 24 Shares are redeemable by the Bank, subject to regulatory consent, at $25 per share on July 31, 2024, and on July 31 every five years thereafter.

6

TD Capital Trust III redeemed all of the outstanding TD Capital Trust III Securities – Series 2008 on December 31, 2018.

7

TD Capital Trust IV redeemed all of the outstanding TD Capital Trust IV Notes – Series 1 on June 30, 2019.

All series of preferred shares – Class A include NVCC provisions. If a NVCC trigger event were to occur, the maximum number of common shares that could be issued, assuming there are no declared and unpaid dividends on the respective series of preferred shares at the time of conversion, would be 1.2 billion in aggregate.

For NVCC subordinated notes and debentures, if a NVCC trigger event were to occur, the maximum number of common shares that could be issued, assuming there is no accrued and unpaid interest on the respective subordinated notes and debentures, would be 3.1 billion in aggregate. The following subordinated debentures contain NVCC provisions: the 2.692% subordinated debentures due June 24, 2025, 2.982% subordinated debentures due September 30, 2025, 3.589% subordinated debentures due September 14, 2028, 3.224% subordinated debentures due July 25, 2029, 4.859% subordinated debentures due March 4, 2031, 3.625% subordinated debentures due September 15, 2031, and the 3.06% subordinated debentures due January 26, 2032. Refer to Note 19 of the Bank's 2019 Consolidated Financial Statements for additional details.

 

TD BANK GROUP 2019 ANNUAL REPORT MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION & ANALYSIS     Page 47  


Future Regulatory Capital Developments

In November 2019, BCBS published a consultation document which proposes a set of targeted adjustments to the CVA risk framework that was issued in December 2017. The revisions aim to align the revised CVA risk framework with the minimum capital requirements for market risk and the capital requirements for bank exposures to central counterparties.

In November 2019, BCBS released a discussion paper on sovereign disclosures. The BCBS is seeking views on three potential disclosure templates, which would require banks to disclose their sovereign exposures and RWA by jurisdictional breakdown, currency, and accounting classification.

In November 2019, BCBS released a discussion paper on market risk disclosures. The discussion paper proposes changes to the January 1, 2022 version of the Pillar 3 market risk tables/templates to reflect changes from the new minimum capital requirements for market risk, published in January 2019.

In October 2019, the U.S. Federal Reserve Board finalized the risk-based tailoring rule for domestic bank holding companies and foreign banking organizations (FBOs). The rule further tailors the regulatory framework for enhanced prudential standards and the U.S. Basel III capital and liquidity requirements. The final rule classifies institutions into different categories, and applies different regulatory requirements, based on an assessment of five risk-based indicators: size, cross-jurisdictional activity, reliance on weighted short-term wholesale funding, non-bank assets, and off-balance sheet exposures. TD Group US Holding LLC (TDGUS) will be a category III institution, effective December 31, 2019. As these are U.S. regulatory rules, the Bank does not expect there to be an impact to capital at the consolidated Bank level.

In July 2019, in consideration of the final Basel III revisions published by the BCBS in December 2017, OSFI published guidance related to the capital requirements for operational risk. Banks currently approved to use the Advanced Measurement Approach (AMA) will be required to use a revised Basel III standardized approach when the revised requirements are implemented in Canada in the first quarter of 2021. To facilitate implementation of the revised requirements, OSFI is providing a transition period for fiscal 2020, during which time banks currently reporting under AMA, should report operational risk capital using the current standardized approach.

In June 2019, BCBS published a revision to align the leverage ratio measurement of client cleared derivatives with the measurement defined per the SA-CCR as used for risk-based capital requirements. This treatment will permit both cash and non-cash forms of segregated initial margin and cash and non-cash variation margin received from a client to offset the replacement cost and potential future exposure for client cleared derivatives only. The revisions are effective as of January 1, 2022.

In June 2019, BCBS published revisions to leverage ratio disclosure requirements. The revisions set out additional requirements for banks to disclose their leverage ratios based on quarter-end and on daily average value of securities financing transactions. This change is effective as of January 1, 2022.

In April 2019, OSFI published the final version of its guideline B-2: Large Exposure Limits for D-SIBs. The guideline outlines practices for the management of risk related to large exposures and provides additional guidance on methods for identifying, measuring, managing, and monitoring large exposures. The guideline introduces tighter limits for exposures to both G-SIBs and to other Canadian D-SIBs, recognizes eligible credit risk mitigation techniques by measuring exposure on a net basis rather than a gross basis, and reduces the eligible capital base from Total Capital to Tier 1 Capital. The guideline is effective November 1, 2019.

In January 2019, BCBS published the final minimum capital requirements for market risk standard. The key aspects of the standard include: clarification on the scope; a refined standardized approach for foreign exchange risk and index instruments; revised standardized risk weights applicable to general interest rate risk, foreign exchange, and certain other exposures; revisions to the assessment process relating to internal models reflecting the risks on individual trading desks; and revisions related to identification of risk factors that are eligible for internal modelling. The standard is effective January 1, 2022.

In December 2018, BCBS published the final "Pillar 3 disclosure requirements – updated framework". The framework includes disclosure revisions and additions arising from the finalization of the Basel III reforms related to the following areas: credit risk, operational risk, leverage ratio, CVA risk; RWA calculated by the Bank's internal models and under standardized approaches; and an overview of risk management, RWA, and key prudential metrics. The framework also contains new disclosure requirements related to asset encumbrance and capital distribution constraints. These disclosure requirements, together with the first and second phase of the revised Pillar 3 disclosure requirements, issued in January 2015 and March 2017 respectively, complete the Pillar 3 framework. The disclosure requirements related to Basel III reforms are effective January 1, 2022.

In August 2018, OSFI provided notification to the Bank setting a supervisory target TLAC ratio at 23.0% of RWA, inclusive of the DSB, and the minimum TLAC leverage ratio at 6.75%. This is pursuant to the final guideline on TLAC issued by OSFI in April 2018. In June 2019, OSFI announced the DSB would be 2% as of October 31, 2019, effectively raising the supervisory TLAC target to 23.5%. Beginning the first quarter of 2022, D-SIBs will be expected to meet the supervisory target TLAC requirements. Investments in TLAC issued by G-SIBs or Canadian D-SIBs will be required to be deducted from capital.

In July 2018, OSFI released a discussion paper on the proposed implementation of the Basel III reforms for public consultation. The discussion paper sets out OSFI's proposed policy direction and timelines for domestic implementation. The BCBS issued the finalized Basel III reforms in December 2017. The reforms include: i) a revised internal ratings-based approach for credit risk where the use of the internal models are constrained by placing limits on certain inputs and the option to use AIRB for certain asset classes has been removed; ii) a revised standardized approach for credit risk that is more granular and risk-sensitive; iii) replacement of the CVA framework with new standardized and basic approaches; iv) stream-lining the existing operational risk framework to a risk-sensitive standardized approach which will replace existing methodologies; v) revisions to the measurement of the leverage ratio and introduction of a leverage ratio buffer for G-SIBs; vi) the implementation of the adoption of the minimum capital requirements for market risk (Fundamental Review of the Trading Book); and vii) an aggregate output floor based on the revised Basel III standardized approaches. The reforms are effective the first quarter of 2022, with the standardized output floor having an added five-year phased implementation period until 2027.

Global Systemically Important Banks Designation and Disclosures

The FSB, in consultation with the BCBS and national authorities, identifies G-SIBs. In July 2013, the BCBS issued an update to the final rules on G-SIBs and outlined the G-SIB assessment methodology which is based on the submissions of the largest global banks. Twelve indicators are used in the G-SIB assessment methodology to determine systemic importance. The score for a particular indicator is calculated by dividing the individual bank value by the aggregate amount for the indicator summed across all banks included in the assessment. Accordingly, an individual bank's ranking is reliant on the results and submissions of other global banks. The update also provided clarity on the public disclosure requirements of the twelve indicators used in the assessment methodology.

The public communications on G-SIB status is issued annually each November. On November 22, 2019, the Bank was designated as a G-SIB by the FSB. As a result of this designation, the Bank would be subject to an additional loss absorbency requirement (CET1 as a percentage of RWA) of 1% under applicable FSB member authority requirements; however, in accordance with OSFI's CAR guideline, for Canadian banks designated as a G-SIB, the higher of the D-SIB and G-SIB surcharges will apply. As the D-SIB surcharge is currently equivalent to the 1% G-SIB common equity ratio requirement, the Bank's designation has no additional impact on the Bank's minimum CET1 regulatory requirements. There is no impact to the supervisory target risk-based TLAC ratio of 23.5% or TLAC leverage ratio of 6.75% as a result of the Bank's G-SIB designation. The Bank will be in discussions with regulatory bodies regarding the G-SIB designation.

As a result of the Bank's G-SIB designation, the U.S. Federal Reserve requires TDGUS, as TD's U.S. IHC, to maintain a minimum amount of TLAC and long-term debt. From the date the Bank was designated as a G-SIB, TDGUS has a three-year transitional period to meet these requirements.

The Bank is required to publish the twelve indicators used in the G-SIB indicator-based assessment framework. Public disclosure of financial year-end data is required annually, no later than the date of a bank's first quarter public disclosure of shareholder financial data in the following year. TD's 2019 fiscal year indicators will be disclosed by the Bank in the first quarter of 2020.

 

TD BANK GROUP 2019 ANNUAL REPORT MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION & ANALYSIS     Page 48  


In July 2018, BCBS issued a revised G-SIB framework; G-SIBs: revised assessment methodology and the higher loss absorbency requirement. The new assessment methodology introduces a trading volume indicator and modifies the weights in the substitutability category, amends the definition of cross-jurisdictional indicators, extends the scope of consolidation to insurance subsidiaries, and provides further guidance on bucket migration and associated loss absorbency surcharges. The revised methodology is expected to be implemented in 2021.

 

 

GROUP FINANCIAL CONDITION

Securitization and Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

In the normal course of operations, the Bank engages in a variety of financial transactions that, under IFRS, are either not recorded on the Bank's Consolidated Balance Sheet or are recorded in amounts that differ from the full contract or notional amounts. These off-balance sheet arrangements involve, among other risks, varying elements of market, credit, and liquidity risks which are discussed in the "Managing Risk" section of this document. Off-balance sheet arrangements are generally undertaken for risk management, capital management, and funding management purposes and include securitizations, contractual obligations, and certain commitments and guarantees.

STRUCTURED ENTITIES

TD carries out certain business activities through arrangements with structured entities (SEs). The Bank uses SEs to raise capital, obtain sources of liquidity by securitizing certain of the Bank's financial assets, to assist TD's clients in securitizing their financial assets, and to create investment products for the Bank's clients. Securitizations are an important part of the financial markets, providing liquidity by facilitating investor access to specific portfolios of assets and risks. Refer to Notes 2, 9, and 10 of the 2019 Consolidated Financial Statements for further information regarding the Bank's involvement with SEs.

Securitization of Bank-Originated Assets

The Bank securitizes residential mortgages, business and government loans, credit card loans, and personal loans to enhance its liquidity position, to diversify sources of funding, and to optimize the management of the balance sheet.

The Bank securitizes residential mortgages under the National Housing Act Mortgage-Backed Securities (NHA MBS) program sponsored by the Canada Mortgage and Housing Corporation (CMHC). The securitization of the residential mortgages with the CMHC does not qualify for derecognition and the mortgages remain on the Bank's Consolidated Balance Sheet. Additionally, the Bank securitizes credit card and personal loans by selling them to Bank-sponsored SEs that are consolidated by the Bank. The Bank also securitizes U.S. residential mortgages with U.S. government-sponsored entities which qualify for derecognition and are removed from the Bank's Consolidated Balance Sheet. Refer to Notes 9 and 10 of the 2019 Consolidated Financial Statements for further information.

 

TABLE 41:  EXPOSURES SECURITIZED BY THE BANK AS ORIGINATOR1 

 

(millions of Canadian dollars)

                 As at
    
Significant
unconsolidated SEs
 
    

Significant
consolidated
SEs
 
 
 
     Non-SE third-parties
    
Securitized
assets
 
    


Carrying
value of
retained
interests
 
 
 
 
    
Securitized
assets
 
 
    
Securitized
assets
 
 
    


Carrying
value of
retained
interests
 
 
 
 
                                  October 31, 2019

Residential mortgage loans

   $ 23,065    $      $      $ 624       $  

Consumer instalment and other personal loans2 

                   750              

Credit card loans

                   5,113              

Business and government loans

                          1,118         19

Total exposure

   $ 23,065    $      $ 5,863    $ 1,742       $ 19
                                  October 31, 2018

Residential mortgage loans

   $ 22,516    $      $      $ 818       $  

Consumer instalment and other personal loans2 

                   1,749              

Credit card loans

                   3,884              

Business and government loans

                          1,206         25

Total exposure

   $     22,516    $     –      $     5,633    $     2,024       $     25

 

1

Includes all assets securitized by the Bank, irrespective of whether they are on-balance or off-balance sheet for accounting purposes, except for securitizations through U.S. government-sponsored entities.

2

In securitization transactions that the Bank has undertaken for its own assets it has acted as an originating bank and retained securitization exposure from a capital perspective.

Residential Mortgage Loans

The Bank securitizes residential mortgage loans through significant unconsolidated SEs and Canadian non-SE third-parties. Residential mortgage loans securitized by the Bank may give rise to full derecognition of the financial assets depending on the individual arrangement of each transaction. In instances where the Bank fully derecognizes residential mortgage loans, the Bank may be exposed to the risks of transferred loans through retained interests.

Consumer Instalment and Other Personal Loans

The Bank securitizes consumer instalment and other personal loans through a consolidated SE. The Bank consolidates the SE as it serves as a financing vehicle for the Bank's assets, the Bank has power over the key economic decisions of the SE, and the Bank is exposed to the majority of the residual risks of the SE. As at October 31, 2019, the SE had $750 million of issued notes outstanding (October 31, 2018 – $2 billion). As at October 31, 2019, the Bank's maximum potential exposure to loss for these conduits was $750 million (October 31, 2018 – $2 billion) with a fair value of $750 million (October 31, 2018 – $2 billion).

 

TD BANK GROUP 2019 ANNUAL REPORT MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION & ANALYSIS     Page 49  


Credit Card Loans

The Bank securitizes credit card loans through an SE. The Bank consolidates the SE as it serves as a financing vehicle for the Bank's assets, the Bank has power over the key economic decisions of the SE, and the Bank is exposed to the majority of the residual risks of the SE. As at October 31, 2019, the Bank had $5 billion of securitized credit card receivables outstanding (October 31, 2018 – $4 billion). As at October 31, 2019, the consolidated SE had US$3 billion variable rate notes outstanding (October 31, 2018 – US$3 billion). The notes are issued to third-party investors and have a fair value of US$3 billion as at October 31, 2019 (October 31, 2018 – US$3 billion). Due to the nature of the credit card receivables, their carrying amounts approximate fair value.

Business and Government Loans

The Bank securitizes business and government loans through significant unconsolidated SEs and Canadian non-SE third-parties. Business and government loans securitized by the Bank may be derecognized from the Bank's balance sheet depending on the individual arrangement of each transaction. In instances where the Bank fully derecognizes business and government loans, the Bank may be exposed to the risks of transferred loans through retained interests. There are no ECLs on the retained interests of the securitized business and government loans as the mortgages are all government insured.

Securitization of Third-Party Originated Assets

Significant Unconsolidated Structured Entities

Multi-Seller Conduits

The Bank administers multi-seller conduits and provides liquidity facilities as well as securities distribution services; it may also provide credit enhancements. Third-party originated assets are securitized through Bank-sponsored SEs, which are not consolidated by the Bank. The Bank's maximum potential exposure to loss due to its ownership interest in commercial paper and through the provision of liquidity facilities for multi-seller conduits was $10.2 billion as at October 31, 2019 (October 31, 2018 – $10.4 billion). Further, as at October 31, 2019, the Bank had committed to provide an additional $3.2 billion in liquidity facilities that can be used to support future asset-backed commercial paper (ABCP) in the purchase of deal-specific assets (October 31, 2018 – $2.8 billion).

All third-party assets securitized by the Bank's unconsolidated multi-seller conduits were originated in Canada and sold to Canadian securitization structures. Details of the Bank-administered multi-seller ABCP conduits are included in the following table.

 

TABLE 42: EXPOSURE TO THIRD-PARTY ORIGINATED ASSETS SECURITIZED BY BANK-SPONSORED UNCONSOLIDATED CONDUITS

 

(millions of Canadian dollars, except as noted)

           As at   
     October 31, 2019         October 31, 2018   
      


Exposure and
ratings profile of
unconsolidated SEs
AAA1 
 
 
 
 
    


Expected
weighted-
average life
(years)2 
 
 
 
 
    


Exposure and
ratings profile of
unconsolidated SEs
AAA1 
 
 
 
 
    


Expected
weighted-
average life
(years)2 
 
 
 
 

Residential mortgage loans

   $ 5,569         2.3       $ 6,002        2.9  

Automobile loans and leases

     4,002         1.8         3,803        1.5  

Equipment leases

     451         2.4         413        1.5  

Trade receivables

     143         1.6         143        2.5  

Total exposure

   $     10,165         2.0       $     10,361        2.3  

 

1

The Bank's total liquidity facility exposure only relates to 'AAA' rated assets.

2

Expected weighted-average life for each asset type is based upon each of the conduit's remaining purchase commitment for revolving pools and the expected weighted-average life of the assets for amortizing pools.

As at October 31, 2019, the Bank held $39.4 million of ABCP issued by Bank-sponsored multi-seller conduits within the Trading loans, securities, and other category on its Consolidated Balance Sheet (October 31, 2018 – $344.7 million).

OFF-BALANCE SHEET EXPOSURE TO THIRD-PARTY SPONSORED CONDUITS

The Bank has off-balance sheet exposure to third-party sponsored conduits arising from providing liquidity facilities and funding commitments of $3.8 billion as at October 31, 2019 (October 31, 2018 – $3.0 billion). The assets within these conduits are comprised of individual notes backed by automotive loan receivables, credit card receivables, equipment receivables and trade receivables. As at October 31, 2019, these assets have maintained ratings from various credit rating agencies, with a minimum rating of A. On-balance sheet exposure to third-party sponsored conduits have been included in the financial statements.

COMMITMENTS

The Bank enters into various commitments to meet the financing needs of the Bank's clients and to earn fee income. Significant commitments of the Bank include financial and performance standby letters of credit, documentary and commercial letters of credit, and commitments to extend credit. These products may expose the Bank to liquidity, credit, and reputational risks. There are adequate risk management and control processes in place to mitigate these risks. Certain commitments still remain off-balance sheet. Note 27 of the 2019 Consolidated Financial Statements provides detailed information about the maximum amount of additional credit the Bank could be obligated to extend.

GUARANTEES

In the normal course of business, the Bank enters into various guarantee contracts to support its clients. The Bank's significant types of guarantee products are financial and performance standby letters of credit, credit enhancements, and indemnification agreements. Certain guarantees remain off-balance sheet. Refer to Note 27 of the 2019 Consolidated Financial Statements for further information.

 

TD BANK GROUP 2019 ANNUAL REPORT MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION & ANALYSIS     Page 50  


 

GROUP FINANCIAL CONDITION

Related-Party Transactions

TRANSACTIONS WITH KEY MANAGEMENT PERSONNEL, THEIR CLOSE FAMILY MEMBERS, AND THEIR RELATED ENTITIES

Key management personnel are those persons having authority and responsibility for planning, directing, and controlling the activities of the Bank, directly or indirectly. The Bank considers certain of its officers and directors to be key management personnel. The Bank makes loans to its key management personnel, their close family members, and their related entities on market terms and conditions with the exception of banking products and services for key management personnel, which are subject to approved policy guidelines that govern all employees.

In addition, the Bank offers deferred share and other plans to non-employee directors, executives, and certain other key employees. Refer to Note 23 of the 2019 Consolidated Financial Statements for more details.

In the ordinary course of business, the Bank also provides various banking services to associated and other related corporations on terms similar to those offered to non-related parties.

TRANSACTIONS WITH SUBSIDIARIES, TD AMERITRADE, AND SYMCOR INC.

Transactions between the Bank and its subsidiaries meet the definition of related-party transactions. If these transactions are eliminated on consolidation, they are not disclosed as related-party transactions.

Transactions between the Bank, TD Ameritrade, and Symcor Inc. (Symcor) also qualify as related-party transactions. There were no significant transactions between the Bank, TD Ameritrade, and Symcor during the year ended October 31, 2019, other than as described in the following sections and in Note 12 of the 2019 Consolidated Financial Statements.

Other Transactions with TD Ameritrade and Symcor

i) TD AMERITRADE HOLDING CORPORATION

The Bank has significant influence over TD Ameritrade and accounts for its investment in TD Ameritrade using the equity method. Pursuant to the Stockholders Agreement in relation to the Bank's equity investment in TD Ameritrade, the Bank has the right to designate five of twelve members of TD Ameritrade's Board of Directors. The Bank's designated directors include the Bank's Group President and Chief Executive Officer and four independent directors of TD or TD's U.S. subsidiaries.

Insured Deposit Account Agreement

The Bank is party to an IDA agreement with TD Ameritrade, pursuant to which the Bank makes available to clients of TD Ameritrade, FDIC-insured money market deposit accounts as either designated sweep vehicles or as non-sweep deposit accounts. TD Ameritrade provides marketing and support services with respect to the IDA. The Bank paid fees of $2.2 billion in 2019 (2018 – $1.9 billion; 2017 – $1.5 billion) to TD Ameritrade related to deposit accounts. The amount paid by the Bank is based on the average insured deposit balance of $140 billion in 2019 (2018 – $140 billion; 2017 – $124 billion) with a portion of the amount tied to the actual yield earned by the Bank on the investments, less the actual interest paid to clients of TD Ameritrade, with the balance tied to an agreed rate of return. The Bank earns a servicing fee of 25 bps on the aggregate average daily balance in the sweep accounts (subject to adjustment based on a specified formula).

As at October 31, 2019, amounts receivable from TD Ameritrade were $41 million (October 31, 2018 – $137 million). As at October 31, 2019, amounts payable to TD Ameritrade were $168 million (October 31, 2018 – $174 million).

The Bank and other financial institutions provided TD Ameritrade with unsecured revolving loan facilities. The total commitment provided by the Bank was $291 million, which was undrawn as at October 31, 2019 (October 31, 2018 – $338 million undrawn).

ii) TRANSACTIONS WITH SYMCOR

The Bank has one-third ownership in Symcor, a Canadian provider of business process outsourcing services offering a diverse portfolio of integrated solutions in item processing, statement processing and production, and cash management services. The Bank accounts for Symcor's results using the equity method of accounting. During the year ended October 31, 2019, the Bank paid $81 million (October 31, 2018 – $86 million; October 31, 2017 – $93 million) for these services. As at October 31, 2019, the amount payable to Symcor was $12 million (October 31, 2018 – $14 million).

The Bank and two other shareholder banks have also provided a $100 million unsecured loan facility to Symcor which was undrawn as at October 31, 2019, and October 31, 2018.

 

TD BANK GROUP 2019 ANNUAL REPORT MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION & ANALYSIS     Page 51  


 

GROUP FINANCIAL CONDITION

Financial Instruments

As a financial institution, the Bank's assets and liabilities are substantially composed of financial instruments. Financial assets of the Bank include, but are not limited to, cash, interest-bearing deposits, securities, loans, derivative instruments and securities purchased under reverse repurchase agreements; while financial liabilities include, but are not limited to, deposits, obligations related to securities sold short, securitization liabilities, obligations related to securities sold under repurchase agreements, derivative instruments, and subordinated debt.

The Bank uses financial instruments for both trading and non-trading activities. The Bank typically engages in trading activities by the purchase and sale of securities to provide liquidity and meet the needs of clients and, less frequently, by taking trading positions with the objective of earning a profit. Trading financial instruments include, but are not limited to, trading securities, trading deposits, and trading derivatives. Non-trading financial instruments include the majority of the Bank's lending portfolio, non-trading securities, hedging derivatives, and financial liabilities. In accordance with accounting standards related to financial instruments, financial assets or liabilities classified as trading, non-trading financial instruments at fair value through profit or loss, financial instruments designated at fair value through profit or loss, financial assets at FVOCI, and all derivatives are measured at fair value in the Bank's 2019 Consolidated Financial Statements. DSAC, loans, and other liabilities are carried at amortized cost using the effective interest rate method. For details on how fair values of financial instruments are determined, refer to the "Accounting Judgments, Estimates, and Assumptions" – "Fair Value Measurement" section of this document. The use of financial instruments allows the Bank to earn profits in trading, interest, and fee income. Financial instruments also create a variety of risks which the Bank manages with its extensive risk management policies and procedures. The key risks include interest rate, credit, liquidity, market, and foreign exchange risks. For a more detailed description on how the Bank manages its risk, refer to the "Managing Risk" section of this document.

 

 

RISK FACTORS AND MANAGEMENT

Risk Factors That May Affect Future Results

In addition to the risks described in the "Managing Risk" section, there are numerous other risk factors, many of which are beyond the Bank's control and the effects of which can be difficult to predict, that could cause our results to differ significantly from our plans, objectives, and estimates or could impact the Bank's reputation or sustainability of its business model. All forward-looking statements, including those in this MD&A, are, by their very nature, subject to inherent risks and uncertainties, general and specific, which may cause the Bank's actual results to differ materially from the expectations expressed in the forward-looking statements. Some of these factors are discussed below and others are noted in the "Caution Regarding Forward-Looking Statements" section of this document.

TOP AND EMERGING RISKS

TD considers it critical to regularly assess its operating environment and highlight top and emerging risks. These are risks with a potential to have a material effect on the Bank and where the attention of senior leaders is focused due to the potential magnitude or immediacy of their impact.

Risks are identified, discussed, and actioned by senior leaders and reported quarterly to the Risk Committee of the Board and the Board. Specific plans to mitigate top and emerging risks are prepared, monitored, and adjusted as required.

General Business and Economic Conditions

TD and its customers operate in Canada, the U.S., and to a lesser extent in other countries. As a result, the Bank's earnings are significantly affected by the general business and economic conditions in these regions. These conditions include short-term and long-term interest rates, inflation, fluctuations in the debt, commodity and capital markets, and related market liquidity, real estate prices, employment levels, consumer spending and debt levels, evolving consumer trends and business models, business investment, government spending, exchange rates, sovereign debt risks, the strength of the economy, threats of terrorism, civil unrest, reputational risk associated with increased regulatory, public, and media focus, the effects of public health emergencies, the effects of disruptions to public infrastructure, natural disasters, and the level of business conducted in a specific region. Management maintains an ongoing awareness of the macroeconomic environment in which it operates and incorporates potential material changes into its business plans and strategies; it also incorporates potential material changes into the portfolio stress tests that are conducted. As a result, the Bank is better able to understand the likely impact of many of these negative scenarios and better manage the potential risks.

Geopolitical Risk

Risks related to government policy, international trade and political relations across the global landscape may impact overall market and economic stability in the regions in which the Bank operates. While the nature and extent of these risks may vary depending upon the circumstances involved, they may give rise to increased uncertainty for global economic growth, market volatility in interest rates, foreign exchange, commodity prices, credit spreads, and equities impacting the Bank's trading and non-trading activities, as well as direct and indirect implications on general business and economic conditions that could impact the Bank and its customers. Geopolitical risks evident throughout 2019 include heightened trade tensions and an increase in protectionist measures between international partners, increased political fragmentation across Europe, including the ongoing resolution associated with Brexit, and political unrest in the Asia-Pacific and Middle Eastern regions. Management maintains an ongoing awareness of geopolitical risks to assess potential impacts to the Bank's strategy and operations and routinely incorporates these risks into stress testing activities.

Executing on Long-Term Strategies and Shorter-Term Key Strategic Priorities

The Bank has a number of strategies and priorities, including those detailed in each segment's "Business Segment Analysis" section of this document, which may include large scale strategic or regulatory initiatives that are at various stages of development or implementation. Examples include organic growth strategies, new acquisitions, integration of recently acquired businesses, projects to meet new regulatory requirements, new platforms and new technology or enhancement to existing technology. Risk can be elevated due to the size, scope, velocity, interdependency, and complexity of projects, the limited timeframes to complete the projects, and competing priorities for limited specialized resources.

In respect of acquisitions, the Bank undertakes deal assessments and due diligence before completing a merger or an acquisition and closely monitors integration activities and performance post acquisition. However, there is no assurance that the Bank will achieve its objectives, including anticipated cost savings or revenue synergies following acquisitions and integration. In general, while significant management attention is placed on the governance, oversight, methodology, tools, and resources needed to manage our priorities and strategies, our ability to execute on them is dependent on a number of assumptions and factors. These include those set out in the "Business Outlook and Focus for 2020", "Focus for 2020", and "Managing Risk" sections of this document, as well as

 

TD BANK GROUP 2019 ANNUAL REPORT MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION & ANALYSIS     Page 52  


disciplined resource and expense management and our ability to implement (and the costs associated with the implementation of) enterprise-wide programs to comply with new or enhanced regulations or regulator demands, all of which may not be in the Bank's control and are difficult to predict.

If any of the Bank's acquisitions, strategic plans or priorities are not successfully executed, there could be an impact on the Bank's operations and financial performance and the Bank's earnings could grow more slowly or decline.

Technology and Cyber Security Risk

Technology and cyber security risks for large financial institutions like the Bank have increased in recent years. This is due, in part, to the proliferation, sophistication and constant evolution of new technologies and attack methodologies used by sociopolitical entities, organized criminals, malicious insiders, or service providers, nation states, hackers and other internal or external parties. The increased risks are also a factor of our size and scale of operations, our geographic footprint, the complexity of our technology infrastructure, and our use of internet and telecommunications technologies to conduct financial transactions, such as our continued development of mobile and internet banking platforms. The Bank's technologies, systems and networks, and those of our customers (including their own devices) and the third parties providing services to the Bank, continue to be subject to cyber-attacks, and may be subject to disruption of services, data security or other breaches (including loss or exposure of confidential information, including customer or employee information), identity theft and corporate espionage, or other compromises. The Bank's use of third-party service providers, which are subject to these potential compromises, increases our risk of potential attack, breach or disruption as the Bank has less immediate or continuous oversight over their technology infrastructure or information security. Although the Bank has not experienced any material financial losses relating to technology failure, cyber-attacks or data security or other breaches, there is no assurance that the Bank will not experience loss or damage in the future. These may include cyber-attacks such as targeted and automated online attacks on banking systems and applications, introduction of malicious software, denial of service attacks, malicious insider or service provider exfiltrating data and phishing attacks, any of which could result in the fraudulent use, disclosure or theft of data or amounts that customers hold with the Bank. These may also include attempts by employees, agents or third-party service providers of the Bank to access or disclose sensitive information or other data of the Bank, its customers or its employees. Attempts to illicitly or misleadingly induce employees, customers, third-party service providers or other users of the Bank's systems will likely continue, in an effort to obtain sensitive information and gain access to the Bank's or its customers' data or amounts that the Bank holds or that its customers hold with the Bank. In addition, the Bank's customers often use their own devices, such as computers, smart phones, and tablets, to make payments and manage their accounts, and the Bank has limited ability to assure the safety and security of its customers' transactions with the Bank to the extent they are using their own devices. The Bank actively monitors, manages, and continues to enhance its ability to mitigate these technology and cyber security risks through enterprise-wide programs, using industry accepted practices, and industry accepted threat, and vulnerability assessments and responses. The Bank continues to make investments to mature its cyber defences in accordance with industry accepted standards and practices to enable rapid detection and response to internal and external cyber incidents and unauthorized access or exfiltration of the Bank's data. The adoption of certain technologies, such as cloud computing, artificial intelligence and robotics, call for continued focus and investment to manage our risks effectively. It is possible that the Bank, or those with whom the Bank does business, may not anticipate or implement effective measures against all such cyber and technology-related risks, particularly because of the tactics, techniques, and procedures used change frequently and risks can originate from a wide variety of sources that have also become increasingly sophisticated. The Bank's cyber insurance purchased to mitigate risk may not be sufficient to materially cover against all financial losses. As such, with any cyber-attack, disruption of services, data, security or other breaches (including loss or exposure of confidential information), identity theft, corporate espionage or other compromise of technology or information systems, hardware or related processes, or any significant issues caused by weakness in information technology infrastructure, the Bank may experience, among other things, financial loss; a loss of customers or business opportunities; disruption to operations; misappropriation or unauthorized release of confidential, financial or personal information; damage to computers or systems of the Bank and those of its customers and counterparties; violations of applicable privacy and other laws; litigation; regulatory penalties or intervention, remediation, investigation or restoration cost; increased costs to maintain and update our operational and security systems and infrastructure; and reputational damage. If the Bank were to experience such an incident, it may take a significant amount of time and effort to investigate the incident to obtain full and reliable information necessary to assess the impact. The Bank's owned and operated applications, processes, products, and services could be subject to failures or disruptions as a result of human error, natural disasters, utility disruptions, cyber-attacks or other criminal or terrorist acts, or non-compliance with regulations, which may impact the Bank's operations. Such adverse effects could limit the Bank's ability to deliver products and services to customers, and/or damage the Bank's reputation, which in turn could lead to disruptions to our businesses and financial loss.

Fraud and Criminal Activity

As a financial institution, the Bank is inherently exposed to various types of fraud and other financial crime. The sophistication, complexity, and materiality of these crimes evolves quickly and these crimes can arise from numerous sources, including potential or existing clients or customers, agents, third parties, including suppliers, service providers and outsourcers, other external parties, contractors or employees. In deciding whether to extend credit or enter into other transactions with customers or counterparties, the Bank may rely on information furnished by or on behalf of such customers, counterparties or other external parties including financial statements and financial information and authentication information. The Bank may also rely on the representations of customers, counterparties, and other external parties as to the accuracy and completeness of such information. In order to authenticate customers, whether through the Bank's phone or digital channels or in its branches and stores, the Bank may also rely on certain authentication methods which could be subject to fraud. In addition to the risk of material loss (financial loss, misappropriation of confidential information or other assets of the Bank or its customers and counterparties) that could result in the event of a financial crime, the Bank could face legal action and client and market confidence in the Bank could be impacted. The Bank has invested in a coordinated approach to strengthen the Bank's fraud defences and build upon existing practices in Canada and the U.S. The Bank continues to introduce new capabilities and defences to strengthen the Bank's control posture to combat more complex fraud, including cyber fraud.

Third-Party Service Providers

The Bank recognizes the value of using third parties to support its businesses, as they provide access to leading applications, processes, products and services, specialized expertise, innovation, economies of scale, and operational efficiencies. However, they may also create reliance upon the provider with respect to continuity, reliability, and security of these relationships, and their associated processes, people and facilities. As the financial services industry and its supply chain become more complex, the need for robust, holistic, and sophisticated controls and ongoing oversight increases. Just as the Bank's owned and operated applications, processes, products, and services could be subject to failures or disruptions as a result of human error, natural disasters, utility disruptions, cyber-attacks or other criminal or terrorist acts, or non-compliance with regulations, each of its suppliers may be exposed to similar risks which could in turn impact the Bank's operations. Such adverse effects could limit the Bank's ability to deliver products and services to customers, and/or damage the Bank's reputation, which in turn could lead to disruptions to our businesses and financial loss. Consequently, the Bank has established expertise and resources dedicated to third-party risk management, as well as policies and procedures governing third-party relationships from the point of selection through the life cycle of the business arrangement. The Bank develops and tests robust business continuity management plans which contemplate customer, employee, and operational implications, including technology and other infrastructure contingencies.

 

TD BANK GROUP 2019 ANNUAL REPORT MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION & ANALYSIS     Page 53  


Introduction of New and Changes to Current Laws and Regulations

The financial services industry is highly regulated. TD's operations, profitability and reputation could be adversely affected by the introduction of new laws and regulations, changes to, or changes in interpretation or application of current laws and regulations, and issuance of judicial decisions. These adverse effects could also result from the fiscal, economic, and monetary policies of various regulatory agencies and governments in Canada, the U.S., the United Kingdom, and other countries, and changes in the interpretation or implementation of those policies. Such adverse effects may include incurring additional costs and resources to address initial and ongoing compliance; limiting the types or nature of products and services the Bank can provide and fees it can charge; unfavourably impacting the pricing and delivery of products and services the Bank provides; increasing the ability of new and existing competitors to compete with their pricing, products and services (including, in jurisdictions outside Canada, the favouring of certain domestic institutions); and increasing risks associated with potential non-compliance. In addition to the adverse impacts described above, the Bank's failure to comply with applicable laws and regulations could result in sanctions and financial penalties that could adversely impact its earnings and its operations and damage its reputation. The global anti-money laundering and economic sanctions landscape continues to experience regulatory change, with significant, complex new laws and regulations that have, or are anticipated to come into force in the short and medium-term in many of the jurisdictions in which the Bank operates. In addition, the global data and privacy landscape has and continues to experience regulatory change, with significant new legislation that has been passed and will be implemented in the near term in some of the jurisdictions in which the Bank does business and additional new legislation that is anticipated to come into force in the medium-term. In addition, despite the Bank's monitoring and evaluation of the potential impact of rules, proposals, consent orders and regulatory guidance, governments and regulators around the world may introduce, and the issuance of judicial decisions may result in, unanticipated new regulations that are applicable to the Bank. In Europe, there are a number of uncertainties in connection with the future of the United Kingdom and its relationship with the European Union, and reforms implemented through the European Market Infrastructure Regulation and the review of Markets in Financial Instruments Directive and accompanying Regulation could result in higher operational and system costs and potential changes in the types of products and services the Bank can offer to clients in the region. In addition, the Canadian Securities Administrators has proposed regulations relating to over-the-counter derivatives reform. The Bank is monitoring this regulatory initiative which, if implemented, could result in increased compliance costs, and compliance with these standards may impact the Bank's businesses, operations and results. Finally, in Canada, there are a number of government initiatives underway that could impact financial institutions, including regulatory initiatives with respect to payments evolution and modernization, open banking, consumer protection, protection of customer data, and anti-money laundering. In addition, changes relating to interchange in Canada, which will become effective May 2020, may impact the Bank's credit card businesses.

Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act

The Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act (Dodd-Frank), a U.S. federal law enacted in 2010, required significant structural reform to the U.S. financial services industry and affects every banking organization operating in the U.S., including the Bank. In general, in connection with Dodd-Frank the Bank could be negatively impacted by loss of revenue, limitations on the products or services it offers, and additional operational and compliance costs. Due to certain aspects with extraterritorial effect, Dodd-Frank also impacts the Bank's operations outside the U.S., including in Canada. Many parts of Dodd-Frank are in effect and others are in the implementation stage. Certain rules under Dodd-Frank and other regulatory requirements that impact the Bank include: the so-called "Volcker Rule", which generally restricts banking entities from engaging in proprietary trading and from sponsoring or holding ownership interests in or having certain relationships with certain hedge funds and private equity funds; capital planning and stress testing requirements for our top-tier U.S. intermediate holding company; stress testing requirement for TD Bank, N.A.; and various "enhanced prudential standards" under Federal Reserve regulations. The Bank has incurred, and will continue to incur, operational, capital, liquidity, and compliance costs, and compliance with these standards may impact the Bank's businesses, operations, and results in the U.S. and overall.

The current U.S. regulatory environment for banking organizations may be impacted by recent and future legislative or regulatory developments. For example, the recently enacted Economic Growth, Regulatory Relief and Consumer Protection Act (Reform Act) included modifications to the stress testing and other aspects of Dodd-Frank. In addition, the applicable U.S. Federal regulatory agencies have proposed and in some cases, adopted regulatory amendments to certain of these requirements, including with respect to the Volcker Rule regulations and capital planning and stress testing requirements. In October 2019, the Federal Reserve issued a final rule that implements the Reform Act's changes to the application of enhanced prudential standards with respect to U.S. and non-U.S. banking organizations (the "Tailoring Rule"). The Tailoring Rule delineates four categories of enhanced prudential standards applicable to non-U.S. banking organizations based on the risk profile of the organization, with most enhanced prudential standards applying only to non-U.S. banking organizations with combined U.S. assets of at least US$100 billion, such as the Bank, or to U.S. intermediate holding companies of non-U.S. banking organizations with total consolidated assets of at least US$100 billion, such as our top-tier U.S. intermediate holding company.

The ultimate consequences of these developments and their impact on the Bank remain uncertain and it remains unclear whether any other legislative or regulatory proposals relating to these requirements will be enacted or adopted.

Bank Recapitalization "Bail-In" Regime

In 2016, legislation to amend the Bank Act, the Canada Deposit Insurance Corporation Act (the "CDIC Act") and certain other federal statutes pertaining to banks to create a bank recapitalization or bail-in regime for D-SIBs, which include the Bank, was approved. In April 2018, the Government of Canada (GOC) published regulations under the CDIC Act and the Bank Act providing the final details of conversion and issuance regimes for bail-in instruments issued by D-SIBs (collectively, the Bail-in Regulations) which came into force in September 2018.

Pursuant to the CDIC Act, if the Superintendent is of the opinion that a D-SIB has ceased or is about to cease to be viable and its viability cannot be restored through the exercise of the Superintendent's powers, the GOC can, among other things, appoint the Canada Deposit Insurance Corporation (CDIC) as receiver of the Bank and direct CDIC to convert certain shares (including preferred shares) and liabilities of the Bank (including senior debt securities) into common shares of the Bank or any of its affiliates (a Bail-in Conversion). However, under the CDIC Act, the conversion powers of CDIC would not apply to shares and liabilities issued or originated before September 23, 2018 (the date on which the Bail-in Regulations came into force) unless, on or after such date, they are amended or in the case of liabilities, their term is extended.

The Bail-in Regulations prescribe the types of shares and liabilities that are subject to a Bail-in Conversion. In general, any senior debt securities with an initial or amended term-to-maturity greater than 400 days that are unsecured or partially secured and have been assigned a CUSIP, ISIN, or similar identification number are subject to a Bail-in Conversion. Shares, other than common shares, and subordinated debt, that are not NVCC instruments, are also subject to a Bail-in Conversion. However, certain other debt obligations of the Bank such as structured notes (as defined in the Bail-in Regulations), covered bonds, and certain derivatives are not subject to a Bail-in Conversion.

The bail-in regime could adversely affect the Bank's cost of funding.

 

TD BANK GROUP 2019 ANNUAL REPORT MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION & ANALYSIS     Page 54  


Regulatory Oversight and Compliance Risk

Our businesses are subject to extensive regulation and oversight. Regulatory change is occurring in all of the jurisdictions in which the Bank operates. Governments and regulators around the world have demonstrated an increased focus on conduct risk, data control, use and security, and on money laundering and terrorist financing risks and threats. As well, they have continued the trends towards establishing new standards and best practice expectations and a willingness to use public enforcement with fines and penalties when compliance breaches occur.

The Bank continually monitors and evaluates the potential impact of applicable regulatory developments (including rules, proposed rules, standards, and regulatory guidance). However, while the Bank devotes substantial compliance, legal, and operational business resources to facilitate compliance with these developments by their respective effective dates, and also to the consideration of other governmental and regulator expectations, it is possible that the Bank may not be able to accurately predict the impact of final rules implementing such developments, the interpretation or enforcement actions taken by governments and regulators regarding such rules, or may not be able to develop or enhance the platforms, technology, or operational procedures and frameworks necessary to comply with, or adapt to, such rules or expectations in advance of their effective dates. This could require the Bank to take further actions or incur more costs than expected, and may expose the Bank to enforcement and reputational risk. Regulatory changes, as well as uncertainty surrounding the scope and requirements of the final rules implementing such changes, will continue to increase our compliance and operational risks and costs. In addition, if governments or regulators take formal enforcement action, rather than taking informal/supervisory actions, then, despite the Bank's risk management efforts, its operations, business strategies and product and service offerings may be adversely impacted, therefore impacting financial results.

Also, it may be determined that the Bank has not adequately, completely or timely addressed regulatory developments or enforcement actions to which it is subject, in a manner which meets governmental or regulator expectations. As such, the Bank may continue to face a greater number or wider scope of investigations, enforcement actions, and litigation. In addition, public notifications of enforcement actions are becoming more prevalent which could negatively impact the Bank's reputation.

The Bank may incur greater than expected costs associated with enhancing its compliance, or may incur fines, penalties or judgments not in its favour associated with non-compliance, all of which could also lead to negative impacts on the Bank's financial performance and its reputation.

Level of Competition and Disruptive Technology

The Bank operates in a highly competitive industry and its performance is impacted by the level of competition. Customer retention and acquisition can be influenced by many factors, including the Bank's reputation as well as the pricing, market differentiation, and overall customer experience of our products and services. Enhanced competition from incumbents and new entrants may impact the Bank's pricing of products and services and may cause us to lose revenue and/or market share. Increased competition requires us to make additional short and long-term investments to remain competitive and continue delivering differentiated value to our customers, which may increase expenses. In addition, the Bank operates in environments where laws and regulations that apply to it may not universally apply to its current and emerging competitors, which could include the domestic institutions in jurisdictions outside of Canada or the U.S., or non-traditional providers (such as Fintech, big technology competitors) of financial products and services. Non-depository or non-financial institutions are often able to offer products and services that were traditionally banking products and compete with banks in offering digital financial solutions (primarily mobile or web-based services), without facing the same regulatory requirements or oversight. These third parties can seek to acquire customer relationships and disintermediate customers from their primary financial institution, which can also increase fraud and privacy risks for customers and financial institutions in general. The nature of disruption is such that it can be difficult to anticipate and/or respond to adequately or quickly, representing inherent risks to certain Bank businesses, including payments. As such, this type of competition could also adversely impact the Bank's earnings. To mitigate these effects and identify how the changing landscape can enhance the Bank's value proposition, including delivering new revenue streams for the Bank and greater value for customers, stakeholders across each of the Bank's business segments constantly seek to understand and leverage emerging technologies and trends. This includes monitoring the competitive environment in which they operate and reviewing or amending their customer acquisition, management, and retention strategies as appropriate and building optionality and flexibility into the products and services offered to keep pace with evolving customer expectations. The Bank is committed to investing in differentiated and personalized experiences for its customers, putting a particular emphasis on mobile technologies, enabling customers to transact seamlessly across their preferred channels. The Bank is also advancing artificial intelligence (AI) capabilities, to help further inform our business decisions and risk management practices. While the Bank is seeking to drive adoption and use of AI in a responsible way, there is no assurance that AI will appropriately or sufficiently replicate certain outcomes or accurately predict future events or exposures. The Bank considers various options to accelerate innovation, including making strategic investments in innovative companies, exploring partnership opportunities, and experimenting with new technologies and concepts internally. Legislative or regulatory action relating to such new technologies could emerge and continue to evolve, potentially increasing compliance costs and risks.

OTHER RISK FACTORS

Legal Proceedings

The Bank or its subsidiaries are from time to time named as defendants or are otherwise involved in various class actions and other litigation or disputes with third parties, including regulatory investigations and enforcement proceedings, related to its businesses and operations. The Bank manages and mitigates the risks associated with these proceedings through a robust litigation management function. The Bank's material litigation and regulatory enforcement proceedings are disclosed in its Consolidated Financial Statements. There is no assurance that the volume of claims and the amount of damages and penalties claimed in litigation, arbitration and regulatory proceedings will not increase in the future. Actions currently pending against the Bank may result in judgments, settlements, fines, penalties, disgorgements, injunctions, business improvement orders or other results adverse to the Bank, which could materially adversely affect the Bank's business, financial condition, results of operations, cash flows, capital and credit ratings; require material changes in the Bank's operations; result in loss of customers; or cause serious reputational harm to the Bank. Moreover, some claims asserted against the Bank may be highly complex, and include novel or untested legal theories. The outcome of such proceedings may be difficult to predict or estimate until late in the proceedings, which may last several years. In addition, settlement or other resolution of certain types of matters are often subject to external approval, which may or may not be granted. Although the Bank establishes reserves for these matters according to accounting requirements, the amount of loss ultimately incurred in relation to those matters may substantially differ from the amounts accrued. As a participant in the financial services industry, the Bank will likely continue to experience the possibility of significant litigation and regulatory investigations and enforcement proceedings related to its businesses and operations. Regulators and other government agencies examine the operations of the Bank and its subsidiaries on both a routine- and targeted-exam basis, and there is no assurance that they will not pursue regulatory settlements or other enforcement actions against the Bank in the future. For additional information relating to the Bank's material legal proceedings, refer to Note 27 of the 2019 Consolidated Financial Statements.

Acquisitions

The Bank regularly explores opportunities to acquire other companies, or parts of their businesses, directly or indirectly through the acquisition strategies of its subsidiaries. The Bank undertakes due diligence before completing an acquisition and closely monitors integration activities and performance post acquisition. However, there is no assurance that the Bank will achieve its financial or strategic objectives, including anticipated cost savings or revenue synergies following acquisitions and integration efforts. The Bank's, or a subsidiary's, ability to successfully complete an acquisition is often subject to regulatory and other approvals,

 

TD BANK GROUP 2019 ANNUAL REPORT MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION & ANALYSIS     Page 55  


and the Bank cannot be certain when or if, or on what terms and conditions, any required approvals will be granted. If the Bank does not achieve its financial or strategic objectives of an acquisition, or if the Bank does not successfully complete an acquisition, there could be an impact on the Bank's financial performance and the Bank's earnings could grow more slowly or decline.

Ability to Attract, Develop, and Retain Key Executives

The Bank's future performance is dependent on the availability of qualified talent and the Bank's ability to attract, develop, and retain it. The Bank's management understands that the competition for talent continues to increase across geographies, industries, and emerging capabilities across a number of sectors including financial services. As a result, the Bank undertakes an annual talent review process to assess critical capability requirements for all areas of the business. Through this process, an assessment of current executive leadership, technical and core capabilities, as well as talent development opportunities is completed against both near term and future business needs. The outcomes from the process inform plans at both the enterprise and business level to retain, develop, or acquire the talent which are then actioned throughout the course of the year. Although it is the goal of the Bank's management resource policies and practices to attract, develop, and retain key talent employed by the Bank or an entity acquired by the Bank, there is no assurance that the Bank will be able to do so.

Foreign Exchange Rates, Interest Rates, and Credit Spreads

Foreign exchange rate, interest rate, and credit spread movements in Canada, the U.S., and other jurisdictions in which the Bank does business impact the Bank's financial position (as a result of foreign currency translation adjustments) and its future earnings. Changes in the value of the Canadian dollar relative to the U.S. dollar may also affect the earnings of the Bank's small business, commercial, and corporate clients in Canada. A change in the level of interest rates, negative interest rates or a prolonged low interest rate environment affects the interest spread between the Bank's deposits and loans, and as a result, impacts the Bank's net interest income. A change in the level of credit spreads affects the relative valuation of assets and liabilities, and as a result, impacts the Bank's earnings. The Bank manages its structural foreign exchange rate, interest rate, and credit spread risk exposures in accordance with policies established by the Risk Committee through its Asset Liability Management framework, which is further discussed in the "Managing Risk" section of this document.

IBOR Transition

Various interest rates and other indices that are deemed to be "benchmarks" (including IBOR benchmarks) have been, and continue to be, the subject of international regulatory guidance and proposals for reform. Following the announcement by the U.K. Financial Conduct Authority (FCA) on July 27, 2017, indicating that the FCA would no longer compel banks to submit rates for the calculation of London Interbank Offered Rate post December 31, 2021, efforts to transition away from IBORs to alternative reference rates have been continuing in various jurisdictions. These developments, and the related uncertainty over the potential variance in the timing and manner of implementation in each jurisdiction, introduce risks that may have adverse consequences on the Bank, its clients, and the financial services industry. Moreover, the replacement of the IBORs or other benchmark rates could result in market dislocation and have other adverse consequences to market participants.

As the Bank has significant contractual rights, obligations and exposures referenced to IBOR benchmarks, discontinuance of, or changes to, benchmark rates could adversely affect our business and results of operations. The Bank has established an enterprise-wide, cross functional program to evaluate the impact of the market, financial, operational, legal, technology and other risks on its products, services, systems, models, documents, processes, and risk management frameworks with the intention of managing the impact through appropriate mitigating actions.

In addition to operational challenges, there are also market risks that arise because the new reference rates are likely to differ from the prior benchmark rates resulting in differences in the calculation of the applicable interest rate or payment amount. The difference could result in different financial performance for previously-booked transactions, require different hedging strategies, or affect the Bank's capital and liquidity planning and management. Additionally, any adverse impacts on the value of and return on existing instruments and contracts for the Bank's clients may present an increased risk of litigation, regulatory intervention, and possible reputational damage.

Accounting Policies and Methods Used by the Bank

The Bank's accounting policies and estimates are essential to understanding its results of operations and financial condition. Some of the Bank's policies require subjective, complex judgments and estimates as they relate to matters that are inherently uncertain. Changes in these judgments or estimates and changes to accounting standards and policies could have a materially adverse impact on the Bank's Consolidated Financial Statements, and therefore its reputation. The Bank has established procedures designed to ensure that accounting policies are applied consistently and that the processes for changing methodologies, determining estimates and adopting new accounting standards are well-controlled and occur in an appropriate and systematic manner. Significant accounting policies as well as current and future changes in accounting policies are described in Note 2 and Note 4, respectively, of the 2019 Consolidated Financial Statements.

Environmental and Social Risk

Environmental risk is the possibility of loss of strategic, financial, operational or reputational value resulting from the impact of environmental issues or concerns, including climate change, and related social risk within the scope of short-term and long-term cycles. The Bank is exposed to environmental and social risks both through its business and operations and through its clients and customers. Environmental and social risks may lead to potential losses, resulting from the Bank's direct and indirect impact on the environment and society, and the impact of environmental and social issues on TD (including climate change). Direct risks are associated with the ownership and operation of the Bank's business, which include management and operation of company-owned or managed real estate, fleet, business operations, and associated services. Indirect risks are associated with environmental performance or environmental events, such as changing climate patterns that may have an impact on the Bank's retail customers and clients to whom the Bank provides financial services or in which the Bank invests. Environmental and related social risks are managed under the Bank's Environment Policy and through related business segment level policies and procedures across the enterprise. Additionally, emerging social risks are managed through governance forums, including Reputational Risk Committees (with the approach being reviewed, including at the policy level).

Climate change risk has emerged as one of the top environmental risks for the Bank as extreme weather events, shifts in climate norms, and the global transition to a low carbon economy risks increase and evolve. Related impacts may include strategic, financial, operational, legal, and reputational related risks for the Bank and its clients in climate sensitive sectors. The Bank continues to assess the potential impacts of climate change and related risks on its operations, lending portfolios, investments, and businesses.

The Bank is developing standardized methodologies and approaches for climate scenario analysis through participation in industry-wide working groups and is working to embed the assessment of climate-related risks and opportunities into relevant Bank processes.

 

TD BANK GROUP 2019 ANNUAL REPORT MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION & ANALYSIS     Page 56  


 

RISK FACTORS AND MANAGEMENT

Managing Risk

EXECUTIVE SUMMARY

Growing profitability in financial results based on balanced revenue, expense and capital growth services involves selectively taking and managing risks within the Bank's risk appetite. The Bank's goal is to earn a stable and sustainable rate of return for every dollar of risk it takes, while putting significant emphasis on investing in its businesses to meet its future strategic objectives.

The Bank's Enterprise Risk Framework (ERF) reinforces the Bank's risk culture, which emphasizes transparency and accountability, and supports a common understanding among stakeholders of how the Bank manages risk. The ERF addresses: (1) the nature of risks to the Bank's strategy and operations; (2) how the Bank defines the types of risk it is exposed to; (3) risk management governance and organization; and (4) how the Bank manages risk through processes that identify and assess, measure, control, and monitor and report risk. The Bank's risk management resources and processes are designed to both challenge and enable all its businesses to understand the risks they face and to manage them within the Bank's risk appetite.

RISKS INVOLVED IN TD'S BUSINESSES

The Bank's Risk Inventory sets out the Bank's major risk categories and related subcategories to which the Bank's businesses and operations could be exposed. The Risk Inventory facilitates consistent risk identification and is the starting point in developing risk management strategies and processes. The Bank's major risk categories are: Strategic Risk; Credit Risk; Market Risk; Operational Risk; Model Risk; Insurance Risk; Liquidity Risk; Capital Adequacy Risk; Legal, Regulatory Compliance and Conduct Risk; and Reputational Risk.

 

LOGO

RISK APPETITE

The Bank's RAS is the primary means used to communicate how the Bank views risk and determines the type and amount of risk it is willing to take to deliver on its strategy and enhance shareholder value. In defining its risk appetite, the Bank takes into account its vision, purpose, strategy, shared commitments, risk philosophy, and capacity to bear risk. The core risk principles for the Bank's RAS are as follows:

The Bank takes risks required to build its business, but only if those risks:

1.

Fit the business strategy, and can be understood and managed.

2.

Do not expose the enterprise to any significant single loss events; TD does not 'bet the Bank' on any single acquisition, business, or product.

3.

Do not risk harming the TD brand.

The Bank considers current operating conditions and the impact of emerging risks in developing and applying its risk appetite. Adherence to enterprise risk appetite is managed and monitored across the Bank and is informed by the RAS and a broad collection of principles, policies, processes, and tools. The Bank's RAS describes, by major risk category, the Bank's risk principles and establishes both qualitative and quantitative measures with key indicators, thresholds, and limits, as appropriate. RAS measures consider both normal and stress scenarios and include those that can be aggregated at the enterprise level and disaggregated at the business segment level.

Risk Management is responsible for establishing practices and processes to formulate, monitor, and report on the Bank's RAS measures. The function also monitors and evaluates the effectiveness of these practices and measures. Compliance with RAS principles and measures is reported regularly to senior management, the Board, and the Risk Committee; other measures are tracked on an ongoing basis by management, and escalated to senior management and the Board, as required. Risk Management regularly assesses management's performance against the Bank's RAS measures.

RISK CULTURE

The Bank's risk culture starts with the "tone at the top" set by the Board, Chief Executive Officer (CEO), and the Senior Executive Team (SET), and is supported by its vision, purpose, and shared commitments. These governing objectives describe the behaviours that the Bank seeks to foster, among its employees, in building a culture where the only risks taken are those that can be understood and managed. The Bank's risk culture promotes accountability, learning from past experiences, and encourages open communication and transparency on all aspects of risk taking. The Bank's employees are encouraged to challenge and escalate when they believe the Bank is operating outside of its risk appetite.

Ethical behaviour is a key component of the Bank's risk culture. The Bank's Code of Conduct and Ethics guides employees and Directors to make decisions that meet the highest standards of integrity, professionalism, and ethical behaviour. Every Bank employee and Director is expected and required to assess business decisions and actions on behalf of the organization in light of whether it is right, legal, and fair. The Bank's desired risk culture is reinforced by linking compensation to management's performance against the Bank's risk appetite. Performance against risk appetite is a key consideration in determining compensation for executives, including adjustments to incentive awards both at the time of award and again at maturity for deferred compensation. An annual consolidated assessment of management's performance against the RAS is prepared by Risk Management, reviewed by the Risk Committee, and is used by the Human Resources Committee as a key input into compensation decisions. All executives are individually assessed against objectives that include consideration of risk and control behaviours. This comprehensive approach allows the Bank to consider whether the actions of executive management resulted in risk and control events within their area of responsibility.

 

TD BANK GROUP 2019 ANNUAL REPORT MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION & ANALYSIS     Page 57  


In addition, governance, risk, and oversight functions operate independently from business segments supported by an organizational structure that provides objective oversight and independent challenge. Governance, risk, and oversight function heads, including the Chief Risk Officer (CRO), have unfettered access to respective Board Committees to raise risk, compliance, and other issues. Lastly, awareness and communication of the Bank's RAS and the ERF take place across the organization through enterprise risk communication programs, employee orientation and training, and participation in internal risk management conferences. These activities further strengthen the Bank's risk culture by increasing the knowledge and understanding of the Bank's expectations for risk taking.

WHO MANAGES RISK

The Bank's risk governance structure emphasizes and balances strong independent oversight with clear ownership for risk control within each business segment. Under the Bank's approach to risk governance, a "three lines of defence" model is employed, in which the first line of defence are the risk owners, the second line provides risk oversight, and the third line is internal audit.

The Bank's risk governance model includes a senior management committee structure that is designed to support transparent risk reporting and discussions. The Bank's overall risk and control oversight is provided by the Board and its committees. The CEO and SET determine the Bank's long-term direction which is then carried out by business segments within the Bank's risk appetite. Risk Management, headed by the Group Head and CRO, sets enterprise risk strategy and policy and provides independent oversight to support a comprehensive and proactive risk management approach. The CRO, who is also a member of the SET, has unfettered access to the Risk Committee.

The Bank has a robust subsidiary governance framework to support its overall risk governance structure, including boards of directors, and committees for various subsidiary entities where appropriate. Within the U.S. Retail business segment, risk and control oversight is provided by a separate and distinct Board of Directors which includes a fully independent Board Risk Committee and Board Audit Committee. The U.S. Chief Risk Officer (U.S. CRO) has unfettered access to the Board Risk Committee.

The following section provides an overview of the key roles and responsibilities involved in risk management. The Bank's risk governance structure is illustrated in the following figure.

RISK GOVERNANCE STRUCTURE

 

LOGO

The Board of Directors

The Board oversees the Bank's strategic direction, the implementation of an effective risk culture, and the internal control framework across the enterprise. It accomplishes its risk management mandate both directly and indirectly through its four committees, the Audit, Risk, Corporate Governance, and Human Resources Committees. The Board reviews and approves the Bank's RAS and related measures annually, and monitors the Bank's risk profile and performance against risk appetite measures.

The Audit Committee

The Audit Committee oversees financial reporting, the adequacy and effectiveness of internal controls, including internal controls over financial reporting, and the activities of the Bank's Global Anti-Money Laundering (GAML) group, Compliance group, and Internal Audit.

 

TD BANK GROUP 2019 ANNUAL REPORT MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION & ANALYSIS     Page 58  


The Risk Committee

The Risk Committee is responsible for reviewing and recommending TD's RAS for approval by the Board annually. The Risk Committee oversees the management of TD's risk profile and performance against its risk appetite. In support of this oversight, the Committee reviews and approves certain enterprise-wide risk management frameworks and policies that support compliance with TD's risk appetite, and monitors the management of risks and risk trends.

The Human Resources Committee

The Human Resources Committee, in addition to its other responsibilities, satisfies itself that Human Resources risks are appropriately identified, assessed, and managed in a manner consistent with the risk programs within the Bank, and with the sustainable achievement of the Bank's business objectives.

The Corporate Governance Committee

The Corporate Governance Committee, in addition to its other responsibilities, develops, and where appropriate, recommends to the Board for approval corporate governance guidelines, including a code of conduct and ethics, aimed at fostering a healthy governance culture at the Bank, and also acts as the conduct review committee for the Bank, including providing oversight of conduct risk.

Chief Executive Officer and Senior Executive Team

The CEO and the SET develop and recommend to the Board the Bank's long-term strategic direction and also develop and recommend for Board approval TD's risk appetite. The SET members set the "tone at the top" and manage risk in accordance with the Bank's risk appetite while considering the impact of emerging risks on the Bank's strategy and risk profile. This accountability includes identifying and reporting significant risks to the Risk Committee.

Executive Committees

The CEO, in consultation with the CRO determines the Bank's Executive Committees, which are chaired by SET members. The committees meet regularly to oversee governance, risk, and control activities and to review and monitor risk strategies and associated risk activities and practices.

The Enterprise Risk Management Committee (ERMC), chaired by the CEO, oversees the management of major enterprise governance, risk, and control activities and promotes an integrated and effective risk management culture. The following Executive Committees have been established to manage specific major risks based on the nature of the risk and related business activity:

 

ALCO – chaired by the Group Head and Chief Financial Officer (CFO), the Asset/Liability and Capital Committee (ALCO) oversees directly and through its standing subcommittees (the Enterprise Capital Committee (ECC) and Global Liquidity Forum (GLF)) the management of the Bank's consolidated non-trading market risk and each of its consolidated liquidity, funding, investments, and capital positions.

 

OROC – chaired by the Group Head and CRO, the Operational Risk Oversight Committee (OROC) oversees the identification, monitoring, and control of key risks within the Bank's operational risk profile.

 

Disclosure Committee – chaired by the Group Head and CFO, the Disclosure Committee oversees that appropriate controls and procedures are in place and operating to permit timely, accurate, balanced, and compliant disclosure to regulators with respect to public disclosure, shareholders, and the market.

 

ERRC – chaired by the Group Head and CRO, the Enterprise Reputational Risk Committee (ERRC) oversees the management of reputational risk within the Bank's risk appetite.

Risk Management

The Risk Management function, headed by the CRO, provides independent oversight of enterprise-wide risk management, risk governance, and control including the setting of risk strategy and policy to manage risk in alignment with the Bank's risk appetite and business strategy. Risk Management's primary objective is to support a comprehensive and proactive approach to risk management that promotes a strong risk culture. Risk Management works with the business segments and other corporate oversight functions to establish policies, standards, and limits that align with the Bank's risk appetite and monitors and reports on existing and emerging risks and compliance with the Bank's risk appetite. The CRO leads and directs a diverse team of risk management professionals organized to oversee risks arising from each of the Bank's major risk categories. There is an established process in place for the identification and assessment of top and emerging risks. In addition, the Bank has clear procedures governing when and how risk events and issues are brought to the attention of senior management and the Risk Committee.

Business Segments

Each business segment has a dedicated risk management function that reports directly to a senior risk executive, who, in turn, reports to the CRO. This structure supports an appropriate level of independent oversight while emphasizing accountability for risk within the business segment. Business management is responsible for setting the business-level risk appetite and measures, which are reviewed and challenged by Risk Management, endorsed by the ERMC, and approved by the CEO, to align with the Bank's risk appetite and manage risk within approved risk limits.

Internal Audit

The Bank's internal audit function provides independent and objective assurance to the Board regarding the reliability and effectiveness of key elements of the Bank's risk management, internal control, and governance processes.

Compliance

The Compliance Department is responsible for fostering a culture of integrity, ethics, and compliance throughout the Bank; delivering independent regulatory compliance and conduct risk management and oversight throughout the Bank globally to protect its reputation and operate within its risk appetite; and assessing the adequacy of, adherence to, and effectiveness of the Bank's Regulatory Compliance Management controls, enterprise-wide.

Global Anti-Money Laundering

The GAML Department is responsible for Anti-Money Laundering, Anti-Terrorist Financing, Economic Sanctions, and anti-bribery/anti-corruption regulatory compliance and prudential risk management across the Bank in alignment with enterprise policies so that the money laundering, terrorist financing, economic sanctions, and bribery/corruption risks are appropriately identified and mitigated.

 

TD BANK GROUP 2019 ANNUAL REPORT MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION & ANALYSIS     Page 59  


Three Lines of Defence

In order to further the understanding of responsibilities for risk management, the Bank employs the following "three lines of defence" model that describes the respective accountabilities of each line of defence in managing risk across the Bank.

 

THREE LINES OF DEFENCE
FIRST LINE    RISK OWNER

IDENTIFY AND

CONTROL

  

• Own, identify, manage, measure, and monitor current and emerging risks in day-to-day activities, operations, products, and services.

• Design, implement, and maintain appropriate mitigating controls, and assess the design and operating effectiveness of those controls.

• Assess activities to maintain compliance with applicable laws and regulations.

• Monitor and report on risk profile to ensure activities are within TD's risk appetite and policies.

• Implement risk-based approval processes for all new products, activities, processes, and systems.

• Escalate risk issues and develop and implement action plans in a timely manner.

• Deliver training, tools, and advice to support its accountabilities.

• Promote a strong risk management culture.

SECOND LINE    RISK OVERSIGHT
SET STANDARDS AND CHALLENGE       

• Establish and communicate enterprise governance, risk, and control strategies, frameworks, and policies.

• Provide oversight and independent challenge to the first line through an effective objective assessment, that is evidenced and documented where material, including:

–  Challenge the quality and sufficiency of the first line's risk activities;

–  Identify and assess current and emerging risks and controls, using a risk-based approach, as appropriate;

–  Monitor the adequacy and effectiveness of internal control activities;

–  Review and discuss assumptions, material risk decisions and outcomes; and

–  Aggregate and share results across business lines and control areas to identify similar events, patterns, or broad trends.

• Identify and assess, and communicate relevant regulatory changes.

• Develop and implement risk measurement tools so that activities are within TD's Risk Appetite.

• Monitor and report on compliance with TD's Risk Appetite and policies.

• Escalate risk issues in a timely manner.

• Report on the risks of the Bank on an enterprise-wide and disaggregated level to the Board and/or Senior Management, independently of the business lines or operational management.

• Provide training, tools, and advice to support the first line in carrying out its accountabilities.

• Promote a strong risk management culture.

THIRD LINE    INTERNAL AUDIT
INDEPENDENT ASSURANCE   

• Verify independently that TD's ERF is designed and operating effectively.

• Validate the effectiveness of the first and second lines in fulfilling their mandates and managing risk.

In support of a strong risk culture, the Bank applies the following principles in governing how it manages risks:

 

Enterprise-Wide in Scope – Risk Management will span all areas of the Bank, including third-party alliances and joint venture undertakings to the extent they may impact the Bank, and all boundaries both geographic and regulatory.

 

Transparent and Effective Communication – Matters relating to risk will be communicated and escalated in a timely, accurate, and forthright manner.

 

Enhanced Accountability – Risks will be explicitly owned, understood, and actively managed by business management and all employees, individually and collectively.

 

Independent Oversight – Risk policies, monitoring, and reporting will be established and conducted independently and objectively.

 

Integrated Risk and Control Culture – Risk management disciplines will be integrated into the Bank's daily routines, decision-making, and strategy formulation.

 

Strategic Balance – Risk will be managed to an acceptable level of exposure, recognizing the need to protect and grow shareholder value.

APPROACH TO RISK MANAGEMENT PROCESSES

The Bank's comprehensive and proactive approach to risk management is comprised of four processes: risk identification and assessment, measurement, control, and monitoring and reporting.

Risk Identification and Assessment

Risk identification and assessment is focused on recognizing and understanding existing risks, risks that may arise from new or evolving business initiatives, aggregate risks, and emerging risks from the changing environment. The Bank's objective is to establish and maintain integrated risk identification and assessment processes that enhance the understanding of risk interdependencies, consider how risk types intersect, and support the identification of emerging risk. To that end, the Bank's Enterprise-Wide Stress Testing (EWST) program enables senior management, the Board, and its committees to identify and articulate enterprise-wide risks and understand potential vulnerabilities for the Bank.

Risk Measurement

The ability to quantify risks is a key component of the Bank's risk management process. The Bank's risk measurement process aligns with regulatory requirements such as capital adequacy, leverage ratios, liquidity measures, stress testing, and maximum credit exposure guidelines established by its regulators. Additionally, the Bank has a process in place to quantify risks to provide accurate and timely measurements of the risks it assumes.

In quantifying risk, the Bank uses various risk measurement methodologies, including Value-at-Risk (VaR) analysis, scenario analysis, stress testing, and limits. Other examples of risk measurements include credit exposures, PCL, peer comparisons, trending analysis, liquidity coverage, leverage ratios, capital adequacy metrics, and operational risk event notification metrics. The Bank also requires business segments and corporate oversight functions to assess key risks and internal controls through a structured Risk and Control Self-Assessment (RCSA) program. Internal and external risk events are monitored to assess whether the Bank's internal controls are effective. This allows the Bank to identify, escalate, and monitor significant risk issues as needed.

 

TD BANK GROUP 2019 ANNUAL REPORT MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION & ANALYSIS     Page 60  


Risk Control

The Bank's risk control processes are established and communicated through Risk Committee and Management approved policies, and associated management approved procedures, control limits, and delegated authorities which reflect its risk appetite and risk tolerances.

The Bank's approach to risk control also includes risk and capital assessments to appropriately capture key risks in its measurement and management of capital adequacy. This involves the review, challenge, and endorsement by senior management committees of the Bank's ICAAP and related economic capital practices. The Bank's performance is measured based on the allocation of risk-based capital to businesses and the cost charged against that capital.

Risk Monitoring and Reporting

The Bank monitors and reports on risk levels on a regular basis against its risk appetite and Risk Management reports on its risk monitoring activities to senior management, the Board and its Committees, and appropriate executive and management committees. Complementing regular risk monitoring and reporting, ad hoc risk reporting is provided to senior management, the Risk Committee, and the Board, as appropriate, for new and emerging risks or any significant changes to the Bank's risk profile.

Stress Testing

Stress testing is an integral component of the Bank's risk management framework and serves as a key component of the Bank's capital, strategic and financial planning processes. Stress testing at the Bank comprises of an annual enterprise-wide stress test, featuring a range of severities, prescribed regulatory stress tests in multiple jurisdictions for various legal entities and various ad-hoc stress tests. The results of these stress tests enable management to assess the impact of geopolitical events and changes to economic and other market factors on the Bank's financial condition including liquidity and capital adequacy. These exercises also compliment the identification and quantification of vulnerabilities, the monitoring of changes in risk profile, the establishment of risk appetite limits and assessing the impact of strategic business decisions and potential management actions.

The Bank utilizes a combination of quantitative modelling and qualitative approaches to estimate the impact on the Bank's performance under both potential and hypothetical stress situations. Stress testing engages senior management across the lines of business, Finance, TBSM, Economics, and Risk Management. Oversight committees range from those at the individual segment/business level to the Bank's Risk Committee of the Board. The results of stress tests are submitted, disclosed or shared with regulators as required or requested.

Enterprise-Wide Stress Testing

The Bank conducts an annual EWST as part of a comprehensive strategic, financial, and capital planning exercise that is a key component of the ICAAP framework and assists in validating the risk appetite of the Bank. The program is subject to a well-defined and rigorous governance structure that facilitates oversight and engagement throughout the organization. The Bank's EWST program involves the development, application, and assessment of severe, but plausible, stress scenarios on the balance sheet, income statement, capital, liquidity, and leverage. It enables management to identify and articulate enterprise-wide risks and understand potential vulnerabilities and changes to the risk profile of the Bank Stress scenarios are developed with consideration of the Bank's key business activities, exposures and vulnerabilities. The scenarios cover a wide variety of risk factors meaningful to the Bank's risk profile in both the North American and global economies including unemployment, GDP, home prices, and interest rates. As part of its 2019 program, the Bank developed and assessed two internally generated macroeconomic stress scenarios. One scenario was a repeatable scenario calibrated to historical recessions in Canada and the U.S. and is used to evaluate downside risks. The second scenario was an extremely high severity, low probability scenario targeted towards stressing TD-specific risks and vulnerabilities in support of the ICAAP. The assessment of the scenarios concluded that the Bank operates within risk appetite and has sufficient capital to withstand severe, but plausible, stress conditions.

Other Stress Tests

Stress tests are also conducted on certain legal entities and jurisdictions, in line with prescribed regulatory requirements. The Bank's U.S.-based operating bank subsidiaries' capital planning process includes activities and results from OCC Dodd-Frank Act stress testing requirements. The Bank's U.S. holding company capital planning process includes the stress testing activities and results from the Federal Reserve Board's capital plan rule and related Comprehensive Capital Analysis and Review (CCAR) requirements. In addition, certain Bank subsidiaries in the Netherlands, Ireland, and the United Kingdom conduct stress testing exercises as part of their respective Internal Capital Adequacy Assessment programs. The Bank undertakes other internal and regulatory based stress tests including but not limited to liquidity and market, which are detailed in the respective sections.

The Bank also employs reverse stress testing as part of a comprehensive Crisis Management Recovery Planning program to assess potential mitigating actions and contingency planning strategies, as required. In addition, the Bank conducts ad-hoc stress tests, which include enterprise or targeted portfolio testing, to evaluate potential vulnerabilities to specific changes in economic and market conditions.

Strategic Risk

Strategic risk is the potential for financial loss or reputational damage arising from the choice of sub-optimal or ineffective strategies, the improper implementation of chosen strategies, choosing not to pursue certain strategies, or a lack of responsiveness to changes in the business environment. Strategies include merger and acquisition activities.

WHO MANAGES STRATEGIC RISK

The CEO manages strategic risk supported by the members of the SET and the ERMC. The CEO, together with the SET, defines the overall strategy, in consultation with, and subject to approval by the Board. The Enterprise Strategy and Decision Support group, under the leadership of the Group Head and CFO, is charged with developing the Bank's overall long-term strategy and shorter-term strategic priorities with input and support from senior executives across the Bank.

Each member of the SET is responsible for establishing and managing long-term strategy and shorter-term priorities for their areas of responsibility (business segment or corporate function), and for ensuring such strategies are aligned with the Bank's overall long-term strategy and short-term strategic priorities, and within the enterprise risk appetite. Each SET member is also accountable to the CEO for identifying, assessing, measuring, controlling, monitoring, and reporting on the effectiveness and risks of their business strategies.

The CEO, SET members, and other senior executives report to the Board on the implementation of the Bank's strategies, identifying the risks within those strategies, and explaining how those risks are managed.

The ERMC oversees the identification and monitoring of significant and emerging risks related to the Bank's strategies and seeks to ensure that mitigating actions are taken where appropriate.

 

TD BANK GROUP 2019 ANNUAL REPORT MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION & ANALYSIS     Page 61  


HOW TD MANAGES STRATEGIC RISK

The Bank's enterprise-wide strategies and operating performance, and the strategies and operating performance of significant business segments and corporate functions, are assessed regularly by the CEO and the members of the SET through an integrated financial and strategic planning process, operating results reviews and strategic business plans.

The Bank's RAS establishes strategic risk measures at the enterprise and business segment-level.

The Bank's annual integrated financial and strategic planning process establishes enterprise and segment-level long-term and shorter-term strategies that are within the risk appetite, and evaluates concurrence among strategies.

Operating results reviews are conducted on a periodic basis during the year to monitor segment-level performance against the integrated financial and strategic plan. These reviews include an evaluation of the long-term strategy and short-term strategic priorities of each business segment, including but not limited to: the operating environment, competitive position, performance assessment, initiatives for strategy execution and key business risks. The frequency of the operating results reviews depends on the risk profile and size of the business segment or corporate function.

Strategic business plans are prepared at the business line-level; business lines are subsets of business segments. The plans assess the strategy for each business line, including but not limited to: vision, current position, key operating trends, long-term strategy, target metrics, key risks and mitigants, and alignment with enterprise strategy and risk appetite. The frequency of preparation depends on the risk profile and size of the business line.

The Bank's strategic risk, and adherence to its risk appetite, is reviewed by the ERMC in the normal course, as well as by the Board. Additionally, material acquisitions are assessed for their fit with the Bank's strategy and risk appetite in accordance with the Bank's Due Diligence Policy. This assessment is reviewed by the SET and Board as part of the decision process.

 

The shaded areas of this MD&A represent a discussion on risk management policies and procedures relating to credit, market, and liquidity risks as required under IFRS 7, Financial Instruments: Disclosures, which permits these specific disclosures to be included in the MD&A. Therefore, the shaded areas which include Credit Risk, Market Risk, and Liquidity Risk, form an integral part of the audited Consolidated Financial Statements for the years ended October 31, 2019 and 2018. Effective November 1, 2017, the Bank adopted IFRS 9, which replaced the guidance in IAS 39. Refer to Notes 2 and 3 of the 2019 Consolidated Financial Statements for a summary of the Bank's accounting policies and significant accounting judgments, estimates, and assumptions as it relates to IFRS 9.

Credit Risk

Credit risk is the risk of loss if a borrower or counterparty in a transaction fails to meet its agreed payment obligations.

Credit risk is one of the most significant and pervasive risks in banking. Every loan, extension of credit, or transaction that involves the transfer of payments between the Bank and other parties or financial institutions exposes the Bank to some degree of credit risk.

The Bank's primary objective is to be methodical in its credit risk assessment so that the Bank can understand, select, and manage its exposures to reduce significant fluctuations in earnings.

The Bank's strategy is to include central oversight of credit risk in each business, and reinforce a culture of transparency, accountability, independence, and balance.

WHO MANAGES CREDIT RISK

The responsibility for credit risk management is enterprise-wide. To reinforce ownership of credit risk, credit risk control functions are integrated into each business, but also report to Risk Management to ensure objectivity and accountability.

Each business segment's credit risk control unit is responsible for its credit decisions and must comply with established policies, exposure guidelines, credit approval limits, and policy/limit exception procedures. It must also adhere to established enterprise-wide standards of credit assessment and obtain Risk Management's approval for credit decisions beyond its discretionary authority.

Risk Management is accountable for oversight of credit risk by developing policies that govern and control portfolio risks, and approval of product-specific policies, as required.

The Risk Committee oversees the management of credit risk and annually approves certain significant credit risk policies.

HOW TD MANAGES CREDIT RISK

The Bank's Credit Risk Management Framework outlines the internal risk and control structure to manage credit risk and includes risk appetite, policies, processes, limits and governance. The Credit Risk Management Framework is maintained by Risk Management and supports alignment with the Bank's risk appetite for credit risk.

Credit risk policies and credit decision-making strategies, as well as the discretionary limits of officers throughout the Bank for extending lines of credit are centrally approved by Risk Management, and the Board where applicable.

Limits are established to monitor and control country, industry, product, geographic, and group exposure risks in the portfolios in accordance with enterprise-wide policies.

In the Bank's Retail businesses, the Bank uses established underwriting guidelines (which include collateral and loan-to-value constraints) along with approved scoring techniques and standards in extending, monitoring, and reporting personal credit. Credit scores and decision strategies are used in the origination and ongoing management of new and existing retail credit exposures. Scoring models and decision strategies utilize a combination of borrower attributes, including employment status, existing loan exposure and performance, and size of total bank relationship, as well as external data such as credit bureau information, to determine the amount of credit the Bank is prepared to extend to retail customers and to estimate future credit performance. Established policies and procedures are in place to govern the use and ongoing monitoring and assessment of the performance of scoring models and decision strategies to ensure alignment with expected performance results. Retail credit exposures approved within the regional credit centres are subject to ongoing Retail Risk Management review to assess the effectiveness of credit decisions and risk controls, as well as identify emerging or systemic issues and trends. Material policy exceptions are tracked and reported and larger dollar exposures and material exceptions to policy are escalated to Retail Risk Management.

The Bank's Commercial Banking and Wholesale Banking businesses use credit risk models and policies to establish borrower and facility risk ratings, quantify and monitor the level of risk, and facilitate the associated risk management. Risk ratings are also used to determine the amount of credit exposure the Bank is willing to extend to a particular borrower. Management processes are used to monitor country, industry, and borrower or counterparty risk ratings, which include daily, monthly, quarterly, and annual review requirements for credit exposures. The key parameters used in the Bank's credit risk models are monitored on an ongoing basis.

Unanticipated economic or political changes in a foreign country could affect cross-border payments for goods and services, loans, dividends, and trade-related finance, as well as repatriation of the Bank's capital in that country. The Bank currently has credit exposure in a number of countries, with

 

TD BANK GROUP 2019 ANNUAL REPORT MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION & ANALYSIS     Page 62  


the majority of the exposure in North America. The Bank measures country risk using approved risk rating models and qualitative factors that are also used to establish country exposure limits covering all aspects of credit exposure across all businesses. Country risk ratings are managed on an ongoing basis and are subject to a detailed review at least annually.

As part of the Bank's credit risk strategy, the Bank sets limits on the amount of credit it is prepared to extend to specific industry sectors. The Bank monitors its concentration to any given industry to provide for a diversified loan portfolio and to reduce the risk of undue concentration. The Bank manages this risk using limits based on an internal risk rating score that combines TD's industry risk rating model and industry analysis, and regularly reviews industry risk ratings to assess whether internal ratings properly reflect the risk of the industry. The Bank assigns a maximum exposure limit or a concentration limit to each major industry segment which is a percentage of its total wholesale and commercial private sector exposure.

The Bank may also set limits on the amount of credit it is prepared to extend to a particular entity or group of entities, also referred to as "entity risk". All entity risk is approved by the appropriate decision-making authority using limits based on the entity's borrower risk rating (BRR) and, for certain portfolios, the risk rating of the industry in which the entity operates. This exposure is monitored on a regular basis.

The Bank may also use credit derivatives to mitigate borrower-specific exposure as part of its portfolio risk management techniques.

To determine the potential loss that could be incurred under a range of adverse scenarios, the Bank subjects its credit portfolios to stress tests. Stress tests assess vulnerability of the portfolios to the effects of severe but plausible situations, such as an economic downturn or a material market disruption.

The Basel Framework

The objective of the Basel Framework is to improve the consistency of capital requirements internationally and make required regulatory capital more risk-sensitive. The Basel Framework sets out several options which represent increasingly more risk-sensitive approaches for calculating credit, market, and operational RWA.

Credit Risk and the Basel Framework

The Bank received approval from OSFI to use the Basel AIRB Approach for credit risk, effective November 1, 2007. The Bank uses the AIRB Approach for all material portfolios, except in the following areas:

 

TD has approved exemptions to use Standardized Approach (SA) for some credit exposures in North America. Risk Management reconfirms annually that this approach remains appropriate.

 

Effective the third quarter of 2016, OSFI approved the Bank to calculate the majority of the retail portfolio credit RWA in the U.S. Retail segment using the AIRB Approach. The non-retail portfolio in the U.S. Retail segment continues to use SA while working to achieve regulatory approval to transition to the AIRB Approach.

To continue to qualify using the AIRB Approach for credit risk, the Bank must meet the ongoing conditions and requirements established by OSFI and the Basel Framework. The Bank regularly assesses its compliance with these requirements.

Credit Risk Exposures Subject to the AIRB Approach

Banks that adopt the AIRB Approach to credit risk must report credit risk exposures by counterparty type, each having different underlying risk characteristics. These counterparty types may differ from the presentation in the Bank's 2019 Consolidated Financial Statements. The Bank's credit risk exposures are divided into two main portfolios, retail and non-retail.

Risk Parameters

Under the AIRB Approach, credit risk is measured using the following risk parameters:

 

Probability of default (PD) – the likelihood that the borrower will not be able to meet its scheduled repayments within a one year time horizon.

 

Loss given default (LGD) – the amount of loss the Bank would likely incur when a borrower defaults on a loan, which is expressed as a percentage of exposure at default (EAD).

 

EAD – the total amount the Bank is exposed to at the time of default.

By applying these risk parameters, the Bank can measure and monitor its credit risk to ensure it remains within pre-determined thresholds.

Retail Exposures

In the retail portfolio, including individuals and small businesses, the Bank manages exposures on a pooled basis, using predictive credit scoring techniques. There are three sub-types of retail exposures: residential secured (for example, individual mortgages and home equity lines of credit), qualifying revolving retail (for example, individual credit cards, unsecured lines of credit, and overdraft protection products), and other retail (for example, personal loans, including secured automobile loans, student lines of credit, and small business banking credit products).

The Bank calculates RWA for its retail exposures using the AIRB Approach. All retail PD, LGD, and EAD parameter models are based exclusively on the internal default and loss performance history for each of the three retail exposure sub-types.

Account-level PD, LGD, and EAD models are built for each product portfolio and calibrated based on the observed account-level default and loss performance for the portfolio.

Consistent with the AIRB Approach, the Bank defines default for exposures as delinquency of 90 days or more for the majority of retail credit portfolios. LGD estimates used in the RWA calculations reflect economic losses, such as, direct and indirect costs as well as any appropriate discount to account for time between default and ultimate recovery. EAD estimates reflect the historically observed utilization of credit limits at default. PD, LGD, and EAD models are calibrated using established statistical methods, such as logistic and linear regression techniques. Predictive attributes in the models may include account attributes, such as loan size, interest rate, and collateral, where applicable; an account's previous history and current status; an account's age on book; a customer's credit bureau attributes; and a customer's other holdings with the Bank, and macroeconomic inputs, such as unemployment rate. For secured products such as residential mortgages, property characteristics, loan-to-value ratios, and a customer's equity in the property, play a significant role in PD as well as in LGD models.

All risk parameter estimates are updated on a quarterly basis based on the refreshed model inputs. Parameter estimation is fully automated based on approved formulas and is not subject to manual overrides.

Exposures are then assigned to one of nine pre-defined PD segments based on their estimated long-run average one-year PD.

The risk discriminative and predictive power of the Bank's retail credit models is assessed against the most recently available one-year default and loss performance on a quarterly basis. All models are also subject to a comprehensive independent validation as outlined in the "Model Risk Management" section of this disclosure.

 

TD BANK GROUP 2019 ANNUAL REPORT MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION & ANALYSIS     Page 63  


Long-run PD estimates are generated by including key economic indicators, such as interest rates and unemployment rates, and using their long-run average over the credit cycle to estimate PD.

LGD estimates are required to reflect a downturn scenario. Downturn LGD estimates are generated by using macroeconomic inputs, such as changes in housing prices and unemployment rates expected in an appropriately severe downturn scenario.

For unsecured products, downturn LGD estimates reflect the observed lower recoveries for exposures defaulted during the 2008 to 2009 recession. For products secured by residential real estate, such as mortgages and home equity lines of credit, downturn LGD reflects the potential impact of a severe housing downturn. EAD estimates similarly reflect a downturn scenario.

The following table maps PD ranges to risk levels:

 

    Risk Assessment    PD Segment    PD Range
  Low Risk    1    0.00 to 0.15%
  Normal Risk   

2

3

  

0.16 to 0.41

0.42 to 1.10

  Medium Risk   

4

5

  

1.11 to 2.93

2.94 to 4.74

  High Risk   

6

7

8

  

4.75 to 7.59

7.60 to 18.24

18.25 to 99.99

  Default    9    100.00

Non-Retail Exposures

In the non-retail portfolio, the Bank manages exposures on an individual borrower basis, using industry and sector-specific credit risk models, and expert judgment. The Bank has categorized non-retail credit risk exposures according to the following Basel counterparty types: corporate, including wholesale and commercial customers, sovereign, and bank. Under the AIRB Approach, CMHC-insured mortgages are considered sovereign risk and are therefore classified as non-retail.

The Bank evaluates credit risk for non-retail exposures by using both a BRR and facility risk rating (FRR). The Bank uses this system for all corporate, sovereign, and bank exposures. The Bank determines the risk ratings using industry and sector-specific credit risk models that are based on internal historical data for the years of 1994-2018, covering both wholesale and commercial lending experience. All borrowers and facilities are assigned an internal risk rating that must be reviewed at least once each year. External data such as rating agency default rates or loss databases are used to validate the parameters.

Internal risk ratings (BRR and FRR) are key to portfolio monitoring and management, and are used to set exposure limits and loan pricing. Internal risk ratings are also used in the calculation of regulatory capital, economic capital, and allowance for credit losses.

Borrower Risk Rating and PD

Each borrower is assigned a BRR that reflects the PD of the borrower using proprietary models and expert judgment. In assessing borrower risk, the Bank reviews the borrower's competitive position, financial performance, economic, and industry trends, management quality, and access to funds. Under the AIRB Approach, borrowers are grouped into BRR grades that have similar PD. Use of projections for model implied risk ratings is not permitted and BRRs may not incorporate a projected reversal, stabilization of negative trends, or the acceleration of existing positive trends. Historic financial results can however be sensitized to account for events that have occurred, or are about to occur, such as additional debt incurred by a borrower since the date of the last set of financial statements. In conducting an assessment of the BRR, all relevant and material information must be taken into account and the information being used must be current. Quantitative rating models are used to rank the expected through-the-cycle PD, and these models are segmented into categories based on industry and borrower size. The quantitative model output can be modified in some cases by expert judgment, as prescribed within the Bank's credit policies.

To calibrate PDs for each BRR band, the Bank computes yearly transition matrices based on annual cohorts and then estimates the average annual PD for each BRR. The PD is set at the average estimation level plus an appropriate adjustment to cover statistical and model uncertainty. The calibration process for PD is a through-the-cycle approach. TD's 21-point BRR scale broadly aligns to external ratings as follows:

 

Description    Rating Category    Standard & Poor's    Moody's Investor Services
Investment grade    0 to 1C    AAA to AA-    Aaa to Aa3
   2A to 2C    A+ to A-    A1 to A3
     3A to 3C    BBB+ to BBB-    Baa1 to Baa3
Non-investment grade    4A to 4C    BB+ to BB-    Ba1 to Ba3
     5A to 5C    B+ to B-    B1 to B3
Watch and classified    6 to 8    CCC+ to CC and below    Caa1 to Ca and below
Impaired/default    9A to 9B    Default    Default

Facility Risk Rating and LGD

The FRR maps to LGD and takes into account facility-specific characteristics such as collateral, seniority ranking of debt, and loan structure.

Different FRR models are used based on industry and obligor size. Data considered in the calibration of the LGD model includes variables such as collateral coverage, debt structure, and borrower enterprise value. Average LGD and the statistical uncertainty of LGD are estimated for each FRR grade. In some FRR models, lack of historical data requires the model to output a rank-ordering which is then mapped through expert judgment to the quantitative LGD scale.

The AIRB Approach stipulates the use of downturn LGD, where the downturn period, as determined by internal and/or external experience, suggests higher than average loss rates or lower than average recovery. To reflect this, calibrated LGDs take into account both the statistical estimation uncertainty and the higher than average LGDs experienced during downturn periods.

Exposure at Default

The Bank calculates non-retail EAD by first measuring the drawn amount of a facility and then adding a potential increased utilization at default from the undrawn portion, if any. Usage Given Default (UGD) is measured as the percentage of Committed Undrawn exposure that would be expected to be drawn

 

TD BANK GROUP 2019 ANNUAL REPORT MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION & ANALYSIS     Page 64  


by a borrower defaulting in the next year, in addition to the amount that already has been drawn by the borrower. In the absence of credit mitigation effects or other details, the EAD is set at the drawn amount plus (UGD x Committed Undrawn), where UGD is a percentage between 0% and 100%.

BRR up to one-year prior to default remains a predictor for UGD. Average UGD estimates are calibrated by BRR.

Historical UGD experience is studied for any downturn impacts, similar to the LGD downturn analysis. The Bank has not found downturn UGD to be significantly different than average UGD, therefore the UGDs are set at the average calibrated level, by BRR, plus an appropriate adjustment for statistical and model uncertainty.

Credit Risk Exposures Subject to the Standardized Approach

Currently SA to credit risk is used primarily for assets in the U.S. non-retail credit portfolio. The Bank is currently in the process of transitioning this portfolio to the AIRB Approach, subject to regulatory approval. Under SA, the assets are multiplied by risk weights prescribed by OSFI to determine RWA. These risk weights are assigned according to certain factors including counterparty type, product type, and the nature/extent of credit risk mitigation. The Bank uses external credit ratings, including Moody's and S&P to determine the appropriate risk weight for its exposures to sovereigns (governments, central banks, and certain public sector entities) and banks (regulated deposit-taking institutions, securities firms, and certain public sector entities).

The Bank applies the following risk weights to on-balance sheet exposures under SA:

 

Sovereign

     0 %1 

Bank

     20 %1 

Corporate

     100

 

1 

The risk weight may vary according to the external risk rating.

Lower risk weights apply where approved credit risk mitigants exist. Non-retail loans that are more than 90 days past due receive a risk weight of 150%. For off-balance sheet exposures, specified credit conversion factors are used to convert the notional amount of the exposure into a credit equivalent amount.

Derivative Exposures

Credit risk on derivative financial instruments, also known as counterparty credit risk, is the risk of a financial loss occurring as a result of the failure of a counterparty to meet its obligation to the Bank. The Bank uses the SA-CCR to calculate the EAD amount, which is defined by OSFI as a multiple of the summation of replacement cost and potential future exposure, to estimate the risk and determine regulatory capital requirements for derivative exposures. The Global Counterparty Control group within Capital Markets Risk Management is responsible for estimating and managing counterparty credit risk in accordance with credit policies established by Risk Management.

The Bank uses various qualitative and quantitative methods to measure and manage counterparty credit risk. These include statistical methods to measure the current and future potential risk, as well as ongoing stress testing to identify and quantify exposure to extreme events. The Bank establishes various limits, including gross notional limits, to manage business volumes and concentrations. It also regularly assesses market conditions and the valuation of underlying financial instruments. Counterparty credit risk may increase during periods of receding market liquidity for certain instruments. Capital Markets Risk Management meets regularly with Market and Credit Risk Management and Trading businesses to discuss how evolving market conditions may impact the Bank's market risk and counterparty credit risk.

The Bank actively engages in risk mitigation strategies through the use of multi-product derivative master netting agreements, collateral pledging and other credit risk mitigation techniques. The Bank also executes certain derivatives through a central clearing house which reduces counterparty credit risk due to the ability to net offsetting positions amongst counterparty participants that settle within clearing houses. Derivative-related credit risks are subject to the same credit approval, limit, monitoring, and exposure guideline standards that the Bank uses for managing other transactions that create credit risk exposure. These standards include evaluating the creditworthiness of counterparties, measuring and monitoring exposures, including wrong-way risk exposures, and managing the size, diversification, and maturity structure of the portfolios.

There are two types of wrong-way risk exposures, namely general and specific. General wrong-way risk arises when the PD of the counterparties moves in the same direction as a given market risk factor. Specific wrong-way risk arises when the exposure to a particular counterparty moves in the same direction as the PD of the counterparty due to the nature of the transactions entered into with that counterparty. These exposures require specific approval within the credit approval process. The Bank measures and manages specific wrong-way risk exposures in the same manner as direct loan obligations and controls them by way of approved credit facility limits.

As part of the credit risk monitoring process, management meets on a periodic basis to review all exposures, including exposures resulting from derivative financial instruments to higher risk counterparties. As at October 31, 2019, after taking into account risk mitigation strategies, the Bank does not have material derivative exposure to any counterparty considered higher risk as defined by the Bank's credit policies. In addition, the Bank does not have a material credit risk valuation adjustment to any specific counterparty.

Validation of the Credit Risk Rating System

Credit risk rating systems and methodologies are independently validated on a regular basis to verify that they remain accurate predictors of risk. The validation process includes the following considerations:

 

Risk parameter estimates – PDs, LGDs, and EADs are reviewed and updated against actual loss experience to ensure estimates continue to be reasonable predictors of potential loss.

 

Model performance – Estimates continue to be discriminatory, stable, and predictive.

 

Data quality – Data used in the risk rating system is accurate, appropriate, and sufficient.

 

Assumptions – Key assumptions underlying the development of the model remain valid for the current portfolio and environment.

Risk Management ensures that the credit risk rating system complies with the Bank's Model Risk Policy. At least annually, the Risk Committee is informed of the performance of the credit risk rating system. The Risk Committee must approve any material changes to the Bank's credit risk rating system.

 

TD BANK GROUP 2019 ANNUAL REPORT MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION & ANALYSIS     Page 65  


Credit Risk Mitigation

The techniques the Bank uses to reduce or mitigate credit risk include written policies and procedures to value and manage financial and non-financial security (collateral) and to review and negotiate netting agreements. The amount and type of collateral, and other credit risk mitigation techniques required, are based on the Bank's own assessment of the borrower's or counterparty's credit quality and capacity to pay.

In the retail and commercial banking businesses, security for loans is primarily non-financial and includes residential real estate, real estate under development, commercial real estate, automobiles, and other business assets, such as accounts receivable, inventory, and fixed assets. In the Wholesale Banking business, a large portion of loans are to investment grade borrowers where no security is pledged. Non-investment grade borrowers typically pledge business assets in the same manner as commercial borrowers. Common standards across the Bank are used to value collateral, determine frequency of recalculation, and to document, register, perfect, and monitor collateral.

The Bank also uses collateral and master netting agreements to mitigate derivative counterparty exposure. Security for derivative exposures is primarily financial and includes cash and negotiable securities issued by highly rated governments and investment grade issuers. This approach includes pre-defined discounts and procedures for the receipt, safekeeping, and release of pledged securities.

In all but exceptional situations, the Bank secures collateral by taking possession and controlling it in a jurisdiction where it can legally enforce its collateral rights. In exceptional situations and when demanded by the Bank's counterparty, the Bank holds or pledges collateral with an acceptable third-party custodian. The Bank documents all such third-party arrangements with industry standard agreements.

Occasionally, the Bank may take guarantees to reduce the risk in credit exposures. For credit risk exposures subject to the AIRB approach, the Bank only recognizes irrevocable guarantees for Commercial Banking and Wholesale Banking credit exposures that are provided by entities with a better risk rating than that of the borrower or counterparty to the transaction.

The Bank makes use of credit derivatives to mitigate credit risk. The credit, legal, and other risks associated with these transactions are controlled through well-established procedures. The Bank's policy is to enter into these transactions with investment grade financial institutions and transact on a collateralized basis. Credit risk to these counterparties is managed through the same approval, limit, and monitoring processes the Bank uses for all counterparties for which it has credit exposure.

The Bank uses appraisals and automated valuation models (AVMs) to support property values when adjudicating loans collateralized by residential real property. AVMs are computer-based tools used to estimate or validate the market value of residential real property using market comparables and price trends for local market areas. The primary risk associated with the use of these tools is that the value of an individual property may vary significantly from the average for the market area. The Bank has specific risk management guidelines addressing the circumstances when they may be used, and processes to periodically validate AVMs including obtaining third-party appraisals.

Gross Credit Risk Exposure

Gross credit risk exposure, also referred to as EAD, is the total amount the Bank is exposed to at the time of default of a loan and is measured before counterparty-specific provisions or write-offs. Gross credit risk exposure does not reflect the effects of credit risk mitigation and includes both on-balance sheet and off-balance sheet exposures. On-balance sheet exposures consist primarily of outstanding loans, acceptances, non-trading securities, derivatives, and certain other repo-style transactions. Off-balance sheet exposures consist primarily of undrawn commitments, guarantees, and certain other repo-style transactions.

Gross credit risk exposures for the two approaches the Bank uses to measure credit risk are included in the following table.

 

TABLE 43: GROSS CREDIT RISK EXPOSURES – Standardized and Advanced Internal Ratings-Based Approaches1

 

(millions of Canadian dollars)                                    As at  
             October 31, 2019              October 31, 2018  
      Standardized      AIRB      Total      Standardized      AIRB      Total  

Retail

                 

Residential secured

   $ 4,380    $ 386,840    $ 391,220    $ 3,091    $ 371,450    $ 374,541   

Qualifying revolving retail

            131,863      131,863             112,388      112,388   

Other retail

     8,015      84,658      92,673      12,835      80,513      93,348   

Total retail

     12,395      603,361      615,756      15,926      564,351      580,277   

Non-retail

                 

Corporate

     135,283      401,096      536,379      132,030      346,751      478,781   

Sovereign

     104,412      140,304      244,716      95,411      136,951      232,362   

Bank

     18,165      118,418      136,583      18,019      110,295      128,314   

Total non-retail

     257,860      659,818      917,678      245,460      593,997      839,457   

Gross credit risk exposures

   $     270,255    $     1,263,179    $     1,533,434    $     261,386    $   1,158,348    $     1,419,734   

 

1 

Gross credit risk exposures represent EAD and are before the effects of credit risk mitigation. This table excludes securitization, equity, and other credit RWA.

 

 

TD BANK GROUP 2019 ANNUAL REPORT MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION & ANALYSIS     Page 66  


Other Credit Risk Exposures

Non-trading Equity Exposures

The Bank's non-trading equity exposures are at a level that represents less than 5% of the Bank's combined Tier 1 and Tier 2 Capital. As a result, the Bank uses OSFI-prescribed risk weights to calculate RWA on non-trading equity exposures.

Securitization Exposures

Effective November 1, 2018, the Bank applies risk weights to all securitization exposures under the revised securitization framework published by the BCBS. The revised securitization framework includes a revised hierarchy to determine capital treatment, and preferential capital treatment for transactions that meet the simple, transparent, and comparable requirements.

For externally rated exposures, the Bank uses an External Ratings Based Approach (SEC-ERBA). Risk weights to exposures are assigned using external ratings by external rating agencies, including Moody's and S&P. The SEC-ERBA also takes into account additional factors, including the type of the rating (long-term or short-term), maturity, and the seniority of the position.

For exposures that are not externally rated and are held by an ABCP issuing conduit, the Bank uses the Internal Assessment Approach (IAA).

Under the IAA, the Bank considers all relevant risk factors in assessing the credit quality of these exposures, including those published by the Moody's and S&P rating agencies. The Bank also uses loss coverage models and policies to quantify and monitor the level of risk, and facilitate its management. The Bank's IAA process includes an assessment of the extent by which the enhancement available for loss protection provides coverage of expected losses. The levels of stressed coverage the Bank requires for each internal risk rating are consistent with the rating agencies' published stressed factor requirements for equivalent external ratings by asset class. Under the IAA, exposures are multiplied by OSFI-prescribed risk weights to calculate RWA for capital purposes.

For exposures that are not externally rated and are not held by an ABCP-issuing conduit, the Bank uses the Standardized Approach (SEC-SA). Under SEC-SA, the primary factors that determine the risk weights include the asset class of the underlying loans, the seniority of the position, the level of credit enhancements, and historical delinquency rates.

Irrespective of the approach being used to determine the risk weights, all exposures are assigned an internal risk rating based on the Bank's assessment, which must be reviewed at least annually. The ratings scale TD uses corresponds to the long-term ratings scales used by the rating agencies.

The Bank's internal rating process is subject to all of the key elements and principles of the Bank's risk governance structure, and is managed in the same way as outlined in this "Credit Risk" section.

The Bank uses the results of the internal rating in all aspects of its credit risk management, including performance tracking, control mechanisms, and management reporting.

Market Risk

Trading Market Risk is the risk of loss in financial instruments held in trading positions due to adverse movements in market factors. These market factors include interest rates, foreign exchange rates, equity prices, commodity prices, credit spreads, and their respective volatilities.

Non-Trading Market Risk is the risk of loss on the balance sheet or volatility in earnings from non-trading activities such as asset-liability management or investments, due to adverse movements in market factors. These market factors are predominantly interest rate, credit spread, foreign exchange rates and equity prices.

The Bank is exposed to market risk in its trading and investment portfolios, as well as through its non-trading activities. In the Bank's trading and investment portfolios, it is an active participant in the market, seeking to realize returns for TD through careful management of its positions and inventories. In the Bank's non-trading activities, it is exposed to market risk through the everyday banking transactions that the Bank's customers execute with TD.

The Bank complied with the Basel III market risk requirements as at October 31, 2019, using the Internal Models Approach.

 

TD BANK GROUP 2019 ANNUAL REPORT MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION & ANALYSIS     Page 67  


MARKET RISK LINKAGE TO THE BALANCE SHEET

The following table provides a breakdown of the Bank's balance sheet into assets and liabilities exposed to trading and non-trading market risks. Market risk of assets and liabilities included in the calculation of VaR and other metrics used for regulatory market risk capital purposes is classified as trading market risk.

 

TABLE 44:  MARKET RISK LINKAGE TO THE BALANCE SHEET1

 

(millions of Canadian dollars)
                                                                   As at  
     October 31, 2019      October 31, 2018          
      Balance
sheet
     Trading
market risk
     Non-trading
market risk
     Other      Balance
sheet
     Trading
market risk
     Non-trading
market risk
     Other      Non-trading market
risk – primary risk
sensitivity
 

Assets subject to market risk

                          

Interest-bearing deposits with banks

   $ 25,583       $ 215    $ 25,368    $      $ 30,720    $ 729    $ 29,991    $        Interest rate  

Trading loans, securities, and other

     146,000         143,342      2,658             127,897      125,437      2,460             Interest rate  

Non-trading financial assets at fair value through
profit or loss

     6,503                6,503             4,015             4,015            

Equity,

foreign exchange,

interest rate

 

 

 

Derivatives

     48,894         45,716      3,178             56,996      53,087      3,909            

Equity,

foreign exchange,

interest rate

 

 

 

Financial assets designated at fair value through
profit or loss

     4,040                4,040             3,618             3,618             Interest rate  

Financial assets at fair value through other comprehensive income

     111,104                111,104             130,600             130,600            

Equity,

foreign exchange,

interest rate

 

 

 

Debt securities at amortized cost, net of allowance for credit losses

     130,497                130,497             107,171             107,171            

Foreign exchange,

interest rate

 

 

Securities purchased under reverse repurchase agreements

     165,935         4,843      161,092             127,379      3,920      123,459             Interest rate  

Loans, net of allowance for loan losses

     684,608                684,608             646,393             646,393             Interest rate  

Customers' liability under acceptances

     13,494                13,494             17,267             17,267             Interest rate  

Investment in TD Ameritrade

     9,316                9,316             8,445             8,445             Equity  

Other assets2 

     1,774                1,774             1,751             1,751             Interest rate  

Assets not exposed to market risk

     67,542                       67,542      72,651                    72,651         

Total Assets

   $ 1,415,290       $ 194,116    $ 1,153,632    $ 67,542    $ 1,334,903    $ 183,173    $ 1,079,079    $ 72,651         

Liabilities subject to market risk

                          

Trading deposits

   $ 26,885       $ 10,182    $ 16,703    $      $ 114,704    $ 6,202    $ 108,502    $        Interest rate  

Derivatives

     50,051         45,361      4,690             48,270      44,119      4,151            

Equity

foreign exchange,

interest rate

 

 

 

Securitization liabilities at fair value

     13,058         13,058                    12,618      12,618                    Interest rate  

Financial liabilities designated at fair value through profit or loss

     105,131         9      105,122             16      2      14             Interest rate  

Deposits

     886,977                886,977             851,439             851,439            

interest rate,

foreign exchange

 

 

Acceptances

     13,494                13,494             17,269             17,269             Interest rate  

Obligations related to securities sold short

     29,656         28,419      1,237             39,478      37,323      2,155             Interest rate  

Obligations related to securities sold under repurchase agreements

     125,856         2,973      122,883             93,389      3,797      89,592             Interest rate  

Securitization liabilities at amortized cost

     14,086                14,086             14,683             14,683             Interest rate  

Subordinated notes and debentures

     10,725                10,725             8,740             8,740             Interest rate  

Other liabilities2 

     17,597                17,597             16,134             16,134            
Equity,
Interest rate
 
 

Liabilities and Equity not exposed to market risk

     121,774                       121,774      118,163                    118,163         

Total Liabilities and Equity

   $ 1,415,290       $ 100,002    $ 1,193,514    $     121,774    $ 1,334,903    $     104,061    $     1,112,679    $     118,163         

 

1 

Certain comparative amounts have been reclassified to conform with the presentation adopted in the current period.

2 

Relates to retirement benefits, insurance, and structured entity liabilities.

 

MARKET RISK IN TRADING ACTIVITIES

The overall objective of the Bank's trading businesses is to provide wholesale banking services, including facilitation and liquidity, to clients of the Bank. The Bank must take on risk in order to provide effective service in markets where its clients trade. In particular, the Bank needs to hold inventory, act as principal to facilitate client transactions, and underwrite new issues. The Bank also trades in order to have in-depth knowledge of market conditions to provide the most efficient and effective pricing and service to clients, while balancing the risks inherent in its dealing activities.

WHO MANAGES MARKET RISK IN TRADING ACTIVITIES

Primary responsibility for managing market risk in trading activities lies with Wholesale Banking, with oversight from Market Risk Control within Risk Management. The Market Risk Control Committee meets regularly to conduct a review of the market risk profile, trading results of the Bank's trading businesses as well as changes to market risk policies. The committee is chaired by the Senior Vice President, Market Risk and Model Development, and includes Wholesale Banking senior management.

There were no significant reclassifications between trading and non-trading books during the year ended October 31, 2019.

 

TD BANK GROUP 2019 ANNUAL REPORT MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION & ANALYSIS     Page 68  


HOW TD MANAGES MARKET RISK IN TRADING ACTIVITIES

Market risk plays a key part in the assessment of any trading business strategy. The Bank launches new trading initiatives or expands existing ones only if the risk has been thoroughly assessed, and is judged to be within the Bank's risk appetite and business expertise, and if the appropriate infrastructure is in place to monitor, control, and manage the risk. The Trading Market Risk Framework outlines the management of trading market risk and incorporates risk appetite, risk governance structure, risk identification, measurement, and control. The Trading Market Risk Framework is maintained by Risk Management and supports alignment with the Bank's Risk Appetite for trading market risk.

Trading Limits

The Bank sets trading limits that are consistent with the approved business strategy for each business and its tolerance for the associated market risk, aligned to its market risk appetite. In setting limits, the Bank takes into account market volatility, market liquidity, organizational experience, and business strategy. Limits are prescribed at the Wholesale Banking level in aggregate, as well as at more granular levels.

The core market risk limits are based on the key risk drivers in the business and includes notional, credit spread, yield curve shift, price, and volatility limits.

Another primary measure of trading limits is VaR, which the Bank uses to monitor and control overall risk levels and to calculate the regulatory capital required for market risk in trading activities. VaR measures the adverse impact that potential changes in market rates and prices could have on the value of a portfolio over a specified period of time.

At the end of each day, risk positions are compared with risk limits, and any excesses are reported in accordance with established market risk policies and procedures.

Calculating VaR

The Bank computes total VaR on a daily basis by combining the General Market Risk (GMR) and Idiosyncratic Debt Specific Risk (IDSR) associated with its trading positions.

GMR is determined by creating a distribution of potential changes in the market value of the current portfolio using historical simulation. The Bank values the current portfolio using the market price and rate changes of the most recent 259 trading days for equity, interest rate, foreign exchange, credit, and commodity products. GMR is computed as the threshold level that portfolio losses are not expected to exceed more than one out of every 100 trading days. A one-day holding period is used for GMR calculation, which is scaled up to ten days for regulatory capital calculation purposes.

IDSR measures idiosyncratic (single-name) credit spread risk for credit exposures in the trading portfolio using Monte Carlo simulation. The IDSR model is based on the historical behaviour of five-year idiosyncratic credit spreads. Similar to GMR, IDSR is computed as the threshold level that portfolio losses are not expected to exceed more than one out of every 100 trading days. IDSR is measured for a ten-day holding period.

The following graph discloses daily one-day VaR usage and trading net revenue, reported on a TEB, within Wholesale Banking. Trading net revenue includes trading income and net interest income related to positions within the Bank's market risk capital trading books. For the year ending October 31, 2019, there were 20 days of trading losses and trading net revenue was positive for 92% of the trading days, reflecting normal trading activity. Losses in the year did not exceed VaR on any trading day.

 

LOGO

 

TD BANK GROUP 2019 ANNUAL REPORT MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION & ANALYSIS     Page 69  


VaR is a valuable risk measure but it should be used in the context of its limitations, for example:

   

VaR uses historical data to estimate future events, which limits its forecasting abilities;

   

it does not provide information on losses beyond the selected confidence level; and

   

it assumes that all positions can be liquidated during the holding period used for VaR calculation.

The Bank continuously improves its VaR methodologies and incorporates new risk measures in line with market conventions, industry best practices, and regulatory requirements. In 2019, the Bank implemented a modification to improve historical equity volatility data used in VaR calculations.

To mitigate some of the shortcomings of VaR, the Bank uses additional metrics designed for risk management and capital purposes. These include Stressed VaR, Incremental Risk Charge (IRC), Stress Testing Framework, as well as limits based on the sensitivity to various market risk factors.

Calculating Stressed VaR

In addition to VaR, the Bank also calculates Stressed VaR, which includes Stressed GMR and Stressed IDSR. Stressed VaR is designed to measure the adverse impact that potential changes in market rates and prices could have on the value of a portfolio over a specified period of stressed market conditions. Stressed VaR is determined using similar techniques and assumptions in GMR and IDSR VaR. However, instead of using the most recent 259 trading days (one year), the Bank uses a selected year of stressed market conditions. In the fourth quarter of fiscal 2019, Stressed VaR was calculated using the one-year period that began on February 1, 2008. The appropriate historical one-year period to use for Stressed VaR is determined on a quarterly basis. Stressed VaR is a part of regulatory capital requirements.

Calculating the Incremental Risk Charge

The IRC is applied to all instruments in the trading book subject to migration and default risk. Migration risk represents the risk of changes in the credit ratings of the Bank's exposures. The Bank applies a Monte Carlo simulation with a one-year horizon and a 99.9% confidence level to determine IRC, which is consistent with regulatory requirements. IRC is based on a "constant level of risk" assumption, which requires banks to assign a liquidity horizon to positions that are subject to IRC. IRC is a part of regulatory capital requirements.

The following table presents the end of year, average, high, and low usage of TD's portfolio metrics.

 

 TABLE 45:  PORTFOLIO MARKET RISK MEASURES

 

(millions of Canadian dollars)

     2019         2018   
      As at     Average     High       Low       As at     Average     High       Low   

Interest rate risk

   $         8.6   $         9.4   $       17.2       $         4.3       $       14.2   $       14.0   $       25.7       $         5.3   

Credit spread risk

     13.8     13.2     22.5         7.5         17.2     11.8     18.2         7.7   

Equity risk

     7.1     6.5     11.5         3.6         6.1     7.2     12.9         4.0   

Foreign exchange risk

     4.3     4.7     10.2         1.0         8.7     4.4     8.7         2.2   

Commodity risk

     2.2     2.1     4.8         1.0         3.0     2.6     6.8         1.3   

Idiosyncratic debt specific risk

     16.5     15.6     23.5         10.6         17.2     16.5     22.4         11.3   

Diversification effect1 

     (32.1     (30.3     n/m2         n/m         (41.9     (32.7     n/m         n/m   

Total Value-at-Risk (one-day)

     20.4     21.2     31.8         13.6         24.5     23.8     33.1         16.9   

Stressed Value-at-Risk (one-day)

     51.5     47.9     84.4         33.4         54.2     49.8     84.8         28.8   

Incremental Risk Capital Charge (one-year)

     230.7     225.0     279.6         173.1         237.1     205.8     269.8         156.2   

 

    1  

The aggregate VaR is less than the sum of the VaR of the different risk types due to risk offsets resulting from portfolio diversification.

    2  

Not meaningful. It is not meaningful to compute a diversification effect because the high and low may occur on different days for different risk types.

Average VaR decreased year-over-year driven by changes in exposures to interest rate risk. Average Stressed VaR decreased year-over-year from changes in government and financial bond positions.

Average IRC increased year-over-year due to positions in Canadian banks and provinces.

Validation of VaR Model

The Bank uses a back-testing process to compare the actual and theoretical profit and losses to VaR to verify that they are consistent with the statistical results of the VaR model. The theoretical profit or loss is generated using the daily price movements on the assumption that there is no change in the composition of the portfolio. Validation of the IRC model must follow a different approach since the one-year horizon and 99.9% confidence level preclude standard back-testing techniques. Instead, key parameters of the IRC model such as transition and correlation matrices are subject to independent validation by benchmarking against external study results or through analysis using internal or external data.

Stress Testing

The Bank's trading business is subject to an overall global stress test limit. In addition, global businesses have stress test limits, and each broad risk class has an overall stress test threshold. Stress scenarios are designed to model extreme economic events, replicate worst-case historical experiences, or introduce severe, but plausible, hypothetical changes in key market risk factors. The stress testing program includes scenarios developed using actual historical market data during periods of market disruption, in addition to hypothetical scenarios developed by Risk Management. The events the Bank has modeled include the 1987 equity market crash, the 1998 Russian debt default crisis, the aftermath of September 11, 2001, the 2007 ABCP crisis, the credit crisis of Fall 2008, and the Brexit referendum of June 2016.

Stress tests are produced and reviewed regularly with the Market Risk Control Committee.

MARKET RISK IN OTHER WHOLESALE BANKING ACTIVITIES

The Bank is also exposed to market risk arising from a legacy portfolio of bonds and preferred shares held in TD Securities and in its remaining merchant banking investments. Risk Management reviews and approves policies and procedures, which are established to monitor, measure, and mitigate these risks.

 

TD BANK GROUP 2019 ANNUAL REPORT MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION & ANALYSIS     Page 70  


Asset/Liability Management

Asset/liability management deals with managing the market risks of TD's traditional banking activities. This generally reflects the market risks arising from personal and commercial banking products (loans and deposits) as well as related funding, investments and high-quality liquid assets (HQLA). Such structural market risks primarily include interest rate risk and foreign exchange risk.

WHO IS RESPONSIBLE FOR ASSET/LIABILITY MANAGEMENT

The TBSM group measures and manages the market risks of the Bank's non-trading banking activities, with oversight from the ALCO, which is chaired by the Group Head and CFO, and includes other senior executives. The Market Risk Control function provides independent oversight, governance, and control over these market risks. The Risk Committee periodically reviews and approves key asset/liability management and non-trading market risk policies and receives reports on compliance with approved risk limits.

HOW TD MANAGES ITS ASSET AND LIABILITY POSITIONS

Non-trading interest rate risk is viewed as a non-productive risk as it has the potential to increase earnings volatility and generate losses without providing long run expected value. As a result, TBSM's mandate is to structure the asset and liability positions of the balance sheet in order to achieve a target profile that controls the impact of changes in interest rates on the Bank's net interest income and economic value that is consistent with the Bank's RAS.

Managing Interest Rate Risk

Interest rate risk is the impact that changes in interest rates could have on the Bank's margins, earnings, and economic value. Interest rate risk management is designed to ensure that earnings are stable and predictable over time. The Bank has adopted a disciplined hedging approach to manage the net interest income contribution from its asset and liability positions, including an assigned target-modeled maturity profile for non-rate sensitive assets, liabilities, and equity. Key aspects of this approach are:

   

Evaluating and managing the impact of rising or falling interest rates on net interest income and economic value, and developing strategies to manage overall sensitivity to rates across varying interest rate scenarios;

   

Measuring the contribution of each TD product on a risk-adjusted, fully-hedged basis, including the impact of financial options such as mortgage commitments that are granted to customers; and

   

Developing and implementing strategies to stabilize net interest income from all retail and commercial banking products.

The Bank is exposed to interest rate risk when asset and liability principal and interest cash flows, determined using contractual cash-flows and the target-modeled maturity profile for non-maturity products, have different interest payment or maturity dates. These are called "mismatched positions" and impact the Bank's earnings when its interest-sensitive assets and liabilities reprice as interest rates change and when there are: final maturities, normal amortizations, or option exercises (such as prepayment, redemption, or conversion).

The Bank's exposure to interest rate risk depends on the size and direction of interest rate changes, and on the size and maturity of the mismatched positions. It is also affected by new business volumes, renewals of loans or deposits, and how actively customers exercise embedded options, such as prepaying a loan or redeeming a deposit before its maturity date.

Interest rate risk exposure, after economic hedging activities, is measured using various interest rate "shock" scenarios. Two of the measures used are Net Interest Income Sensitivity (NIIS) and Economic Value at Risk (EVaR). NIIS is defined as the change in net interest income over the next twelve months resulting from mismatched positions for an immediate and sustained 100 bps interest rate shock. NIIS measures the extent to which the maturing and repricing asset and liability cash flows are matched over the next twelve-month period and reflects how the Bank's net interest income will change over that period from the effect of the interest rate shock on the mismatched positions. EVaR is defined as the difference between the change in the present value of the Bank's asset portfolio and the change in the present value of the Bank's liability portfolio, including off-balance sheet instruments and assumed profiles for non-rate sensitive products, resulting from an immediate and sustained 100 bps unfavourable interest rate shock. EVaR measures the relative sensitivity of asset and liability cash flow mismatches to changes in long-term interest rates. Closely matching asset and liability cash flows reduces EVaR and mitigates the risk of volatility in future net interest income.

To the extent that interest rates are sufficiently low and in cases where it is not feasible to measure the impact of a 100 bps decline in interest rates, EVaR and NIIS exposures will be calculated by measuring the impact of a decline in interest rates where the resultant rates do not become negative.

The methodology used to calculate NIIS and EVaR captures the impact of changes to assumed customer behaviours, such as interest rate sensitive mortgage prepayments, but does not assume any balance sheet growth, change in business mix, product pricing, or management actions in response to changes in market conditions.

The Bank policy as approved by the Risk Committee sets overall limits on EVaR and NIIS which are linked to capital and net interest income, respectively. These limits are consistent with the Bank's enterprise risk appetite and are periodically reviewed and approved by the Risk Committee. Exposures against Board limits are routinely monitored and reported, and breaches of these Board limits, if any, are escalated to both the ALCO and the Risk Committee of the Board.

In addition to Board policy limits, book-level risk limits are set for TBSM's management of non-trading interest rate risk by Risk Management. These book-level risk limits are set at a more granular level than Board policy limits for NIIS and EVaR, and developed to be consistent with the overall Board Market Risk policy. Breaches of these book-level risk limits, if any, are escalated to the ALCO in a timely manner.

The interest rate risk and other exposures from products with closed (non-optioned) fixed-rate cash flows are measured and managed separately from products that offer customers prepayment options. The Bank projects future cash flows by looking at the impact of:

   

A target interest sensitivity profile for its non-maturity assets and liabilities;

   

A target investment profile on its net equity position; and

   

Liquidation assumptions on mortgages other than from embedded prepayment options.

The Bank also measures its exposure to non-maturity liabilities, such as core deposits, by assessing interest rate elasticity and balance permanence using historical data and business judgment. Fluctuations of non-maturity deposits can occur because of factors such as interest rate movements, equity market movements, and changes to customer liquidity preferences.

The objective of portfolio management within the closed-cash-flow book is to eliminate cash flow mismatches to the extent practically possible, so that net interest income becomes more predictable.

Product options, whether they are freestanding options such as mortgage rate commitments or embedded in loans and deposits, expose the Bank to a significant financial risk. To manage these exposures the Bank purchases options or uses a dynamic hedging process designed to replicate the payoff of a purchased option.

 

TD BANK GROUP 2019 ANNUAL REPORT MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION & ANALYSIS     Page 71  


 

   

Rate Commitments: The Bank measures its exposure from freestanding mortgage rate commitment options using an expected funding profile based on historical experience. Customers' propensity to fund, and their preference for fixed or floating rate mortgage products, is influenced by factors such as market mortgage rates, house prices, and seasonality.

   

Asset Prepayment: The Bank models its exposure to written options embedded in other products, such as the right to prepay residential mortgage loans, based on analysis of customer behaviour. Econometric models are used to model prepayments and the effects of prepayment behaviour to the Bank. In general mortgage prepayments are also affected by factors, such as mortgage age, house prices, and GDP growth. The combined impacts from these parameters are also assessed to determine a core liquidation speed which is independent of market incentives.

Interest Rate Risk

The following graph shows the Bank's interest rate risk exposure (as measured by EVaR) on all non-trading assets, liabilities, and derivative instruments used for structural interest rate management. This reflects the interest rate risk from personal and commercial banking products (loans and deposits) as well as related funding, investments, and HQLA. EVaR is defined as the difference between the change in the present value of the Bank's asset portfolio and the change in the present value of the Bank's liability portfolio, including off-balance sheet instruments and assumed profiles for non-rate sensitive products, resulting from an immediate and sustained 100 bps unfavourable interest rate shock. EVaR measures the relative sensitivity of asset and liability cash flow mismatches to changes in interest rates. Closely matching asset and liability cash flows reduces EVaR and mitigates the risk of volatility in future net interest income.

 

LOGO

The Bank uses derivative financial instruments, wholesale investments, funding instruments, other capital market alternatives, and, less frequently, product pricing strategies to manage interest rate risk. As at October 31, 2019, an immediate and sustained 100 bps increase in interest rates would have decreased the economic value of shareholders' equity by $413 million (October 31, 2018 – $238 million decrease) after tax. An immediate and sustained 100 bps decrease in interest rates would have decreased the economic value of shareholders' equity by $418 million (October 31, 2018 – $2 million increase) after tax.

The interest rate exposure, or EVaR, in the insurance business is not included in the above graph. Interest rate risk in the insurance business is managed using defined exposure limits and processes, as set and governed by the insurance Board of Directors.

The following table shows the sensitivity of the economic value of shareholders' equity (after tax) by currency for those currencies where the Bank has material exposure.

 

TD BANK GROUP 2019 ANNUAL REPORT MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION & ANALYSIS     Page 72  


 

TABLE 46:  SENSITIVITY OF AFTER-TAX ECONOMIC VALUE AT RISK BY CURRENCY

 

                                                                                                                   

(millions of Canadian dollars)

             October 31, 2019                October 31, 2018   
Currency    100 bps
increase
   

100 bps

decrease 

    100 bps
increase
   

100 bps

decrease

 

Canadian dollar

   $ (39   $ (43 )     $ (41   $ (17 )  

U.S. dollar

     (374     (375 )       (197     19   
     $ (413   $ (418   $ (238   $ 2   

For the NIIS measure (not shown on the graph), a 100 bps increase in interest rates on October 31, 2019, would have decreased pre-tax net interest income by $171 million (October 31, 2018 – $73 million decrease) in the next twelve months due to the mismatched positions. A 100 bps decrease in interest rates on October 31, 2019, would have decreased pre-tax net interest income by $73 million (October 31, 2018 – $114 million decrease) in the next twelve months due to the mismatched positions. Reported NIIS remains consistent with the Bank's risk appetite and within established Board limits.

The following table shows the sensitivity of net interest income (pre-tax) by currency for those currencies where the Bank has material exposure.

 

TABLE 47:  SENSITIVITY OF PRE-TAX NET INTEREST INCOME SENSITIVITY BY CURRENCY

 

                                                                                                   

(millions of Canadian dollars)

             October 31, 2019                October 31, 2018   
Currency    100 bps
increase
   

100 bps

decrease

    100 bps
increase
   

100 bps

decrease 

 

Canadian dollar

   $ (103   $ 103     $ (49   $ 49  

U.S. dollar

     (68     (176 )       (24     (163 )  
     $ (171   $ (73 )     $ (73   $ (114 )  

Future Changes in Interest Rate Risk Measures

In April 2016, the BCBS published a new Standard on Interest Rate Risk in the Banking Book (IRRBB) as an update to the Committee's 2004 publication, to reflect changes in market, methodology and supervisory practices regarding the measurement of IRRBB. OSFI issued a revised Interest Rate Risk Management Guideline (B-12) in May 2019 that largely aligns with the BCBS Standard. The new regulatory guideline prescribes IRRBB measures, standardized stress scenarios, and enhancements to governance and modelling. The Bank will adopt these new standards by January 1, 2020 for reporting in the first quarter of 2020.

As a result, the currently reported EVaR measure will be replaced by an Economic Value of Equity (EVE) measure. The primary difference will be the exclusion of an assumed equity profile. In addition, the Bank's reported NIIS measurement approach will be modified to align with IRRBB requirements and reflect the Bank's earnings risk from fluctuations in interest rates.

Managing Non-trading Foreign Exchange Risk

Foreign exchange risk refers to losses that could result from changes in foreign-currency exchange rates. Assets and liabilities that are denominated in foreign currencies create foreign exchange risk.

The Bank is exposed to non-trading foreign exchange risk primarily from its investments in foreign operations. When the Bank's foreign currency assets are greater or less than its liabilities in that currency, they create a foreign currency open position. An adverse change in foreign exchange rates can impact the Bank's reported net income and shareholders' equity, and also its capital ratios.

Minimizing the impact of an adverse foreign exchange rate change on reported equity will cause some variability in capital ratios, due to the amount of RWA denominated in a foreign currency. If the Canadian dollar weakens, the Canadian dollar equivalent of the Bank's RWA in a foreign currency increases, thereby increasing the Bank's capital requirement. For this reason, the foreign exchange risk arising from the Bank's net investments in foreign operations is hedged to the point where certain capital ratios change by no more than an acceptable amount for a given change in foreign exchange rates.

Other Non-Trading Market Risks

Other market risks monitored on a regular basis include:

   

Basis Risk – The Bank is exposed to risks related to the difference in various market indices.

   

Equity Risk The Bank is exposed to equity risk through its equity-linked guaranteed investment certificate product offering. The exposure is managed by purchasing options to replicate the equity payoff. The Bank is also exposed to non-trading equity price risk primarily from its share-based compensation plans where certain employees are awarded share units equivalent to the Bank's common shares as compensation for services provided to the Bank. These share units are recorded as a liability over the vesting period and revalued at each reporting period until settled in cash. Changes in the Bank's share price can impact non-interest expenses. The Bank uses derivative instruments to manage its non-trading equity price risk.

Managing Investment Portfolios

The Bank manages a securities portfolio that is integrated into the overall asset and liability management process. The securities portfolio is managed using high-quality, low-risk securities in a manner appropriate to the attainment of the following goals: (1) to generate a targeted credit of funds to deposits balances that are in excess of loan balances; (2) to provide a sufficient pool of liquid assets to meet deposit and loan fluctuations and overall liquidity management objectives; (3) to provide eligible securities to meet collateral and cash management requirements; and (4) to manage the target interest rate risk profile of the balance sheet. The Risk Committee reviews and approves the Enterprise Investment Policy that sets out limits for the Bank's investment portfolio.

 

TD BANK GROUP 2019 ANNUAL REPORT MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION & ANALYSIS     Page 73  


WHY NET INTEREST MARGIN FLUCTUATES OVER TIME

As previously noted, the Bank's approach to asset/liability management is to ensure that earnings are stable and predictable over time, regardless of cash flow mismatches and the exercise of options granted to customers. This approach also creates margin certainty on fixed rate loans and deposits as they are booked. Despite this approach however, the Bank's net interest margin on average earning assets is subject to change over time for the following reasons (among others):

   

Differences in margins earned on new and renewing products relative to the margin previously earned on matured products;

   

The weighted-average margin on average earning assets will shift as the mix of business changes;

   

Changes in the basis between the Prime Rate and the Bankers' Acceptance rate, or the Prime Rate and the London Interbank Offered Rate; and/or

   

The lag in changing product prices in response to changes in wholesale rates.

The general level of interest rates will affect the return the Bank generates on its modeled maturity profile for core deposits and the investment profile for its net equity position as it evolves over time. The general level of interest rates is also a key driver of some modeled option exposures, and will affect the cost of hedging such exposures.

The Bank's approach to managing these factors tends to moderate their impact over time, resulting in a more stable and predictable earnings stream.

Operational Risk

Operational risk is the risk of loss resulting from inadequate or failed internal processes or technology or from human activities or from external events. This definition includes legal risk but excludes strategic and reputational risk.

Operational risk is inherent in all of the Bank's business activities, including the practices and controls used to manage other risks such as credit, market, and liquidity risk. Failure to manage operational risk can result in financial loss (direct or indirect), reputational harm, or regulatory censure and penalties.

The Bank actively mitigates and manages operational risk in order to create and sustain shareholder value, successfully execute the Bank's business strategies, operate efficiently, and provide reliable, secure, and convenient access to financial services. The Bank maintains a formal enterprise-wide operational risk management framework that emphasizes a strong risk management and internal control culture throughout TD.

In fiscal 2019, operational risk losses remain within the Bank's risk appetite. Refer to Note 27 of the 2019 Consolidated Financial Statements for further information on material legal or regulatory actions.

WHO MANAGES OPERATIONAL RISK

Operational Risk Management is an independent function that owns and maintains the Bank's Operational Risk Management Framework. This framework sets out the enterprise-wide governance processes, policies, and practices to identify and assess, measure, control, monitor, escalate, and report operational risk. Operational Risk Management is designed to ensure that there is appropriate monitoring and reporting of the Bank's operational risk profile and exposures to senior management through the OROC, the ERMC, and the Risk Committee.

In addition to the framework, Operational Risk Management owns and maintains, or has oversight of the Bank's operational risk policies. These policies govern the activities of the corporate areas responsible for the management and appropriate oversight of business continuity and crisis management, third-party management, data management, financial crime and fraud management, project management, and technology and cyber security management. Examples of operational risks that are owned and maintained by another function, but over which Operational Risk Management has oversight, include fraud risk management, third-party management, and project management.

The senior management of individual business units and corporate areas is responsible for the day-to-day management of operational risk following the Bank's established operational risk management framework and policies and the three lines of defence model. An independent risk management oversight function supports each business segment and corporate area, and monitors and challenges the implementation and use of the operational risk management framework programs according to the nature and scope of the operational risks inherent in the area. The senior executives in each business unit and corporate area participate in a Risk Management Committee that oversees operational risk management issues and initiatives.

Ultimately, every employee has a role to play in managing operational risk. In addition to policies and procedures guiding employee activities, training is available to all staff regarding specific types of operational risks and their role in helping to protect the interests and assets of the Bank.

HOW TD MANAGES OPERATIONAL RISK

The Operational Risk Management Framework outlines the internal risk and control structure to manage operational risk and includes the operational risk appetite, governance processes, and policies. The Operational Risk Management Framework supports alignment with the Bank's ERF and risk appetite. The framework incorporates sound industry practices and meets regulatory requirements. Key components of the framework include:

Governance and Policy

Management reporting and organizational structures emphasize accountability, ownership, and effective oversight of each business unit and each corporate area's operational risk exposures. In addition, the expectations of the Risk Committee and senior management for managing operational risk are set out by enterprise-wide policies and practices.

Risk and Control Self-Assessment

Internal controls are one of the primary methods of safeguarding the Bank's employees, customers, assets, and information, and in preventing and detecting errors and fraud. Management undertakes comprehensive assessments of key risk exposures and the internal controls in place to reduce or offset these risks. Senior management reviews the results of these evaluations to determine that risk management and internal controls are effective, appropriate, and compliant with the Bank's policies.

Operational Risk Event Monitoring

In order to reduce the Bank's exposure to future loss, it is critical that the Bank remains aware of and responds to its own and industry operational risks. The Bank's policies and processes require that operational risk events be identified, tracked, and reported to the appropriate level of management to facilitate the Bank's analysis and management of its risks and inform the assessment of suitable corrective and preventative action. The Bank also reviews, analyzes, and benchmarks itself against operational risk losses that have occurred at other financial institutions using information acquired through recognized industry data providers.

 

TD BANK GROUP 2019 ANNUAL REPORT MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION & ANALYSIS     Page 74  


Scenario Analysis

Scenario Analysis is a systematic and repeatable process used to assess the likelihood and loss impact for significant and infrequent operational risk events (tail risks). The Bank applies this practice to meet risk measurement and risk management objectives. The process includes the use of relevant external operational loss event data that is assessed considering the Bank's operational risk profile and control structure. The program raises awareness and educates business owners regarding existing and emerging risks, which may result in the identification and implementation of new scenarios and risk mitigation action plans to minimize tail risk.

Risk Reporting

Risk Management, in partnership with senior management, regularly monitors risk-related measures and the risk profile throughout the Bank to report to senior business management and the Risk Committee. Operational risk measures are systematically tracked, assessed, and reported to promote management accountability and direct the appropriate level of attention to current and emerging issues.

Insurance

TD's Corporate Insurance team, with oversight from TD Risk Management, utilizes insurance and other risk transfer arrangements to mitigate and reduce potential future losses related to operational risk. Risk Management includes oversight of the effective use of insurance aligned with the Bank's risk management strategy and risk appetite. Insurance terms and provisions, including types and amounts of coverage, are regularly assessed so that the Bank's tolerance for risk and, where applicable, statutory requirements are satisfied. The management process includes conducting regular in-depth risk and financial analysis and identifying opportunities to transfer elements of the Bank's risk to third parties where appropriate. The Bank transacts with external insurers that satisfy its minimum financial rating requirements.

Technology and Cyber Security

Virtually all aspects of the Bank's business and operations use technology and information to create and support new markets, competitive products, delivery channels, as well as other business operations and opportunities. The Bank manages these risks to support adequate and proper day-to-day operations; and protect against unauthorized access of the Bank's technology, infrastructure, systems, information, or data. To achieve this, the Bank actively monitors, manages, and continues to enhance its ability to mitigate these technology and cyber security risks through enterprise-wide programs and industry-accepted cyber threat management practices to enable rapid detection and response. The Bank's Cybersecurity Subcommittee provides dedicated senior executive oversight, direction and guidance regarding managing of risk relating to cybersecurity, including cyber terrorism and activism, cyber fraud, extortion and theft, as well as, identity and data theft. The Cybersecurity Subcommittee endorses actions and makes recommendations to the CEO and the ERMC as appropriate, including in some instances, supporting onward recommendations to the Risk Committee. Together with the Bank's operational risk management framework, technology and cyber security programs also include enhanced resiliency planning and testing, as well as disciplined change management practices.

Data Management

The Bank's data is a strategic asset that is governed and managed to preserve value and support business objectives. Inconsistent data governance and management practices may compromise the Bank's data and information assets which could result in financial and reputational impacts. The Bank's Office of the Chief Data Officer (OCDO), Corporate and Technology partners develop and implement enterprise wide standards and practices that describe how data and information assets are managed, governed, used, and protected.

Business Continuity and Crisis Management

The Bank maintains an enterprise-wide Business Continuity and Crisis Management Program that supports management's ability to operate the Bank's businesses and operations (including providing customers access to products and services) in the event of a business disruption incident. All areas of the Bank are required to maintain and regularly test business continuity plans to facilitate the continuity and recovery of business operations. The Bank's Program is supported by formal crisis management measures so that the appropriate level of leadership, oversight and management is applied to incidents affecting the Bank.

Third-Party Management

A third-party supplier/vendor is an entity that supplies a particular product or service to or on behalf of the Bank. While these relationships bring benefits to the Bank's businesses and customers, the Bank also needs to manage and minimize any risks related to the activity. The Bank does this through an enterprise third-party risk management program that is designed to manage third-party activities throughout the life cycle of an arrangement and provide an appropriate level of risk management and senior management oversight which is appropriate to the size, risk, and criticality of the third-party arrangement.

Project Management

The Bank has established a disciplined approach to project management across the enterprise coordinated by the Bank's Enterprise Project Delivery Excellence Group. This approach involves senior management governance and oversight of the Bank's project portfolio and leverages leading industry practices to guide the Bank's use of standardized project management methodology, defined project management accountabilities and capabilities, and project portfolio reporting and management tools to support successful project delivery.

Financial Crime and Fraud Management

The Bank develops and implements enterprise-wide financial crime and fraud management strategies, policies, and practices. The Bank employs prevention, detection and monitoring capabilities to strengthen the Bank's defences and enhance governance, oversight, and collaboration across the enterprise to protect customers, shareholders, and employees from increasingly sophisticated financial crimes and fraud.

Operational Risk Capital Measurement

The Bank's operational risk capital is determined using the AMA, a risk-sensitive capital model, along with the standardized approach (TSA). OSFI approved the Bank to use AMA in the third quarter of 2016. Entities not reported under AMA, use TSA methodology. Effective the first quarter of 2019, all entities are reported under AMA.

The Bank's AMA Capital Model uses a Loss Distribution Approach (LDA) and incorporates Internal Loss Data and Scenario Analysis results. External Loss Data is indirectly considered through the identification and assessment of Scenario Analysis estimations. Business, Environment and Internal Control Factors (BEICF) are used as a post-model adjustment to capital estimates to reflect forward-looking indicators of risk exposure.

 

TD BANK GROUP 2019 ANNUAL REPORT MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION & ANALYSIS     Page 75  


The Bank's AMA model includes the incorporation of a diversification benefit, which considers correlations across risk types and business lines as extreme loss events may not occur simultaneously across all categories. The capital is estimated at the 99.9% confidence level.

Although the Bank manages a comprehensive portfolio of insurance and other risk mitigating arrangements to provide additional protection from loss, the Bank's AMA model does not consider risk mitigation through insurance.

Model Risk

Model risk is the potential for adverse consequences arising from decisions based on incorrect or misused models and other estimation approaches and their outputs. It can lead to financial loss, reputational risk, or incorrect business and strategic decisions.

WHO MANAGES MODEL RISK

Primary accountability for the management of model risk resides with the senior management of individual businesses with respect to the models they use. The Model Risk Governance Committee provides oversight of governance, risk, and control matters, by providing a platform to guide, challenge, and advise decision makers and model owners in model risk related matters. Model Risk Management monitors and reports on existing and emerging model risks, and provides periodic assessments to senior management, Risk Management, the Risk Committee of the Board, and regulators on the state of model risk at TD and alignment with the Bank's Model Risk Appetite. The Risk Committee of the Board approves the Bank's Model Risk Management Framework and Model Risk Policy.

HOW TD MANAGES MODEL RISK

The Bank manages model risk in accordance with management approved model risk policies and supervisory guidance which encompass the life cycle of a model, including proof of concept, development, validation, implementation, usage, and ongoing model performance monitoring. The Bank's Model Risk Management Framework also captures key processes that may be partially or wholly qualitative, or based on expert judgment.

Business segments identify the need for a new model or process and are responsible for model development and documentation according to the Bank's policies and standards. During model development, controls with respect to code generation, acceptance testing, and usage are established and documented to a level of detail and comprehensiveness matching the materiality and complexity of the model. Once models are implemented, business owners are responsible for ongoing performance monitoring and usage in accordance with the Bank's Model Risk Policy. In cases where a model is deemed obsolete or unsuitable for its originally intended purposes, it is decommissioned in accordance with the Bank's policies.

Model Risk Management and Model Validation provide oversight, maintain a centralized inventory of all models as defined in the Bank's Model Risk Policy, validate and approve new and existing models on a pre-determined schedule depending on model complexity, materiality and criticality, set model performance monitoring standards, and provide training to all stakeholders. The validation process varies in rigour, depending on the model risk rating, but at a minimum contains a detailed determination of:

 

the conceptual soundness of model methodologies and underlying quantitative and qualitative assumptions;

 

the risk associated with a model based on complexity, materiality and criticality;

 

the sensitivity of a model to model assumptions and changes in data inputs including stress testing; and

 

the limitations of a model and the compensating risk mitigation mechanisms in place to address the limitations.

When appropriate, validation includes a benchmarking exercise which may include the building of an independent model based on an alternative modelling approach. The results of the benchmark model are compared to the model being assessed to validate the appropriateness of the model's methodology and its use. As with traditional model approaches, machine-learning models are also subject to the same rigorous standards and risk management practices.

At the conclusion of the validation process, a model will either be approved for use or will be rejected and require redevelopment or other courses of action. Models identified as obsolete or no longer appropriate for use through changes in industry practice, the business environment, or Bank strategies are subject to decommissioning.

Model risk exists on a continuum from the most complex and material models to analytical tools (also broadly referred to as non-models) that may still expose the Bank to risk based on their incorrect use or inaccurate outputs. The Bank has policies and procedures in place designed to ensure that the level of independent challenge and oversight corresponds to the materiality and complexity of both models and non-models.

 

Insurance Risk

Insurance risk is the risk of financial loss due to actual experience emerging differently from expectations in insurance product pricing and/or design, underwriting, claims or reserving than expected at the inception of an insurance contract. Unfavourable experience could emerge due to adverse fluctuations in timing, actual size, and/or frequency of claims (for example, driven by non-life premium risk, non-life reserving risk, catastrophic risk, mortality risk, morbidity risk, and longevity risk), policyholder behaviour, or associated expenses.

Insurance contracts provide financial protection by transferring insured risks to the issuer in exchange for premiums. The Bank is engaged in insurance businesses relating to property and casualty insurance, life and health insurance, and reinsurance, through various subsidiaries; it is through these businesses that the Bank is exposed to insurance risk.

WHO MANAGES INSURANCE RISK

Senior management within the insurance business units has primary responsibility for managing insurance risk with oversight by the CRO for Insurance, who reports into Risk Management. The Audit Committee of the Board acts as the Audit and Conduct Review Committee for the Canadian insurance company subsidiaries. The insurance company subsidiaries also have their own Boards of Directors who provide additional risk management oversight.

HOW TD MANAGES INSURANCE RISK

The Bank's risk governance practices are designed to support strong independent oversight and control of risk within the insurance business. The TD Insurance Risk Committee and its sub committees provide critical oversight of the risk management activities within the insurance business and monitor compliance with insurance risk policies. The Bank's Insurance Risk Management Framework and Insurance Risk Policy collectively outline the internal risk and control structure to manage insurance risk and include risk appetite, policies, processes, as well as limits and governance. These documents are maintained by Risk Management and support alignment with the Bank's risk appetite for insurance risk.

 

TD BANK GROUP 2019 ANNUAL REPORT MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION & ANALYSIS     Page 76  


The assessment of policy (premium and claims) liabilities is central to the insurance operation. The Bank establishes reserves to cover estimated future payments (including loss adjustment expenses) on all claims or terminations/surrenders of premium arising from insurance contracts underwritten. The reserves cannot be established with complete certainty, and represent management's best estimate for future payments. As such, the Bank regularly monitors estimates against actual and emerging experience and adjusts reserves as appropriate if experience emerges differently than anticipated. Claim and premium liabilities are governed by the Bank's general insurance and life and health reserving policies.

Sound product design is an essential element of managing risk. The Bank's exposure to insurance risk is mostly short-term in nature as the principal underwriting risk relates to automobile and home insurance for individuals.

Insurance market cycles, as well as changes in insurance legislation, the regulatory environment, judicial environment, trends in court awards, climate patterns, and the economic environment may impact the performance of the insurance business. Consistent pricing policies and underwriting standards are maintained.

There is also exposure to concentration risk associated with general insurance and life and health coverage. Exposure to insurance risk concentration is managed through established underwriting guidelines, limits, and authorization levels that govern the acceptance of risk. Concentration of insurance risk is also mitigated through the purchase of reinsurance. The insurance business' reinsurance programs are governed by catastrophe and reinsurance risk management policies.

Strategies are in place to manage the risk to the Bank's reinsurance business. Underwriting risk on business assumed is managed through a policy that limits exposure to certain types of business and countries. The vast majority of reinsurance treaties are annually renewable, which minimizes long-term risk. Pandemic exposure is reviewed and estimated annually within the reinsurance business to manage concentration risk.

Liquidity Risk

The risk of having insufficient cash or collateral to meet financial obligations and an inability to, in a timely manner, raise funding or monetize assets at a non-distressed price. Financial obligations can arise from deposit withdrawals, debt maturities, commitments to provide credit or liquidity support or the need to pledge additional collateral.

TD'S LIQUIDITY RISK APPETITE

The Bank maintains a prudent and disciplined approach to managing its potential exposure to liquidity risk. The Bank targets a 90-day survival horizon under a combined bank-specific and market-wide stress scenario, and a minimum buffer over regulatory requirements prescribed by the OSFI Liquidity Adequacy Requirements (LAR) guidelines. Under the LAR guidelines, Canadian banks are required to maintain a Liquidity Coverage Ratio (LCR) at the minimum of 100% and beginning January 2020 will be required to maintain a Net Stable Funding Ratio (NSFR) at the minimum of 100%. The Bank's funding program emphasizes maximizing deposits as a core source of funding, and having ready access to wholesale funding markets across diversified terms, funding types, and currencies that is designed to ensure low exposure to a sudden contraction of wholesale funding capacity and to minimize structural liquidity gaps. The Bank also maintains a comprehensive contingency funding plan to enhance preparedness for recovery from potential liquidity stress events. The resultant management strategies and actions comprise an integrated liquidity risk management program that is designed to ensure low exposure to liquidity risk and compliance with regulatory requirements.

LIQUIDITY RISK MANAGEMENT RESPONSIBILITY

The Bank's ALCO oversees the Bank's liquidity risk management program. It ensures there are effective management structures and practices in place to properly measure and manage liquidity risk. The GLF, a subcommittee of the ALCO comprised of senior management from TBSM, Risk Management and Wholesale Banking, identifies and monitors the Bank's liquidity risks. The management of liquidity risk is the responsibility of the Head of TBSM, while oversight and challenge is provided by the ALCO and independently by Risk Management. The Risk Committee of the Board regularly reviews the Bank's liquidity position and approves the Bank's Liquidity Risk Management Framework bi-annually and the related policies annually.

The Bank has established TDGUS, as TD's U.S. IHC, and a Combined U.S. Operations (CUSO) reporting unit that consists of the IHC and TD's U.S. branch and agency network. Both TDGUS and CUSO are managed to the U.S. Enhanced Prudential Standards liquidity requirements in addition to the Bank's liquidity management framework.

The following areas are responsible for measuring, monitoring, and managing liquidity risks for major business segments:

   

Risk Management is responsible for maintaining the liquidity risk management policy and asset pledging policy, along with associated limits, standards, and processes which are established to ensure that consistent and efficient liquidity management approaches are applied across all of the Bank's operations. Risk Management jointly owns the liquidity risk management framework, along with the Chief Financial Officer. Enterprise Market Risk Control provides oversight of liquidity risk across the enterprise and provides independent risk assessment and effective challenge of liquidity risk. Capital Markets Risk Management is responsible for independent liquidity risk metric reporting.

   

TBSM Liquidity Management manages the liquidity position of the Canadian Retail (including wealth businesses), Corporate, the Wholesale Banking, and U.S. Retail businesses, as well as the liquidity position of CUSO.

   

Other regional operations, including those within TD's insurance, foreign branches, and/or subsidiaries are responsible for managing their liquidity risk in compliance with their own policies, local regulatory requirements and are in alignment with the enterprise framework.

HOW TD MANAGES LIQUIDITY RISK

The Bank manages the liquidity profile of its businesses to be within the defined liquidity risk appetite, and maintains target requirements for liquidity survivability using a combination of internal and regulatory measures. The Bank's overall liquidity requirement is defined as the amount of liquid assets the Bank needs to hold to be able to cover expected future cash flow requirements, plus a prudent reserve against potential cash outflows in the event of a capital markets disruption or other events that could affect the Bank's access to funding or destabilize its deposit base.

The Bank maintains an internal view for measuring and managing liquidity that uses an assumed Severe Combined Stress Scenario (SCSS). The SCSS considers potential liquidity requirements during a crisis resulting from a loss of confidence in the Bank's ability to meet obligations as they come due. In addition to this bank-specific event, the SCSS also incorporates the impact of a stressed market-wide liquidity event that results in a significant reduction in the availability of funding for all institutions and a decrease in the marketability of assets. The Bank's liquidity policy stipulates that the Bank must maintain a sufficient level of liquid assets to support business growth, and to cover identified stressed liquidity requirements under the SCSS up to 90 days. The Bank calculates stressed liquidity requirements for the SCSS related to the following conditions:

   

wholesale funding maturing in the next 90 days (assumes maturing debt will be repaid instead of rolled over);

   

accelerated attrition or "run-off" of deposit balances;

   

increased utilization of available credit and liquidity facilities; and

 

TD BANK GROUP 2019 ANNUAL REPORT MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION & ANALYSIS     Page 77  


 

   

increased collateral requirements associated with downgrades in the Bank's credit rating and adverse movement in reference rates for derivative and securities financing transactions.

The Bank also manages its liquidity to comply with the regulatory liquidity requirements in the OSFI LAR (the LCR, the NSFR, and the Net Cumulative Cash Flow (NCCF) monitoring tool). The LCR requires that banks maintain minimum liquidity coverage of 100% over a 30-day stress period, the NSFR requires that banks maintain available stable funding in excess of required stable funding starting January 2020 (a minimum NSFR of 100%), and the NCCF monitors the Bank's detailed cash flow gaps for various time bands. As a result, the Bank's liquidity is managed to the higher of its internal liquidity requirements and the target buffers over the regulatory minimums.

The Bank considers potential regulatory restrictions on liquidity transferability in the calculation of enterprise liquidity positions. Accordingly, surplus liquidity domiciled in regulated subsidiaries may be excluded from consolidated liquidity positions as appropriate.

The Bank's Funds Transfer Pricing process considers liquidity risk as a key determinant of the cost or credit of funds to the retail and wholesale bank businesses. Liquidity costs applied to loans and trading assets are determined based on the cash flow or stressed liquidity profile, while deposits are assessed based on the required liquidity reserves and balance stability. Liquidity costs are also applied to other contingent obligations like undrawn lines of credit provided to customers.

LIQUID ASSETS

The unencumbered liquid assets the Bank holds to meet its liquidity requirements must be high-quality securities that the Bank believes can be monetized quickly in stress conditions with minimum loss in market value. The liquidity value of unencumbered liquid assets considers estimated market or trading depths, settlement timing, and/or other identified impediments to potential sale or pledging. Overall, the Bank expects any reduction in market value of its liquid asset portfolio to be modest given the underlying high credit quality and demonstrated liquidity.

Assets held by the Bank to meet liquidity requirements are summarized in the following tables. The tables do not include assets held within the Bank's insurance businesses due to investment restrictions.

 

TABLE 48:  SUMMARY OF LIQUID ASSETS BY TYPE AND CURRENCY1,2

 

(millions of Canadian dollars, except as noted)

              As at   
     Bank-owned
liquid assets
     Securities
received as
collateral from
securities
financing and
derivative
transactions
    

Total

liquid
assets

     % of
total
    Encumbered
liquid assets
     Unencumbered
liquid assets
 
              October 31, 2019   

Cash and due from banks

   $ 5,140    $      $ 5,140      1  %    $ 566       $ 4,574   

Canadian government obligations

     13,872      77,275         91,147      14     56,337         34,810   

NHA MBS

     38,138      15         38,153      6     3,816         34,337   

Provincial government obligations

     15,679      25,151         40,830      6     31,287         9,543   

Corporate issuer obligations

     11,149      3,623         14,772      2     3,882         10,890   

Equities

     13,636      2,770         16,406      3     11,225         5,181   

Other marketable securities and/or loans

     2,512      311         2,823            1,078         1,745   

Total Canadian dollar-denominated

     100,126      109,145         209,271      32     108,191         101,080   

Cash and due from banks

     19,225             19,225      3     33         19,192   

U.S. government obligations

     34,103      47,803         81,906      13     37,367         44,539   

U.S. federal agency obligations, including U.S. federal agency mortgage-backed
obligations

     58,222      11,873         70,095      11     20,939         49,156   

Other sovereign obligations

     47,854      49,304         97,158      15     39,500         57,658   

Corporate issuer obligations

     84,835      1,856         86,691      13     7,070         79,621   

Equities

     40,550      34,607         75,157      12     39,403         35,754   

Other marketable securities and/or loans

     4,658      667         5,325      1     712         4,613   

Total non-Canadian dollar-denominated

     289,447      146,110         435,557      68     145,024         290,533   

Total

   $ 389,573    $ 255,255       $ 644,828      100  %    $ 253,215       $ 391,613   
              October 31, 2018   

Cash and due from banks

   $ 3,002    $      $ 3,002      1  %    $ 1,098       $ 1,904   

Canadian government obligations

     18,256      63,463         81,719      14     47,572         34,147   

NHA MBS

     39,649      42         39,691      6     3,057         36,634   

Provincial government obligations

     12,720      19,241         31,961      5     23,651         8,310   

Corporate issuer obligations

     6,622      3,767         10,389      2     3,769         6,620   

Equities

     10,554      1,637         12,191      2     6,028         6,163   

Other marketable securities and/or loans

     2,655      349         3,004      1     277         2,727   

Total Canadian dollar-denominated

     93,458      88,499         181,957      31     85,452         96,505   

Cash and due from banks

     24,046             24,046      4     28         24,018   

U.S. government obligations

     30,163      37,691         67,854      12     32,918         34,936   

U.S. federal agency obligations, including U.S. federal agency mortgage-backed
obligations

     47,150      927         48,077      8     7,522         40,555   

Other sovereign obligations

     56,034      45,912         101,946      18     41,993         59,953   

Corporate issuer obligations

     78,160      1,576         79,736      14     7,234         72,502   

Equities

     33,514      37,666         71,180      12     32,206         38,974   

Other marketable securities and/or loans

     4,786      4         4,790      1     191         4,599   

Total non-Canadian dollar-denominated

     273,853      123,776         397,629      69     122,092         275,537   

Total

   $     367,311    $     212,275       $     579,586      100  %    $     207,544       $     372,042   

 

    1  

Positions stated include gross asset values pertaining to securities financing transactions.

    2  

Liquid assets include collateral received that can be re-hypothecated or otherwise redeployed.

 

TD BANK GROUP 2019 ANNUAL REPORT MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION & ANALYSIS     Page 78  


The increase of $18 billion in total unencumbered liquid assets from October 31, 2018, was mainly due to regular wholesale business activity and deposit volume growth in the Canadian Retail and U.S. Retail segments. Liquid assets are held in The Toronto-Dominion Bank and multiple domestic and foreign subsidiaries and branches and are summarized in the following table.

 

TABLE 49:  SUMMARY OF UNENCUMBERED LIQUID ASSETS BY BANK, SUBSIDIARIES, AND BRANCHES

 

(millions of Canadian dollars)            As at  
      October 31
2019 
     October 31
2018
 

The Toronto-Dominion Bank (Parent)

   $     139,550       $     136,544

Bank subsidiaries

     228,978         217,565

Foreign branches

     23,085         17,933

Total

   $ 391,613       $ 372,042

The Bank's monthly average liquid assets (excluding those held in insurance subsidiaries) for the years ended October 31, 2019, and October 31, 2018, are summarized in the following table.

 

TABLE 50:  SUMMARY OF AVERAGE LIQUID ASSETS BY TYPE AND CURRENCY1,2 

 

(millions of Canadian dollars, except as noted)    Average for the years ended  
     Bank-owned
liquid assets
     Securities
received as
collateral from
securities
financing and
derivative
transactions
    

Total

liquid assets

     % of
total
    Encumbered
liquid assets
     Unencumbered
liquid assets
 
      October 31, 2019  

Cash and due from banks

   $ 3,404    $      $ 3,404      1  %    $ 457    $ 2,947   

Canadian government obligations

     13,779      69,160         82,939      13     49,895      33,044   

NHA MBS

     41,436      32         41,468      7     3,607      37,861   

Provincial government obligations

     14,042      23,145         37,187      6     27,559      9,628   

Corporate issuer obligations

     8,311      3,907         12,218      2     4,038      8,180   

Equities

     10,742      3,876         14,618      2     9,540      5,078   

Other marketable securities and/or loans

     3,130      397         3,527      1     566      2,961   

Total Canadian dollar-denominated

     94,844      100,517         195,361      32     95,662      99,699   

Cash and due from banks

     27,019             27,019      4     34      26,985   

U.S. government obligations

     32,168      44,473         76,641      12     37,573      39,068   

U.S. federal agency obligations, including U.S. federal agency mortgage-backed obligations

     51,854      7,139         58,993      10     16,393      42,600   

Other sovereign obligations

     51,841      45,645         97,486      16     36,818      60,668   

Corporate issuer obligations

     80,482      2,391         82,873      13     7,028      75,845   

Equities

     37,818      36,572         74,390      12     39,191      35,199   

Other marketable securities and/or loans

     4,680      770         5,450      1     955      4,495   

Total non-Canadian dollar-denominated

     285,862      136,990         422,852      68     137,992      284,860   

Total

   $ 380,706    $ 237,507       $ 618,213      100  %    $ 233,654    $ 384,559   
      October 31, 2018  

Cash and due from banks

   $ 3,115    $      $ 3,115      1  %    $ 573    $ 2,542   

Canadian government obligations

     15,548      54,782         70,330      12     42,407      27,923   

NHA MBS

     41,365      48         41,413      7     4,517      36,896   

Provincial government obligations

     11,160      17,390         28,550      5     21,266      7,284   

Corporate issuer obligations

     6,347      3,729         10,076      2     2,018      8,058   

Equities

     10,360      2,279         12,639      2     4,965      7,674   

Other marketable securities and/or loans

     2,216      348         2,564      1     278      2,286   

Total Canadian dollar-denominated

     90,111      78,576         168,687      30     76,024      92,663   

Cash and due from banks

     34,805             34,805      6     127      34,678   

U.S. government obligations

     30,349      40,533         70,882      13     38,668      32,214   

U.S. federal agency obligations, including U.S. federal agency mortgage-backed obligations

     44,929      677         45,606      8     8,731      36,875   

Other sovereign obligations

     53,068      55,008         108,076      19     38,663      69,413   

Corporate issuer obligations

     71,142      1,579         72,721      13     5,864      66,857   

Equities

     29,341      30,034         59,375      10     24,974      34,401   

Other marketable securities and/or loans

     4,977      14         4,991      1     557      4,434   

Total non-Canadian dollar-denominated

     268,611      127,845         396,456      70     117,584      278,872   

Total

   $     358,722    $     206,421       $     565,143      100  %    $     193,608    $     371,535   

 

1

Positions stated include gross asset values pertaining to securities financing transactions.

2

Liquid assets include collateral received that can be re-hypothecated or otherwise redeployed.

Average liquid assets held in The Toronto-Dominion Bank and multiple domestic and foreign subsidiaries (excluding insurance subsidiaries) and branches are summarized in the following table.

 

TD BANK GROUP 2019 ANNUAL REPORT MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION & ANALYSIS     Page 79  


TABLE 51:  SUMMARY OF AVERAGE UNENCUMBERED LIQUID ASSETS BY BANK, SUBSIDIARIES, AND BRANCHES

 

(millions of Canadian dollars)    Average for the years ended  
      October 31, 2019       October 31, 2018  

The Toronto-Dominion Bank (Parent)

   $ 140,192       $ 124,181

Bank subsidiaries

     224,533         217,036

Foreign branches

     19,834         30,318

Total

   $     384,559       $     371,535

ASSET ENCUMBRANCE

In the course of the Bank's day-to-day operations, assets are pledged to obtain funding, support trading and brokerage businesses, and participate in clearing and/or settlement systems. A summary of encumbered and unencumbered assets (excluding assets held in insurance subsidiaries) is presented in the following table to identify assets that are used or available for potential funding needs.

 

TABLE 52:  ENCUMBERED AND UNENCUMBERED ASSETS

 

(millions of Canadian dollars, except as noted)    As at  
     October 31, 2019  
     Encumbered1       Unencumbered               
      Pledged as
collateral2 
     Other3       Available as
collateral4 
     Other5      Total assets      Encumbered
assets as a %
of total assets
 

Cash and due from banks

   $ 185       $      $      $ 4,678      $ 4,863       % 

Interest-bearing deposits with banks

     5,394         90         17,798         2,301        25,583      0.5

Securities, trading loans, and other6 

     73,165         12,342         283,384         29,253        398,144      6.0

Derivatives

                          48,894        48,894       

Securities purchased under reverse repurchase agreements7 

                          165,935        165,935       

Loans, net of allowance for loan losses

     25,851         61,633         83,598         513,526        684,608      6.2

Customers' liability under acceptances

                          13,494        13,494       

Investment in TD Ameritrade

                          9,316        9,316       

Goodwill

                          16,976        16,976       

Other intangibles

                          2,503        2,503       

Land, buildings, equipment, and other depreciable assets

                          5,513        5,513       

Deferred tax assets

                          1,799        1,799       

Other assets8 

     580                       37,082        37,662       

Total on-balance sheet assets

   $     105,175       $     74,065       $     384,780       $     851,270      $     1,415,290      12.7  % 

Off-balance sheet items9 

                

Securities purchased under reverse repurchase agreements

     143,664                32,397         (165,935 )       

Securities borrowing and collateral received

     60,941         3,707         17,328               

Margin loans and other client activity

     8,900                20,439         (14,149 )       

Total off-balance sheet items

     213,505         3,707         70,164         (180,084 )       

Total

   $ 318,680       $ 77,772       $ 454,944       $ 671,186        
      October 31, 2018  

Total on-balance sheet assets

   $ 100,719       $ 72,086       $ 377,068       $ 785,030      $ 1,334,903      12.9  % 

Total off-balance sheet items

     185,323         559         57,845         (142,072 )       

Total

   $ 286,042       $ 72,645       $ 434,913       $ 642,958        

 

1

Asset encumbrance has been analyzed on an individual asset basis. Where a particular asset has been encumbered and TD has holdings of the asset both on-balance sheet and off-balance sheet, for the purpose of this disclosure, the on and off-balance sheet holdings are encumbered in alignment with the business practice.

2

Represents assets that have been posted externally to support the Bank's day-to-day operations, including securities financing transactions, clearing and payments, and derivative transactions. Also includes assets that have been pledged supporting Federal Home Loan Bank (FHLB) activity.

3

Assets supporting TD's long-term funding activities, assets pledged against securitization liabilities, and assets held by consolidated securitization vehicles or in pools for covered bond issuance.

4

Assets that are considered readily available in their current legal form to generate funding or support collateral needs. This category includes reported FHLB assets that remain unutilized and DSAC that are available for collateral purposes however not regularly utilized in practice.

5

Assets that cannot be used to support funding or collateral requirements in their current form. This category includes those assets that are potentially eligible as funding program collateral (for example, CMHC insured mortgages that can be securitized into NHA MBS).

6

Securities include trading loans, securities, non-trading financial assets at fair value through profit or loss and other financial assets designated at fair value through profit or loss, securities at FVOCI, and DSAC.

7

Assets reported in Securities purchased under reverse repurchase agreements represent the value of the loans extended and not the value of the collateral received.

8

Other assets include amounts receivable from brokers, dealers, and clients.

9

Off-balance sheet items include the collateral value from the securities received under reverse repurchase agreements, securities borrowing, margin loans, and other client activity. The loan value from the reverse repurchase transactions and margin loans/client activity is deducted from the on-balance sheet Unencumbered – Other category.

LIQUIDITY STRESS TESTING AND CONTINGENCY FUNDING PLANS

In addition to the SCSS, the Bank performs liquidity stress testing on multiple alternate scenarios. These scenarios are a mix of TD-specific events and market-wide stress events designed to test the impact from risk factors material to the Bank's risk profile. Liquidity assessments are also part of the Bank's EWST program.

The Bank has liquidity contingency funding plans (CFP) in place at the overall Bank level and for subsidiaries operating in the foreign jurisdictions ("Regional CFP"). The Bank's CFP provides a documented framework for managing unexpected liquidity situations and thus is an integral component of the Bank's overall liquidity risk management program. It outlines different contingency levels based on the severity and duration of the liquidity situation, and identifies recovery actions appropriate for each level. For each recovery action, it provides key operational steps required to execute the action. Regional CFPs identify recovery actions to address region-specific stress events. The actions and governance structure outlined in the Bank's CFP are aligned with the Bank's Crisis Management Recovery Plan.

 

TD BANK GROUP 2019 ANNUAL REPORT MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION & ANALYSIS     Page 80  


CREDIT RATINGS

Credit ratings impact the Bank's borrowing costs and ability to raise funds. Rating downgrades could potentially result in higher financing costs, increased requirement to pledge collateral, reduced access to capital markets, and could also affect the Bank's ability to enter into derivative transactions.

Credit ratings and outlooks provided by rating agencies reflect their views and are subject to change from time-to-time, based on a number of factors including the Bank's financial strength, competitive position, and liquidity, as well as factors not entirely within the Bank's control, including the methodologies used by rating agencies and conditions affecting the overall financial services industry.

 

TABLE 53:  CREDIT RATINGS1

 

     As at  
     October 31, 2019  
      Moody's       S&P       DBRS  

Deposits/Counterparty2 

     Aa1         AA-        AA (high)

Legacy Senior Debt3 

     Aa1         AA-        AA (high)

Senior Debt4 

     Aa3         A        AA

Covered Bonds

     Aaa                AAA

Subordinated Debt

     A2         A        AA (low)

Subordinated Debt – NVCC

     A2 (hyb)         A-        A

Preferred Shares – NVCC

     Baa1 (hyb)         BBB        Pfd-2 (high)

Short-Term Debt (Deposits)

     P-1         A-1+        R-1 (high)

Outlook

     Stable         Stable        Stable

 

1 

The above ratings are for The Toronto-Dominion Bank legal entity. Subsidiaries' ratings are available on the Bank's website at http://www.td.com/investor/credit.jsp. Credit ratings are not recommendations to purchase, sell, or hold a financial obligation in as much as they do not comment on market price or suitability for a particular investor. Ratings are subject to revision or withdrawal at any time by the rating organization.

2 

Represents Moody's Long-Term Deposits Ratings and Counterparty Risk Rating, S&P's Issuer Credit Rating, and DBRS' Long-Term Issuer Rating

3 

Includes a) Senior debt issued prior to September 23, 2018; and b) Senior debt issued on or after September 23, 2018 which is excluded from the bank recapitalization "bail-in" regime, including debt with an original term-to-maturity of less than 400 days and most structured notes.

4 

Subject to conversion under the bank recapitalization "bail-in" regime.

The Bank regularly reviews the level of increased collateral its trading counterparties would require in the event of a downgrade of TD's credit rating. The Bank holds liquid assets to ensure it is able to provide additional collateral required by trading counterparties in the event of a three-notch downgrades in the Bank's legacy senior debt ratings. The following table presents the additional collateral that could have been contractually required to be posted to the derivative counterparties as of the reporting date in the event of one, two, and three-notch downgrades of the Bank's credit ratings.

 

TABLE 54:  ADDITIONAL COLLATERAL REQUIREMENTS FOR RATING DOWNGRADES1

 

(millions of Canadian dollars)    Average for the years ended  
      October 31, 2019      October 31, 2018  

One-notch downgrade

   $ 98    $ 92

Two-notch downgrade

     118      120

Three-notch downgrade

         648          462

 

1 

The above collateral requirements are based on trading counterparty Credit Support Annex (CSA) and the Bank's credit rating across applicable rating agencies.

LIQUIDITY COVERAGE RATIO

The LCR is a Basel III metric calculated as the ratio of the stock of unencumbered HQLA over the net cash outflow requirements in the next 30 days under a hypothetical liquidity stress event.

The Bank must maintain the LCR above 100% under normal operating conditions in accordance with the OSFI LAR requirement. The Bank's LCR is calculated according to the scenario parameters in the LAR guideline, including prescribed HQLA eligibility criteria and haircuts, deposit run-off rates, and other outflow and inflow rates. HQLA held by the Bank that are eligible for the LCR calculation under the LAR are primarily central bank reserves, sovereign issued or guaranteed securities, high-quality securities or equities issued by non-financial entities, and certain covered bonds.

 

TD BANK GROUP 2019 ANNUAL REPORT MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION & ANALYSIS     Page 81  


The following table summarizes the Bank's daily LCR position for the fourth quarter of 2019.

 

TABLE 55:  AVERAGE BASEL III LIQUIDITY COVERAGE RATIO1 

 

(millions of Canadian dollars, except as noted)    Average for the three months ended  
     October 31, 2019  
      Total unweighted
value (average)2 
    Total weighted
value (average)3 
 

High-quality liquid assets

                

Total high-quality liquid assets

   $ n/a      $ 228,860   

Cash outflows

                

Retail deposits and deposits from small business customers, of which:

   $ 486,895      $ 34,569   

Stable deposits4 

     201,722        6,052   

Less stable deposits

     285,173        28,517   

Unsecured wholesale funding, of which:

     252,326        129,771   

Operational deposits (all counterparties) and deposits in networks of cooperative banks5 

     96,617        23,001   

Non-operational deposits (all counterparties)

     112,943        64,004   

Unsecured debt

     42,766        42,766   

Secured wholesale funding

     n/a        20,466   

Additional requirements, of which:

     207,875        59,827   

Outflows related to derivative exposures and other collateral requirements

     29,191        21,757   

Outflows related to loss of funding on debt products

     5,786        5,786   

Credit and liquidity facilities

     172,898        32,284   

Other contractual funding obligations

     16,112        10,221   

Other contingent funding obligations6 

     588,405        9,223   

Total cash outflows

   $ n/a      $ 264,077   

Cash inflows

                

Secured lending

   $ 206,652      $ 27,156   

Inflows from fully performing exposures

     16,882        8,000   

Other cash inflows

     56,864        56,864   

Total cash inflows

   $ 280,398      $ 92,020   
     Average for the three months ended  
      October 31, 2019     July 31, 2019  
      Total adjusted
value
    Total adjusted
value
 

Total high-quality liquid assets7 

   $     228,860      $     220,622   

Total net cash outflows8 

     172,057        166,520   

Liquidity coverage ratio

     133  %       132  %  

 

1

The LCR for the quarter ended October 31, 2019, is calculated as an average of the 60 daily data points in the quarter.

2

Unweighted inflow and outflow values are outstanding balances maturing or callable within 30 days.

3

Weighted values are calculated after the application of respective HQLA haircuts or inflow and outflow rates, as prescribed by OSFI LAR guideline.

4 

As defined by OSFI LAR, stable deposits from retail and small medium-sized enterprise (SME) customers are deposits that are insured, and are either held in transactional accounts or the depositors have an established relationship with the Bank that make deposit withdrawal highly unlikely.

5

Operational deposits from non-SME business customers are deposits kept with the Bank in order to facilitate their access and ability to conduct activities such as clearing, custody, or cash management services.

6

Includes uncommitted credit and liquidity facilities, stable value money market mutual funds, outstanding debt securities with remaining maturity greater than 30 days, and other contractual cash outflows. TD has no contractual obligation to buyback these outstanding TD debt securities, and as a result, a 0% outflow rate is applied under the OSFI LAR guideline.

7

Adjusted HQLA includes both asset haircut and applicable caps, as prescribed by the OSFI LAR guideline (HQLA assets after haircuts are capped at 40% for Level 2 and 15% for Level 2B).

8 

Adjusted Net Cash Outflows include both inflow and outflow rates and applicable caps, as prescribed by the OSFI LAR guideline (inflows are capped at 75% of outflows).

The Bank's average LCR of 133% for the quarter ended October 31, 2019, continues to meet the regulatory requirement.

The Bank holds a variety of liquid assets commensurate with the liquidity needs of the organization. Many of these assets qualify as HQLA under the OSFI LAR guideline. The average HQLA of the Bank for the quarter ended October 31, 2019, was $229 billion (July 31, 2019 – $221 billion), with level 1 assets representing 81% (July 31, 2019 – 82%). The Bank's reported HQLA excludes excess HQLA from the U.S. Retail operations, as required by the OSFI LAR guideline, to reflect liquidity transfer considerations between U.S. Retail and its affiliates as a result of U.S. Federal Reserve Board's regulations. By excluding excess HQLA, the U.S. Retail LCR is effectively capped at 100% prior to total Bank consolidation.

 

TD BANK GROUP 2019 ANNUAL REPORT MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION & ANALYSIS     Page 82  


FUNDING

The Bank has access to a variety of unsecured and secured funding sources. The Bank's funding activities are conducted in accordance with the liquidity management policy that requires assets be funded to the appropriate term and to a prudent diversification profile.

The Bank's primary approach to managing funding activities is to maximize the use of deposits raised through personal and commercial banking channels. The following table illustrates the Bank's large base of personal and commercial, wealth, and TD Ameritrade sweep deposits (collectively, "P&C deposits") that make up over 70% of the Bank's total funding.

 

TABLE 56:  SUMMARY OF DEPOSIT FUNDING

 

(millions of Canadian dollars)    As at  
      October 31, 2019      October 31, 2018  

P&C deposits – Canadian Retail

   $     382,252    $     359,473

P&C deposits – U.S. Retail

     360,761      346,624

Other deposits

     23      36  

Total

   $ 743,036    $ 706,133

WHOLESALE FUNDING

The Bank actively maintains various registered external wholesale term (greater than 1 year) funding programs to provide access to diversified funding sources, including asset securitization, covered bonds, and unsecured wholesale debt. The Bank raises term funding through Senior Notes, NHA MBS, Canada Mortgage Bonds, and notes backed by credit card receivables (Evergreen Credit Card Trust). The Bank's wholesale funding is diversified by geography, by currency, and by funding types. The Bank raises short-term (1 year and less) funding using certificates of deposit and commercial paper.

The following table summarizes the registered term funding programs by geography, with the related program size.

 

     
Canada   United States   Europe

 

Capital Securities Program ($10 billion)

 

 

Canadian Senior Medium-Term Linked Notes Program ($4 billion)

 

HELOC ABS Program (Genesis Trust II) ($7 billion)

 

 

 

U.S. SEC (F-3) Registered Capital and Debt Program (US$45 billion)

 

 

United Kingdom Listing Authority (UKLA)

Registered Legislative Covered Bond Program

($55 billion)

 

UKLA Registered European Medium-Term Note Program (US$20 billion)

The Bank regularly evaluates opportunities to diversify its funding into new markets and to new investors in order to manage funding risk and cost. The following table presents a breakdown of the Bank's term debt by currency and funding type. Term funding as at October 31, 2019, was $129.8 billion (October 31, 2018 – $127.7 billion).

 

TABLE 57:  LONG-TERM FUNDING

 

     As at  
Long-term funding by currency    October 31, 2019     October 31, 2018  

Canadian dollar

     32  %      32  % 

U.S. dollar

     37     39  

Euro

     21     19

British pound

     6     7

Other

     4     3

Total

     100  %      100  % 
    

Long-term funding by type

                

Senior unsecured medium-term notes

     54  %      55  % 

Covered bonds

     31       29

Mortgage securitization1

     11     12

Term asset backed securities

     4     4

Total

     100  %      100  % 

 

1

Mortgage securitization excludes the residential mortgage trading business.

 

The Bank maintains depositor concentration limits in respect of short-term wholesale deposits so that it is not over-dependent on individual depositors for funding. The Bank also limits short-term wholesale funding maturity concentration in an effort to mitigate exposures to refinancing risk during a stress event.

 

TD BANK GROUP 2019 ANNUAL REPORT MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION & ANALYSIS     Page 83  


The following table represents the remaining maturity of various sources of funding outstanding as at October 31, 2019, and October 31, 2018.

 

TABLE 58: WHOLESALE FUNDING

 

(millions of Canadian dollars)    As at  
                                                            

October 31

2019

     October 31
2018
 
      Less than
1 month
    

1 to 3

months

    

3 to 6

months

    

6 months

to 1 year

    

Up to 1

year

    

Over 1 to

2 years

     Over
2 years
     Total      Total  

Deposits from banks1

   $ 6,931    $ 3,378    $ 1,480    $ 104    $ 11,893    $      $      $ 11,893    $ 14,176

Bearer deposit note

     359        939        1,520      2,624      5,442                      5,442        3,872

Certificates of deposit

     6,839      13,572      11,607      29,620        61,638      357             61,995      51,401

Commercial paper

     18,227      11,606      5,472        13,567      48,872                      48,872        55,570

Covered bonds

     907               2,296        1,835      5,038      13,713        21,122      39,873      36,284

Mortgage securitization

            1,181      1,686      1,579        4,446        3,754      18,944      27,144      27,301

Legacy senior unsecured medium-term notes2

     2,305        13        2,099      16,219      20,636      18,046      16,595      55,277        69,518  

Senior unsecured medium-term notes3

                                        1,645        12,762        14,407         

Subordinated notes and debentures4

                                               10,725      10,725      8,740  

Term asset backed securitization

                   748        986        1,734        2,901        1,222      5,857      5,626

Other5

     6,774        1,500      130      344        8,748        342        2,082        11,172        6,534  

Total

   $ 42,342    $ 32,189    $ 27,038    $ 66,878    $ 168,447    $ 40,758    $ 83,452    $ 292,657    $ 279,022

Of which:

                          

Secured

   $ 907    $ 1,181    $ 4,730    $ 4,400    $ 11,218    $ 20,368    $ 41,298    $ 72,884    $ 69,225

Unsecured

     41,435        31,008      22,308      62,478        157,229      20,390        42,154      219,773      209,797  

Total

   $     42,342    $     32,189    $     27,038    $     66,878    $     168,447    $     40,758    $     83,452    $     292,657    $     279,022

 

1 

Includes fixed-term deposits with banks.

2 

Includes a) senior debt issued prior to September 23, 2018; and b) senior debt issued on or after September 23, 2018 which is excluded from the bank recapitalization "bail-in" regime, including debt with an original term-to-maturity of less than 400 days.

3 

Comprised of senior debt subject to conversion under the bank recapitalization "bail-in" regime. Excludes $2.2 billion of structured notes subject to conversion under the "bail-in" regime (October 31, 2018 – nil).

4 

Subordinated notes and debentures are not considered wholesale funding as they may be raised primarily for capital management purposes.

5

Includes fixed-term deposits from non-bank institutions (unsecured) of $11.2 billion (October 31, 2018 – $6.5 billion).

Excluding the Wholesale Banking mortgage aggregation business, the Bank's total 2019 mortgage-backed securities issuance was $2.3 billion (2018 – $2.6 billion), and other asset-backed securities was $2.7 billion (2018 – $1.8 billion). The Bank also issued $19.3 billion of unsecured medium-term notes (2018 – $29.1 billion) and $8.9 billion of covered bonds (2018 – $9.9 billion), in various currencies and markets during the year ended October 31, 2019.

REGULATORY DEVELOPMENTS CONCERNING LIQUIDITY AND FUNDING

In July 2019, OSFI published proposed changes to Guideline B-6: Liquidity Principles for public consultation. The changes proposed aim to ensure that this guideline remains relevant and current, and include additional clarity with respect to OSFI's expectations regarding institutions' liquidity risk management practices. OSFI has targeted an implementation date of January 2020.

In April 2019, OSFI published its final guidelines for Canadian application of NSFR as part of its LAR. The NSFR requires that the ratio of available stable funding over required stable funding be greater than 100%. The NSFR is designed to reduce structural funding risk by requiring banks to have sufficient stable sources of funding and lower reliance on funding maturing in less than one year to support their businesses. OSFI implementation of NSFR for D-SIBs will be in January 2020 and the public disclosure requirement will begin in January 2021.

In April 2019, OSFI also published changes to the LAR guideline with an implementation date of January 2020. The changes increase reserve requirements on certain retail deposit types that, in the view of OSFI, may have higher risk of withdrawals in periods of stress. The regulation also introduces new liquidity monitoring requirements.

 

MATURITY ANALYSIS OF ASSETS, LIABILITIES, AND OFF-BALANCE SHEET COMMITMENTS

The following table summarizes on-balance sheet and off-balance sheet categories by remaining contractual maturity. Off-balance sheet commitments include contractual obligations to make future payments on operating capital lease commitments, certain purchase obligations, and other liabilities. The values of credit instruments reported in the following table represent the maximum amount of additional credit that the Bank could be obligated to extend should such instruments be fully drawn or utilized. Since a significant portion of guarantees and commitments are expected to expire without being drawn upon, the total of the contractual amounts is not representative of expected future liquidity requirements. These contractual obligations have an impact on the Bank's short-term and long-term liquidity and capital resource needs.

The maturity analysis presented does not depict the degree of the Bank's maturity transformation or the Bank's exposure to interest rate and liquidity risk. The Bank ensures that assets are appropriately funded to protect against borrowing cost volatility and potential reductions to funding market availability. The Bank utilizes stable non-maturity deposits (chequing and savings accounts) and term deposits as the primary source of long-term funding for the Bank's non-trading assets including personal and business term loans and the stable balance of revolving lines of credit. The Bank issues long-term funding based primarily on the projected net growth of non-trading assets and raises short term funding primarily to finance trading assets. The liquidity of trading assets under stressed market conditions is considered when determining the appropriate term of the funding.

 

TD BANK GROUP 2019 ANNUAL REPORT MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION & ANALYSIS     Page 84  


 

TABLE 59:  REMAINING CONTRACTUAL MATURITY

 

(millions of Canadian dollars)   As at  
    October 31, 2019  
     Less than
1 month
   

1 to 3

months

   

3 to 6

months

   

6 to 9

months

   

9 months

to 1 year

   

Over 1 to

2 years

   

Over 2 to

5 years

    Over
5 years
   

No

specific

maturity

    Total  

Assets

                                                                               

Cash and due from banks

  $ 4,857   $ 6   $     $     $     $     $     $     $     $ 4,863  

Interest-bearing deposits with banks

    19,892       1,137       77                                     4,477       25,583  

Trading loans, securities, and other1

    1,197       3,990       3,916       3,171       2,873       15,672       25,939       19,014       70,228       146,000  

Non-trading financial assets at fair value through profit or loss

    147       2       37       668       314       1,301       1,803       1,488       743       6,503  

Derivatives

    5,786       8,472       3,255       2,109       2,222       5,610       8,652       12,788             48,894  

Financial assets designated at fair value through profit or loss

    195       696       156       82       83       404       1,725       699             4,040  

Financial assets at fair value through other comprehensive income

    1,431       3,818       4,161       6,339       6,426       18,205       40,289       28,594       1,841       111,104  

Debt securities at amortized cost, net of allowance for credit losses

    1,878       5,233       2,254       1,050       764       8,791       45,127       65,401       (1     130,497  

Securities purchased under reverse repurchase agreements2

    98,904       34,839       24,000       6,331       1,765       44       52                   165,935  

Loans

                   

Residential mortgages

    2,006       5,595       8,013       9,832       11,719       34,029       101,591       62,855             235,640  

Consumer instalment and other personal

    850       1,819       3,170       3,620       3,544       17,256       61,736       28,236       60,103       180,334  

Credit card

                                                    36,564       36,564  

Business and government

    29,460       5,573       7,970       9,496       8,830       21,078       71,071       61,266       21,773       236,517  

Total loans

    32,316       12,987       19,153       22,948       24,093       72,363       234,398       152,357       118,440       689,055  

Allowance for loan losses

                                                    (4,447     (4,447

Loans, net of allowance for loan losses

    32,316       12,987       19,153       22,948       24,093       72,363       234,398       152,357       113,993       684,608  

Customers' liability under acceptances

    11,127       2,211       152       4                                     13,494  

Investment in TD Ameritrade

                                                    9,316       9,316  

Goodwill3

                                                    16,976       16,976  

Other intangibles3

                                                    2,503       2,503  

Land, buildings, equipment, and other depreciable assets3

                                                    5,513       5,513  

Deferred tax assets

                                                    1,799       1,799  

Amounts receivable from brokers, dealers, and clients

    20,575                                                       20,575  

Other assets

    2,548       1,391       2,830       168       103       169       157       97       9,624       17,087  

Total assets

  $ 200,853   $ 74,782   $ 59,991   $ 42,870   $ 38,643   $ 122,559   $ 358,142   $ 280,438   $ 237,012   $ 1,415,290  

Liabilities

                                                                               

Trading deposits

  $ 5,837   $ 3,025   $ 4,166   $ 2,606   $ 3,185   $ 2,430   $ 4,014   $ 1,622   $     $ 26,885  

Derivatives

    7,180       7,968       3,603       2,062       1,763       5,546       8,148       13,781             50,051  

Securitization liabilities at fair value

          668       412       494       387       1,656       7,499       1,942             13,058  

Financial liabilities designated at fair value through profit or loss

    22,193       25,370       15,799       20,496       20,907       356       1       9             105,131  

Deposits4,5

                   

Personal

    5,218       8,990       9,459       7,691       7,583       9,374       9,670       21       445,424       503,430  

Banks

    6,771       1,459       150       1       6             3       7       8,354       16,751  

Business and government6

    18,576       10,049       7,569       10,482       10,670       34,130       46,188       7,594       221,538       366,796  

Total deposits

    30,565       20,498       17,178       18,174       18,259       43,504       55,861       7,622       675,316       886,977  

Acceptances

    11,127       2,211       152       4                                     13,494  

Obligations related to securities sold short1

    384       654       398       819       1,171       3,351       9,882       12,115       882       29,656  

Obligations related to securities sold under repurchase agreements2

    101,856       20,224       2,993       694       30       47       12                   125,856  

Securitization liabilities at amortized cost

          513       1,274       355       342       2,098       6,586       2,918             14,086  

Amounts payable to brokers, dealers, and clients

    23,746                                                       23,746  

Insurance-related liabilities

    190       315       388       330       318       940       1,612       874       1,953       6,920  

Other liabilities7

    2,845       3,142       1,334       1,293       641       3,339       1,663       138       6,609       21,004  

Subordinated notes and debentures

                                              10,725             10,725  

Equity

                                                    87,701       87,701  

Total liabilities and equity

  $ 205,923   $ 84,588   $ 47,697   $ 47,327   $ 47,003   $ 63,267   $ 95,278   $ 51,746   $ 772,461   $ 1,415,290  

Off-balance sheet commitments

                   

Credit and liquidity commitments8,9

  $ 19,388   $ 21,652   $ 18,391   $ 13,537   $ 12,034   $ 27,207   $ 111,281   $ 5,856   $ 1,294   $ 230,640  

Operating lease commitments10

    82       165     250     247     244     936     2,332     3,365           7,621  

Other purchase obligations

    82       182       185     206     177     753       1,031     556             3,172  

Unconsolidated structured entity commitments

    408       793     1,360     461       97       81                       3,200  

Total off-balance sheet commitments

  $     19,960   $     22,792   $     20,186   $     14,451   $     12,552   $     28,977   $     114,644   $     9,777   $     1,294   $     244,633  

 

1  Amount has been recorded according to the remaining contractual maturity of the underlying security.

2  Certain contracts considered short-term are presented in 'less than 1 month' category.

3  For the purposes of this table, non-financial assets have been recorded as having 'no specific maturity'.

4  As the timing of demand deposits and notice deposits is non-specific and callable by the depositor, obligations have been included as having 'no specific maturity'.

5  Includes $40 billion of covered bonds with remaining contractual maturities of $1 billion in less than 1 month, $2 billion in over 3 months to 6 months, $2 billion in over 6 months to 9 months, $14 billion in 'over 1 to 2 years', $18 billion in 'over 2 to 5 years', and $3 billion in 'over 5 years'.

6  On June 30, 2019, TD Capital Trust IV redeemed all of the outstanding $550 million TD Capital Trust IV Notes – Series 1 at a redemption price of 100% of the principal amount plus any accrued and unpaid interest payable on the date of redemption.

7  Includes $83 million of capital lease commitments with remaining contractual maturities of $2 million in 'less than 1 month', $4 million in '1 month to 3 months', $5 million in '3 months to 6 months', $5 million in '6 months to 9 months', $5 million in '9 months to 1 year', $22 million in 'over 1 to 2 years', $39 million in 'over 2 to 5 years', and $1 million in 'over 5 years'.

8  Includes $374 million in commitments to extend credit to private equity investments.

9  Commitments to extend credit exclude personal lines of credit and credit card lines, which are unconditionally cancellable at the Bank's discretion at any time.

10  Includes rental payments, related taxes, and estimated operating expenses.

   

   

   

   

   

   

   

   

   

   

 

TD BANK GROUP 2019 ANNUAL REPORT MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION & ANALYSIS     Page 85  


TABLE 59:  REMAINING CONTRACTUAL MATURITY (continued)1

 

(millions of Canadian dollars)   As at  
    October 31, 2018  
     Less than
1 month
   

1 to 3

months

   

3 to 6

months

   

6 to 9

months

   

9 months

to 1 year

    Over 1 to
2 years
    Over 2 to
5 years
    Over 5 years    

No

specific

maturity

    Total  

Assets

                                                                               

Cash and due from banks

  $ 4,733   $ 2   $     $     $     $     $     $     $     $ 4,735

Interest-bearing deposits with banks

    28,332     924     154     21     16                       1,273     30,720

Trading loans, securities, and other2 

    1,971     5,244     2,111     3,653     3,998     9,683     25,772     25,895        49,570     127,897

Non-trading financial assets at fair value through profit or loss

          12     99     460     906     227     841     848        622     4,015

Derivatives

    7,343     9,263     5,275     3,276     2,321     7,130     12,436     9,952              56,996

Financial assets designated at fair value through profit or loss

    30     95     535     243     90     297     1,532     796              3,618

Financial assets at fair value through other comprehensive income

    1,111     4,214     4,150     5,354     3,962     19,777     57,922     31,936        2,174     130,600

Debt securities at amortized cost, net of allowance for credit losses

    881     2,577     3,010     3,594     4,059     8,103     34,032     50,990        (75     107,171

Securities purchased under reverse repurchase agreements 3

    77,612     30,047     14,426     3,807     1,458     29                       127,379

Loans

                   

Residential mortgages

    908     3,234     6,614     11,166     11,061     43,063     113,852     35,293              225,191

Consumer instalment and other personal

    753     1,332     2,628     3,724     4,131     14,313     56,632     26,321        62,245     172,079

Credit card

                                                    35,018     35,018

Business and government

    23,052     4,320     5,539     7,131     9,269     19,637     67,922     59,251        21,533     217,654

Total loans

    24,713     8,886     14,781     22,021     24,461     77,013     238,406     120,865        118,796     649,942

Allowance for loan losses

                                                    (3,549     (3,549

Loans, net of allowance for loan losses

    24,713     8,886     14,781     22,021     24,461     77,013     238,406     120,865        115,247     646,393

Customers' liability under acceptances

    14,984     2,145     132     6                                   17,267

Investment in TD Ameritrade

                                                    8,445     8,445

Goodwill4 

                                                    16,536     16,536

Other intangibles4 

                                                    2,459     2,459

Land, buildings, equipment, and other depreciable assets4 

                                                    5,324     5,324

Deferred tax assets

                                                    2,812     2,812

Amounts receivable from brokers, dealers, and clients

    26,940                                                     26,940

Other assets

    3,432     854     1,926     120     142     136     301     90        8,595     15,596

Total assets

  $     192,082   $     64,263   $     46,599   $     42,555   $     41,413   $     122,395   $     371,242   $     241,372      $     212,982   $     1,334,903

Liabilities

                                                                               

Trading deposits

  $ 16,145   $ 37,337   $ 31,081   $ 12,954   $ 11,739   $ 1,183   $ 3,260   $ 1,005      $     $ 114,704

Derivatives

    6,195     8,684     4,230     3,103     2,263     5,510     9,282     9,003              48,270

Securitization liabilities at fair value

          981     194     661     272     1,822     6,719     1,969              12,618

Financial liabilities designated at fair value through profit or loss

    10     5                                   1              16

Deposits5,6

                   

Personal

    4,330     7,094     7,541     6,245     7,718     10,222     9,876     38        424,580     477,644

Banks

    6,499     1,941     255     24     54           3     8        7,928     16,712

Business and government

    18,840     19,337     7,033     9,984     11,299     21,345     54,780     8,000        206,465     357,083

Total deposits

    29,669     28,372     14,829     16,253     19,071     31,567     64,659     8,046        638,973     851,439

Acceptances

    14,986     2,145     132     6                                   17,269

Obligations related to securities sold short2 

    2,621     3,679     1,500     387     904     4,330     13,771     11,474        812     39,478

Obligations related to securities sold under repurchase agreements 3

    73,759     15,508     3,516     428     108     43     27                 93,389

Securitization liabilities at amortized cost

    22     1,240     625     503     575     2,496     6,232     2,990              14,683

Amounts payable to brokers, dealers, and clients

    28,385                                                     28,385

Insurance-related liabilities

    213     294     353     309     310     937     1,624     903        1,755     6,698

Other liabilities7 

    2,916     2,631     538     1,326     1,394     2,205     2,308     152        5,704     19,174

Subordinated notes and debentures

                                              8,740              8,740

Equity

                                                    80,040     80,040

Total liabilities and equity

  $ 174,921   $ 100,876   $ 56,998   $ 35,930   $ 36,636   $ 50,093   $ 107,882   $ 44,283      $ 727,284   $ 1,334,903

Off-balance sheet commitments

                   

Credit and liquidity commitments8,9

  $ 18,341   $ 16,732   $ 17,222   $ 13,105   $ 9,159   $ 25,720   $ 101,210   $ 5,260      $ 1,293   $ 208,042

Operating lease commitments 10

    79     159     240     237     233     902     2,188     3,229              7,267

Other purchase obligations

    64     181     169     159     166     591     1,081     549           2,960

Unconsolidated structured entity commitments

          1,079     940     329           7     408                 2,763

Total off-balance sheet commitments

  $ 18,484   $ 18,151   $ 18,571   $ 13,830   $ 9,558   $ 27,220   $ 104,887   $ 9,038   $ 1,293   $ 221,032

 

1  Certain comparative amounts have been recast to conform with the presentation adopted in the current period.

2  Amount has been recorded according to the remaining contractual maturity of the underlying security.

3  Certain contracts considered short-term are presented in 'less than 1 month' category.

4  For the purposes of this table, non-financial assets have been recorded as having 'no specific maturity'.

5  As the timing of demand deposits and notice deposits is non-specific and callable by the depositor, obligations have been included as having 'no specific maturity'.

6  Includes $36 billion of covered bonds with remaining contractual maturities of $1 billion in '3 months to 6 months', $3 billion in '6 months to 9 months', $2 billion in '9 months to 1 year', $5 billion in 'over 1 to 2 years', $22 billion in 'over 2 to 5 years', and $3 billion in 'over 5 years'.

7  Includes $60 million of capital lease commitments with remaining contractual maturities of $2 million in 'less than 1 month', $5 million in '1 month to 3 months', $7 million in '3 months to 6 months', $6 million in '6 months to 9 months', $6 million in '9 months to 1 year', $12 million in 'over 1 to 2 years', $17 million in 'over 2 to 5 years', and $5 million in 'over 5 years'.

8  Includes $205 million in commitments to extend credit to private equity investments.

9  Commitments to extend credit exclude personal lines of credit and credit card lines, which are unconditionally cancellable at the Bank's discretion at any time.

10  Includes rental payments, related taxes, and estimated operating expenses.

   

   

   

   

   

   

   

   

   

   

 

TD BANK GROUP 2019 ANNUAL REPORT MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION & ANALYSIS     Page 86  


Capital Adequacy Risk

Capital adequacy risk is the risk of insufficient capital being available in relation to the amount of capital required to carry out the Bank's strategy and/or satisfy regulatory and internal CAR.

Capital is held to protect the viability of the Bank in the event of unexpected financial losses. Capital represents the loss-absorbing funding required to provide a cushion to protect depositors and other creditors from unexpected losses.

Managing capital levels requires that the Bank holds sufficient capital, in normal and stress environments, to avoid the risk of breaching minimum capital levels prescribed by regulators.

WHO MANAGES CAPITAL ADEQUACY RISK

The Board reviews the adherence to capital targets and approves the annual capital plan and the Global Capital Management Policy. The Risk Committee reviews and approves the Capital Adequacy Risk Management Framework and oversees management's actions to maintain an appropriate ICAAP framework, commensurate with the Bank's risk profile. The CRO and CFO oversee that the Bank's ICAAP is effective in meeting CAR.

The ALCO recommends and maintains the Capital Adequacy Risk Management Framework and the Global Capital Management Policy for effective and prudent management of the Bank's capital position and supports maintenance of adequate capital. It oversees the allocation of capital limits for business segments and reviews adherence to capital targets.

TBSM is responsible for forecasting and monitoring compliance with capital targets, on a consolidated basis, with oversight provided by ALCO. TBSM updates the capital forecast, including appropriate changes to capital issuance, repurchase and redemption. The capital forecast is reviewed by ALCO. TBSM also leads the ICAAP and EWST processes. The Bank's business segments are responsible for managing to the allocated capital limits.

Additionally, regulated subsidiaries of the Bank, including certain insurance subsidiaries and subsidiaries in the U.S. and other jurisdictions, manage their capital adequacy risk in accordance with applicable regulatory requirements. Capital management policies and procedures of these subsidiaries are also required to conform with those of the Bank. U.S.-regulated subsidiaries of the Bank are required to follow several regulatory guidelines, rules and expectations related to capital planning and stress testing including the U.S. Federal Reserve Board's Regulation YY establishing Enhanced Prudential Standards for FBOs and the stress test rule and capital plan rule both applicable to U.S. Bank Holding Companies. Refer to the sections on "Future Regulatory Capital Developments", "EWST", and "Top and Emerging Risks That May Affect the Bank and Future Results" for further details.

HOW TD MANAGES CAPITAL ADEQUACY RISK

Capital resources are managed in a manner designed so that the Bank's capital position can support business strategies under both current and future business operating environments. The Bank manages its operations within the capital constraints defined by both internal and regulatory capital requirements, so that it meets the higher of these requirements.

Regulatory capital requirements represent minimum capital levels. The Board approves capital targets that provide a sufficient buffer so that the Bank meets minimum capital requirements under stress conditions. The purpose of these capital targets is to reduce the risk of a breach of minimum capital requirements, due to an unexpected stress event, allowing management the opportunity to react to declining capital levels before minimum capital requirements are breached. Capital targets are defined in the Global Capital Management Policy.

A comprehensive periodic monitoring process is undertaken to plan and forecast capital requirements. As part of the annual planning process, business segments are allocated individual RWA and Leverage exposure limits. Capital generation and usage are monitored and reported to the ALCO.

The Bank assesses the sensitivity of its forecast capital requirements and new capital formations to various economic conditions through its EWST process. The results of the EWST are considered in the determination of capital targets.

The Bank also determines its internal capital requirements through the ICAAP process using models to measure the risk-based capital required based on its own tolerance for the risk of unexpected losses. This risk tolerance is calibrated to the required confidence level so that the Bank will be able to meet its obligations, even after absorbing worst-case unexpected losses over a one-year period.

In addition, the Bank has a Capital Contingency Plan that is designed to prepare management to maintain capital adequacy through periods of bank-specific or systemic market stress. The Capital Contingency Plan outlines the governance and procedures to be followed if the Bank's consolidated capital levels are forecast to fall below capital targets. It also outlines potential management actions that may be taken to prevent such a breach from occurring.

Legal, Regulatory Compliance and Conduct Risk

Legal, Regulatory Compliance and Conduct (LRCC) risk is the risk associated with the failure to meet the Bank's legal obligations from legislative, regulatory or contractual perspectives, obligations under the Bank's Code of Conduct and Ethics, or requirements of fair business conduct or market conduct practices. This includes risks associated with the failure to identify, communicate, and comply with current and changing laws, regulations, rules, regulatory guidance or self-regulatory organization standards, and codes, including the prudential risk management of Money Laundering, Terrorist Financing, Economic Sanctions, and Bribery and Corruption risk (the "LRCC Requirements"). Potential consequences of failing to mitigate LRCC risk include financial loss, regulatory sanctions, and loss of reputation, which could be material to the Bank.

The Bank is exposed to LRCC risk in virtually all of its activities. Failure to mitigate LRCC risk and meet regulatory and legal requirements can impact the Bank's ability to meet strategic objectives, poses a risk of censure or penalty, may lead to litigation, and puts the Bank's reputation at risk. Financial penalties, reputational damage, and other costs associated with legal proceedings, and unfavourable judicial or regulatory determinations may also adversely affect the Bank's business, results of operations and financial condition. LRCC risk differs from other banking risks, such as credit risk or market risk, in that it is typically not a risk actively or deliberately assumed by management in expectation of a return and also because LRCC risk generally cannot be effectively mitigated by trying to limit its impact to any one business or jurisdiction, as realized LRCC risk may adversely impact unrelated business or jurisdictions. LRCC risk is inherent in the normal course of operating the Bank's businesses.

WHO MANAGES LEGAL, REGULATORY COMPLIANCE, AND CONDUCT RISK

The proactive and effective management of LRCC risk is complex given the breadth and pervasiveness of exposure. The LRCC Risk Management Framework applies enterprise-wide to the Bank and to all of its corporate functions, business segments, its governance, risk, and oversight functions. Each of the Bank's businesses is responsible for compliance with LRCC requirements applicable to their jurisdiction and specific business requirements, and for adhering to LRCC requirements in their business operations, including setting the appropriate tone for legal, regulatory compliance, and conduct risk management. This accountability involves assessing the risk, designing and implementing controls, and monitoring and reporting their ongoing effectiveness to safeguard the businesses from operating outside of the Bank's risk appetite. The Legal, Compliance, and Global Anti-Money Laundering departments, together with the Regulatory Risk and Regulatory Relationships and Government Affairs groups, provide objective guidance, advice, and

 

TD BANK GROUP 2019 ANNUAL REPORT MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION & ANALYSIS     Page 87  


oversight with respect to managing LRCC risk. Representatives of these groups interact regularly with senior executives of the Bank's businesses. Also, the senior management of the Legal, Compliance, and GAML departments have established regular meetings with and reporting to the Audit Committee, which oversees the establishment and maintenance of policies and programs that are reasonably designed to achieve and maintain the Bank's compliance with the laws and regulations that apply to it. Senior management of the Compliance Department also reports regularly to the Corporate Governance Committee, which oversees conduct risk management in the Bank. In addition, senior management of the Regulatory Risk group has established periodic reporting to the Board and its committees.

HOW TD MANAGES LEGAL, REGULATORY COMPLIANCE AND CONDUCT RISK

Effective management of LRCC risk is a result of enterprise-wide collaboration and requires (a) independent and objective identification and assessment of LRCC risk, (b) objective guidance and advisory services to identify, assess, control, and monitor LRCC risk, and (c) an approved set of frameworks, policies, procedures, guidelines, and practices. While each business line is accountable for operating in compliance with applicable laws and regulations and for effectively managing LRCC risk. Each of the Legal, Compliance, and GAML departments plays a critical role in the management of LRCC risk at the Bank. Depending on the circumstances, they play different roles at different times: 'trusted advisor', provider of objective guidance, independent challenge, and oversight and control (including 'gatekeeper' or approver).

In particular, the Compliance department performs the following functions: it acts as an independent regulatory compliance and conduct risk management oversight function; it assesses the adequacy of, adherence to, and effectiveness of the Bank's Regulatory Compliance Management (RCM) controls; it is accountable for leading the enterprise conduct risk governance and reporting framework; and it supports the Chief Compliance Officer in providing an opinion to the Audit Committee as to whether the RCM controls are sufficiently robust in achieving compliance with applicable regulatory requirements. The Compliance department works in partnership with Human Resources and Operational Risk Management to provide oversight and challenge to the businesses in their management of conduct risk.

The GAML department: acts as an independent regulatory compliance and risk management oversight function and is responsible for regulatory compliance and the broader prudential risk management components of the GAML, Anti-Terrorist Financing, Sanctions, and Anti-Bribery/Anti-Corruption programs (the "GAML Programs"), including their design, content, and enterprise-wide implementation; develops standards, monitors, evaluates, and reports on GAML program controls, design, and execution; and reports on the overall adequacy and effectiveness of the GAML Programs, including program design and operation. In addition, the Compliance and GAML departments have developed methodologies and processes to measure and aggregate regulatory compliance risks and conduct risks on an ongoing basis as a baseline to assess whether the Bank's internal controls are effective in adequately mitigating such risks and determine whether individual or aggregate business activities are conducted within the Bank's risk appetite.

The Legal department acts as an independent provider of legal services and advice, and protects the Bank from unacceptable legal risk. The Legal department has also developed methodologies for measuring litigation risk for adherence to the Bank's risk appetite.

Processes employed by the Legal, Compliance, and GAML departments (including policies and frameworks, training and education, and the Code of Conduct and Ethics) support the responsibility of each business to adhere to LRCC requirements.

Finally, the Bank's Regulatory Risk and Government Affairs groups also create and facilitate communication with elected officials and regulators, monitor legislation and regulations, support business relationships with governments, coordinate regulatory examinations and regulatory findings remediation, support regulatory discussions on new or proposed products or business initiatives, and advance the public policy objectives of the Bank.

Reputational Risk

Reputational risk is the potential that stakeholder perceptions, whether true or not, regarding the Bank's business practices, actions or inactions, will or may cause a significant decline in TD's value, brand, liquidity or customer base, or require costly measures to address.

A company's reputation is a valuable business asset that is essential to optimizing shareholder value and therefore, is constantly at risk. Reputational risk can arise as a consequence of negative perceptions about the Bank's business practices involving any aspect of the Bank's operations and usually involves concerns about business ethics and integrity, competence, or the quality or suitability of products and services. Since all risk categories can have an impact on a company's reputation, reputational risk is not managed in isolation from the Bank's other major risk categories and can ultimately impact its brand, earnings, and capital.

WHO MANAGES REPUTATIONAL RISK

Responsibility for managing risks to the Bank's reputation ultimately lies with the SET and the executive committees that examine reputational risk as part of their regular mandate. The ERRC is the most senior executive committee for the review of reputational risk matters at TD. The mandate of the RRC is to oversee the management of reputational risk within the Bank's risk appetite. Its main accountability is to review and assess business and corporate initiatives and activities where significant reputational risk profiles have been identified and escalated.

At the same time, every employee and representative of the Bank has a responsibility to contribute in a positive way to the Bank's reputation and the management of reputational risk. This means that every Bank employee is responsible for following ethical practices at all times, complying with applicable policies, legislation, and regulations and are also supporting positive interactions with the Bank's stakeholders. Reputational risk is most effectively managed when everyone at the Bank works continuously to protect and enhance its reputation.

HOW TD MANAGES REPUTATIONAL RISK

The Bank's approach to the management of reputational risk combines the experience and knowledge of individual business segments, corporate shared service areas and governance, risk and oversight functions. It is based on enabling TD's businesses to understand their risks and developing the policies, processes, and controls required to manage these risks appropriately in line with the Bank's strategy and reputational risk appetite. The Bank's Reputational Risk Management Framework provides a comprehensive overview of its approach to the management of this risk. Amongst other significant policies, the Bank's Enterprise Reputational Risk Management Policy is approved by the Group Head and CRO and sets out the requirements under which business segments and corporate shared services are required to manage reputational risk. These requirements include implementing procedures and designating a business-level committee (where required by the Policy) to review and assess reputational risks and escalation to the ERRC as appropriate.

The Bank also has an enterprise-wide New Business and Product Approval (NBPA) Policy that is approved by the CRO and establishes standard practices to support consistent processes for approving new businesses, products, and services across the Bank. The policy is supported by business segment specific processes, which involve independent review from oversight functions, and consider all aspects of a new product, including reputational risk.

 

TD BANK GROUP 2019 ANNUAL REPORT MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION & ANALYSIS     Page 88  


Environmental Risk

Environmental risk is the possibility of loss of strategic, financial, operational or reputational value resulting from the impact of environmental issues or concerns, including climate change, and related social risk within the scope of short-term and long-term cycles.

Management of environmental risk is an enterprise-wide priority. Key environmental risks include: (1) direct risks associated with the ownership and operation of the Bank's business, which include management and operation of company-owned or managed real estate, business operations, and associated services; (2) indirect risks associated with environmental performance or environmental events, such as changing climate patterns that may impact the Bank's customers and clients to whom TD provides financing or in which TD invests, as well as social risks; (3) identification and management of new or emerging environmental regulatory issues; and (4) failure to understand and appropriately leverage environment-related trends to meet customer and consumer demands for products and services.

WHO MANAGES ENVIRONMENTAL RISK

The Executive Vice President and Chief Marketing Officer holds senior executive accountability for environmental management. The Executive Vice President is supported by the Vice President of Global Corporate Citizenship who provides management oversight, and the Head of Environment who has management responsibility and leads the Corporate Environmental Affairs team. The Corporate Environmental Affairs team is responsible for developing environmental strategy, setting environmental performance standards and targets, and reporting on performance. In addition, the Bank's Risk Management group has environment risk oversight accountabilities, including for establishing risk policies, processes and governance to monitor and report on these risks at the Bank. The Bank's various business-specific and enterprise risk committees are also involved in monitoring material risks and acting as governance bodies for escalation of material environmental and social risk issues.

HOW TD MANAGES ENVIRONMENTAL RISK

The Bank manages environmental risks through an Environmental Policy, which is supported with several business segment level policies and procedures across the Bank. The Bank's Environmental Policy reflects the global scope of its activities.

The Bank's environmental metrics, targets, and performance are publicly reported within its annual ESG Report. Key performance measures are reported according to the Global Reporting Initiative (GRI) and is independently assured.

The Bank applies its Environmental and Social Credit Risk Management Procedures to credit and lending in the wholesale and commercial businesses. These procedures include assessment of TD's clients' policies, procedures, and performance on material environmental and related social issues, such as air, land, and water risk, biodiversity, stakeholder engagement, and free prior and informed consent (FPIC) of Indigenous Peoples. Within Wholesale and Commercial Banking, sector-specific guidelines have been developed for environmentally-sensitive sectors. The Bank has been a signatory to the Equator Principles since 2007 and reports on Equator Principle projects within its annual ESG Report.

The Bank reports on climate-related risk in its ESG Report. In the 2018 ESG Report, the Bank provided disclosure on its alignment with the recommendations of the Financial Stability Board's Task Force on Climate-related Financial Disclosures (TCFD) which seek to provide a more consistent approach in assessing and reporting climate-related risks and opportunities. The Bank is a member of the United Nations Environment Programme Finance Initiative (UNEP-FI) and is participating in TCFD pilot studies led by UNEP-FI that seek to develop harmonized industry-wide approaches for climate scenario analysis in bank lending, investments, and insurance portfolios.

TDAM is a signatory to the United Nations Principles for Responsible Investment (UNPRI). Under the UNPRI, investors commit to incorporate ESG issues into investment analysis and decision-making. TDAM has adopted its Sustainable Investing Policy across its operations since 2009. The Policy provides a high level overview of how TDAM fulfils its commitment to the six guiding principles set out by the UNPRI. In 2015, TD Insurance became a signatory to the UNEP-FI Principles for Sustainable Insurance, which provides a global framework for managing ESG risks within the insurance industry.

The Bank proactively monitors and assesses policy and legislative developments, and maintains an 'open door' approach with environmental and community organizations, industry associations, and responsible investment organizations.

Additional information on TD's environmental policy, management and performance is included in the ESG Report, which is available on the Bank's website.

TD Ameritrade

HOW RISK IS MANAGED AT TD AMERITRADE

TD Ameritrade's management is primarily responsible for managing risk at TD Ameritrade under the oversight of TD Ameritrade's Board, particularly through the latter's Risk and Audit Committees. TD monitors the risk management process at TD Ameritrade through management governance, protocols and interaction guidelines and also participates in TD Ameritrade's Board.

The terms of the Stockholders Agreement provide for certain information sharing rights in favour of TD to the extent the Bank requires such information from TD Ameritrade to appropriately manage and evaluate its investment and to comply with its legal and regulatory obligations. Accordingly, management processes, protocols and guidelines between the Bank and TD Ameritrade are designed to coordinate necessary intercompany information flow. The Bank has designated the Group Head and Chief Financial Officer to have responsibility for the TD Ameritrade investment. The Group President and Chief Executive Officer and the Group Head and Chief Financial Officer have regular meetings with TD Ameritrade's Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer. In addition to regular communication at the Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer level, regular operating reviews with TD Ameritrade permit TD to examine and discuss TD Ameritrade's operating results and key risks. In addition, certain functions including Internal Audit, Treasury, Finance, and Compliance have relationship protocols that allow for access to and the sharing of information on risk and control issues. TD evaluates risk factors, vendor matters, and business issues as part of TD's oversight of its investment in TD Ameritrade. As with other material risk issues, where required, material risk issues associated with TD Ameritrade are reported up to TD's Board or an appropriate Board committee.

As required pursuant to the Federal Reserve Board's "enhanced prudential standards" under Regulation YY, TD's investment in TD Ameritrade is held by TDGUS, the IHC. The activities and interactions described above are inclusive of those that fulfil TDGUS' risk management responsibilities under Regulation YY.

Pursuant to the Stockholders Agreement in relation to the Bank's equity investment in TD Ameritrade, the Bank has the right to designate five of twelve members of TD Ameritrade's Board of Directors. The Bank's designated directors currently include the Bank's Group President and Chief Executive Officer and four independent directors of TD or TD's U.S. subsidiaries. TD Ameritrade's bylaws, which state that the Chief Executive Officer's appointment requires approval of two-thirds of the Board, ensure the selection of TD Ameritrade's Chief Executive Officer attains the broad support of the TD Ameritrade Board, which currently would require the approval of at least one director designated by TD. The Stockholders Agreement stipulates that the Board committees of TD Ameritrade must include at least two TD designated directors, subject to TD's percentage ownership in TD Ameritrade and certain other exceptions. Currently, the directors the Bank designates serve as members on a number of TD Ameritrade Board committees, including

 

TD BANK GROUP 2019 ANNUAL REPORT MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION & ANALYSIS     Page 89  


chairing the Audit Committee and the Human Resources and Compensation Committee, as well as serving on the Risk Committee and Corporate Governance Committee.

 

 

ACCOUNTING STANDARDS AND POLICIES

Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates

The Bank's accounting policies and estimates are essential to understanding its results of operations and financial condition. A summary of the Bank's significant accounting policies and estimates are presented in the Notes of the 2019 Consolidated Financial Statements. Some of the Bank's policies require subjective, complex judgments and estimates as they relate to matters that are inherently uncertain. Changes in these judgments or estimates and changes to accounting standards and policies could have a materially adverse impact on the Bank's Consolidated Financial Statements. The Bank has established procedures to ensure that accounting policies are applied consistently and that the processes for changing methodologies, determining estimates, and adopting new accounting standards are well-controlled and occur in an appropriate and systematic manner. In addition, the Bank's critical accounting policies are reviewed with the Audit Committee on a periodic basis. Critical accounting policies that require management's judgment and estimates include the classification and measurement of financial assets, accounting for impairments of financial assets, the determination of fair value of financial instruments, accounting for derecognition, the valuation of goodwill and other intangibles, accounting for employee benefits, accounting for income taxes, accounting for provisions, accounting for insurance, the consolidation of structured entities, and accounting for revenue from contract with customers.

ACCOUNTING POLICIES AND ESTIMATES

The Bank's 2019 Consolidated Financial Statements have been prepared in accordance with IFRS. For details of the Bank's accounting policies and significant judgments, estimates, and assumptions under IFRS, refer to Notes 2 and 3 of the Bank's 2019 Consolidated Financial Statements.

ACCOUNTING JUDGMENTS, ESTIMATES, AND ASSUMPTIONS

The estimates used in the Bank's accounting policies are essential to understanding its results of operations and financial condition. Some of the Bank's policies require subjective, complex judgments and estimates as they relate to matters that are inherently uncertain. Changes in these judgments or estimates and changes to accounting standards and policies could have a materially adverse impact on the Bank's Consolidated Financial Statements. The Bank has established procedures to ensure that accounting policies are applied consistently and that the processes for changing methodologies, determining estimates, and adopting new accounting standards are well-controlled and occur in an appropriate and systematic manner.

CLASSIFICATION AND MEASUREMENT OF FINANCIAL ASSETS

Business Model Assessment

The Bank determines its business models based on the objective under which its portfolios of financial assets are managed. Refer to Note 2 for details on the Bank's business models. In determining its business models, the Bank considers the following:

 

Management's intent and strategic objectives and the operation of the stated policies in practice;

 

The primary risks that affect the performance of the business model and how these risks are managed;

 

How the performance of the portfolio is evaluated and reported to management; and

 

The frequency and significance of financial asset sales in prior periods, the reasons for such sales and the expected future sales activities.

Sales in themselves do not determine the business model and are not considered in isolation. Instead, sales provide evidence about how cash flows are realized. A held-to-collect business model will be reassessed by the Bank to determine whether any sales are consistent with an objective of collecting contractual cash flows if the sales are more than insignificant in value or infrequent.

Solely Payments of Principal and Interest Test

In assessing whether contractual cash flows are solely payments of principal and interest (SPPI), the Bank considers the contractual terms of the instrument. This includes assessing whether the financial asset contains a contractual term that could change the timing or amount of contractual cash flows such that they would not be consistent with a basic lending arrangement. In making the assessment, the Bank considers the primary terms as follows and assesses if the contractual cash flows of the instruments continue to meet the SPPI test:

 

Performance-linked features;

 

Terms that limit the Bank's claim to cash flows from specified assets (non-recourse terms);

 

Prepayment and extension terms;

 

Leverage features; and

 

Features that modify elements of the time value of money.

IMPAIRMENT OF FINANCIAL ASSETS

Significant Increase in Credit Risk

For retail exposures, criteria for assessing significant increase in credit risk are defined at the appropriate product or portfolio level and vary based on the exposure's credit risk at origination. The criteria include relative changes in PD, absolute PD backstop, and delinquency backstop when contractual payments are more than 30 days past due. Credit risk has increased significantly since initial recognition when one of the criteria is met.

For non-retail exposures, BRR is determined on an individual borrower basis using industry and sector-specific credit risk models that are based on historical data. Current and forward-looking information that is specific to the borrower, industry, and sector is considered based on expert credit judgment. Criteria for assessing significant increase in credit risk are defined at the appropriate segmentation level and vary based on the BRR of the exposure at origination. Criteria include relative changes in BRR, absolute BRR backstop, and delinquency backstop when contractual payments are more than 30 days past due. Credit risk has increased significantly since initial recognition when one of the criteria is met.

 

TD BANK GROUP 2019 ANNUAL REPORT MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION & ANALYSIS     Page 90  


Measurement of Expected Credit Loss

For retail exposures, ECLs are calculated as the product of PD, loss given default (LGD), and exposure at default (EAD) at each time step over the remaining expected life of the financial asset and discounted to the reporting date at the effective interest rate. PD estimates represent the point-in-time PD, updated quarterly based on the Bank's historical experience, current conditions, and relevant forward-looking expectations over the expected life of the exposure to determine the lifetime PD curve. LGD estimates are determined based on historical charge-off events and recovery payments, current information about attributes specific to the borrower, and direct costs. Expected cash flows from collateral, guarantees, and other credit enhancements are incorporated in LGD if integral to the contractual terms. Relevant macroeconomic variables are incorporated in determining expected LGD. EAD represents the expected balance at default across the remaining expected life of the exposure. EAD incorporates forward-looking expectations about repayments of drawn balances and expectations about future draws where applicable.

For non-retail exposures, ECLs are calculated based on the present value of cash shortfalls determined as the difference between contractual cash flows and expected cash flows over the remaining expected life of the financial instrument. Lifetime PD is determined by mapping the exposure's BRR to point-in-time PD over the expected life. LGD estimates are determined by mapping the exposure's facility risk rating (FRR) to expected LGD which takes into account facility-specific characteristics such as collateral, seniority ranking of debt, and loan structure. Relevant macroeconomic variables are incorporated in determining expected PD and LGD. Expected cash flows are determined by applying the expected LGD to the contractual cash flows to calculate cash shortfalls over the expected life of the exposure.

Forward-Looking Information

In calculating the ECL, the Bank employs internally developed models that utilize parameters for PD, LGD, and EAD. Forward-looking macroeconomic factors including at the regional level are incorporated in the risk parameters as relevant. Additional risk factors that are industry or segment specific are also incorporated, where relevant. Three forward-looking macroeconomic forecasts are generated by TD Economics as part of the ECL process: A base forecast, an upside forecast, and a downside forecast. The base forecast is updated quarterly. Upside and downside forecasts are generated quarterly using realistically possible outcomes that are statistically derived relative to the base forecast based on historical distribution. TD Economics will apply judgment to recommend probability weights to each forecast on a quarterly basis. The proposed macroeconomic forecasts and probability weightings are subject to robust management review and challenge process by a cross-functional committee that includes representation from TD Economics, Risk Management, Finance, and the Business. ECLs calculated under each of the three forecasts are applied against the respective probability weightings to determine the probability-weighted ECLs. Refer to Note 8 of the Consolidated Financial Statements for further details on the macroeconomic variables and ECL sensitivity.

Expert Credit Judgment

ECLs are recognized on initial recognition of the financial assets. Allowance for credit losses represents management's best estimate of risk of default and ECLs on the financial assets, including any off-balance sheet exposures, at the balance sheet date. Management exercises expert credit judgment in assessing if an exposure has experienced significant increase in credit risk since initial recognition and in determining the amount of ECLs at each reporting date by considering reasonable and supportable information that is not already included in the quantitative models.

Management's judgment is used to determine the point within the range that is the best estimate for the qualitative component contributing to ECLs, based on an assessment of business and economic conditions, historical loss experience, loan portfolio composition, and other relevant indicators and forward-looking information that are not fully incorporated into the model calculation. Changes in these assumptions would have a direct impact on the provision for credit losses and may result in a change in the allowance for credit losses.

FAIR VALUE MEASUREMENTS

The fair value of financial instruments traded in active markets at the balance sheet date is based on their quoted market prices. For all other financial instruments not traded in an active market, fair value may be based on other observable current market transactions involving the same or similar instruments, without modification or repackaging, or is based on a valuation technique which maximizes the use of observable market inputs. Observable market inputs may include interest rate yield curves, foreign exchange rates, and option volatilities. Valuation techniques include comparisons with similar instruments where observable market prices exist, discounted cash flow analysis, option pricing models, and other valuation techniques commonly used by market participants.

For certain complex or illiquid financial instruments, fair value is determined using valuation techniques in which current market transactions or observable market inputs are not available. Determining which valuation technique to apply requires judgment. The valuation techniques themselves also involve some level of estimation and judgment. The judgments include liquidity considerations and model inputs such as volatilities, correlations, spreads, discount rates, pre-payment rates, and prices of underlying instruments. Any imprecision in these estimates can affect the resulting fair value.

Judgment is also used in recording fair value adjustments to model valuations to account for measurement uncertainty when valuing complex and less actively traded financial instruments. If the market for a complex financial instrument develops, the pricing for this instrument may become more transparent, resulting in refinement of valuation models. For example, IBOR reform may also have an impact on the fair value of products that reference or use valuation models with IBOR inputs.

An analysis of fair values of financial instruments and further details as to how they are measured are provided in Note 5 of the Bank's 2019 Consolidated Financial Statements.

DERECOGNITION

Certain assets transferred may qualify for derecognition from the Bank's Consolidated Balance Sheet. To qualify for derecognition certain key determinations must be made. A decision must be made as to whether the rights to receive cash flows from the financial assets have been retained or transferred and the extent to which the risks and rewards of ownership of the financial assets have been retained or transferred. If the Bank neither transfers nor retains substantially all of the risks and rewards of ownership of the financial asset, a decision must be made as to whether the Bank has retained control of the financial asset. Upon derecognition, the Bank will record a gain or loss on sale of those assets which is calculated as the difference between the carrying amount of the asset transferred and the sum of any cash proceeds received, including any financial asset received or financial liability assumed, and any cumulative gain or loss allocated to the transferred asset that had been recognized in AOCI. In determining the fair value of any financial asset received, the Bank estimates future cash flows by relying on estimates of the amount of interest that will be collected on the securitized assets, the yield to be paid to investors, the portion of the securitized assets that will be prepaid before their scheduled maturity, ECLs, the cost of servicing the assets, and the rate at which to discount these expected future cash flows. Actual cash flows may differ significantly from those estimated by the Bank. Retained interests are classified as trading securities and are initially recognized at relative fair value on the Bank's Consolidated Balance Sheet. Subsequently, the fair value of retained interests recognized by the Bank is determined by estimating the present value of future expected

 

TD BANK GROUP 2019 ANNUAL REPORT MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION & ANALYSIS     Page 91  


cash flows. Differences between the actual cash flows and the Bank's estimate of future cash flows are recognized in trading income. These assumptions are subject to periodic review and may change due to significant changes in the economic environment.

GOODWILL AND OTHER INTANGIBLES

The recoverable amount of the Bank's cash-generating units (CGU) is determined from internally developed valuation models that consider various factors and assumptions such as forecasted earnings, growth rates, price-earnings multiples, discount rates and terminal multiples. Management is required to use judgment in estimating the recoverable amount of CGUs, and the use of different assumptions and estimates in the calculations could influence the determination of the existence of impairment and the valuation of goodwill. Management believes that the assumptions and estimates used are reasonable and supportable. Where possible, assumptions generated internally are compared to relevant market information. The carrying amounts of the Bank's CGUs are determined by management using risk based capital models to adjust net assets and liabilities by CGU. These models consider various factors including market risk, credit risk, and operational risk, including investment capital (comprised of goodwill and other intangibles). Any capital not directly attributable to the CGUs is held within the Corporate segment. The Bank's capital oversight committees provide oversight to the Bank's capital allocation methodologies.

EMPLOYEE BENEFITS

The projected benefit obligation and expense related to the Bank's pension and non-pension post-retirement benefit plans are determined using multiple assumptions that may significantly influence the value of these amounts. Actuarial assumptions including discount rates, compensation increases, health care cost trend rates, and mortality rates are management's best estimates and are reviewed annually with the Bank's actuaries. The Bank develops each assumption using relevant historical experience of the Bank in conjunction with market-related data and considers if the market-related data indicates there is any prolonged or significant impact on the assumptions. The discount rate used to value liabilities is determined by reference to market yields on high-quality corporate bonds with terms matching the plans' specific cash flows. The other assumptions are also long-term estimates. All assumptions are subject to a degree of uncertainty. Differences between actual experiences and the assumptions, as well as changes in the assumptions resulting from changes in future expectations, result in actuarial gains and losses which are recognized in other comprehensive income during the year and also impact expenses in future periods.

INCOME TAXES

The Bank is subject to taxation in numerous jurisdictions. There are many transactions and calculations in the ordinary course of business for which the ultimate tax determination is uncertain. The Bank maintains provisions for uncertain tax positions that it believes appropriately reflect the risk of tax positions under discussion, audit, dispute, or appeal with tax authorities, or which are otherwise considered to involve uncertainty. These provisions are made using the Bank's best estimate of the amount expected to be paid based on an assessment of all relevant factors, which are reviewed at the end of each reporting period. However, it is possible that at some future date, an additional liability could result from audits by the relevant taxing authorities.

Deferred tax assets are recognized only when it is probable that sufficient taxable profit will be available in future periods against which deductible temporary differences may be utilized. The amount of the deferred tax asset recognized and considered realizable could, however, be reduced if projected income is not achieved due to various factors, such as unfavourable business conditions. If projected income is not expected to be achieved, the Bank would decrease its deferred tax assets to the amount that it believes can be realized. The magnitude of the decrease is significantly influenced by the Bank's forecast of future profit generation, which determines the extent to which it will be able to utilize the deferred tax assets.

PROVISIONS

Provisions arise when there is some uncertainty in the timing or amount of a loss in the future. Provisions are based on the Bank's best estimate of all expenditures required to settle its present obligations, considering all relevant risks and uncertainties, as well as, when material, the effect of the time value of money.

Many of the Bank's provisions relate to various legal actions that the Bank is involved in during the ordinary course of business. Legal provisions require the involvement of both the Bank's management and legal counsel when assessing the probability of a loss and estimating any monetary impact. Throughout the life of a provision, the Bank's management or legal counsel may learn of additional information that may impact its assessments about the probability of loss or about the estimates of amounts involved. Changes in these assessments may lead to changes in the amount recorded for provisions. In addition, the actual costs of resolving these claims may be substantially higher or lower than the amounts recognized. The Bank reviews its legal provisions on a case-by-case basis after considering, among other factors, the progress of each case, the Bank's experience, the experience of others in similar cases, and the opinions and views of legal counsel.

Certain of the Bank's provisions relate to restructuring initiatives initiated by the Bank. Restructuring provisions require management's best estimate, including forecasts of economic conditions. Throughout the life of a provision, the Bank may become aware of additional information that may impact the assessment of amounts to be incurred. Changes in these assessments may lead to changes in the amount recorded for provisions.

INSURANCE

The assumptions used in establishing the Bank's insurance claims and policy benefit liabilities are based on best estimates of possible outcomes.

For property and casualty insurance, the ultimate cost of claims liabilities is estimated using a range of standard actuarial claims projection techniques in accordance with Canadian accepted actuarial practices. Additional qualitative judgment is used to assess the extent to which past trends may or may not apply in the future, in order to arrive at the estimated ultimate claims cost that present the most likely outcome taking account of all the uncertainties involved.

For life and health insurance, actuarial liabilities consider all future policy cash flows, including premiums, claims, and expenses required to administer the policies. Critical assumptions used in the measurement of life and health insurance contract liabilities are determined by the appointed actuary.

Further information on insurance risk assumptions is provided in Note 22.

CONSOLIDATION OF STRUCTURED ENTITIES

Management judgment is required when assessing whether the Bank should consolidate an entity. For instance, it may not be feasible to determine if the Bank controls an entity solely through an assessment of voting rights for certain structured entities. In this case, judgment is required to establish whether the Bank has decision-making power over the key relevant activities of the entity and whether the Bank has the ability to use that power to absorb significant variable returns from the entity. If it is determined that the Bank has both decision-making power and significant variable returns from the entity, judgment is also used to determine whether any such power is exercised by the Bank as principal, on its own behalf, or as agent, on behalf of another counterparty.

Assessing whether the Bank has decision-making power includes understanding the purpose and design of the entity in order to determine its key economic activities. In this context, an entity's key economic activities are those which predominantly impact the economic performance of the entity. When the Bank has the current ability to direct the entity's key economic activities, it is considered to have decision-making power over the entity.

 

TD BANK GROUP 2019 ANNUAL REPORT MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION & ANALYSIS     Page 92  


The Bank also evaluates its exposure to the variable returns of a structured entity in order to determine if it absorbs a significant proportion of the variable returns the entity is designed to create. As part of this evaluation, the Bank considers the purpose and design of the entity in order to determine whether it absorbs variable returns from the structured entity through its contractual holdings, which may take the form of securities issued by the entity, derivatives with the entity, or other arrangements such as guarantees, liquidity facilities, or lending commitments.

If the Bank has decision-making power over the entity and absorbs significant variable returns from the entity, it then determines if it is acting as principal or agent when exercising its decision-making power. Key factors considered include the scope of its decision-making powers; the rights of other parties involved with the entity, including any rights to remove the Bank as decision-maker or rights to participate in key decisions; whether the rights of other parties are exercisable in practice; and the variable returns absorbed by the Bank and by other parties involved with the entity. When assessing consolidation, a presumption exists that the Bank exercises decision-making power as principal if it is also exposed to significant variable returns, unless an analysis of the factors above indicates otherwise.

The decisions above are made with reference to the specific facts and circumstances relevant for the structured entity and related transaction(s) under consideration.

REVENUE FROM CONTRACTS WITH CUSTOMERS

The Bank applies judgment to determine the timing of satisfaction of performance obligations which affects the timing of revenue recognition, by evaluating the pattern in which the Bank transfers control of services promised to the customer. A performance obligation is satisfied over time when the customer simultaneously receives and consumes the benefits as the Bank performs the service. For performance obligations satisfied over time, revenue is generally recognized using the time-elapsed method which is based on time elapsed in proportion to the period over which the service is provided, for example, personal deposit account bundle fees. The time-elapsed method is a faithful depiction of the transfer of control for these services as control is transferred evenly to the customer when the Bank provides a stand-ready service or effort is expended evenly by the Bank to provide a service over the contract period. In contracts where the Bank has a right to consideration from a customer in an amount that corresponds directly with the value to the customer of the Bank's performance completed to date, the Bank recognizes revenue in the amount to which it has a right to invoice.

The Bank satisfies a performance obligation at a point in time if the customer obtains control of the promised services at that date. Determining when control is transferred requires the use of judgment. For transaction-based services, the Bank determines that control is transferred to the customer at a point in time when the customer obtains substantially all of the benefits from the service rendered and the Bank has a present right to payment, which generally coincides with the moment the transaction is executed.

The Bank exercises judgment in determining whether costs incurred in connection with acquiring new revenue contracts would meet the requirement to be capitalized as incremental costs to obtain or fulfil a contract with customers.

IMPAIRMENT OF FINANCIAL ASSETS PRIOR TO NOVEMBER 1, 2017 UNDER IAS 39

The following is applicable to periods prior to November 1, 2017 for financial instruments accounted for under IAS 39.

Available-for-Sale Securities

Impairment losses were recognized on AFS securities if there was objective evidence of impairment as a result of one or more events that occurred after initial recognition and the loss event(s) resulted in a decrease in the estimated cash flows of the instrument. The Bank individually reviewed these securities at least quarterly for the presence of these conditions. For AFS equity securities, a significant or prolonged decline in fair value below cost was considered objective evidence of impairment. For AFS debt securities, a deterioration of credit quality was considered objective evidence of impairment. Other factors considered in the impairment assessment included financial position and key financial indicators of the issuer of the instrument, significant past and continued losses of the issuer, as well as breaches of contract, including default or delinquency in interest payments and loan covenant violations.

Held-to-Maturity Securities

Impairment losses were recognized on held-to-maturity securities if there was objective evidence of impairment as a result of one or more events that occurred after initial recognition and the loss event(s) resulted in a decrease in the estimated cash flows of the instrument. The Bank reviewed these securities at least quarterly for impairment at the counterparty-specific level. If there was no objective evidence of impairment at the counterparty-specific level then the security was grouped with other held-to-maturity securities with similar credit risk characteristics and collectively assessed for impairment, which considered losses incurred but not identified. A deterioration of credit quality was considered objective evidence of impairment. Other factors considered in the impairment assessment included the financial position and key financial indicators of the issuer, significant past and continued losses of the issuer, as well as breaches of contract, including default or delinquency in interest payments and loan covenant violations.

Loans

A loan, including a debt security classified as a loan, was considered impaired when there was objective evidence that there had been a deterioration of credit quality subsequent to the initial recognition of the loan to the extent the Bank no longer had reasonable assurance as to the timely collection of the full amount of principal and interest. The Bank assessed loans for objective evidence of impairment individually for loans that were individually significant, and collectively for loans that were not individually significant. The allowance for credit losses represented management's best estimate of impairment incurred in the lending portfolios, including any off-balance sheet exposures, at the balance sheet date. Management exercised judgment as to the timing of designating a loan as impaired, the amount of the allowance required, and the amount that would be recovered once the borrower defaulted. Changes in the amount that management expected to recover would have a direct impact on the provision for credit losses and may have resulted in a change in the allowance for credit losses.

If there was no objective evidence of impairment for an individual loan, whether significant or not, the loan was included in a group of assets with similar credit risk characteristics and collectively assessed for impairment for losses incurred but not identified. In calculating the probable range of allowance for incurred but not identified credit losses, the Bank employed internally developed models that utilized parameters for PD, LGD, and EAD. Management's judgment was used to determine the point within the range that was the best estimate of losses, based on an assessment of business and economic conditions, historical loss experience, loan portfolio composition, and other relevant indicators that were not fully incorporated into the model calculation. Changes in these assumptions would have a direct impact on the provision for credit losses and may have resulted in a change in the incurred but not identified allowance for credit losses.

 

TD BANK GROUP 2019 ANNUAL REPORT MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION & ANALYSIS     Page 93  


 

ACCOUNTING STANDARDS AND POLICIES

Current and Future Changes in Accounting Policies

CURRENT CHANGES IN ACCOUNTING POLICIES

The following new and amended standards have been adopted by the Bank.

IBOR Reform and its Effects on Financial Reporting

As a result of the effects of Interbank Offered Rates (IBOR) reform, on September 26, 2019, the IASB issued Interest Rate Benchmark Reform, Amendments to IFRS 9, IAS 39, and IFRS 7, of which the Bank adopted the applicable amendments to IFRS 7 relating to hedge accounting and will apply the remaining amendments related to IAS 39 as and when applicable to the Bank's hedging relationships. The amendments provide temporary exceptions from applying specific hedge accounting requirements to all hedging relationships directly affected by interest rate benchmark reform. Under the amendments, entities would apply hedge accounting requirements assuming that the interest rate benchmark is not altered, thereby enabling hedge accounting to continue during the period of uncertainty prior to the replacement of an existing interest rate benchmark with an alternative benchmark rate. The amendments also provide an exception from the requirement to discontinue hedge accounting if the actual results of the hedge do not meet the effectiveness requirements as a result of interest rate benchmark reform. Amendments were also made to IFRS 7 introducing additional disclosures related to amended IAS 39. Refer to Notes 2 and 11 for further details.

Revenue from Contracts with Customers

On November 1, 2018, the Bank adopted IFRS 15, Revenue from Contracts with Customers (IFRS 15), which establishes the principles for recognizing revenue and cash flows arising from contracts with customers and prescribes the application of a five-step recognition and measurement model. The standard excludes from its scope, revenue arising from items such as financial instruments, insurance contracts, and leases. The Bank adopted the standard on a modified retrospective basis, recognizing the cumulative effect of initially applying the standard as an adjustment to opening retained earnings without restating comparative period financial information.

The adoption of IFRS 15 resulted in a reduction to Shareholders' Equity of $41 million related to certain expenses not eligible for deferral under IFRS 15. The presentation of certain revenue and expense items is changed due to IFRS 15 and reclassified prospectively. These presentation changes are not significant and do not have an impact on net income.

In addition to the above changes related to the adoption of IFRS 15, the Bank also changed its accounting policy on securities lending and borrowing transactions. Where securities are received or pledged as collateral, securities lending income and securities borrowing fees are recorded in Non-interest income and Non-interest expenses, respectively, on the Consolidated Statement of Income. This change has been applied retrospectively.

Share-based Payment

In June 2016, the IASB published amendments to IFRS 2, Share-based Payment (IFRS 2), which provide additional guidance on the classification and measurement of share-based payment transactions. The amendments clarify the accounting for cash-settled share-based payment transactions that include a performance condition, the classification of share-based payment transactions with net settlement features for withholding tax obligations, and the accounting for modifications of share-based payment transactions from cash-settled to equity-settled. The amendments to IFRS 2 are effective for annual periods beginning on or after January 1, 2018, which was November 1, 2018 for the Bank. These amendments have been applied prospectively and did not have a significant impact on the Bank.

FUTURE CHANGES IN ACCOUNTING POLICIES

The following standards have been issued, but are not yet effective on the date of issuance of the Bank's Consolidated Financial Statements. The Bank is currently assessing the impact of the application of these standards on the Consolidated Financial Statements and will adopt these standards when they become effective.

Leases

In January 2016, the IASB issued IFRS 16, Leases (IFRS 16), which will replace IAS 17, Leases, introducing a single lessee accounting model for all leases by eliminating the distinction between operating and financing leases. IFRS 16 requires lessees to recognize right-of-use assets and lease liabilities for most leases on the balance sheet. Lessees will also recognize depreciation expense on the right-of-use asset, interest expense on the lease liability, and a shift in the timing of expense recognition in the statement of income. Short-term leases, which are defined as those that have a lease term of twelve months or less, and leases of low-value assets are exempt. Lessor accounting remains substantially unchanged. IFRS 16 is effective for annual periods beginning on or after January 1, 2019, which will be November 1, 2019 for the Bank. The Bank will adopt the new standard using the modified retrospective approach by recognizing the cumulative effect of the transitional impact in opening retained earnings within the Consolidated Balance Sheet at November 1, 2019, with no restatement of the comparative periods. The Bank's IFRS 16 program is governed by a formal multi-functional enterprise-wide governance structure and project delivery plan. Additional processes and internal controls over financial reporting have also been developed.

In adopting IFRS 16, the Bank will apply certain practical expedients as permitted by IFRS 16, including: using hindsight to determine the lease term where lease contracts contain options to extend or terminate a lease, measuring the right-of-use asset retrospectively on a selection of leases, not reassessing under IFRS 16, contracts that were previously identified as leases under the previous accounting standards (IAS 17, Leases, and IFRIC 4, Determining whether an arrangement contains a lease), and applying the exemption for short-term leases to be expensed.

The Bank's real estate leases, previously classified as operating leases, will be impacted the most by the adoption of IFRS 16. The Bank also leases certain equipment and other assets under similar payment terms. On November 1, 2019, the Bank estimates increases of $4.4 billion of new right-of-use assets, $5.5 billion of lease liabilities, and other balance sheet adjustments and reclassifications of $0.6 billion. The decrease of retained earnings is approximately $0.5 billion after tax. Based on the current regulatory requirements, the expected impact to Common Equity Tier 1 (CET1) capital is a decrease of 24 basis points (bps).

Insurance Contracts

In May 2017, the IASB issued IFRS 17, Insurance Contracts (IFRS 17), which replaces the guidance in IFRS 4, Insurance Contracts and establishes principles for recognition, measurement, presentation, and disclosure of insurance contracts. IFRS 17 is currently effective for the Bank's annual reporting period beginning

 

TD BANK GROUP 2019 ANNUAL REPORT MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION & ANALYSIS     Page 94  


November 1, 2021. In June 2019, the IASB issued an Exposure Draft which proposes targeted amendments to IFRS 17 including, amongst other matters, a deferral of the effective date by one year. It is expected that the IASB will finalize the amendments to the standard in mid-2020. Any change to the Bank's effective date is subject to updates of OSFI's related Advisory. The Bank is currently in the final stages of its planning activities, which includes developing the project plan based on results from business impact assessments, reviewing resource requirements to support this approach, and monitoring the impact of IASB changes to the IFRS 17 standard.

Uncertainty over Income Tax Treatments

In June 2017, the IASB issued IFRIC Interpretation 23, Uncertainty over Income Tax Treatments, which clarifies application of recognition and measurement requirements in IAS 12, Income Taxes, when there is uncertainty over income tax treatments. The interpretation is effective for annual periods beginning on or after January 1, 2019, which will be November 1, 2019 for the Bank. The interpretation can be applied using either full retrospective application or modified retrospective application without restatement of comparatives and is not expected to have a significant impact on the Bank.

Conceptual Framework for Financial Reporting

In March 2018, the IASB issued the revised Conceptual Framework for Financial Reporting (Revised Conceptual Framework), which provides a set of concepts to assist the IASB in developing standards and to help preparers consistently apply accounting policies where specific accounting standards do not exist. The framework is not an accounting standard and does not override the requirements that exist in other IFRS standards. The Revised Conceptual Framework describes that financial information must be relevant and faithfully represented to be useful, provides revised definitions and recognition criteria for assets and liabilities, and confirms that different measurement bases are useful and permitted. The Revised Conceptual Framework is effective for annual periods beginning on or after January 1, 2020, which will be November 1, 2020 for the Bank, with early adoption permitted. The Bank is currently assessing the impact of adopting the revised framework.

Business Combinations

In October 2018, the IASB issued a narrow-scope amendment to IFRS 3, Business Combinations (IFRS 3). The amendments provide additional guidance on the definition of a business which determines whether an acquisition is of a business or a group of assets. An acquirer recognizes goodwill only when acquiring a business, not when acquiring a group of assets. The amendments to IFRS 3 are effective for annual reporting periods beginning on or after January 1, 2020, which will be November 1, 2020 for the Bank, with early adoption permitted and is to be applied prospectively. The Bank will assess the impact of the amendments on future acquisitions.

Presentation of Financial Statements and Accounting Policies, Changes in Accounting Estimates and Errors

In October 2018, the IASB issued amendments to IAS 1, Presentation of Financial Statements and IAS 8, Accounting Policies, Changes in Accounting Estimates and Errors, which clarify the definition of "material". Specifically, the amendments clarify that information is material if omitting, misstating, or obscuring it could reasonably be expected to influence the decisions that the primary users of general purpose financial statements make on the basis of those financial statements. Accompanying explanations to the definition have also been clarified. The amendments are effective for annual periods beginning on or after January 1, 2020, which will be November 1, 2020 for the Bank, and are to be applied prospectively with early application permitted. The Bank is currently assessing the impact of adopting these amendments.

 

 

ACCOUNTING STANDARDS AND POLICIES

Controls and Procedures

DISCLOSURE CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES

An evaluation was performed under the supervision and with the participation of the Bank's management, including the Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, of the effectiveness of the Bank's disclosure controls and procedures, as defined in the rules of the SEC and Canadian Securities Administrators, as of October 31, 2019. Based on that evaluation, the Bank's management, including the Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, concluded that the Bank's disclosure controls and procedures were effective as of October 31, 2019.

MANAGEMENT'S REPORT ON INTERNAL CONTROL OVER FINANCIAL REPORTING

The Bank's management is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting for the Bank. The Bank's internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (1) pertain to the maintenance of records, that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the Bank; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with IFRS, and that receipts and expenditures of the Bank are being made only in accordance with authorizations of the Bank's management and directors; and (3) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the Bank's assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.

The Bank's management has used the criteria established in the 2013 Internal Control – Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission to assess, with the participation of the Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, the effectiveness of the Bank's internal control over financial reporting. Based on this assessment, management has concluded that as at October 31, 2019, the Bank's internal control over financial reporting was effective based on the applicable criteria. The effectiveness of the Bank's internal control over financial reporting has been audited by the independent auditors, Ernst & Young LLP, a registered public accounting firm that has also audited the Consolidated Financial Statements of the Bank as of, and for the year ended October 31, 2019. Their Report on Internal Controls under Standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), included in the Consolidated Financial Statements, expresses an unqualified opinion on the effectiveness of the Bank's internal control over financial reporting as of October 31, 2019.

CHANGES IN INTERNAL CONTROL OVER FINANCIAL REPORTING

During the year and quarter ended October 31, 2019, there have been no changes in the Bank's policies and procedures and other processes that comprise its internal control over financial reporting, that have materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect, the Bank's internal control over financial reporting.

 

TD BANK GROUP 2019 ANNUAL REPORT MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION & ANALYSIS     Page 95  


 

Additional Financial Information

Unless otherwise indicated, all amounts are expressed in Canadian dollars and have been primarily derived from the Bank's annual Consolidated Financial Statements, prepared in accordance with IFRS as issued by the IASB.

 

TABLE 60:  INVESTMENT PORTFOLIO – Securities Maturity Schedule1,2

 

(millions of Canadian dollars)                                                           As at  
    Remaining terms to maturities3                     
    Within
1 year
    Over
1 year to 3
years
    Over
3 years to
5 years
    Over
5 years to
10 years
    Over
10 years
    With no
specific
maturity
    Total            Total  
                                               October 31
2019
    October 31
2018
    October 31
2017
 

Securities at fair value through other
comprehensive income (available-for-sale
securities under IAS 39)

                                                                       

Government and government- related
securities

                 

Canadian government debt

                 

Federal

                 

Fair value

  $ 4,165     $ 4,104     $ 283     $ 607     $ 504     $     $ 9,663     $ 12,731   $ 16,225

Amortized cost

    4,163       4,090       282       605       463             9,603       12,740     16,200

Yield

    1.95  %      2.18  %      2.58  %      2.65  %      2.70  %       %      2.15  %      2.12  %      1.91  % 

Provinces

                 

Fair value

    1,168       2,255       2,199       7,091       214             12,927       9,507     7,922

Amortized cost

    1,166       2,239       2,181       7,089       215             12,890       9,443     7,859

Yield

    2.19  %      2.64  %      3.37  %      3.52  %      2.27  %       %      3.20  %      3.12  %      2.71  % 

U.S. federal government debt

                 

Fair value

    3,618       17,904       1,352       2,302                   25,176       27,060     27,258

Amortized cost

    3,615       17,893       1,355       2,303                   25,166       26,898     27,087

Yield

    1.12  %      1.76  %      2.10  %      1.57  %       %       %      1.67  %      1.58  %      1.58  % 

U.S. states, municipalities, and agencies

                 

Fair value

    4,180       1,629       1,836       700       7,216             15,561       18,706     21,022

Amortized cost

    4,161       1,619       1,842       694       7,221             15,537       18,959     20,995

Yield

    2.20  %      2.47  %      2.19  %      2.43  %      2.39  %       %      2.33  %      2.44  %      2.17  % 

Other OECD government-guaranteed debt

                 

Fair value

    5,162       8,524       250       471                   14,407       20,096     21,122

Amortized cost

    5,161       8,508       250       475                   14,394       20,034     21,067

Yield

    1.05  %      2.00  %      2.04  %      2.55  %       %       %      1.68  %      1.53  %      1.35  % 

Canadian mortgage-backed securities

                 

Fair value

    907       4,370       160                         5,437       6,633     8,812

Amortized cost

    901       4,347       159                         5,407       6,575     8,757

Yield

    1.41  %      1.65  %      2.18  %       %       %       %      1.63  %      1.67  %      1.72  % 

Other debt securities

                 

Asset-backed securities

                 

Fair value

    61       4,188       4,490       2,490       4,659             15,888       21,969     29,981

Amortized cost

    61       4,189       4,476       2,487       4,677             15,890       21,901     29,879

Yield

    2.19  %      1.93  %      2.12  %      2.42  %      2.65  %       %      2.27  %      2.37  %      1.85  % 

Non-agency CMO

                 

Fair value

                            247             247       472     1,715

Amortized cost

                            247             247       471     1,706

Yield

     %       %       %       %      2.52  %       %      2.52  %      3.06  %      2.51  % 

Corporate and other debt

                 

Fair value

    1,021       4,016       895       1,879       23             7,834       8,507     9,790

Amortized cost

    1,020       3,995       894       1,893       30             7,832       8,534     9,753

Yield

    2.14  %      2.55  %      2.92  %      2.66  %      2.30  %       %      2.56  %      2.82  %      2.48  % 

Equity securities

                 

Common shares

                 

Fair value

                                  1,598       1,598       1,804     1,922

Amortized cost

                                  1,594       1,594       1,725     1,821

Yield

     %       %       %       %       %      3.07  %      3.07  %      3.43  %      2.88  % 

Preferred shares

                 

Fair value

                                  242       242       370     365

Amortized cost

                                  302       302       376     313

Yield

     %       %       %       %       %      4.07  %      4.07  %      4.17  %      4.44  % 

Debt securities reclassified from trading

                 

Fair value

    n/a     n/a     n/a     n/a     n/a     n/a     n/a     n/a     277

Amortized cost

    n/a     n/a     n/a     n/a     n/a     n/a     n/a     n/a     250

Yield

    n/a  %      n/a  %      n/a  %      n/a  %      n/a  %      n/a  %      n/a  %      n/a  %     5.51  % 

Total securities at fair value through other comprehensive income (available-for-sale securities under IAS 39)

                 

Fair value

  $     20,282     $     46,990     $     11,465     $     15,540     $     12,863     $     1,840     $     108,980     $     127,855   $     146,411

Amortized cost

    20,248       46,880       11,439       15,546       12,853       1,896       108,862       127,656     145,687

Yield

    1.62  %      1.98  %      2.44  %      2.84  %      2.50  %      3.23  %      2.17  %      2.13  %      1.88  % 

 

1 

Yields represent the weighted-average yield of each security owned at the end of the period. The effective yield includes the contractual interest or stated dividend rate and is adjusted for the amortization of premiums and discounts; the effect of related hedging activities is excluded.

2

As at October 31, 2019, includes securities issued by Government of Japan of $9.6 billion (as at October 31, 2018, includes securities issued by Government of Japan of $9.5 billion), where the book value was greater than 10% of the shareholders' equity.

3

Represents contractual maturities. Actual maturities may differ due to prepayment privileges in the applicable contract.

 

TD BANK GROUP 2019 ANNUAL REPORT MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION & ANALYSIS     Page 96  


TABLE 60:  INVESTMENT PORTFOLIO – Securities Maturity Schedule (continued)1,2

 

(millions of Canadian dollars)

                                                                     As at  
     Remaining terms to maturities3      
    
Within 1
year
 
 
   

Over
1 year to
3 years
 
 
 
   

Over
3 years to
5 years
 
 
 
   

Over 5
years to
10 years
 
 
   
Over
10 years
 
 
   

With no
specific
maturity
 
 
    Total             Total  
                                                      
October 31
2019
 
 
   
October 31
2018
 
 
   
October 31
2017
 
 

Debt securities at amortized cost
(held-to-maturity securities under
IAS 39)

                                                                        

Government and government-related securities

                  

Canadian government debt

                  

Federal

                  

Fair value

   $ 992     $ 515     $ 871     $ 422     $ 1,959     $     $ 4,759     $ 4,914     $ 661  

Amortized cost

     992       515       872       435       1,957             4,771       4,922       661  

Yield

     1.60  %      1.84  %      2.45  %      2.23  %      2.47  %       %      2.19  %      1.97  %      1.87  % 

Provinces

                  

Fair value

           40       766       1,241       221             2,268       783     $ n/a  

Amortized cost

           40       766       1,243       222             2,271       782       n/a  

Yield

      %      2.76  %      3.16  %      4.07  %      5.93  %       %      3.92  %      3.07  %      n/a  % 

U.S. federal government and agencies debt

                  

Fair value

     16       69       1,040       1,684                   2,809       111        

Amortized cost

     16       67       1,039       1,684                   2,806       114        

Yield

     1.83  %      1.54  %      1.63     1.70  %       %       %      1.67  %      0.03  %       % 

U.S. states, municipalities, and agencies

                  

Fair value

     1,347       3,686       8,305       10,395       16,616             40,349       28,372       22,417  

Amortized cost

     1,349       3,677       8,247       10,489       16,646             40,408       29,034       22,531  

Yield

     1.99  %      2.35  %      2.25  %      2.84  %      2.28  %       %      2.42  %      2.47  %      2.15  % 

Other OECD government-guaranteed debt

                  

Fair value

     7,165       10,197       9,574       1,254                   28,190       25,768       22,629  

Amortized cost

     7,161       10,138       9,512       1,208                   28,019       25,683       22,431  

Yield

     0.08  %      0.60  %      1.10  %      0.49  %       %       %      0.63  %      0.72  %      0.43  % 

Other debt securities

                  

Asset-backed securities

                  

Fair value

     11       5,052       8,945       4,045       10,645             28,698       23,728       n/a  

Amortized cost

     11       5,053       8,950       4,049       10,700             28,763       23,709       n/a  

Yield

     2.27  %      2.50  %      2.69  %      2.78  %      2.74  %       %      2.69  %      2.91  %      n/a  % 

Non-agency CMO

                  

Fair value

                             16,384             16,384       15,525       n/a  

Amortized cost

                             16,236             16,236       15,867       n/a  

Yield

      %       %       %       %      2.83  %       %      2.83  %      2.85  %      n/a  % 

Canadian issuers

                  

Fair value

                       99                   99             n/a  

Amortized cost

                       99                   99             n/a  

Yield

      %       %       %      2.56  %       %       %      2.56  %       %      n/a  % 

Other issuers

                  

Fair value

     1,653       2,472       2,629       433       2             7,189       7,064       n/a  

Amortized cost

     1,649       2,454       2,601       418       2             7,124       7,060       n/a  

Yield

     1.21  %      0.91  %      1.25  %      0.27  %      5.80  %       %      1.07  %      1.17  %      n/a  % 

Total debt securities at amortized cost (held-to-maturity securities under IAS 39)

                  

Fair value

   $     11,184     $ 22,031     $ 32,130     $ 19,573     $ 45,827     $     $ 130,745     $     106,265     $     71,426  

Amortized cost

     11,178       21,944       31,987       19,625       45,763             130,497       107,171       71,363  

Yield

     0.62  %      1.40  %      1.96  %      2.59  %      2.61  %       %      2.07  %      2.09  %      1.59  % 

 

1 

Yields represent the weighted-average yield of each security owned at the end of the period. The effective yield includes the contractual interest or stated dividend rate and is adjusted for the amortization of premiums and discounts; the effect of related hedging activities is excluded.

2

As at October 31, 2019, includes securities issued by Government of Japan of $9.6 billion (as at October 31, 2018, includes securities issued by Government of Japan of $9.5 billion), where the book value was greater than 10% of the shareholders' equity.

3

Represents contractual maturities. Actual maturities may differ due to prepayment privileges in the applicable contract.

 

TD BANK GROUP 2019 ANNUAL REPORT MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION & ANALYSIS     Page 97  


TABLE 61: LOAN PORTFOLIO – Maturity Schedule

 

(millions of Canadian dollars)

                                                                    As at  
     Remaining term-to-maturity               
    
Under
1 year
 
    
1 to
5 years
 
    
Over
5 years
 
     Total                                 Total
                              October 31
2019
     October 31
2018
     October 31
2017
     October 31
2016
     October 31
2015
 

Canada

                       

Residential mortgages

   $ 37,363    $ 157,902      $ 5,687      $ 200,952      $     193,829      $ 190,325    $ 189,299    $ 185,009

Consumer instalment and other personal

                       

HELOC

     45,530        45,509        14        91,053        86,159        74,937      65,068      61,317

Indirect Auto

     574        13,180        11,943        25,697        24,216        22,282      20,577      19,038

Other

     16,612        921        922        18,455        18,574        17,355      16,456      16,075

Credit card

     18,428                      18,428        18,046        18,028      18,226      17,941

Total personal

     118,507        217,512        18,566        354,585        340,824        322,927      309,626      299,380

Real estate

                       

Residential

     8,299        7,621        3,898        19,818        18,364        17,981      16,001      14,862

Non-residential

     9,214        3,881        2,837        15,932        13,635        12,832      12,780      11,330

Total real estate

     17,513        11,502        6,735        35,750        31,999        30,813      28,781      26,192

Total business and government (including real estate)

     76,712        32,094        10,227        119,033        111,145        97,033      91,054      84,155

Total loans – Canada

     195,219        249,606        28,793        473,618        451,969        419,960      400,680      383,535

United States

                       

Residential mortgages

     716        168        33,617        34,501        31,128        31,460      27,662      26,922

Consumer instalment and other personal

                       

HELOC

     9,924        7        1,595        11,526        12,334        12,434      13,208      13,334

Indirect Auto

     352        18,329        13,773        32,454        29,870        29,182      28,370      24,862

Other

     166        932        15        1,113        874        846      745      693

Credit card

     18,129                      18,129        16,964        14,972      13,680      12,274

Total personal

     29,287        19,436        49,000        97,723        91,170        88,894      83,665      78,085

Real estate

                       

Residential

     1,641        3,199        4,023        8,863        8,050        7,316      6,852      5,691

Non-residential

     2,937        11,705        9,508        24,150        22,426        22,163      21,675      18,317

Total real estate

     4,578        14,904        13,531        33,013        30,476        29,479      28,527      24,008

Total business and government (including real estate)

     24,201        58,463        48,554        131,218        124,090        119,350      116,713      97,217

Total loans – United States

     53,488        77,899        97,554        228,941        215,260        208,244      200,378      175,302

Other International

                       

Personal

     12                      12        14        14      16      5

Business and government

     924        789        76        1,789        2,258        1,579      1,513      1,978

Total loans – Other international

     936        789        76        1,801        2,272        1,593      1,529      1,983

Other loans

                       

Debt securities classified as loans

     n/a        n/a        n/a        n/a        n/a        3,209      1,674      2,187

Acquired credit-impaired loans

     7        40        266        313        453        665      974      1,414

Total other loans

     7        40        266        313        453        3,874      2,648      3,601

Total loans

   $     249,650    $     328,334    $     126,689    $     704,673    $     669,954      $     633,671    $     605,235    $     564,421

 

TABLE 62: LOAN PORTFOLIO – Rate Sensitivity

 

(millions of Canadian dollars)

 

                       As at
         
     October 31, 2019        October 31, 2018      October 31, 2017      October 31, 2016      October 31, 2015
      1 to
5 years
     Over
5 years
    

1 to

5 years

    

Over

5 years

     1 to
5 years
     Over
5 years
     1 to
5 years
     Over
5 years
     1 to
5 years
     Over
5 years
 

Fixed rate

   $ 228,904      $ 91,698      $ 218,098    $ 84,450    $ 197,483    $ 84,080    $ 212,257    $ 82,507    $ 176,316    $ 66,949

Variable rate

     99,430        34,991        95,861      34,018      79,447      36,093      85,139      34,260      72,663      32,208

Total

   $     328,334      $     126,689      $     313,959    $     118,468    $     276,930    $     120,173    $     297,396    $     116,767    $     248,979    $     99,157

 

TD BANK GROUP 2019 ANNUAL REPORT MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION & ANALYSIS     Page 98  


The changes in the Bank's allowance for credit losses for the years ended October 31 are shown in the following table.

 

TABLE 63:  ALLOWANCE FOR LOAN LOSSES1

 

(millions of Canadian dollars, except as noted)

     2019     2018     2017     2016     2015

Allowance for loan losses – Balance at beginning of year

   $ 3,549   $ 3,475   $ 3,873   $ 3,434   $ 3,028

Provision for credit losses

     3,030     2,472     2,216     2,330     1,683

Write-offs

          

Canada

          

Residential mortgages

     17     15     22     18     23

Consumer instalment and other personal

          

HELOC

     11     8     11     11     13

Indirect Auto

     284     251     337     334     224

Other

     256     216     216     221     218

Credit card

     585     557     595     623     638

Total personal

     1,153     1,047     1,181     1,207     1,116

Real estate

          

Residential

     2     2     1     3     4

Non-residential

     1     1     2     2     3

Total real estate

     3     3     3     5     7

Total business and government (including real estate)

     96     75     75     107     74

Total Canada

     1,249     1,122     1,256     1,314     1,190

United States

          

Residential mortgages

     14     16     19     22     16

Consumer instalment and other personal

          

HELOC

     15     22     39     38     47

Indirect Auto

     450     387     315     232     206

Other

     204     192     152     121     101

Credit card

     1,114     958     777     530     454

Total personal

     1,797     1,575     1,302     943     824

Real estate

          

Residential

     2     1     3     3     5

Non-residential

     7     10     6     11     22

Total real estate

     9     11     9     14     27

Total business and government (including real estate)

     129     79     91     76     124

Total United States

     1,926     1,654     1,393     1,019     948

Other International

          

Personal

                              

Business and government

                              

Total other international

                              

Other loans

          

Debt securities classified as loans

     n/a     n/a     9     14     13

Acquired credit-impaired loans2,3

     3     2     1     4     6

Total other loans

     3     2     10     18     19

Total write-offs against portfolio

     3,178     2,778     2,659     2,351     2,157

Recoveries

          

Canada

          

Residential mortgages

           1     2     1     1

Consumer instalment and other personal

          

HELOC

           1     1           2

Indirect Auto

     54     58     90     91     78

Other

     36     37     41     52     58

Credit card

     87     87     98     118     124

Total personal

     177     184     232     262     263

Real estate

          

Residential

                 1     1     1

Non-residential

                       3     1

Total real estate

                 1     4     2

Total business and government (including real estate)

     20     17     20     27     33

Total Canada

     197     201     252     289     296

United States

          

Residential mortgages

     1     2     4     9     11

Consumer instalment and other personal

          

HELOC

     4     4     11     5     5

Indirect Auto

     132     116     100     85     83

Other

     26     35     24     26     23

Credit card

     210     173     154     114     113

Total personal

     373     330     293     239     235

Real estate

          

Residential

     2     2     2     4     9

Non-residential

     2     7     8     4     9

Total real estate

     4     9     10     8     18

Total business and government (including real estate)

     23     42     58     54     50

Total United States

     396     372     351     293     285

Other International

          

Personal

                              

Business and government

                             1

Total other international

                             1

Other loans

          

Debt securities classified as loans

     n/a     n/a                  

Acquired credit-impaired loans2,3

     16     16     22     20     19

Total other loans

     16     16     22     20     19

Total recoveries on portfolio

     609     589     625     602     601

Net write-offs

     (2,569     (2,189     (2,034     (1,749     (1,556

Disposals

     (3     (46     (83     (2     (3

Foreign exchange and other adjustments

     (4     49     (122     47     321

Total allowance for loan losses, including off-balance sheet positions

     4,003     3,761     3,850     4,060     3,473

Less: Change in allowance for off-balance sheet positions4,5

     (444     212     67     187     39

Total allowance for loan losses, at end of period5

   $     4,447   $     3,549   $     3,783   $     3,873   $     3,434
                                                                          

Ratio of net write-offs in the period to average loans outstanding

             0.38  %      0.34  %      0.33  %      0.30  %      0.30  % 

 

1

Opening balance of allowance for loan losses effective November 1, 2017 was booked in accordance with IFRS 9. Allowance for loan losses prior to November 1, 2017 was booked in accordance with IAS 39.

2

Includes all FDIC covered loans and other ACI loans.

3

Other adjustments are required as a result of the accounting for FDIC covered loans.

4

The allowance for loan losses for off-balance sheet positions is recorded in Other liabilities on the Consolidated Balance Sheet.

5 

In the fourth quarter of 2019, the Bank revised its allocation methodology for the reporting of Allowance for Credit Losses for off-balance sheet instruments for certain retail portfolios.

 

 

TD BANK GROUP 2019 ANNUAL REPORT MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION & ANALYSIS     Page 99  


TABLE 64:  AVERAGE DEPOSITS

 

(millions of Canadian dollars, except as noted)

                                        For the years ended  
     October 31, 2019       October 31, 2018       October 31, 2017  
      

Average

balance


    

Total

interest

expense


    

Average

rate paid

 

 

   

Average

balance


    

Total

interest

expense


    

Average

rate paid

 

 

   

Average

balance


   

Total

interest

expense


    

Average

rate paid

 

 

Deposits booked in Canada1 

                       

Non-interest-bearing demand deposits

   $ 14,058    $         %    $ 13,156    $         %    $ 11,201   $         % 

Interest-bearing demand deposits

     75,709      1,579      2.09       57,030      1,094      1.92       57,521     648      1.13  

Notice deposits

     222,249      786      0.35       222,394      567      0.25       209,939     321      0.15  

Term deposits

     246,078      5,609      2.28       223,295      4,215      1.89       176,345     2,730      1.55  

Total deposits booked in Canada

     558,094      7,974      1.43       515,875      5,876      1.14       455,006     3,699      0.81  
                       

Deposits booked in the United States

                       

Non-interest-bearing demand deposits

     9,745      1      0.01       10,037                   10,405             

Interest-bearing demand deposits

     5,147      43      0.84       2,859      16      0.56       3,152     11      0.35  

Notice deposits

     330,301          3,795      1.15       317,218      3,233      1.02       298,639     1,695      0.57  

Term deposits

     59,534      1,435      2.41       52,461      958      1.83       79,090     973      1.23  

Total deposits booked in the United States

     404,727      5,274      1.30       382,575      4,207      1.10       391,286     2,679      0.68  
                       

Deposits booked in the other international

                       

Non-interest-bearing demand deposits

     162                   155                   (7             

Interest-bearing demand deposits

     627      1      0.16       1,025      1      0.10       1,442     3      0.21  

Notice deposits

                                                           

Term deposits

     26,449      426      1.61       37,435      405      1.08       28,153     234      0.83  

Total deposits booked in other international

     27,238        427        1.57       38,615      406      1.05       29,588     237      0.80  

Total average deposits

   $     990,059    $ 13,675      1.38  %    $     937,065    $     10,489      1.12  %    $     875,880   $     6,615      0.76  % 

 

1 

As at October 31, 2019, deposits by foreign depositors in TD's Canadian bank offices amounted to $152 billion (October 31, 2018 – $152 billion, October 31, 2017 – $100 billion).

 

TABLE 65:  DEPOSITS – Denominations of $100,000 or greater1 

 

(millions of Canadian dollars)

                                         As at  
     Remaining term-to-maturity   
    
Within
3 months
 
    

3 months to

6 months


    

6 months to

12 months


    
Over
12 months
 
  

 

Total

  

       October 31, 2019   

Canada

   $ 64,039    $ 17,069    $ 43,559    $ 97,659    $ 222,326   

United States

     19,616      12,220      28,143      2,755      62,734   

Other international

     17,234      2,880      3,601             23,715   

Total

   $     100,889    $     32,169    $     75,303    $     100,414    $     308,775   
       October 31, 2018   

Canada

   $ 65,253    $ 22,761    $ 37,652    $ 92,105    $ 217,771   

United States

     20,203      16,547      11,654      2,166      50,570   

Other international

     20,225      2,016      2,787             25,028   

Total

   $ 105,681    $ 41,324    $ 52,093    $ 94,271    $ 293,369   
       October 31, 2017   

Canada

   $ 41,862    $ 19,392    $ 20,623    $ 79,649    $ 161,526   

United States

     34,955      15,607      11,821      1,390      63,773   

Other international

     20,037      9,058      3,714             32,809   

Total

   $ 96,854    $ 44,057    $ 36,158    $ 81,039    $ 258,108   

 

1

Deposits in Canada, U.S., and Other international include wholesale and retail deposits.

 

TABLE 66:  SHORT-TERM BORROWINGS

 

(millions of Canadian dollars, except as noted)

                     As at   
      

October 31

2019


   

October 31

2018


   

October 31

2017


  

Obligations related to securities sold under repurchase agreements

      

Balance at year-end

   $     125,856   $     93,389   $     88,591   

Average balance during the year

     119,782     95,286     76,136   

Maximum month-end balance

     126,115     98,539     88,986   

Weighted-average rate at October 31

     1.54  %      1.63  %      0.87  %  

Weighted-average rate during the year

     1.98     1.65     0.92   

 

TD BANK GROUP 2019 ANNUAL REPORT MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION & ANALYSIS     Page 100  


TABLE 67:  NET INTEREST INCOME ON AVERAGE EARNING BALANCES1,2,3

 

(millions of Canadian dollars, except as noted)

                    2019                     2018                     2017
     

Average

balance


    Interest4       

Average

rate


   

Average

balance


    Interest4       

Average

rate


   

Average

balance


    Interest4       

Average

rate

 

Interest-earning assets

                                                                       

Interest-bearing deposits with Banks

                 

Canada

  $ 6,846   $ 128        1.87  %    $ 5,204   $ 102        1.96  %    $ 5,629   $ 21        0.37  % 

U.S.

    24,078     532        2.21     34,424     592        1.72     42,899     405        0.94

Securities

                 

Trading

                 

Canada

    62,433     1,973        3.16     55,519     1,684        3.03     47,985     1,332        2.78

U.S.

    20,254     506        2.50     20,496     517        2.52     20,186     403        2.00

Non-trading

                 

Canada

    46,854     1,387        2.96     47,761     1,219        2.55     48,109     949        1.97

U.S.

    169,275     4,641        2.74     155,892     3,719        2.39     130,611     2,378        1.82

Securities purchased under reverse repurchase agreements

                 

Canada

    66,015     1,250        1.89     41,518     665        1.60     33,725     371        1.10

U.S.

    45,423     1,381        3.04     44,238     1,020        2.31     43,087     496        1.15

Loans

                 

Residential mortgages5 

                 

Canada

    207,289     6,133        2.96     201,772     5,656        2.80     200,251     4,916        2.45

U.S.

    32,821     1,253        3.82     29,514     1,110        3.76     27,982     1,041        3.72

Consumer instalment and other personal

                 

Canada

    130,719     5,762        4.41     120,273     5,215        4.34     106,614     4,704        4.41

U.S.

    43,372     2,015        4.65     41,762     1,711        4.10     41,263     1,455        3.53

Credit card

                 

Canada

    19,197     2,422        12.62     18,708     2,323        12.42     18,571     2,270        12.22

U.S.

    17,679     2,913        16.48     15,853     2,550        16.09     13,771     2,213        16.07

Business and government5 

                 

Canada

    100,408     3,506        3.49     92,348     2,943        3.19     80,673     2,187        2.71

U.S.

    125,914     4,800        3.81     115,147     4,203        3.65     112,416     3,795        3.38

International

    105,401     1,397        1.33     102,855     1,193        1.16     88,963     896        1.01

Total interest-earning assets

        1,223,978         41,999        3.43           1,143,284         36,422        3.19           1,062,735         29,832        2.81  
                 

Interest-bearing liabilities

                                                                       

Deposits

                 

Personal6 

                 

Canada

    224,374     1,634        0.73       215,320     1,228        0.57       208,027     983        0.47  

U.S.

    246,986     3,179        1.29     238,005     2,788        1.17     221,560     1,426        0.64

Banks7,8 

                 

Canada

    11,414     169        1.48     11,612     135        1.16     10,686     71        0.66

U.S.

    2,346     44        1.88     7,214     135        1.87     9,460     115        1.22

Business and government7,8 

                 

Canada

    279,571     6,171        2.21     248,013     4,513        1.82     199,236     2,645        1.33

U.S.

    101,874     2,051        2.01     84,575     1,284        1.52     108,078     1,138        1.05

Subordinated notes and debentures

    9,589     395        4.12     7,946     337        4.24     9,045     391        4.32

Obligations related to securities sold short and under repurchase agreements

                 

Canada

    60,173     1,281        2.13     46,981     1,091        2.32     34,719     540        1.56

U.S.

    57,028     1,602        2.81     57,384     1,274        2.22     56,587     696        1.23

Securitization liabilities9 

    27,023     524        1.94     27,805     586        2.11     29,761     472        1.59

Other liabilities

                 

Canada

    5,669     154        2.72     5,706     132        2.31     5,306     92        1.73

U.S.

    35     4        11.43     34     4        11.76     34     4        11.76

International7,8 

    67,833     860        1.27     68,074     676        0.99     48,787     412        0.84

Total interest-bearing liabilities

    1,093,915     18,068        1.65       1,018,669     14,183        1.39       941,286     8,985        0.95  

Total net interest income on average earning assets

  $ 1,223,978   $ 23,931        1.96  %    $ 1,143,284   $ 22,239        1.95  %    $ 1,062,735   $ 20,847        1.96  % 

 

1 

Certain comparative amounts have been reclassified to conform with the presentation adopted in the current period.

2 

Net interest income includes dividends on securities.

3 

Geographic classification of assets and liabilities is based on the domicile of the booking point of assets and liabilities.

4 

Interest income includes loan fees earned by the Bank, which are recognized in net interest income over the life of the loan through the effective interest rate method.

5 

Includes average trading loans of $12 billion (2018 – $11 billion, 2017 – $12 billion).

6

Includes charges incurred on the TD Ameritrade IDA of $2.2 billion (2018 – $1.9 billion, 2017 – $1.5 billion).

7 

Includes average trading deposits with a fair value of $61 billion (2018 – $102 billion, 2017 – $87 billion).

8 

Includes average deposit designated at fair value through profit or loss of $59 billion.

9 

Includes average securitization liabilities at fair value of $13 billion (2018 – $12 billion, 2017 – $13 billion) and average securitization liabilities at amortized cost of $14 billion (2018 –$16 billion, 2017 – $17 billion).

 

TD BANK GROUP 2019 ANNUAL REPORT MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION & ANALYSIS     Page 101  


The following table presents an analysis of the change in net interest income of volume and interest rate changes. In this analysis, changes due to volume/ interest rate variance have been allocated to average interest rate.

 

TABLE 68:  ANALYSIS OF CHANGE IN NET INTEREST INCOME1,2,3

 

(millions of Canadian dollars)

     2019 vs. 2018     2018 vs. 2017
     Increase (decrease) due to changes in     Increase (decrease) due to changes in
       Average volume       Average rate        Net change     Average volume       Average rate     Net change

Interest-earning assets

                                                

Interest-bearing deposits with banks

            

Canada

   $ 32   $ (6 )     $ 26   $ (2   $ 83   $ 81

U.S.

     (178     118        (60     (80     267     187

Securities

            

Trading

            

Canada

     210     79        289     210     142     352

U.S.

     (6     (5 )       (11     6     108     114

Non-trading

            

Canada

     (23     191        168     (7     277     270

U.S.

     319     603        922     460     881     1,341

Securities purchased under reverse repurchase agreements

            

Canada

     392     193        585     86     208     294

U.S.

     27     334        361     13     511     524

Loans

            

Residential mortgages

            

Canada

     154     323        477     38     702     740

U.S.

     124     19        143     57     12     69

Consumer instalment and other personal

            

Canada

     453     94        547     603     (92     511

U.S.

     66     238        304     17     239     256

Credit card

            

Canada

     60     39        99     17     36     53

U.S.

     294     69        363     334     3     337

Business and government

            

Canada

     257     306        563     316     440     756

U.S.

     393     204        597     92     316     408

International

     112     92        204     182     115     297

Total interest income

         2,686         2,891            5,577         2,342         4,248         6,590
            

Interest-bearing liabilities

                                                

Deposits

            

Personal

            

Canada

     52     354        406     34     211     245

U.S.

     106     285        391     106     1,256     1,362

Banks

            

Canada

     (2     36        34     6     58     64

U.S.

     (92     1        (91     (27     47     20

Business and government

            

Canada

     574     1,084        1,658     648     1,220     1,868

U.S.

     263     504        767     (247     393     146

Subordinated notes and debentures

     70     (12 )       58     (48     (6     (54

Obligations related to securities sold short and under repurchase agreements

            

Canada

     306     (116 )       190     191     360     551

U.S.

     (7     335        328     9     569     578

Securitization liabilities

     (17     (45 )       (62     (31     145     114

Other liabilities

            

Canada

     (1     23        22     7     33     40

U.S.

                                    

International

     (15     199        184     195     69     264

Total interest expense

     1,237     2,648        3,885     843     4,355     5,198

Net interest income

   $ 1,449   $ 243      $ 1,692   $ 1,499   $ (107   $ 1,392

 

1

Certain comparative amounts have been reclassified to conform with the presentation adopted in the current period.

2

Geographic classification of assets and liabilities is based on the domicile of the booking point of assets and liabilities.

3 

Interest income includes loan fees earned by the Bank, which are recognized in net interest income over the life of the loan through the effective interest rate method.

 

TD BANK GROUP 2019 ANNUAL REPORT MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION & ANALYSIS     Page 102  

Exhibit 99.3

 

 

CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

     Page  

 

Management's Responsibility for Financial Information

 

 

 

 

 

 

2

 

 

 

 

Independent Auditor's Report – Canadian Generally Accepted Auditing Standards

    3  

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm – Public Company Accounting Oversight Board Standards (United States)

    6  

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm – Internal Control over Financial Reporting

 

    9  

Consolidated Financial Statements

 

Consolidated Balance Sheet

    10  

Consolidated Statement of Income

    11  

Consolidated Statement of Comprehensive Income

    12  

Consolidated Statement of Changes in Equity

    13  

Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows

    14  

 

 

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

Note 1

  Nature of Operations      15  

Note 2

  Summary of Significant Accounting Policies      15  

Note 3

  Significant Accounting Judgments, Estimates, and Assumptions      28  

Note 4

  Current and Future Changes in Accounting Policies      31  

Note 5

  Fair Value Measurements      33  

Note 6

  Offsetting Financial Assets and Financial Liabilities      42  

Note 7

  Securities      44  

Note 8

  Loans, Impaired Loans, and Allowance for Credit Losses      46  

Note 9

  Transfers of Financial Assets      52  

Note 10

  Structured Entities      53  

Note 11

  Derivatives      56  

Note 12

  Investment in Associates and Joint Ventures      65  

Note 13

  Significant Acquisitions and Disposals      66  

Note 14

  Goodwill and Other Intangibles      67  

Note 15

  Land, Buildings, Equipment, and Other Depreciable Assets      69  

Note 16

  Other Assets      69  

Note 17

  Deposits      70  

Note 18

  Other Liabilities      71  

Note 19

  Subordinated Notes and Debentures      71  

Note 20

  Capital Trust Securities      72  

Note 21

  Equity      73  

Note 22

  Insurance      75  

Note 23

  Share-Based Compensation      77  

Note 24

  Employee Benefits      79  

Note 25

  Income Taxes      83  

Note 26

  Earnings Per Share      85  

Note 27

  Provisions, Contingent Liabilities, Commitments, Guarantees, Pledged Assets, and Collateral      85  

Note 28

  Related Party Transactions      89  

Note 29

  Segmented Information      90  

Note 30

  Interest Income and Expense      92  

Note 31

  Credit Risk      93  

Note 32

  Regulatory Capital      94  

Note 33

  Risk Management      95  

Note 34

  Information on Subsidiaries      96  

Note 35

  Significant and Subsequent Events, and Pending Transactions      97  

 

TD BANK GROUP 2019 ANNUAL REPORT CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND NOTES   Page 1


FINANCIAL RESULTS

Consolidated Financial Statements

MANAGEMENT'S RESPONSIBILITY FOR FINANCIAL INFORMATION

The management of The Toronto-Dominion Bank and its subsidiaries (the "Bank") is responsible for the integrity, consistency, objectivity, and reliability of the Consolidated Financial Statements of the Bank and related financial information as presented. International Financial Reporting Standards as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board, as well as the requirements of the Bank Act (Canada), and related regulations have been applied and management has exercised its judgment and made best estimates where appropriate.

The Bank's accounting system and related internal controls are designed, and supporting procedures maintained, to provide reasonable assurance that financial records are complete and accurate, and that assets are safeguarded against loss from unauthorized use or disposition. These supporting procedures include the careful selection and training of qualified staff, the establishment of organizational structures providing a well-defined division of responsibilities and accountability for performance, and the communication of policies and guidelines of business conduct throughout the Bank.

Management has assessed the effectiveness of the Bank's internal control over financial reporting as at October 31, 2019, using the framework found in Internal Control – Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission 2013 Framework. Based upon this assessment, management has concluded that as at October 31, 2019, the Bank's internal control over financial reporting is effective.

The Bank's Board of Directors, acting through the Audit Committee which is composed entirely of independent directors, oversees management's responsibilities for financial reporting. The Audit Committee reviews the Consolidated Financial Statements and recommends them to the Board for approval. Other responsibilities of the Audit Committee include monitoring the Bank's system of internal control over the financial reporting process and making recommendations to the Board and shareholders regarding the appointment of the external auditor.

The Bank's Chief Auditor, who has full and free access to the Audit Committee, conducts an extensive program of audits. This program supports the system of internal control and is carried out by a professional staff of auditors.

The Office of the Superintendent of Financial Institutions Canada, makes such examination and enquiry into the affairs of the Bank as deemed necessary to ensure that the provisions of the Bank Act, having reference to the safety of the depositors, are being duly observed and that the Bank is in sound financial condition.

Ernst & Young LLP, the independent auditors appointed by the shareholders of the Bank, have audited the effectiveness of the Bank's internal control over financial reporting as at October 31, 2019, in addition to auditing the Bank's Consolidated Financial Statements as of the same date. Their reports, which expressed an unqualified opinion, can be found on the following pages of the Consolidated Financial Statements. Ernst & Young LLP have full and free access to, and meet periodically with, the Audit Committee to discuss their audit and matters arising therefrom, such as, comments they may have on the fairness of financial reporting and the adequacy of internal controls.

 

Bharat B. Masrani    Riaz Ahmed
Group President and    Group Head and
Chief Executive Officer            Chief Financial Officer

Toronto, Canada

December 4, 2019

 

TD BANK GROUP 2019 ANNUAL REPORT CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND NOTES     Page 2  


This Page Left

Intentionally

Blank

 

 

 

 

TD BANK GROUP 2019 ANNUAL REPORT CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND NOTES     Page 3  


This Page Left

Intentionally

Blank

 

 

 

 

TD BANK GROUP 2019 ANNUAL REPORT CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND NOTES     Page 4  


This Page Left

Intentionally

Blank

 

 

 

 

TD BANK GROUP 2019 ANNUAL REPORT CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND NOTES     Page 5  


REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

To the Shareholders and Directors of The Toronto-Dominion Bank

Opinion on the Consolidated Financial Statements

We have audited the accompanying Consolidated Balance Sheet of The Toronto-Dominion Bank (TD) as of October 31, 2019 and 2018, the related Consolidated Statement of Income, Comprehensive Income, Changes in Equity, and Cash Flows for each of the years in the three-year period ended October 31, 2019, and the related notes (collectively referred to as the "consolidated financial statements").

In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the consolidated financial position of TD as at October 31, 2019 and 2018, and the results of its operations and its consolidated cash flows for each of the years in the three-year period ended October 31, 2019, in conformity with International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS) as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board.

Adoption of IFRS 9

As discussed in Note 2 to the consolidated financial statements, TD changed its method of accounting for the classification and measurement of financial instruments in 2018 due to the adoption of IFRS 9, Financial Instruments. Our opinion is not qualified with respect to this matter.

Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting

We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (PCAOB), TD's internal control over financial reporting as of October 31, 2019, based on the criteria established in Internal Control – Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (2013 framework) and our report dated December 4, 2019, expressed an unqualified opinion thereon.

Basis for Opinion

These consolidated financial statements are the responsibility of TD's management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on TD's consolidated financial statements based on our audits. We are a public accounting firm registered with the PCAOB and are required to be independent with respect to TD in accordance with U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement, whether due to error or fraud. Our audits included performing procedures to assess the risks of material misstatement of the financial statements, whether due to error or fraud, and performing procedures that respond to those risks. Such procedures included examining, on a test basis, evidence regarding the amounts and disclosures in the consolidated financial statements. Our audits also included evaluating the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the consolidated financial statements. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

Critical Audit Matters

The critical audit matters communicated below are matters arising from the current period audit of the consolidated financial statements that were communicated or required to be communicated to the audit committee and that: (1) relate to accounts or disclosures that are material to the consolidated financial statements, and (2) involved our especially challenging, subjective, or complex judgments. The communication of critical audit matters does not alter in any way our opinion on the consolidated financial statements, taken as a whole, and we are not, by communicating the critical audit matters below, providing separate opinions on the critical audit matters or on the accounts or disclosures to which they relate.

 

   Allowance for credit losses

Description of

the Matter

  

TD describes its significant accounting judgments, estimates, and assumptions in relation to the allowance for credit losses in Note 3 of the consolidated financial statements. As disclosed in Note 7 and Note 8 to the consolidated financial statements, TD recognized $5,036 million in allowances for credit losses on its consolidated balance sheet using an expected credit loss model (ECL). The ECL is an unbiased and probability-weighted estimate of credit losses expected to occur in the future, which is based on the probability of default (PD), loss given default (LGD) and exposure at default (EAD) or the expected cash shortfall relating to the underlying financial asset. The ECL is determined by evaluating a range of possible outcomes incorporating the time value of money and reasonable and supportable information about past events, current conditions, and future economic forecasts.

 

Auditing the allowance for credit losses was complex and required the application of significant judgement because of the sophistication of the models, the forward-looking nature of the key assumptions, and the inherent interrelationship of the critical variables used in measuring the ECL. Key areas of judgement include evaluating: (i) the models and methodologies used for measuring both the 12-month and lifetime expected credit losses; (ii) the assumptions used in the ECL scenarios including forward-looking information (FLI) and assigning probability weighting; (iii) the determination of significant increase in credit risk (SICR); and (iv) the assessment of the qualitative component applied to the modelled ECL based on management's expert credit judgment.

 

How We

Addressed the

Matter in Our

Audit

  

We obtained an understanding, evaluated the design, and tested the operating effectiveness of management's controls over the allowance for credit losses. The controls we tested included, amongst others, the development and review of inputs and models used to calculate ECL, the integrity of the data used including the associated controls over relevant information technology (IT) systems, and the governance and oversight over the modelled results and the use of expert credit judgement.

 

To test the allowance for credit losses, our audit procedures included, among others, involving our credit risk modelling specialists to assess the methodology and assumptions used in significant models that estimate the ECL across various portfolios and to assess management's SICR triggers. With the assistance of our economic specialists, we evaluated the process used by management to develop forward-looking information and determine the ECL scenario probability weights. On a sample basis, we independently recalculated the ECL. We also evaluated management's methodology and governance over the qualitative components contributing to the ECL based on the application of expert credit judgment.

 

TD BANK GROUP 2019 ANNUAL REPORT CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND NOTES     Page 6  


  

 

Fair value measurement of derivatives

Description of

the Matter

  

TD describes its significant accounting judgements, estimates, and assumptions in relation to the fair value measurement of derivatives in Note 3 of the consolidated financial statements. As disclosed in Note 5 of the consolidated financial statements, TD has derivatives assets of $48,894 million and derivative liabilities of $50,051 million recorded at fair value. Of these derivatives, certain trades are complex and illiquid and require valuation techniques that may include complex models and non-observable inputs, requiring management's estimation and judgment.

 

Auditing the valuation of certain derivatives required the application of significant auditor judgement and involvement of valuation specialists in assessing the complex models and non-observable inputs used, including any significant valuation adjustments applied. Certain valuation inputs used to determine fair value that may be non-observable include volatilities, correlations, and credit spreads. The valuation of certain derivatives is sensitive to these inputs as they are forward-looking and could be affected by future economic and market conditions.

How We

Addressed the

Matter in Our

Audit

  

We obtained an understanding, evaluated the design, and tested the operating effectiveness of management's controls over the valuation of TD's derivative portfolio. The controls we tested included, amongst others, the controls over the suitability and mechanical accuracy of models used in the valuation of derivatives, controls over management's independent assessment of fair values, including the integrity of data used in the valuation such as the significant inputs noted above, controls over relevant IT systems, and the review of significant valuation adjustments applied.

 

To test the valuation of these derivatives, our audit procedures included, among others, an evaluation of the methodologies and significant inputs used by TD. With the assistance of our valuation specialists, we performed an independent valuation for a sample of derivatives to assess the modelling assumptions and significant inputs used to estimate the fair value, which involved independently obtaining significant inputs from external sources. We also evaluated the methodology applied and governance over the calculation of material derivative valuation adjustments and recalculated a sample of these adjustments.

 

   Valuation of provision for unpaid claims

Description of

the Matter

  

TD describes its significant accounting judgements, estimates, and assumptions in relation to the valuation of provisions for unpaid claims in Note 3 of the consolidated financial statements. As disclosed in Note 22 to the consolidated financial statements, TD has recognized $6,920 million in insurance-related liabilities on its consolidated balance sheet. The insurance-related liabilities include a provision for unpaid claims, which is determined in accordance with accepted actuarial practices. It also considers variables such as past loss experience, current claim trends and changes in the prevailing social, economic and legal environment.

 

Auditing the provision for unpaid claims involves the application of models and methodologies that require significant judgment. The main assumption underlying the claims liability estimates is the amount and timing related to incurred insured events including those not yet reported by the claimants. Other assumptions which are subject to significant judgment include the discount rate, margin for adverse deviation, and trends in severity and frequency.

 

How We

Addressed the

Matter in Our

Audit

  

We obtained an understanding, evaluated the design, and tested the operating effectiveness of management's controls over the valuation of the provision for unpaid claims. The controls we tested included, amongst others, the controls related to TD's claims and actuarial processes including over the completeness and accuracy of data flow through the claims administration systems, and the periodic review of the provision for unpaid claims by management.

 

To test the valuation for unpaid claims, our audit procedures included, among others, involving our actuarial specialists to independently calculate material components of the provision for unpaid claims. This included assessing the accuracy of TD's data, and benchmarking the assumptions against industry trends and regulatory developments. We involved our actuarial specialists in assessing TD's actuary's methodologies and significant assumptions, including the rationale for the judgments applied. We also tested a sample of incurred claims, paid claims, and earned premiums used in the estimation of the provision for unpaid claims.

 

   Measurement of provision for uncertain tax positions

Description of

the Matter

  

TD describes its significant accounting judgements, estimates, and assumptions in relation to income taxes in Note 3 of the consolidated financial statements. As a financial institution operating in multiple jurisdictions, TD is subject to complex and constantly evolving tax legislation. Uncertainty in a tax position may arise as tax laws are subject to interpretation. TD uses significant judgment in i) determining whether it is probable that TD will have to make a payment to tax authorities upon their examination of certain uncertain tax positions and ii) measuring the amount of the liability, where probable.

 

Auditing the recognition and measurement of TD's provision for uncertain tax positions involves the application of judgement and is based on interpretation of tax legislation and jurisprudence.

 

 

TD BANK GROUP 2019 ANNUAL REPORT CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND NOTES     Page 7  


How We

Addressed the

Matter in Our

Audit

  

We obtained an understanding, evaluated the design, and tested the operating effectiveness of management's controls over the recognition and measurement of TD's provision for uncertain tax positions. This includes controls over the assessment of the technical merits of tax positions and management's process to measure the provision for uncertain tax positions.

 

With the assistance of our tax professionals our audit procedures included, among others, assessing the technical merits and the amount recorded for uncertain tax positions. This included using our knowledge of, and experience with, the application of tax laws by the relevant income tax authorities and through discussions with management. We assessed the implications of correspondence received by TD from the relevant tax authorities and evaluated income tax opinions or other third-party advice obtained. We also evaluated the TD's income tax disclosures included in Note 25 of the consolidated financial statements in relation to these matters.

We have served as TD's sole auditor since 2006. Prior to 2006, we or our predecessor firm have served as joint auditor with various other firms since 1955.

Ernst & Young LLP

Chartered Professional Accountants

Licensed Public Accountants

Toronto, Canada

December 4, 2019

 

TD BANK GROUP 2019 ANNUAL REPORT CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND NOTES     Page 8  


REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

To the Shareholders and Directors of The Toronto-Dominion Bank

Opinion on Internal Control over Financial Reporting

We have audited The Toronto-Dominion Bank's (TD) internal control over financial reporting as of October 31, 2019, based on criteria established in Internal Control – Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (2013 framework) (the "COSO criteria"). In our opinion, TD maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of October 31, 2019, based on the COSO criteria.

We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (PCAOB), the Consolidated Balance Sheet of TD as at October 31, 2019 and 2018, and the Consolidated Statements of Income, Comprehensive Income, Changes in Equity, and Cash Flows for each of the years in the three-year period ended October 31, 2019, and the related notes, and our report dated December 4, 2019, expressed an unqualified opinion thereon.

Basis for Opinion

TD's management is responsible for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting, and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting included in the accompanying Management's Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting contained in the accompanying Management's Discussion and Analysis. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on TD's internal control over financial reporting based on our audit. We are a public accounting firm registered with the PCAOB and are required to be independent with respect to TD in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.

We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects. Our audit included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk, and performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.

Definition and Limitations of Internal Control over Financial Reporting

A company's internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board. A company's internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (1) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (3) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company's assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

Ernst & Young LLP

Chartered Professional Accountants

Licensed Public Accountants

Toronto, Canada

December 4, 2019

 

TD BANK GROUP 2019 ANNUAL REPORT CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND NOTES     Page 9  


Consolidated Financial Statements

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEET

 

(As at and in millions of Canadian dollars)

    
October 31,
2019
 
   
October 31,
2018
 

ASSETS

        

Cash and due from banks

   $ 4,863     $ 4,735

Interest-bearing deposits with banks

     25,583       30,720
       30,446       35,455

Trading loans, securities, and other (Notes 5, 7)

     146,000       127,897

Non-trading financial assets at fair value through profit or loss (Notes 5, 7)

     6,503       4,015

Derivatives (Notes 5, 11)

     48,894       56,996

Financial assets designated at fair value through profit or loss (Notes 5, 7)

     4,040       3,618

Financial assets at fair value through other comprehensive income (Notes 5, 7, 8)

     111,104       130,600
       316,541       323,126

Debt securities at amortized cost, net of allowance for credit losses (Notes 5, 7)

     130,497       107,171

Securities purchased under reverse repurchase agreements (Note 5)

     165,935       127,379

Loans (Notes 5, 8)

    

Residential mortgages

     235,640       225,191

Consumer instalment and other personal

     180,334       172,079

Credit card

     36,564       35,018

Business and government

     236,517       217,654
       689,055       649,942

Allowance for loan losses (Note 8)

     (4,447     (3,549

Loans, net of allowance for loan losses

     684,608       646,393

Other

    

Customers' liability under acceptances

     13,494       17,267

Investment in TD Ameritrade (Note 12)

     9,316       8,445

Goodwill (Note 14)

     16,976       16,536

Other intangibles (Note 14)

     2,503       2,459

Land, buildings, equipment, and other depreciable assets (Note 15)

     5,513       5,324

Deferred tax assets (Note 25)

     1,799       2,812

Amounts receivable from brokers, dealers, and clients

     20,575       26,940

Other assets (Note 16)

     17,087       15,596
       87,263       95,379

Total assets

   $ 1,415,290     $ 1,334,903

LIABILITIES

                

Trading deposits (Notes 5, 17)

   $ 26,885     $ 114,704

Derivatives (Notes 5, 11)

     50,051       48,270

Securitization liabilities at fair value (Notes 5, 9)

     13,058       12,618

Financial liabilities designated at fair value through profit or loss (Notes 5, 17)

     105,131       16
       195,125       175,608

Deposits (Notes 5, 17)

    

Personal

     503,430       477,644

Banks

     16,751       16,712

Business and government

     366,796       357,083
       886,977       851,439

Other

    

Acceptances

     13,494       17,269

Obligations related to securities sold short (Note 5)

     29,656       39,478

Obligations related to securities sold under repurchase agreements (Note 5)

     125,856       93,389

Securitization liabilities at amortized cost (Notes 5, 9)

     14,086       14,683

Amounts payable to brokers, dealers, and clients

     23,746       28,385

Insurance-related liabilities (Note 22)

     6,920       6,698

Other liabilities (Note 18)

     21,004       19,174
       234,762       219,076

Subordinated notes and debentures (Notes 5, 19)

     10,725       8,740

Total liabilities

     1,327,589       1,254,863

EQUITY

                

Shareholders' Equity

    

Common shares (Note 21)

     21,713       21,221

Preferred shares (Note 21)

     5,800       5,000

Treasury shares – common (Note 21)

     (41     (144

Treasury shares – preferred (Note 21)

     (6     (7

Contributed surplus

     157       193

Retained earnings

     49,497       46,145

Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss)

     10,581       6,639
       87,701       79,047

Non-controlling interests in subsidiaries (Note 21)

           993

Total equity

     87,701       80,040

Total liabilities and equity

   $ 1,415,290     $ 1,334,903

The accompanying Notes are an integral part of these Consolidated Financial Statements.

Certain comparative amounts have been reclassified to conform with the presentation adopted in the current period.

 

  Bharat B. Masrani    Alan N. MacGibbon
  Group President and Chief Executive Officer    Chair, Audit Committee

 

TD BANK GROUP 2019 ANNUAL REPORT CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND NOTES   Page 10


CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF INCOME

 

(millions of Canadian dollars, except as noted)

     For the years ended October 31
       2019      2018     2017

Interest income1 

       

Loans

   $ 31,925      $ 27,790   $ 23,663

Securities

       

    Interest

     7,843        6,685     4,595

    Dividends

     1,548        1,234     1,128

Deposits with banks

     683        713     446
       41,999        36,422     29,832

Interest expense (Note 30)

       

Deposits

     13,675        10,489     6,615

Securitization liabilities

     524        586     472

Subordinated notes and debentures

     395        337     391

Other

     3,474        2,771     1,507
       18,068        14,183     8,985

Net interest income

     23,931        22,239     20,847

Non-interest income

       

Investment and securities services

     4,872        4,714     4,512

Credit fees

     1,289        1,210     1,130

Net securities gain (loss) (Note 7)

     78        111     128

Trading income (loss)

     1,047        1,052     303

Income (loss) from non-trading financial instruments at fair value through profit or loss

     121        48     n/a  

Income (loss) from financial instruments designated at fair value through profit or loss

     8        (170     (254

Service charges

     2,885        2,716     2,648

Card services

     2,465        2,376     2,388

Insurance revenue (Note 22)

     4,282        4,045     3,760

Other income (loss)

     87        551     740
       17,134        16,653     15,355

Total revenue

     41,065        38,892     36,202

Provision for credit losses (Note 8)

     3,029        2,480     2,216

Insurance claims and related expenses (Note 22)

     2,787        2,444     2,246

Non-interest expenses

       

Salaries and employee benefits (Note 24)

     11,244        10,377     10,018

Occupancy, including depreciation

     1,835        1,765     1,794

Equipment, including depreciation

     1,165        1,073     992

Amortization of other intangibles

     800        815     704

Marketing and business development

     769        803     726

Restructuring charges (recovery)

     175        73     2

Brokerage-related and sub-advisory fees

     336        359     360

Professional and advisory services

     1,322        1,194     1,119

Other

     4,374        3,736     3,704
       22,020        20,195     19,419

Income before income taxes and equity in net income of an investment in TD Ameritrade

     13,229        13,773     12,321

Provision for (recovery of) income taxes (Note 25)

     2,735        3,182     2,253

Equity in net income of an investment in TD Ameritrade (Note 12)

     1,192        743     449

Net income

     11,686        11,334     10,517

Preferred dividends

     252        214     193

Net income available to common shareholders and non-controlling interests in subsidiaries

   $ 11,434      $ 11,120   $ 10,324

Attributable to:

       

    Common shareholders

   $ 11,416      $ 11,048   $ 10,203

    Non-controlling interests in subsidiaries

     18        72     121

Earnings per share (Canadian dollars) (Note 26)

 

    

Basic

   $ 6.26      $ 6.02   $ 5.51

Diluted

     6.25        6.01     5.50

Dividends per common share (Canadian dollars)

     2.89        2.61     2.35

1 Includes $34,828 million, for the year ended October 31, 2019 (October 31, 2018 – $30,639 million), which has been calculated based on the effective interest rate method (EIRM). Refer to Note 30.

 

2 Not applicable.

 

The accompanying Notes are an integral part of these Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

Certain comparative amounts have been recast to conform with the presentation adopted in the current period.

 

 

TD BANK GROUP 2019 ANNUAL REPORT CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND NOTES     Page 11  


CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME1

 

(millions of Canadian dollars)

     For the years ended October 31
       2019     2018     2017

Net income

   $ 11,686     $ 11,334   $ 10,517

Other comprehensive income (loss), net of income taxes

      

Items that will be subsequently reclassified to net income

      

Net change in unrealized gains (losses) on financial assets at fair value through other
comprehensive income (available-for-sale securities under IAS 392)

      

Change in unrealized gains (losses) on available-for-sale securities

     n/a       n/a     467

Change in unrealized gains (losses) on debt securities at fair value through other comprehensive income

     110       (261     n/a

Reclassification to earnings of net losses (gains) in respect of available-for-sale securities

     n/a       n/a     (143

Reclassification to earnings of net losses (gains) in respect of debt securities at fair value through

      

other comprehensive income

     (31     (22     n/a

Reclassification to earnings of changes in allowance for credit losses on debt securities at fair value
through other comprehensive income

     (1     (1     n/a
       78       (284     324

Net change in unrealized foreign currency translation gains (losses) on
Investments in foreign operations, net of hedging activities

      

Unrealized gains (losses) on investments in foreign operations

     (165     1,323     (2,534

Reclassification to earnings of net losses (gains) on investment in foreign operations

               (17

Net gains (losses) on hedges of investments in foreign operations

     132       (288     659

Reclassification to earnings of net losses (gains) on hedges of investments in foreign operations

               4
       (33     1,035     (1,888

Net change in gains (losses) on derivatives designated as cash flow hedges

      

Change in gains (losses) on derivatives designated as cash flow hedges

     3,459       (1,624     (1,454

Reclassification to earnings of losses (gains) on cash flow hedges

     519       (455     (810
       3,978       (2,079     (2,264

Items that will not be subsequently reclassified to net income

      

Actuarial gains (losses) on employee benefit plans

     (921     622     325

Change in net unrealized gains (losses) on equity securities designated at fair value through other
comprehensive income

     (95     38     n/a

Change in fair value due to credit risk on financial liabilities designated at fair value through
profit or loss

     14           n/a
       (1,002     660     325

Total other comprehensive income (loss), net of income taxes

     3,021       (668     (3,503

Total comprehensive income (loss), net of income taxes

   $ 14,707     $ 10,666   $ 7,014

Attributable to:

      

Common shareholders

   $ 14,437     $ 10,380   $ 6,700

Preferred shareholders

     252       214     193

Non-controlling interests in subsidiaries

     18       72     121
1 

The amounts are net of income tax provisions (recoveries) presented in the following table.

2 

IAS 39, Financial Instruments: Recognition and Measurement (IAS 39).

 

Income Tax Provisions (Recoveries) in the Consolidated Statement of Comprehensive Income

 

(millions of Canadian dollars)

     For the years ended October 31
       2019     2018     2017

Change in unrealized gains (losses) on available-for-sale securities

   $ n/a     $ n/a   $ 150

Change in unrealized gains (losses) on debt securities at fair value through
other comprehensive income

     21       (139     n/a

Less: Reclassification to earnings of net losses (gains) in respect of available-for-sale securities

     n/a       n/a     (36

Less: Reclassification to earnings of net losses (gains) in respect of debt securities at fair value
through other comprehensive income

     (1     13     n/a

Less: Reclassification to earnings of changes in allowance for credit losses on debt securities at fair value
through other comprehensive income

               n/a

Unrealized gains (losses) on investments in foreign operations

              

Less: Reclassification to earnings of net losses (gains) on investment in foreign operations

              

Net gains (losses) on hedges of investments in foreign operations

     48       (104     237

Less: Reclassification to earnings of net losses (gains) on hedges of investments in foreign operations

               (1

Change in gains (losses) on derivatives designated as cash flow hedges

     1,235       (473     (789

Less: Reclassification to earnings of losses (gains) on cash flow hedges

     (157     283     258

Actuarial gains (losses) on employee benefit plans

     (324     243     129

Change in net unrealized gains (losses) on equity securities designated at fair value through
other comprehensive income

     (35     20     n/a

Change in fair value due to credit risk on financial liabilities designated at fair value through
profit or loss

     4           n/a

Total income taxes

   $ 1,107     $ (749   $ (494

The accompanying Notes are an integral part of these Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

TD BANK GROUP 2019 ANNUAL REPORT CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND NOTES     Page 12  


CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF CHANGES IN EQUITY

 

(millions of Canadian dollars)

     For the years ended October 31  
       2019       2018       2017  

Common shares (Note 21)

      

Balance at beginning of year

   $ 21,221     $ 20,931   $ 20,711

Proceeds from shares issued on exercise of stock options

     124       152     148

Shares issued as a result of dividend reinvestment plan

     357       366     329

Shares issued in connection with acquisitions (Notes 13)

     366              

Purchase of shares for cancellation and other

     (355     (228     (257

Balance at end of year

     21,713       21,221     20,931

Preferred shares (Note 21)

      

Balance at beginning of year

     5,000       4,750     4,400

Issue of shares

     800       750     350

Redemption of shares

           (500    

Balance at end of year

     5,800       5,000     4,750

Treasury shares – common (Note 21)

      

Balance at beginning of year

     (144     (176     (31

Purchase of shares

     (9,782     (8,295     (9,654

Sale of shares

     9,885       8,327     9,509

Balance at end of year

     (41     (144     (176

Treasury shares – preferred (Note 21)

      

Balance at beginning of year

     (7     (7     (5

Purchase of shares

     (151     (129     (175

Sale of shares

     152       129     173

Balance at end of year

     (6     (7     (7

Contributed surplus

      

Balance at beginning of year

     193       214     203

Net premium (discount) on sale of treasury shares

     (22     (2     23

Issuance of stock options, net of options exercised (Note 23)

     (8     (12     (8

Other

     (6     (7     (4

Balance at end of year

     157       193     214

Retained earnings

      

Balance at beginning of year

     46,145       40,489     35,452

Impact on adoption of IFRS 151

     (41     n/a       n/a

Impact on adoption of IFRS 9

           53     n/a

Net income attributable to shareholders

     11,668       11,262     10,396

Common dividends

     (5,262     (4,786     (4,347

Preferred dividends

     (252     (214     (193

Share issue expenses and others

     (9     (10     (4

Net premium on repurchase of common shares, redemption of preferred shares, and other

     (1,880     (1,273     (1,140

Actuarial gains (losses) on employee benefit plans

     (921     622     325

Realized gains (losses) on equity securities designated at fair value through other comprehensive income

     49       2     n/a

Balance at end of year

     49,497       46,145     40,489

Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss)

      

Net unrealized gain (loss) on debt securities at fair value through other comprehensive income:

      

Balance at beginning of year

     245       510     n/a

Impact on adoption of IFRS 9

           19     n/a

Other comprehensive income (loss)

     79       (283     n/a

Allowance for credit losses

     (1     (1     n/a

Balance at end of year

     323       245     n/a

Net unrealized gain (loss) on equity securities designated at fair value through other comprehensive income:

      

Balance at beginning of year

     55       113     n/a

Impact on adoption of IFRS 9

           (96     n/a

Other comprehensive income (loss)

     (46     40     n/a

Reclassification of loss (gain) to retained earnings

     (49     (2     n/a

Balance at end of year

     (40     55     n/a

Net unrealized gain (loss) on available-for-sale securities:

      

Balance at beginning of year

     n/a       n/a     299

Other comprehensive income (loss)

     n/a       n/a     324

Balance at end of year

     n/a       n/a     623

Change in fair value due to credit risk on financial liabilities designated at fair value through profit or loss:

      

Balance at beginning of year

               n/a

Other comprehensive income (loss)

     14           n/a

Balance at end of year

     14           n/a

Net unrealized foreign currency translation gain (loss) on investments in foreign operations, net of hedging activities:

      

Balance at beginning of year

     8,826       7,791     9,679

Other comprehensive income (loss)

     (33     1,035     (1,888

Balance at end of year

     8,793       8,826     7,791

Net gain (loss) on derivatives designated as cash flow hedges:

      

Balance at beginning of year

     (2,487     (408     1,856

Other comprehensive income (loss)

     3,978       (2,079     (2,264

Balance at end of year

     1,491       (2,487     (408

Total accumulated other comprehensive income

     10,581       6,639     8,006

Total shareholders' equity

     87,701       79,047     74,207

Non-controlling interests in subsidiaries (Note 21)

      

Balance at beginning of year

     993       983     1,650

Net income attributable to non-controlling interests in subsidiaries

     18       72     121

Redemption of non-controlling interests in subsidiaries

     (1,000         (617

Other

     (11     (62     (171

Balance at end of year

           993     983

Total equity

   $ 87,701     $ 80,040   $ 75,190

1 IFRS 15, Revenue from Contracts with Customers (IFRS 15).

 

2 IFRS 9, Financial Instruments (IFRS 9).

 

The accompanying Notes are an integral part of these Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

 

TD BANK GROUP 2019 ANNUAL REPORT CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND NOTES     Page 13  


CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS

 

(millions of Canadian dollars)

     For the years ended October 31
       2019       2018     2017

Cash flows from (used in) operating activities

      

Net income before income taxes, including equity in net income of an investment in TD Ameritrade

   $ 14,421     $ 14,516   $ 12,770

Adjustments to determine net cash flows from (used in) operating activities

      

Provision for credit losses (Note 8)

     3,029       2,480     2,216

Depreciation (Note 15)

     605       576     603

Amortization of other intangibles

     800       815     704

Net securities losses (gains) (Note 7)

     (78     (111     (128

Equity in net income of an investment in TD Ameritrade (Note 12)

     (1,192     (743     (449

Dilution gain (Note 12)

               (204

Deferred taxes (Note 25)

     (33     385     175

Changes in operating assets and liabilities

      

Interest receivable and payable (Notes 16, 18)

     (26     (104     (283

Securities sold under repurchase agreements

     32,467       4,798     39,618

Securities purchased under reverse repurchase agreements

     (38,556     7,050     (48,377

Securities sold short

     (9,822     3,996     2,367

Trading loans and securities

     (18,103     (24,065     (4,661

Loans net of securitization and sales

     (41,693     (45,620     (22,332

Deposits

     (52,281     53,379     40,150

Derivatives

     9,883       (3,745     1,836

Non-trading financial assets at fair value through profit or loss

     (2,397     5,257     n/a

Financial assets and liabilities designated at fair value through profit or loss

     104,693       (460     245

Securitization liabilities

     (157     (1,532     (1,575

Current taxes

     (771     (780     (419

Brokers, dealers, and clients amounts receivable and payable

     1,726       (1,435     2,459

Other

     (2,244     (8,964     1,412

Net cash from (used in) operating activities

     271       5,693     26,127

Cash flows from (used in) financing activities

      

Issuance of subordinated notes and debentures (Note 19)

     1,749       1,750     1,500

Redemption or repurchase of subordinated notes and debentures (Note 19)

     24       (2,468     (2,536

Common shares issued (Note 21)

     105       128     125

Preferred shares issued (Note 21)

     791       740     346

Repurchase of common shares (Note 21)

     (2,235     (1,501     (1,397

Redemption of preferred shares (Note 21)

           (500    

Redemption of non-controlling interests in subsidiaries (Note 21)

     (1,000         (626

Sale of treasury shares (Note 21)

     10,015       8,454     9,705

Purchase of treasury shares (Note 21)

     (9,933     (8,424     (9,829

Dividends paid

     (5,157     (4,634     (4,211

Distributions to non-controlling interests in subsidiaries

     (11     (72     (112

Net cash from (used in) financing activities

     (5,652     (6,527     (7,035

Cash flows from (used in) investing activities

      

Interest-bearing deposits with banks

     5,137       20,465     2,529

Activities in financial assets at fair value through other comprehensive income (Note 7)

      

Purchases

     (24,898     (20,269     n/a

Proceeds from maturities

     37,835       30,101     n/a

Proceeds from sales

     10,158       2,731     n/a

Activities in available-for-sale securities (Note 7)

      

Purchases

     n/a       n/a     (63,339

Proceeds from maturities

     n/a       n/a     30,775

Proceeds from sales

     n/a       n/a     4,977

Activities in debt securities at amortized cost (Note 7)

      

Purchases

     (51,202     (51,663     n/a

Proceeds from maturities

     28,392       20,101     n/a

Proceeds from sales

     1,418       670     n/a

Activities in held-to-maturity securities (Note 7)

      

Purchases

     n/a       n/a     (17,807

Proceeds from maturities

     n/a       n/a     27,729

Proceeds from sales

     n/a       n/a     452

Activities in debt securities classified as loans

      

Purchases

     n/a       n/a     (2,471

Proceeds from maturities

     n/a       n/a     337

Proceeds from sales

     n/a       n/a     447

Net purchases of land, buildings, equipment, and other depreciable assets

     (794     (587     (434

Net cash acquired from (paid for) divestitures, acquisitions, and the purchase of
TD Ameritrade shares (Notes 12, 13)

     (540         (2,129

Net cash from (used in) investing activities

     5,506       1,549     (18,934

Effect of exchange rate changes on cash and due from banks

     3       49     (94

Net increase (decrease) in cash and due from banks

     128       764     64

Cash and due from banks at beginning of year

     4,735       3,971     3,907

Cash and due from banks at end of year

   $ 4,863     $ 4,735   $ 3,971

Supplementary disclosure of cash flows from operating activities

      

Amount of income taxes paid (refunded) during the year

   $ 3,589     $ 3,535   $ 2,866

Amount of interest paid during the year

     17,958       13,888     8,957

Amount of interest received during the year

     40,315       34,789     28,393

Amount of dividends received during the year

     1,584       1,202     1,153

The accompanying Notes are an integral part of these Consolidated Financial Statements.

Certain comparative amounts have been reclassified to conform with the presentation adopted in the current period.

 

TD BANK GROUP 2019 ANNUAL REPORT CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND NOTES     Page 14  


Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

NOTE 1:  NATURE OF OPERATIONS

CORPORATE INFORMATION

The Toronto-Dominion Bank is a bank chartered under the Bank Act. The shareholders of a bank are not, as shareholders, liable for any liability, act, or default of the bank except as otherwise provided under the Bank Act. The Toronto-Dominion Bank and its subsidiaries are collectively known as TD Bank Group ("TD" or the "Bank"). The Bank was formed through the amalgamation on February 1, 1955, of The Bank of Toronto (chartered in 1855) and The Dominion Bank (chartered in 1869). The Bank is incorporated and domiciled in Canada with its registered and principal business offices located at 66 Wellington Street West, Toronto, Ontario. TD serves customers in three business segments operating in a number of locations in key financial centres around the globe: Canadian Retail, U.S. Retail, and Wholesale Banking.

BASIS OF PREPARATION

The accompanying Consolidated Financial Statements and accounting principles followed by the Bank have been prepared in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS), as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board (IASB), including the accounting requirements of the Office of the Superintendent of Financial Institutions Canada (OSFI). The Consolidated Financial Statements are presented in Canadian dollars, unless otherwise indicated.

These Consolidated Financial Statements were prepared using the accounting policies as described in Notes 2 and 4. Certain comparative amounts have been revised to conform with the presentation adopted in the current period.

The preparation of the Consolidated Financial Statements requires that management make estimates, assumptions, and judgments regarding the reported amount of assets, liabilities, revenue and expenses, and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities, as further described in Note 3. Accordingly, actual results may differ from estimated amounts as future confirming events occur.

The accompanying Consolidated Financial Statements of the Bank were approved and authorized for issue by the Bank's Board of Directors, in accordance with a recommendation of the Audit Committee, on December 4, 2019.

Certain disclosures are included in the shaded sections of the "Managing Risk" section of the accompanying 2019 Management's Discussion and Analysis (MD&A), as permitted by IFRS, and form an integral part of the Consolidated Financial Statements. The Consolidated Financial Statements were prepared under a historical cost basis, except for certain items carried at fair value as discussed in Note 2.

 

NOTE 2:  SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

BASIS OF CONSOLIDATION

The Consolidated Financial Statements include the assets, liabilities, results of operations, and cash flows of the Bank and its subsidiaries including certain structured entities which it controls. The Bank controls an entity when (1) it has the power to direct the activities of the entity which have the most significant impact on the entity's risks and/or returns; (2) it is exposed to significant risks and/or returns arising from the entity; and (3) it is able to use its power to affect the risks and/or returns to which it is exposed.

The Bank's Consolidated Financial Statements have been prepared using uniform accounting policies for like transactions and events in similar circumstances. All intercompany transactions, balances, and unrealized gains and losses on transactions are eliminated on consolidation.

Subsidiaries

Subsidiaries are corporations or other legal entities controlled by the Bank, generally through directly holding more than half of the voting power of the entity. Control of subsidiaries is determined based on the power exercisable through ownership of voting rights and is generally aligned with the risks and/or returns (collectively referred to as "variable returns") absorbed from subsidiaries through those voting rights. As a result, the Bank controls and consolidates subsidiaries when it holds the majority of the voting rights of the subsidiary, unless there is evidence that another investor has control over the subsidiary. The existence and effect of potential voting rights that are currently exercisable or convertible are considered in assessing whether the Bank controls an entity. Subsidiaries are consolidated from the date the Bank obtains control and continue to be consolidated until the date when control ceases to exist.

The Bank may consolidate certain subsidiaries where it owns 50% or less of the voting rights. Most of those subsidiaries are structured entities as described in the following section.

Structured Entities

Structured entities are entities that are created to accomplish a narrow and well-defined objective. Structured entities may take the form of a corporation, trust, partnership, or unincorporated entity. They are often created with legal arrangements that impose limits on the decision-making powers of their governing board, trustee, or management over the operations of the entity. Typically, structured entities may not be controlled directly through holding more than half of the voting power of the entity as the ownership of voting rights may not be aligned with the variable returns absorbed from the entity. As a result, structured entities are consolidated when the substance of the relationship between the Bank and the structured entity indicates that the entity is controlled by the Bank. When assessing whether the Bank has to consolidate a structured entity, the Bank evaluates three primary criteria in order to conclude whether, in substance:

 

The Bank has the power to direct the activities of the structured entity that have the most significant impact on the entity's risks and/or returns;

 

The Bank is exposed to significant variable returns arising from the entity; and

 

The Bank has the ability to use its power to affect the risks and/or returns to which it is exposed.

Consolidation conclusions are reassessed at the end of each financial reporting period. The Bank's policy is to consider the impact on consolidation of all significant changes in circumstances, focusing on the following:

 

Substantive changes in ownership, such as the purchase or disposal of more than an insignificant additional interest in an entity;

 

Changes in contractual or governance arrangements of an entity;

 

Additional activities undertaken, such as providing a liquidity facility beyond the original terms or entering into a transaction not originally contemplated; or

 

Changes in the financing structure of an entity.

 

TD BANK GROUP 2019 ANNUAL REPORT CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND NOTES     Page 15  


Investments in Associates and Joint Ventures

Entities over which the Bank has significant influence are associates and entities over which the Bank has joint control are joint ventures. Significant influence is the power to participate in the financial and operating policy decisions of an investee, but is not control or joint control over these entities. Associates and joint ventures are accounted for using the equity method of accounting. Investments in associates and joint ventures are carried on the Consolidated Balance Sheet initially at cost and increased or decreased to recognize the Bank's share of the profit or loss of the associate or joint venture, capital transactions, including the receipt of any dividends, and write-downs to reflect any impairment in the value of such entities. These increases or decreases, together with any gains and losses realized on disposition, are reported on the Consolidated Statement of Income.

At each balance sheet date, the Bank assesses whether there is any objective evidence that the investment in an associate or joint venture is impaired. The Bank calculates the amount of impairment as the difference between the higher of fair value or value-in-use and its carrying value.

Non-controlling Interests

When the Bank does not own all of the equity of a consolidated entity, the minority shareholders' interest is presented on the Consolidated Balance Sheet as Non-controlling interests in subsidiaries as a component of total equity, separate from the equity of the Bank's shareholders. The income attributable to the minority interest holders, net of tax, is presented as a separate line item on the Consolidated Statement of Income.

CASH AND DUE FROM BANKS

Cash and due from banks consist of cash and amounts due from banks which are issued by investment grade financial institutions. These amounts are due on demand or have an original maturity of three months or less.

REVENUE RECOGNITION

Revenue is recognized at an amount that reflects the consideration the Bank expects to be entitled to in exchange for transferring services to a customer, excluding amounts collected on behalf of third parties. The Bank recognizes revenue when it transfers control of a good or a service to a customer at a point in time or over time. The determination of when performance obligations are satisfied requires the use of judgment. Refer to Note 3 for further details.

The Bank identifies contracts with customers subject to IFRS 15, which create enforceable rights and obligations. The Bank determines the performance obligations based on distinct services promised to the customers in the contracts. The Bank's contracts generally have a term of one year or less, consist of a single performance obligation, and the performance obligations generally reflect services.

For each contract, the Bank determines the transaction price, which includes estimating variable consideration and assessing whether the price is constrained. Variable consideration is included in the transaction price to the extent that it is highly probable that a significant reversal of the amount will not occur when the uncertainty associated with the amount of variable consideration is subsequently resolved. As such, the estimate of the variable consideration is constrained until the end of the invoicing period. The uncertainty is generally resolved at the end of the reporting period and as such, no significant judgment is required when recognizing variable consideration in revenues.

The Bank's receipt of payment from customers generally occurs subsequent to the satisfaction of performance obligations or a short time thereafter. As such, the Bank has not recognized any material contract assets (unbilled receivables) or contract liabilities (deferred revenues) and there is no significant financing component associated with the consideration due to the Bank.

When another party is involved in the transfer of services to a customer, an assessment is made to evaluate whether the Bank is the principal such that revenues are reported on a gross basis or the agent such that revenues are reported on a net basis. The Bank is the principal when it controls the services in the contract promised to the customer before they are transferred. Control is demonstrated by the Bank being primarily responsible for fulfilling the transfer of the services to the customer, having discretion in establishing pricing of the services, or both.

Interest from interest-bearing assets and liabilities not measured at fair value through profit or loss is recognized as net interest income using the effective interest rate (EIR). EIR is the rate that discounts expected future cash flows for the expected life of the financial instrument to its carrying value. The calculation takes into account the contractual interest rate, along with any fees or incremental costs that are directly attributable to the instrument and all other premiums or discounts.

Investment and securities services

Investment and securities services income include asset management fees, administration and commission fees, and investment banking fees. The Bank recognizes asset management and administration fees based on time elapsed, which depicts the rendering of investment management and related services over time. The fees are primarily calculated based on average daily or point in time assets under management (AUM) or assets under administration (AUA) depending on the investment mandate.

Commission fees include sales, trailer and brokerage commissions. Sales and brokerage commissions are generally recognized at a point in time when the transaction is executed. Trailer commissions are recognized over time and are generally calculated based on the average daily net asset value of the fund during the period.

Investment banking fees include advisory fees and underwriting fees and are generally recognized at a point in time upon successful completion of the engagement.

Credit fees

Credit fees include liquidity fees, restructuring fees, letter of credit fees, and loan syndication fees. Liquidity, restructuring, and letter of credit fees are recognized in income over the period in which the service is provided. Loan syndication fees are generally recognized at a point in time upon completion of the financing placement.

Service charges

Service charges income is earned on personal and commercial deposit accounts and consists of account fees and transaction-based service charges. Account fees relate to account maintenance activities and are recognized in income over the period in which the service is provided. Transaction-based service charges are recognized as earned at a point in time when the transaction is complete.

Card services

Card services income includes interchange income as well as card fees such as annual and transactional fees. Interchange income is recognized at a point in time when the transaction is authorized and funded. Card fees are recognized as earned at the transaction date with the exception of annual fees, which are recognized over a twelve-month period.

 

TD BANK GROUP 2019 ANNUAL REPORT CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND NOTES     Page 16  


IFRS 9 FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS

On November 1, 2017, the Bank adopted IFRS 9, Financial Instruments (IFRS 9), which replaces the guidance in IAS 39, Financial Instruments: Recognition and Measurement (IAS 39). IFRS 9 includes requirements on: (1) Classification and measurement of financial assets and liabilities; (2) Impairment of financial assets; and (3) General hedge accounting. Accounting for macro hedging has been decoupled from IFRS 9. The Bank has an accounting policy choice to apply the hedge accounting requirements of IFRS 9 or IAS 39. The Bank has made the decision to continue applying the IAS 39 hedge accounting requirements and complies with the revised annual hedge accounting disclosures as required by the related amendments to IFRS 7, Financial Instruments: Disclosures (IFRS 7).

Various interest rates and other indices that are deemed to be "benchmarks" (including Interbank Offered Rate (IBOR) benchmarks) have been, and continue to be, the subject of international regulatory guidance and proposals for reform. Following the announcement by the U.K. Financial Conduct Authority (FCA) on July 27, 2017 indicating that the FCA would no longer compel banks to submit rates for the calculation of London Interbank Offered Rate (LIBOR) post December 31, 2021, efforts to transition away from IBORs to alternative reference rates have been continuing in various jurisdictions. These developments, and the related uncertainty over the potential variance in the timing and manner of implementation in each jurisdiction, introduce risks that may have adverse consequences on the Bank, its clients and the financial services industry. Moreover, the replacement of the IBORs or other benchmark rates could result in market dislocation and have other adverse consequences for market participants.

As a result of the effects of IBOR reform, on September 26, 2019, the IASB issued Interest Rate Benchmark Reform, Amendments to IFRS 9, IAS 39 and IFRS 7 ("Interest Rate Benchmark Reform"); of which the Bank adopted the applicable amendments to IFRS 7 relating to hedge accounting and will apply the remaining amendments related to IAS 39 as and when applicable to the Bank's hedging relationships. Refer to Note 4 for further details.

Classification and Measurement of Financial Assets

The Bank classifies its financial assets into the following categories:

 

Amortized cost;

 

Fair value through other comprehensive income (FVOCI);

 

Held-for-trading;

 

Non-trading fair value through profit or loss (FVTPL); and

 

Designated at FVTPL.

The Bank recognizes financial assets on a settlement date basis, except for derivatives and securities, which are recognized on a trade date basis.

Debt Instruments

The classification and measurement for debt instruments is based on the Bank's business models for managing its financial assets and whether the contractual cash flows represent solely payments of principal and interest (SPPI). Refer to Note 3 for judgment with respect to business models and SPPI.

The Bank has determined its business models as follows:

 

Held-to-collect: the objective is to collect contractual cash flows;

 

Held-to-collect-and-sell: the objective is both to collect contractual cash flows and sell the financial assets; and

 

Held-for-sale and other business models: the objective is neither of the above.

The Bank performs the SPPI test for financial assets held within the held-to-collect and held-to-collect-and-sell business models. If these financial assets have contractual cash flows which are inconsistent with a basic lending arrangement, they are classified as non-trading financial assets measured at FVTPL. In a basic lending arrangement, interest includes only consideration for time value of money, credit risk, other basic lending risks, and a reasonable profit margin.

Debt Securities and Loans Measured at Amortized Cost

Debt securities and loans held within a held-to-collect business model where their contractual cash flows pass the SPPI test are measured at amortized cost. The carrying amount of these financial assets is adjusted by an allowance for credit losses recognized and measured as described in the Impairment – Expected Credit Loss Model section of this Note, as well as any write-offs and unearned income which includes prepaid interest, loan origination fees and costs, commitment fees, loan syndication fees, and unamortized discounts or premiums. Interest income is recognized using EIRM. Loan origination fees and costs are considered to be adjustments to the loan yield and are recognized in interest income over the term of the loan. Commitment fees are recognized in credit fees over the commitment period when it is unlikely that the commitment will be called upon; otherwise, they are recognized in interest income over the term of the resulting loan. Loan syndication fees are recognized in credit fees upon completion of the financing placement unless the yield on any loan retained by the Bank is less than that of other comparable lenders involved in the financing syndicate. In such cases, an appropriate portion of the fee is recognized as a yield adjustment in interest income over the term of the loan.

Debt Securities and Loans Measured at Fair Value through Other Comprehensive Income

Debt securities and loans held within a held-to-collect-and-sell business model where their contractual cash flows pass the SPPI test are measured at FVOCI. Fair value changes are recognized in other comprehensive income, except for impairment gains or losses, interest income and foreign exchange gains and losses on the instrument's amortized cost, which are recognized in the Consolidated Statement of Income. The expected credit loss (ECL) allowance is recognized and measured as described in the Impairment – Expected Credit Loss Model section of this Note. When the financial asset is derecognized, the cumulative gain or loss previously recognized in other comprehensive income is reclassified from equity to income and recognized in net securities gain (loss). Interest income from these financial assets is included in interest income using EIRM.

Financial Assets Held-for-Trading

This held-for-sale business model includes financial assets held within a trading portfolio, which have been originated, acquired, or incurred principally for the purpose of selling in the near term, or if they form part of a portfolio of identified financial instruments that are managed together and for which there is evidence of short-term profit-taking. Financial assets held within this business model consist of trading securities, trading loans, as well as certain debt securities and financing-type physical commodities that are recorded as securities purchased under reverse repurchase agreements on the Consolidated Balance Sheet.

Trading portfolio assets are accounted for at fair value, with changes in fair value as well as any gains or losses realized on disposal recognized in trading income (loss). Transaction costs are expensed as incurred. Dividends are recognized on the ex-dividend date and interest is recognized on an accrual basis. Both dividends and interest are included in interest income.

 

TD BANK GROUP 2019 ANNUAL REPORT CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND NOTES     Page 17  


Non-Trading Financial Assets Measured at Fair Value through Profit or Loss

Non-trading financial assets measured at FVTPL include financial assets held within the held-for-sale and other business models, for example debt securities and loans managed on a fair value basis. Financial assets held within the held-to-collect or held-to-collect-and-sell business models that do not pass the SPPI test are also classified as non-trading financial assets measured at FVTPL. Changes in fair value as well as any gains or losses realized on disposal are recognized in income (loss) from non-trading financial instruments at FVTPL. Interest income from debt instruments is included in interest income on an accrual basis.

Financial Assets Designated at Fair Value through Profit or Loss

Debt instruments in a held-to-collect or held-to-collect-and-sell business model can be designated at initial recognition as measured at FVTPL, provided the designation can eliminate or significantly reduce an accounting mismatch that would otherwise arise from measuring these financial assets on a different basis. The FVTPL designation is available only for those financial instruments for which a reliable estimate of fair value can be obtained. Once financial assets are designated at FVTPL, the designation is irrevocable. Changes in fair value as well as any gains or losses realized on disposal are recognized in income (loss) from financial instruments designated at FVTPL. Interest income from these financial assets is included in interest income on an accrual basis.

Customers' Liability under Acceptances

Acceptances represent a form of negotiable short-term debt issued by customers, which the Bank guarantees for a fee. Revenue is recognized on an accrual basis. The potential obligation of the Bank is reported as a liability under Acceptances on the Consolidated Balance Sheet. The Bank's recourse against the customer in the event of a call on any of these commitments is reported as an asset of the same amount.

Equity Instruments

Equity investments are required to be measured at FVTPL (classified as non-trading financial assets measured at FVTPL), except where the Bank has elected at initial recognition to irrevocably designate an equity investment, held for purposes other than trading, at FVOCI. If such an election is made, the fair value changes, including any associated foreign exchange gains or losses, are recognized in other comprehensive income and are not subsequently reclassified to net income, including upon disposal. Realized gains and losses are transferred directly to retained earnings upon disposal. Consequently, there is no review required for impairment. Dividends will normally be recognized in interest income unless the dividends represent a recovery of part of the cost of the investment. Gains and losses on non-trading equity investments measured at FVTPL are included in income (loss) from non-trading financial instruments at FVTPL.

Classification and Measurement for Financial Liabilities

The Bank classifies its financial liabilities into the following categories:

 

Held-for-trading;

 

Designated at FVTPL; and

 

Other liabilities.

Financial Liabilities Held-for-Trading

Financial liabilities are held within a trading portfolio if they have been incurred principally for the purpose of repurchasing in the near term, or form part of a portfolio of identified financial instruments that are managed together and for which there is evidence of a recent actual pattern of short-term profit-taking. Financial liabilities held-for-trading are primarily trading deposits, securitization liabilities at fair value, obligations related to securities sold short and certain obligations related to securities sold under repurchase agreements.

Trading portfolio liabilities are accounted for at fair value, with changes in fair value as well as any gains or losses realized on disposal recognized in trading income (loss). Transaction costs are expensed as incurred. Interest is recognized on an accrual basis and included in interest expense.

Financial Liabilities Designated at Fair Value through Profit or Loss

Certain financial liabilities may be designated at FVTPL at initial recognition. To be designated at FVTPL, financial liabilities must meet one of the following criteria: (1) the designation eliminates or significantly reduces a measurement or recognition inconsistency; (2) a group of financial liabilities is managed and its performance is evaluated on a fair value basis in accordance with a documented risk management or investment strategy; or (3) the instrument contains one or more embedded derivatives unless a) the embedded derivative does not significantly modify the cash flows that otherwise would be required by the contract, or b) it is clear with little or no analysis that separation of the embedded derivative from the financial instrument is prohibited. In addition, the FVTPL designation is available only for those financial instruments for which a reliable estimate of fair value can be obtained. Once financial liabilities are designated at FVTPL, the designation is irrevocable.

Financial liabilities designated at FVTPL are carried at fair value on the Consolidated Balance Sheet, with changes in fair value as well as any gains or losses realized on disposal recognized in income (loss) from financial instruments designated at FVTPL, except for the amount of change in fair value attributable to changes in the Bank's own credit risk, which is presented in other comprehensive income. Amounts recognized in other comprehensive income are not subsequently reclassified to net income upon derecognition of the financial liability; instead, they are transferred directly to retained earnings.

Changes in fair value attributable to changes in the Bank's own credit risk are measured as the difference between: (i) the period-over-period change in the present value of the expected cash flows using an all-in discount curve reflecting both the interest rate benchmark curve and the Bank's own credit risk; and (ii) the period-over-period change in the present value of the same expected cash flows using a discount curve based solely on the interest rate benchmark curve.

For loan commitments and financial guarantee contracts that are designated at FVTPL, the full change in fair value of the liability is recognized in income (loss) from financial instruments designated at FVTPL.

Interest is included in interest expense on an accrual basis.

Other Financial Liabilities

Deposits

Deposits, other than deposits included in a trading portfolio and deposits designated at FVTPL, are accounted for at amortized cost. Accrued interest on deposits is included in Other liabilities on the Consolidated Balance Sheet. Interest, including capitalized transaction costs, is recognized on an accrual basis using EIRM as Interest expense on the Consolidated Statement of Income.

 

TD BANK GROUP 2019 ANNUAL REPORT CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND NOTES     Page 18  


Subordinated Notes and Debentures

Subordinated notes and debentures are accounted for at amortized cost. Accrued interest on subordinated notes and debentures is included in Other liabilities on the Consolidated Balance Sheet. Interest, including capitalized transaction costs, is recognized on an accrual basis using EIRM as Interest expense on the Consolidated Statement of Income.

Reclassification of Financial Assets and Liabilities

Financial assets and financial liabilities are not reclassified subsequent to their initial recognition, except for financial assets for which the Bank changes its business model for managing financial assets. Such reclassifications of financial assets are expected to be rare in practice.

Impairment – Expected Credit Loss Model

The ECL model applies to financial assets, including loans and debt securities measured at amortized cost, loans and debt securities measured at FVOCI, loan commitments, and financial guarantees that are not measured at FVTPL.

The ECL model consists of three stages: Stage 1 – twelve-month ECLs for performing financial assets, Stage 2 – Lifetime ECLs for financial assets that have experienced a significant increase in credit risk since initial recognition, and Stage 3 – Lifetime ECLs for financial assets that are impaired. ECLs are the difference between all contractual cash flows that are due to the Bank in accordance with the contract and all the cash flows the Bank expects to receive, discounted at the original effective interest rate. If a significant increase in credit risk has occurred since initial recognition, impairment is measured as lifetime ECLs. Otherwise, impairment is measured as twelve-month ECLs which represent the portion of lifetime ECLs that are expected to occur based on default events that are possible within twelve months after the reporting date. If credit quality improves in a subsequent period such that the increase in credit risk since initial recognition is no longer considered significant, the loss allowance reverts back to being measured based on twelve-month ECLs.

Significant Increase in Credit Risk

For retail exposures, significant increase in credit risk is assessed based on changes in the twelve-month probability of default (PD) since initial recognition, using a combination of individual and collective information that incorporates borrower and account specific attributes and relevant forward-looking macroeconomic variables.

For non-retail exposures, significant increase in credit risk is assessed based on changes in the internal risk rating (borrower risk ratings (BRR)) since initial recognition.

The Bank defines default as delinquency of 90 days or more for most retail products and BRR 9 for non-retail exposures. Exposures are considered impaired and migrate to Stage 3 when they are 90 days or more past due for retail exposures, rated BRR 9 for non-retail exposures, or when there is objective evidence that there has been a deterioration of credit quality to the extent the Bank no longer has reasonable assurance as to the timely collection of the full amount of principal and interest.

When determining whether there has been a significant increase in credit risk since initial recognition of a financial asset, the Bank considers all reasonable and supportable information that is available without undue cost or effort about past events, current conditions, and forecast of future economic conditions. Refer to Note 3 for additional details.

Measurement of Expected Credit Losses

ECLs are measured as the probability-weighted present value of expected cash shortfalls over the remaining expected life of the financial instrument and consider reasonable and supportable information about past events, current conditions, and forecasts of future events and economic conditions that impact the Bank's credit risk assessment. Expected life is the maximum contractual period the Bank is exposed to credit risk, including extension options for which the borrower has unilateral right to exercise. For certain financial instruments that include both a loan and an undrawn commitment, and the Bank's contractual ability to demand repayment and cancel the undrawn commitment does not limit the Bank's exposure to credit losses to the contractual notice period, ECLs are measured over the period the Bank is exposed to credit risk. For example, ECLs for credit cards are measured over the borrowers' expected behavioural life, incorporating survivorship assumptions and borrower-specific attributes.

The Bank leverages its Advanced Internal Ratings-Based (AIRB) models used for regulatory capital purposes and incorporates adjustments where appropriate to calculate ECLs.

Forward-Looking Information and Expert Credit Judgment

Forward-looking information is considered when determining significant increase in credit risk and measuring ECLs. Forward-looking macroeconomic factors are incorporated in the risk parameters as relevant.

Qualitative factors that are not already considered in the modelling are incorporated by exercising expert credit judgment in determining the final ECL. Refer to Note 3 for additional details.

Modified Loans

In cases where a borrower experiences financial difficulties, the Bank may grant certain concessionary modifications to the terms and conditions of a loan. Modifications may include payment deferrals, extension of amortization periods, rate reductions, principal forgiveness, debt consolidation, forbearance and other modifications intended to minimize the economic loss and to avoid foreclosure or repossession of collateral. The Bank has policies in place to determine the appropriate remediation strategy based on the individual borrower.

If the Bank determines that a modification results in expiry of cash flows, the original asset is derecognized while a new asset is recognized based on the new contractual terms. Significant increase in credit risk is assessed relative to the risk of default on the date of modification.

If the Bank determines that a modification does not result in derecognition, significant increase in credit risk is assessed based on the risk of default at initial recognition of the original asset. Expected cash flows arising from the modified contractual terms are considered when calculating the ECL for the modified asset. For loans that were modified while having lifetime ECLs, the loans can revert to having twelve-month ECLs after a period of performance and improvement in the borrower's financial condition.

Allowance for Loan Losses, Excluding Acquired Credit-Impaired (ACI) Loans

The allowance for loan losses represents management's calculation of probability-weighted ECLs in the lending portfolios, including any off-balance sheet exposures, at the balance sheet date. The allowance for loan losses for lending portfolios reported on the Consolidated Balance Sheet, which includes credit-related allowances for residential mortgages, consumer instalment and other personal, credit card, and business and government loans, is deducted from Loans

 

TD BANK GROUP 2019 ANNUAL REPORT CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND NOTES     Page 19  


on the Consolidated Balance Sheet. The allowance for loan losses for loans measured at FVOCI is presented on the Consolidated Statement of Changes in Equity. The allowance for loan losses for off-balance sheet instruments, which relates to certain guarantees, letters of credit, and undrawn lines of credit, is recognized in Other liabilities on the Consolidated Balance Sheet. Allowances for lending portfolios reported on the balance sheet and off-balance sheet exposures are calculated using the same methodology. The allowance is increased by the provision for credit losses and decreased by write-offs net of recoveries and disposals. Each quarter, allowances are reassessed and adjusted based on any changes in management's estimate of ECLs. Loan losses on impaired loans in Stage 3 continue to be recognized by means of an allowance for loan losses until a loan is written off.

A loan is written off against the related allowance for loan losses when there is no realistic prospect of recovery. Non-retail loans are generally written off when all reasonable collection efforts have been exhausted, such as when a loan is sold, when all security has been realized, or when all security has been resolved with the receiver or bankruptcy court. Non-real estate retail loans are generally written off when contractual payments are 180 days past due, or when a loan is sold. Real-estate secured retail loans are generally written off when the security is realized. The time period over which the Bank performs collection activities of the contractual amount outstanding of financial assets that are written off varies from one jurisdiction to another and generally spans between less than one year to five years.

Allowance for Credit Losses on Debt Securities

The allowance for credit losses on debt securities represents management's calculation of probability-weighted ECLs. Debt securities measured at amortized cost are presented net of the allowance for credit losses on the Consolidated Balance Sheet. The allowance for credit losses on debt securities measured at FVOCI are presented on the Consolidated Statement of Changes in Equity. The allowance for credit losses is increased by the provision for credit losses and decreased by write-offs net of recoveries and disposals. Each quarter, allowances are reassessed and adjusted based on any changes in management's estimate of ECLs.

Acquired Loans

Acquired loans are initially measured at fair value, which considers incurred and expected future credit losses estimated at the acquisition date and also reflects adjustments based on the acquired loan's interest rate in comparison to current market rates. On acquisition, twelve-month ECLs are recognized on the acquired loans, resulting in the carrying amount for acquired loans to be lower than fair value. When loans are acquired with evidence of incurred credit loss where it is probable at the purchase date that the Bank will be unable to collect all contractually required principal and interest payments, they are generally considered to be ACI loans, with no ECLs recognized on acquisition. Acquired performing loans are subsequently accounted for at amortized cost based on their contractual cash flows and any acquisition related discount or premium, including credit-related discounts, is considered to be an adjustment to the loan yield and is recognized in interest income using EIRM over the term of the loan, or the expected life of the loan for acquired loans with revolving terms.

Acquired Credit-Impaired Loans

ACI loans are identified as impaired at acquisition based on specific risk characteristics of the loans, including past due status, performance history, and recent borrower credit scores. ACI loans are accounted for based on the present value of expected cash flows as opposed to their contractual cash flows. The Bank determines the fair value of these loans at the acquisition date by discounting expected cash flows at a discount rate that reflects factors a market participant would use when determining fair value including management assumptions relating to default rates, loss severities, the amount and timing of prepayments, and other factors that are reflective of current market conditions. With respect to certain individually significant ACI loans, accounting is applied individually at the loan level. The remaining ACI loans are aggregated provided they are acquired in the same fiscal quarter and have common risk characteristics. Aggregated loans are accounted for as a single asset with aggregated cash flows and a single composite interest rate. Subsequent to acquisition, the Bank regularly reassesses and updates its cash flow estimates for changes to assumptions relating to default rates, loss severities, the amount and timing of prepayments, and other factors that are reflective of current market conditions. Probable decreases in expected cash flows trigger the recognition of additional impairment, which is measured based on the present value of the revised expected cash flows discounted at the loan's effective interest rate as compared to the carrying value of the loan. The ECL in excess of the initial credit-related discount is recorded through the provision for credit losses. Interest income on ACI loans is calculated by multiplying the credit-adjusted effective interest rate to the amortized cost of ACI loans.

SHARE CAPITAL

The Bank classifies financial instruments that it issues as either financial liabilities, equity instruments, or compound instruments.

Issued instruments that are mandatorily redeemable or convertible into a variable number of the Bank's common shares at the holder's option are classified as liabilities on the Consolidated Balance Sheet. Dividend or interest payments on these instruments are recognized in Interest expense on the Consolidated Statement of Income.

Issued instruments are classified as equity when there is no contractual obligation to transfer cash or other financial assets. Further, issued instruments that are not mandatorily redeemable or that are not convertible into a variable number of the Bank's common shares at the holder's option, are classified as equity and presented in share capital. Incremental costs directly attributable to the issue of equity instruments are included in equity as a deduction from the proceeds, net of tax. Dividend payments on these instruments are recognized as a reduction in equity.

Compound instruments are comprised of both liability and equity components in accordance with the substance of the contractual arrangement. At inception, the fair value of the liability component is initially measured with any residual amount assigned to the equity component. Transaction costs are allocated proportionately to the liability and equity components.

Common or preferred shares held by the Bank are classified as treasury shares in equity, and the cost of these shares is recorded as a reduction in equity. Upon the sale of treasury shares, the difference between the sale proceeds and the cost of the shares is recorded in or against contributed surplus.

GUARANTEES

The Bank issues guarantee contracts that require payments to be made to guaranteed parties based on: (1) changes in the underlying economic characteristics relating to an asset or liability of the guaranteed party; (2) failure of another party to perform under an obligating agreement; or (3) failure of another third party to pay its indebtedness when due. Guarantees are initially measured and recorded at their fair value. The fair value of a guarantee liability at initial recognition is normally equal to the present value of the guarantee fees received over the life of contract. The Bank's release from risk is recognized over the term of the guarantee using a systematic and rational amortization method.

If a guarantee meets the definition of a derivative, it is carried at fair value on the Consolidated Balance Sheet and reported as a derivative asset or derivative liability at fair value. Guarantees that are considered derivatives are a type of credit derivative contracts which are over-the-counter (OTC) contracts designed to transfer the credit risk in an underlying financial instrument from one counterparty to another.

 

TD BANK GROUP 2019 ANNUAL REPORT CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND NOTES     Page 20  


DERIVATIVES

Derivatives are instruments that derive their value from changes in underlying interest rates, foreign exchange rates, credit spreads, commodity prices, equities, or other financial or non-financial measures. Such instruments include interest rate, foreign exchange, equity, commodity, and credit derivative contracts. The Bank uses these instruments for trading and non-trading purposes. Derivatives are carried at their fair value on the Consolidated Balance Sheet.

Derivatives Held-for-Trading Purposes

The Bank enters into trading derivative contracts to meet the needs of its customers, to provide liquidity and market-making related activities, and in certain cases, to manage risks related to its trading portfolios. The realized and unrealized gains or losses on trading derivatives are recognized in trading income (loss).

Derivatives Held for Non-trading Purposes

Non-trading derivatives are primarily used to manage interest rate, foreign exchange, and other market risks of the Bank's traditional banking activities. When derivatives are held for non-trading purposes and when the transactions meet the hedge accounting requirements of IAS 39, they are presented as non-trading derivatives and receive hedge accounting treatment, as appropriate. Certain derivative instruments that are held for economic hedging purposes, and do not meet the hedge accounting requirements of IAS 39, are also presented as non-trading derivatives with the change in fair value of these derivatives recognized in non-interest income.

Hedging Relationships

Hedge Accounting

At the inception of a hedging relationship, the Bank documents the relationship between the hedging instrument and the hedged item, its risk management objective, and its strategy for undertaking the hedge. The Bank also requires a documented assessment, both at hedge inception and on an ongoing basis, of whether or not the derivatives that are used in hedging relationships are highly effective in offsetting the changes attributable to the hedged risks in the fair values or cash flows of the hedged items. In order to be considered effective, the hedging instrument and the hedged item must be highly and inversely correlated such that the changes in the fair value of the hedging instrument will substantially offset the effects of the hedged exposure to the Bank throughout the term of the hedging relationship. If a hedging relationship becomes ineffective, it no longer qualifies for hedge accounting and any subsequent change in the fair value of the hedging instrument is recognized in Non-interest income on the Consolidated Statement of Income.

Changes in fair value relating to the derivative component excluded from the assessment of hedge effectiveness, is recognized in Non-interest income on the Consolidated Statement of Income.

When derivatives are designated as hedges, the Bank classifies them either as: (1) hedges of the changes in fair value of recognized assets or liabilities or firm commitments (fair value hedges); (2) hedges of the variability in highly probable future cash flows attributable to a recognized asset or liability, or a forecasted transaction (cash flow hedges); or (3) hedges of net investments in a foreign operation (net investment hedges).

Interest Rate Benchmark Reform

A hedging relationship is affected by interest rate benchmark reform if it gives rise to uncertainties about (a) the interest rate benchmark (contractually or non-contractually specified) designated as a hedged risk; and/or (b) the timing or the amount of interest rate benchmark-based cash flows of the hedged item or of the hedging instrument.

For such hedging relationships, the following temporary exceptions apply during the period of uncertainty:

 

when assessing whether a forecast transaction is highly probable or expected to occur, it is assumed that the interest rate benchmark on which the hedged cash flows (contractually or noncontractually specified) are based is not altered as a result of interest rate benchmark reform;

 

when assessing whether a hedge is expected to be highly effective, it is assumed that the interest rate benchmark on which the hedged cash flows and/or the hedged risk (contractually or noncontractually specified) are based, or the interest rate benchmark on which the cash flows of the hedging instrument are based, is not altered as a result of interest rate benchmark reform;

 

a hedge is not required to be discontinued if the actual results of the hedge are outside of a range of 80–125 per cent as a result of interest rate benchmark reform;

 

for a hedge of a non-contractually specified benchmark portion of interest rate risk, the requirement that the risk component is separately identifiable need only be met at the inception of the hedging relationship.

Fair Value Hedges

The Bank's fair value hedges principally consist of interest rate swaps that are used to protect against changes in the fair value of fixed-rate long-term financial instruments due to movements in market interest rates.

Changes in the fair value of derivatives that are designated and qualify as fair value hedging instruments are recognized in Non-interest income on the Consolidated Statement of Income, along with changes in the fair value of the assets, liabilities, or group thereof that are attributable to the hedged risk. Any change in fair value relating to the ineffective portion of the hedging relationship is recognized immediately in non-interest income.

The cumulative adjustment to the carrying amount of the hedged item (the basis adjustment) is amortized to the Consolidated Statement of Income in Net interest income based on a recalculated EIR over the remaining expected life of the hedged item, with amortization beginning no later than when the hedged item ceases to be adjusted for changes in its fair value attributable to the hedged risk. Where the hedged item has been derecognized, the basis adjustment is immediately released to Net interest income or Non-interest income, as applicable, on the Consolidated Statement of Income.

Cash Flow Hedges

The Bank is exposed to variability in future cash flows attributable to interest rate, foreign exchange rate, and equity price risks. The amounts and timing of future cash flows are projected for each hedged exposure on the basis of their contractual terms and other relevant factors, including estimates of prepayments and defaults.

The effective portion of the change in the fair value of the derivative that is designated and qualifies as a cash flow hedge is initially recognized in other comprehensive income. The change in fair value of the derivative relating to the ineffective portion is recognized immediately in non-interest income.

Amounts in accumulated other comprehensive income (AOCI) attributable to interest rate, foreign exchange rate, and equity price components, as applicable, are reclassified to Net interest income or Non-interest income on the Consolidated Statement of Income in the period in which the hedged item affects income, and are reported in the same income statement line as the hedged item.

When a hedging instrument expires or is sold, or when a hedge no longer meets the criteria for hedge accounting, any cumulative gain or loss existing in AOCI at that time remains in AOCI until the forecasted transaction impacts the Consolidated Statement of Income. When a forecasted transaction is no longer expected

 

TD BANK GROUP 2019 ANNUAL REPORT CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND NOTES     Page 21  


to occur, the cumulative gain or loss that was reported in AOCI is immediately reclassified to Net interest income or Non-interest income, as applicable, on the Consolidated Statement of Income.

Net Investment Hedges

Hedges of net investments in foreign operations are accounted for similar to cash flow hedges. The change in fair value on the hedging instrument relating to the effective portion is recognized in other comprehensive income. The change in fair value of the hedging instrument relating to the ineffective portion is recognized immediately in non-interest income. Gains and losses in AOCI are reclassified to the Consolidated Statement of Income upon the disposal or partial disposal of the investment in the foreign operation. The Bank designates derivatives and non-derivatives (such as foreign currency deposit liabilities) as hedging instruments in net investment hedges.

Embedded Derivatives

Derivatives may be embedded in certain instruments, including financial liabilities (the host instrument). Embedded derivatives are treated as separate derivatives when their economic characteristics and risks are not closely related to those of the host instrument, a separate instrument with the same terms as the embedded derivative would meet the definition of a derivative, and the combined contract is not held-for-trading or designated at FVTPL. These embedded derivatives, which are bifurcated from the host contract, are recognized on the Consolidated Balance Sheet as Derivatives and measured at fair value with subsequent changes recognized in Non-interest income on the Consolidated Statement of Income.

TRANSLATION AND PRESENTATION OF FOREIGN CURRENCIES

The Bank's Consolidated Financial Statements are presented in Canadian dollars. Items included in the financial statements of each of the Bank's entities are measured using their functional currency, which is the currency of the primary economic environment in which they operate.

Monetary assets and liabilities denominated in a currency that differs from an entity's functional currency are translated into the functional currency of the entity at exchange rates prevailing at the balance sheet date. Non-monetary assets and liabilities are translated at historical exchange rates. Income and expenses are translated into an entity's functional currency at average exchange rates for the period. Translation gains and losses are included in non-interest income except for equity investments designated at FVOCI where unrealized translation gains and losses are recorded in other comprehensive income.

Foreign operations are those with a functional currency other than Canadian dollars. For the purpose of translation into the Bank's presentation currency, all assets and liabilities are first measured in the functional currency of the foreign operation and subsequently, translated at exchange rates prevailing at the balance sheet date. Income and expenses are translated at average exchange rates for the period. Unrealized translation gains and losses relating to these foreign operations, net of gains or losses arising from net investment hedges and applicable income taxes, are included in other comprehensive income. Translation gains and losses in AOCI are recognized on the Consolidated Statement of Income upon the disposal or partial disposal of the foreign operation. The investment balance of foreign entities accounted for by the equity method, including TD Ameritrade, is translated into Canadian dollars using exchange rates prevailing at the balance sheet date with exchange gains or losses recognized in other comprehensive income.

OFFSETTING OF FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS

Financial assets and liabilities are offset, with the net amount presented on the Consolidated Balance Sheet, only if the Bank currently has a legally enforceable right to set off the recognized amounts, and intends either to settle on a net basis or to realize the asset and settle the liability simultaneously. In all other situations, assets and liabilities are presented on a gross basis.

DETERMINATION OF FAIR VALUE

The fair value of a financial instrument on initial recognition is normally the transaction price, such as the fair value of the consideration given or received. The best evidence of fair value is quoted prices in active markets. When financial assets and liabilities have offsetting market risks or credit risks, the Bank applies the portfolio exception, as described in Note 5, and uses mid-market prices as a basis for establishing fair values for the offsetting risk positions and applies the most representative price within the bid-ask spread to the net open position, as appropriate. When there is no active market for the instrument, the fair value may be based on other observable current market transactions involving the same or similar instrument, without modification or repackaging, or is based on a valuation technique which maximizes the use of observable market inputs.

The Bank recognizes various types of valuation adjustments to account for factors that market participants would use in determining fair value which are not included in valuation techniques due to system limitations or measurement uncertainty. Valuation adjustments reflect the Bank's assessment of factors that market participants would use in pricing the asset or liability. These include, but are not limited to, the unobservability of inputs used in the pricing model, or assumptions about risk, such as creditworthiness of each counterparty and risk premiums that market participants would require given the inherent risk in the pricing model.

If there is a difference between the initial transaction price and the value based on a valuation technique, the difference is referred to as inception profit or loss. Inception profit or loss is recognized upon initial recognition of the instrument only if the fair value is based on observable inputs. When an instrument is measured using a valuation technique that utilizes significant non-observable inputs, it is initially valued at the transaction price, which is considered the best estimate of fair value. Subsequent to initial recognition, any difference between the transaction price and the value determined by the valuation technique at initial recognition is recognized as non-observable inputs become observable.

If the fair value of a financial asset measured at fair value becomes negative, it is recognized as a financial liability until either its fair value becomes positive, at which time it is recognized as a financial asset, or until it is extinguished.

DERECOGNITION OF FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS

Financial Assets

The Bank derecognizes a financial asset when the contractual rights to that asset have expired. Derecognition may also be appropriate where the contractual right to receive future cash flows from the asset have been transferred, or where the Bank retains the rights to future cash flows from the asset, but assumes an obligation to pay those cash flows to a third party subject to certain criteria.

When the Bank transfers a financial asset, it is necessary to assess the extent to which the Bank has retained the risks and rewards of ownership of the transferred asset. If substantially all the risks and rewards of ownership of the financial asset have been retained, the Bank continues to recognize the financial asset and also recognizes a financial liability for the consideration received. Certain transaction costs incurred are also capitalized and amortized using EIRM. If substantially all the risks and rewards of ownership of the financial asset have been transferred, the Bank will derecognize the financial asset and recognize separately as assets or liabilities any rights and obligations created or retained in the transfer. The Bank determines whether substantially all the risks and rewards have been transferred by quantitatively comparing the variability in cash flows before and after the

 

TD BANK GROUP 2019 ANNUAL REPORT CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND NOTES     Page 22  


transfer. If the variability in cash flows does not change significantly as a result of the transfer, the Bank has retained substantially all of the risks and rewards of ownership.

If the Bank neither transfers nor retains substantially all the risks and rewards of ownership of the financial asset, the Bank derecognizes the financial asset where it has relinquished control of the financial asset. The Bank is considered to have relinquished control of the financial asset where the transferee has the practical ability to sell the transferred financial asset. Where the Bank has retained control of the financial asset, it continues to recognize the financial asset to the extent of its continuing involvement in the financial asset. Under these circumstances, the Bank usually retains the rights to future cash flows relating to the asset through a residual interest and is exposed to some degree of risk associated with the financial asset.

The derecognition criteria are also applied to the transfer of part of an asset, rather than the asset as a whole, or to a group of similar financial assets in their entirety, when applicable. If transferring a part of an asset, it must be a specifically identified cash flow, a fully proportionate share of the asset, or a fully proportionate share of a specifically identified cash flow.

Securitization

Securitization is the process by which financial assets are transformed into securities. The Bank securitizes financial assets by transferring those financial assets to a third party and as part of the securitization, certain financial assets may be retained and may consist of an interest-only strip and, in some cases, a cash reserve account (collectively referred to as "retained interests"). If the transfer qualifies for derecognition, a gain or loss is recognized immediately in other income after the effects of hedges on the assets sold, if applicable. The amount of the gain or loss is calculated as the difference between the carrying amount of the asset transferred and the sum of any cash proceeds received, including any financial asset received or financial liability assumed, and any cumulative gain or loss allocated to the transferred asset that had been recognized AOCI. To determine the value of the retained interest initially recorded, the previous carrying value of the transferred asset is allocated between the amount derecognized from the balance sheet and the retained interest recorded, in proportion to their relative fair values on the date of transfer. Subsequent to initial recognition, as market prices are generally not available for retained interests, fair value is determined by estimating the present value of future expected cash flows using management's best estimates of key assumptions that market participants would use in determining fair value. Refer to Note 3 for assumptions used by management in determining the fair value of retained interests. Retained interest is classified as trading securities with subsequent changes in fair value recorded in trading income.

Where the Bank retains the servicing rights, the benefits of servicing are assessed against market expectations. When the benefits of servicing are more than adequate, a servicing asset is recognized. Similarly, when the benefits of servicing are less than adequate, a servicing liability is recognized. Servicing assets and servicing liabilities are initially recognized at fair value and subsequently carried at amortized cost.

Financial Liabilities

The Bank derecognizes a financial liability when the obligation under the liability is discharged, cancelled, or expires. If an existing financial liability is replaced by another financial liability from the same lender on substantially different terms or where the terms of the existing liability are substantially modified, the original liability is derecognized and a new liability is recognized with the difference in the respective carrying amounts recognized on the Consolidated Statement of Income.

Securities Purchased Under Reverse Repurchase Agreements, Securities Sold Under Repurchase Agreements, and Securities Borrowing and Lending

Securities purchased under reverse repurchase agreements involve the purchase of securities by the Bank under agreements to resell the securities at a future date. These agreements are treated as collateralized lending transactions whereby the Bank takes possession of the purchased securities, but does not acquire the risks and rewards of ownership. The Bank monitors the market value of the purchased securities relative to the amounts due under the reverse repurchase agreements, and when necessary, requires transfer of additional collateral. In the event of counterparty default, the agreements provide the Bank with the right to liquidate the collateral held and offset the proceeds against the amount owing from the counterparty.

Obligations related to securities sold under repurchase agreements involve the sale of securities by the Bank to counterparties under agreements to repurchase the securities at a future date. These agreements do not result in the risks and rewards of ownership being relinquished and are treated as collateralized borrowing transactions. The Bank monitors the market value of the securities sold relative to the amounts due under the repurchase agreements, and when necessary, transfers additional collateral and may require counterparties to return collateral pledged. Certain transactions that do not meet derecognition criteria are also included in obligations related to securities sold under repurchase agreements. Refer to Note 9 for further details.

Securities purchased under reverse repurchase agreements and obligations related to securities sold under repurchase agreements are initially recorded on the Consolidated Balance Sheet at the respective prices at which the securities were originally acquired or sold, plus accrued interest. Subsequently, the agreements are measured at amortized cost on the Consolidated Balance Sheet, plus accrued interest. Interest earned on reverse repurchase agreements and interest incurred on repurchase agreements is determined using EIRM and is included in Interest income and Interest expense, respectively, on the Consolidated Statement of Income.

In security lending transactions, the Bank lends securities to a counterparty and receives collateral in the form of cash or securities. If cash collateral is received, the Bank records the cash along with an obligation to return the cash as an obligation related to Securities sold under repurchase agreements on the Consolidated Balance Sheet. Where securities are received as collateral, the Bank does not record the collateral on the Consolidated Balance Sheet.

In securities borrowing transactions, the Bank borrows securities from a counterparty and pledges either cash or securities as collateral. If cash is pledged as collateral, the Bank records the transaction as securities purchased under reverse repurchase agreements on the Consolidated Balance Sheet. Securities pledged as collateral remain on the Bank's Consolidated Balance Sheet.

Where securities are pledged or received as collateral, security borrowing fees and security lending income are recorded in Non-interest income on the Consolidated Statement of Income over the term of the transaction. Where cash is pledged or received as collateral, interest received or incurred is included in Interest income and Interest expense, respectively, on the Consolidated Statement of Income.

Physical commodities purchased or sold with an agreement to sell or repurchase the physical commodities at a later date at a fixed price, are also included in securities purchased under reverse repurchase agreements and obligations related to securities sold under repurchase agreements, respectively, if the derecognition criteria are not met. These instruments are measured at fair value.

GOODWILL

Goodwill represents the excess purchase price paid over the net fair value of identifiable assets and liabilities acquired in a business combination. Goodwill is carried at its initial cost less accumulated impairment losses.

Goodwill is allocated to a cash-generating unit (CGU) or a group of CGUs that is expected to benefit from the synergies of the business combination, regardless of whether any assets acquired and liabilities assumed are assigned to the CGU or group of CGUs. A CGU is the smallest identifiable group of assets that

 

TD BANK GROUP 2019 ANNUAL REPORT CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND NOTES     Page 23  


generates cash flows largely independent of the cash inflows from other assets or groups of assets. Each CGU or group of CGUs, to which goodwill is allocated, represents the lowest level within the Bank at which the goodwill is monitored for internal management purposes and is not larger than an operating segment.

Goodwill is assessed for impairment at least annually and when an event or change in circumstances indicates that the carrying amount may be impaired. When impairment indicators are present, the recoverable amount of the CGU or group of CGUs, which is the higher of its estimated fair value less costs of disposal and its value-in-use, is determined. If the carrying amount of the CGU or group of CGUs is higher than its recoverable amount, an impairment loss exists. The impairment loss is recognized on the Consolidated Statement of Income and cannot be reversed in future periods.

INTANGIBLE ASSETS

Intangible assets represent identifiable non-monetary assets and are acquired either separately or through a business combination, or internally generated software. The Bank's intangible assets consist primarily of core deposit intangibles, credit card related intangibles, and software intangibles. Intangible assets are initially recognized at fair value and are amortized over their estimated useful lives (3 to 20 years) proportionate to their expected economic benefits, except for software which is amortized over its estimated useful life (3 to 7 years) on a straight-line basis.

The Bank assesses its intangible assets for impairment on a quarterly basis. When impairment indicators are present, the recoverable amount of the asset, which is the higher of its estimated fair value less costs of disposal and its value-in-use, is determined. If the carrying amount of the asset is higher than its recoverable amount, the asset is written down to its recoverable amount. Where it is not possible to estimate the recoverable amount of an individual asset, the Bank estimates the recoverable amount of the CGU to which the asset belongs. An impairment loss is recognized on the Consolidated Statement of Income in the period in which the impairment is identified. Impairment losses recognized previously are assessed and reversed if the circumstances leading to the impairment are no longer present. Reversal of any impairment loss will not exceed the carrying amount of the intangible asset that would have been determined had no impairment loss been recognized for the asset in prior periods.

LAND, BUILDINGS, EQUIPMENT, AND OTHER DEPRECIABLE ASSETS

Land is recognized at cost. Buildings, computer equipment, furniture and fixtures, other equipment, and leasehold improvements are recognized at cost less accumulated depreciation and provisions for impairment, if any. Gains and losses on disposal are included in Non-interest income on the Consolidated Statement of Income.

Assets leased under a finance lease are capitalized as assets and depreciated on a straight-line basis over the lesser of the lease term and the estimated useful life of the asset.

The Bank records the obligation associated with the retirement of a long-lived asset at fair value in the period in which it is incurred and can be reasonably estimated, and records a corresponding increase to the carrying amount of the asset. The asset is depreciated on a straight-line basis over its remaining useful life while the liability is accreted to reflect the passage of time until the eventual settlement of the obligation.

Depreciation is recognized on a straight-line basis over the useful lives of the assets estimated by asset category, as follows:

 

Asset

     Useful Life  

Buildings

     15 to 40 years  

Computer equipment

     2 to 8 years  

Furniture and fixtures

     3 to 15 years  

Other equipment

     5 to 15 years  

Leasehold improvements

    

Lesser of the remaining lease term and

the remaining useful life of the asset

 

 

The Bank assesses its depreciable assets for impairment on a quarterly basis. When impairment indicators are present, the recoverable amount of the asset, which is the higher of its estimated fair value less costs to sell and its value-in-use, is determined. If the carrying value of the asset is higher than its recoverable amount, the asset is written down to its recoverable amount. Where it is not possible to estimate the recoverable amount of an individual asset, the Bank estimates the recoverable amount of the CGU to which the asset belongs. An impairment loss is recognized on the Consolidated Statement of Income in the period in which the impairment is identified. Impairment losses previously recognized are assessed and reversed if the circumstances leading to their impairment are no longer present. Reversal of any impairment loss will not exceed the carrying amount of the depreciable asset that would have been determined had no impairment loss been recognized for the asset in prior periods.

NON-CURRENT ASSETS HELD-FOR-SALE

Individual non-current assets or disposal groups are classified as held-for-sale if they are available for immediate sale in their present condition subject only to terms that are usual and customary for sales of such assets or disposal groups, and their sale must be highly probable to occur within one year. For a sale to be highly probable, management must be committed to a sales plan and initiate an active program to market the sale of the non-current assets or disposal groups. Non-current assets or disposal groups classified as held-for-sale are measured at the lower of their carrying amount and fair value less costs to sell on the Consolidated Balance Sheet. Subsequent to its initial classification as held-for-sale, a non-current asset or disposal group is no longer depreciated or amortized, and any subsequent write-downs in fair value less costs to sell or such increases not in excess of cumulative write-downs, are recognized in Other income on the Consolidated Statement of Income.

SHARE-BASED COMPENSATION

The Bank grants share options to certain employees as compensation for services provided to the Bank. The Bank uses a binomial tree-based valuation option pricing model to estimate fair value for all share option compensation awards. The cost of the share options is based on the fair value estimated at the grant date and is recognized as compensation expense and contributed surplus over the service period required for employees to become fully entitled to the awards. This period is generally equal to the vesting period in addition to a period prior to the grant date. For the Bank's share options, this period is generally equal to five years. When options are exercised, the amount initially recognized in the contributed surplus balance is reduced, with a corresponding increase in common shares.

The Bank has various other share-based compensation plans where certain employees are awarded share units equivalent to the Bank's common shares as compensation for services provided to the Bank. The obligation related to share units is included in other liabilities. Compensation expense is recognized based on the fair value of the share units at the grant date adjusted for changes in fair value between the grant date and the vesting date, net of hedging activities, over the service period required for employees to become fully entitled to the awards. This period is generally equal to the vesting period, in addition to a period prior to the grant date. For the Bank's share units, this period is generally equal to four years.

 

TD BANK GROUP 2019 ANNUAL REPORT CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND NOTES     Page 24  


EMPLOYEE BENEFITS

Defined Benefit Plans

Actuarial valuations are prepared at least every three years to determine the present value of the projected benefit obligation related to the Bank's principal pension and non-pension post-retirement benefit plans. In periods between actuarial valuations, an extrapolation is performed based on the most recent valuation completed. All actuarial gains and losses are recognized immediately in other comprehensive income, with cumulative gains and losses reclassified to retained earnings. Pension and non-pension post-retirement benefit expenses are determined based upon separate actuarial valuations using the projected benefit method pro-rated on service and management's best estimates of discount rate, compensation increases, health care cost trend rate, and mortality rates, which are reviewed annually with the Bank's actuaries. The discount rate used to value liabilities is determined by reference to market yields on high-quality corporate bonds with terms matching the plans' specific cash flows. The expense recognized includes the cost of benefits for employee service provided in the current year, net interest expense or income on the net defined benefit liability or asset, past service costs related to plan amendments, curtailments or settlements, and administrative costs. Plan amendment costs are recognized in the period of a plan amendment, irrespective of its vested status. Curtailments and settlements are recognized by the Bank when the curtailment or settlement occurs. A curtailment occurs when there is a significant reduction in the number of employees covered by the plan. A settlement occurs when the Bank enters into a transaction that eliminates all further legal or constructive obligation for part or all of the benefits provided under a defined benefit plan.

The fair value of plan assets and the present value of the projected benefit obligation are measured as at October 31. The net defined benefit asset or liability represents the difference between the cumulative actuarial gains and losses, expenses, and recognized contributions and is reported in other assets or other liabilities.

Net defined benefit assets recognized by the Bank are subject to a ceiling which limits the asset recognized on the Consolidated Balance Sheet to the amount that is recoverable through refunds of contributions or future contribution holidays. In addition, where a regulatory funding deficit exists related to a defined benefit plan, the Bank is required to record a liability equal to the present value of all future cash payments required to eliminate that deficit.

Defined Contribution Plans

For defined contribution plans, annual pension expense is equal to the Bank's contributions to those plans.

INSURANCE

Premiums for short-duration insurance contracts are deferred as unearned premiums and reported in non-interest income on a straight-line basis over the contractual term of the underlying policies, usually twelve months. Such premiums are recognized net of amounts ceded for reinsurance and apply primarily to property and casualty contracts. Unearned premiums are reported in insurance-related liabilities, gross of premiums ceded to reinsurers which are recognized in other assets. Premiums from life and health insurance policies are recognized as income when earned in insurance revenue.

For property and casualty insurance, insurance claims and policy benefit liabilities represent current claims and estimates for future claims related to insurable events occurring at or before the Consolidated Balance Sheet date. These are determined by the appointed actuary in accordance with accepted actuarial practices and are reported as other liabilities. Expected claims and policy benefit liabilities are determined on a case-by-case basis and consider such variables as past loss experience, current claims trends and changes in the prevailing social, economic, and legal environment. These liabilities are continually reviewed, and as experience develops and new information becomes known, the liabilities are adjusted as necessary. In addition to reported claims information, the liabilities recognized by the Bank include a provision to account for the future development of insurance claims, including insurance claims incurred but not reported by policyholders (IBNR). IBNR liabilities are evaluated based on historical development trends and actuarial methodologies for groups of claims with similar attributes. For life and health insurance, actuarial liabilities represent the present values of future policy cash flows as determined using standard actuarial valuation practices. Actuarial liabilities are reported in insurance-related liabilities with changes reported in insurance claims and related expenses.

PROVISIONS

Provisions are recognized when the Bank has a present obligation (legal or constructive) as a result of a past event, the amount of which can be reliably estimated, and it is probable that an outflow of resources will be required to settle the obligation.

Provisions are measured based on management's best estimate of the consideration required to settle the obligation at the end of the reporting period, taking into account the risks and uncertainties surrounding the obligation. If the effect of the time value of money is material, provisions are measured at the present value of the expenditure expected to be required to settle the obligation, using a discount rate that reflects the current market assessment of the time value of money and the risks specific to the obligation.

INCOME TAXES

Income tax is comprised of current and deferred tax. Income tax is recognized on the Consolidated Statement of Income, except to the extent that it relates to items recognized in other comprehensive income or directly in equity, in which case the related taxes are also recognized in other comprehensive income or directly in equity, respectively.

Deferred tax is recognized on temporary differences between the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities on the Consolidated Balance Sheet and the amounts attributed to such assets and liabilities for tax purposes. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are determined based on the tax rates that are expected to apply when the assets or liabilities are reported for tax purposes. Deferred tax assets are recognized only when it is probable that sufficient taxable profit will be available in future periods against which deductible temporary differences may be utilized. Deferred tax liabilities are not recognized on temporary differences arising on investments in subsidiaries, branches, and associates, and interests in joint ventures if the Bank controls the timing of the reversal of the temporary difference and it is probable that the temporary difference will not reverse in the foreseeable future.

The Bank records a provision for uncertain tax positions if it is probable that the Bank will have to make a payment to tax authorities upon their examination of a tax position. This provision is measured at the Bank's best estimate of the amount expected to be paid. Provisions are reversed to income in provision for (recovery of) income taxes in the period in which management determines they are no longer required or as determined by statute.

 

TD BANK GROUP 2019 ANNUAL REPORT CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND NOTES     Page 25  


FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS OTHER THAN DERIVATIVES PRIOR TO NOVEMBER 1, 2017 UNDER IAS 39

The following is applicable to periods prior to November 1, 2017 for financial instruments accounted for under IAS 39, to the extent not already discussed earlier in this Note.

Classification and Measurement of Financial Assets and Financial Liabilities

Available-for-Sale (AFS) Securities

Financial assets not classified as trading, designated at FVTPL, held-to-maturity or loans, were classified as AFS and included equity securities and debt securities.

AFS securities were recognized on a trade date basis and were generally carried at fair value on the Consolidated Balance Sheet with changes in fair value recognized in other comprehensive income.

Gains and losses realized on disposal of financial assets classified as AFS were calculated on a weighted-average cost basis and were recognized in net securities gains (losses) in non-interest income. Dividends were recognized on the ex-dividend date and interest income was recognized on an accrual basis using EIRM. Both dividends and interest were included in Interest income on the Consolidated Statement of Income.

Impairment losses were recognized if there was objective evidence of impairment as a result of one or more events that occurred (a 'loss event') and the loss event(s) resulted in a decrease in the estimated future cash flows of the instrument. A significant or prolonged decline in fair value below cost was considered objective evidence of impairment for AFS equity securities. A deterioration in credit quality was considered objective evidence of impairment for AFS debt securities. Qualitative factors were also considered when assessing impairment for AFS securities. When impairment was identified, the cumulative net loss previously recognized in other comprehensive income, less any impairment loss previously recognized on the Consolidated Statement of Income, was removed from other comprehensive income and recognized in Net securities gains (losses) in Non-interest income on the Consolidated Statement of Income.

If the fair value of a previously impaired equity security subsequently increased, the impairment loss was not reversed through the Consolidated Statement of Income. Subsequent increases in fair value were recognized in other comprehensive income. If the fair value of a previously impaired debt security subsequently increased and the increase could be objectively related to an event occurring after the impairment was recognized on the Consolidated Statement of Income, then the impairment loss was reversed through the Consolidated Statement of Income. An increase in fair value in excess of impairment recognized previously on the Consolidated Statement of Income was recognized in other comprehensive income.

Held-to-Maturity Securities

Debt securities with fixed or determinable payments and fixed maturity dates, that did not meet the definition of loans and receivables, and that the Bank intended and had the ability to hold to maturity were classified as held-to-maturity and were carried at amortized cost, net of impairment losses. Securities classified as held-to-maturity were assessed for objective evidence of impairment at the counterparty-specific level. If there was no objective evidence of impairment at the counterparty-specific level then the security was grouped with other held-to-maturity securities with similar credit risk characteristics and was collectively assessed for impairment, which considered losses incurred but not identified. Interest income was recognized using EIRM and was included in Interest income on the Consolidated Statement of Income.

Financial Assets and Liabilities Designated at Fair Value through Profit or Loss

Certain financial assets and financial liabilities that did not meet the definition of trading could be designated at FVTPL on initial recognition. To be designated at FVTPL, financial assets and financial liabilities had to meet one of the following criteria: (1) the designation eliminated or significantly reduced a measurement or recognition inconsistency (also referred to as "an accounting mismatch"); (2) a group of financial assets, financial liabilities, or both, was managed and its performance was evaluated on a fair value basis in accordance with a documented risk management or investment strategy; or (3) the instrument contained one or more embedded derivatives unless a) the embedded derivative did not significantly modify the cash flows that otherwise would be required by the contract, or b) it was clear with little or no analysis that separation of the embedded derivative from the financial instrument was prohibited. In addition, the FVTPL designation was available only for those financial instruments for which a reliable estimate of fair value could be obtained. Once financial assets and financial liabilities were designated at FVTPL, the designation was irrevocable.

Financial assets and financial liabilities designated at FVTPL were carried at fair value on the Consolidated Balance Sheet, with changes in fair value as well as any gains or losses realized on disposal recognized in income (loss) from financial instruments designated at fair value at profit or loss. Interest was recognized on an accrual basis and was included in interest income or interest expense.

Embedded Derivatives

Derivatives that were embedded in financial assets and liabilities were separated from their host instruments and treated as separate derivatives when their characteristics and risks were not closely related to those of the host instrument, a separate instrument with the same terms as the embedded derivative met the definition of a derivative, and the combined contract was not held-for-trading or designated at fair value through profit or loss. These embedded derivatives, which were bifurcated from the host contract, were recognized on the Consolidated Balance Sheet as Derivatives and measured at fair value with subsequent changes recognized in Non-interest income on the Consolidated Statement of Income.

Impairment – Allowance for Credit Losses

Loan Impairment, Excluding Acquired Credit-Impaired Loans

A loan, including a debt security classified as a loan, was considered impaired when there was objective evidence that there had been a deterioration of credit quality subsequent to the initial recognition of the loan to the extent the Bank no longer had reasonable assurance as to the timely collection of the full amount of principal and interest. Indicators of impairment could include, but were not limited to, one or more of the following:

 

Significant financial difficulty of the issuer or obligor;

 

A breach of contract, such as a default or delinquency in interest or principal payments;

 

Increased probability that the borrower would enter bankruptcy or other financial reorganization; or

 

The disappearance of an active market for that financial asset.

 

TD BANK GROUP 2019 ANNUAL REPORT CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND NOTES     Page 26  


A loan was reclassified back to performing status when it had been determined that there was reasonable assurance of full and timely repayment of interest and principal in accordance with the original or revised contractual conditions of the loan and all criteria for the impaired classification had been remedied. For gross impaired debt securities classified as loans, subsequent to any recorded impairment, interest income continued to be recognized using EIRM which was used to discount the future cash flows for the purpose of measuring the credit loss.

Renegotiated Loans

In cases where a borrower experienced financial difficulties the Bank may have granted certain concessionary modifications to the terms and conditions of a loan. Modifications may have included payment deferrals, extension of amortization periods, rate reductions, principal forgiveness, debt consolidation, forbearance and other modifications intended to minimize the economic loss and to avoid foreclosure or repossession of collateral. The Bank had policies in place to determine the appropriate remediation strategy based on the individual borrower. Once modified, additional impairment was recorded where the Bank identified a decrease in the modified loan's estimated realizable value as a result of the modification. Modified loans were assessed for impairment, consistent with the Bank's policies for impairment.

Allowance for Credit Losses, Excluding Acquired Credit-Impaired Loans

The allowance for credit losses represented management's best estimate of impairment incurred in the lending portfolios, including any off-balance sheet exposures, at the balance sheet date. The allowance for loan losses, which included credit-related allowances for residential mortgages, consumer instalment and other personal, credit card, business and government loans, and debt securities classified as loans, was deducted from Loans on the Consolidated Balance Sheet. The allowance for credit losses for off-balance sheet instruments, which related to certain guarantees, letters of credit, and undrawn lines of credit, was recognized in Other liabilities on the Consolidated Balance Sheet. Allowances for lending portfolios reported on the balance sheet and off-balance sheet exposures were calculated using the same methodology. The allowance was increased by the provision for credit losses and decreased by write-offs net of recoveries and disposals. The Bank maintained both counterparty-specific and collectively assessed allowances. Each quarter, allowances were reassessed and adjusted based on any changes in management's estimate of the future cash flows estimated to be recovered. Credit losses on impaired loans were recognized by means of an allowance for credit losses until a loan was written off.

A loan was written off against the related allowance for credit losses when there was no realistic prospect of recovery. Non-retail loans were generally written off when all reasonable collection efforts had been exhausted, such as when a loan was sold, when all security had been realized, or when all security had been resolved with the receiver or bankruptcy court. Non-real estate secured retail loans were generally written off when contractual payments were 180 days past due, or when a loan was sold. Real-estate secured retail loans were generally written off when the security was realized.

Counterparty-Specific Allowance

Individually significant loans, such as the Bank's medium-sized business and government loans and debt securities classified as loans, were assessed for impairment at the counterparty-specific level. The impairment assessment was based on the counterparty's credit ratings, overall financial condition, and where applicable, the realizable value of the collateral. Collateral was reviewed at least annually and when conditions arose indicating an earlier review was necessary. An allowance, if applicable, was measured as the difference between the carrying amount of the loan and the estimated recoverable amount. The estimated recoverable amount was the present value of the estimated future cash flows, discounted using the loan's original EIR.

Collectively Assessed Allowance for Individually Insignificant Impaired Loans

Individually insignificant impaired loans, such as the Bank's personal and small business loans and credit cards, were collectively assessed for impairment. Allowances were calculated using a formula that incorporated recent loss experience, historical default rates which were delinquency levels in interest or principal payments that indicated impairment, other applicable observable data, and the type of collateral pledged.

Collectively Assessed Allowance for Incurred but Not Identified Credit Losses

If there was no objective evidence of impairment for an individual loan, whether significant or not, the loan was included in a group of assets with similar credit risk characteristics and collectively assessed for impairment for losses incurred but not identified. This allowance was referred to as the allowance for incurred but not identified credit losses. The level of the allowance for each group depended upon an assessment of business and economic conditions, historical loss experience, loan portfolio composition, and other relevant indicators. Historical loss experience was adjusted based on observable data to reflect the effects of conditions which existed at the time. The allowance for incurred but not identified credit losses was calculated using credit risk models that considered probability of default (loss frequency), loss given credit default (loss severity), and exposure at default (EAD). For purposes of measuring the collectively assessed allowance for incurred but not identified credit losses, default was defined as delinquency levels in interest or principal payments that would indicate impairment.

Acquired Loans

Acquired loans were initially measured at fair value which considered incurred and expected future credit losses estimated at the acquisition date and also reflected adjustments based on the acquired loan's interest rate in comparison to market rates. As a result, no allowance for credit losses was recorded on the date of acquisition. When loans were acquired with evidence of incurred credit loss where it was probable at the purchase date that the Bank would be unable to collect all contractually required principal and interest payments, they were generally considered to be ACI loans.

Acquired performing loans were subsequently accounted for at amortized cost based on their contractual cash flows and any acquisition-related discount or premium was considered to be an adjustment to the loan yield and recognized in interest income using EIRM over the term of the loan, or the expected life of the loan for acquired loans with revolving terms. Credit-related discounts relating to incurred losses for acquired loans were not accreted. Acquired loans were subject to impairment assessments under the Bank's credit loss framework similar to the Bank's originated loan portfolio.

Acquired Credit-Impaired Loans

ACI loans were identified as impaired at acquisition based on specific risk characteristics of the loans, including past due status, performance history and recent borrower credit scores.

ACI loans were accounted for based on the present value of expected cash flows as opposed to their contractual cash flows. The Bank determined the fair value of these loans at the acquisition date by discounting expected cash flows at a discount rate that reflected factors a market participant would use when determining fair value including management assumptions relating to default rates, loss severities, the amount and timing of prepayments, and other factors that were reflective of market conditions. With respect to certain individually significant ACI loans, accounting was applied individually at the loan level. The remaining ACI loans were aggregated provided that they were acquired in the same fiscal quarter and had common risk characteristics. Aggregated loans were accounted for as a single asset with aggregated cash flows and a single composite interest rate.

 

TD BANK GROUP 2019 ANNUAL REPORT CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND NOTES     Page 27  


Subsequent to acquisition, the Bank regularly reassessed and updated its cash flow estimates for changes to assumptions relating to default rates, loss severities, the amount and timing of prepayments, and other factors that were reflective of market conditions. Probable decreases in expected cash flows triggered the recognition of additional impairment, which was measured based on the present value of the revised expected cash flows discounted at the loan's EIR as compared to the carrying value of the loan. Impairment was recorded through the provision for credit losses.

Probable and significant increases in expected cash flows would first reverse any previously taken impairment with any remaining increase recognized in income immediately as interest income. In addition, for fixed-rate ACI loans the timing of expected cash flows may have increased or decreased which may have resulted in adjustments through interest income to the carrying value in order to maintain the inception yield of the ACI loan.

If the timing and/or amounts of expected cash flows on ACI loans were determined not to be reasonably estimable, no interest was recognized.

 

NOTE 3:  SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING JUDGMENTS, ESTIMATES, AND ASSUMPTIONS

The estimates used in the Bank's accounting policies are essential to understanding its results of operations and financial condition. Some of the Bank's policies require subjective, complex judgments and estimates as they relate to matters that are inherently uncertain. Changes in these judgments or estimates and changes to accounting standards and policies could have a materially adverse impact on the Bank's Consolidated Financial Statements. The Bank has established procedures to ensure that accounting policies are applied consistently and that the processes for changing methodologies, determining estimates, and adopting new accounting standards are well-controlled and occur in an appropriate and systematic manner.

CLASSIFICATION AND MEASUREMENT OF FINANCIAL ASSETS

Business Model Assessment

The Bank determines its business models based on the objective under which its portfolios of financial assets are managed. Refer to Note 2 for details on the Bank's business models. In determining its business models, the Bank considers the following:

 

Management's intent and strategic objectives and the operation of the stated policies in practice;

 

The primary risks that affect the performance of the business model and how these risks are managed;

 

How the performance of the portfolio is evaluated and reported to management; and

 

The frequency and significance of financial asset sales in prior periods, the reasons for such sales and the expected future sales activities.

Sales in themselves do not determine the business model and are not considered in isolation. Instead, sales provide evidence about how cash flows are realized. A held-to-collect business model will be reassessed by the Bank to determine whether any sales are consistent with an objective of collecting contractual cash flows if the sales are more than insignificant in value or infrequent.

Solely Payments of Principal and Interest Test

In assessing whether contractual cash flows are SPPI, the Bank considers the contractual terms of the instrument. This includes assessing whether the financial asset contains a contractual term that could change the timing or amount of contractual cash flows such that they would not be consistent with a basic lending arrangement. In making the assessment, the Bank considers the primary terms as follows and assesses if the contractual cash flows of the instruments continue to meet the SPPI test:

 

Performance-linked features;

 

Terms that limit the Bank's claim to cash flows from specified assets (non-recourse terms);

 

Prepayment and extension terms;

 

Leverage features; and

 

Features that modify elements of the time value of money.

IMPAIRMENT OF FINANCIAL ASSETS

Significant Increase in Credit Risk

For retail exposures, criteria for assessing significant increase in credit risk are defined at the appropriate product or portfolio level and vary based on the exposure's credit risk at origination. The criteria include relative changes in PD, absolute PD backstop, and delinquency backstop when contractual payments are more than 30 days past due. Credit risk has increased significantly since initial recognition when one of the criteria is met.

For non-retail exposures, BRR is determined on an individual borrower basis using industry and sector-specific credit risk models that are based on historical data. Current and forward-looking information that is specific to the borrower, industry, and sector is considered based on expert credit judgment. Criteria for assessing significant increase in credit risk are defined at the appropriate segmentation level and vary based on the BRR of the exposure at origination. Criteria include relative changes in BRR, absolute BRR backstop, and delinquency backstop when contractual payments are more than 30 days past due. Credit risk has increased significantly since initial recognition when one of the criteria is met.

Measurement of Expected Credit Loss

For retail exposures, ECLs are calculated as the product of PD, loss given default (LGD), and EAD at each time step over the remaining expected life of the financial asset and discounted to the reporting date at the effective interest rate. PD estimates represent the point-in-time PD, updated quarterly based on the Bank's historical experience, current conditions, and relevant forward-looking expectations over the expected life of the exposure to determine the lifetime PD curve. LGD estimates are determined based on historical charge-off events and recovery payments, current information about attributes specific to the borrower, and direct costs. Expected cash flows from collateral, guarantees, and other credit enhancements are incorporated in LGD if integral to the contractual terms. Relevant macroeconomic variables are incorporated in determining expected LGD. EAD represents the expected balance at default across the remaining expected life of the exposure. EAD incorporates forward-looking expectations about repayments of drawn balances and expectations about future draws where applicable.

For non-retail exposures, ECLs are calculated based on the present value of cash shortfalls determined as the difference between contractual cash flows and expected cash flows over the remaining expected life of the financial instrument. Lifetime PD is determined by mapping the exposure's BRR to point-in-time PD over the expected life. LGD estimates are determined by mapping the exposure's facility risk rating (FRR) to expected LGD which takes into account facility-specific characteristics such as collateral, seniority ranking of debt, and loan structure. Relevant macroeconomic variables are incorporated in determining

 

TD BANK GROUP 2019 ANNUAL REPORT CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND NOTES     Page 28  


expected PD and LGD. Expected cash flows are determined by applying the expected LGD to the contractual cash flows to calculate cash shortfalls over the expected life of the exposure.

Forward-Looking Information

In calculating the ECL, the Bank employs internally developed models that utilize parameters for PD, LGD, and EAD. Forward-looking macroeconomic factors including at the regional level are incorporated in the risk parameters as relevant. Additional risk factors that are industry or segment-specific are also incorporated, where relevant. Forward-looking macroeconomic forecasts are generated by TD Economics as part of the ECL process: A base economic forecast is accompanied with upside and downside estimates of realistically possible economic conditions. All economic forecasts are updated quarterly for each variable on a regional basis where applicable and incorporated as relevant into the quarterly modelling of base, upside and downside risk parameters used in the calculation of ECL scenarios and probability-weighted ECL. The macroeconomic variable estimations are statistically derived relative to the base forecast based on the historical distribution of each variable. TD Economics will apply judgment to recommend probability weights to each forecast on a quarterly basis. The proposed macroeconomic forecasts and probability weightings are subject to robust management review and challenge process by a cross-functional committee that includes representation from TD Economics, Risk, Finance, and Business. ECLs calculated under each of the three forecasts are applied against the respective probability weightings to determine the probability-weighted ECLs. Refer to Note 8 for further details on the macroeconomic variables and ECL sensitivity.

Expert Credit Judgment

ECLs are recognized on initial recognition of the financial assets. Allowance for credit losses represents management's best estimate of the risk of default and ECLs on the financial assets, including any off-balance sheet exposures, at the balance sheet date. Management exercises expert credit judgment in assessing if an exposure has experienced significant increase in credit risk since initial recognition and in determining the amount of ECLs at each reporting date by considering reasonable and supportable information that is not already included in the quantitative models.

Management's judgment is used to determine the point within the range that is the best estimate for the qualitative component contributing to ECLs, based on an assessment of business and economic conditions, historical loss experience, loan portfolio composition, and other relevant indicators and forward-looking information that are not fully incorporated into the model calculation. Changes in these assumptions would have a direct impact on the provision for credit losses and may result in a change in the allowance for credit losses.

FAIR VALUE MEASUREMENTS

The fair value of financial instruments traded in active markets at the balance sheet date is based on their quoted market prices. For all other financial instruments not traded in an active market, fair value may be based on other observable current market transactions involving the same or similar instruments, without modification or repackaging, or is based on a valuation technique which maximizes the use of observable market inputs. Observable market inputs may include interest rate yield curves, foreign exchange rates, and option volatilities. Valuation techniques include comparisons with similar instruments where observable market prices exist, discounted cash flow analysis, option pricing models, and other valuation techniques commonly used by market participants.

For certain complex or illiquid financial instruments, fair value is determined using valuation techniques in which current market transactions or observable market inputs are not available. Determining which valuation technique to apply requires judgment. The valuation techniques themselves also involve some level of estimation and judgment. The judgments include liquidity considerations and model inputs such as volatilities, correlations, spreads, discount rates, pre-payment rates, and prices of underlying instruments. Any imprecision in these estimates can affect the resulting fair value.

Judgment is also used in recording fair value adjustments to model valuations to account for measurement uncertainty when valuing complex and less actively traded financial instruments. If the market for a complex financial instrument develops, the pricing for this instrument may become more transparent, resulting in refinement of valuation models. For example, IBOR reform may also have an impact on the fair value of products that reference or use valuation models with IBOR inputs.

An analysis of fair values of financial instruments and further details as to how they are measured are provided in Note 5.

DERECOGNITION

Certain assets transferred may qualify for derecognition from the Bank's Consolidated Balance Sheet. To qualify for derecognition certain key determinations must be made. A decision must be made as to whether the rights to receive cash flows from the financial assets have been retained or transferred and the extent to which the risks and rewards of ownership of the financial assets have been retained or transferred. If the Bank neither transfers nor retains substantially all of the risks and rewards of ownership of the financial asset, a decision must be made as to whether the Bank has retained control of the financial asset. Upon derecognition, the Bank will record a gain or loss on sale of those assets which is calculated as the difference between the carrying amount of the asset transferred and the sum of any cash proceeds received, including any financial asset received or financial liability assumed, and any cumulative gain or loss allocated to the transferred asset that had been recognized in AOCI. In determining the fair value of any financial asset received, the Bank estimates future cash flows by relying on estimates of the amount of interest that will be collected on the securitized assets, the yield to be paid to investors, the portion of the securitized assets that will be prepaid before their scheduled maturity, ECLs, the cost of servicing the assets, and the rate at which to discount these expected future cash flows. Actual cash flows may differ significantly from those estimated by the Bank. Retained interests are classified as trading securities and are initially recognized at relative fair value on the Bank's Consolidated Balance Sheet. Subsequently, the fair value of retained interests recognized by the Bank is determined by estimating the present value of future expected cash flows. Differences between the actual cash flows and the Bank's estimate of future cash flows are recognized in trading income. These assumptions are subject to periodic review and may change due to significant changes in the economic environment.

GOODWILL AND OTHER INTANGIBLES

The recoverable amount of the Bank's CGUs is determined from internally developed valuation models that consider various factors and assumptions such as forecasted earnings, growth rates, price-earnings multiples, discount rates, and terminal multiples. Management is required to use judgment in estimating the recoverable amount of CGUs, and the use of different assumptions and estimates in the calculations could influence the determination of the existence of impairment and the valuation of goodwill. Management believes that the assumptions and estimates used are reasonable and supportable. Where possible, assumptions generated internally are compared to relevant market information. The carrying amounts of the Bank's CGUs are determined by management using risk based capital models to adjust net assets and liabilities by CGU. These models consider various factors including market risk, credit risk, and operational risk, including investment capital (comprised of goodwill and other intangibles). Any capital not directly attributable to the CGUs is held within the Corporate segment. The Bank's capital oversight committees provide oversight to the Bank's capital allocation methodologies.

 

TD BANK GROUP 2019 ANNUAL REPORT CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND NOTES     Page 29  


EMPLOYEE BENEFITS

The projected benefit obligation and expense related to the Bank's pension and non-pension post-retirement benefit plans are determined using multiple assumptions that may significantly influence the value of these amounts. Actuarial assumptions including discount rates, compensation increases, health care cost trend rates, and mortality rates are management's best estimates and are reviewed annually with the Bank's actuaries. The Bank develops each assumption using relevant historical experience of the Bank in conjunction with market-related data and considers if the market-related data indicates there is any prolonged or significant impact on the assumptions. The discount rate used to value liabilities is determined by reference to market yields on high-quality corporate bonds with terms matching the plans' specific cash flows. The other assumptions are also long-term estimates. All assumptions are subject to a degree of uncertainty. Differences between actual experiences and the assumptions, as well as changes in the assumptions resulting from changes in future expectations, result in actuarial gains and losses which are recognized in other comprehensive income during the year and also impact expenses in future periods.

INCOME TAXES

The Bank is subject to taxation in numerous jurisdictions. There are many transactions and calculations in the ordinary course of business for which the ultimate tax determination is uncertain. The Bank maintains provisions for uncertain tax positions that it believes appropriately reflect the risk of tax positions under discussion, audit, dispute, or appeal with tax authorities, or which are otherwise considered to involve uncertainty. These provisions are made using the Bank's best estimate of the amount expected to be paid based on an assessment of all relevant factors, which are reviewed at the end of each reporting period. However, it is possible that at some future date, an additional liability could result from audits by the relevant taxing authorities.

Deferred tax assets are recognized only when it is probable that sufficient taxable profit will be available in future periods against which deductible temporary differences may be utilized. The amount of the deferred tax asset recognized and considered realizable could, however, be reduced if projected income is not achieved due to various factors, such as unfavourable business conditions. If projected income is not expected to be achieved, the Bank would decrease its deferred tax assets to the amount that it believes can be realized. The magnitude of the decrease is significantly influenced by the Bank's forecast of future profit generation, which determines the extent to which it will be able to utilize the deferred tax assets.

PROVISIONS

Provisions arise when there is some uncertainty in the timing or amount of a loss in the future. Provisions are based on the Bank's best estimate of all expenditures required to settle its present obligations, considering all relevant risks and uncertainties, as well as, when material, the effect of the time value of money.

Many of the Bank's provisions relate to various legal actions that the Bank is involved in during the ordinary course of business. Legal provisions require the involvement of both the Bank's management and legal counsel when assessing the probability of a loss and estimating any monetary impact. Throughout the life of a provision, the Bank's management or legal counsel may learn of additional information that may impact its assessments about the probability of loss or about the estimates of amounts involved. Changes in these assessments may lead to changes in the amount recorded for provisions. In addition, the actual costs of resolving these claims may be substantially higher or lower than the amounts recognized. The Bank reviews its legal provisions on a case-by-case basis after considering, among other factors, the progress of each case, the Bank's experience, the experience of others in similar cases, and the opinions and views of legal counsel.

Certain of the Bank's provisions relate to restructuring initiatives initiated by the Bank. Restructuring provisions require management's best estimate, including forecasts of economic conditions. Throughout the life of a provision, the Bank may become aware of additional information that may impact the assessment of amounts to be incurred. Changes in these assessments may lead to changes in the amount recorded for provisions.

INSURANCE

The assumptions used in establishing the Bank's insurance claims and policy benefit liabilities are based on best estimates of possible outcomes.

For property and casualty insurance, the ultimate cost of claims liabilities is estimated using a range of standard actuarial claims projection techniques in accordance with Canadian accepted actuarial practices. Additional qualitative judgment is used to assess the extent to which past trends may or may not apply in the future, in order to arrive at the estimated ultimate claims cost that present the most likely outcome taking account of all the uncertainties involved.

For life and health insurance, actuarial liabilities consider all future policy cash flows, including premiums, claims, and expenses required to administer the policies. Critical assumptions used in the measurement of life and health insurance contract liabilities are determined by the appointed actuary.

Further information on insurance risk assumptions is provided in Note 22.

CONSOLIDATION OF STRUCTURED ENTITIES

Management judgment is required when assessing whether the Bank should consolidate an entity. For instance, it may not be feasible to determine if the Bank controls an entity solely through an assessment of voting rights for certain structured entities. In this case, judgment is required to establish whether the Bank has decision-making power over the key relevant activities of the entity and whether the Bank has the ability to use that power to absorb significant variable returns from the entity. If it is determined that the Bank has both decision-making power and significant variable returns from the entity, judgment is also used to determine whether any such power is exercised by the Bank as principal, on its own behalf, or as agent, on behalf of another counterparty.

Assessing whether the Bank has decision-making power includes understanding the purpose and design of the entity in order to determine its key economic activities. In this context, an entity's key economic activities are those which predominantly impact the economic performance of the entity. When the Bank has the current ability to direct the entity's key economic activities, it is considered to have decision-making power over the entity.

The Bank also evaluates its exposure to the variable returns of a structured entity in order to determine if it absorbs a significant proportion of the variable returns the entity is designed to create. As part of this evaluation, the Bank considers the purpose and design of the entity in order to determine whether it absorbs variable returns from the structured entity through its contractual holdings, which may take the form of securities issued by the entity, derivatives with the entity, or other arrangements such as guarantees, liquidity facilities, or lending commitments.

If the Bank has decision-making power over the entity and absorbs significant variable returns from the entity, it then determines if it is acting as principal or agent when exercising its decision-making power. Key factors considered include the scope of its decision-making powers; the rights of other parties involved with the entity, including any rights to remove the Bank as decision-maker or rights to participate in key decisions; whether the rights of other parties are exercisable in practice; and the variable returns absorbed by the Bank and by other parties involved with the entity. When assessing consolidation, a presumption exists that the Bank exercises decision-making power as principal if it is also exposed to significant variable returns, unless an analysis of the factors above indicates otherwise.

The decisions above are made with reference to the specific facts and circumstances relevant for the structured entity and related transaction(s) under consideration.

 

TD BANK GROUP 2019 ANNUAL REPORT CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND NOTES     Page 30  


REVENUE FROM CONTRACTS WITH CUSTOMERS

The Bank applies judgment to determine the timing of satisfaction of performance obligations which affects the timing of revenue recognition, by evaluating the pattern in which the Bank transfers control of services promised to the customer. A performance obligation is satisfied over time when the customer simultaneously receives and consumes the benefits as the Bank performs the service. For performance obligations satisfied over time, revenue is generally recognized using the time-elapsed method which is based on time elapsed in proportion to the period over which the service is provided, for example, personal deposit account bundle fees. The time-elapsed method is a faithful depiction of the transfer of control for these services as control is transferred evenly to the customer when the Bank provides a stand-ready service or effort is expended evenly by the Bank to provide a service over the contract period. In contracts where the Bank has a right to consideration from a customer in an amount that corresponds directly with the value to the customer of the Bank's performance completed to date, the Bank recognizes revenue in the amount to which it has a right to invoice.

The Bank satisfies a performance obligation at a point in time if the customer obtains control of the promised services at that date. Determining when control is transferred requires the use of judgment. For transaction-based services, the Bank determines that control is transferred to the customer at a point in time when the customer obtains substantially all of the benefits from the service rendered and the Bank has a present right to payment, which generally coincides with the moment the transaction is executed.

The Bank exercises judgment in determining whether costs incurred in connection with acquiring new revenue contracts would meet the requirement to be capitalized as incremental costs to obtain or fulfil a contract with customers.

IMPAIRMENT OF FINANCIAL ASSETS PRIOR TO NOVEMBER 1, 2017 UNDER IAS 39

The following is applicable to periods prior to November 1, 2017 for financial instruments accounted for under IAS 39.

Available-for-Sale Securities

Impairment losses were recognized on AFS securities if there was objective evidence of impairment as a result of one or more events that occurred after initial recognition and the loss event(s) resulted in a decrease in the estimated cash flows of the instrument. The Bank individually reviewed these securities at least quarterly for the presence of these conditions. For AFS equity securities, a significant or prolonged decline in fair value below cost was considered objective evidence of impairment. For AFS debt securities, a deterioration of credit quality was considered objective evidence of impairment. Other factors considered in the impairment assessment included financial position and key financial indicators of the issuer of the instrument, significant past and continued losses of the issuer, as well as breaches of contract, including default or delinquency in interest payments and loan covenant violations.

Held-to-Maturity Securities

Impairment losses were recognized on held-to-maturity securities if there was objective evidence of impairment as a result of one or more events that occurred after initial recognition and the loss event(s) resulted in a decrease in the estimated cash flows of the instrument. The Bank reviewed these securities at least quarterly for impairment at the counterparty-specific level. If there was no objective evidence of impairment at the counterparty-specific level then the security was grouped with other held-to-maturity securities with similar credit risk characteristics and collectively assessed for impairment, which considered losses incurred but not identified. A deterioration of credit quality was considered objective evidence of impairment. Other factors considered in the impairment assessment included the financial position and key financial indicators of the issuer, significant past and continued losses of the issuer, as well as breaches of contract, including default or delinquency in interest payments and loan covenant violations.

Loans

A loan, including a debt security classified as a loan, was considered impaired when there was objective evidence that there had been a deterioration of credit quality subsequent to the initial recognition of the loan to the extent the Bank no longer had reasonable assurance as to the timely collection of the full amount of principal and interest. The Bank assessed loans for objective evidence of impairment individually for loans that were individually significant, and collectively for loans that were not individually significant. The allowance for credit losses represented management's best estimate of impairment incurred in the lending portfolios, including any off-balance sheet exposures, at the balance sheet date. Management exercised judgment as to the timing of designating a loan as impaired, the amount of the allowance required, and the amount that would be recovered once the borrower defaulted. Changes in the amount that management expected to recover would have a direct impact on the provision for credit losses and may have resulted in a change in the allowance for credit losses.

If there was no objective evidence of impairment for an individual loan, whether significant or not, the loan was included in a group of assets with similar credit risk characteristics and collectively assessed for impairment for losses incurred but not identified. In calculating the probable range of allowance for incurred but not identified credit losses, the Bank employed internally developed models that utilized parameters for PD, LGD, and EAD. Management's judgment was used to determine the point within the range that was the best estimate of losses, based on an assessment of business and economic conditions, historical loss experience, loan portfolio composition, and other relevant indicators that were not fully incorporated into the model calculation. Changes in these assumptions would have a direct impact on the provision for credit losses and may have resulted in a change in the incurred but not identified allowance for credit losses.

 

NOTE 4:  CURRENT AND FUTURE CHANGES IN ACCOUNTING POLICIES

CURRENT CHANGES IN ACCOUNTING POLICIES

The following new and amended standards have been adopted by the Bank.

IBOR Reform and its Effects on Financial Reporting

As a result of the effects of Interbank Offered Rates (IBOR) reform, on September 26, 2019, the IASB issued Interest Rate Benchmark Reform, Amendments to IFRS 9, IAS 39, and IFRS 7, of which the Bank adopted the applicable amendments to IFRS 7 relating to hedge accounting and will apply the remaining amendments related to IAS 39 as and when applicable to the Bank's hedging relationships. The amendments provide temporary exceptions from applying specific hedge accounting requirements to all hedging relationships directly affected by interest rate benchmark reform. Under the amendments, entities would apply hedge accounting requirements assuming that the interest rate benchmark is not altered, thereby enabling hedge accounting to continue during the period of uncertainty prior to the replacement of an existing interest rate benchmark with an alternative benchmark rate. The amendments also provide an exception from

 

TD BANK GROUP 2019 ANNUAL REPORT CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND NOTES     Page 31  


the requirement to discontinue hedge accounting if the actual results of the hedge do not meet the effectiveness requirements as a result of interest rate benchmark reform. Amendments were also made to IFRS 7 introducing additional disclosures related to amended IAS 39. Refer to Notes 2 and 11 for further details.

Revenue from Contracts with Customers

On November 1, 2018, the Bank adopted IFRS 15, Revenue from Contracts with Customers (IFRS 15), which establishes the principles for recognizing revenue and cash flows arising from contracts with customers and prescribes the application of a five-step recognition and measurement model. The standard excludes from its scope, revenue arising from items such as financial instruments, insurance contracts, and leases. The Bank adopted the standard on a modified retrospective basis, recognizing the cumulative effect of initially applying the standard as an adjustment to opening retained earnings without restating comparative period financial information.

The adoption of IFRS 15 resulted in a reduction to Shareholders' Equity of $41 million related to certain expenses not eligible for deferral under IFRS 15. The presentation of certain revenue and expense items is changed due to IFRS 15 and reclassified prospectively. These presentation changes are not significant and do not have an impact on net income.

In addition to the above changes related to the adoption of IFRS 15, the Bank also changed its accounting policy on securities lending and borrowing transactions. Where securities are received or pledged as collateral, securities lending income and securities borrowing fees are recorded in Non-interest income and Non-interest expenses, respectively, on the Consolidated Statement of Income. This change has been applied retrospectively.

Share-based Payment

In June 2016, the IASB published amendments to IFRS 2, Share-based Payment (IFRS 2), which provide additional guidance on the classification and measurement of share-based payment transactions. The amendments clarify the accounting for cash-settled share-based payment transactions that include a performance condition, the classification of share-based payment transactions with net settlement features for withholding tax obligations, and the accounting for modifications of share-based payment transactions from cash-settled to equity-settled. The amendments to IFRS 2 are effective for annual periods beginning on or after January 1, 2018, which was November 1, 2018 for the Bank. These amendments have been applied prospectively and did not have a significant impact on the Bank.

FUTURE CHANGES IN ACCOUNTING POLICIES

The following standards have been issued, but are not yet effective on the date of issuance of the Bank's Consolidated Financial Statements. The Bank is currently assessing the impact of the application of these standards on the Consolidated Financial Statements and will adopt these standards when they become effective.

Leases

In January 2016, the IASB issued IFRS 16, Leases (IFRS 16), which will replace IAS 17, Leases, introducing a single lessee accounting model for all leases by eliminating the distinction between operating and financing leases. IFRS 16 requires lessees to recognize right-of-use assets and lease liabilities for most leases on the balance sheet. Lessees will also recognize depreciation expense on the right-of-use asset, interest expense on the lease liability, and a shift in the timing of expense recognition in the statement of income. Short-term leases, which are defined as those that have a lease term of twelve months or less, and leases of low-value assets are exempt. Lessor accounting remains substantially unchanged. IFRS 16 is effective for annual periods beginning on or after January 1, 2019, which will be November 1, 2019 for the Bank. The Bank will adopt the new standard using the modified retrospective approach by recognizing the cumulative effect of the transitional impact in opening retained earnings within the Consolidated Balance Sheet at November 1, 2019, with no restatement of the comparative periods. The Bank's IFRS 16 program is governed by a formal multi-functional enterprise-wide governance structure and project delivery plan. Additional processes and internal controls over financial reporting have also been developed.

In adopting IFRS 16, the Bank will apply certain practical expedients as permitted by IFRS 16, including: using hindsight to determine the lease term where lease contracts contain options to extend or terminate a lease, measuring the right-of-use asset retrospectively on a selection of leases, not reassessing under IFRS 16, contracts that were previously identified as leases under the previous accounting standards (IAS 17, Leases, and IFRIC 4, Determining whether an arrangement contains a lease), and applying the exemption for short-term leases to be expensed.

The Bank's real estate leases, previously classified as operating leases, will be impacted the most by the adoption of IFRS 16. The Bank also leases certain equipment and other assets under similar payment terms. On November 1, 2019, the Bank estimates increases of $4.4 billion of new right-of-use assets, $5.5 billion of lease liabilities, and other balance sheet adjustments and reclassifications of $0.6 billion. The decrease of retained earnings is approximately $0.5 billion after tax. Based on the current regulatory requirements, the expected impact to Common Equity Tier 1 (CET1) capital is a decrease of 24 basis points (bps).

Insurance Contracts

In May 2017, the IASB issued IFRS 17, Insurance Contracts (IFRS 17), which replaces the guidance in IFRS 4, Insurance Contracts and establishes principles for recognition, measurement, presentation, and disclosure of insurance contracts. IFRS 17 is currently effective for the Bank's annual reporting period beginning November 1, 2021. In June 2019, the IASB issued an Exposure Draft which proposes targeted amendments to IFRS 17 including, amongst other matters, a deferral of the effective date by one year. It is expected that the IASB will finalize the amendments to the standard in mid-2020. Any change to the Bank's effective date is subject to updates of OSFI's related Advisory. The Bank is currently in the final stages of its planning activities, which includes developing the project plan based on results from business impact assessments, reviewing resource requirements to support this approach, and monitoring the impact of IASB changes to the IFRS 17 standard.

Uncertainty over Income Tax Treatments

In June 2017, the IASB issued IFRIC Interpretation 23, Uncertainty over Income Tax Treatments, which clarifies application of recognition and measurement requirements in IAS 12, Income Taxes, when there is uncertainty over income tax treatments. The interpretation is effective for annual periods beginning on or after January 1, 2019, which will be November 1, 2019 for the Bank. The interpretation can be applied using either full retrospective application or modified retrospective application without restatement of comparatives and is not expected to have a significant impact on the Bank.

 

TD BANK GROUP 2019 ANNUAL REPORT CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND NOTES     Page 32  


Conceptual Framework for Financial Reporting

In March 2018, the IASB issued the revised Conceptual Framework for Financial Reporting (Revised Conceptual Framework), which provides a set of concepts to assist the IASB in developing standards and to help preparers consistently apply accounting policies where specific accounting standards do not exist. The framework is not an accounting standard and does not override the requirements that exist in other IFRS standards. The Revised Conceptual Framework describes that financial information must be relevant and faithfully represented to be useful, provides revised definitions and recognition criteria for assets and liabilities, and confirms that different measurement bases are useful and permitted. The Revised Conceptual Framework is effective for annual periods beginning on or after January 1, 2020, which will be November 1, 2020 for the Bank, with early adoption permitted. The Bank is currently assessing the impact of adopting the revised framework.

Business Combinations

In October 2018, the IASB issued a narrow-scope amendment to IFRS 3, Business Combinations (IFRS 3). The amendments provide additional guidance on the definition of a business which determines whether an acquisition is of a business or a group of assets. An acquirer recognizes goodwill only when acquiring a business, not when acquiring a group of assets. The amendments to IFRS 3 are effective for annual reporting periods beginning on or after January 1, 2020, which will be November 1, 2020 for the Bank, with early adoption permitted and is to be applied prospectively. The Bank will assess the impact of the amendments on future acquisitions.

Presentation of Financial Statements and Accounting Policies, Changes in Accounting Estimates and Errors

In October 2018, the IASB issued amendments to IAS 1, Presentation of Financial Statements and IAS 8, Accounting Policies, Changes in Accounting Estimates and Errors, which clarify the definition of "material". Specifically, the amendments clarify that information is material if omitting, misstating, or obscuring it could reasonably be expected to influence the decisions that the primary users of general purpose financial statements make on the basis of those financial statements. Accompanying explanations to the definition have also been clarified. The amendments are effective for annual periods beginning on or after January 1, 2020, which will be November 1, 2020 for the Bank, and are to be applied prospectively with early application permitted. The Bank is currently assessing the impact of adopting these amendments.

 

NOTE 5:  FAIR VALUE MEASUREMENTS

Certain assets and liabilities, primarily financial instruments, are carried on the balance sheet at their fair value on a recurring basis. These financial instruments include trading loans and securities, non-trading financial assets at FVTPL, assets and liabilities designated at FVTPL, financial assets at FVOCI, derivatives, certain securities purchased under reverse repurchase agreements, certain deposits classified as trading, securitization liabilities at fair value, obligations related to securities sold short, and certain obligations related to securities sold under repurchase agreements. All other financial assets and financial liabilities are carried at amortized cost.

VALUATION GOVERNANCE

Valuation processes are guided by policies and procedures that are approved by senior management and subject matter experts. Senior Executive oversight over the valuation process is provided through various valuation-related committees. Further, the Bank has a number of additional controls in place, including an independent price verification process to ensure the accuracy of fair value measurements reported in the financial statements. The sources used for independent pricing comply with the standards set out in the approved valuation-related policies, which include consideration of the reliability, relevancy, and timeliness of data.

METHODS AND ASSUMPTIONS

The Bank calculates fair values for measurement and disclosure purposes based on the following methods of valuation and assumptions:

Government and Government-Related Securities

The fair value of Canadian government debt securities is based on quoted prices in active markets, where available. Where quoted prices are not available, valuation techniques such as discounted cash flow models may be used, which maximize the use of observable inputs such as government bond yield curves.

The fair value of U.S. federal and state government, as well as agency debt securities, is determined by reference to recent transaction prices, broker quotes, or third-party vendor prices. Brokers or third-party vendors may use a pool-specific valuation model to value these securities. Observable market inputs to the model include to-be-announced market prices, the applicable indices, and metrics such as the coupon, maturity, and weighted-average maturity of the pool. Market inputs used in the valuation model include, but are not limited to, indexed yield curves and trading spreads.

The fair value of residential mortgage-backed securities (MBS) is based on broker quotes, third-party vendor prices, or other valuation techniques, such as the use of option-adjusted spread models which include inputs such as prepayment rate assumptions related to the underlying collateral. Observable inputs include, but are not limited to, indexed yield curves and bid-ask spreads. Other inputs may include volatility assumptions derived using Monte Carlo simulations and take into account factors such as counterparty credit quality and liquidity.

Other Debt Securities

The fair value of corporate and other debt securities is based on broker quotes, third-party vendor prices, or other valuation techniques, such as discounted cash flow techniques. Market inputs used in the other valuation techniques or underlying third-party vendor prices or broker quotes include benchmark and government bond yield curves, credit spreads, and trade execution data.

Asset-backed securities are primarily fair valued using third-party vendor prices. The third-party vendor employs a valuation model which maximizes the use of observable inputs such as benchmark yield curves and bid-ask spreads. The model also takes into account relevant data about the underlying collateral, such as weighted-average terms to maturity and prepayment rate assumptions.

Equity Securities

The fair value of equity securities is based on quoted prices in active markets, where available. Where quoted prices in active markets are not readily available, such as for private equity securities, or where there is a wide bid-offer spread, fair value is determined based on quoted market prices for similar securities or through valuation techniques, including discounted cash flow analysis, and multiples of earnings before taxes, depreciation and amortization, and other relevant valuation techniques.

 

TD BANK GROUP 2019 ANNUAL REPORT CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND NOTES     Page 33  


If there are trading restrictions on the equity security held, a valuation adjustment is recognized against available prices to reflect the nature of the restriction. However, restrictions that are not part of the security held and represent a separate contractual arrangement that has been entered into by the Bank and a third party do not impact the fair value of the original instrument.

Retained Interests

Retained interests are classified as trading securities and are initially recognized at their relative fair market value. Subsequently, the fair value of retained interests recognized by the Bank is determined by estimating the present value of future expected cash flows. Differences between the actual cash flows and the Bank's estimate of future cash flows are recognized in income. These assumptions are subject to periodic review and may change due to significant changes in the economic environment.

Loans

The estimated fair value of loans carried at amortized cost reflects changes in market price that have occurred since the loans were originated or purchased. For fixed-rate performing loans, estimated fair value is determined by discounting the expected future cash flows related to these loans at current market interest rates for loans with similar credit risks. For floating-rate performing loans, changes in interest rates have minimal impact on fair value since loans reprice to market frequently. On that basis, fair value is assumed to approximate carrying value. The fair value of loans is not adjusted for the value of any credit protection the Bank has purchased to mitigate credit risk.

The fair value of loans carried at FVTPL, which includes trading loans and loans designated at FVTPL, is determined using observable market prices, where available. Where the Bank is a market maker for loans traded in the secondary market, fair value is determined using executed prices, or prices for comparable trades. For those loans where the Bank is not a market maker, the Bank obtains broker quotes from other reputable dealers, and corroborates this information using valuation techniques or by obtaining consensus or composite prices from pricing services.

The fair value of loans carried at FVOCI is assumed to approximate amortized cost as they are generally floating rate performing loans that are short term in nature.

Commodities

The fair value of commodities is based on quoted prices in active markets, where available. The Bank also transacts commodity derivative contracts which can be traded on an exchange or in OTC markets.

Derivative Financial Instruments

The fair value of exchange-traded derivative financial instruments is based on quoted market prices. The fair value of OTC derivative financial instruments is estimated using well established valuation techniques, such as discounted cash flow techniques, the Black-Scholes model, and Monte Carlo simulation. The valuation models incorporate inputs that are observable in the market or can be derived from observable market data.

Prices derived by using models are recognized net of valuation adjustments. The inputs used in the valuation models depend on the type of derivative and the nature of the underlying instrument and are specific to the instrument being valued. Inputs can include, but are not limited to, interest rate yield curves, foreign exchange rates, dividend yield projections, commodity spot and forward prices, recovery rates, volatilities, spot prices, and correlation.

A credit risk valuation adjustment (CRVA) is recognized against the model value of OTC derivatives to account for the uncertainty that either counterparty in a derivative transaction may not be able to fulfil its obligations under the transaction. In determining CRVA, the Bank takes into account master netting agreements and collateral, and considers the creditworthiness of the counterparty and the Bank itself, in assessing potential future amounts owed to, or by the Bank.

The fair value of a derivative is partly a function of collateralization. The Bank uses the relevant overnight index swap curve to discount the cash flows for collateralized derivatives as most collateral is posted in cash and can be funded at the overnight rate.

A funding valuation adjustment (FVA) is recognized against the model value of OTC derivatives to recognize the market implied funding costs and benefits considered in the pricing and fair valuation of uncollateralized derivatives. Some of the key drivers of FVA include the market implied funding spread and the expected average exposure by counterparty.

The Bank will continue to monitor industry practice on valuation adjustments and may refine the methodology as market practices evolve.

Deposits

The estimated fair value of term deposits is determined by discounting the contractual cash flows using interest rates currently offered for deposits with similar terms.

For deposits with no defined maturities, the Bank considers fair value to equal carrying value, which is equivalent to the amount payable on the balance sheet date.

For trading deposits and deposits designated at FVTPL, which is included in financial liabilities designated at FVTPL, fair value is determined using discounted cash flow valuation techniques which maximize the use of observable market inputs such as benchmark yield curves and foreign exchange rates. The Bank considers the impact of its own creditworthiness in the valuation of these deposits by reference to observable market inputs.

Securitization Liabilities

The fair value of securitization liabilities is based on quoted market prices or quoted market prices for similar financial instruments, where available. Where quoted prices are not available, fair value is determined using valuation techniques, which maximize the use of observable inputs, such as Canada Mortgage Bond (CMB) curves and MBS curves.

Obligations Related to Securities Sold Short

The fair value of these obligations is based on the fair value of the underlying securities, which can include equity or debt securities. As these obligations are fully collateralized, the method used to determine fair value would be the same as that of the relevant underlying equity or debt securities.

Securities Purchased Under Reverse Repurchase Agreements and Obligations Related to Securities Sold under Repurchase Agreements

Commodities and bonds purchased or sold with an agreement to sell or repurchase them at a later date at a fixed price are carried at fair value. The fair value of these agreements is based on valuation techniques such as discounted cash flow models which maximize the use of observable market inputs such as interest rate swap curves and commodity forward prices.

Subordinated Notes and Debentures

The fair value of subordinated notes and debentures are based on quoted market prices for similar issues or current rates offered to the Bank for debt of equivalent credit quality and remaining maturity.

 

TD BANK GROUP 2019 ANNUAL REPORT CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND NOTES     Page 34  


Portfolio Exception

IFRS 13, Fair Value Measurement provides a measurement exception that allows an entity to determine the fair value of a group of financial assets and liabilities with offsetting risks based on the sale or transfer of its net exposure to a particular risk or risks. The Bank manages certain financial assets and financial liabilities, such as derivative assets and derivative liabilities on the basis of net exposure and applies the portfolio exception when determining the fair value of these financial assets and financial liabilities.

Fair Value of Assets and Liabilities not carried at Fair Value

The fair value of assets and liabilities subsequently not carried at fair value include most loans, most deposits, certain securitization liabilities, most securities purchased under reverse repurchase agreements, most obligations relating to securities sold under repurchase agreements, and subordinated notes and debentures. For these instruments, fair values are calculated for disclosure purposes only, and the valuation techniques are disclosed above. In addition, the Bank has determined that the carrying value approximates the fair value for the following assets and liabilities as they are usually liquid floating rate financial instruments and are generally short term in nature: cash and due from banks, interest-bearing deposits with banks, securities purchased under reverse repurchase agreements, customers' liability under acceptances, amounts receivable from brokers, dealers, and clients, other assets, acceptances, obligations related to securities sold under repurchase agreements, amounts payable to brokers, dealers, and clients, and other liabilities.

Carrying Value and Fair Value of Financial Instruments not carried at Fair Value

The fair values in the following table exclude assets that are not financial instruments, such as land, buildings and equipment, as well as goodwill and other intangible assets, including customer relationships, which are of significant value to the Bank.

Financial Assets and Liabilities not carried at Fair Value

(millions of Canadian dollars)                    As at  
     October 31, 2019      October 31, 2018  
     

Carrying

value

    

Fair

value

    

Carrying

value

    

Fair

value

 

FINANCIAL ASSETS

                                   

Debt securities at amortized cost, net of allowance for credit losses

           

Government and government-related securities

   $ 78,275      $ 78,374      $ 60,535    $ 59,948

Other debt securities

     52,222        52,370        46,636      46,316

Total debt securities at amortized cost, net of allowance for credit losses

     130,497        130,744        107,171      106,264

Total loans, net of allowance for loan losses

     684,608        688,154        646,393      642,542

Total financial assets not carried at fair value

   $ 815,105      $ 818,898      $ 753,564    $ 748,806
           

FINANCIAL LIABILITIES

                                   

Deposits

   $ 886,977      $ 892,597      $ 851,439    $ 846,148

Securitization liabilities at amortized cost

     14,086        14,258        14,683      14,654

Subordinated notes and debentures

     10,725        11,323        8,740      9,027

Total financial liabilities not carried at fair value

   $ 911,788      $ 918,178      $ 874,862    $ 869,829

1  This table excludes financial assets and liabilities where the carrying amount is a reasonable approximation of fair value.

   

Fair Value Hierarchy

IFRS requires disclosure of a three-level hierarchy for fair value measurements based upon the observability of inputs to the valuation of an asset or liability as of the measurement date. The three levels are defined as follows:

Level 1: Fair value is based on quoted market prices for identical assets or liabilities that are traded in an active exchange market or highly liquid and actively traded in OTC markets.

Level 2: Fair value is based on observable inputs other than Level 1 prices, such as quoted market prices for similar (but not identical) assets or liabilities in active markets, quoted market prices for identical assets or liabilities in markets that are not active, and other inputs that are observable or can be corroborated by observable market data for substantially the full term of the assets or liabilities. Level 2 assets and liabilities include debt securities with quoted prices that are traded less frequently than exchange-traded instruments and derivative contracts whose value is determined using valuation techniques with inputs that are observable in the market or can be derived principally from or corroborated by observable market data.

Level 3: Fair value is based on non-observable inputs that are supported by little or no market activity and that are significant to the fair value of the assets or liabilities. Financial instruments classified within Level 3 of the fair value hierarchy are initially recognized at their transaction price, which is considered the best estimate of fair value. After initial measurement, the fair value of Level 3 assets and liabilities is determined using valuation models, discounted cash flow methodologies, or similar techniques.

 

TD BANK GROUP 2019 ANNUAL REPORT CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND NOTES     Page 35  


The following table presents the levels within the fair value hierarchy for each of the assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis as at October 31.

 

Fair Value Hierarchy for Assets and Liabilities Measured at Fair Value on a Recurring Basis

 

        

(millions of Canadian dollars)

                                                                   As at  
     October 31, 2019       October 31, 2018  
       Level 1        Level 2        Level 3        Total       Level 1        Level 2        Level 3        Total  

FINANCIAL ASSETS AND COMMODITIES

                                                                      

Trading loans, securities, and other

                                                                      

Government and government-related securities

                      

Canadian government debt

                      

Federal

   $ 395      $ 10,521      $      $ 10,916     $ 127    $ 14,335    $    $ 14,462

Provinces

          8,510        8        8,518            7,535      3      7,538

U.S. federal, state, municipal governments, and agencies debt

          19,133             19,133            19,732           19,732

Other OECD government guaranteed debt

          4,132             4,132            3,324           3,324

Mortgage-backed securities

          1,746             1,746            2,029           2,029

Other debt securities

                      

Canadian issuers

          5,129        3        5,132            5,630      1      5,631

Other issuers

          13,547        1        13,548            14,459      16      14,475

Equity securities

                      

Common shares

     56,058        61             56,119       43,699      53           43,752

Preferred shares

     57                    57       33      26           59

Trading loans

            12,482             12,482            10,990           10,990

Commodities

     13,761        437             14,198       5,540      340           5,880

Retained interests

            19             19            25           25
       70,271        75,717        12        146,000       49,399      78,478      20      127,897

Non-trading financial assets at fair value through profit or loss

                      

Securities

     229        3,985        493        4,707       176      2,095      408      2,679

Loans

            1,791        5        1,796            1,317      19      1,336
       229        5,776        498        6,503       176      3,412      427      4,015

Derivatives

                      

Interest rate contracts

     22        14,794               14,816       33      12,365           12,398

Foreign exchange contracts

     24        30,623        3        30,650       24      39,647      4      39,675

Credit contracts

            16               16            9           9

Equity contracts

     1        1,298        589        1,888            3,170      453      3,623

Commodity contracts

     266        1,246        12        1,524       144      1,112      35      1,291
       313        47,977        604        48,894       201      56,303      492      56,996

Financial assets designated at fair value through profit or loss

                      

Securities

            4,040               4,040            3,618           3,618
              4,040               4,040            3,618           3,618

Financial assets at fair value through other comprehensive income

                                                                      

Government and government-related securities

                      

Canadian government debt

                      

Federal

          9,663             9,663            12,731           12,731

Provinces

          12,927             12,927            9,507           9,507

U.S. federal, state, municipal governments, and agencies debt

          40,737             40,737            45,766           45,766

Other OECD government guaranteed debt

          14,407             14,407            19,896      200      20,096

Mortgage-backed securities

          5,437             5,437            6,633           6,633

Other debt securities

                      

Asset-backed securities

          15,888             15,888            21,407      562      21,969

Non-agency collateralized mortgage obligation portfolio

          247             247            472           472

Corporate and other debt

          7,810        24      7,834            8,483      24      8,507

Equity securities

                      

Common shares

     89        2        1,507        1,598       309      3      1,492      1,804

Preferred shares

     198               44        242       235           135      370

Loans

            2,124               2,124            2,745           2,745
       287        109,242        1,575        111,104       544      127,643      2,413      130,600

Securities purchased under reverse repurchase agreements

            4,843               4,843            3,920           3,920

FINANCIAL LIABILITIES

                                                                      

Trading deposits

            22,793        4,092        26,885            111,680      3,024      114,704

Derivatives

                      

Interest rate contracts

     19        14,404        83        14,506       24      9,646      63      9,733

Foreign exchange contracts

     21        29,374        4        29,399       18      34,897      3      34,918

Credit contracts

            420               420            386           386

Equity contracts

            2,877        1,514        4,391            1,319      1,077      2,396

Commodity contracts

     266        1,040        29        1,335       134      695      8      837
       306        48,115        1,630        50,051       176      46,943      1,151      48,270

Securitization liabilities at fair value

            13,058               13,058            12,618           12,618

Financial liabilities designated at fair value through profit or loss

            105,110        21        105,131            2      14      16

Obligations related to securities sold short

     878        28,778               29,656       1,142      38,336           39,478

Obligations related to securities sold under repurchase agreements

            2,973               2,973            3,797           3,797
1 

Fair value is the same as carrying value.

2 

Balances reflect the reduction of securities owned (long positions) by the amount of identical securities sold but not yet purchased (short positions).

 

TD BANK GROUP 2019 ANNUAL REPORT CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND NOTES     Page 36  


The Bank's policy is to record transfers of assets and liabilities between the different levels of the fair value hierarchy using the fair values as at the end of each reporting period. Assets are transferred between Level 1 and Level 2 depending on if there is sufficient frequency and volume in an active market.

There were no significant transfers between Level 1 and Level 2 during the year ended October 31, 2019. During the year ended October 31, 2018, the Bank transferred $20 million in securities from Non-trading financial assets at FVTPL from Level 1 to Level 2.

Movements of Level 3 instruments

Significant transfers into and out of Level 3 occur mainly due to the following reasons:

 

Transfers from Level 3 to Level 2 occur when techniques used for valuing the instrument incorporate significant observable market inputs or broker-dealer quotes which were previously not observable.

 

Transfers from Level 2 to Level 3 occur when an instrument's fair value, which was previously determined using valuation techniques with significant observable market inputs, is now determined using valuation techniques with significant non-observable inputs.

Due to the unobservable nature of the inputs used to value Level 3 financial instruments, there may be uncertainty about the valuation of these instruments. The fair value of Level 3 instruments may be drawn from a range of reasonably possible alternatives. In determining the appropriate levels for these unobservable inputs, parameters are chosen so that they are consistent with prevailing market evidence and management judgment.

The following tables reconcile changes in fair value of all assets and liabilities measured at fair value using significant Level 3 non-observable inputs for the years ended October 31.

 

Reconciliation of Changes in Fair Value for Level 3 Assets and Liabilities

 

(millions of Canadian dollars)   

Fair

value as at

November 1
2018

   

 

Total realized and
unrealized gains (losses)

   

 

Movements

   

 

Transfers

   

Fair

value as at

October 31
2019

   

Change in
unrealized
gains
(losses) on

instruments
still held5 

 
     Included
in income1 
    Included
in OCI2,3
    Purchases/
Issuances
    Sales/
Settlements4 
    Into
Level 3
    Out of
Level 3
 

FINANCIAL ASSETS

                                                                        

Trading loans, securities,
and other

                                                                        

Government and government-
related securities

                  

Canadian government debt

                  

Provinces

   $ 3     $     $     $     $ (50   $ 55     $     $ 8     $  

Other debt securities

                  

Canadian issuers

     1                   1       (2     4       (1     3        

Other issuers

     16       1             2       (24     20       (14     1        
       20       1             3       (76     79       (15     12        

Non-trading financial assets at
fair value through profit or loss

                  

Securities

     408        97             317       (329                 493       20  

Loans

     19        4             5       (23                 5       1  
       427       101             322       (352                 498       21  

Financial assets at fair value
through other comprehensive
income

                                                                        

Government and government-
related securities

                  

Other OECD government
guaranteed debt

     200       24                   (224                        

Other debt securities

                  

Asset-backed securities

     562                                     (562            

Corporate and other debt

     24                                           24        

Equity securities

                  

Common shares

     1,492             (3     31       (13                 1,507       (4

Preferred shares

     135             (16     1       (75           (1     44       (23
     $ 2,413     $ 24     $ (19   $ 32     $ (312   $     $ (563   $ 1,575     $ (27

FINANCIAL LIABILITIES

                                                                        

Trading deposits6 

   $ (3,024   $ (380   $     $ (2,030   $ 1,342     $     $     $ (4,092   $ (243

Derivatives7 

                  

Interest rate contracts

     (63     (22                 6       (4           (83     (32

Foreign exchange contracts

     1                               (5     3       (1     (1

Equity contracts

     (624     (472           (127     298                   (925     (460

Commodity contracts

     27       (33                 (11                 (17     (20
       (659     (527           (127     293       (9     3       (1,026     (513

Financial liabilities
designated at fair value
through profit or loss

     (14     104             (187     76                   (21     65  

Obligations related to securities
sold short

                       1                   (1            
1 

Gains (losses) on financial assets and liabilities are recognized within Non-interest income on the Consolidated Statement of Income.

2 

Other comprehensive income.

3 

Includes realized gains/losses transferred to retained earnings on disposal of equities designated at FVOCI. Refer to Note 7 for further details.

4 

Includes foreign exchange.

5 

Changes in unrealized gains (losses) on financial assets at FVOCI are recognized in AOCI.

6 

Issuances and repurchases of trading deposits are reported on a gross basis.

7 

As at October 31, 2019, consists of derivative assets of $0.6 billion (November 1, 2018 – $0.5 billion) and derivative liabilities of $1.6 billion (November 1, 2018 – $1.2 billion), which have been netted on this table for presentation purposes only.

 

TD BANK GROUP 2019 ANNUAL REPORT CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND NOTES     Page 37  


Reconciliation of Changes in Fair Value for Level 3 Assets and Liabilities1                       
(millions of Canadian dollars)   

Fair

value as at

November 1
2017

   

 

Total realized and
unrealized gains (losses)

           Movements            Transfers    

Fair

value as at

October 31
2018

   

Change in
unrealized
gains
(losses) on

instruments
still held5

 
     Included
in income2
    Included
in OCI3
    Purchases/
Issuances
    Sales/
Settlements 4
    Into
Level 3
    Out of
Level 3
 

FINANCIAL ASSETS

                                                                        

Trading loans, securities,
and other

                                                                        

Government and government-
related securities

                  

Canadian government debt

                  

Provinces

   $     $     $     $ 1     $     $ 2     $     $ 3     $  

Other debt securities

                  

Canadian issuers

     6                         (4 )       1       (2     1       (1 )  

Other issuers

     8       (5 )             46       (31 )       172       (174     16       (2 )  
       14       (5 )             47       (35 )       175       (176     20       (3 )  

Non-trading financial assets at
fair value through profit or loss

                  

Securities

     305       60             54       (11 )                   408       51  

Loans

     15       (4 )             8                         19       (4 )  
       320       56             62       (11 )                   427       47  

Financial assets at fair value
through other comprehensive
income

                                                                        

Government and government-
related securities

                  

Other OECD government guaranteed debt

     203       15       (18 )                               200       (18 )  

Other debt securities

                  

Asset-backed securities

     553             (2 )             11                   562       (2 )  

Corporate and other debt

     95       12       2             (85 )                   24       2  

Equity securities

                  

Common shares

     1,469             (5 )       23       5                   1,492       (7 )  

Preferred shares

     108             27                               135       26  
     $ 2,428     $ 27     $ 4     $ 23     $ (69 )     $     $     $ 2,413     $ 1  

FINANCIAL LIABILITIES

                                                                        

Trading deposits6

   $ (2,521   $ 78     $     $ (1,729   $ 1,128     $ (46   $ 66     $ (3,024   $ 122  

Derivatives7

                  

Interest rate contracts

     (70     10                   (3                 (63     6  

Foreign exchange contracts

     1                         1             (1     1       3  

Equity contracts

     (893     131             (121     260             (1     (624     125  

Commodity contracts

     2       43                   (18                 27       26  
       (960     184             (121     240             (2     (659     160  

Financial liabilities
designated at fair value
through profit or loss

     (7     (14           (117     124                   (14     (11

Obligations related to securities
sold short

                             4       (4                  
1 

Certain comparative amounts have been reclassified to conform with the presentation adopted in the current period. The presentation of Financial Liabilities has also been revised to conform with the current period presentation.

2 

Gains (losses) on financial assets and liabilities are recognized within Non-interest income on the Consolidated Statement of Income.

3 

Includes realized gains/losses transferred to retained earnings on disposal of equities designated at FVOCI. Refer to Note 7 for further details.

4 

Includes foreign exchange.

5 

Changes in unrealized gains (losses) on financial assets at FVOCI are recognized in AOCI.

6 

Issuances and repurchases of trading deposits are reported on a gross basis.

7 

As at October 31, 2018, consists of derivative assets of $0.5 billion (November 1, 2017 – $0.9 billion) and derivative liabilities of $1.2 billion (November 1, 2017 – $1.9 billion), which have been netted on this table for presentation purposes only.

VALUATION OF ASSETS AND LIABILITIES CLASSIFIED AS LEVEL 3

Significant unobservable inputs in Level 3 positions

The following section discusses the significant unobservable inputs for Level 3 positions and assesses the potential effect that a change in each unobservable input may have on the fair value measurement.

Price Equivalent

Certain financial instruments, mainly debt and equity securities, are valued using price equivalents when market prices are not available, with fair value measured by comparison with observable pricing data from instruments with similar characteristics. For debt securities, the price equivalent is expressed in 'points', and represents a percentage of the par amount, and prices at the lower end of the range are generally a result of securities that are written down. For equity securities, the price equivalent is based on a percentage of a proxy price. There may be wide ranges depending on the liquidity of the securities. New issuances of debt and equity securities are priced at 100% of the issue price.

Correlation

The movements of inputs are not necessarily independent from other inputs. Such relationships, where material to the fair value of a given instrument, are captured via correlation inputs into the pricing models. The Bank includes correlation between the asset class, as well as across asset classes. For example, price correlation is the relationship between prices of equity securities in equity basket derivatives, and quanto correlation is the relationship between instruments which settle in one currency and the underlying securities which are denominated in another currency.

 

TD BANK GROUP 2019 ANNUAL REPORT CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND NOTES     Page 38  


Implied Volatility

Implied volatility is the value of the volatility of the underlying instrument which, when input in an option pricing model, such as Black-Scholes, will return a theoretical value equal to the current market price of the option. Implied volatility is a forward-looking and subjective measure, and differs from historical volatility because the latter is calculated from known past returns of a security.

Funding ratio

The funding ratio is a significant unobservable input required to value loan commitments issued by the Bank. The funding ratio represents an estimate of the percentage of commitments that are ultimately funded by the Bank. The funding ratio is based on a number of factors such as observed historical funding percentages within the various lending channels and the future economic outlook, considering factors including, but not limited to, competitive pricing and fixed/variable mortgage rate gap. An increase/decrease in funding ratio will increase/decrease the value of the lending commitment in relationship to prevailing interest rates.

Earnings Multiple, Discount Rate, and Liquidity Discount

Earnings multiple, discount rate, and liquidity discount are significant inputs used when valuing certain equity securities and certain retained interests. Earnings multiples are selected based on comparable entities and a higher multiple will result in a higher fair value. Discount rates are applied to cash flow forecasts to reflect time value of money and the risks associated with the cash flows. A higher discount rate will result in a lower fair value. Liquidity discounts may be applied as a result of the difference in liquidity between the comparable entity and the equity securities being valued.

Currency-Specific Swap Curve

The fair value of foreign exchange contracts is determined using inputs such as foreign exchange spot rates and swap curves. Generally, swap curves are observable, but there may be certain durations or currency-specific foreign exchange spot and currency-specific swap curves that are not observable.

Dividend Yield

Dividend yield is a key input for valuing equity contracts and is generally expressed as a percentage of the current price of the stock. Dividend yields can be derived from the repo or forward price of the actual stock being fair valued. Spot dividend yields can also be obtained from pricing sources, if it can be demonstrated that spot yields are a good indication of future dividends.

Inflation Rate Swap Curve

The fair value of inflation rate swap contracts is a swap between the interest rate curve and the inflation index. The inflation rate swap spread is not observable and is determined using proxy inputs such as inflation index rates and Consumer Price Index (CPI) bond yields. Generally, swap curves are observable; however, there may be instances where certain specific swap curves are not observable.

Net Asset Value

The fair value of certain private funds are based on the net asset value determined by the fund managers based on valuation methodologies, as there are no observable prices for these instruments.

 

TD BANK GROUP 2019 ANNUAL REPORT CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND NOTES     Page 39  


Valuation techniques and inputs used in the fair value measurement of Level 3 assets and liabilities

The following table presents the Bank's assets and liabilities recognized at fair value and classified as Level 3, together with the valuation techniques used to measure fair value, the significant inputs used in the valuation technique that are considered unobservable, and a range of values for those unobservable inputs. The range of values represents the highest and lowest inputs used in calculating the fair value.

 

Valuation Techniques and Inputs Used in the Fair Value Measurement of Level 3 Assets and Liabilities

 

                                                As at  
                    October 31, 2019     October 31, 2018         
     

Valuation

technique

    

Significant
unobservable

inputs (Level 3)

   

Lower

range

   

Upper

range

   

Lower

range

   

Upper

range

    Unit  

Government and government-related securities

     Market comparable        Bond price equivalent       101       158       76     172       points  
               

Other debt securities

     Market comparable        Bond price equivalent             113           104       points  
               

Equity securities

     Market comparable        New issue price       100       100       n/a     n/a       %  
     Discounted cash flow        Discount rate       9       9       6     9       %  
     EBITDA multiple        Earnings multiple       3.5       3.5       5.0     20.5       times  
     Market comparable        Price equivalent       79       80       84     117       %  
               

Non-trading financial assets at fair value through profit or loss

     Market comparable        New issue price       100       100       100     100       %  
     Discounted cash flow        Discount rates       8       20       8     40       %  
     EBITDA multiple        Earnings multiple       1.1       6.7       0.3     5.3       times  
     Market comparable        Liquidity Discount                   50     50       %  
     Price-based        Net Asset Value 2      n/a       n/a       n/a     n/a    
               

Derivatives

 

         

Interest rate contracts

     Swaption model       
Currency-specific
volatility
 
 
    27       325       15     346       %  
     Discounted cash flow       
Inflation rate swap
curve
 
 
    1       2       1     2       %  
     Option model        Funding ratio       60       75       65     75       %  
               

Foreign exchange contracts

     Option model       
Currency-specific
volatility
 
 
    4       12       7     14       %  
               

Equity contracts

     Option model        Price correlation       (19     97       1     96       %  
        Quanto correlation       10       68       (65     68       %  
        Dividend yield             8           8       %  
        Equity volatility       7       124       10     105       %  
     Market comparable        New issue price       100       100       100     100       %  
               

Commodity contracts

     Option model        Quanto correlation       (66     (46     (66     (46     %  
        Swaption correlation       44       56       n/a     n/a       %  
               

Trading deposits

     Option model        Price correlation       (19     97       1     96       %  
        Quanto correlation       (43     68       (85     68       %  
        Dividend yield             16           13       %  
        Equity volatility       7       96       8     131       %  
     Swaption model       
Currency-specific
volatility
 
 
    25       325       15     346       %  
               

Financial liabilities designated at fair value through profit or loss

     Option model        Funding ratio       2       70       2     70       %  
1 

As at October 31, 2019, common shares exclude the fair value of Federal Reserve stock and Federal Home Loan Bank stock of $1.5 billion (October 31, 2018 – $1.4 billion) which are redeemable by the issuer at cost which approximates fair value. These securities cannot be traded in the market, hence, these securities have not been subjected to the sensitivity analysis.

2 

Net asset value information for private funds has not been disclosed due to the wide range in prices for these instruments.

 

TD BANK GROUP 2019 ANNUAL REPORT CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND NOTES     Page 40  


The following table summarizes the potential effect of using reasonably possible alternative assumptions for financial assets and financial liabilities held, that are classified in Level 3 of the fair value hierarchy as at October 31. For interest rate derivatives, the Bank performed a sensitivity analysis on the unobservable implied volatility. For equity derivatives, the sensitivity was calculated by using reasonably possible alternative assumptions by shocking dividends, correlation, or the price and volatility of the underlying equity instrument. For equity securities at FVOCI, the sensitivity was calculated based on an upward and downward shock of the fair value reported. For trading deposits, the sensitivity was calculated by varying unobservable inputs which may include volatility, credit spreads, and correlation.

 

Sensitivity Analysis of Level 3 Financial Assets and Liabilities

                                   

(millions of Canadian dollars)

                                As at
     October 31, 2019      October 31, 2018
     Impact to net assets      Impact to net assets
    
Decrease in
fair value
 
    
Increase in
fair value
 
    
Decrease in
fair value
 
    
Increase in
fair value
 

FINANCIAL ASSETS

                                   

Non-trading financial assets at fair value through profit or loss

           

Securities

   $ 49      $ 23      $ 46    $ 26

Loans

     1        1        2      2
     50        24        48      28

Derivatives

           

Equity contracts

     14        17        16      21

Commodity contracts

                   1      1
       14        17        17      22

Financial assets at fair value through other comprehensive income

                                   

Other debt securities

           

Asset-backed securities

                   40      40

Corporate and other debt

     2        2        2      2

Equity securities

           

Common shares

     6        3        4      2

Preferred shares

     10        4        26      7
       18        9        72      51
                                     

FINANCIAL LIABILITIES

                                   

Trading deposits

     23        32        18      26

Derivatives

           

Interest rate contracts

     20        14        15      12

Equity contracts

     41        35        45      36
       61        49        60      48

Financial liabilities designated at fair value through profit or loss

     2        2        2      2

Total

   $ 168      $ 133      $ 217    $ 177

The best evidence of a financial instrument's fair value at initial recognition is its transaction price unless the fair value of the instrument is evidenced by comparison with other observable current market transactions in the same instrument (that is, without modification or repackaging) or based on a valuation technique whose variables include only data from observable markets. Consequently, the difference between the fair value using other observable current market transactions or a valuation technique using observable inputs and the transaction price results in an unrealized gain or loss at initial recognition.

The difference between the transaction price at initial recognition and the value determined at that date using a valuation technique with significant non-observable inputs is not recognized in income until the significant non-observable inputs in the valuation technique used to value the instruments become observable. The following table summarizes the aggregate difference yet to be recognized in net income due to the difference between the transaction price and the amount determined using valuation techniques with significant non-observable inputs at initial recognition.

 

   
(millions of Canadian dollars)    For the years ended October 31  
      2019     2018  

Balance as at beginning of year

   $ 14     $ 19

New transactions

     38       25

Recognized in the Consolidated Statement of Income during the year

     (37     (30

Balance as at end of year

   $ 15     $ 14

 

TD BANK GROUP 2019 ANNUAL REPORT CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND NOTES     Page 41  


FINANCIAL ASSETS DESIGNATED AT FAIR VALUE

Securities Designated at Fair Value through Profit or Loss

Certain securities supporting insurance reserves within the Bank's insurance underwriting subsidiaries have been designated at FVTPL to eliminate or significantly reduce an accounting mismatch. The actuarial valuation of the insurance reserve is measured using a discount factor which is based on the yield of the supporting invested assets, which includes the securities designated at FVTPL, with changes in the discount factor being recognized on the Consolidated Statement of Income. The unrealized gains or losses on securities designated at FVTPL are recognized on the Consolidated Statement of Income in the same period as gains or losses resulting from changes to the discount rate used to value the insurance liabilities.

In addition, certain debt securities have been designated at FVTPL as they are economically hedged with derivatives and the designation eliminates or significantly reduces an accounting mismatch. The derivatives are carried at fair value, with the change in fair value recognized in non-interest income.

Fair Value Hierarchy for Assets and Liabilities not carried at Fair Value

The following table presents the levels within the fair value hierarchy for each of the financial assets and liabilities not carried at fair value as at October 31, but for which fair value is disclosed.

 

Fair Value Hierarchy for Assets and Liabilities not carried at Fair Value

 

                                                              

(millions of Canadian dollars)

                                                                    As at
     October 31, 2019      October 31, 2018
       Level 1      Level 2      Level 3      Total      Level 1      Level 2      Level 3      Total
                                                         

ASSETS

                                                                       

Debt securities at amortized cost, net of allowance for credit losses

                       

Government and government-related securities

   $ 169      $ 78,195      $ 10      $ 78,374      $ 119    $ 59,828    $ 1    $ 59,948

Other debt securities

            52,368        2        52,370             43,826      2,490      46,316

Total debt securities at amortized cost, net of allowance for credit losses

     169        130,563        12        130,744        119      103,654      2,491      106,264

Total loans, net of allowance for loan losses

            221,405        466,749        688,154             208,794      433,748      642,542

Total assets with fair value disclosures

   $ 169      $ 351,968      $ 466,761      $ 818,898      $ 119    $ 312,448    $ 436,239    $ 748,806
                       

LIABILITIES

                                                                       

Deposits

   $      $ 892,597      $      $ 892,597      $    $ 846,148    $    $ 846,148

Securitization liabilities at amortized cost

            14,258               14,258             14,654           14,654

Subordinated notes and debentures

            11,323               11,323             9,027           9,027

Total liabilities with fair value disclosures

   $      $ 918,178      $      $ 918,178      $    $ 869,829    $    $ 869,829
1

This table excludes financial assets and liabilities where the carrying amount is a reasonable approximation of fair value.

 

NOTE 6: OFFSETTING FINANCIAL ASSETS AND FINANCIAL LIABILITIES

The Bank enters into netting agreements with counterparties (such as clearing houses) to manage the credit risks associated primarily with repurchase and reverse repurchase transactions, securities borrowing and lending, and OTC and exchange-traded derivatives. These netting agreements and similar arrangements generally allow the counterparties to set-off liabilities against available assets received. The right to set-off is a legal right to settle or otherwise eliminate all or a portion of an amount due by applying against that amount an amount receivable from the other party. These agreements effectively reduce the Bank's credit exposure by what it would have been if those same counterparties were liable for the gross exposure on the same underlying contracts.

Netting arrangements are typically constituted by a master netting agreement which specifies the general terms of the agreement between the counterparties, including information on the basis of the netting calculation, types of collateral, and the definition of default and other termination events for transactions executed under the agreement. The master netting agreements contain the terms and conditions by which all (or as many as possible) relevant transactions between the counterparties are governed. Multiple individual transactions are subsumed under this general master netting agreement, forming a single legal contract under which the counterparties conduct their relevant mutual business. In addition to the mitigation of credit risk, placing individual transactions under a single master netting agreement that provides for netting of transactions in scope also helps to mitigate settlement risks associated with transacting in multiple jurisdictions or across multiple contracts. These arrangements include clearing agreements, global master repurchase agreements, and global master securities lending agreements.

In the normal course of business, the Bank enters into numerous contracts to buy and sell goods and services from various suppliers. Some of these contracts may have netting provisions that allow for the offset of various trade payables and receivables in the event of default of one of the parties. While these are not disclosed in the following table, the gross amount of all payables and receivables to and from the Bank's vendors is disclosed in Note 16 in Accounts receivable and other items, and in Note 18 in Accounts payable, accrued expenses, and other items.

The Bank also enters into regular way purchases and sales of stocks and bonds. Some of these transactions may have netting provisions that allow for the offset of broker payables and broker receivables related to these purchases and sales. While these are not disclosed in the following table, the amount of receivables are disclosed in Amounts receivable from brokers, dealers, and clients and payables are disclosed in Amounts payable to brokers, dealers, and clients.

 

TD BANK GROUP 2019 ANNUAL REPORT CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND NOTES     Page 42  


The following table provides a summary of the financial assets and liabilities which are subject to enforceable master netting agreements and similar arrangements, including amounts not otherwise set off in the Consolidated Balance Sheet, as well as financial collateral received to mitigate credit exposures for these financial assets and liabilities. The gross financial assets and liabilities are reconciled to the net amounts presented within the associated line in the Consolidated Balance Sheet, after giving effect to transactions with the same counterparties that have been offset in the Consolidated Balance Sheet. Related amounts and collateral received that are not offset on the Consolidated Balance Sheet, but are otherwise subject to the same enforceable netting agreements and similar arrangements, are then presented to arrive at a net amount.

 

Offsetting Financial Assets and Financial Liabilities          
(millions of Canadian dollars)                                    As at  
                                     October 31, 2019  
                          Amounts subject to an enforceable
master netting arrangement or  similar
agreement that are not offset in
the Consolidated Balance Sheet1,2
        
     

Gross amounts
of recognized
financial
instruments
before

balance sheet
netting

     Gross amounts
of recognized
financial
instruments
offset in the
Consolidated
Balance Sheet
     Net amount
of financial
instruments
presented in the
Consolidated
Balance Sheet
     Amounts
subject to an
enforceable
master netting
agreement
     Collateral      Net Amount  

Financial Assets

                                                     

Derivatives 

   $ 55,973      $ 7,079      $ 48,894      $ 32,664      $ 8,840      $ 7,390  

Securities purchased under reverse repurchase agreements

     180,054        14,119        165,935        14,430        141,903        9,602  

Total

     236,027        21,198        214,829        47,094        150,743        16,992  

Financial Liabilities

                                                     

Derivatives

     57,130        7,079        50,051        32,664        17,387         

Obligations related to securities sold under repurchase agreements

     139,975        14,119        125,856        14,430        110,995        431  

Total

   $ 197,105      $ 21,198      $ 175,907      $ 47,094      $ 128,382      $ 431  
                                           
                                      October 31, 2018  
                                                  

Financial Assets

                                                     

Derivatives

   $ 59,661    $ 2,665    $ 56,996    $ 34,205    $ 11,678    $ 11,113

Securities purchased under reverse repurchase agreements

     157,832      30,453      127,379      7,452      119,797      130

Total

     217,493      33,118      184,375      41,657      131,475      11,243

Financial Liabilities

                                                     

Derivatives

     50,935      2,665      48,270      34,205      12,127      1,938

Obligations related to securities sold under repurchase agreements

     123,842      30,453      93,389      7,452      85,793      144

Total

   $ 174,777    $ 33,118    $ 141,659    $ 41,657    $ 97,920    $ 2,082
1 

Excess collateral as a result of overcollateralization has not been reflected in the table.

2 

Includes amounts where the contractual set-off rights are subject to uncertainty under the laws of the relevant jurisdiction.

 

TD BANK GROUP 2019 ANNUAL REPORT CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND NOTES     Page 43  


NOTE 7:  SECURITIES

Remaining Terms to Maturities of Securities

The remaining terms to contractual maturities of the securities held by the Bank are shown on the following table.

 

Securities Maturity Schedule

                                                                       

(millions of Canadian dollars)

                          As at
                                                          
October 31
2019
 
    
October 31
2018
 
     Remaining terms to maturities        
      
Within
1 year
 
    

Over
1 year to
3 years
 
 
 
    

Over
3 years to
5 years
 
 
 
    

Over
5 years to
10 years
 
 
 
    
Over
10 years
 
    

With no
specific
maturity
 
 
     Total        Total

Trading securities

                                                                       

Government and government-related
securities

                       

Canadian government debt

                       

Federal

   $ 4,159      $ 3,212      $ 1,219      $ 1,519      $ 807      $      $ 10,916      $ 14,462

Provinces

     1,979        982        1,017        1,381        3,159               8,518        7,538

U.S. federal, state, municipal governments, and
agencies debt

     2,417        8,140        3,105        2,085        3,386               19,133        19,732

Other OECD government-guaranteed debt

     1,202        794        961        868        307               4,132        3,324

Mortgage-backed securities

                       

Residential

     474        676        453                             1,603        1,946

Commercial

     24               50        69                      143        83
       10,255        13,804        6,805        5,922        7,659               44,445        47,085

Other debt securities

                       

Canadian issuers

     694        1,177        1,412        1,190        659               5,132        5,631

Other issuers

     3,010        5,926        2,909        1,273        430               13,548        14,475
       3,704        7,103        4,321        2,463        1,089               18,680        20,106

Equity securities

                       

Common shares

                                        56,119        56,119        43,752

Preferred shares

                                        57        57        59
                                          56,176        56,176        43,811

Retained interests

            3        8        8                      19        25

Total trading securities

   $ 13,959      $ 20,910      $ 11,134      $ 8,393      $ 8,748      $ 56,176      $ 119,320      $ 111,027

Financial assets designated at fair value through profit or loss

                                                                       

Government and government-related
securities

                       

Canadian government debt

                       

Federal

   $ 148      $      $      $      $ 16      $      $ 164      $ 45

Provinces

     143        6        107        33        99               388        454

U.S. federal, state, municipal governments, and
agencies debt

            67                                    67        127

Other OECD government-guaranteed debt

     697        9        88                             794        771
       988        82        195        33        115               1,413        1,397

Other debt securities

                       

Canadian issuers

     24        564        764        529        7               1,888        1,609

Other issuers

     200        285        239        15                      739        612
       224        849        1,003        544        7               2,627        2,221

Total financial assets designated at fair value through profit or loss

   $ 1,212      $ 931      $ 1,198      $ 577      $ 122      $      $ 4,040      $ 3,618

Securities at fair value through other comprehensive income

                                                                       

Government and government-related
securities

                       

Canadian government debt

                       

Federal

   $ 4,165      $ 4,104      $ 283      $ 607      $ 504      $      $ 9,663      $ 12,731

Provinces

     1,168        2,255        2,199        7,091        214               12,927        9,507

U.S. federal, state, municipal governments, and

                       

agencies debt

     7,798        19,533        3,188        3,002        7,216               40,737        45,766

Other OECD government-guaranteed debt

     5,162        8,524        250        471                      14,407        20,096

Mortgage-backed securities

     907        4,370        160                             5,437        6,633
       19,200        38,786        6,080        11,171        7,934               83,171        94,733

Other debt securities

                       

Asset-backed securities

     61        4,188        4,490        2,490        4,659               15,888        21,969

Non-agency collateralized mortgage obligation
portfolio

                                 247               247        472

Corporate and other debt

     1,021        4,016        895        1,879        23               7,834        8,507
       1,082        8,204        5,385        4,369        4,929               23,969        30,948

Equity securities

                       

Common shares

                                        1,598        1,598        1,804

Preferred shares

                                        242        242        370
                                          1,840        1,840        2,174

Total securities at fair value through other comprehensive income

   $ 20,282      $ 46,990      $ 11,465      $ 15,540      $ 12,863      $ 1,840      $ 108,980      $ 127,855
1 

Represents contractual maturities. Actual maturities may differ due to prepayment privileges in the applicable contract.

 

TD BANK GROUP 2019 ANNUAL REPORT CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND NOTES     Page 44  


Securities Maturity Schedule (continued)

                                                                       

(millions of Canadian dollars)

                          As at
                                                          
October 31
2019
 
    
October 31
2018
 
     Remaining terms to maturities                    
      
Within
1 year
 
    

Over
1 year to
3 years
 
 
    

Over
3 years to
5 years
 
 
    

Over
5 years to
10 years
 
 
    
Over
10 years
 
    

With no
specific
maturity
 
 
     Total        Total

Debt securities at amortized cost, net of allowance
for credit losses

                                                                       

Government and government-related securities

                       

Canadian government debt

                       

Federal

   $ 992      $ 515      $ 872      $ 435      $ 1,957      $      $ 4,771      $ 4,922

Provinces

            40        766        1,243        222               2,271        782

U.S. federal, state, municipal governments, and
agencies debt

     1,365        3,744        9,286        12,173        16,646               43,214        29,148

Other OECD government guaranteed debt

     7,161        10,138        9,512        1,208                      28,019        25,683
       9,518        14,437        20,436        15,059        18,825               78,275        60,535

Other debt securities

                       

Asset-backed securities

     11        5,053        8,950        4,049        10,700               28,763        23,709

Non-agency collateralized mortgage obligation
portfolio

                                 16,236               16,236        15,867

Canadian issuers

                          99                      99         

Other issuers

     1,649        2,454        2,601        418        2               7,124        7,060
       1,660        7,507        11,551        4,566        26,938               52,222        46,636

Total debt securities at amortized cost, net of
allowance for credit losses

     11,178        21,944        31,987        19,625        45,763               130,497        107,171

Total securities

   $ 46,631      $ 90,775      $ 55,784      $ 44,135      $ 67,496      $ 58,016      $ 362,837      $ 349,671
1 

Represents contractual maturities. Actual maturities may differ due to prepayment privileges in the applicable contract.

Unrealized Securities Gains (Losses)

The following table summarizes the unrealized gains and losses as at October 31.

 

Unrealized Securities Gains (Losses) for Securities at Fair Value Through Other Comprehensive Income

 

        

(millions of Canadian dollars)

 

                 As at
                      October 31, 2019                       October 31, 2018
      

Cost/
amortized
cost
 
 
1 
   

Gross
unrealized
gains
 
 
 
    

Gross
unrealized

(losses

 
 

   

Fair

value

 

 

    

Cost/
amortized
cost
 
 
1 
   

Gross

unrealized

gains

 

 

 

    

Gross

unrealized

(losses

 

 

   

Fair

value

 

 

Securities at Fair Value Through Other
Comprehensive Income

 

                

Government and government-related
securities

 

                

Canadian government debt

 

                

Federal

   $ 9,603     $ 62      $ (2   $ 9,663      $ 12,740   $ 38    $ (47   $ 12,731

Provinces

     12,890       77        (40     12,927        9,443     75      (11     9,507

U.S. federal, state, municipal governments, and
agencies debt

     40,703       86        (52     40,737        45,857     265      (356     45,766

Other OECD government guaranteed debt

     14,394       21        (8     14,407        20,034     65      (3     20,096

Mortgage-backed securities

     5,407       31        (1     5,437        6,575     59      (1     6,633
       82,997       277        (103     83,171        94,649     502      (418     94,733

Other debt securities

                   

Asset-backed securities

     15,890       29        (31     15,888        21,901     87      (19     21,969

Non-agency collateralized mortgage obligation
portfolio

     247                    247        471     1          472

Corporate and other debt

     7,832       27        (25     7,834        8,534     31      (58     8,507
       23,969       56        (56     23,969        30,906     119      (77     30,948

Total debt securities

     106,966       333        (159     107,140        125,555     621      (495     125,681

Equity securities

                   

Common shares

     1,594       31        (27     1,598        1,725     118      (39     1,804

Preferred shares

     302       4        (64     242        376     20      (26     370
       1,896       35        (91     1,840        2,101     138      (65     2,174

Total securities at fair value through other
comprehensive income

   $ 108,862     $ 368      $ (250   $ 108,980      $ 127,656   $ 759    $ (560   $ 127,855
1 

Includes the foreign exchange translation of amortized cost balances at the period-end spot rate.

 

TD BANK GROUP 2019 ANNUAL REPORT CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND NOTES     Page 45  


Equity Securities Designated at Fair Value Through Other Comprehensive Income

The Bank designated certain equity securities shown in the following table as equity securities at FVOCI. The designation was made because the investments are held for purposes other than trading.

 

Equity Securities Designated at Fair Value Through Other Comprehensive Income

 

(millions of Canadian dollars)

        As at        For the year ended  
     October 31, 2019        October 31, 2018        October 31, 2019        October 31, 2018  
                Fair value        Dividend income recognized  

Common shares

   $ 1,598      $ 1,804    $ 64      $ 71

Preferred shares

     242        370      15        16

Total

   $ 1,840      $ 2,174    $ 79      $ 87

The Bank disposed of certain equity securities in line with the Bank's investment strategy with a fair value of $323 million during the year ended October 31, 2019 (October 31, 2018 – $22 million). The Bank realized a cumulative gain (loss) of $68 million during the year ended October 31, 2019 (October 31, 2018 – $2 million), on disposal of these equity securities and recognized dividend income of $3 million during the year ended October 31, 2019 (October 31, 2018 – nil).

Net Securities Gains (Losses)

                                       

(millions of Canadian dollars)

    For the year ended
     
October 31
2019
 
 
    
October 31
2018
 

Debt securities at amortized cost

    

Net realized gains (losses)

  $ 49    $ 76

Debt securities at fair value through other comprehensive income

    

Net realized gains (losses)

    29        35

Total

  $ 78    $ 111

Credit Quality of Debt Securities

The Bank evaluates non-retail credit risk on an individual borrower basis, using both a BRR and FRR, as detailed in the shaded area of the "Managing Risk" section of the 2019 MD&A. This system is used to assess all non-retail exposures, including debt securities.

The following table provides the gross carrying amounts of debt securities measured at amortized cost and debt securities at FVOCI by internal risk ratings for credit risk management purposes, presenting separately those debt securities that are subject to Stage 1, Stage 2, and Stage 3 allowances.

Debt Securities by Risk Ratings

                                                                                                                       
(millions of Canadian dollars)                                                          As at  
                    October 31, 2019                     October 31, 2018  
      Stage 1        Stage 2        Stage 3        Total       Stage 1        Stage 2        Stage 3        Total  

Debt securities

                     

Investment grade

  $ 235,475    $      $ n/a      $ 235,475   $     230,488    $      $ n/a      $     230,488

Non-Investment grade

    2,109        54        n/a        2,163       2,140      54      n/a        2,194

Watch and classified

    n/a               n/a              n/a        11      n/a        11

Default

    n/a        n/a                     n/a        n/a        234      234

Total debt securities

    237,584        54               237,638       232,628      65      234      232,927

Allowance for credit losses on debt securities at amortized cost

    1                      1       1      4      70      75

Debt securities, net of allowance

  $ 237,583    $ 54    $    $ 237,637   $ 232,627    $ 61    $ 164    $ 232,852

As at October 31, 2019, the allowance for credit losses on debt securities was $4 million (October 31, 2018 – $80 million), comprised of $1 million (October 31, 2018 – $75 million) for debt securities at amortized cost (DSAC) and $3 million (October 31, 2018 – $5 million) for debt securities at FVOCI. For the year ended October 31, 2019, the Bank reported a provision (recovery) for credit losses of $1 million (October 31, 2018 – provision (recovery) of credit losses of $(2) million) on DSAC. For the year ended October 31, 2019, the Bank reported a provision (recovery) of credit losses of $(2) million (October 31, 2018 – provision (recovery) for credit losses of $10 million) on debt securities at FVOCI.

The difference between probability-weighted ECL and base ECL on debt securities at FVOCI and at amortized cost as at both October 31, 2019 and October 31, 2018, was insignificant. Refer to Note 3 for further details.

 

NOTE 8:  LOANS, IMPAIRED LOANS, AND ALLOWANCE FOR CREDIT LOSSES

Credit Quality of Loans

In the retail portfolio, including individuals and small businesses, the Bank manages exposures on a pooled basis, using predictive credit scoring techniques. For non-retail exposures, each borrower is assigned a BRR that reflects the PD of the borrower using proprietary industry and sector-specific risk models and expert judgment. Refer to the shaded areas of the "Managing Risk" section of the 2019 MD&A for further details, as well as the mapping of PD ranges to risk levels for retail exposures and the Bank's 21-point BRR scale to risk levels and external ratings for non-retail exposures.

 

TD BANK GROUP 2019 ANNUAL REPORT CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND NOTES     Page 46  


The following tables provide the gross carrying amounts of loans and credit risk exposures on loan commitments and financial guarantee contracts by internal risk ratings for credit risk management purposes, presenting separately those that are subject to Stage 1, Stage 2, and Stage 3 allowances.

 

Loans by Risk Ratings

                                                                       

(millions of Canadian dollars)

     As at  
     October 31, 2019        October 31, 2018  
       Stage 1        Stage 2        Stage 3        Total        Stage 1        Stage 2        Stage 3        Total  

Residential mortgages2,3,4

                       

Low Risk

   $ 181,748      $ 77      $ n/a      $ 181,825      $ 168,690    $ 32    $ n/a    $ 168,722

Normal Risk

     43,988        248        n/a        44,236        47,821      176      n/a      47,997

Medium Risk

     5,817        433        n/a        6,250        5,106      267      n/a        5,373

High Risk

     964        1,454        366        2,784        892      1,264      317      2,473

Default

     n/a        n/a        545        545        n/a      n/a      626      626

Total

     232,517        2,212        911        235,640        222,509      1,739      943      225,191

Allowance for loan losses

     28        26        56        110        24      34      52      110

Loans, net of allowance

     232,489        2,186        855        235,530        222,485      1,705      891      225,081

Consumer instalment and other personal

                       

Low Risk

     92,601        953        n/a        93,554        87,906      983      n/a      88,889

Normal Risk

     46,878        973        n/a        47,851        48,008      1,190      n/a      49,198

Medium Risk

     27,576        879        n/a        28,455        23,008      1,063      n/a      24,071

High Risk

     6,971        2,435        618        10,024        6,158      2,386      817      9,361

Default

     n/a        n/a        450        450        n/a      n/a      560      560

Total

     174,026        5,240        1,068        180,334        165,080      5,622      1,377      172,079

Allowance for loan losses

     690        384        175        1,249        574      349      180      1,103

Loans, net of allowance

     173,336        4,856        893        179,085        164,506      5,273      1,197      170,976

Credit card

                       

Low Risk

     7,188        48        n/a        7,236        7,234      11      n/a      7,245

Normal Risk

     10,807        82        n/a        10,889        9,780      66      n/a      9,846

Medium Risk

     11,218        275        n/a        11,493        11,347      246      n/a      11,593

High Risk

     4,798        1,670        355        6,823        4,435      1,445      333      6,213

Default

     n/a        n/a        123        123        n/a      n/a      121      121

Total

     34,011        2,075        478        36,564        32,796      1,768      454      35,018

Allowance for loan losses

     732        521        322        1,575        379      283      341      1,003

Loans, net of allowance

     33,279        1,554        156        34,989        32,417      1,485      113      34,015

Business and government2,3,4,6

                       

Investment grade or Low/Normal Risk

     120,940        153        n/a        121,093        118,414      57      n/a      118,471

Non-Investment grade or Medium Risk

     119,256        5,298        n/a        124,554        108,678      5,272      n/a      113,950

Watch and classified or High Risk

     951        4,649        158        5,758        666      3,746      97      4,509

Default

     n/a        n/a        730        730        n/a      n/a      736      736

Total

     241,147        10,100        888        252,135        227,758      9,075      833      237,666

Allowance for loan losses

     672        648        193        1,513        651      551      131      1,333

Loans, net of allowance

     240,475        9,452        695        250,622        227,107      8,524      702      236,333

Total loans6,7

     681,701        19,627        3,345        704,673        648,143      18,204      3,607      669,954

Total Allowance for loan losses

     2,122        1,579        746        4,447        1,628      1,217      704      3,549

Total loans, net of allowance6,7

   $ 679,579      $ 18,048      $ 2,599      $ 700,226      $ 646,515    $ 16,987    $ 2,903    $ 666,405
1 

Certain comparative amounts have been reclassified to conform with the presentation adopted in the current period.

2 

As at October 31, 2019, impaired loans with a balance of $127 million (October 31, 2018 – $124 million) did not have a related allowance for loan losses. An allowance was not required for these loans as the balance relates to loans where the realizable value of the collateral exceeded the loan amount.

3 

As at October 31, 2019, excludes trading loans and non-trading loans at FVTPL with a fair value of $12 billion (October 31, 2018 – $11 billion) and $2 billion (October 31, 2018 – $1 billion), respectively.

4 

As at October 31, 2019, includes insured mortgages of $88 billion (October 31, 2018 – $95 billion).

5 

As at October 31, 2019, includes Canadian government-insured real estate personal loans of $13 billion (October 31, 2018 – $14 billion).

6

As at October 31, 2019, includes loans that are measured at FVOCI of $2 billion (October 31, 2018 – $3 billion) and customers' liability under acceptances of $13 billion (October 31, 2018 – $17 billion).

7

As at October 31, 2019, Stage 3 includes ACI loans of $313 million (October 31, 2018 – $453 million) and a related allowance for loan losses of $12 million (October 31, 2018 – $18 million), which have been included in the "Default" risk rating category as they were impaired at acquisition.

 

TD BANK GROUP 2019 ANNUAL REPORT CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND NOTES     Page 47  


Loans by Risk Ratings – Off-Balance Sheet Credit Instruments1,2

 

(millions of Canadian dollars)

     As at  
     October 31, 2019        October 31, 2018  
       Stage 1      Stage 2      Stage 3      Total      Stage 1      Stage 2      Stage 3      Total

Retail Exposures

 

                 

Low Risk

   $ 227,757      $ 732      $ n/a      $ 228,489      $   236,456    $ 1,007    $ n/a    $   237,463

Normal Risk

     67,245        570        n/a        67,815        50,116      654      n/a      50,770

Medium Risk

     13,204        277        n/a        13,481        12,005      349      n/a      12,354

High Risk

     1,869        854               2,723        1,423      986           2,409

Default

     n/a        n/a                      n/a      n/a          

Non-Retail Exposures

                       

Investment grade

     179,650               n/a        179,650        166,769           n/a      166,769

Non-Investment grade

     64,553        3,397        n/a        67,950        61,763      1,957      n/a      63,720

Watch and classified

     2        2,126               2,128             2,004           2,004

Default

     n/a        n/a        108        108        n/a      n/a      96      96

Total off-balance sheet credit instruments

     554,280        7,956        108        562,344        528,532      6,957      96      535,585

Allowance for off-balance sheet credit instruments

     293        277        15        585        550      477      2      1,029

Total off-balance sheet credit instruments, net of allowance

   $   553,987      $ 7,679      $ 93      $   561,759      $ 527,982    $ 6,480    $ 94    $ 534,556
1 

Certain comparative amounts have been recast to conform with the presentation adopted in the current period.

2 

Exclude mortgage commitments.

3 

As at October 31, 2019, includes $311 billion (October 31, 2018 – $302 billion) of personal lines of credit and credit card lines, which are unconditionally cancellable at the Bank's discretion at any time.

4 

As at October 31, 2019, includes $41 billion (October 31, 2018 – $37 billion) of the undrawn component of uncommitted credit and liquidity facilities.

The following table presents information related to the Bank's impaired loans as at October 31.

 

Impaired Loans

                                                                     

(millions of Canadian dollars)

     As at  
     October 31, 2019        October 31, 2018
      

Unpaid

principal

balance


 

   

Carrying

value


    

Related

allowance

for credit

losses


    

Average

gross

impaired

loans


    

Unpaid

principal

balance


 

   

Carrying

value


    

Related

allowance

for credit

losses


    

Average

gross

impaired

loans


Residential mortgages

   $ 788     $ 724      $ 53      $ 698      $ 776   $ 709    $ 47    $ 726

Consumer instalment and other personal

     1,159       1,037        173        1,160        1,465     1,331      178      1,325

Credit card

     478       478        322        465        454     454      341      422

Business and government

     870       793        186        906        726     660      120      580

Total

   $ 3,295     $ 3,032      $ 734      $ 3,229      $ 3,421   $ 3,154    $ 686    $ 3,053
1

Balances exclude ACI loans.

2

Represents contractual amount of principal owed.

 

TD BANK GROUP 2019 ANNUAL REPORT CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND NOTES     Page 48  


The changes to the Bank's allowance for loan losses, as at and for the year ended October 31 are shown in the following tables.

 

Allowance for Loan Losses

 

                                               

(millions of Canadian dollars)

     For the years ended October 31  
     2019     2018  
       Stage 1       Stage 2       Stage 3       Total       Stage 1       Stage 2       Stage 3       Total  

Residential Mortgages

                

Balance at beginning of period

   $ 24     $ 34     $ 52     $ 110     $ 24   $ 26   $ 57   $ 107

Provision for credit losses

                

Transfer to Stage 1

     35       (33     (2           24     (23     (1    

Transfer to Stage 2

     (5     13       (8           (4     8     (4    

Transfer to Stage 3

     (2     (8     10                 (9     9    

Net remeasurement due to transfers

     (16     6             (10     (14     6         (8

New originations or purchases

     14       n/a       n/a       14       14     n/a     n/a     14

Net repayments

           (1           (1     (1     (1     (5     (7

Derecognition of financial assets (excluding disposals and write-offs)

     (4     (5     (17     (26     (3     (2     (4     (9

Changes to risk, parameters, and models

     (18     20       49       51       (16     29     24     37

Disposals

                                        

Write-offs

                 (31     (31             (31     (31

Recoveries

                 1       1               3     3

Foreign exchange and other adjustments

                 2       2               4     4

Balance at end of period

   $ 28     $ 26     $ 56     $ 110     $ 24   $ 34   $ 52   $ 110

Consumer Instalment and Other Personal

                

Balance, including off-balance sheet instruments, at beginning of period

   $ 599     $ 392     $ 180     $ 1,171     $ 529   $ 355   $ 171   $ 1,055

Provision for credit losses

                

Transfer to Stage 1

     352       (333     (19           303     (285     (18    

Transfer to Stage 2

     (121     164       (43           (114     152     (38    

Transfer to Stage 3

     (15     (164     179             (21     (172     193    

Net remeasurement due to transfers

     (149     160       11       22       (125     139     11     25

New originations or purchases

     326       n/a       n/a       326       322     n/a     n/a     322

Net repayments

     (88     (30     (12     (130     (49     (24     (15     (88

Derecognition of financial assets (excluding disposals and write-offs)

     (81     (71     (49     (201     (126     (97     (45     (268

Changes to risk, parameters, and models

     (105     298       893       1,086       (127     321     744     938

Disposals

                                        

Write-offs

                 (1,220     (1,220             (1,077     (1,077

Recoveries

                 254       254               253     253

Foreign exchange and other adjustments

     (1     1       1       1       7     3     1     11

Balance, including off-balance sheet instruments, at end of period

     717       417       175       1,309       599     392     180     1,171

Less: Allowance for off-balance sheet instruments

     27       33             60       25     43         68

Balance at end of period

   $ 690     $ 384     $ 175     $ 1,249     $ 574   $ 349   $ 180   $ 1,103

Credit Card10 

                

Balance, including off-balance sheet instruments, at beginning of period

   $ 819     $ 580     $ 341     $ 1,740     $ 763   $ 521   $ 321   $ 1,605

Provision for credit losses

                

Transfer to Stage 1

     705       (623     (82           590     (521     (69    

Transfer to Stage 2

     (224     288       (64           (192     259     (67    

Transfer to Stage 3

     (30     (563     593             (38     (475     513    

Net remeasurement due to transfers

     (240     314       41       115       (209     249     63     103

New originations or purchases

     144       n/a       n/a       144       171     n/a     n/a     171

Net repayments

     92       3       (22     73       125     (51     39     113

Derecognition of financial assets (excluding

disposals and write-offs)

     (96     (107     (439     (642     (102     (106     (371     (579

Changes to risk, parameters, and models

     (236     781       1,356       1,901       (276     705     1,168     1,597

Disposals

                             (21     (12     (8     (41

Write-offs

                 (1,699     (1,699             (1,515     (1,515

Recoveries

                 297       297               260     260

Foreign exchange and other adjustments

                             8     11     7     26

Balance, including off-balance sheet instruments, at end of period

     934       673       322       1,929       819     580     341     1,740

Less: Allowance for off-balance sheet instruments

     202       152             354       440     297         737

Balance at end of period

   $ 732     $ 521     $ 322     $ 1,575     $ 379   $ 283   $ 341   $ 1,003
1 

Certain comparative amounts have been reclassified to conform with the presentation adopted in the current period.

2

Includes allowance for loan losses related to ACI loans.

3

Transfers represent stage transfer movements prior to ECL remeasurement.

4 

Represents the remeasurement between twelve-month and lifetime ECLs due to stage transfers, excluding the change to risk, parameters, and models.

5 

Represents the increase in the allowance resulting from loans that were newly originated, purchased, or renewed.

6 

Represents the changes in the allowance related to cash flow changes associated with new draws or repayments on loans outstanding.

7 

Represents the decrease in the allowance resulting from loans that were fully repaid and excludes the decrease associated with loans that were disposed or fully written off.

8 

Represents the change in the allowance related to changes in risk including changes to macroeconomic factors, level of risk, associated parameters, and models.

9 

The allowance for loan losses for off-balance sheet instruments is recorded in Other liabilities on the Consolidated Balance Sheet.

10

Credit cards are considered impaired and migrate to Stage 3 when they are 90 days past due and written off at 180 days past due. Refer to Note 2 for further details.

 

TD BANK GROUP 2019 ANNUAL REPORT CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND NOTES     Page 49  


Allowance for Loan Losses (continued)1,2

 

                                               

(millions of Canadian dollars)

     For the years ended October 31  
     2019     2018
       Stage 1       Stage 2       Stage 3       Total       Stage 1       Stage 2       Stage 3       Total  

Business and Government

                

Balance, including off-balance sheet instruments, as beginning of period

   $ 736     $ 688     $ 133     $ 1,557     $ 706   $ 627   $ 192   $ 1,525

Provision for credit losses

                

Transfer to Stage 1

     214       (210     (4           133     (129     (4    

Transfer to Stage 2

     (127     138       (11           (106     114     (8    

Transfer to Stage 3

     (18     (136     154             (6     (56     62    

Net remeasurement due to transfers

     (89     115       2       28       (38     68     5     35

New originations or purchases

     451       n/a       n/a       451       467     n/a     n/a     467

Net repayments

     (9     (35     (42     (86     (4     (26     (27     (57

Derecognition of financial assets (excluding disposals and write-offs)4

     (340     (382     (85     (807     (338     (365     (57     (760

Changes to risk, parameters, and models

     (83     564       241       722       (89     447     68     426

Disposals

           (3           (3             (5     (5

Write-offs

                 (228     (228             (155     (155

Recoveries

                 57       57               73     73

Foreign exchange and other adjustments

     1       1       (9     (7     11     8       (11     8

Balance, including off-balance sheet instruments, at end of period

     736       740       208       1,684       736     688     133     1,557

Less: Allowance for off-balance sheet instruments

     64       92       15       171       85     137     2     224

Balance at end of period

     672       648       193       1,513       651     551     131     1,333

Total Allowance for Loan Losses at end of period

   $ 2,122     $ 1,579     $ 746     $ 4,447     $ 1,628   $ 1,217   $ 704   $ 3,549
1 

Certain comparative amounts have been reclassified to conform with the presentation adopted in the current period.

2 

Includes the allowance for loan losses related to customers' liability under acceptances.

3 

Includes allowance for loan losses related to ACI loans.

4 

For explanations regarding this line item, refer to the "Allowance for Loan Losses" table on the previous page in this Note.

5

The allowance for loan losses for off-balance sheet instruments is recorded in Other liabilities on the Consolidated Balance Sheet.

The allowance for credit losses on all remaining financial assets is not significant.

FORWARD-LOOKING INFORMATION

Relevant macroeconomic factors are incorporated in the risk parameters as appropriate. Additional macroeconomic factors that are industry-specific or segment-specific are also incorporated where relevant. The key macroeconomic variables that are incorporated in determining ECLs include regional unemployment rates for all retail exposures and regional housing price index for residential mortgages and home equity lines of credit. For business and government loans, the key macroeconomic variables include gross domestic product, unemployment rates, interest rates, and credit spreads. Refer to Note 2 for a discussion on how forward-looking information is considered in determining whether there has been a significant increase in credit risk and in the measurement of ECLs.

Forward-looking macroeconomic forecasts are generated by TD Economics as part of the ECL process: A base economic forecast is accompanied with upside and downside estimates of realistically possible economic conditions. All economic forecasts are updated quarterly for each variable on a regional basis where applicable and incorporated as relevant into the quarterly modelling of base, upside and downside risk parameters used in the calculation of ECL scenarios and probability-weighted ECL. The macroeconomic variable estimations are statistically derived relative to the base forecast based on the historical distribution of each variable.

 

TD BANK GROUP 2019 ANNUAL REPORT CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND NOTES     Page 50  


Select macroeconomic variables are projected over the forecast period, and they could have a material impact in determining ECLs. As the forecast period increases, information about the future becomes less readily available and projections are anchored on assumptions around structural relationships between economic parameters that are inherently much less certain. The following table represents the average values of the macroeconomic variables over the next twelve months and the remaining 4-year forecast period for the base, upside, and downside forecasts.

 

Macroeconomic Variables

                                                
               As at  
               October 31, 2019  
     Base Forecasts       Upside       Downside  
      
Next 12
months1
 
 
   

Remaining

4-year

period1

 

 

 

   

Next 12

months1

 

 

   

Remaining

4-year

period1

 

 

 

   

Next 12

months1

 

 

   

Remaining

4-year

period1

 

 

Unemployment rate

            

Canada

     5.8  %      5.8  %      5.7  %      5.2  %      6.8  %      8.0  % 

United States

     3.8       4.1       3.6       3.5       4.9       6.1  

Real gross domestic product (GDP)2

            

Canada

     1.6       1.8       1.8       2.2       0.6       0.3  

United States

     1.9       1.8       2.0       2.1       0.7       0.2  

Home prices2

            

Canada (average home price)

     7.1       2.7       8.9       5.9       2.7       (3.5

United States (CoreLogic HPI)

     3.6       3.6       4.4       5.0       2.4       1.7  

Central bank policy interest rate

            

Canada

     1.31       1.53       1.75       2.16       0.75       0.63  

United States

     1.75       2.20       2.00       2.86       1.06       1.00  

U.S. 10-year treasury yield

     1.76       2.50       2.25       3.44       1.32       1.79  

U.S. 10-year BBB spread

     1.80       1.80       1.73       1.59       1.96       2.19  

Exchange rate (U.S. dollar/Canadian dollar)

   $           0.76     $ 0.77     $         0.78     $ 0.83     $         0.74       $        0.69  
                       October 31, 2018  

Unemployment rate

            

Canada

     6.0  %      6.0  %      5.8  %      5.5  %      6.7  %      7.6  % 

United States

     3.7       3.9       3.6       3.4       4.3       6.1  

Real gross domestic product (GDP)2

            

Canada

     2.3       1.7       2.6       2.2       1.6       1.0  

United States

     2.9       1.8       3.1       2.1       2.6       1.0  

Home prices2

            

Canada (average home price)

     3.4       3.4       4.5       5.0       0.9       0.2  

United States (CoreLogic HPI)

     5.1       4.0       5.4       4.8       4.1       2.4  

Central bank policy interest rate

            

Canada

     1.88       2.47       2.00       3.00       1.69       1.75  

United States

     2.88       2.97       3.31       3.75       2.38       2.22  

U.S. 10-year treasury yield

     3.20       3.13       4.46       4.43       2.71       2.31  

U.S. 10-year BBB spread

     1.80       1.80       1.71       1.55       1.87       2.06  

Exchange rate (U.S. dollar/Canadian dollar)

   $ 0.79     $ 0.80     $ 0.80     $ 0.86     $ 0.77       $        0.75  

 

1 

The numbers represent average values for the quoted periods.

2 

The numbers represent annual % change.

3 

The average home price is the average transacted sale price of homes sold via the Multiple Listing Service (MLS); data is collected by the Canadian Real Estate Association (CREA).

4 

The CoreLogic home price index (HPI) is a repeat-sales index which tracks increases and decreases in the same home's sales price over time.

SENSITIVITY OF ALLOWANCE FOR CREDIT LOSSES

The allowance for credit losses is sensitive to the inputs used in internally developed models, macroeconomic variables in the forward-looking forecasts and respective probability weightings in determining the probability-weighted ECL, and other factors considered when applying expert credit judgment. Changes in these inputs, assumptions, models, and judgments would have an impact on the assessment for significant increase in credit risk and the measurement of ECLs.

The following table presents the base ECL scenario compared to the probability-weighted ECL derived from using three ECL scenarios for performing loans and off-balance sheet instruments. The difference reflects the impact of deriving multiple scenarios around the base ECL and resultant change in ECL due to non-linearity and sensitivity to using macroeconomic forecasts.

 

Change from Base to Probability-Weighted ECL1

                

(millions of Canadian dollars, except as noted)

             As at  
       October 31, 2019       October 31, 2018  

Probability-weighted ECL

   $ 4,271      $ 3,872  

Base ECL

     4,104        3,772  

Difference – in amount

   $ 167      $ 100  

Difference – in percentage

     3.9  %      2.6  % 

 

1 

Certain comparative amounts have been reclassified to conform with the presentation adopted in the current period.

The allowance for credit losses for performing loans and off-balance sheet instruments consists of an aggregate amount of Stage 1 and Stage 2 probability-weighted ECL which are twelve-month ECLs and lifetime ECLs, respectively. Transfers from Stage 1 to Stage 2 ACLs result from a significant increase in credit risk since initial recognition of the loan. The following table presents the estimated impact of staging on ACL for performing loans and off-balance sheet instruments if they were all calculated using twelve-month ECLs compared to the current aggregate probability-weighted ECL, holding all risk profiles constant.

 

TD BANK GROUP 2019 ANNUAL REPORT CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND NOTES     Page 51  


Incremental Lifetime ECL Impact1

                 

(millions of Canadian dollars)

              As at
     October 31, 2019      October 31, 2018

Aggregate Stage 1 and 2 probability-weighted ECL

   $ 4,271      $ 3,872

All performing loans and off-balance sheet instruments using 12-month ECL

     3,672        3,438

Incremental lifetime ECL impact

   $ 599      $ 434

 

1 

Certain comparative amounts have been reclassified to conform with the presentation adopted in the current period.

FORECLOSED ASSETS

Foreclosed assets are repossessed non-financial assets where the Bank gains title, ownership, or possession of individual properties, such as real estate properties, which are managed for sale in an orderly manner with the proceeds used to reduce or repay any outstanding debt. The Bank does not generally occupy foreclosed properties for its business use. The Bank predominantly relies on third-party appraisals to determine the carrying value of foreclosed assets. Foreclosed assets held-for-sale were $121 million as at October 31, 2019 (October 31, 2018 – $81 million), and were recorded in Other assets on the Consolidated Balance Sheet.

LOANS PAST DUE BUT NOT IMPAIRED

A loan is classified as past due when a borrower has failed to make a payment by the contractual due date. The following table summarizes loans that are contractually past due but not impaired as at October 31.

 

Loans Past Due but not Impaired1,2

                                                                       

(millions of Canadian dollars)

     As at
     October 31, 2019      October 31, 2018
      

1-30

days

 

    

31-60

days

 

    

61-89

days

 

     Total     

1-30

days

 

    

31-60

days

 

    

61-89

days

 

     Total

Residential mortgages

   $ 1,709      $ 404      $ 111      $ 2,224      $ 1,471    $ 358    $ 101    $ 1,930

Consumer instalment and other personal

     6,038        845        266        7,149        5,988      811      241      7,040

Credit card

     1,401        351        229        1,981        1,403      340      213      1,956

Business and government

     1,096        858        60        2,014        1,314      444      28      1,786

Total

   $ 10,244      $ 2,458      $ 666      $ 13,368      $     10,176    $     1,953    $     583    $     12,712

 

1 

Includes loans that are measured at FVOCI.

2 

Balances exclude ACI loans.

MODIFIED FINANCIAL ASSETS

The amortized cost of financial assets with lifetime allowance that were modified during the year ended October 31, 2019 was $407 million (October 31, 2018 – $408 million) before modification, with insignificant modification gain or loss. The gross carrying amount of modified financial assets for which the loss allowance changed from lifetime to twelve-month ECLs during the year ended October 31, 2019 was $243 million (October 31, 2018 – nil).

COLLATERAL

As at October 31, 2019, the collateral held against total gross impaired loans represents 77% (October 31, 2018 – 81%) of total gross impaired loans. The fair value of non-financial collateral is determined at the origination date of the loan. A revaluation of non-financial collateral is performed if there has been a significant change in the terms and conditions of the loan and/or the loan is considered impaired. Management considers the nature of the collateral, seniority ranking of the debt, and loan structure in assessing the value of collateral. These estimated cash flows are reviewed at least annually, or more frequently when new information indicates a change in the timing or amount expected to be received.

 

NOTE 9:  TRANSFERS OF FINANCIAL ASSETS

LOAN SECURITIZATIONS

The Bank securitizes loans through structured entity or non-structured entity third parties. Most loan securitizations do not qualify for derecognition since in most circumstances, the Bank continues to be exposed to substantially all of the prepayment, interest rate, and/or credit risk associated with the securitized financial assets and has not transferred substantially all of the risk and rewards of ownership of the securitized assets. Where loans do not qualify for derecognition, they are not derecognized from the balance sheet, retained interests are not recognized, and a securitization liability is recognized for the cash proceeds received. Certain transaction costs incurred are also capitalized and amortized using EIRM.

The Bank securitizes insured residential mortgages under the National Housing Act Mortgage-Backed Securities (NHA MBS) program sponsored by the Canada Mortgage and Housing Corporation (CMHC). The MBS that are created through the NHA MBS program are sold to the Canada Housing Trust (CHT) as part of the CMB program, sold to third-party investors, or are held by the Bank. The CHT issues CMB to third-party investors and uses resulting proceeds to purchase NHA MBS from the Bank and other mortgage issuers in the Canadian market. Assets purchased by the CHT are comingled in a single trust from which CMB are issued. The Bank continues to be exposed to substantially all of the risks of the underlying mortgages, through the retention of a seller swap which transfers principal and interest payment risk on the NHA MBS back to the Bank in return for coupon paid on the CMB issuance and as such, the sales do not qualify for derecognition.

The Bank securitizes U.S. originated residential mortgages with U.S. government agencies which qualify for derecognition from the Bank's Consolidated Balance Sheet. As part of the securitization, the Bank retains the right to service the transferred mortgage loans. The MBS that are created through the securitization are typically sold to third-party investors.

The Bank also securitizes personal loans and business and government loans to entities which may be structured entities. These securitizations may give rise to derecognition of the financial assets depending on the individual arrangement of each transaction.

In addition, the Bank transfers credit card receivables, consumer instalment and other personal loans to structured entities that the Bank consolidates. Refer to Note 10 for further details.

 

TD BANK GROUP 2019 ANNUAL REPORT CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND NOTES     Page 52  


The following table summarizes the securitized asset types that did not qualify for derecognition, along with their associated securitization liabilities as at October 31.

Financial Assets Not Qualifying for Derecognition Treatment as Part of the Bank's Securitization Programs

(millions of Canadian dollars)                            As at  
     October 31, 2019      October 31, 2018  
     

Fair

value

    

Carrying

amount

    

Fair

value

    

Carrying

amount

 

Nature of transaction

           

Securitization of residential mortgage loans

   $ 23,705      $ 23,689      $     23,124    $     23,334

Other financial assets transferred related to securitization1

     3,525        3,524        4,230      4,235

Total

     27,230        27,213        27,354      27,569

Associated liabilities

   $ 27,316      $ 27,144      $ 27,272      $ 27,301  

 

1

Includes asset-backed securities, asset-backed commercial paper (ABCP), cash, repurchase agreements, and Government of Canada securities used to fulfil funding requirements of the Bank's securitization structures after the initial securitization of mortgage loans.

2

Includes securitization liabilities carried at amortized cost of $14 billion as at October 31, 2019 (October 31, 2018 – $15 billion), and securitization liabilities carried at fair value of $13 billion as at October 31, 2019 (October 31, 2018 – $13 billion).

Other Financial Assets Not Qualifying for Derecognition

The Bank enters into certain transactions where it transfers previously recognized commodities and financial assets, such as, debt and equity securities, but retains substantially all of the risks and rewards of those assets. These transferred assets are not derecognized and the transfers are accounted for as financing transactions. The most common transactions of this nature are repurchase agreements and securities lending agreements, in which the Bank retains substantially all of the associated credit, price, interest rate, and foreign exchange risks and rewards associated with the assets.

The following table summarizes the carrying amount of financial assets and the associated transactions that did not qualify for derecognition, as well as their associated financial liabilities as at October 31.

Other Financial Assets Not Qualifying for Derecognition

(millions of Canadian dollars)            As at  
     

October 31

2019

    

October 31

2018

 

Carrying amount of assets

     

Nature of transaction

     

Repurchase agreements1,2

   $ 16,990      $     24,333

Securities lending agreements

     38,338        27,124

Total

     55,328        51,457

Carrying amount of associated liabilities

   $ 17,428      $     24,701

 

1 

Includes $1.3 billion, as at October 31, 2019, of assets related to repurchase agreements or swaps that are collateralized by physical precious metals (October 31, 2018 – $2.0 billion).

2 

Associated liabilities are all related to repurchase agreements.

TRANSFERS OF FINANCIAL ASSETS QUALIFYING FOR DERECOGNITION

Transferred financial assets that are derecognized in their entirety where the Bank has a continuing involvement

Continuing involvement may arise if the Bank retains any contractual rights or obligations subsequent to the transfer of financial assets. Certain business and government loans securitized by the Bank are derecognized from the Bank's Consolidated Balance Sheet. In instances where the Bank fully derecognizes business and government loans, the Bank may be exposed to the risks of transferred loans through a retained interest. As at October 31, 2019, the fair value of retained interests was $19 million (October 31, 2018 – $25 million). There are no ECLs on the retained interests of the securitized business and government loans as the underlying mortgages are all government insured. A gain or loss on sale of the loans is recognized immediately in other income after considering the effect of hedge accounting on the assets sold, if applicable. The amount of the gain or loss recognized depends on the previous carrying values of the loans involved in the transfer, allocated between the assets sold and the retained interests based on their relative fair values at the date of transfer. For the year ended October 31, 2019, the trading income recognized on the retained interest was $1 million (October 31, 2018 – nil).

Certain portfolios of U.S. residential mortgages originated by the Bank are sold and derecognized from the Bank's Consolidated Balance Sheet. In certain instances, the Bank has a continuing involvement to service those loans. As at October 31, 2019, the carrying value of these servicing rights was $52 million (October 31, 2018 – $39 million) and the fair value was $51 million (October 31, 2018 – $57 million). A gain or loss on sale of the loans is recognized immediately in other income. The gain (loss) on sale of the loans for the year ended October 31, 2019 was $14 million (October 31, 2018 – $18 million).

 

NOTE 10:  STRUCTURED ENTITIES

The Bank uses structured entities for a variety of purposes including: (1) to facilitate the transfer of specified risks to clients; (2) as financing vehicles for itself or for clients; or (3) to segregate assets on behalf of investors. The Bank is typically restricted from accessing the assets of the structured entity under the relevant arrangements.

The Bank is involved with structured entities that it sponsors, as well as entities sponsored by third parties. Factors assessed when determining if the Bank is the sponsor of a structured entity include whether the Bank is the predominant user of the entity; whether the entity's branding or marketing identity is linked with the Bank; and whether the Bank provides an implicit or explicit guarantee of the entity's performance to investors or other third parties. The Bank is not considered to be the sponsor of a structured entity if it only provides arm's-length services to the entity, for example, by acting as administrator, distributor, custodian, or loan servicer. Sponsorship of a structured entity may indicate that the Bank had power over the entity at inception; however, this is not sufficient to determine if the Bank consolidates the entity. Regardless of whether or not the Bank sponsors an entity, consolidation is determined on a case-by-case basis.

 

TD BANK GROUP 2019 ANNUAL REPORT CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND NOTES     Page 53  


SPONSORED STRUCTURED ENTITIES

The following section outlines the Bank's involvement with key sponsored structured entities.

Securitizations

The Bank securitizes its own assets and facilitates the securitization of client assets through structured entities, such as conduits, which issue ABCP or other securitization entities which issue longer-dated term securities. Securitizations are an important source of liquidity for the Bank, allowing it to diversify its funding sources and to optimize its balance sheet management approach. The Bank has no rights to the assets as they are owned by the securitization entity.

The Bank sponsors both single-seller and multi-seller securitization conduits. Depending on the specifics of the entity, the variable returns absorbed through ABCP may be significantly mitigated by variable returns retained by the sellers. The Bank provides liquidity facilities to certain single-seller and multi-seller conduits for the benefit of ABCP investors which are structured as loan facilities between the Bank, as the sole liquidity lender, and the Bank-sponsored trusts. If a trust experiences difficulty issuing ABCP due to illiquidity in the commercial market, the trust may draw on the loan facility, and use the proceeds to pay maturing ABCP. The liquidity facilities can only be drawn if preconditions are met ensuring that the Bank does not provide credit enhancement through the loan facilities to the conduit. The Bank's exposure to the variable returns of these conduits from its provision of liquidity facilities and any related commitments is mitigated by the sellers' continued exposure to variable returns, as described below. The Bank provides administration and securities distribution services to its sponsored securitization conduits, which may result in it holding an investment in the ABCP issued by these entities. In some cases, the Bank may also provide credit enhancements or may transact derivatives with securitization conduits. The Bank earns fees from the conduits which are recognized when earned.

The Bank sells assets to single-seller conduits which it controls and consolidates. Control results from the Bank's power over the entity's key economic decisions, predominantly, the mix of assets sold into the conduit and exposure to the variable returns of the transferred assets, usually through a derivative or the provision of credit mitigation in the form of cash reserves, over-collateralization, or guarantees over the performance of the entity's portfolio of assets.

Multi-seller conduits provide customers with alternate sources of financing through the securitization of their assets. These conduits are similar to single-seller conduits except that assets are received from more than one seller and comingled into a single portfolio of assets. The Bank is typically deemed to have power over the entity's key economic decisions, namely, the selection of sellers and related assets sold as well as other decisions related to the management of risk in the vehicle. Sellers of assets in multi-seller conduits typically continue to be exposed to the variable returns of their portion of transferred assets, through derivatives or the provision of credit mitigation. The Bank's exposure to the variable returns of multi-seller conduits from its provision of liquidity facilities and any related commitments is mitigated by the sellers' continued exposure to variable returns from the entity. While the Bank may have power over multi-seller conduits, it is not exposed to significant variable returns and does not consolidate such entities.

Investment Funds and Other Asset Management Entities

As part of its asset management business, the Bank creates investment funds and trusts (including mutual funds), enabling it to provide its clients with a broad range of diversified exposure to different risk profiles, in accordance with the client's risk appetite. Such entities may be actively managed or may be passively directed, for example, through the tracking of a specified index, depending on the entity's investment strategy. Financing for these entities is obtained through the issuance of securities to investors, typically in the form of fund units. Based on each entity's specific strategy and risk profile, the proceeds from this issuance are used by the entity to purchase a portfolio of assets. An entity's portfolio may contain investments in securities, derivatives, or other assets, including cash. At the inception of a new investment fund or trust, the Bank will typically invest an amount of seed capital in the entity, allowing it to establish a performance history in the market. Over time, the Bank sells its seed capital holdings to third-party investors, as the entity's AUM increases. As a result, the Bank's holding of seed capital investment in its own sponsored investment funds and trusts is typically not significant to the Consolidated Financial Statements. Aside from any seed capital investments, the Bank's interest in these entities is generally limited to fees earned for the provision of asset management services. The Bank does not typically provide guarantees over the performance of these funds.

The Bank is typically considered to have power over the key economic decisions of sponsored asset management entities; however, it does not consolidate an entity unless it is also exposed to significant variable returns of the entity. This determination is made on a case-by-case basis, in accordance with the Bank's consolidation policy.

Financing Vehicles

The Bank may use structured entities to provide a cost-effective means of financing its operations, including raising capital or obtaining funding. These structured entities include: (1) TD Capital Trust III (Trust III) and TD Capital Trust IV (Trust IV) (together the "CaTS Entities"), and (2) TD Covered Bond (Legislative) Guarantor Limited Partnership (the "Covered Bond Entity"). On December 31, 2018, Trust III, a subsidiary of the Bank, redeemed all of the outstanding TD Capital Trust III Securities – Series 2008 (TD CaTS III) at a price of $1 billion plus the unpaid distribution payable on the redemption date. Trust III was consolidated by the Bank and the TD CaTS III were included in Non-controlling interests in subsidiaries on the Bank's Consolidated Balance Sheet. On June 30, 2019, Trust IV redeemed all of the outstanding $550 million TD Capital Trust IV Notes – Series 1. Refer to Note 20 for additional details.

The CaTS Entities issued innovative capital securities which count as Tier 1 Capital of the Bank, but, under Basel III, are considered non-qualifying capital instruments and are subject to the Basel III phase-out rules. The proceeds from these issuances were invested in assets purchased from the Bank which generate income for distribution to investors. The Bank is considered to have decision-making power over the key economic activities of the CaTS Entities; however, it does not consolidate an entity unless it is also exposed to significant variable returns of the entity. The Bank was exposed to the risks and returns from Trust III as it held the residual risks through retaining all the voting securities of the entity. The Bank was considered to be exposed to significant variable returns of Trust III's portfolio of assets and therefore consolidated the entity. Trust IV holds assets which are only exposed to the Bank's own credit risk. As a result, the Bank does not absorb significant variable returns of the entity as it is ultimately exposed only to its own credit risk, and therefore does not consolidate the entity. Refer to Note 20 for further details.

The Bank issues, or has issued, debt under its covered bond program where the principal and interest payments of the notes are guaranteed by the Covered Bond Entity. The Bank sold a portfolio of assets to the Covered Bond Entity and provided a loan to the Covered Bond Entity to facilitate the purchase. The Bank is restricted from accessing the Covered Bond Entity's assets under the relevant agreement. Investors in the Bank's covered bonds may have recourse to the Bank should the assets of the Covered Bond Entity be insufficient to satisfy the covered bond liabilities. The Bank consolidates the Covered Bond Entity as it has power over the key economic activities and retains all the variable returns in this entity.

 

TD BANK GROUP 2019 ANNUAL REPORT CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND NOTES     Page 54  


THIRD-PARTY SPONSORED STRUCTURED ENTITIES

In addition to structured entities sponsored by the Bank, the Bank is also involved with structured entities sponsored by third parties. Key involvement with third-party sponsored structured entities is described in the following section.

Third-party Sponsored Securitization Programs

The Bank participates in the securitization program of government-sponsored structured entities, including the CMHC, a Crown corporation of the Government of Canada, and similar U.S. government-sponsored entities. The CMHC guarantees CMB issued through the CHT.

The Bank is exposed to the variable returns in the CHT, through its retention of seller swaps resulting from its participation in the CHT program. The Bank does not have power over the CHT as its key economic activities are controlled by the Government of Canada. The Bank's exposure to the CHT is included in the balance of residential mortgage loans as noted in Note 9, and is not disclosed in the table accompanying this Note.

The Bank participates in the securitization programs sponsored by U.S. government agencies. The Bank is not exposed to significant variable returns from these agencies and does not have power over the key economic activities of the agencies, which are controlled by the U.S. government.

Investment Holdings and Derivatives

The Bank may hold interests in third-party structured entities, predominantly in the form of direct investments in securities or partnership interests issued by those structured entities, or through derivatives transacted with counterparties which are structured entities. Investments in, and derivatives with, structured entities are recognized on the Bank's Consolidated Balance Sheet. The Bank does not typically consolidate third-party structured entities where its involvement is limited to investment holdings and/or derivatives as the Bank would not generally have power over the key economic decisions of these entities.

Financing Transactions

In the normal course of business, the Bank may enter into financing transactions with third-party structured entities including commercial loans, reverse repurchase agreements, prime brokerage margin lending, and similar collateralized lending transactions. While such transactions expose the Bank to the structured entities' counterparty credit risk, this exposure is mitigated by the collateral related to these transactions. The Bank typically has neither power nor significant variable returns due to financing transactions with structured entities and would not generally consolidate such entities. Financing transactions with third-party sponsored structured entities are included on the Bank's Consolidated Financial Statements and have not been included in the table accompanying this Note.

Arm's-length Servicing Relationships

In addition to the involvement outlined above, the Bank may also provide services to structured entities on an arm's-length basis, for example as sub-advisor to an investment fund or asset servicer. Similarly, the Bank's asset management services provided to institutional investors may include transactions with structured entities. As a consequence of providing these services, the Bank may be exposed to variable returns from these structured entities, for example, through the receipt of fees or short-term exposure to the structured entity's securities. Any such exposure is typically mitigated by collateral or some other contractual arrangement with the structured entity or its sponsor. The Bank generally has neither power nor significant variable returns from the provision of arm's-length services to a structured entity and, consequently does not consolidate such entities. Fees and other exposures through servicing relationships are included on the Bank's Consolidated Financial Statements and have not been included in the table accompanying this Note.

INVOLVEMENT WITH CONSOLIDATED STRUCTURED ENTITIES

Securitizations

The Bank securitizes consumer instalment, and other personal loans through securitization entities, predominantly single-seller conduits. These conduits are consolidated by the Bank based on the factors described above. Aside from the exposure resulting from its involvement as seller and sponsor of consolidated securitization conduits described above, including the liquidity facilities provided, the Bank has no contractual or non-contractual arrangements to provide financial support to consolidated securitization conduits. The Bank's interests in securitization conduits generally rank senior to interests held by other parties, in accordance with the Bank's investment and risk policies. As a result, the Bank has no significant obligations to absorb losses before other holders of securitization issuances.

Other Structured Consolidated Structured Entities

Depending on the specific facts and circumstances of the Bank's involvement with structured entities, the Bank may consolidate asset management entities, financing vehicles, or third-party sponsored structured entities, based on the factors described above. Aside from its exposure resulting from its involvement as sponsor or investor in the structured entities as previously discussed, the Bank does not typically have other contractual or non-contractual arrangements to provide financial support to these consolidated structured entities.

INVOLVEMENT WITH UNCONSOLIDATED STRUCTURED ENTITIES

The following table presents information related to the Bank's unconsolidated structured entities. Unconsolidated structured entities include both TD and third-party sponsored entities. Securitizations include holdings in TD-sponsored multi-seller conduits, as well as third-party sponsored mortgage and asset-backed securitizations, including government-sponsored agency securities such as CMBs, and U.S. government agency issuances. Investment Funds and Trusts include holdings in third-party funds and trusts, as well as holdings in TD-sponsored asset management funds and trusts and commitments to certain U.S. municipal funds. Amounts in Other are predominantly related to investments in community-based U.S. tax-advantage entities described in Note 12. These holdings do not result in the consolidation of these entities as TD does not have power over these entities.

 

TD BANK GROUP 2019 ANNUAL REPORT CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND NOTES     Page 55  


Carrying Amount and Maximum Exposure to Unconsolidated Structured Entities1                          
(millions of Canadian dollars)                                                    As at  
                     October 31, 2019                      October 31, 2018  
      Securitizations     

Investment

funds and

trusts

     Other      Total      Securitizations     

Investment

funds and

trusts

     Other      Total  

FINANCIAL ASSETS

                                                                       

Trading loans, securities, and other

   $ 8,450      $ 1,096      $      $ 9,546      $ 9,460    $ 719    $ 11    $ 10,190

Non-trading financial assets at fair value through profit or loss

     3,649        488               4,137        1,810      367           2,177

Derivatives

            64        6        70             826           826

Financial assets designated at fair value through profit or loss

            4               4             3           3

Financial assets at fair value through other comprehensive income

     34,451        1,550        9        36,010        47,575      1,262           48,837

Debt securities at amortized cost, net of allowance for credit losses

     85,456                      85,456        68,736                68,736

Loans

     1,314        5               1,319        2,438                2,438

Other

     6               3,027        3,033        6           2,897      2,903

Total assets

     133,326        3,207        3,042        139,575        130,025      3,177      2,908      136,110

FINANCIAL LIABILITIES

                                                                       

Derivatives

            395               395             59           59

Obligations related to securities sold short

     3,164        503               3,667        2,937      629           3,566

Total liabilities

     3,164        898               4,062        2,937      688           3,625

Off-balance sheet exposure

     17,233        4,234        1,222        22,689        16,172      3,450      1,164      20,786

Maximum exposure to loss from involvement with unconsolidated structured entities

   $     147,395      $     6,543      $ 4,264      $     158,202      $     143,260    $ 5,939    $ 4,072    $     153,271

Size of sponsored unconsolidated structured entities4

   $ 10,068      $ 37,638      $     1,200      $ 48,906      $ 10,216    $   35,897    $     1,750    $ 47,863
1 

Certain comparative amounts have been restated to conform with the presentation adopted in the current period.

2 

Derivatives primarily subject to vanilla interest rate or foreign exchange risk are not included in these amounts as those derivatives are designed to align the structured entity's cash flows with risks absorbed by investors and are not predominantly designed to expose the Bank to variable returns created by the entity.

3 

For the purposes of this disclosure, off-balance sheet exposure represents the notional value of liquidity facilities, guarantees, or other off-balance sheet commitments without considering the effect of collateral or other credit enhancements.

4 

The size of sponsored unconsolidated structured entities is provided based on the most appropriate measure of size for the type of entity: (1) The par value of notes issued by securitization conduits and similar liability issuers; (2) the total AUM of investment funds and trusts; and (3) the total fair value of partnership or equity shares in issue for partnerships and similar equity issuers.

Sponsored Unconsolidated Structured Entities in which the Bank has no Significant Investment at the End of the Period

Sponsored unconsolidated structured entities in which the Bank has no significant investment at the end of the period are predominantly investment funds and trusts created for the asset management business. The Bank would not typically hold investments, with the exception of seed capital, in these structured entities. However, the Bank continues to earn fees from asset management services provided to these entities, some of which could be based on the performance of the fund. Fees payable are generally senior in the entity's priority of payment and would also be backed by collateral, limiting the Bank's exposure to loss from these entities. The Bank earned non-interest income of $2.0 billion (October 31, 2018 – $1.9 billion) from its involvement with these asset management entities for the year ended October 31, 2019, of which $1.8 billion (October 31, 2018 – $1.8 billion) was received directly from these entities. The total AUM in these entities as at October 31, 2019 was $233.9 billion (October 31, 2018 – $196.1 billion). Any assets transferred by the Bank during the period are co-mingled with assets obtained from third parties in the market. Except as previously disclosed, the Bank has no contractual or non-contractual arrangements to provide financial support to unconsolidated structured entities.

 

NOTE 11:  DERIVATIVES

DERIVATIVE PRODUCT TYPES AND RISK EXPOSURES

The majority of the Bank's derivative contracts are OTC transactions that are bilaterally negotiated between the Bank and the counterparty to the contract. The remainder are exchange-traded contracts transacted through organized and regulated exchanges and consist primarily of certain options and futures.

The Bank's derivative transactions relate to trading and non-trading activities. The purpose of derivatives held for non-trading activities is primarily for managing interest rate, foreign exchange, and equity risk related to the Bank's funding, lending, investment activities, and other asset/liability management activities. The Bank's risk management strategy for these risks is discussed in shaded sections of the "Managing Risk" section of the MD&A. The Bank also enters into derivative transactions to economically hedge certain exposures that do not otherwise qualify for hedge accounting, or where hedge accounting is not considered feasible.

Where hedge accounting is applied, only a specific or a combination of risk components are hedged, including benchmark interest rate, foreign exchange rate, and equity price components. All these risk components are observable in the relevant market environment and the change in the fair value or the variability in cash flows attributable to these risk components can be reliably measured for hedged items.

 

TD BANK GROUP 2019 ANNUAL REPORT CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND NOTES     Page 56  


Where the derivatives are in hedge relationships, the main sources of ineffectiveness can be attributed to differences between hedging instruments and hedged items:

 

Differences in fixed rates, when contractual coupons of the fixed rate hedged items are designated;

 

Differences in the discounting factors, when hedging derivatives are collateralized and discounted using Overnight Indexed Swaps (OIS) curves, which are not applied to the fixed rate hedged items;

 

CRVA on the hedging derivatives; and

 

Mismatch in critical terms such as tenor and timing of cash flows between hedging instruments and hedged items.

To mitigate a portion of the ineffectiveness, the Bank designates the benchmark risk component of contractual cash flows of hedged items and executes hedging derivatives with high-quality counterparties. The majority of the Bank's hedging derivatives are collateralized.

Interest Rate Derivatives

Interest rate swaps are OTC contracts in which two counterparties agree to exchange cash flows over a period of time based on rates applied to a specified notional amount. A typical interest rate swap would require one counterparty to pay a fixed market interest rate in exchange for a variable market interest rate determined from time to time, with both calculated on a specified notional amount. No exchange of principal amount takes place. Certain interest rate swaps are transacted and settled through a clearing house which acts as a central counterparty.

Forward rate agreements are OTC contracts that effectively fix a future interest rate for a period of time. A typical forward rate agreement provides that at a pre-determined future date, a cash settlement will be made between the counterparties based upon the difference between a contracted rate and a market rate to be determined in the future, calculated on a specified notional amount. No exchange of principal amount takes place.

Interest rate options are contracts in which one party (the purchaser of an option) acquires from another party (the writer of an option), in exchange for a premium, the right, but not the obligation, either to buy or sell, on a specified future date or series of future dates or within a specified time, a specified financial instrument at a contracted price. The underlying financial instrument will have a market price which varies in response to changes in interest rates. In managing the Bank's interest rate exposure, the Bank acts as both a writer and purchaser of these options. Options are transacted both OTC and through exchanges. Interest rate futures are standardized contracts transacted on an exchange. They are based upon an agreement to buy or sell a specified quantity of a financial instrument on a specified future date, at a contracted price. These contracts differ from forward rate agreements in that they are in standard amounts with standard settlement dates and are transacted on an exchange.

The Bank uses interest rate swaps to hedge its exposure to benchmark interest rate risk by modifying the repricing or maturity characteristics of existing and/or forecasted assets and liabilities, including funding and investment activities. These swaps are designated in either fair value hedge against fixed rate asset/liability or cash flow hedge against floating rate asset/liability. For fair value hedges, the Bank assesses and measures the hedge effectiveness based on the change in the fair value or cash flows of the derivative hedging instrument relative to the change in the fair value or cash flows of the hedged item attributable to benchmark interest rate risk. For cash flow hedges, the Bank uses the hypothetical derivative having terms that identically match the critical terms of the hedged item as the proxy for measuring the change in fair value or cash flows of the hedged item.

Foreign Exchange Derivatives

Foreign exchange forwards are OTC contracts in which one counterparty contracts with another to exchange a specified amount of one currency for a specified amount of a second currency, at a future date or range of dates.

Swap contracts comprise foreign exchange swaps and cross-currency interest rate swaps. Foreign exchange swaps are transactions in which a foreign currency is simultaneously purchased in the spot market and sold in the forward market, or vice-versa. Cross-currency interest rate swaps are transactions in which counterparties exchange principal and interest cash flows in different currencies over a period of time. These contracts are used to manage currency and/or interest rate exposures.

Foreign exchange futures contracts are similar to foreign exchange forward contracts but differ in that they are in standard currency amounts with standard settlement dates and are transacted on an exchange.

Where hedge accounting is applied, the Bank assesses and measures the hedge effectiveness based on the change in the fair value of the hedging instrument relative to translation gains and losses of net investment in foreign operations or the change in cash flows of the foreign currency denominated asset/liability attributable to foreign exchange risk, using the hypothetical derivative method.

The Bank uses non-derivative instruments such as foreign currency deposit liabilities and derivative instruments such as cross-currency swaps and foreign exchange forwards to hedge its foreign currency exposure. These hedging instruments are designated in either net investment hedges or cash flow hedges.

Credit Derivatives

The Bank uses credit derivatives such as credit default swaps (CDS) and total return swaps in managing risks of the Bank's corporate loan portfolio and other cash instruments. Credit risk is the risk of loss if a borrower or counterparty in a transaction fails to meet its agreed payment obligations. The Bank uses credit derivatives to mitigate industry concentration and borrower-specific exposure as part of the Bank's portfolio risk management techniques. The credit, legal, and other risks associated with these transactions are controlled through well established procedures. The Bank's policy is to enter into these transactions with investment grade financial institutions. Credit risk to these counterparties is managed through the same approval, limit, and monitoring processes that is used for all counterparties to which the Bank has credit exposure.

Credit derivatives are OTC contracts designed to transfer the credit risk in an underlying financial instrument (usually termed as a reference asset) from one counterparty to another. The most common credit derivatives are CDS (referred to as option contracts) and total return swaps (referred to as swap contracts). In option contracts, an option purchaser acquires credit protection on a reference asset or group of assets from an option writer in exchange for a premium. The option purchaser may pay the agreed premium at inception or over a period of time. The credit protection compensates the option purchaser for deterioration in value of the reference asset or group of assets upon the occurrence of certain credit events such as bankruptcy, or changes in specified credit rating or credit index. Settlement may be cash based or physical, requiring the delivery of the reference asset to the option writer. In swap contracts, one counterparty agrees to pay or receive from the other cash amounts based on changes in the value of a reference asset or group of assets, including any returns such as interest earned on these assets in exchange for amounts that are based on prevailing market funding rates. These cash settlements are made regardless of whether there is a credit event.

Other Derivatives

The Bank also transacts in equity and commodity derivatives in both the exchange and OTC markets.

Equity swaps are OTC contracts in which one counterparty agrees to pay, or receive from the other, cash amounts based on changes in the value of a stock index, a basket of stocks or a single stock. These contracts sometimes include a payment in respect of dividends.

 

TD BANK GROUP 2019 ANNUAL REPORT CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND NOTES     Page 57  


Equity options give the purchaser of the option, for a premium, the right, but not the obligation, to buy from or sell to the writer of an option, an underlying stock index, basket of stocks or single stock at a contracted price. Options are transacted both OTC and through exchanges.

Equity index futures are standardized contracts transacted on an exchange. They are based on an agreement to pay or receive a cash amount based on the difference between the contracted price level of an underlying stock index and its corresponding market price level at a specified future date. There is no actual delivery of stocks that comprise the underlying index. These contracts are in standard amounts with standard settlement dates.

Commodity contracts include commodity forwards, futures, swaps, and options, such as precious metals and energy-related products in both OTC and exchange markets.

Where hedge accounting is applied, the Bank uses equity forwards and/or total return swaps to hedge its exposure to equity price risk. These derivatives are designated as cash flow hedges. The Bank assesses and measures the hedge effectiveness based on the change in the fair value of the hedging instrument relative to the change in the cash flows of the hedged item attributable to movement in equity price, using the hypothetical derivative method.

 

Fair Value of Derivatives

                                   

(millions of Canadian dollars)

     October 31, 2019      October 31, 2018
    
Fair value as
at balance sheet date
 
    
Fair value as
at balance sheet date
 
       Positive      Negative      Positive      Negative

Derivatives held or issued for trading purposes

           

Interest rate contracts

           

Forward rate agreements

   $ 24      $ 149      $ 37    $ 39

Swaps

     11,244        11,952        9,931      7,229

Options written

            1,099             566

Options purchased

     1,168               516     

Total interest rate contracts

     12,436        13,200        10,484      7,834

Foreign exchange contracts

           

Forward contracts

     713        1,540        17,638      15,943

Swaps

     12,734        12,613            

Cross-currency interest rate swaps

     14,721        12,913        18,489      15,692

Options written

            302             543

Options purchased

     289               486     

Total foreign exchange contracts

     28,457        27,368        36,613      32,178

Credit derivative contracts

           

Credit default swaps – protection purchased

            241             230

Credit default swaps – protection sold

     16               9      1

Total credit derivative contracts

     16        241        9      231

Other contracts

           

Equity contracts

     748        2,942        2,537      1,362

Commodity contracts

     1,524        1,335        1,291      837

Total other contracts

     2,272        4,277        3,828      2,199

Fair value – trading

     43,181        45,086        50,934      42,442

Derivatives held or issued for non-trading purposes

           

Interest rate contracts

           

Forward rate agreements

            2        2     

Swaps

     2,365        1,303        1,893      1,898

Options written

            1             1

Options purchased

     15               19     

Total interest rate contracts

     2,380        1,306        1,914      1,899

Foreign exchange contracts

           

Forward contracts

     660        90        333      327

Swaps

     2        22            

Cross-currency interest rate swaps

     1,531        1,919        2,729      2,413

Total foreign exchange contracts

     2,193        2,031        3,062      2,740

Credit derivative contracts

           

Credit default swaps – protection purchased

            179             155

Total credit derivative contracts

            179             155

Other contracts

           

Equity contracts

     1,140        1,449        1,086      1,034

Total other contracts

     1,140        1,449        1,086      1,034

Fair value – non-trading

     5,713        4,965        6,062      5,828

Total fair value

   $ 48,894      $ 50,051      $ 56,996    $ 48,270

 

TD BANK GROUP 2019 ANNUAL REPORT CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND NOTES     Page 58  


The following table distinguishes derivatives held or issued for non-trading purposes between those that have been designated in qualifying hedge accounting relationships and those which have not been designated in qualifying hedge accounting relationships as at October 31.

 

Fair Value of Non-Trading Derivatives

 

                                  

(millions of Canadian dollars)

                                                                                    As at
                                                                                    October 31, 2019
                   Derivative Assets      Derivative Liabilities
    

Derivatives in

qualifying

hedging

relationships

 

 

    



Derivatives

not in

qualifying
hedging
relationships


 
 

       

Derivatives in

qualifying

hedging

relationships

 

 

    



Derivatives

not in

qualifying
hedging
relationships


 
 

  
      
Fair
value
 
    
Cash
flow
 
   
Net
investment
 
     Total     
Fair
value
 
    
Cash
flow
 
   
Net
investment
 
     Total

Derivatives held or issued for non-trading purposes

                           

Interest rate contracts

   $ 882      $ 804     $      $ 694      $ 2,380      $ 786      $ (46   $      $ 566      $ 1,306  

Foreign exchange contracts

            2,175       2        16        2,193               1,910       58        63        2,031  

Credit derivative contracts

                                                           179        179  

Other contracts

            531              609        1,140                            1,449        1,449  

Fair value – non-trading

   $ 882      $ 3,510     $ 2      $ 1,319      $ 5,713      $ 786      $ 1,864     $ 58      $ 2,257      $ 4,965  
                           
                                                                                      October 31, 2018

Derivatives held or issued for non-trading purposes

                           

Interest rate contracts

   $ 1,050    $ (62   $ 4    $ 922    $ 1,914    $ 858    $ 187   $    $ 854    $ 1,899

Foreign exchange contracts

          2,948     4      110      3,062           2,399     314      27      2,740

Credit derivative contracts

                                           155      155

Other contracts

          594          492      1,086                    1,034      1,034

Fair value – non-trading

   $ 1,050    $ 3,480   $ 8    $ 1,524    $ 6,062    $ 858    $ 2,586   $ 314    $ 2,070    $ 5,828
1 

Certain derivatives assets qualify to be offset with certain derivative liabilities on the Consolidated Balance Sheet. Refer to Note 6 for further details.

Fair Value Hedges

The following table presents the effects of fair value hedges on the Consolidated Balance Sheet and the Consolidated Statement of Income.

 

Fair Value Hedges

                                                 

(millions of Canadian dollars)

     For the years ended or as at October 31  
                                              2019  
      



Change in

value of hedged

items for
ineffectiveness
measurement

 

 

 
 

   



Change in fair
value of hedging
instruments for
ineffectiveness
measurement
 
 
 
 
   
Hedge
ineffectiveness
 
   


Carrying
amounts
for hedged
items
 
 
 
    



Accumulated
amount of fair
value hedge
adjustments
on hedged items1
 
 
 
 
   




Accumulated
amount of fair
value hedge
adjustments on
de-designated
hedged items
 
 
 
 
 

Assets

             

Interest rate risk

             

Debt securities at amortized cost

   $ 2,144     $ (2,160   $ (16   $ 46,888      $ 1,502     $  

Financial assets at fair value through other comprehensive income

     3,286       (3,299     (13     78,688        580       (119

Loans

     1,440       (1,458     (18     59,270        741       (6

Total assets

     6,870       (6,917     (47     184,846        2,823       (125
             

Liabilities

             

Interest rate risk

             

Deposits

     (4,566     4,584       18       125,602        2,214       (11

Securitization liabilities at amortized cost

     (149     151       2       5,481        82        

Subordinated notes and debentures

     (189     190       1       5,071        (28     (135

Total liabilities

     (4,904     4,925       21       136,154        2,268       (146

Total

   $ 1,966     $ (1,992   $ (26                         
             
                                                2018

Assets

             

Interest rate risk

             

Debt securities at amortized cost

   $ (501   $ 507   $ 6   $ 30,032    $ (618   $  

Financial assets at fair value through other comprehensive income

     (1,874     1,869     (5     86,804      (2,699     (172

Loans

     (792     792         45,157      (726     (8

Total assets

     (3,167     3,168     1     161,993      (4,043     (180
             

Liabilities

             

Interest rate risk

             

Deposits

     2,182     (2,179     3     93,150      (2,301     (4

Securitization liabilities at amortized cost

     71     (73     (2     4,960      (52      

Subordinated notes and debentures

     112     (112         4,027      (230     (143

Total liabilities

     2,365     (2,364     1     102,137      (2,583     (147

Total

   $ (802   $ 804   $ 2                         
             
                                                2017  

Total

   $ (933   $ 914     $ (19                         
1 

The Bank has portfolios of fixed rate financial assets and liabilities whereby the notional amount changes frequently due to originations, issuances, maturities and prepayments. The interest rate risk hedges on these portfolios are rebalanced dynamically.

 

TD BANK GROUP 2019 ANNUAL REPORT CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND NOTES     Page 59  


Cash Flow Hedges and Net Investment Hedges

The following table presents the effects of cash flow hedges and net investment hedges on the Bank's Consolidated Statement of Income and the Consolidated Statement of Comprehensive Income.

 

Cash Flow and Net Investment Hedges                
(millions of Canadian dollars)    For the years ended October 31  
                                   2019  
      Change in value
of hedged items for
ineffectiveness
measurement
    Change in fair
value of hedging
instruments for
ineffectiveness
measurement
    Hedge
ineffectiveness
    Hedging
gains (losses)
recognized in other
comprehensive
income1
    Amount reclassified
from accumulated
other comprehensive
income (loss)
to earnings1
    Net change
in other
comprehensive
income (loss)1
 

Cash flow hedges

            

Interest rate risk3

   $ (5,087   $ 5,089     $     2     $ 5,041     $ (218   $ 5,259  

Foreign exchange risk4,5,6

     251       (250     1       (466     (572     106  

Equity price risk

     (122     122             122       117       5  

Total cash flow hedges

   $ (4,958   $ 4,961     $ 3     $ 4,697     $ (673   $ 5,370  

Net investment hedges

   $ (180   $ 180     $     $ 180     $     $ 180  
                                               2018  

Cash flow hedges

            

Interest rate risk3

   $ 2,585     $ (2,587   $ (2   $ (2,528   $ 335     $ (2,863

Foreign exchange risk4,5,6

     (449     449             362       306       56  

Equity price risk

     (66     66             66       97       (31

Total cash flow hedges

   $ 2,070     $ (2,072   $ (2   $ (2,100   $ 738     $ (2,838

Net investment hedges

   $ 392     $ (392   $   $ (392   $   $ (392
                                               2017  

Total cash flow hedges2

       $ (2   $ (2,229   $ 1,077    

Net investment hedges

                         890       (8        
1 

Effects on other comprehensive income are presented on a pre-tax basis.

2 

During the years ended October 31, 2019, October 31, 2018, and October 31, 2017, there were no instances where forecasted hedged transactions failed to occur.

3 

Hedged items include forecasted interest cash flows on loans, deposits, and securitization liabilities.

4 

For non-derivative instruments designated as hedging foreign exchange risk, fair value change is measured as the gains and losses due to spot foreign exchange movements.

5

Cross-currency swaps may be used to hedge foreign exchange risk or a combination of interest rate risk and foreign exchange risk in a single hedging relationship. These hedges are disclosed in the above risk category (foreign exchange risk).

6

Hedged items include principal and interest cash flows on foreign denominated securities, loans, deposits, other liabilities, and subordinated notes and debentures.

 

Reconciliation of Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income (Loss)1                
(millions of Canadian dollars)    For the years ended October 31  
     2019  
      Accumulated other
comprehensive
income (loss)
at beginning of year
    Net changes in other
comprehensive
income (loss)
    Accumulated other
comprehensive
income (loss)
at end of year
    Accumulated other
comprehensive
income (loss) on
designated hedges
    Accumulated other
comprehensive
income (loss) on
de-designated  hedges
 

Cash flow hedges

          

Interest rate risk

   $ (3,656   $ 5,259     $ 1,603     $ 1,226     $ 377  

Foreign exchange risk

     247       106       353       353        

Equity price risk

     20       5       25       25        

Total cash flow hedges

   $ (3,389   $ 5,370     $ 1,981     $ 1,604     $ 377  

Net investment hedges

          

Foreign translation risk

   $ (5,689   $ 180     $ (5,509   $ (5,509   $  
       2018

Cash flow hedges

          

Interest rate risk

   $ (793   $ (2,863   $ (3,656   $ (2,245   $ (1,411

Foreign exchange risk

     191       56       247       247        

Equity price risk

     51     (31     20     20    

Total cash flow hedges

   $ (551   $ (2,838   $ (3,389   $ (1,978   $ (1,411

Net investment hedges

          

Foreign translation risk

   $ (5,297   $ (392   $ (5,689   $ (5,689   $
1 

Presented on a pre-tax basis and excludes the Bank's equity in the AOCI of an investment in TD Ameritrade.

 

TD BANK GROUP 2019 ANNUAL REPORT CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND NOTES     Page 60  


NOTIONAL AMOUNTS

The notional amounts are not recorded as assets or liabilities as they represent the face amount of the contract to which a rate or price is applied to determine the amount of cash flows to be exchanged. Notional amounts do not represent the potential gain or loss associated with the market risk nor are they indicative of the credit risk associated with derivative financial instruments.

The following table discloses the notional amount of over-the-counter and exchange-traded derivatives.

 

Over-the-Counter and Exchange-Traded Derivatives

 

                

(millions of Canadian dollars)

     As at
  

 

October 31

2019

 

    
October 31
2018
 
     Trading        
     Over-the-Counter                
      

Clearing

house

 

2 

   

Non

clearing

house

 

 

 

    
Exchange-
traded
 
     Total       

Non-

trading

 

3  

    Total        Total

Notional

                                                            

Interest rate contracts

                  

Futures

   $     $      $ 884,565      $ 884,565      $     $ 884,565      $ 575,825

Forward rate agreements

     1,817,528       28,532               1,846,060        867       1,846,927        970,904

Swaps

     9,380,140       390,123               9,770,263        1,642,583       11,412,846        9,442,704

Options written

           109,532        136,264        245,796        472       246,268        200,948

Options purchased

           122,159        187,260        309,419        5,374       314,793        227,775

Total interest rate contracts

     11,197,668       650,346        1,208,089        13,056,103        1,649,296       14,705,399        11,418,156

Foreign exchange contracts

                  

Futures

                  16        16              16        24

Forward contracts

           169,992               169,992        20,473       190,465        1,825,682

Swaps

           1,747,596               1,747,596        1,955       1,749,551        6

Cross-currency interest rate swaps

           757,780               757,780        100,921       858,701        785,946

Options written

           27,639        15        27,654              27,654        34,090

Options purchased

           27,293        2        27,295              27,295        32,655

Total foreign exchange contracts

           2,730,300        33        2,730,333        123,349       2,853,682        2,678,403

Credit derivative contracts

                  

Credit default swaps – protection purchased

     9,222       249               9,471        3,199       12,670        12,612

Credit default swaps – protection sold

     956       156               1,112              1,112        1,122

Total credit derivative contracts

     10,178       405               10,583        3,199       13,782        13,734

Other contracts

                  

Equity contracts

           92,327        66,590        158,917        29,454       188,371        145,327

Commodity contracts

     100       46,885        49,702        96,687              96,687        73,193

Total other contracts

     100       139,212        116,292        255,604        29,454       285,058        218,520

Total

   $ 11,207,946     $ 3,520,263      $ 1,324,414      $ 16,052,623      $ 1,805,298     $ 17,857,921      $ 14,328,813
1 

Collateral held under a Credit Support Annex to help reduce counterparty credit risk is in the form of high-quality and liquid assets such as cash and high-quality government securities. Acceptable collateral is governed by the Collateralized Trading Policy.

2 

Derivatives executed through a central clearing house reduces settlement risk due to the ability to net settle offsetting positions for capital purposes and therefore receive preferential capital treatment compared to those settled with non-central clearing house counterparties.

3 

As at October 31, 2019, includes $1,454 billion of OTC derivatives that are transacted with clearing houses (October 31, 2018 – $1,244 billion) and $352 billion of OTC derivatives that are transacted with non-clearing houses (October 31, 2018 – $337 billion). There were no exchange-traded derivatives both as at October 31, 2019 and October 31, 2018.

The following table distinguishes the notional amount of derivatives held or issued for non-trading purposes between those that have been designated in qualifying hedge accounting relationships and those which have not been designated in qualifying hedge accounting relationships.

 

Notional of Non-Trading Derivatives

                                          

(millions of Canadian dollars)

     As at  
     October 31, 2019
     Derivatives in qualifying hedging relationships    

Derivatives not in
qualifying hedging
relationships
 
 
  

Derivatives held or issued for hedging (non-trading) purposes

    

Fair

value


    

Cash

flow


 

   

Net

Investment


 

     Total

Interest rate contracts

   $ 337,374      $ 234,134     $     $ 1,077,788      $ 1,649,296  

Foreign exchange contracts

            117,532       1,292       4,525        123,349  

Credit derivative contracts

                        3,199        3,199  

Other contracts

            2,079             27,375        29,454  

Total notional non-trading

   $ 337,374      $ 353,745     $ 1,292     $ 1,112,887      $ 1,805,298  
     October 31, 2018

Interest rate contracts

   $ 282,718    $ 214,969   $ 1,646   $ 922,323    $ 1,421,656

Foreign exchange contracts

          113,183     1,249     11,674      126,106

Credit derivative contracts

                  2,745      2,745

Other contracts

          2,058         28,372      30,430

Total notional non-trading

   $ 282,718    $ 330,210   $ 2,895   $ 965,114    $ 1,580,937
1 

Certain cross-currency swaps are executed using multiple derivatives, including interest rate swaps. These derivatives are used to hedge foreign exchange rate risk in cash flow hedges and net investment hedges.

 

TD BANK GROUP 2019 ANNUAL REPORT CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND NOTES     Page 61  


The following table discloses the notional principal amount of over-the-counter derivatives and exchange-traded derivatives based on their contractual terms to maturity.

 

Derivatives by Remaining Term-to-Maturity

 

        

(millions of Canadian dollars)

                                         As at
                               

October 31

2019


    

October 31

2018


Notional Principal

    

Within

1 year


    

Over 1 year

to 5 years


    
Over
5 years
 
     Total      Total

Interest rate contracts

              

Futures

   $ 672,570      $ 211,995      $      $ 884,565      $ 575,825

Forward rate agreements

     1,793,862        53,065               1,846,927        970,904

Swaps

     4,455,050        5,042,224        1,915,572        11,412,846        9,442,704

Options written

     183,359        50,575        12,334        246,268        200,948

Options purchased

     230,502        72,996        11,295        314,793        227,775

Total interest rate contracts

     7,335,343        5,430,855        1,939,201        14,705,399        11,418,156

Foreign exchange contracts

              

Futures

     16                      16        24

Forward contracts

     177,645        12,719        101        190,465        1,825,682

Swaps

     1,714,371        32,812        2,368        1,749,551        6

Cross-currency interest rate swaps

     260,392        442,131        156,178        858,701        785,946

Options written

     23,596        3,788        270        27,654        34,090

Options purchased

     23,195        3,823        277        27,295        32,655

Total foreign exchange contracts

     2,199,215        495,273        159,194        2,853,682        2,678,403

Credit derivative contracts

              

Credit default swaps – protection purchased

     2,066        4,316        6,288        12,670        12,612

Credit default swaps – protection sold

     133        704        275        1,112        1,122

Total credit derivative contracts

     2,199        5,020        6,563        13,782        13,734

Other contracts

              

Equity contracts

     146,954        41,404        13        188,371        145,327

Commodity contracts

     79,394        16,460        833        96,687        73,193

Total other contracts

     226,348        57,864        846        285,058        218,520

Total

   $ 9,763,105      $ 5,989,012      $ 2,105,804      $ 17,857,921      $ 14,328,813

Interest Rate Benchmark Reform

The replacement of existing IBORs with alternative nearly risk-free rates (RFRs) is at different stages, and is progressing at different speeds, globally. Uncertainty exists related to timing and methods of transition for financial instruments affected by these changes, and also on whether some existing benchmarks will continue to be supported.

The Bank's hedging relationships have significant exposure to US LIBOR, EURIBOR and GBP LIBOR benchmark rates. Under IBOR reform, these benchmark rates may be subject to discontinuance, changes in methodology, or become illiquid when the adoption of RFRs as established benchmark rates increase.

As a result of these developments, significant judgment is required in determining whether certain hedging relationships that hedge the variability of cash flows and interest rate or foreign exchange risk due to changes in IBORs continue to qualify for hedge accounting. As a result of the effects of IBOR reform, on September 26, 2019, the IASB issued Interest Rate Benchmark Reform, Amendments to IFRS 9, IAS 39 and IFRS 7 ("Interest Rate Benchmark Reform"); of which the Bank adopted the applicable amendments to IFRS 7 relating to hedge accounting and will apply the remaining amendments related to IAS 39 as and when applicable, to the Bank's hedging relationships. Refer to Note 2 and Note 4 for more details.

Impacted hedging relationships will continue to be monitored for each significant benchmark rate subject to potential RFR transition. As the new RFRs are likely to differ from the prior benchmark rates, new or revised hedging strategies may be required to better align derivative hedging instruments with hedged items. However, given the market uncertainty, the assessment of the impact on the Bank's hedging strategies and its mitigation plans is in the early stages.

 

TD BANK GROUP 2019 ANNUAL REPORT CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND NOTES     Page 62  


The following table discloses the notional amount and average price of derivative instruments designated in qualifying hedge accounting relationships.

 

Hedging Instruments by Remaining Term-to-Maturity

 

(millions of Canadian dollars, except as noted)

     As at
     October 31        October 31  
     2019        2018  

Notional

    

Within

1 year


    

Over 1 year

to 5 years


    
Over 5
years
 
     Total      Total

Interest rate risk

              

Interest rate swaps1

              

Notional – pay fixed

   $ 43,299      $ 118,366      $ 40,213      $ 201,878      $ 181,544

Average fixed interest rate %

     1.72        1.85        2.21        

Notional – received fixed

     32,511        162,263        54,005        248,779        212,013

Average fixed interest rate %

     1.92        2.19        1.69                    

Total notional – interest rate risk

     75,810        280,629        94,218        450,657        393,557

Foreign exchange risk

              

Forward contracts

              

Notional – USD/CAD

     784        279               1,063        1,610

Average FX forward rate

     1.31        1.32               

Notional – EUR/CAD

     3,001        12,434        1,574        17,009        17,283

Average FX forward rate

     1.52        1.62        1.75        

Notional – other

     1,292                      1,292        1,249

Cross-currency swaps3,4

              

Notional – USD/CAD

     12,149        35,023        2,283        49,455        49,487

Average FX rate

     1.26        1.30        1.32        

Notional – EUR/CAD

     5,509        14,660        3,305        23,474        17,049

Average FX rate

     1.48        1.50        1.48        

Notional – GBP/CAD

     341        4,692               5,033        3,954

Average FX rate

     1.74        1.70               

Notional – other currency pairs

     8,718        12,423        327        21,468        23,799

Total notional – foreign exchange risk

     31,794        79,511        7,489        118,794        114,431

Equity Price Risk

              

Notional – equity forward contracts

     2,092                      2,092        2,058

Total notional

   $ 109,696      $ 360,140      $ 101,707      $ 571,543      $ 510,046
1 

The notional amount of interest rate swaps indexed to US LIBOR, EURIBOR, or GBP LIBOR, with a maturity date beyond December 31, 2021, is $173.5 billion as at October 31, 2019. These instruments are being monitored for the impact of IBOR reform.

2 

Foreign currency denominated deposit liabilities are also used to hedge foreign exchange risk. As at October 31, 2019, the carrying value of these non-derivative hedging instruments was $23.9 billion (October 31, 2018 – $15.3 billion) designated under net investment hedges.

3 

Cross-currency swaps may be used to hedge foreign exchange risk or a combination of interest rate risk and foreign exchange risk in a single hedge relationship. Both these types of hedges are disclosed under the Foreign exchange risk as the risk category.

4 

Certain cross-currency swaps are executed using multiple derivatives, including interest rate swaps. The notional amount of these interest rate swaps, excluded from the above, is $120.9 billion as at October 31, 2019 (October 31, 2018 – $105.8 billion). As at October 31, 2019, the notional amount of cross-currency swaps and interest rate swaps indexed to US LIBOR, EURIBOR, or GBP LIBOR, with a maturity date beyond December 31, 2021, are $39.5 billion and $26.8 billion, respectively, and are being monitored for the impact of IBOR reform.

5

Includes derivatives executed to manage non-trading foreign currency exposures, when more than one currency is involved prior to hedging to the Canadian dollar, when the functional currency of the entity is not the Canadian dollar, or when the currency pair is not a significant exposure for the Bank.

DERIVATIVE-RELATED RISKS

Market Risk

Derivatives, in the absence of any compensating upfront cash payments, generally have no market value at inception. They obtain value, positive or negative, as relevant interest rates, foreign exchange rates, equity, commodity or credit prices or indices change, such that the previously contracted terms of the derivative transactions have become more or less favourable than what can be negotiated under current market conditions for contracts with the same terms and the same remaining period to expiry.

The potential for derivatives to increase or decrease in value as a result of the foregoing factors is generally referred to as market risk. This market risk is managed by senior officers responsible for the Bank's trading and non-trading businesses and is monitored independently by the Bank's Risk Management group.

Credit Risk

Credit risk on derivatives, also known as counterparty credit risk, is the risk of a financial loss occurring as a result of the failure of a counterparty to meet its obligation to the Bank. The Capital Markets Risk Management group is responsible for implementing and ensuring compliance with credit policies established by the Bank for the management of derivative credit exposures.

Derivative-related credit risks are subject to the same credit approval, limit and monitoring standards that are used for managing other transactions that create credit exposure. This includes evaluating the creditworthiness of counterparties, and managing the size, diversification and maturity structure of the portfolios. The Bank actively engages in risk mitigation strategies through the use of multi-product derivative master netting agreements, collateral and other risk mitigation techniques. Master netting agreements reduce risk to the Bank by allowing the Bank to close out and net transactions with counterparties subject to such agreements upon the occurrence of certain events. The effect of these master netting agreements is reflected in the following table. Also shown in this table, is the current replacement cost, which is the positive fair value of all outstanding derivatives. The credit equivalent amount is the sum of the current replacement cost and the potential future exposure, which is calculated by applying factors supplied by OSFI to the notional principal amount of the derivatives. The risk-weighted amount is determined by applying standard measures of counterparty credit risk to the credit equivalent amount.

 

TD BANK GROUP 2019 ANNUAL REPORT CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND NOTES     Page 63  


Credit Exposure of Derivatives1

 

(millions of Canadian dollars)

 

              As at
     October 31, 2019      October 31, 2018
      

Current
replacement
cost
 
 
    

Credit
equivalent
amount
 
 
    

Risk-
weighted
amount

 
    

Current
replacement
cost
 
 
    

Credit
equivalent
amount
 
 
    

Risk-
weighted
amount

 

Interest rate contracts

                 

Forward rate agreements

   $ 31      $ 536      $ 449      $ 21    $ 56    $ 15

Swaps

     3,210        9,635        1,809        11,630      15,557      4,193

Options purchased

     133        459        102        508      776      299

Total interest rate contracts

     3,374        10,630        2,360        12,159      16,389      4,507

Foreign exchange contracts

                 

Forward contracts

     434        2,555        375        17,605      35,543      4,247

Swaps

     1,961        14,286        1,635                       

Cross-currency interest rate swaps

     1,812        10,288        1,183        21,218      40,942      7,012

Options purchased

     48        363        83        486      1,029      212

Total foreign exchange contracts

     4,255        27,492        3,276        39,309      77,514      11,471

Other contracts

                 

Credit derivatives

     6        634        149        3      358      145

Equity contracts

     151        5,706        667        3,043      7,383      920

Commodity contracts

     383        3,083        627        1,101      2,546      514

Total other contracts

     540        9,423        1,443        4,147      10,287      1,579

Total derivatives

     8,169        47,545        7,079        55,615      104,190      17,557

Less: impact of master netting agreements

     n/a        n/a        n/a        34,205      54,039      11,464

Total derivatives after netting

     8,169        47,545        7,079        21,410      50,151      6,093

Less: impact of collateral

     n/a        n/a        n/a        8,884      9,602      1,173

Net derivatives

     8,169        47,545        7,079        12,526      40,549      4,920

Qualifying Central Counterparty (QCCP) Contracts

     3,085        12,967        349        155      14,332      2,058

Total

   $ 11,254      $ 60,512      $ 7,428      $ 12,681    $ 54,881    $ 6,978
1 

Effective November 1, 2018, the Bank implemented the standardized approach for counterparty credit risk (SA-CCR) in determining the calculation of current replacement costs, credit equivalent amount and RWA which includes the impact of master netting agreements and collateral. Prior period comparatives are based on previous methodology, under which these impacts were presented separately.

 

Current Replacement Cost of Derivatives

 

(millions of Canadian dollars, except as noted)

 

                As at
     Canada1        United States1        Other international1        Total  

By sector

    
October 31
2019
 
    
October 31
2018
 
    
October 31
2019
 
    
October 31
2018
 
    
October 31
2019
 
    
October 31
2018
 
    
October 31
2019
 
   
October 31
2018
 

Financial

   $ 2,416      $ 29,608    $ 80      $ 930    $ 245      $ 7,104    $ 2,741     $ 37,642

Government

     1,836        9,737      43        102      221        4,704      2,100       14,543

Other

     1,279        1,995      1,531        359      518        1,076      3,328       3,430

Current replacement cost

   $ 5,531      $ 41,340    $ 1,654      $ 1,391    $ 984      $ 12,884    $ 8,169     $ 55,615

Less: impact of master netting agreements and collateral

                                                           n/a       43,089

Total current replacement cost

                                                         $ 8,169     $ 12,526

By location of risk

                                        
October 31
2019
 
    
October 31
2018
 
    

October 31
2019
% mix
 

   

October 31
2018
% mix
 

Canada

                                       $ 2,768      $ 3,898      33.9  %      31.1  % 

United States

                                         2,936        4,887      36.0       39.0

Other international

                      

United Kingdom

                 501        487      6.1       3.9

Europe – other

                 1,211        2,183      14.8       17.4

Other

                                         753        1,071      9.2       8.6

Total Other international

                                         2,465        3,741      30.1       29.9

Total current replacement cost

                                       $ 8,169      $ 12,526      100.0  %      100.0  % 
1 

Based on geographic location of unit responsible for recording revenue.

Certain of the Bank's derivative contracts are governed by master derivative agreements having provisions that may permit the Bank's counterparties to require, upon the occurrence of a certain contingent event: (1) the posting of collateral or other acceptable remedy such as assignment of the affected contracts to an acceptable counterparty; or (2) settlement of outstanding derivative contracts. Most often, these contingent events are in the form of a downgrade of the senior debt rating of the Bank, either as counterparty or as guarantor of one of the Bank's subsidiaries. At October 31, 2019, the aggregate net liability position of those contracts would require: (1) the posting of collateral or other acceptable remedy totalling $102 million (October 31, 2018 – $300 million) in the event of a one-notch or two-notch downgrade in the Bank's senior debt rating; and (2) funding totalling $0.5 million (October 31, 2018 – $10 million) following the termination and settlement of outstanding derivative contracts in the event of a one-notch or two-notch downgrade in the Bank's senior debt rating.

 

TD BANK GROUP 2019 ANNUAL REPORT CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND NOTES     Page 64  


Certain of the Bank's derivative contracts are governed by master derivative agreements having credit support provisions that permit the Bank's counterparties to call for collateral depending on the net mark-to-market exposure position of all derivative contracts governed by that master derivative agreement. Some of these agreements may permit the Bank's counterparties to require, upon the downgrade of the credit rating of the Bank, to post additional collateral. As at October 31, 2019, the fair value of all derivative instruments with credit risk related contingent features in a net liability position was $11 billion (October 31, 2018 – $8 billion). The Bank has posted $13 billion (October 31, 2018 – $10 billion) of collateral for this exposure in the normal course of business. As at October 31, 2019, the impact of a one-notch downgrade in the Bank's credit rating would require the Bank to post an additional $147 million (October 31, 2018 – $38 million) of collateral to that posted in the normal course of business. A two-notch downgrade in the Bank's credit rating would require the Bank to post an additional $192 million (October 31, 2018 – $44 million) of collateral to that posted in the normal course of business.

 

NOTE 12:  INVESTMENT IN ASSOCIATES AND JOINT VENTURES

INVESTMENT IN TD AMERITRADE HOLDING CORPORATION

The Bank has significant influence over TD Ameritrade Holding Corporation (TD Ameritrade) and accounts for its investment in TD Ameritrade using the equity method. The Bank's equity share in TD Ameritrade's earnings, excluding dividends, is reported on a one-month lag basis. The Bank takes into account changes in the subsequent period that would significantly affect the results.

As at October 31, 2019, the Bank's reported investment in TD Ameritrade was 43.19% (October 31, 2018 – 41.61%) of the outstanding shares of TD Ameritrade with a fair value of $12 billion (US$9 billion) (October 31, 2018 – $16 billion (US$12 billion)) based on the closing price of US$38.38 (October 31, 2018 – US$51.72) on the New York Stock Exchange.

During the year ended October 31, 2019, TD Ameritrade repurchased 21.5 million shares (for the year ended October 31, 2018 – 5.5 million shares). Pursuant to the Stockholders Agreement in relation to the Bank's equity investment in TD Ameritrade, if stock repurchases by TD Ameritrade cause the Bank's ownership percentage to exceed 45%, the Bank is required to use reasonable efforts to sell or dispose of such excess stock, subject to the Bank's commercial judgment as to the optimal timing, amount, and method of sales with a view to maximizing proceeds from such sales. However, in the event that stock repurchases by TD Ameritrade cause the Bank's ownership percentage to exceed 45%, the Bank has no absolute obligation to reduce its ownership percentage to 45%. In addition, stock repurchases by TD Ameritrade cannot result in the Bank's ownership percentage exceeding 47%.

In connection with TD Ameritrade's acquisition of Scottrade Financial Services, Inc. (Scottrade) on September 18, 2017, TD Ameritrade issued 38.8 million shares, of which the Bank purchased 11.1 million pursuant to its pre-emptive rights. The Bank purchased the shares at a price of US$36.12. As a result of the share issuance, the Bank's common stock ownership percentage in TD Ameritrade decreased and the Bank realized a dilution gain of $204 million recorded in Other Income on the Consolidated Statement of Income. Refer to Note 13 for a discussion on the acquisition of Scottrade Bank.

Pursuant to the Stockholders Agreement in relation to the Bank's equity investment in TD Ameritrade, the Bank has the right to designate five of twelve members of TD Ameritrade's Board of Directors. The Bank's designated directors currently include the Bank's Group President and Chief Executive Officer and four independent directors of TD or TD's U.S. subsidiaries.

TD Ameritrade has no significant contingent liabilities to which the Bank is exposed. During the years ended October 31, 2019, and October 31, 2018, TD Ameritrade did not experience any significant restrictions to transfer funds in the form of cash dividends, or repayment of loans or advances.

The condensed financial statements of TD Ameritrade, based on its consolidated financial statements, are included in the following tables.

 

Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheets

                 

(millions of Canadian dollars)

        As at
      
September 30
2019
 
    
September 30
2018
 

Assets

     

Receivables from brokers, dealers, and clearing organizations

   $ 3,212      $ 1,809

Receivables from clients, net

     27,156        29,773

Other assets, net

     27,303        17,811

Total assets

   $ 57,671      $ 49,393

Liabilities

     

Payable to brokers, dealers, and clearing organizations

   $ 4,357      $ 3,923

Payable to clients

     35,650        30,126

Other liabilities

     6,205        4,809

Total liabilities

     46,212        38,858

Stockholders' equity

     11,459        10,535

Total liabilities and stockholders' equity

   $ 57,671      $ 49,393
1 

Customers' securities are reported on a settlement date basis whereas the Bank reports customers' securities on a trade date basis.

2 

The difference between the carrying value of the Bank's investment in TD Ameritrade and the Bank's share of TD Ameritrade's stockholders' equity is comprised of goodwill, other intangibles, and the cumulative translation adjustment.

 

TD BANK GROUP 2019 ANNUAL REPORT CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND NOTES     Page 65  


Condensed Consolidated Statements of Income

                          

(millions of Canadian dollars, except as noted)

     For the years ended September 30
       2019      2018      2017

Revenues

        

Net interest revenue

   $ 2,036      $     1,635    $ 903

Fee-based and other revenue

     5,947        5,365      3,923

Total revenues

     7,983        7,000      4,826

Operating expenses

        

Employee compensation and benefits

     1,756        1,992      1,260

Other

     2,245        2,434      1,639

Total operating expenses

     4,001        4,426      2,899

Other expense (income)

     94        142      95

Pre-tax income

     3,888        2,432      1,832

Provision for income taxes

     957        535      686

Net income1,2

   $ 2,931      $ 1,897    $     1,146

Earnings per share – basic (Canadian dollars)

   $ 5.27      $ 3.34    $ 2.17

Earnings per share – diluted (Canadian dollars)

     5.26        3.32      2.16
1 

The Bank's equity share of net income of TD Ameritrade is based on the published consolidated financial statements of TD Ameritrade after converting into Canadian dollars and is subject to adjustments relating to the amortization of certain intangibles.

2 

The Bank's equity share in TD Ameritrade earnings for the year ended October 31, 2018 includes a net favourable adjustment of $41 million (US$32 million) primarily representing the Bank's share of TD Ameritrade's remeasurement of its deferred income tax balances as a result of the reduction in the U.S. federal corporate income tax rate.

INVESTMENT IN IMMATERIAL ASSOCIATES OR JOINT VENTURES

Except for TD Ameritrade as disclosed above, no associate or joint venture was individually material to the Bank as of October 31, 2019, or October 31, 2018. The carrying amount of the Bank's investment in individually immaterial associates and joint ventures during the period was $3.2 billion (October 31, 2018 – $3.0 billion).

Individually immaterial associates and joint ventures consisted predominantly of investments in private funds or partnerships that make equity investments, provide debt financing or support community-based tax-advantaged investments. The investments in these entities generate a return primarily through the realization of U.S. federal and state income tax credits, including Low Income Housing Tax Credits, New Markets Tax Credits, and Historic Tax Credits.

The Bank recorded an impairment loss during the year ended October 31, 2018 of $89 million representing the immediate impact of lower future tax deductions on Low Income Housing Tax Credit (LIHTC) investments as a result of the reduction in the U.S. federal corporate tax rate, which was recorded in Other income (loss) on the Consolidated Statement of Income. This impairment loss does not include losses taken upon tax credit-related investments including LIHTC on a normal course basis. Refer to Note 25 for further details on the reduction of the U.S. federal corporate tax rate.

 

NOTE 13:  SIGNIFICANT ACQUISITIONS AND DISPOSALS

Agreement for Air Canada Credit Card Loyalty Program

On January 10, 2019, the Bank's long-term loyalty program agreement (the "Loyalty Agreement") with Air Canada became effective in conjunction with Air Canada completing its acquisition of Aimia Canada Inc., which operates the Aeroplan loyalty business (the "Transaction"). Under the terms of the Loyalty Agreement, the Bank will become the primary credit card issuer for Air Canada's new loyalty program when it launches in 2020 through to 2030. TD Aeroplan cardholders will become members of Air Canada's new loyalty program and their miles will be transitioned when Air Canada's new loyalty program launches in 2020.

In connection with the Transaction, the Bank paid $622 million plus applicable sales tax to Air Canada, of which $547 million ($446 million after sales and income taxes) was recognized in Non-interest expenses – Other on the Consolidated Statement of Income, and $75 million was recognized as an intangible asset which will be amortized over the Loyalty Agreement term. In addition, the Bank prepaid $308 million plus applicable sales tax for the future purchase of loyalty points over a ten-year period.

Acquisition of Greystone Managed Investments Inc.

On November 1, 2018, the Bank acquired 100% of the outstanding equity of Greystone Capital Management Inc., the parent company of Greystone Managed Investments Inc. ("Greystone") for consideration of $821 million, of which $479 million was paid in cash and $342 million was paid in the Bank's common shares. The value of 4.7 million common shares issued as consideration was based on the volume weighted-average market price of the Bank's common shares over the 10 trading day period immediately preceding the fifth business day prior to the acquisition date and was recorded based on market price at close. Common shares of $167 million issued to employee shareholders in respect of the purchase price are being held in escrow for two years post-acquisition, subject to their continued employment, and are being recorded as a compensation expense over the two-year escrow period.

The acquisition was accounted for as a business combination under the purchase method. As at November 1, 2018, the acquisition contributed $165 million of assets and $46 million of liabilities. The excess of accounting consideration over the fair value of the identifiable net assets has been allocated to customer relationship intangibles of $140 million, deferred tax liability of $37 million, and goodwill of $432 million. Goodwill is not deductible for tax purposes. The results of the acquisition have been consolidated from the acquisition date and reported in the Canadian Retail segment. For the year ended October 31, 2019, the contribution of Greystone to the Bank's revenue and net income was not significant.

Acquisition of Scottrade Bank

On September 18, 2017, the Bank acquired 100% of the outstanding equity of Scottrade Bank, a federal savings bank wholly-owned by Scottrade, for cash consideration of approximately $1.6 billion (US$1.4 billion). Scottrade Bank merged with TD Bank, N.A. In connection with the acquisition, TD agreed to accept sweep deposits from Scottrade clients, expanding the Bank's existing sweep deposit activities. The acquisition is consistent with the Bank's U.S. strategy.

The acquisition was accounted for as a business combination under the purchase method. Goodwill of $34 million reflects the excess of the consideration paid over the fair value of the identifiable net assets. Goodwill is deductible for tax purposes. The results of the acquisition have been consolidated with the Bank's results and are reported in the U.S. Retail segment. For the year ended October 31, 2017, the contribution of Scottrade Bank to the Bank's revenue and net income was not significant nor would it have been significant if the acquisition had occurred as of November 1, 2016.

 

TD BANK GROUP 2019 ANNUAL REPORT CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND NOTES     Page 66  


The following table presents the estimated fair values of the assets and liabilities acquired as of the date of acquisition.

 

Fair Value of Identifiable Net Assets Acquired         

(millions of Canadian dollars)

     Amount  

Assets acquired

  

Cash and due from banks

   $ 750

Securities

     14,474

Loans

     5,284

Other assets

     149
       20,657

Less: Liabilities assumed

  

Deposits

     18,992

Other liabilities

     57

Fair value of identifiable net assets acquired

     1,608

Goodwill

     34

Total purchase consideration

   $     1,642

 

NOTE 14: GOODWILL AND OTHER INTANGIBLES

The recoverable amount of the Bank's CGUs is determined from internally developed valuation models that consider various factors and assumptions such as forecasted earnings, growth rates, price-earnings multiples, discount rates and terminal multiples. Management is required to use judgment in estimating the recoverable amount of CGUs, and the use of different assumptions and estimates in the calculations could influence the determination of the existence of impairment and the valuation of goodwill. Management believes that the assumptions and estimates used are reasonable and supportable. Where possible, assumptions generated internally are compared to relevant market information. The carrying amounts of the Bank's CGUs are determined by management using risk based capital models to adjust net assets and liabilities by CGU. These models consider various factors including market risk, credit risk, and operational risk, including investment capital (comprised of goodwill and other intangibles). Any capital not directly attributable to the CGUs is held within the Corporate segment. As at the date of the last impairment test, the amount of capital was approximately $14.6 billion and primarily related to treasury assets and excess capital managed within the Corporate segment. The Bank's capital oversight committees provide oversight to the Bank's capital allocation methodologies.

Key Assumptions

The recoverable amount of each CGU or group of CGUs has been determined based on its estimated value-in-use. In assessing value-in-use, estimated future cash flows based on the Bank's internal forecast are discounted using an appropriate pre-tax discount rate.

The following were the key assumptions applied in the goodwill impairment testing:

Discount Rate

The pre-tax discount rates used reflect current market assessments of the risks specific to each group of CGUs and are dependent on the risk profile and capital requirements of each group of CGUs.

Terminal Value

The earnings included in the goodwill impairment testing for each operating segment were based on the Bank's internal forecast, which projects expected cash flows over the next five years. Beyond the Bank's internal forecast, cash flows were assumed to grow at a steady terminal growth rate. Terminal growth rates were based on the expected long-term growth of gross domestic product and inflation and ranged from 2.0% to 4.0% (2018 – 2.0% to 4.0%). The pre-tax terminal multiples for the period after the Bank's internal forecast were consistent with observable multiples of comparable financial institutions and ranged from 9 times to 13 times (2018 – 9 times to 14 times).

In considering the sensitivity of the key assumptions discussed above, management determined that a reasonable change in any of the above would not result in the recoverable amount of any of the groups of CGUs to be less than their carrying amount.

Goodwill by Segment

         
(millions of Canadian dollars)    Canadian
Retail
   

U.S.

Retail1

    Wholesale
Banking
    Total  

Carrying amount of goodwill as at November 1, 2017

   $ 2,303     $ 13,693   $     160   $     16,156

Additions

     82               82

Foreign currency translation adjustments and other

     18       280             298  

Carrying amount of goodwill as at October 31, 2018

   $ 2,403     $ 13,973   $ 160   $ 16,536

Additions

     432                 432  

Foreign currency translation adjustments and other

     1       7             8  

Carrying amount of goodwill as at October 31, 20192

   $ 2,836     $ 13,980   $ 160   $ 16,976
        

Pre-tax discount rates

        

2018

     9.7–10.7  %      10.1–11.8  %      12.2  %   

2019

     9.7–11.0       9.6–11.8       12.7          

 

1 

Goodwill predominantly relates to U.S. personal and commercial banking.

2 

Accumulated impairment as at October 31, 2019 was nil (October 31, 2018 – nil).

 

TD BANK GROUP 2019 ANNUAL REPORT CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND NOTES     Page 67  


OTHER INTANGIBLES

The following table presents details of other intangibles as at October 31.

Other Intangibles

             
(millions of Canadian dollars)    Core deposit
intangibles
     Credit card
related
intangibles
     Internally
generated
software
    Other
software
    Other
intangibles
    Total  

Cost

              

As at November 1, 2017

   $     2,523    $     756    $     2,549   $     308   $     565   $     6,701

Additions

                   567     87     14     668  

Disposals

                   (82     (2 )             (84

Fully amortized intangibles

                   (275     (89 )             (364

Foreign currency translation adjustments and other

     52        3        1       (4 )       7       59  

As at October 31, 2018

   $ 2,575    $ 759    $ 2,760   $ 300   $ 586   $ 6,980

Additions

            83        541       63       163       850  

Disposals

                   (40                 (40

Fully amortized intangibles

                   (322     (79           (401

Foreign currency translation adjustments and other

     1               (12     11       (6     (6

As at October 31, 2019

   $ 2,576    $ 842    $ 2,927   $ 295   $ 743   $ 7,383
              

Amortization and impairment

              

As at November 1, 2017

   $ 2,260    $ 442    $ 888     $ 180   $ 313   $ 4,083

Disposals

                   (11     (2 )             (13

Impairment losses

                       5             5

Amortization charge for the year

     96      98      423       78     44     739

Fully amortized intangibles

                   (275     (89 )             (364

Foreign currency translation adjustments and other

     48        2        6       12       3       71  

As at October 31, 2018

   $ 2,404    $ 542    $ 1,031     $ 184   $ 360   $ 4,521

Disposals

                   (14                 (14

Impairment losses

                   4             1       5  

Amortization charge for the year

     76        86        474       82       58       776  

Fully amortized intangibles

                   (322     (79           (401

Foreign currency translation adjustments and other

     1               (6     4       (6     (7

As at October 31, 2019

   $ 2,481    $ 628    $ 1,167   $ 191   $ 413   $ 4,880

Net Book Value:

              

As at October 31, 2018

   $ 171    $ 217    $ 1,729   $ 116   $ 226   $ 2,459

As at October 31, 2019

     95        214        1,760       104       330       2,503  

 

TD BANK GROUP 2019 ANNUAL REPORT CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND NOTES     Page 68  


NOTE 15: LAND, BUILDINGS, EQUIPMENT, AND OTHER DEPRECIABLE ASSETS

The following table presents details of the Bank's land, buildings, equipment, and other depreciable assets as at October 31.

Land, Buildings, Equipment, and Other Depreciable Assets

             
(millions of Canadian dollars)    Land     Buildings     Computer
equipment
    Furniture,
fixtures,
and other
depreciable
assets
    Leasehold
improvements
    Total  

Cost

            

As at November 1, 2017

   $     969   $     3,315   $     853   $     1,285   $     1,884   $     8,306

Additions

     2       164     141     134     160     601

Disposals

     (5     (37     (13     (44     (33     (132

Fully depreciated assets

           (90     (143     (69     (57     (359

Foreign currency translation adjustments and other

     5       26       (9     9       39       70  

As at October 31, 2018

   $ 971   $ 3,378   $ 829   $ 1,315   $ 1,993   $ 8,486

Additions

     30       194       259       147       227       857  

Acquisitions through business combinations

                       1       2       3  

Disposals

     (2     (29     (119     (35     (48     (233

Fully depreciated assets

           (45     (156     (63     (53     (317

Foreign currency translation adjustments and other

     (12     (10           (14     18       (18

As at October 31, 2019

   $ 987   $ 3,488   $ 813   $ 1,351   $ 2,139   $ 8,778
            

Accumulated depreciation and impairment/losses

            

As at November 1, 2017

   $     $ 1,151   $ 433   $ 552   $ 857   $ 2,993

Depreciation charge for the year

           120     170     128     158     576

Disposals

           (14     (13     (22     (32     (81

Fully depreciated assets

           (90     (143     (69     (57     (359

Foreign currency translation adjustments and other

           6       2       16       9       33  

As at October 31, 2018

   $     $ 1,173   $ 449   $ 605   $ 935   $ 3,162

Depreciation charge for the year

           120       168       138       179       605  

Disposals

           (19     (85     (31     (38     (173

Fully depreciated assets

           (45     (156     (63     (53     (317

Foreign currency translation adjustments and other

           (11     1       (1     (1     (12

As at October 31, 2019

   $     $ 1,218   $ 377   $ 648   $ 1,022   $ 3,265
            

Net Book Value:

            

As at October 31, 2018

   $ 971   $ 2,205   $ 380   $ 710   $ 1,058   $ 5,324

As at October 31, 2019

     987       2,270       436       703       1,117       5,513  

 

NOTE 16: OTHER ASSETS

Other Assets

(millions of Canadian dollars)            As at  
      October 31
2019
     October 31
2018
 

Accounts receivable and other items

   $              9,069    $ 8,938

Accrued interest

     2,479        2,343

Current income tax receivable

     2,468        1,614

Defined benefit asset

     13        113

Insurance-related assets, excluding investments

     1,761        1,638

Prepaid expenses

     1,297        950

Total

   $ 17,087    $     15,596

 

TD BANK GROUP 2019 ANNUAL REPORT CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND NOTES     Page 69  


NOTE 17: DEPOSITS

Demand deposits are those for which the Bank does not have the right to require notice prior to withdrawal. These deposits are in general chequing accounts.

Notice deposits are those for which the Bank can legally require notice prior to withdrawal. These deposits are in general savings accounts.

Term deposits are those payable on a fixed date of maturity purchased by customers to earn interest over a fixed period. The terms are from one day to ten years. The deposits are generally term deposits, guaranteed investment certificates, senior debt, and similar instruments. The aggregate amount of term deposits in denominations of $100,000 or more as at October 31, 2019 was $309 billion (October 31, 2018 – $293 billion).

Certain deposit liabilities are classified as Trading deposits on the Consolidated Balance Sheet and accounted for at fair value with the change in fair value recognized on the Consolidated Statement of Income.

Certain deposits have been designated at FVTPL on the Consolidated Balance Sheet to reduce an accounting mismatch from related economic hedges. These deposits are accounted for at fair value with the change in fair value recognized on the Consolidated Statement of Income, except for the amount of change in fair value attributable to changes in the Bank's own credit risk, which is recognized on the Consolidated Statement of Comprehensive Income.

For deposits designated at FVTPL, the estimated amount that the Bank would be contractually required to pay at maturity, which is based on notional amounts, was $328 million less than its fair value as at October 31, 2019.

 

Deposits                                                                  
(millions of Canadian dollars)   As at   
    By Type         By Country         October 31
2019
    October 31
2018
 
     Demand     Notice     Term1         Canada     United States     International         Total     Total  

Personal

  $ 14,105     $ 431,319     $ 58,006       $ 234,278     $ 269,128     $ 24       $ 503,430     $ 477,644

Banks

    7,969       385       8,397         11,919       95       4,737         16,751       16,712

Business and government3,4

    81,913       139,625       145,258         267,193       96,357       3,246         366,796       357,083

Trading

                26,885         16,817       2,120       7,948         26,885       114,704

Designatedat fair value through profit or loss2,5

                105,100           44,288       52,890       7,922           105,100      

Total

  $ 103,987     $ 571,329     $ 343,646         $ 574,495     $ 420,590     $ 23,877         $ 1,018,962     $ 966,143

Non-interest-bearing deposits included above

                   

In domestic offices

                  $ 43,887     $ 42,402

In foreign offices

                    53,381       54,488

Interest-bearing deposits included above

                   

In domestic offices

                    530,608       505,295

In foreign offices

                    391,076       362,890

U.S. federal funds deposited

                                                            10       1,068

Total3,6

                                                          $ 1,018,962     $ 966,143
1 

Includes $16,589 million (October 31, 2018 – $53 million) of senior debt which is subject to the bank recapitalization "bail-in" regime. This regime provides certain statutory powers to the Canada Deposit Insurance Corporation, including the ability to convert specified eligible shares and liabilities into common shares in the event that the Bank becomes non-viable.

2 

Includes deposits and advances with the Federal Home Loan Bank.

3 

As at October 31, 2019, includes $40 billion relating to covered bondholders (October 31, 2018 – $36 billion) and $1 billion (October 31, 2018 – $2 billion) due to Trust IV.

4 

Trust IV redeemed all of the outstanding TD Capital Trust IV Notes – Series 1 on June 30, 2019.

5 

Financial liabilities designated at FVTPL consist of deposits designated at FVTPL and $31 million (October 31, 2018 – $16 million) of loan commitments and financial guarantees designated at FVTPL.

6 

As at October 31, 2019, includes deposits of $580 billion (October 31, 2018 – $548 billion) denominated in U.S. dollars and $52 billion (October 31, 2018 – $55 billion) denominated in other foreign currencies.

 

Term Deposits by Remaining Term-to-Maturity  
(millions of Canadian dollars)   As at  
           October 31
2019
    October 31
2018
 
     Within
1 year
    Over
1 year to
2 years
    Over
2 years to
3 years
    Over
3 years to
4 years
    Over
4 years to
5 years
    Over
5 years
    Total     Total  

Personal

  $ 38,941     $ 9,374     $ 6,168     $ 1,863     $ 1,639     $ 21     $ 58,006     $ 53,064

Banks

    8,387                   3             7       8,397       8,784

Business and government

    57,346       34,130       14,190       15,939       16,059       7,594       145,258       150,618

Trading

    18,819       2,430       2,073       851       1,090       1,622       26,885       114,704

Designated at fair value through profit or loss

    104,744       356                               105,100      

Total

  $ 228,237     $ 46,290     $ 22,431     $ 18,656     $ 18,788     $ 9,244     $ 343,646     $ 327,170

 

TD BANK GROUP 2019 ANNUAL REPORT CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND NOTES     Page 70  


Term Deposits due within a Year  
(millions of Canadian dollars)   As at  
                         October 31
2019
    October 31
2018
 
     Within
3 months
   

Over 3

months to
6 months

    Over 6
months to
12 months
    Total     Total  

Personal

  $ 14,208     $ 9,459     $ 15,274     $ 38,941     $ 32,928

Banks

    8,230       150       7       8,387       8,773

Business and government

    28,625       7,569       21,152       57,346       66,492

Trading

    8,862       4,166       5,791       18,819       109,256

Designated at fair value through profit or loss

    47,543       15,798       41,403       104,744      

Total

  $ 107,468     $ 37,142     $ 83,627     $ 228,237     $ 217,449

NOTE 18: OTHER LIABILITIES

 

Other Liabilities

                 

(millions of Canadian dollars)

              As at
      
October 31
2019
 
    
October 31
2018
 

Accounts payable, accrued expenses, and other items

   $ 5,229      $ 4,958

Accrued interest

     1,393        1,283

Accrued salaries and employee benefits

     3,245        3,344

Cheques and other items in transit

     1,042        454

Current income tax payable

     169        84

Deferred tax liabilities

     193        175

Defined benefit liability

     2,781        1,747

Liabilities related to structured entities

     5,857        5,627

Provisions

     1,095        1,502

Total

   $ 21,004      $ 19,174
1 

Certain comparative amounts have been reclassified to conform with the presentation adopted in the current period.

 

NOTE 19: SUBORDINATED NOTES AND DEBENTURES

Subordinated notes and debentures are direct unsecured obligations of the Bank or its subsidiaries and are subordinated in right of payment to the claims of depositors and certain other creditors. Redemptions, cancellations, exchanges, and modifications of subordinated debentures qualifying as regulatory capital are subject to the consent and approval of OSFI.

 

Subordinated Notes and Debentures

                                         

(millions of Canadian dollars, except as noted)

     As at  

Maturity date

    
Interest
rate (%)
 
   
Reset
spread (%)
 
   

Earliest par
redemption

date

 
 

   
October 31
2019
 
    
October 31
2018
 

May 26, 2025

     9.150       n/a         $ 198      $ 198

June 24, 2025

     2.692       1.210       June 24, 2020       1,496        1,474

September 30, 2025

     2.982       1.830       September 30, 2020       996        982

September 14, 2028

     3.589       1.060       September 14, 2023       1,738        1,711

July 25, 2029

     3.224       1.250       July 25, 2024       1,509        1,427

March 4, 2031

     4.859       3.490       March 4, 2026       1,206        1,124

September 15, 2031

     3.625       2.205       September 15, 2026       1,842        1,824

January 26, 2032

     3.060       1.330       January 26, 2027 4      1,740       

Total

                           $ 10,725      $ 8,740
1

Interest rate is for the period to but excluding the earliest par redemption date, and thereafter, it will be reset at a rate of 3-month Bankers' Acceptance rate plus the reset spread noted.

2

Non-viability contingent capital (NVCC). The subordinated notes and debentures qualify as regulatory capital under OSFI's Capital Adequacy Requirements (CAR) guideline. If a NVCC conversion were to occur in accordance with the NVCC Provisions, the maximum number of common shares that could be issued based on the formula for conversion set out in the respective prospectus supplements, assuming there is no declared and unpaid interest on the respective subordinated notes, would be 450 million for the 2.692% subordinated debentures due June 24, 2025, 300 million for the 2.982% subordinated debentures due September 30, 2025, 525 million for the 3.589% subordinated debentures due September 14, 2028, 450 million for the 3.224% subordinated debentures due July 25, 2029, 375 million for the 4.859% subordinated debentures due March 4, 2031, 450 million for the 3.625% subordinated debentures due September 15, 2031 (assuming a Canadian to U.S. dollar exchange rate of 1.00), and 525 million for the 3.060% subordinated debentures due January 26, 2032.

3 

Interest rate is for the period to but excluding the earliest par redemption date, and thereafter, it will be reset at a rate of 5-year Mid-Swap Rate plus the reset spread noted.

4 

On June 25, 2019, the Bank issued $1.75 billion of NVCC medium-term notes constituting subordinated indebtedness of the Bank (the "Notes"). The Notes will bear interest at a fixed rate of 3.060% per annum (paid semi-annually) until January 26, 2027, and at the three-month Bankers' Acceptance rate plus 1.33% thereafter (paid quarterly) until maturity on January 26, 2032. With the prior approval of OSFI, the Bank may, at its option, redeem the Notes on or after January 26, 2027, in whole or in part, at par plus accrued and unpaid interest. Not more than 60 nor less than 30 days' notice is required to be given to the Notes' holders for such redemptions.

 

TD BANK GROUP 2019 ANNUAL REPORT CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND NOTES     Page 71  


The total change in subordinated notes and debentures for the year ended October 31, 2019 primarily relates to the issuance and redemption of subordinated debentures, foreign exchange translation, and the basis adjustment for fair value hedges.

REPAYMENT SCHEDULE

The aggregate remaining maturities of the Bank's subordinated notes and debentures are as follows:

 

Maturities

                 

(millions of Canadian dollars)

              As at
      
October 31
2019
 
    
October 31
2018
 

Within 1 year

   $      $

Over 1 year to 3 years

           

Over 3 years to 4 years

           

Over 4 years to 5 years

           

Over 5 years

     10,725        8,740

Total

   $ 10,725      $ 8,740

 

NOTE 20: CAPITAL TRUST SECURITIES

The Bank issued innovative capital securities through two structured entities: Trust III and Trust IV.

TD CAPITAL TRUST III SECURITIES – SERIES 2008

On September 17, 2008, Trust III, a closed-end trust, issued TD CaTS III. The proceeds from the issuance were invested in trust assets purchased from the Bank. On December 31, 2018, Trust III redeemed all of the outstanding TD CaTS III at a price of $1 billion plus the unpaid distribution payable on the redemption date. TD CaTS III were reported on the Consolidated Balance Sheet as Non-controlling interests in subsidiaries.

TD CAPITAL TRUST IV NOTES – SERIES 1 TO 3

On January 26, 2009, Trust IV issued TD Capital Trust IV Notes – Series 1 due June 30, 2108 (TD CaTS IV – 1) and TD Capital Trust IV Notes – Series 2 due June 30, 2108 (TD CaTS IV – 2) and on September 15, 2009, issued TD Capital Trust IV Notes – Series 3 due June 30, 2108 (TD CaTS IV – 3, and collectively TD CaTS IV Notes). The proceeds from the issuances were invested in bank deposit notes. On June 30, 2019, Trust IV redeemed all of the outstanding TD CaTS IV – 1. Each TD CaTS IV – 2 may be automatically exchanged into non-cumulative Class A First Preferred Shares, Series A10 of the Bank and each TD CaTS IV – 3 may be automatically exchanged into non-cumulative Class A First Preferred Shares, Series A11 of the Bank, in each case, without the consent of the holders, on the occurrence of certain events. On each interest payment date in respect of which certain events have occurred, holders of TD CaTS IV Notes will be required to invest interest paid on such TD CaTS IV Notes in a new series of non-cumulative Class A First Preferred Shares of the Bank. The Bank does not consolidate Trust IV because it does not absorb significant returns of Trust IV as it is ultimately exposed only to its own credit risk. Therefore, TD CaTS IV Notes are not reported on the Bank's Consolidated Balance Sheet but the deposit notes issued to Trust IV are reported in Deposits on the Consolidated Balance Sheet. Refer to Notes 10 and 17 for further details.

TD announced on February 7, 2011, that, based on OSFI's February 4, 2011 Advisory which outlined OSFI's expectations regarding the use of redemption rights triggered by regulatory event clauses in non-qualifying capital instruments, it expects to exercise a regulatory event redemption right only in 2022 in respect of the TD Capital Trust IV Notes – Series 2 outstanding at that time.

 

Capital Trust Securities

                                                   

(millions of Canadian dollars, except as noted)

     As at
            
Redemption
date
 
    
      
Thousands
of units
 
    
Distribution/Interest
payment dates
 
    
Annual
yield
 
 
   
At the option
of the issuer
 
   
October 31
2019
 
    
October 31
2018
 

Included in Non-controlling interests in subsidiaries on the Consolidated Balance Sheet

                                                   

TD Capital Trust III Securities – Series 2008

     1,000      June 30, Dec. 31        7.243  %1      Dec. 31, 2013 2    $      $ 993

TD CaTS IV Notes issued by Trust IV

                                                   

TD Capital Trust IV Notes – Series 1

     550      June 30, Dec. 31        9.523  %3      June 30, 2014              550

TD Capital Trust IV Notes – Series 2

     450      June 30, Dec. 31        10.000  %      June 30, 2014       450        450

TD Capital Trust IV Notes – Series 3

     750      June 30, Dec. 31        6.631  %7     Dec. 31, 2014       750        750
       1,750                             $ 1,200      $     1,750
1 

From and including September 17, 2008, to but excluding December 31, 2018, and thereafter at a rate of one half of the sum of 6-month Bankers' Acceptance rate plus 4.30%.

2 

On December 31, 2018, Trust III, a subsidiary of the Bank, redeemed all of the outstanding TD CaTS III at a price of $1 billion plus the unpaid distribution payable on the redemption date.

3 

From and including January 26, 2009, to but excluding June 30, 2019. Starting on June 30, 2019, and on every fifth anniversary thereafter, the interest rate will reset to equal the then 5-year Government of Canada yield plus 10.125%.

4 

On June 30, 2019, Trust IV redeemed all of the outstanding $550 million TD CaTS IV – 1 at a redemption price of 100% of the principal amount plus any accrued and unpaid interest payable on the date of redemption.

5

From and including January 26, 2009, to but excluding June 30, 2039. Starting on June 30, 2039, and on every fifth anniversary thereafter, the interest rate will reset to equal the then 5-year Government of Canada yield plus 9.735%.

6

On or after the redemption date, Trust IV may, with regulatory approval, redeem the TD CaTS IV – 2 or TD CaTS IV – 3, respectively, in whole or in part, without the consent of the holders. Due to the phase-out of non-qualifying instruments under OSFI's CAR guideline, the Bank expects to exercise a regulatory event redemption right in 2022 in respect of the TD CaTS IV – 2 outstanding at that time.

7

From and including September 15, 2009, to but excluding June 30, 2021. Starting on June 30, 2021, and on every fifth anniversary thereafter, the interest rate will reset to equal the then 5-year Government of Canada yield plus 4.0%.

 

TD BANK GROUP 2019 ANNUAL REPORT CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND NOTES     Page 72  


 

NOTE 21:  EQUITY

COMMON SHARES

The Bank is authorized by its shareholders to issue an unlimited number of common shares, without par value, for unlimited consideration. The common shares are not redeemable or convertible. Dividends are typically declared by the Board of Directors of the Bank on a quarterly basis and the amount may vary from quarter to quarter.

PREFERRED SHARES

The Bank is authorized by its shareholders to issue, in one or more series, an unlimited number of Class A First Preferred Shares, without nominal or par value. Non-cumulative preferential dividends are payable quarterly, as and when declared by the Board of Directors of the Bank. All preferred shares include NVCC Provisions, necessary for the preferred shares to qualify as regulatory capital under OSFI's CAR guideline. NVCC Provisions require the conversion of the preferred shares into a variable number of common shares of the Bank if OSFI determines that the Bank is, or is about to become, non-viable and that after conversion of all non-common capital instruments, the viability of the Bank is expected to be restored, or if the Bank has accepted or agreed to accept a capital injection or equivalent support from a federal or provincial government without which the Bank would have been determined by OSFI to be non-viable.

The following table summarizes the shares issued and outstanding and treasury shares held as at October 31.

 

Common and Preferred Shares Issued and Outstanding and Treasury Shares Held

 

               

(millions of shares and millions of Canadian dollars)

    October 31, 2019     October 31, 2018
     
Number
of shares
 
    Amount    
Number
of shares
 
    Amount

Common Shares

       

Balance as at beginning of year

    1,830.4     $ 21,221       1,842.5   $ 20,931

Proceeds from shares issued on exercise of stock options

    2.3       124       2.9     152

Shares issued as a result of dividend reinvestment plan

    4.8       357       5.0     366

Shares issued in connection with acquisitions1

    5.0       366          

Purchase of shares for cancellation and other

    (30.0     (355     (20.0     (228

Balance as at end of year – common shares

    1,812.5     $     21,713       1,830.4   $     21,221

Preferred Shares – Class A2

       

Series 1

    20.0     $ 500       20.0   $ 500

Series 3

    20.0       500       20.0     500

Series 5

    20.0       500       20.0     500

Series 7

    14.0       350       14.0     350

Series 9

    8.0       200       8.0     200

Series 11

    6.0       150       6.0     150

Series 12

    28.0       700       28.0     700

Series 14

    40.0       1,000       40.0     1,000

Series 16

    14.0       350       14.0     350

Series 18

    14.0       350       14.0     350

Series 20

    16.0       400       16.0     400

Series 22

    14.0       350          

Series 24

    18.0       450          

Balance as at end of year – preferred shares

    232.0     $ 5,800       200.0   $ 5,000

Treasury shares – common3

       

Balance as at beginning of year

    2.1     $ (144     2.9   $ (176

Purchase of shares

    132.3       (9,782     110.6     (8,295

Sale of shares

    (133.8     9,885       (111.4     8,327

Balance as at end of year – treasury shares – common

    0.6     $ (41     2.1   $ (144

Treasury shares – preferred3

       

Balance as at beginning of year

    0.3     $ (7     0.3   $ (7

Purchase of shares

    7.0       (151     5.2     (129

Sale of shares

    (7.0     152       (5.2     129

Balance as at end of year – treasury shares – preferred

    0.3     $ (6     0.3   $ (7

 

1 

Includes 4.7 million shares issued for $342 million that form part of the consideration paid for Greystone, as well as 0.3 million shares issued for $24 million as share-based compensation to replace share-based payment awards of Greystone. Refer to Note 13 for a discussion on the acquisition of Greystone.

2 

All series of preferred shares – Class A include NVCC Provisions and qualify as regulatory capital under OSFI's CAR guideline. If a NVCC conversion were to occur in accordance with the NVCC Provisions, the maximum number of common shares that could be issued based on the formula for conversion set out in the respective terms and conditions applicable to each Series of shares, assuming there are no declared and unpaid dividends on the respective Series of shares at the time of conversion, as applicable, would be 100 million for Series 1, 100 million for Series 3, 100 million for Series 5, 70 million for Series 7, 40 million for Series 9, 30 million for Series 11, 140 million for Series 12, 200 million for Series 14, 70 million for Series 16, 70 million for Series 18, 80 million for Series 20, 70 million for Series 22, and 90 million for Series 24.

3 

When the Bank purchases its own shares as part of its trading business, they are classified as treasury shares and the cost of these shares is recorded as a reduction in equity.

 

TD BANK GROUP 2019 ANNUAL REPORT CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND NOTES     Page 73  


Preferred Shares Terms and Conditions

 

                         
       Issue date       
Annual
yield (%)1
 
 
    
Reset
spread (%)1
 
 
    
Next redemption/
conversion date1
 
 
   
Convertible
into1
 
 

NVCC Fixed Rate Preferred Shares

             

Series 11

     July 21, 2015        4.9        n/a      October 31, 2020 2      n/a  

NVCC Rate Reset Preferred Shares3

             

Series 14

     June 4, 2014        3.662        2.24      October 31, 2024       Series 2  

Series 35

     July 31, 2014        3.681        2.27      July 31, 2024       Series 4  

Series 5

     December 16, 2014        3.75        2.25      January 31, 2020       Series 6  

Series 7

     March 10, 2015        3.6        2.79      July 31, 2020       Series 8  

Series 9

     April 24, 2015        3.7        2.87      October 31, 2020       Series 10  

Series 12

     January 14, 2016        5.5        4.66      April 30, 2021       Series 13  

Series 14

     September 8, 2016        4.85        4.12      October 31, 2021       Series 15  

Series 16

     July 14, 2017        4.50        3.01      October 31, 2022       Series 17  

Series 18

     March 14, 2018        4.70        2.70      April 30, 2023       Series 19  

Series 20

     September 13, 2018        4.75        2.59      October 31, 2023       Series 21  

Series 22

     January 28, 2019        5.20        3.27      April 30, 2024       Series 23  

Series 24

     June 4, 2019        5.10        3.56      July 31, 2024       Series 25  

 

1 

Non-cumulative preferred dividends for each Series are payable quarterly, as and when declared by the Board of Directors. The dividend rate of the Rate Reset Preferred Shares will reset on the next redemption/conversion date and every 5 years thereafter to equal the then 5-year Government of Canada bond yield plus the reset spread noted. Rate Reset Preferred Shares are convertible to the corresponding Series of Floating Rate Preferred Shares, and vice versa. If converted into a Series of Floating Rate Preferred Shares, the dividend rate for the quarterly period will be equal to the then 90-day Government of Canada Treasury bill yield plus the reset spread noted.

2 

Subject to regulatory consent, redeemable on or after October 31, 2020, at a redemption price of $26, and thereafter, at a declining redemption price.

3

Subject to regulatory consent, redeemable on the redemption date noted and every 5 years thereafter, at $25 per share. Convertible on the conversion date noted and every 5 years thereafter if not redeemed. If converted, the holders have the option to convert back to the original Series of preferred shares every 5 years.

4 

On October 16, 2019, the Bank announced that none of its 20 million Non-Cumulative 5-Year Rate Reset Preferred Shares NVCC, Series 1 (the "Series 1 Shares") would be converted on October 31, 2019, into Non-Cumulative Floating Rate Preferred Shares NVCC, Series 2. As previously announced on October 1, 2019, the dividend rate for the Series 1 Shares for the 5-year period from and including October 31, 2019, but excluding October 31, 2024, will be 3.662%.

5 

On July 18, 2019, the Bank announced that none of its 20 million Non-Cumulative 5-Year Rate Reset Preferred Shares NVCC, Series 3 (the "Series 3 Shares") would be converted on July 31, 2019, into Non-Cumulative Floating Rate Preferred Shares NVCC, Series 4. As previously announced on July 2, 2019, the dividend rate for the Series 3 Shares for the 5-year period from and including July 31, 2019, but excluding July 31, 2024, will be 3.681%.

NORMAL COURSE ISSUER BID

On October 24, 2019, the Bank announced that, subject to the approval of OSFI and the Toronto Stock Exchange (TSX), it intends to terminate its current normal course issuer bid (Current NCIB) and launch a new normal course issuer bid (New NCIB) to repurchase for cancellation up to 30 million of its common shares. The Current NCIB to repurchase up to 20 million common shares commenced on June 18, 2019 and is scheduled to terminate on June 17, 2020 unless terminated earlier in accordance with its terms. The Bank has repurchased all 20 million of its common shares under the Current NCIB, at an average price of $75.35 per share for a total amount of $1.5 billion.

During the year ended October 31, 2019, the Bank repurchased an aggregate of 30 million common shares under the Current NCIB and a prior NCIB, at an average price of $74.48 per share, for a total amount of $2.2 billion.

During the year ended October 31, 2018, the Bank repurchased 20 million common shares under its then current NCIB at an average price of $75.07 per share for a total amount of $1.5 billion.

DIVIDEND REINVESTMENT PLAN

The Bank offers a dividend reinvestment plan for its common shareholders. Participation in the plan is optional and under the terms of the plan, cash dividends on common shares are used to purchase additional common shares. At the option of the Bank, the common shares may be issued from the Bank's treasury at an average market price based on the last five trading days before the date of the dividend payment, with a discount of between 0% to 5% at the Bank's discretion, or from the open market at market price. During the year, 4.8 million common shares at a discount of 0% were issued from the Bank's treasury (2018 – 5.0 million common shares at a discount of 0%) under the dividend reinvestment plan.

DIVIDEND RESTRICTIONS

The Bank is prohibited by the Bank Act from declaring dividends on its preferred or common shares if there are reasonable grounds for believing that the Bank is, or the payment would cause the Bank to be, in contravention of the capital adequacy and liquidity regulations of the Bank Act or directions of OSFI. The Bank does not anticipate that this condition will restrict it from paying dividends in the normal course of business.

The Bank is also restricted from paying dividends in the event that Trust IV fails to pay interest in full to holders of its trust securities, TD CaTS IV Notes. In addition, the ability to pay dividends on common shares without the approval of the holders of the outstanding preferred shares is restricted unless all dividends on the preferred shares have been declared and paid or set apart for payment. Currently, these limitations do not restrict the payment of dividends on common shares or preferred shares.

NON-CONTROLLING INTERESTS IN SUBSIDIARIES

The following are included in non-controlling interests in subsidiaries of the Bank.

 

(millions of Canadian dollars)

     As at
      
October 31
2019
 
    
October 31
2018
 

TD Capital Trust III Securities – Series 20081

   $    $ 993

Total

   $    $ 993

 

1 

On December 31, 2018, Trust III, a subsidiary of the Bank, redeemed all of the outstanding TD CaTS III at a price of $1 billion plus the unpaid distribution payable on the redemption date.

 

TD BANK GROUP 2019 ANNUAL REPORT CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND NOTES     Page 74  


NOTE 22:  INSURANCE

INSURANCE REVENUE AND EXPENSES

Insurance revenue and expenses are presented on the Consolidated Statement of Income under insurance revenue and insurance claims and related expenses, respectively, net of impact of reinsurance. This includes the results of property and casualty insurance, life and health insurance, as well as reinsurance assumed and ceded in Canada and internationally.

 

Insurance Revenue and Insurance Claims and Related Expenses

                       

(millions of Canadian dollars)

    For the years ended October 31
      2019     2018     2017

Insurance Revenue

     

Earned Premiums

     

Gross

  $     4,632     $     4,398   $     4,132

Reinsurance ceded

    915       915     915

Net earned premiums

    3,717       3,483     3,217

Fee income and other revenue1

    565       562     543

Insurance Revenue

    4,282       4,045     3,760

Insurance Claims and Related Expenses

     

Gross

    2,987       2,676     2,381

Reinsurance ceded

    200       232     135

Insurance Claims and Related Expenses

  $ 2,787     $ 2,444   $ 2,246

 

1 

Ceding commissions received and paid are included within fee income and other revenue. Ceding commissions paid and netted against fee income in 2019 were $123 million (2018 – $130 million; 2017 – $127 million).

RECONCILIATION OF CHANGES IN INSURANCE LIABILITIES

Insurance-related liabilities are comprised of provision for unpaid claims (section (a) below), unearned premiums (section (b) below) and other liabilities (section (c) below).

(a) Movement in Provision for Unpaid Claims

The following table presents movements in the property and casualty insurance provision for unpaid claims during the year.

 

Movement in Provision for Unpaid Claims

 

                                       

(millions of Canadian dollars)

     October 31, 2019     October 31, 2018
       Gross    

Reinsurance/
Other

recoverable



    Net     Gross    


Reinsurance/

Other
recoverable


 

    Net

Balance as at beginning of year

   $ 4,812     $ 160     $ 4,652     $ 4,965   $ 192   $ 4,773

Claims costs for current accident year

     2,727             2,727       2,673     42     2,631

Prior accident years claims development (favourable) unfavourable

     (410     (2     (408     (460     (6     (454

Increase (decrease) due to changes in assumptions:

            

Discount rate

     95       1       94       (78         (78

Provision for adverse deviation

     (7     (1     (6     (19     (1     (18

Claims and related expenses

     2,405       (2     2,407       2,116     35     2,081

Claims paid during the year for:

            

Current accident year

     (1,239           (1,239     (1,238     (15     (1,223

Prior accident years

     (1,147     (26     (1,121     (1,023     (44     (979
       (2,386     (26     (2,360     (2,261     (59     (2,202

Increase (decrease) in reinsurance/other recoverables

     9       9             (8     (8    

Balance as at end of year

   $     4,840     $ 141     $     4,699     $     4,812   $     160   $     4,652

(b) Movement in Unearned Premiums

The following table presents movements in the property and casualty insurance unearned premiums during the year.

 

Movement in Provision for Unearned Premiums

 

                                       

(millions of Canadian dollars)

     October 31, 2019     October 31, 2018
       Gross     Reinsurance     Net     Gross     Reinsurance     Net

Balance as at beginning of year

   $ 1,674     $ 19     $ 1,655     $ 1,581   $   $ 1,581

Written premiums

     3,528       105       3,423       3,185     114     3,071

Earned premiums

     (3,333     (107     (3,226     (3,092     (95     (2,997

Balance as at end of year

   $     1,869     $     17     $     1,852     $     1,674   $     19   $     1,655

 

TD BANK GROUP 2019 ANNUAL REPORT CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND NOTES     Page 75  


(c) Other Movements in Insurance Liabilities

Other insurance liabilities, which include actuarial liabilities on life and health insurance and other contractual liabilities related to insurance contracts, were $211 million as at October 31, 2019 (October 31, 2018 – $212 million).

PROPERTY AND CASUALTY CLAIMS DEVELOPMENT

The following table shows the estimates of cumulative claims incurred, including IBNR, with subsequent developments during the periods and together with cumulative payments to date. The original reserve estimates are evaluated monthly for redundancy or deficiency. The evaluation is based on actual payments in full or partial settlement of claims and current estimates of claims liabilities for claims still open or claims still unreported.

 

Incurred Claims by Accident Year

 

                                                               

(millions of Canadian dollars)

     Accident Year  
      
2010
and prior
 
    2011     2012     2013     2014     2015     2016     2017     2018     2019     Total

Net ultimate claims cost at end of accident year

   $ 3,998     $ 1,724     $ 1,830     $ 2,245     $ 2,465     $ 2,409     $ 2,438     $ 2,425     $ 2,631     $ 2,727     $    

Revised estimates

                      

One year later

     4,119       1,728       1,930       2,227       2,334       2,367       2,421       2,307       2,615          

Two years later

     4,368       1,823       1,922       2,191       2,280       2,310       2,334       2,258                

Three years later

     4,584       1,779       1,885       2,158       2,225       2,234       2,264                      

Four years later

     4,560       1,768       1,860       2,097       2,147       2,162                            

Five years later

     4,603       1,739       1,818       2,047       2,084                                  

Six years later

     4,537       1,702       1,793       2,004                                        

Seven years later

     4,488       1,696       1,761                                              

Eight years later

     4,473       1,675                                                    

Nine years later

     4,431                                                                

Current estimates of cumulative claims

     4,431       1,675       1,761       2,004       2,084       2,162       2,264       2,258       2,615       2,727          

Cumulative payments to date

     (4,290     (1,633     (1,680     (1,882     (1,867     (1,794     (1,708     (1,569     (1,710     (1,239  

Net undiscounted provision for unpaid claims

     141       42       81       122       217       368       556       689       905       1,488       4,609  

Effect of discounting

                         (318

Provision for adverse deviation

                                                                                     408  

Net provision for unpaid claims

 

                  $ 4,699  

SENSITIVITY TO INSURANCE RISK

A variety of assumptions are made related to the future level of claims, policyholder behaviour, expenses and sales levels when products are designed and priced, as well as when actuarial liabilities are determined. Such assumptions require a significant amount of professional judgment. The insurance claims provision is sensitive to certain assumptions. It has not been possible to quantify the sensitivity of certain assumptions such as legislative changes or uncertainty in the estimation process. Actual experience may differ from the assumptions made by the Bank.

For property and casualty insurance, the main assumption underlying the claims liability estimates is that past claims development experience can be used to project future claims development and hence ultimate claims costs. As such, these methods extrapolate the development of paid and incurred losses, average costs per claim, and claim numbers based on the observed development of earlier years and expected loss ratios. Claims liabilities estimates are based on various quantitative and qualitative factors including the discount rate, the margin for adverse deviation, reinsurance, trends in claims severity and frequency, and other external drivers.

Qualitative and other unforeseen factors could negatively impact the Bank's ability to accurately assess the risk of the insurance policies that the Bank underwrites. In addition, there may be significant lags between the occurrence of an insured event and the time it is actually reported to the Bank and additional lags between the time of reporting and final settlements of claims.

The following table outlines the sensitivity of the Bank's property and casualty insurance claims liabilities to reasonably possible movements in the discount rate, the margin for adverse deviation, and the frequency and severity of claims, with all other assumptions held constant. Movements in the assumptions may be non-linear.

 

TD BANK GROUP 2019 ANNUAL REPORT CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND NOTES     Page 76  


Sensitivity of Critical Assumptions – Property and Casualty Insurance Contract Liabilities

 

       

(millions of Canadian dollars)

     As at
    

October 31, 2019

    October 31, 2018  
      Impact on net
income (loss)
before
income taxes
    Impact on
equity
   

Impact on net
income (loss)

before
income taxes

    Impact on
equity
 

Impact of a 1% change in key assumptions

        

Discount rate

        

Increase in assumption

   $     122     $     89     $     121   $     88

Decrease in assumption

     (131     (96     (129     (95

Margin for adverse deviation

        

Increase in assumption

     (45     (33     (45     (33

Decrease in assumption

     45       33       45     33

Impact of a 5% change in key assumptions

        

Frequency of claims

        

Increase in assumption

   $ (52   $ (38   $ (41   $ (30

Decrease in assumption

     52       38       41     30

Severity of claims

        

Increase in assumption

     (220     (161     (210     (153

Decrease in assumption

     220       161       210     153

For life and health insurance, the processes used to determine critical assumptions are as follows:

 

Mortality, morbidity, and lapse assumptions are based on industry and historical company data.

 

Expense assumptions are based on an annually updated expense study that is used to determine expected expenses for future years.

 

Asset reinvestment rates are based on projected earned rates, and liabilities are calculated using the Canadian Asset Liability Method (CALM).

A sensitivity analysis for possible movements in the life and health insurance business assumptions was performed and the impact is not significant to the Bank's Consolidated Financial Statements.

CONCENTRATION OF INSURANCE RISK

Concentration risk is the risk resulting from large exposures to similar risks that are positively correlated.

Risk associated with automobile, residential and other products may vary in relation to the geographical area of the risk insured. Exposure to concentrations of insurance risk, by type of risk, is mitigated by ceding these risks through reinsurance contracts, as well as careful selection and implementation of underwriting strategies, which is in turn largely achieved through diversification by line of business and geographical areas. For automobile insurance, legislation is in place at a provincial level and this creates differences in the benefits provided among the provinces.

As at October 31, 2019, for the property and casualty insurance business, 66.0% of net written premiums were derived from automobile policies (October 31, 2018 – 66.2%) followed by residential with 33.5% (October 31, 2018 – 33.3%). The distribution by provinces show that business is mostly concentrated in Ontario with 53.9% of net written premiums (October 31, 2018 – 55.0%). The Western provinces represented 31.2% (October 31, 2018 – 30.4%), followed by the Atlantic provinces with 8.8% (October 31, 2018 – 8.5%), and Québec at 6.1% (October 31, 2018 – 6.0%).

Concentration risk is not a major concern for the life and health insurance business as it does not have a material level of regional specific characteristics like those exhibited in the property and casualty insurance business. Reinsurance is used to limit the liability on a single claim. Concentration risk is further limited by diversification across uncorrelated risks. This limits the impact of a regional pandemic and other concentration risks. To improve understanding of exposure to this risk, a pandemic scenario is tested annually.

 

NOTE 23: SHARE-BASED COMPENSATION

STOCK OPTION PLAN

The Bank maintains a stock option program for certain key employees. Options on common shares are periodically granted to eligible employees of the Bank under the plan for terms of ten years and vest over a four-year period. These options provide holders with the right to purchase common shares of the Bank at a fixed price equal to the closing market price of the shares on the day prior to the date the options were issued. Under this plan, 16 million common shares have been reserved for future issuance (October 31, 2018 – 18 million). The outstanding options expire on various dates to December 12, 2028. The following table summarizes the Bank's stock option activity and related information, adjusted to reflect the impact of the stock dividend on a retrospective basis, for the years ended October 31.

 

Stock Option Activity                                             
(millions of shares and Canadian dollars)    2019      2018      2017  
      Number
of shares
    Weighted-
average
exercise price
     Number
of shares
    Weighted-
average
exercise price
     Number
of shares
    Weighted-
average
exercise price
 

Number outstanding, beginning of year

       13.1     $     53.12          14.3   $     48.17        15.4   $     44.18

Granted

     2.2       69.39        1.9     72.64      2.0     65.75

Exercised

     (2.3     44.07        (3.0     41.21      (3.0     38.59

Forfeited/cancelled

     (0.2     66.59        (0.1     60.46      (0.1     54.58

Number outstanding, end of year

     12.8     $ 57.35        13.1   $ 53.12      14.3   $ 48.17

Exercisable, end of year

     4.7     $ 44.77        4.7   $ 40.61      5.4   $ 38.00

 

TD BANK GROUP 2019 ANNUAL REPORT CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND NOTES     Page 77  


The weighted-average share price for the options exercised in 2019 was $74.15 (2018 – $74.99; 2017 – $67.79).

The following table summarizes information relating to stock options outstanding and exercisable as at October 31, 2019.

 

Range of Exercise Prices                                        
(millions of shares and Canadian dollars)    Options outstanding      Options exercisable  
     

Number

of shares
outstanding

     Weighted-
average
remaining
contractual
life (years)
     Weighted-
average
exercise
price
     Number
of shares
exercisable
     Weighted-
average
exercise
price
 

$32.99 – $36.64

     1.2        1.7        36.58        1.2        36.58  

$40.54 – $47.59

     2.1        3.5        44.22        2.1        44.22  

$52.46 – $53.15

     3.7        5.6        52.88        1.4        52.46  

$65.75 – $69.39

     4.0        8.1        67.67                

$72.64

     1.8        8.0        72.64                

For the year ended October 31, 2019, the Bank recognized compensation expense for stock option awards of $11.1 million (October 31, 2018 – $11.5 million; October 31, 2017 – $14.8 million). For the year ended October 31, 2019, 2.2 million (October 31, 2018 – 1.9 million; October 31, 2017 – 2.0 million) options were granted by the Bank at a weighted-average fair value of $5.64 per option (2018 – $6.28 per option; 2017 – $5.81 per option).

The following table summarizes the assumptions used for estimating the fair value of options for the twelve months ended October 31.

 

Assumptions Used for Estimating the Fair Value of Options                      
(in Canadian dollars, except as noted)    2019     2018     2017  

Risk-free interest rate

     2.03  %      1.71  %      1.24  % 

Expected option life

     6.3 years       6.3 years     6.3 years

Expected volatility1

     12.64  %      13.91  %      14.92  % 

Expected dividend yield

     3.48  %      3.50  %      3.47  % 

Exercise price/share price

   $ 69.39     $   72.64   $   65.75
1 

Expected volatility is calculated based on the average daily volatility measured over a historical period corresponding to the expected option life.

OTHER SHARE-BASED COMPENSATION PLANS

The Bank operates restricted share unit and performance share unit plans which are offered to certain employees of the Bank. Under these plans, participants are awarded share units equivalent to the Bank's common shares that generally vest over three years. During the vesting period, dividend equivalents accrue to the participants in the form of additional share units. At the maturity date, the participant receives cash representing the value of the share units. The final number of performance share units will typically vary from 80% to 120% of the number of units outstanding at maturity (consisting of initial units awarded plus additional units in lieu of dividends) based on the Bank's total shareholder return relative to the average of a peer group of large financial institutions. The number of such share units outstanding under these plans as at October 31, 2019 was 22 million (2018 – 23 million).

The Bank also offers deferred share unit plans to eligible employees and non-employee directors. Under these plans, a portion of the participant's annual incentive award may be deferred, or in the case of non-employee directors, a portion of their annual compensation may be delivered as share units equivalent to the Bank's common shares. The deferred share units are not redeemable by the participant until termination of employment or directorship. Once these conditions are met, the deferred share units must be redeemed for cash no later than the end of the next calendar year. Dividend equivalents accrue to the participants in the form of additional units. As at October 31, 2019, 6.6 million deferred share units were outstanding (October 31, 2018 – 6.6 million).

Compensation expense for these plans is recorded in the year the incentive award is earned by the plan participant. Changes in the value of these plans are recorded, net of the effects of related hedges, on the Consolidated Statement of Income. For the year ended October 31, 2019, the Bank recognized compensation expense, net of the effects of hedges, for these plans of $546 million (2018 – $509 million; 2017 – $490 million). The compensation expense recognized before the effects of hedges was $662 million (2018 – $607 million; 2017 – $917 million). The carrying amount of the liability relating to these plans, based on the closing share price, was $2.0 billion at October 31, 2019 (October 31, 2018 – $2.1 billion), and is reported in Other liabilities on the Consolidated Balance Sheet.

EMPLOYEE OWNERSHIP PLAN

The Bank also operates a share purchase plan available to Canadian employees. Employees can contribute any amount of their eligible earnings (net of source deductions), subject to an annual cap of 10% of salary to the Employee Ownership Plan. For participating employees below the level of Vice President, the Bank matches 100% of the first $250 of employee contributions each year and the remainder of employee contributions at 50% to an overall maximum of 3.5% of the employee's eligible earnings or $2,250, whichever comes first. The Bank's contributions vest once an employee has completed two years of continuous service with the Bank. For the year ended October 31, 2019, the Bank's contributions totalled $74 million (2018 – $72 million; 2017 – $70 million) and were expensed as salaries and employee benefits. As at October 31, 2019, an aggregate of 20 million common shares were held under the Employee Ownership Plan (October 31, 2018 – 20 million). The shares in the Employee Ownership Plan are purchased in the open market and are considered outstanding for computing the Bank's basic and diluted earnings per share. Dividends earned on the Bank's common shares held by the Employee Ownership Plan are used to purchase additional common shares for the Employee Ownership Plan in the open market.

 

TD BANK GROUP 2019 ANNUAL REPORT CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND NOTES     Page 78  


NOTE 24: EMPLOYEE BENEFITS

DEFINED BENEFIT PENSION AND OTHER POST-EMPLOYMENT BENEFIT (OPEB) PLANS

The Bank's principal pension plans, consisting of The Pension Fund Society of The Toronto-Dominion Bank (the "Society") and the TD Pension Plan (Canada) (TDPP), are defined benefit plans for Canadian Bank employees. The Society was closed to new members on January 30, 2009, and the TDPP commenced on March 1, 2009. Benefits under the principal pension plans are determined based upon the period of plan participation and the average salary of the member in the best consecutive five years in the last ten years of combined plan membership. Effective December 31, 2018, the defined benefit portion of the TDPP was closed to new employees hired after that date. All new permanent employees hired in Canada on or after January 1, 2019 are eligible to join the defined contribution portion of the TDPP after one year of service.

Funding for the Bank's principal pension plans is provided by contributions from the Bank and members of the plans. In accordance with legislation, the Bank contributes amounts, as determined on an actuarial basis, to the plans and has the ultimate responsibility for ensuring that the liabilities of the plans are adequately funded over time. The Bank's contributions to the principal pension plans during 2019 were $352 million (2018 – $355 million). The 2019 and 2018 contributions were made in accordance with the actuarial valuation reports for funding purposes as at October 31, 2018 and October 31, 2017, respectively, for both of the principal pension plans. For both of the principal pension plans, a valuation for funding purposes is being prepared as of October 31, 2019.

The Bank also provides certain post-retirement benefits, which are generally unfunded. Post-retirement benefit plans, where offered, generally include health care and dental benefits or an annual discount amount to be used to reduce the cost of coverage. Employees must meet certain age and service requirements to be eligible for post-retirement benefits and are generally required to pay a portion of the cost of the benefits. Effective June 1, 2017, the Bank's principal non-pension post-retirement benefit plan was closed to new employees hired on or after that date.

INVESTMENT STRATEGY AND ASSET ALLOCATION

The primary objective of each of the Society and the TDPP is to achieve a rate of return that meets or exceeds the change in value of the plan's respective liabilities over rolling five-year periods. The investments of the Society and the TDPP are managed with the primary objective of providing reasonable rates of return, consistent with available market opportunities, consideration of plan liabilities, prudent portfolio management, and levels of risk commensurate with the return expectations and asset mix policy as set out by the risk budget of 6% and 14% surplus volatility, respectively. The investment policies for the principal pension plans generally do not apply to the Pension Enhancement Account (PEA) assets, which are invested at the members' discretion in certain mutual and pooled funds.

The asset allocations by asset category for the principal pension plans are as follows:

 

Plan Asset Allocation                                                               
(millions of Canadian dollars except as noted)    Society             TDPP  
    

Target

range

    

% of

total

     Fair value    

Target

range

    

% of

total

     Fair value  
As at October 31, 2019    Quoted      Unquoted      Quoted      Unquoted  

Debt

     40-70  %       55  %     $      $ 3,374       25-50  %       34  %     $      $ 634  

Equity

     24-42        32        1,002        976       30-70        54        504        503  

Alternative investments

     6-35        13               760       5-35        12               229  

Other

     n/a        n/a               (276     n/a        n/a               111  

Total

              100  %     $ 1,002      $ 4,834                100  %     $ 504      $ 1,477  
                                                        
As at October 31, 2018                                                               

Debt

     40-70  %       55  %     $    $ 2,885     25-50      34  %     $    $ 497

Equity

     24-42        34      897      869     30-65        58      396      470

Alternative investments

     6-35        11           551     3-25        8           122

Other

     n/a        n/a           (107     n/a        n/a           63

Total

              100  %     $ 897    $ 4,198              100  %     $ 396    $ 1,152
                                                        
As at October 31, 2017                                                               

Debt

     40-70  %       57  %     $    $ 2,903     25-56  %       36  %     $    $ 484

Equity

     24-42        35      1,248      511     30-65        59      324      478

Alternative investments

     0-35        8      42      376     0-20        5           68

Other

     n/a        n/a           46     n/a        n/a           56

Total

              100  %     $ 1,290    $ 3,836              100  %     $ 324    $ 1,086
1 

The principal pension plans invest in investment vehicles which may hold shares or debt issued by the Bank.

2 

The principal pension plans' alternative investments primarily include private equity, infrastructure, and real estate funds.

3 

Consists mainly of amounts due to and due from brokers for securities traded but not yet settled, PEA assets, and interest and dividends receivable.

Public debt instruments of both the Society and the TDPP must meet or exceed a credit rating of BBB- at the time of purchase. There are no limitations on the maximum amount allocated to each credit rating above BBB+ for the total public debt portfolio.

With respect to the Society's public debt portfolio, up to 15% of the total fund can be invested in a bond mandate subject to the following constraints:

 

Debt instruments rated BBB+ to BBB- must not exceed 25% of the mandate in total;

 

Asset-backed securities must have a minimum credit rating of AAA and not exceed 25% of the mandate in total;

 

Debt instruments of non-government entities must not exceed 80% in total;

 

Debt instruments of foreign government entities must not exceed 20% in total;

 

Debt instruments of either a single non-government or single foreign government entity must not exceed 10%; and

 

Debt instruments issued by the Government of Canada, provinces of Canada, or municipalities must in total not exceed 100%, 75%, or 10%, respectively.

Also with respect to the Society's public debt portfolio, up to a further 10% of the total fund can be invested in a bond mandate subject to the following constraints:

 

Debt instruments rated BBB+ to BBB- must not exceed 50% of the mandate in total;

 

Asset-backed securities must have a minimum credit rating of AAA and not exceed 25% of the mandate in total; and

 

Limitation of 10% for any one issuer.

 

TD BANK GROUP 2019 ANNUAL REPORT CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND NOTES     Page 79  


The remainder of the Society's public debt portfolio is not permitted to invest in the debt instruments of foreign or non-government entities.

With respect to the TDPP's public debt portfolio, up to 15% of the total fund can be invested in a passively managed bond mandate that is based on an index entirely comprised of investment-grade debt instruments issued by the Government of Canada, provinces of Canada, Canadian municipalities, and Canadian non-government entities.

The remainder of the TDPP's public debt portfolio is not permitted to invest in the debt instruments of foreign or non-government entities.

The equity portfolios of both the Society and the TDPP are broadly diversified primarily across small to large capitalization quality companies and income trusts with no individual holding exceeding 10% of the equity portfolio or 10% of the outstanding securities of any one company or income trust at any time. Foreign equities are permitted to be included to further diversify the portfolio. A maximum of 10% of a total fund may be invested in emerging market equities.

For both the Society and the TDPP, derivatives can be utilized, provided they are not used to create financial leverage, but rather for risk management purposes. Both the Society and the TDPP are also permitted to invest in other alternative investments, such as private equity, infrastructure equity, and real estate.

RISK MANAGEMENT PRACTICES

The principal pension plans' investments include financial instruments which are exposed to various risks. These risks include market risk (including foreign currency, interest rate, inflation, price, credit spread risks), credit risk, and liquidity risk. Key material risks faced by all plans are a decline in interest rates or credit spreads, which could increase the defined benefit obligation by more than the change in the value of plan assets, or from longevity risk (that is, lower mortality rates).

Asset-liability matching strategies are focused on obtaining an appropriate balance between earning an adequate return and having changes in liability values being hedged by changes in asset values.

The principal pension plans manage these financial risks in accordance with the Pension Benefits Standards Act, 1985, applicable regulations, as well as both the principal pension plans' Statement of Investment Policies and Procedures (SIPP) and the Management Operating Policies and Procedures (MOPP). The following are some specific risk management practices employed by the principal pension plans:

 

Monitoring credit exposure of issuers;

 

Monitoring adherence to asset allocation guidelines;

 

Monitoring asset class performance against benchmarks; and

 

Monitoring the return on the plans' assets relative to the plans' liabilities.

The Bank's principal pension plans are overseen by a single retirement governance structure established by the Human Resources Committee of the Bank's Board of Directors. The governance structure utilizes retirement governance committees who have responsibility to oversee plan operations and investments, acting in a fiduciary capacity. Strategic, material plan changes require the approval of the Bank's Board of Directors.

OTHER PENSION AND RETIREMENT PLANS

CT Pension Plan

As a result of the acquisition of CT Financial Services Inc. (CT), the Bank sponsors a defined benefit pension plan. The defined benefit plan was closed to new members after May 31, 1987. However, plan members were permitted to continue in the plan for future service. Funding for the plan is provided by contributions from the Bank and members of the plan.

TD Bank, N.A. Retirement Plans

TD Bank, N.A. and its subsidiaries maintain a defined contribution 401(k) plan covering all employees. The contributions to the plan for the year ended October 31, 2019 were $146 million (October 31, 2018 – $134 million; October 31, 2017 – $124 million). Annual expense is equal to the Bank's contributions to the plan.

TD Bank, N.A. also has frozen defined benefit retirement plans covering certain legacy TD Banknorth and TD Auto Finance (legacy Chrysler Financial) employees. TD Bank, N.A. also has closed post-retirement benefit plans, which include limited medical coverage and life insurance benefits, covering certain groups of employees from legacy organizations.

Supplemental Employee Retirement Plans

Supplemental employee retirement plans for eligible employees are not funded by the Bank.

Government Pension Plans

The Bank also makes contributions to government pension plans, including the Canada Pension Plan, Quebec Pension Plan and U.S. Federal Insurance Contribution Act. The contributions to government pension plans for the year ended October 31, 2019 were $324 million (October 31, 2018 – $293 million; October 31, 2017 – $277 million).

 

TD BANK GROUP 2019 ANNUAL REPORT CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND NOTES     Page 80  


The following table presents the financial position of the Bank's principal pension plans, the principal non-pension post-retirement benefit plan, and the Bank's significant other pension and retirement plans. Other employee benefit plans operated by the Bank and certain of its subsidiaries are not considered material for disclosure purposes.

 

Employee Benefit Plans' Obligations, Assets and Funded Status

 

                               

(millions of Canadian dollars, except as noted)

    Principal pension plans    

Principal non-pension
post-retirement
benefit plan1
 
 
 
   
Other pension and
retirement plans2
 
 
      2019     2018     2017     2019     2018     2017     2019     2018     2017

Change in projected benefit obligation

                 

Projected benefit obligation at beginning of year

  $ 6,539     $     7,082     $     6,805     $ 535     $     558     $     568     $ 2,569     $     2,750     $     2,863

Obligations included due to The Retirement Benefit Plan merger3

          6                                

Service cost – benefits earned

    326       407     439     14       15     16     9       10     11

Interest cost on projected benefit obligation

    240       217     196     20       18     17     106       96     95

Remeasurement (gain) loss – financial

    1,565       (969     (148     92       (42         430       (190     (27

Remeasurement (gain) loss – demographic

              25     (26         (42     2       (8     13

Remeasurement (gain) loss – experience

    83       22     (15           2     15     6       14     1

Members' contributions

    107       104     80                            

Benefits paid

    (303     (330     (291     (15     (16     (16     (143     (137     (138

Change in foreign currency exchange rate

                                (1     31     (68

Past service cost (credit)4

    1           (9                   (30     3    

Projected benefit obligation as at October 31

    8,558       6,539     7,082     620       535     558     2,948       2,569     2,750

Change in plan assets

                 

Plan assets at fair value at beginning of year

    6,643       6,536     5,823                   1,733       1,855     1,895

Assets included due to The Retirement Benefit Plan merger3

          10                                

Interest income on plan assets

    253       209     174                   73       66     64

Remeasurement gain (loss) – return on plan assets less interest income

    773       (231     195                   205       (109     59

Members' contributions

    107       104     80                            

Employer's contributions

    352       355     565     15       16     16     96       37     37

Benefits paid

    (303     (330     (291     (15     (16     (16     (143     (137     (138

Change in foreign currency exchange rate

                                (1     27     (58

Defined benefit administrative expenses

    (8     (10     (10                   (4     (6     (4

Plan assets at fair value as at October 31

    7,817       6,643     6,536                   1,959       1,733     1,855

Excess (deficit) of plan assets at fair value over projected benefit obligation

    (741     104     (546     (620     (535     (558     (989     (836     (895

Effect of asset limitation and minimum funding requirement

                                (13     (13    

Net defined benefit asset (liability)

    (741     104     (546     (620     (535     (558     (1,002     (849     (895

Annual expense

                 

Net employee benefits expense includes the following:

                 

Service cost – benefits earned

    326       407     439     14       15     16     9       10     11

Net interest cost (income) on net defined benefit liability (asset)

    (13     8     22     20       18     17     33       30     31

Past service cost (credit)4

    1           (9                   (30     3    

Defined benefit administrative expenses

    10       10     10                   6       4     4

Total expense

  $ 324     $ 425     $ 462     $ 34     $ 33     $ 33     $ 18     $ 47     $ 46

Actuarial assumptions used to determine the projected benefit obligation as at October 31 (percentage)

                 

Weighted-average discount rate for projected benefit obligation

    3.08  %      4.10  %      3.60  %      3.07  %      4.10  %      3.60  %      3.12  %      4.37  %      3.74  % 

Weighted-average rate of compensation increase

    2.57       2.54     2.54     3.00       3.00     3.00     1.00       1.03     1.14

 

1 

The rate of increase for health care costs for the next year used to measure the expected cost of benefits covered for the principal non-pension post-retirement benefit plan is 4.18%. The rate is assumed to decrease gradually to 2.42% by the year 2040 and remain at that level thereafter.

2 

Includes CT defined benefit pension plan, TD Banknorth defined benefit pension plan, TD Auto Finance retirement plans, and supplemental employee retirement plans. The TD Banknorth defined benefit pension plan was frozen as of December 31, 2008, and no service credits can be earned after that date. Certain TD Auto Finance defined benefit pension plans were frozen as of April 1, 2012, and no service credits can be earned after March 31, 2012.

3 

During 2018, The Retirement Benefit Plan of The Toronto-Dominion Bank (the "RBP") was deemed to be merged with the Society and previously undisclosed obligations and assets of the RBP are now included in fiscal 2018.

4 

Includes a gain of $33 million related to the TD Auto Finance post-retirement benefit plan that was amended during fiscal 2019.

During the year ended October 31, 2020, the Bank expects to contribute $342 million to its principal pension plans, $18 million to its principal non-pension post-retirement benefit plan, and $39 million to its other pension and retirement plans. Future contribution amounts may change upon the Bank's review of its contribution levels during the year.

Assumptions related to future mortality which have been used to determine the defined benefit obligation and net benefit cost are as follows:

 

Assumed Life Expectancy at Age 65

                                                                               

(number of years)

   
Principal pension
plans
 
    

Principal non-pension
post-retirement
benefit plan
 
 
    
Other pension and
retirement plans
 
    As at October 31
      2019      2018      2017      2019      2018      2017      2019      2018      2017

Male aged 65 at measurement date

    23.4        23.3      23.2      23.4        23.3      23.2      22.1        22.1      21.8

Female aged 65 at measurement date

    24.1        24.1      24.0      24.1        24.1      24.0      23.7        23.7      23.4

Male aged 40 at measurement date

    24.5        24.5      24.5      24.5        24.5      24.5      22.9        23.0      22.9

Female aged 40 at measurement date

    25.3        25.2      25.2      25.3        25.2      25.2      24.8        24.8      25.1

 

TD BANK GROUP 2019 ANNUAL REPORT CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND NOTES     Page 81  


The weighted-average duration of the defined benefit obligation for the Bank's principal pension plans, principal non-pension post-retirement benefit plan, and other pension and retirement plans at the end of the reporting period are 16 years (2018 – 15 years, 2017 – 15 years), 18 years (2018 – 17 years, 2017 – 18 years), and 13 years (2018 – 12 years, 2017 – 13 years), respectively.

The following table provides the sensitivity of the projected benefit obligation for the Bank's principal pension plans, the principal non-pension post-retirement benefit plan, and the Bank's significant other pension and retirement plans to actuarial assumptions considered significant by the Bank. These include discount rate, life expectancy, rates of compensation increase, and health care cost initial trend rates, as applicable. For each sensitivity test, the impact of a reasonably possible change in a single factor is shown with other assumptions left unchanged.

 

Sensitivity of Significant Actuarial Assumptions

 

                

(millions of Canadian dollars, except as noted)

    As at  
    October 31, 2019  
    Obligation Increase (Decrease)  
     

Principal
pension
plans
 
 
 
    



Principal
non-pension
post-
retirement
benefit plan
 
 
 
 
 
   



Other
pension
and
retirement
plans
 
 
 
 
 

Impact of an absolute change in significant actuarial assumptions

      

Discount rate

      

1% decrease in assumption

  $ 1,520      $ 116     $ 409  

1% increase in assumption

    (1,163)        (90     (333)  

Rates of compensation increase

      

1% decrease in assumption

    (313)        1      1 

1% increase in assumption

    305        1      1 

Life expectancy

      

1 year decrease in assumption

    (179)        (21     (94)  

1 year increase in assumption

    177        21       93  

Health care cost initial trend rate

      

1% decrease in assumption

    n/a        (89     n/a  

1% increase in assumption

    n/a        113       n/a  

 

1 

An absolute change in this assumption is immaterial.

The Bank recognized the following amounts on the Consolidated Balance Sheet.

 

Amounts Recognized in the Consolidated Balance Sheet

                       

(millions of Canadian dollars)

            As at  
     
October 31
2019
 
   
October 31
2018
 
   
October 31
2017
 

Other assets

     

Principal pension plans

  $     $ 104   $

Other pension and retirement plans

    6       3     7

Other employee benefit plans

    7       6     6

Total other assets

    13       113     13

Other liabilities

     

Principal pension plans

    741           546

Principal non-pension post-retirement benefit plan

    620       535     558

Other pension and retirement plans

    1,008       852     902

Other employee benefit plans

    412       360     457

Total other liabilities

    2,781       1,747     2,463

Net amount recognized

  $ (2,768   $ (1,634   $ (2,450

 

1

Consists of other defined benefit pension and other post-employment benefit plans operated by the Bank and its subsidiaries that are not considered material for disclosure purposes.

The Bank recognized the following amounts in the Consolidated Statement of Other Comprehensive Income.

 

Amounts Recognized in the Consolidated Statement of Other Comprehensive Income                       
(millions of Canadian dollars)    For the years ended  
     

October 31

2019

   

October 31

2018

    

October 31

2017

 

Actuarial gains (losses) recognized in Other Comprehensive Income

  

Principal pension plans

   $ (873   $     720    $     333

Principal non-pension post-retirement benefit plan

     (66     40      27

Other pension and retirement plans

     (231     60      72

Other employee benefit plans

     (75     45      22

Total actuarial gains (losses) recognized in Other Comprehensive Income

   $ (1,245   $     865    $     454

 

1

Amounts are presented on pre-tax basis.

2 

Consists of other defined benefit pension and other post-employment benefit plans operated by the Bank and its subsidiaries that are not considered material for disclosure purposes.

 

TD BANK GROUP 2019 ANNUAL REPORT CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND NOTES     Page 82  


NOTE 25:  INCOME TAXES

The provision for (recovery of) income taxes is comprised of the following:

 

Provision for (Recovery of) Income Taxes

 

       
(millions of Canadian dollars)    For the years ended October 31  
       2019     2018     2017

Provision for income taxes – Consolidated Statement of Income

      

Current income taxes

      

Provision for (recovery of) income taxes for the current period

   $ 2,675     $     2,873   $     2,073

Adjustments in respect of prior years and other

     93       (76     5

Total current income taxes

     2,768       2,797     2,078

Deferred income taxes

      

Provision for (recovery of) deferred income taxes related to the origination and reversal of temporary differences

     54       76     215

Effect of changes in tax rates

     10       302     13

Adjustments in respect of prior years and other

     (97     7     (53

Total deferred income taxes

     (33     385     175

Total provision for income taxes – Consolidated Statement of Income

     2,735       3,182     2,253

Provision for (recovery of) income taxes – Statement of Other Comprehensive Income

      

Current income taxes

     37       (48     261

Deferred income taxes

     1,070       (701     (755
       1,107       (749     (494

Income taxes – other non-income related items including business combinations and other adjustments

      

Current income taxes

     (7     (3     29

Deferred income taxes

     (6     (2    
       (13     (5     29

Total provision for (recovery of) income taxes

     3,829       2,428     1,788

Current income taxes

      

Federal

     1,256       1,491     1,115

Provincial

     891       1,055     797

Foreign

     651       200     456
       2,798       2,746     2,368

Deferred income taxes

      

Federal

     127       (244     (233

Provincial

     87       (160     (156

Foreign

     817       86     (191
       1,031       (318     (580

Total provision for (recovery of) income taxes

   $ 3,829     $     2,428   $     1,788

On December 22, 2017, the U.S. government enacted comprehensive tax legislation commonly referred to as the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act (the "U.S. Tax Act"), which made broad and complex changes to the U.S. tax code.

The reduction of the U.S. federal corporate tax rate enacted by the U.S. Tax Act resulted in an adjustment during 2018 to the Bank's U.S. deferred tax assets and liabilities to the lower base rate of 21%. The impact for the year ended October 31, 2018 was a reduction in the value of the Bank's net deferred tax assets resulting in a $366 million income tax expense recorded in the Provision for (recovery of) income taxes on the Consolidated Statement of Income, a $22 million deferred income tax benefit recorded in OCI and a $12 million deferred income tax expense recorded in retained earnings.

The impact of the U.S. Tax Act on the Bank's statutory and effective tax rate is outlined in the following table as part of the Rate differentials on international operations.

 

TD BANK GROUP 2019 ANNUAL REPORT CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND NOTES     Page 83  


The Bank's statutory and effective tax rate is outlined in the following table.

 

Reconciliation to Statutory Income Tax Rate

                                                

(millions of Canadian dollars, except as noted)

             2019             2018             2017

Income taxes at Canadian statutory income tax rate

   $ 3,502       26.5  %    $ 3,648     26.5  %    $ 3,262     26.5 %  

Increase (decrease) resulting from:

            

Dividends received

     (104     (0.8     (142     (1.0     (498     (4.0)  

Rate differentials on international operations

     (728     (5.5     (343     (2.5     (515     (4.2)  

Other – net

     65       0.5       19     0.1     4    

Provision for income taxes and effective income tax rate

   $ 2,735       20.7  %    $ 3,182     23.1  %    $ 2,253     18.3 %  

The Canada Revenue Agency (CRA), Revenu Québec Agency (RQA) and Alberta Tax and Revenue Administration (ATRA) are denying certain dividend deductions claimed by the Bank. During fiscal 2019, the CRA reassessed the Bank for $255 million of additional income tax and interest in respect of its 2014 taxation year, and the RQA reassessed the Bank for $6 million of additional income tax and interest in respect of its 2013 taxation year. To date, the CRA, RQA, and ATRA have reassessed the Bank for approximately $814 million of income tax and interest for the years 2011 to 2014. The Bank expects the CRA, RQA, and ATRA to reassess subsequent years on the same basis. The Bank is of the view that its tax filing positions were appropriate and intends to challenge all reassessments.

Deferred tax assets and liabilities comprise of the following:

 

Deferred Tax Assets and Liabilities

                 

(millions of Canadian dollars)

     As at  
      
October 31
2019
 
 
    
October 31
2018
 
 

Deferred tax assets

     

Allowance for credit losses

   $ 965      $ 845

Securities

            920  

Trading loans

     50        54

Employee benefits

     844        739

Pensions

     344        59

Losses available for carry forward

     95        94

Tax credits

     228        326

Other

     88        92

Total deferred tax assets

     2,614        3,129  

Deferred tax liabilities

     

Securities

     527         

Land, buildings, equipment, and other depreciable assets

     242        223

Deferred (income) expense

     91        12

Intangibles

     40        163

Goodwill

     108        94

Total deferred tax liabilities

     1,008        492  

Net deferred tax assets

     1,606        2,637

Reflected on the Consolidated Balance Sheet as follows:

     

Deferred tax assets

     1,799        2,812

Deferred tax liabilities

     193        175

Net deferred tax assets

   $ 1,606      $ 2,637

 

1

Included in Other liabilities on the Consolidated Balance Sheet.

 

The amount of temporary differences, unused tax losses, and unused tax credits for which no deferred tax asset is recognized on the Consolidated Balance Sheet was $461 million as at October 31, 2019 (October 31, 2018 – $806 million), of which $3 million (October 31, 2018 – $2 million) is scheduled to expire within five years.

Certain taxable temporary differences associated with the Bank's investments in subsidiaries, branches and associates, and interests in joint ventures did not result in the recognition of deferred tax liabilities as at October 31, 2019. The total amount of these temporary differences was $71 billion as at October 31, 2019 (October 31, 2018 – $61 billion).

 

TD BANK GROUP 2019 ANNUAL REPORT CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND NOTES     Page 84  


The movement in the net deferred tax asset for the years ended October 31 was as follows:

 

Deferred Income Tax Expense (Recovery)

 

               

(millions of Canadian dollars)

     2019       2018
      

Consolidated
statement of
income
 
 
 
   

Other
comprehensive
income
 
 
 
   

Business
combinations
and other
 
 
 
    Total      

Consolidated
statement of
income
 
 
 
   

Other
comprehensive
income
 
 
 
   

Business
combinations
and other
 
 
 
    Total  

Deferred income tax expense (recovery)

 

     

Allowance for credit losses

   $ (120   $     $     $ (120   $ 79   $   $   $ 79

Trading loans

     4                   4       36             36

Employee benefits

     (87     (18           (105     61     14         75

Pensions

     19       (303           (284     (20     230         210

Losses available for carry forward

     (1                 (1     37             37

Tax credits

     98                   98       (304             (304

Other deferred tax assets

     7             (4     3       54         (2     52

Securities

     56       1,391             1,447       240     (945         (705

Land, buildings, equipment,
and other depreciable assets

     19                   19       216             216

Deferred (income) expense

     79                   79       95             95

Intangibles

     (123                 (123     (81             (81

Goodwill

     16             (2     14       (28             (28

Total deferred income tax expense (recovery)

   $ (33   $ 1,070     $ (6   $ 1,031     $ 385   $ (701   $ (2   $ (318

 

NOTE 26:   EARNINGS PER SHARE

Basic earnings per share is calculated by dividing net income attributable to common shareholders by the weighted-average number of common shares outstanding for the period.

Diluted earnings per share is calculated using the same method as basic earnings per share except that certain adjustments are made to net income attributable to common shareholders and the weighted-average number of shares outstanding for the effects of all dilutive potential common shares that are assumed to be issued by the Bank.

The following table presents the Bank's basic and diluted earnings per share for the years ended October 31.

 

Basic and Diluted Earnings Per Share

                          

(millions of Canadian dollars, except as noted)

     For the years ended October 31
       2019      2018      2017

Basic earnings per share

        

Net income attributable to common shareholders

   $ 11,416      $ 11,048    $ 10,203

Weighted-average number of common shares outstanding (millions)

     1,824.2        1,835.4      1,850.6

Basic earnings per share (Canadian dollars)

   $ 6.26      $ 6.02    $ 5.51

Diluted earnings per share

        

Net income attributable to common shareholders

   $ 11,416      $ 11,048    $ 10,203

Net income available to common shareholders including impact of dilutive securities

     11,416        11,048      10,203

Weighted-average number of common shares outstanding (millions)

     1,824.2        1,835.4      1,850.6

Effect of dilutive securities

        

Stock options potentially exercisable (millions)1

     3.1        4.1      4.2

Weighted-average number of common shares outstanding – diluted (millions)

     1,827.3            1,839.5          1,854.8

Diluted earnings per share (Canadian dollars)1

   $ 6.25      $ 6.01    $ 5.50

 

1 

For the years ended October 31, 2019, October 31, 2018, and October 31, 2017, no outstanding options were excluded from the computation of diluted earnings per share.

 

NOTE 27:   PROVISIONS, CONTINGENT LIABILITIES, COMMITMENTS, GUARANTEES, PLEDGED ASSETS, AND COLLATERAL

PROVISIONS

The following table summarizes the Bank's provisions.

 

Provisions

                        

(millions of Canadian dollars)

      
       Restructuring 1     
Litigation and
Other

 
    Total

Balance as at November 1, 2018

   $ 121   $ 352   $ 473

Additions

     184       222       406  

Amounts used

     (53     (219     (272

Release of unused amounts

     (9     (78     (87

Foreign currency translation adjustments and other

     (2     (8     (10

Balance as at October 31, 2019, before allowance for credit losses for off-balance sheet instruments

   $ 241     $ 269       510  

Add: allowance for credit losses for off-balance sheet instruments

                     585  

Balance as at October 31, 2019

                   $ 1,095  

 

1 

Includes provisions for onerous lease contracts.

2 

Refer to Note 8 for further details.

 

TD BANK GROUP 2019 ANNUAL REPORT CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND NOTES     Page 85  


LITIGATION

In the ordinary course of business, the Bank and its subsidiaries are involved in various legal and regulatory actions. The Bank establishes legal provisions when it becomes probable that the Bank will incur a loss and the amount can be reliably estimated. The Bank also estimates the aggregate range of reasonably possible losses (RPL) in its legal and regulatory actions (that is, those which are neither probable nor remote), in excess of provisions. As at October 31, 2019, the Bank's RPL is from zero to approximately $606 million. The Bank's provisions and RPL represent the Bank's best estimates based upon currently available information for actions for which estimates can be made, but there are a number of factors that could cause the Bank's provisions and/or RPL to be significantly different from its actual or reasonably possible losses. For example, the Bank's estimates involve significant judgment due to the varying stages of the proceedings, the existence of multiple defendants in many proceedings whose share of liability has yet to be determined, the numerous yet-unresolved issues in many of the proceedings, some of which are beyond the Bank's control and/or involve novel legal theories and interpretations, the attendant uncertainty of the various potential outcomes of such proceedings, and the fact that the underlying matters will change from time to time. In addition, some actions seek very large or indeterminate damages.

In management's opinion, based on its current knowledge and after consultation with counsel, the ultimate disposition of these actions, individually or in the aggregate, will not have a material adverse effect on the consolidated financial condition or the consolidated cash flows of the Bank. However, because of the factors listed above, as well as other uncertainties inherent in litigation and regulatory matters, there is a possibility that the ultimate resolution of legal or regulatory actions may be material to the Bank's consolidated results of operations for any particular reporting period.

Stanford Litigation – The Bank was named as a defendant in Rotstain v. Trustmark National Bank, et al., a putative class action lawsuit in the United States District Court for the Northern District of Texas related to a US$7.2 billion Ponzi scheme perpetrated by R. Allen Stanford, the owner of Stanford International Bank, Limited (SIBL), an offshore bank based in Antigua. Plaintiffs purport to represent a class of investors in SIBL issued certificates of deposit. The Bank provided certain correspondent banking services to SIBL. Plaintiffs allege that the Bank and four other banks aided and abetted or conspired with Mr. Stanford to commit fraud and that the bank defendants received fraudulent transfers from SIBL by collecting fees for providing certain services.

The Official Stanford Investors Committee (OSIC), a court-approved committee representing investors, received permission to intervene in the lawsuit and has brought similar claims against all the bank defendants. The court denied in part and granted in part the Bank's motion to dismiss the lawsuit on April 21, 2015. The court also entered a class certification scheduling order requiring the parties to conduct discovery and submit briefing regarding class certification. The class certification motion was fully submitted on October 26, 2015. The class plaintiffs filed an amended complaint asserting certain additional state law claims against the Bank on June 23, 2015. The Bank's motion to dismiss the newly amended complaint in its entirety was fully submitted on August 18, 2015. On April 22, 2016, the Bank filed a motion to reconsider the court's April 2015 dismissal decision with respect to certain claims by OSIC under the Texas Uniform Fraudulent Transfer Act based on an intervening change in the law announced by the Texas Supreme Court on April 1, 2016. On July 28, 2016, the court issued a decision denying defendants' motions to dismiss the class plaintiffs' complaint and to reconsider with respect to OSIC's complaint. The Bank filed its answer to the class plaintiffs' complaint on August 26, 2016. OSIC filed an amended intervenor complaint against the Bank on November 4, 2016 and the Bank filed its answer to this amended complaint on December 19, 2016.

On November 7, 2017, the Court issued a decision denying the class certification motion. The court found that the plaintiffs failed to show that common issues of fact would predominate given the varying sales presentations they allegedly received.

On November 21, 2017, the class plaintiffs filed a Rule 23(f) petition seeking permission to appeal the District Court's denial of class certification to the United States Court of Appeals for the Fifth Circuit. The Bank filed an opposition to the class plaintiffs' petition on December 4, 2017. The Fifth Circuit denied the class plaintiffs' petition on April 20, 2018.

On February 28, 2019, the Bank, along with the other bank defendants, filed a motion for judgment on the pleadings in OSIC's case seeking dismissal of three claims (aiding and abetting fraud, aiding and abetting conversion, and aiding and abetting breach of fiduciary duty). The motion was fully briefed as of April 4, 2019.

On May 3, 2019, two groups of plaintiffs comprising more than 950 investors in certificates of deposit issued by SIBL filed motions to intervene in OSIC's case against the Bank and the other bank defendants. On September 18, 2019, the Court denied the motions to intervene. On October 14, 2019, one group of plaintiffs (comprising 147 investors) filed a notice of appeal to the Fifth Circuit.

On September 10, 2019, OSIC filed a motion for leave to amend its complaint against the Bank and the other bank defendants to insert additional fact allegations. The motion was fully briefed as of October 15, 2019.

On November 1, 2019, a second group of plaintiffs (comprising 1,286 investors) filed a petition in Texas state court against the Bank and other bank defendants alleging claims similar to those alleged in the Rotstain v. Trustmark National Bank, et al. action. Discovery against the bank defendants is ongoing, and the Court has set a ready-for-trial date of January 11, 2021.

The Bank is also a defendant in two cases filed in the Ontario Superior Court of Justice: (1) Wide & Dickson v. The Toronto-Dominion Bank, an action filed by the Joint Liquidators of SIBL appointed by the Eastern Caribbean Supreme Court, and (2) Dynasty Furniture Manufacturing Ltd., et al. v. The Toronto-Dominion Bank, an action filed by five investors in certificates of deposits sold by Stanford. The suits assert that the Bank acted negligently and provided knowing assistance to SIBL's fraud. The court denied the Bank's motion for summary judgment in the Joint Liquidators case to dismiss the action based on the applicable statute of limitations on November 9, 2015, and designated the limitations issues to be addressed as part of a future trial on the merits. The two cases filed in the Ontario Superior Court of Justice are being managed jointly. A trial date has been scheduled for January 11, 2021.

Overdraft Litigation – TD Bank, N.A. was named as a defendant in eleven putative nationwide class actions challenging the overdraft practices of TD Bank, N.A. from August 16, 2010 to the present and the overdraft practices of Carolina First Bank prior to its merger into TD Bank, N.A. in September 2010.

These actions were consolidated for pretrial proceedings as MDL 2613 in the United States District Court for the District of South Carolina: In re TD Bank, N.A. Debit Card Overdraft Fee Litigation, No. 6:15-MN-02613 (D.S.C.). On December 10, 2015, TD Bank, N.A.'s motion to dismiss the consolidated amended class action complaint was granted in part and denied in part. Discovery, briefing, and a hearing on class certification were complete as of May 24, 2017.

On January 5, 2017, TD Bank, N.A. was named as a defendant in a twelfth class action complaint (Dorsey) challenging an overdraft practice that was already the subject of the consolidated amended class action complaint. The Dorsey action was consolidated into MDL 2613, and dismissed by the Court. The Dorsey plaintiff appealed the dismissal to the United States Court of Appeals for the Fourth Circuit.

On December 5, 2017, TD Bank, N.A. was named as a defendant in a thirteenth class action complaint (Lawrence) challenging the Bank's overdraft practices. The Lawrence action, which was also transferred to MDL 2613, concerns the Bank's treatment of certain transactions as "recurring" for overdraft purposes. The Bank moved to dismiss the claims.

On February 22, 2018, the Court issued an order certifying a class as to certain claims in the consolidated amended class action complaint and denying certification as to others. The Fourth Circuit denied the Bank's 23(f) petition seeking permission to appeal certain portions of the district court's order.

On February 1, 2019, the parties filed a Joint Notice of Settlement of all claims consolidated in MDL 2613 on a class-wide basis. In response to the Notice of Settlement, on February 4, 2019, the Court issued an order suspending all deadlines. On June 26, 2019, the Court issued an order preliminarily approving settlement of all claims consolidated in MDL 2613 on a class-wide basis and directing notice to settlement class members. A final approval hearing is scheduled

 

TD BANK GROUP 2019 ANNUAL REPORT CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND NOTES     Page 86  


for January 8, 2020. The Fourth Circuit suspended appeal proceedings in Dorsey pending the district court's review of the proposed settlement. In addition, the district court dismissed the Bank's motion to dismiss the Lawrence complaint without prejudice to refile pending its review of the settlement.

Credit Card Fees – Between 2011 and 2013, seven proposed class actions were commenced, five of which remain in British Columbia, Alberta, Saskatchewan, Ontario and Québec: Coburn and Watson's Metropolitan Home v. Bank of America Corporation, et al.; Macaronies Hair Club v. BOFA Canada Bank, et al.; Hello Baby Equipment Inc. v. BOFA Canada Bank, et al.; Bancroft-Snell, et al. v. Visa Canada Corporation, et al.; and 9085-4886 Québec Inc. v. Visa Canada Corporation, et al. Subject to court approval of certain settlements, the remaining defendants in each action are the Bank and several other financial institutions. The plaintiff class members are Canadian merchants who accept payment for products and services by Visa Canada Corporation (Visa) and/or MasterCard International Incorporated (MasterCard) (collectively, the "Networks"). While there is some variance, in most of the actions it is alleged that, from March 2001 to the present, the Networks conspired with their issuing banks and acquirers to fix excessive fees and that certain rules have the effect of increasing the merchant fees.

The five actions that remain include claims of civil conspiracy, breach of the Competition Act, interference with economic relations, and unjust enrichment. Plaintiffs seek general and punitive damages. In the lead case proceeding in British Columbia, the decision to partially certify the action as a class proceeding was released on March 27, 2014. The certification decision was appealed by both plaintiff class representatives and defendants. The appeal hearing took place in December 2014 and the decision was released on August 19, 2015. While both the plaintiffs and defendants succeeded in part on their respective appeals, the class period for the plaintiffs' key claims was shortened significantly. At a hearing in October 2016, the plaintiffs sought to amend their claims to reinstate the extended class period. The plaintiffs' motion to amend their claims to reinstate the extended class period was denied by the motions judge and subsequently by the B.C. Court of Appeal. The plaintiffs have sought and were refused leave to appeal to the Supreme Court of Canada. The trial of the British Columbia action is currently scheduled to proceed in October 2020. In Québec, the motion for authorization proceeded on November 6-7, 2017 and the matter was authorized on similar grounds and for a similar period as in British Columbia. The plaintiffs appealed this decision. On July 25, 2019, the Quebec Court of Appeal granted the plaintiff's appeal, thereby reinstating the extended class period for the Quebec proceeding.

Consumer Class Actions – The Bank, along with several other Canadian financial institutions, is a defendant in a number of matters brought by consumers alleging provincial and/or national class claims in connection with various fees, interest rate calculations, and credit decisions. The cases are in various stages of maturity. The one matter where the Bank is the sole defendant has been settled in principle with approval pending.

COMMITMENTS

Credit-related Arrangements

In the normal course of business, the Bank enters into various commitments and contingent liability contracts. The primary purpose of these contracts is to make funds available for the financing needs of customers. The Bank's policy for requiring collateral security with respect to these contracts and the types of collateral security held is generally the same as for loans made by the Bank.

Financial and performance standby letters of credit represent irrevocable assurances that the Bank will make payments in the event that a customer cannot meet its obligations to third parties and they carry the same credit risk, recourse, and collateral security requirements as loans extended to customers. Performance standby letters of credit are considered non-financial guarantees as payment does not depend on the occurrence of a credit event and is generally related to a non-financial trigger event. Refer to the Guarantees section in this Note for further details.

Documentary and commercial letters of credit are instruments issued on behalf of a customer authorizing a third party to draw drafts on the Bank up to a certain amount subject to specific terms and conditions. The Bank is at risk for any drafts drawn that are not ultimately settled by the customer, and the amounts are collateralized by the assets to which they relate.

Commitments to extend credit represent unutilized portions of authorizations to extend credit in the form of loans and customers' liability under acceptances. A discussion on the types of liquidity facilities the Bank provides to its securitization conduits is included in Note 10.

The values of credit instruments reported as follows represent the maximum amount of additional credit that the Bank could be obligated to extend should contracts be fully utilized.

 

Credit Instruments

                 

(millions of Canadian dollars)

              As at
      
October 31
2019
 
    
October 31
2018
 

Financial and performance standby letters of credit

   $ 26,887      $ 26,431

Documentary and commercial letters of credit

     107        197

Commitments to extend credit

     

Original term-to-maturity of one year or less

     56,676        50,028

Original term-to-maturity of more than one year

     150,170        134,148

Total

   $ 233,840      $ 210,804

 

1 

Commitments to extend credit exclude personal lines of credit and credit card lines, which are unconditionally cancellable at the Bank's discretion at any time.

In addition, as at October 31, 2019, the Bank is committed to fund $374 million (October 31, 2018 – $205 million) of private equity investments.

Long-term Commitments or Leases

The Bank has obligations under long-term non-cancellable leases for premises and equipment. Future minimum operating lease commitments including rental payments, related taxes and estimated operating expenses for premises and equipment, where the annual payment is in excess of $100 thousand, is estimated at $988 million for 2020, $936 million for 2021, $884 million for 2022, $790 million for 2023, $658 million for 2024, $3,365 million for 2025, and thereafter.

Future minimum finance lease commitments where the annual payment is in excess of $100 thousand, is estimated at $21 million for 2020, $22 million for 2021, $20 million for 2022, $15 million for 2023, $4 million for 2024, $1 million for 2025, and thereafter.

The premises and equipment net rental expense, included under Non-interest expenses in the Consolidated Statement of Income, was $1.2 billion for the year ended October 31, 2019 (October 31, 2018 – $1.1 billion; October 31, 2017 – $1.1 billion).

 

TD BANK GROUP 2019 ANNUAL REPORT CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND NOTES     Page 87  


PLEDGED ASSETS AND COLLATERAL

In the ordinary course of business, securities and other assets are pledged against liabilities or contingent liabilities, including repurchase agreements, securitization liabilities, covered bonds, obligations related to securities sold short, and securities borrowing transactions. Assets are also deposited for the purposes of participation in clearing and payment systems and depositories or to have access to the facilities of central banks in foreign jurisdictions, or as security for contract settlements with derivative exchanges or other derivative counterparties.

Details of assets pledged against liabilities and collateral assets held or repledged are shown in the following table:

 

Sources and Uses of Pledged Assets and Collateral               
(millions of Canadian dollars)           As at  
      October 31
2019
    October 31
2018
 

Sources of pledged assets and collateral

    

Bank assets

    

Cash and due from banks

   $ 820     $ 1,219

Interest-bearing deposits with banks

     4,918       3,301

Loans

     87,415       83,637

Securities

     85,237       83,370

Other assets

     850       1,278
       179,240       172,805

Third-party assets

    

Collateral received and available for sale or repledging

     274,765       243,168

Less: Collateral not repledged

     (61,260     (57,845
       213,505       185,323
       392,745       358,128

Uses of pledged assets and collateral

    

Derivatives

     11,468       8,083

Obligations related to securities sold under repurchase agreements

     120,352       105,665

Securities borrowing and lending

     107,587       85,544

Obligations related to securities sold short

     27,575       39,007

Securitization

     32,024       32,067

Covered bond

     41,937       38,033

Clearing systems, payment systems, and depositories

     8,338       7,540

Foreign governments and central banks

     1,167       1,390

Other

     42,297       40,799

Total

   $     392,745     $     358,128

 

1 

Includes collateral received from reverse repurchase agreements, securities borrowing, margin loans, and other client activity.

2 

Includes $45.6 billion of on-balance sheet assets that the Bank has pledged and that the counterparty can subsequently repledge as at October 31, 2019 (October 31, 2018 – $43.9 billion).

ASSETS SOLD WITH RECOURSE

In connection with its securitization activities, the Bank typically makes customary representations and warranties about the underlying assets which may result in an obligation to repurchase the assets. These representations and warranties attest that the Bank, as the seller, has executed the sale of assets in good faith, and in compliance with relevant laws and contractual requirements. In the event that they do not meet these criteria, the loans may be required to be repurchased by the Bank.

GUARANTEES

In addition to financial and performance standby letters of credit, the following types of transactions represent the principal guarantees that the Bank has entered into.

Credit Enhancements

The Bank guarantees payments to counterparties in the event that third-party credit enhancements supporting asset pools are insufficient.

Indemnification Agreements

In the normal course of operations, the Bank provides indemnification agreements to various counterparties in transactions such as service agreements, leasing transactions, and agreements relating to acquisitions and dispositions. Under these agreements, the Bank is required to compensate counterparties for costs incurred as a result of various contingencies such as changes in laws and regulations and litigation claims. The nature of certain indemnification agreements prevent the Bank from making a reasonable estimate of the maximum potential amount that the Bank would be required to pay such counterparties.

The Bank also indemnifies directors, officers, and other persons, to the extent permitted by law, against certain claims that may be made against them as a result of their services to the Bank or, at the Bank's request, to another entity.

 

TD BANK GROUP 2019 ANNUAL REPORT CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND NOTES     Page 88  


 

NOTE 28:  RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

Parties are considered to be related if one party has the ability to directly or indirectly control the other party or exercise significant influence over the other party in making financial or operational decisions. The Bank's related parties include key management personnel, their close family members and their related entities, subsidiaries, associates, joint ventures, and post-employment benefit plans for the Bank's employees.

TRANSACTIONS WITH KEY MANAGEMENT PERSONNEL, THEIR CLOSE FAMILY MEMBERS, AND THEIR RELATED ENTITIES

Key management personnel are those persons having authority and responsibility for planning, directing, and controlling the activities of the Bank, directly or indirectly. The Bank considers certain of its officers and directors to be key management personnel. The Bank makes loans to its key management personnel, their close family members, and their related entities on market terms and conditions with the exception of banking products and services for key management personnel, which are subject to approved policy guidelines that govern all employees.

As at October 31, 2019, $121 million (October 31, 2018 – $149 million) of related party loans were outstanding from key management personnel, their close family members, and their related entities.

COMPENSATION

The remuneration of key management personnel was as follows:

 

Compensation                        
(millions of Canadian dollars)    For the years ended October 31  
      2019      2018      2017  

Short-term employee benefits

   $     33      $ 34    $ 33

Post-employment benefits

     2        3      3

Share-based payments

     35        37      32

Total

   $     70      $ 74    $ 68

In addition, the Bank offers deferred share and other plans to non-employee directors, executives, and certain other key employees. Refer to Note 23 for further details.

In the ordinary course of business, the Bank also provides various banking services to associated and other related corporations on terms similar to those offered to non-related parties.

TRANSACTIONS WITH SUBSIDIARIES, TD AMERITRADE, AND SYMCOR INC.

Transactions between the Bank and its subsidiaries meet the definition of related party transactions. If these transactions are eliminated on consolidation, they are not disclosed as related party transactions.

Transactions between the Bank, TD Ameritrade, and Symcor Inc. (Symcor) also qualify as related party transactions. There were no significant transactions between the Bank, TD Ameritrade, and Symcor during the year ended October 31, 2019, other than as described in the following sections and in Note 12.

Other Transactions with TD Ameritrade and Symcor

i) TD AMERITRADE HOLDING CORPORATION

A description of significant transactions of the Bank and its affiliates with TD Ameritrade is set forth below.

Insured Deposit Account Agreement

The Bank is party to an insured deposit account (IDA) agreement with TD Ameritrade, pursuant to which the Bank makes available to clients of TD Ameritrade, FDIC-insured money market deposit accounts as either designated sweep vehicles or as non-sweep deposit accounts. TD Ameritrade provides marketing and support services with respect to the IDA. The Bank paid fees of $2.2 billion during the year ended October 31, 2019 (October 31, 2018 – $1.9 billion; October 31, 2017 – $1.5 billion) to TD Ameritrade related to deposit accounts. The amount paid by the Bank is based on the average insured deposit balance of $140 billion for the year ended October 31, 2019 (October 31, 2018 – $140 billion; October 31, 2017 – $124 billion) with a portion of the amount tied to the actual yield earned by the Bank on the investments, less the actual interest paid to clients of TD Ameritrade, and the balance tied to an agreed rate of return. The Bank earns a servicing fee of 25 bps on the aggregate average daily balance in the sweep accounts (subject to adjustment based on a specified formula).

As at October 31, 2019, amounts receivable from TD Ameritrade were $41 million (October 31, 2018 – $137 million). As at October 31, 2019, amounts payable to TD Ameritrade were $168 million (October 31, 2018 – $174 million).

The Bank and other financial institutions provided TD Ameritrade with unsecured revolving loan facilities. The total commitment provided by the Bank was $291 million, which was undrawn as at October 31, 2019 (October 31, 2018 – $338 million undrawn).

ii) TRANSACTIONS WITH SYMCOR

The Bank has one-third ownership in Symcor, a Canadian provider of business process outsourcing services offering a diverse portfolio of integrated solutions in item processing, statement processing and production, and cash management services. The Bank accounts for Symcor's results using the equity method of accounting. During the year ended October 31, 2019, the Bank paid $81 million (October 31, 2018 – $86 million; October 31, 2017 – $93 million) for these services. As at October 31, 2019, the amount payable to Symcor was $12 million (October 31, 2018 – $14 million).

The Bank and two other shareholder banks have also provided a $100 million unsecured loan facility to Symcor which was undrawn as at October 31, 2019, and October 31, 2018.

 

TD BANK GROUP 2019 ANNUAL REPORT CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND NOTES     Page 89  


 

NOTE 29:  SEGMENTED INFORMATION

For management reporting purposes, the Bank reports its results under three key business segments: Canadian Retail, which includes the results of the Canadian personal and commercial banking businesses, Canadian credit cards, TD Auto Finance Canada, and Canadian wealth and insurance businesses; U.S. Retail, which includes the results of the U.S. personal and business banking operations, U.S. credit cards, TD Auto Finance U.S., U.S. wealth business, and the Bank's investment in TD Ameritrade; and Wholesale Banking. The Bank's other activities are grouped into the Corporate segment.

Canadian Retail is comprised of Canadian personal and commercial banking, which provides financial products and services to personal, small business, and commercial customers, TD Auto Finance Canada, the Canadian credit card business, the Canadian wealth business, which provides investment products and services to institutional and retail investors, and the insurance business. U.S. Retail is comprised of the personal and business banking operations in the U.S. operating under the brand TD Bank, America's Most Convenient Bank®, primarily in the Northeast and Mid-Atlantic regions and Florida, and the U.S. wealth business, including Epoch and the Bank's equity investment in TD Ameritrade. Wholesale Banking provides a wide range of capital markets, investment banking, and corporate banking products and services, including underwriting and distribution of new debt and equity issues, providing advice on strategic acquisitions and divestitures, and meeting the daily trading, funding, and investment needs of the Bank's clients. The Bank's other activities are grouped into the Corporate segment. The Corporate segment includes the effects of certain asset securitization programs, treasury management, the collectively assessed allowance for incurred but not identified credit losses in Canadian Retail and Wholesale Banking, elimination of taxable equivalent adjustments and other management reclassifications, corporate level tax items, and residual unallocated revenue and expenses.

The results of each business segment reflect revenue, expenses, and assets generated by the businesses in that segment. Due to the complexity of the Bank, its management reporting model uses various estimates, assumptions, allocations, and risk-based methodologies for funds transfer pricing, inter-segment revenue, income tax rates, capital, indirect expenses and cost transfers to measure business segment results. The basis of allocation and methodologies are reviewed periodically to align with management's evaluation of the Bank's business segments. Transfer pricing of funds is generally applied at market rates. Inter-segment revenue is negotiated between each business segment and approximates the fair value of the services provided. Income tax provision or recovery is generally applied to each segment based on a statutory tax rate and may be adjusted for items and activities unique to each segment. Amortization of intangibles acquired as a result of business combinations is included in the Corporate segment. Accordingly, net income for business segments is presented before amortization of these intangibles.

Non-interest income is earned by the Bank primarily through investment and securities services, credit fees, trading income, service charges, card services, and insurance revenues. Revenues from investment and securities services are earned predominantly in the Canadian Retail segment with the remainder earned in Wholesale Banking and U.S. Retail. Revenues from credit fees are primarily earned in the Wholesale Banking and Canadian Retail segments. Trading income is earned within Wholesale Banking. Both service charges and card services revenue are mainly earned in the U.S. Retail and Canadian Retail segments. Insurance revenue is earned in the Canadian Retail segment.

Net interest income within Wholesale Banking is calculated on a taxable equivalent basis (TEB), which means that the value of non-taxable or tax-exempt income, including dividends, is adjusted to its equivalent before-tax value. Using TEB allows the Bank to measure income from all securities and loans consistently and makes for a more meaningful comparison of net interest income with similar institutions. The TEB adjustment reflected in Wholesale Banking is reversed in the Corporate segment.

The Bank purchases CDS to hedge the credit risk in Wholesale Banking's corporate lending portfolio. These CDS do not qualify for hedge accounting treatment and are measured at fair value with changes in fair value recognized in current period's earnings. The related loans are accounted for at amortized cost. Management believes that this asymmetry in the accounting treatment between CDS and loans would result in periodic profit and loss volatility which is not indicative of the economics of the corporate loan portfolio or the underlying business performance in Wholesale Banking. As a result, these CDS are accounted for on an accrual basis in Wholesale Banking and the gains and losses on these CDS, in excess of the accrued cost, are reported in the Corporate segment.

The Bank changed its trading strategy with respect to certain trading debt securities and reclassified these securities from trading to the AFS category under IAS 39 (classified as FVOCI under IFRS 9) effective August 1, 2008. These debt securities are economically hedged, primarily with CDS and interest rate swap contracts which are recorded on a fair value basis with changes in fair value recorded in the period's earnings. As a result, the derivatives were accounted for on an accrual basis in Wholesale Banking and the gains and losses related to the derivatives in excess of the accrued amounts were reported in the Corporate segment. Adjusted results of the Bank in prior periods exclude the gains and losses of the derivatives in excess of the accrued amount. Effective February 1, 2017, the total gains and losses as a result of changes in fair value of these derivatives are recorded in Wholesale Banking.

Upon adoption of IFRS 9, the current period provision for credit losses related to performing (Stage 1 and Stage 2) and impaired (Stage 3) financial assets, loan commitments, and financial guarantees are recorded within the respective segment. Under IAS 39, and prior to November 1, 2017, the provision for credit losses related to the collectively assessed allowance for incurred but not identified credit losses that related to Canadian Retail and Wholesale Banking segments was recorded in the Corporate segment.

 

TD BANK GROUP 2019 ANNUAL REPORT CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND NOTES     Page 90  


The following table summarizes the segment results for the years ended October 31.

 

Results by Business Segment1,2                                      
(millions of Canadian dollars)    For the years ended October 31  
                                   2019  
      Canadian
Retail
    

U.S.

Retail

     Wholesale
Banking3,4
    Corporate3,4     Total  

Net interest income (loss)

   $ 12,349      $ 8,951      $ 911     $ 1,720     $ 23,931  

Non-interest income (loss)

     11,877        2,840        2,320       97       17,134  

Total revenue

     24,226        11,791        3,231       1,817       41,065  

Provision for (recovery of) credit losses

     1,306        1,082        44       597       3,029  

Insurance claims and related expenses

     2,787                           2,787  

Non-interest expenses

     10,735        6,411        2,393       2,481       22,020  

Income (loss) before income taxes

     9,398        4,298        794       (1,261     13,229  

Provision for (recovery of) income taxes

     2,535        471        186       (457     2,735  

Equity in net income of an investment in TD Ameritrade

            1,154              38       1,192  

Net income (loss)

   $ 6,863      $ 4,981      $ 608     $ (766   $ 11,686  
            

Total assets as at October 31

   $ 452,163      $ 436,086      $ 458,420     $ 68,621     $ 1,415,290  
                                  
                                    2018  

Net interest income (loss)

   $ 11,576    $ 8,176    $ 1,150   $ 1,337   $ 22,239

Non-interest income (loss)

     11,137      2,768      2,367     381     16,653

Total revenue

     22,713      10,944      3,517     1,718     38,892

Provision for (recovery of) credit losses

     998      917      3     562     2,480

Insurance claims and related expenses

     2,444                   2,444

Non-interest expenses

     9,473      6,100      2,125     2,497     20,195

Income (loss) before income taxes

     9,798      3,927      1,389     (1,341     13,773

Provision for (recovery of) income taxes

     2,615      432      335     (200     3,182

Equity in net income of an investment in TD Ameritrade

          693          50     743

Net income (loss)

   $ 7,183    $ 4,188    $ 1,054   $ (1,091   $ 11,334
            

Total assets as at October 31

   $     433,960    $     417,292    $     425,909   $     57,742   $     1,334,903
                                  
                                    2017  

Net interest income (loss)

   $ 10,611    $ 7,486    $ 1,804   $ 946   $ 20,847

Non-interest income (loss)

     10,451      2,735      1,520     649     15,355

Total revenue

     21,062      10,221      3,324     1,595     36,202

Provision for (recovery of) credit losses

     986      792      (28     466     2,216

Insurance claims and related expenses

     2,246                   2,246

Non-interest expenses

     8,934      5,878      1,982     2,625     19,419

Income (loss) before income taxes

     8,896      3,551      1,370     (1,496     12,321

Provision for (recovery of) income taxes

     2,371      671      331     (1,120     2,253

Equity in net income of an investment in TD Ameritrade

          442          7     449

Net income (loss)

   $ 6,525    $ 3,322    $ 1,039   $ (369   $ 10,517
            

Total assets as at October 31

   $ 404,444    $ 403,937    $ 406,138   $ 64,476   $ 1,278,995

 

1 

Certain comparative amounts have been recast to conform with the presentation adopted in the current period.

2 

The retailer program partners' share of revenues and credit losses is presented in the Corporate segment, with an offsetting amount (representing the partners' net share) recorded in Non-interest expenses, resulting in no impact to Corporate reported Net income (loss). The Net income (loss) included in the U.S. Retail segment includes only the portion of revenue and credit losses attributable to the Bank under the agreements.

3 

Net interest income within Wholesale Banking is calculated on a TEB. The TEB adjustment reflected in Wholesale Banking is reversed in the Corporate segment.

4 

Effective February 1, 2017, the total gains and losses as a result of changes in fair value of the CDS and interest rate swap contracts hedging the reclassified financial assets at FVOCI (AFS securities under IAS 39) portfolio are recorded in Wholesale Banking. Previously, these derivatives were accounted for on an accrual basis in Wholesale Banking and the gains and losses related to the derivatives, in excess of the accrued costs were reported in Corporate segment.

 

TD BANK GROUP 2019 ANNUAL REPORT CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND NOTES     Page 91  


RESULTS BY GEOGRAPHY

For reporting of geographic results, segments are grouped into Canada, United States, and Other international. Transactions are primarily recorded in the location responsible for recording the revenue or assets. This location frequently corresponds with the location of the legal entity through which the business is conducted and the location of the customer.

 

(millions of Canadian dollars)    For the years ended October 31      As at October 31  
                     2019      2019  
      Total revenue1      Income before
income taxes
     Net income      Total assets  

Canada

   $ 23,599      $ 7,237      $ 5,208      $ 769,314  

United States

     15,557        4,827        4,180        524,397  

Other international

     1,909        1,165        2,298        121,579  

Total

   $ 41,065      $ 13,229      $ 11,686      $ 1,415,290  
                             
                      2018      2018  

Canada

   $ 23,332      $ 8,886    $ 6,523    $ 713,677

United States

     13,751        3,768      2,993      514,263

Other international

     1,809        1,119      1,818      106,963

Total

   $     38,892    $     13,773    $     11,334    $     1,334,903
                             
                      2017      2017  

Canada

   $ 20,911      $ 7,250    $ 5,660    $ 648,924

United States

     13,371        3,677      3,075      515,478

Other international

     1,920        1,394      1,782      114,593

Total

   $ 36,202    $ 12,321    $ 10,517    $ 1,278,995

 

1 

Certain comparative amounts have been recast to conform with the presentation adopted in the current period.

 

NOTE 30:  INTEREST INCOME AND EXPENSE

The following table presents interest income and interest expense by basis of accounting measurement. Please refer to Note 2 for the type of instruments measured at amortized cost and FVOCI.

 

Interest Income and Expense1

 

                 
(millions of Canadian dollars)            For the years ended  
     October 31, 2019      October 31, 2018  
      Interest income      Interest expense      Interest income      Interest expense  

Measured at amortized cost

   $     31,663      $     11,294      $     27,693      $ 9,286

Measured at FVOCI

     3,165               2,946       
     34,828        11,294        30,639      9,286

Not measured at amortized cost or FVOCI

     7,171        6,774        5,783      4,897

Total

   $ 41,999      $ 18,068      $ 36,422    $     14,183

 

1 

Certain comparative amounts have been reclassified to conform with the presentation adopted in the current period.

2

Includes interest income, interest expense, and dividend income for financial instruments that are measured or designated at FVTPL and equities designated at FVOCI.

 

TD BANK GROUP 2019 ANNUAL REPORT CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND NOTES     Page 92  


NOTE 31:  CREDIT RISK

Concentration of credit risk exists where a number of borrowers or counterparties are engaged in similar activities, are located in the same geographic area or have comparable economic characteristics. Their ability to meet contractual obligations may be similarly affected by changing economic, political or other conditions. The Bank's portfolio could be sensitive to changing conditions in particular geographic regions.

Concentration of Credit Risk

(millions of Canadian dollars,    As at  
except as noted)    Loans and customers' liability
under acceptances1,2
    Credit Instruments3,4     Derivative financial
instruments5,6
 
      October 31
2019
    October 31
2018
    October 31
2019
    October 31
2018
    October 31
2019
    October 31
2018
 

Canada

     67  %      67  %      38  %      40  %      25  %      24  % 

United States

     32       32     58       57     31       31

United Kingdom

               1       1     17       15

Europe – other

               2       1     20       24

Other international

     1       1     1       1     7       6

Total

     100  %      100  %      100  %      100  %      100  %      100 
     $     700,226     $     666,405   $     233,840     $     210,804   $     46,829     $     $55,615

 

1 

Of the total loans and customers' liability under acceptances, the only industry segment which equalled or exceeded 5% of the total concentration as at October 31, 2019 was real estate 10% (October 31, 2018 – 9%).

2 

Includes loans that are measured at FVOCI.

3 

As at October 31, 2019, the Bank had commitments and contingent liability contracts in the amount of $234 billion (October 31, 2018 – $211 billion). Included are commitments to extend credit totalling $207 billion (October 31, 2018 – $184 billion), of which the credit risk is dispersed as detailed in the table above.

4 

Of the commitments to extend credit, industry segments which equalled or exceeded 5% of the total concentration were as follows as at October 31, 2019: financial institutions 22% (October 31, 2018 – 19%); pipelines, oil and gas 9% (October 31, 2018 – 10%); automotive 9% (October 31, 2018 – 9%); power and utilities 8% (October 31, 2018 – 9%); sundry manufacturing and wholesale 7% (October 31, 2018 – 7%); professional and other services 6% (October 31, 2018 – 6%); non-residential real estate development 6% (October 31, 2018 – 5%); telecommunications, cable, and media 6% (October 31, 2018 – 7%).

5 

As at October 31, 2019, the current replacement cost of derivative financial instruments amounted to $47 billion (October 31, 2018 – $56 billion). Based on the location of the ultimate counterparty, the credit risk was allocated as detailed in the table above. The table excludes the fair value of exchange traded derivatives.

6 

The largest concentration by counterparty type was with financial institutions (including non-banking financial institutions), which accounted for 69% of the total as at October 31, 2019 (October 31, 2018 – 68%). The second largest concentration was with governments, which accounted for 22% of the total as at October 31, 2019 (October 31, 2018 – 26%). No other industry segment exceeded 5% of the total.

 

TD BANK GROUP 2019 ANNUAL REPORT CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND NOTES     Page 93  


The following table presents the maximum exposure to credit risk of financial instruments, before taking account of any collateral held or other credit enhancements.

Gross Maximum Credit Risk Exposure1

(millions of Canadian dollars)            As at  
      October 31
2019
     October 31
2018
 

Cash and due from banks

   $ 4,863      $ 4,735

Interest-bearing deposits with banks

     25,583        30,720

Securities

     

Financial assets designated at fair value through profit or loss

     

Government and government-insured securities

     1,413        1,397

Other debt securities

     2,627        2,221

Trading

     

Government and government-insured securities

     44,445        47,085

Other debt securities

     18,680        20,106

Retained interest

     19        25

Non-trading securities at fair value through profit or loss

     

Government and government-insured securities

     319       

Other debt securities

     4,081        2,340

Securities at fair value through other comprehensive income

     

Government and government-insured securities

     83,171        94,733

Other debt securities

     23,969        30,948

Debt securities at amortized cost

     

Government and government-insured securities

     78,275        60,535

Other debt securities

     52,222        46,636

Securities purchased under reverse purchase agreements

     165,935        127,379

Derivatives

     48,894        56,996  

Loans

     

Residential mortgages

     235,530        225,081

Consumer instalment and other personal

     179,085        170,976

Credit card

     34,989        34,015

Business and government

     235,004        216,321

Trading loans

     12,482        10,990

Non-trading loans at fair value through profit or loss

     1,796        1,336

Loans at fair value through other comprehensive income

     2,124        2,745

Customers' liability under acceptances

     13,494        17,267

Amounts receivable from brokers, dealers, and clients

     20,575        26,940

Other assets

     5,913        5,886

Total assets

     1,295,488        1,237,413  

Credit instruments

     233,840        210,804

Unconditionally cancellable commitments to extend credit relating to personal lines of credit and credit card lines

     311,138        301,752

Total credit exposure

   $ 1,840,466      $     1,749,969  

 

1 

Certain comparative amounts have been recast to conform with the presentation adopted in the current period.

2 

Excludes equity securities.

3 

The carrying amount of the derivative assets represents the maximum credit risk exposure related to derivative contracts.

4 

The balance represents the maximum amount of additional funds that the Bank could be obligated to extend should the contracts be fully utilized. The actual maximum exposure may differ from the amount reported above. Refer to Note 27 for further details.

 

NOTE 32:  REGULATORY CAPITAL

The Bank manages its capital under guidelines established by OSFI. The regulatory capital guidelines measure capital in relation to credit, trading market, and operational risks. The Bank has various capital policies, procedures, and controls which it utilizes to achieve its goals and objectives.

The Bank's capital management objectives are:

 

To be an appropriately capitalized financial institution as determined by:

 

the Bank's Risk Appetite Statement;

 

capital requirements defined by relevant regulatory authorities; and

 

the Bank's internal assessment of capital requirements consistent with the Bank's risk profile and risk tolerance levels.

 

To have the most economically achievable weighted-average cost of capital, consistent with preserving the appropriate mix of capital elements to meet targeted capitalization levels.

 

To ensure ready access to sources of appropriate capital, at reasonable cost, in order to:

 

insulate the Bank from unexpected events; and

 

support and facilitate business growth and/or acquisitions consistent with the Bank's strategy and risk appetite.

 

To support strong external debt ratings, in order to manage the Bank's overall cost of funds and to maintain accessibility to required funding.

These objectives are applied in a manner consistent with the Bank's overall objective of providing a satisfactory return on shareholders' equity.

 

TD BANK GROUP 2019 ANNUAL REPORT CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND NOTES     Page 94  


Basel III Capital Framework

Capital requirements of the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision (BCBS) are commonly referred to as Basel III. Under Basel III, Total Capital consists of three components, namely Common Equity Tier 1, Additional Tier 1, and Tier 2 Capital. Risk sensitive regulatory capital ratios are calculated by dividing CET1, Tier 1, and Total Capital by their respective risk-weighted assets (RWA), inclusive of any minimum requirements outlined under the regulatory floor. In 2015, Basel III also implemented a non-risk sensitive leverage ratio to act as a supplementary measure to the risk-sensitive capital requirements. The objective of the leverage ratio is to constrain the build-up of excess leverage in the banking sector. The leverage ratio is calculated by dividing Tier 1 Capital by leverage exposure which is primarily comprised of on-balance sheet assets with adjustments made to derivative and securities financing transaction exposures, and credit equivalent amounts of off-balance sheet exposures.

Capital Position and Capital Ratios

The Basel framework allows qualifying banks to determine capital levels consistent with the way they measure, manage, and mitigate risks. It specifies methodologies for the measurement of credit, trading market, and operational risks. The Bank uses the advanced approaches for the majority of its portfolios. In the U.S. Retail segment, the Bank calculates the majority of the retail portfolio's, and certain other portfolio's, credit RWA using the AIRB approach. The remaining assets in the U.S. Retail segment continue to use the standardized approach for credit risk.

For accounting purposes, IFRS is followed for consolidation of subsidiaries and joint ventures. For regulatory capital purposes, insurance subsidiaries are deconsolidated and reported as a deduction from capital. Insurance subsidiaries are subject to their own capital adequacy reporting, such as OSFI's Life Insurance Capital Adequacy Test. Currently, for regulatory capital purposes, all the entities of the Bank are either consolidated or deducted from capital and there are no entities from which surplus capital is recognized.

Some of the Bank's subsidiaries are individually regulated by either OSFI or other regulators. Many of these entities have minimum capital requirements which they must maintain and which may limit the Bank's ability to extract capital or funds for other uses.

During the year ended October 31, 2019, the Bank complied with the OSFI Basel III guidelines related to capital ratios and the leverage ratio. Effective January 1, 2016, OSFI's target CET1, Tier 1, and Total Capital ratios for Canadian banks designated as domestic systemically important banks (D-SIBs) includes a 1% common equity capital surcharge bringing the targets to 8%, 9.5%, and 11.5%, respectively. In addition, on June 25, 2018, OSFI provided greater transparency related to previously undisclosed Pillar 2 CET1 capital buffers through the introduction of the public Domestic Stability Buffer (DSB) which is held by D-SIBs against Pillar 2 risks. The current buffer is set at 2% of total risk-weighted assets (RWA) and must be met with CET1 Capital, effectively raising the CET1 target to 10%.

OSFI has provided IFRS transitional provisions for the leverage ratio, which allows for the exclusion of assets securitized and sold through CMHC-sponsored programs prior to March 31, 2010, from the calculation.

The following table summarizes the Bank's regulatory capital position as at October 31.

 

Regulatory Capital Position               
(millions of Canadian dollars, except as noted)    As at  
      October 31
2019
    October 31
2018
 

Capital

    

Common Equity Tier 1 Capital

   $     55,042     $ 52,389

Tier 1 Capital

     61,683       59,735

Total Capital

     74,122       70,434

Risk-weighted assets used in the calculation of capital ratios1

    

Common Equity Tier 1 Capital

   $ 455,977     $     435,632

Tier 1 Capital

     455,977       435,780

Total Capital

     455,977       435,927

Capital and leverage ratios

    

Common Equity Tier 1 Capital ratio1

     12.1  %      12.0  % 

Tier 1 Capital ratio1

     13.5       13.7

Total Capital ratio1

     16.3       16.2

Leverage ratio

     4.0       4.2

 

1 

In accordance with the final CAR guideline, the Credit Valuation Adjustment (CVA) capital charge has been phased in until the first quarter of 2019. Each capital ratio has its own RWA measure due to the OSFI prescribed scalar for inclusion of the CVA. For fiscal 2019, the scalars for inclusion of CVA for CET1, Tier 1, and Total Capital RWA are all 100%. For fiscal 2018, the scalars were 80%, 83%, and 86%, respectively.

 

NOTE 33:  RISK MANAGEMENT

The risk management policies and procedures of the Bank are provided in the MD&A. The shaded sections of the "Managing Risk" section of the MD&A relating to credit, market, liquidity, and insurance risks are an integral part of the 2019 Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

 

TD BANK GROUP 2019 ANNUAL REPORT CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND NOTES     Page 95  


NOTE 34:  INFORMATION ON SUBSIDIARIES

The following is a list of the directly or indirectly held significant subsidiaries.

 

SIGNIFICANT SUBSIDIARIES1                     
(millions of Canadian dollars)                As at October 31, 2019  
North America   

Address of Head

or Principal Office2 

   Description    Carrying value of shares
owned by the Bank3 
 

Greystone Capital Management Inc.

   Regina, Saskatchewan   

Holding Company

   $ 714  

Greystone Managed Investments Inc.

   Regina, Saskatchewan    Securities Dealer   

GMI Serving Inc.

   Regina, Saskatchewan    Mortgage Servicing Entity         

Meloche Monnex Inc.

   Montreal, Québec   

Holding Company

     1,595  

Security National Insurance Company

   Montreal, Québec   

Insurance Company

  

Primmum Insurance Company

   Toronto, Ontario   

Insurance Company

  

TD Direct Insurance Inc.

   Toronto, Ontario   

Insurance Company

  

TD General Insurance Company

   Toronto, Ontario   

Insurance Company

  

TD Home and Auto Insurance Company

   Toronto, Ontario   

Insurance Company

        

TD Asset Management Inc.

   Toronto, Ontario   

Investment Counselling and Portfolio Management

     365  

TD Waterhouse Private Investment Counsel Inc.

   Toronto, Ontario   

Investment Counselling and Portfolio Management

        

TD Auto Finance (Canada) Inc.

   Toronto, Ontario   

Automotive Finance Entity

     2,619  

TD Auto Finance Services Inc.

   Toronto, Ontario   

Automotive Finance Entity

     1,370  

TD Group US Holdings LLC

   Wilmington, Delaware   

Holding Company

     67,117  

Toronto Dominion Holdings (U.S.A.), Inc.

   New York, New York   

Holding Company

  

TD Prime Services LLC

   New York, New York   

Securities Dealer

  

TD Securities (USA) LLC

   New York, New York   

Securities Dealer

  

Toronto Dominion (Texas) LLC

   New York, New York   

Financial Services Entity

  

Toronto Dominion (New York) LLC

   New York, New York   

Financial Services Entity

  

Toronto Dominion Capital (U.S.A.), Inc.

   New York, New York   

Small Business Investment Company

  

Toronto Dominion Investments, Inc.

   New York, New York   

Merchant Banking and Investments

  

TD Bank US Holding Company

   Cherry Hill, New Jersey   

Holding Company

  

Epoch Investment Partners, Inc.

   New York, New York   

Investment Counselling and Portfolio Management

  

TDAM USA Inc.

   New York, New York   

Investment Counselling and Portfolio Management

  

TD Bank USA, National Association

   Cherry Hill, New Jersey   

U.S. National Bank

  

TD Bank, National Association

   Cherry Hill, New Jersey   

U.S. National Bank

  

TD Auto Finance LLC

   Farmington Hills, Michigan   

Automotive Finance Entity

  

TD Equipment Finance, Inc.

   Cherry Hill, New Jersey   

Financial Services Entity

  

TD Private Client Wealth LLC

   New York, New York   

Broker-dealer and Registered Investment Advisor

  

TD Wealth Management Services Inc.

   Cherry Hill, New Jersey   

Insurance Agency

  

TD Luxembourg International Holdings

   Luxembourg, Luxembourg   

Holding Company

  

TD Ameritrade Holding Corporation

   Omaha, Nebraska   

Securities Dealer

        

TD Investment Services Inc.

   Toronto, Ontario   

Mutual Fund Dealer

     52  

TD Life Insurance Company

   Toronto, Ontario   

Insurance Company

     85  

TD Mortgage Corporation

   Toronto, Ontario   

Deposit-Taking Entity

     9,775  

TD Pacific Mortgage Corporation

   Vancouver, British Columbia   

Deposit-Taking Entity

  

The Canada Trust Company

   Toronto, Ontario   

Trust, Loans, and Deposit-Taking Entity

        

TD Securities Inc.

   Toronto, Ontario   

Investment Dealer and Broker

     2,231  

TD Vermillion Holdings Limited

   Toronto, Ontario   

Holding Company

     26,880  

TD Financial International Ltd.

   Hamilton, Bermuda   

Holding Company

  

TD Reinsurance (Barbados) Inc.

   St. James, Barbados   

Reinsurance Company

        

TD Waterhouse Canada Inc.

   Toronto, Ontario   

Investment Dealer

     2,442  

International

                  

TD Bank N.V.

   Amsterdam, The Netherlands   

Dutch Bank

     632  

TD Ireland Unlimited Company

   Dublin, Ireland   

Holding Company

     894  

TD Global Finance Unlimited Company

   Dublin, Ireland   

Securities Dealer

        

TD Securities (Japan) Co. Ltd.

   Tokyo, Japan   

Securities Dealer

     12  

Toronto Dominion Australia Limited

   Sydney, Australia   

Securities Dealer

     97  

Toronto Dominion Investments B.V.

   London, England   

Holding Company

     1,114  

TD Bank Europe Limited

   London, England   

UK Bank

  

Toronto Dominion Holdings (U.K.) Limited

   London, England   

Holding Company

  

TD Securities Limited

   London, England   

Securities Dealer

        

Toronto Dominion (South East Asia) Limited

   Singapore, Singapore   

Financial Institution

     931  

 

1 

Unless otherwise noted, The Toronto-Dominion Bank, either directly or through its subsidiaries, owns 100% of the entity and/or 100% of any issued and outstanding voting securities and non-voting securities of the entities listed.

2 

Each subsidiary is incorporated or organized in the country in which its head or principal office is located, with the exception of Toronto Dominion Investments B.V., a company incorporated in The Netherlands, but with its principal office in the United Kingdom.

3 

Carrying amounts are prepared for purposes of meeting the disclosure requirements of Section 308 (3)(a)(ii) of the Bank Act. Intercompany transactions may be included herein which are eliminated for consolidated financial reporting purposes. Certain amounts have been adjusted to conform with the presentation adopted in the current period.

4 

As at October 31, 2019, the Bank's reported investment in TD Ameritrade Holding Corporation was 43.19% (October 31, 2018 – 41.61%) of the outstanding shares of TD Ameritrade Holding Corporation. TD Luxembourg International Holdings and its ownership of TD Ameritrade Holding Corporation is included given the significance of the Bank's investment in TD Ameritrade Holding Corporation.

 

TD BANK GROUP 2019 ANNUAL REPORT CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND NOTES     Page 96  


SUBSIDIARIES WITH RESTRICTIONS TO TRANSFER FUNDS

Certain of the Bank's subsidiaries have regulatory requirements to fulfil, in accordance with applicable law, in order to transfer funds, including paying dividends to, repaying loans to, or redeeming subordinated debentures issued to, the Bank. These customary requirements include, but are not limited to:

 

Local regulatory capital and/or surplus adequacy requirements;

 

Basel requirements under Pillar 1 and Pillar 2;

 

Local regulatory approval requirements; and

 

Local corporate and/or securities laws.

As at October 31, 2019, the net assets of subsidiaries subject to regulatory or CAR was $86.3 billion (October 31, 2018 – $79.8 billion), before intercompany eliminations.

In addition to regulatory requirements outlined above, the Bank may be subject to significant restrictions on its ability to use the assets or settle the liabilities of members of its group. Key contractual restrictions may arise from the provision of collateral to third parties in the normal course of business, for example through secured financing transactions; assets securitized which are not subsequently available for transfer by the Bank; and assets transferred into other consolidated and unconsolidated structured entities. The impact of these restrictions has been disclosed in Notes 9 and 27.

Aside from non-controlling interests disclosed in Note 21, there were no significant restrictions on the ability of the Bank to access or use the assets or settle the liabilities of subsidiaries within the group as a result of protective rights of non-controlling interests.

 

NOTE 35:  SIGNIFICANT AND SUBSEQUENT EVENTS, AND PENDING TRANSACTIONS

Bank Supports Acquisition of TD Ameritrade Holding Corporation by The Charles Schwab Corporation

On November 25, 2019, the Bank announced its support for the acquisition of TD Ameritrade, of which the Bank is a major shareholder, by The Charles Schwab Corporation (Schwab), through a definitive agreement announced by those companies. Under the terms of the transaction, all TD Ameritrade shareholders, including the Bank, would exchange each TD Ameritrade share they own for 1.0837 shares of Schwab. As a result, the Bank will exchange its approximate 43% ownership in TD Ameritrade for an approximate 13.4% stake in Schwab, consisting of up to 9.9% voting common shares and the remainder in non-voting common shares, convertible upon transfer to a third party. TD expects to record a revaluation gain at closing.

The transaction is subject to certain closing conditions, including majority approval by the shareholders of each of TD Ameritrade and Schwab, and majority approval of TD Ameritrade's shareholders other than TD and certain other shareholders of TD Ameritrade that have entered into voting agreements. In addition, the transaction is subject to receipt of regulatory approvals. The transaction is expected to close in the second half of calendar 2020, subject to all applicable closing conditions having been satisfied.

If the transaction closes, it is expected to have minimal capital impact on the Bank, and the Bank expects to account for its investment in Schwab using the equity method of accounting. The Bank and Schwab have entered into a new Stockholders' Agreement that will become effective upon closing, under which the Bank will have two seats on Schwab's Board of Directors, subject to the Bank meeting certain conditions. Under the agreement, the Bank will be subject to customary standstill and lockup restrictions. The Bank and Schwab have also entered into a revised and extended long-term IDA agreement that will become effective upon closing and extends to 2031. Starting on July 1, 2021, IDA deposits, which were $142 billion (US$108 billion) as at October 31, 2019, can be reduced at Schwab's option by up to US$10 billion a year, with a floor of US$50 billion. The servicing fee under the revised IDA agreement will be set at 15 bps upon closing.

 

TD BANK GROUP 2019 ANNUAL REPORT CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND NOTES     Page 97  

Exhibit 99.4

 

 

RETURN ON ASSETS, DIVIDEND PAYOUTS, AND EQUITY TO ASSETS RATIOS1,2

      

 

     For the three months ended      For the year ended  
     

October 31

2019

   

July 31

2019

    April 30
2019
    January 31
2019 
   

October 31

2019

   

October 31

2018

   

October 31

2017

 

Return on Assets – reported3 

     0.77  %      0.90  %      0.94  %      0.68  %      0.82  %      0.86  %      0.84  % 

Return on Assets – adjusted4 

     0.80     0.92     0.97     0.84        0.88     0.92     0.85

Dividend Payout Ratio – reported5 

     48.1     42.4     43.5     52.7        46.2     43.4     42.6

Dividend Payout Ratio – adjusted6 

     46.6     41.2     42.2     42.7        43.1     40.3     42.3

Equity to Asset Ratio7 

     6.1     6.1     6.1     5.9        6.1     5.9     6.1
1 

Calculated pursuant to the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission Industry Guide 3.

2 

The Bank's financial results are prepared in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS), the current generally accepted accounting principles (GAAP). The Bank refers to results prepared in accordance with IFRS as "reported" results. The Bank also utilizes non-GAAP financial measures referred to as "adjusted" results to assess each of its businesses and to measure overall Bank performance. Please refer to the "Financial Results Overview" section in the Bank's 2019 Management's Discussion and Analysis (www.td.com/investor) for further explanation on reported and adjusted results, a list of the items of note, and a reconciliation of non-GAAP measures.

3 

Calculated as reported net income available to common shareholders and non-controlling interests (NCI) in subsidiaries divided by average total assets.

4

Calculated as adjusted net income available to common shareholders and NCI in subsidiaries divided by average total assets.

5 

Calculated as dividends declared per common share divided by reported basic earnings per share.

6 

Calculated as dividends declared per common share divided by adjusted basic earnings per share.

7 

Calculated as average total equity (including NCI in subsidiaries) divided by average total assets.

Exhibit 99.5

 

 

CONTRACTUAL OBLIGATIONS BY REMAINING MATURITY1

      

(millions of Canadian dollars)

  
                             

October 31

2019

    

October 31

2018

 
     

Within

1 year

    

Over 1 year

to 3 years

    

Over 3 to

5 years

    

Over

5 years 

     Total      Total  

Deposits2,3

   $     779,988    $     63,970    $     35,381    $ 7,632       $ 886,971    $ 852,133

Securitization liabilities

                 

Securitization liabilities at fair value

     2,011      4,130      4,878      1,930         12,949      12,841

Securitization liabilities at amortization cost

     5,598      2,323      3,321      2,895         14,137      14,869

Subordinated notes and debentures

                          10,904         10,904      9,129

Liability for preferred shares

                          35         35      35

Structured entity liabilities

     1,734      3,465      658             5,857      5,627

Contractual interest payments4,5

     3,590      3,900      2,427      2,982         12,899      13,240

Operating lease commitments

     988      1,820      1,448      3,365         7,621      7,267

Capital lease commitments

     21      42      19      1         83      60

Purchase obligations

     832      1,292      492      556         3,172      2,960

Total

   $ 794,762    $ 80,942    $ 48,624    $     30,300       $     954,628    $     918,161
1

Amounts are presented on an undiscounted basis.

2

As the timing of demand deposits and notice deposits is non-specific and callable by the depositor, obligations have been included as within one year.

3

Amounts include trading deposits which are carried at fair value and include basis adjustments if the deposit is in a hedge accounting relationship. Accrued and contractual interest payments are also included.

4

Amounts include accrued and future estimated interest obligations on term deposits, securitization liabilities, subordinated notes and debentures, and asset-backed commercial paper based on applicable interest and foreign exchange rates as at October 31, 2019, and October 31, 2018, respectively. Amounts exclude returns on instruments where the Bank's payment obligation is based on the performance of equity linked indices.

5

Interest obligations on subordinated notes and debentures are calculated according to their contractual maturity date. Refer to Note 19 to the Bank's 2019 Consolidated Financial Statements for additional details.

Exhibit 99.6

Code of Ethics

The amended Code of Conduct and Ethics for Employees and Directors is incorporated by reference to the Form 6-K filed with the SEC on February 1, 2019.

Exhibit 99.7

Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

We consent to the reference to our Firm under the caption “Experts” and to the use in this Annual Report on Form 40-F of our reports dated December 4, 2019, with respect to the consolidated balance sheet of The Toronto-Dominion Bank (the “Bank”) as at October 31, 2019 and 2018, and the consolidated statements of income, comprehensive income, changes in equity and cash flows for each of the years in the three-year period ended October 31, 2019, and the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting of the Bank as at October 31, 2019.

We also consent to the incorporation by reference of our reports dated December 4, 2019 in the following Registration Statements of the Bank:

 

  1)

Registration Statement (Form F-3 No. 333-83232),

  2)

Registration Statement (Form F-3 No. 333-231751),

  3)

Registration Statement (Form S-8 No. 333-12948),

  4)

Registration Statement (Form S-8 No. 333-120815),

  5)

Registration Statement (Form S-8 No. 333-142253),

  6)

Registration Statement (Form S-8 No. 333-150000),

  7)

Registration Statement (Form S-8 No. 333-167234), and

  8)

Registration Statement (Form S-8 No. 333-169721).

/s/Ernst & Young LLP

Chartered Professional Accountants

Licensed Public Accountants

Toronto, Canada

December 5, 2019

Exhibit 99.8

Certification Pursuant to Section 302 of the U.S. Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002

I, Bharat Masrani, certify that:

 

1.

I have reviewed this annual report on Form 40-F of The Toronto-Dominion Bank;

 

2.

Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

 

3.

Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the issuer as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

 

4.

The issuer’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the issuer and have:

 

  a)

Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the issuer, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

 

  b)

Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;

 

  c)

Evaluated the effectiveness of the issuer’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

 

  d)

Disclosed in this report any change in the issuer’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the period covered by the annual report that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the issuer’s internal control over financial reporting; and

 

5.

The issuer’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the issuer’s auditors and the audit committee of the issuer’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

 

  a)

All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the issuer’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

 

  b)

Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the issuer’s internal control over financial reporting.

 
Date:       December 5, 2019
  /s/ Bharat Masrani
  Bharat Masrani
  Group President and Chief Executive Officer


Certification Pursuant to Section 302 of the U.S. Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002

I, Riaz Ahmed, certify that:

 

1.

I have reviewed this annual report on Form 40-F of The Toronto-Dominion Bank;

 

2.

Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

 

3.

Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the issuer as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

 

4.

The issuer’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the issuer and have:

 

  a)

Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the issuer, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

 

  b)

Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;

 

  c)

Evaluated the effectiveness of the issuer’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

 

  d)

Disclosed in this report any change in the issuer’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the period covered by the annual report that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the issuer’s internal control over financial reporting; and

 

5.

The issuer’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the issuer’s auditors and the audit committee of the issuer’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

 

  a)

All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the issuer’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

 

  b)

Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the issuer’s internal control over financial reporting.

 

Date:       December 5, 2019
  /s/ Riaz Ahmed
  Riaz Ahmed
  Group Head and Chief Financial Officer

 

Exhibit 99.9

Certification Pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350 as Adopted Pursuant to

Section 906 of the U.S. Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002

In connection with the Annual Report of The Toronto-Dominion Bank (the “Bank”) on Form 40-F for the year ended October 31, 2019 as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on the date hereof (the “Report”), I, Bharat Masrani, Group President and Chief Executive Officer of the Bank, certify, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. § 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 that:

 

1.

The Report fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934; and

 

2.

The information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Bank.

 

Date:       December 5, 2019
  /s/ Bharat Masrani
  Bharat Masrani
  Group President and Chief Executive Officer


Certification Pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350 as Adopted Pursuant to

Section 906 of the U.S. Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002

In connection with the Annual Report of The Toronto-Dominion Bank (the “Bank”) on Form 40-F for the year ended October 31, 2019 as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on the date hereof (the “Report”), I, Riaz Ahmed, Group Head and Chief Financial Officer of the Bank, certify, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. § 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 that:

 

1.

The Report fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934; and

 

2.

The information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Bank.

 

Date:       December 5, 2019
  /s/ Riaz Ahmed
  Riaz Ahmed
  Group Head and Chief Financial Officer